diff options
| author | Guo Mang <mang.guo@intel.com> | 2017-04-27 11:05:07 +0800 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Guo Mang <mang.guo@intel.com> | 2017-04-27 11:05:07 +0800 |
| commit | c23f114d3cfbb29b8734b87213d1ec0de404197b (patch) | |
| tree | 4f3612573be055139a88213559212a40b7862fee /MdeModulePkg/Core | |
| parent | 001e57a103fce87245bfb7ae9c32ffb499a64135 (diff) | |
| download | edk2-platforms-c23f114d3cfbb29b8734b87213d1ec0de404197b.tar.xz | |
MdeModulePkg: Move to new location
Contributed-under: TianoCore Contribution Agreement 1.0
Signed-off-by: Guo Mang <mang.guo@intel.com>
Diffstat (limited to 'MdeModulePkg/Core')
106 files changed, 0 insertions, 57425 deletions
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Dispatcher/Dependency.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Dispatcher/Dependency.c deleted file mode 100644 index 1d8a57b879..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Dispatcher/Dependency.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,442 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- DXE Dispatcher Dependency Evaluator.
-
- This routine evaluates a dependency expression (DEPENDENCY_EXPRESSION) to determine
- if a driver can be scheduled for execution. The criteria for
- schedulability is that the dependency expression is satisfied.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "DxeMain.h"
-
-//
-// Global stack used to evaluate dependency expressions
-//
-BOOLEAN *mDepexEvaluationStack = NULL;
-BOOLEAN *mDepexEvaluationStackEnd = NULL;
-BOOLEAN *mDepexEvaluationStackPointer = NULL;
-
-//
-// Worker functions
-//
-
-
-/**
- Grow size of the Depex stack
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Stack successfully growed.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is not enough system memory to grow the stack.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GrowDepexStack (
- VOID
- )
-{
- BOOLEAN *NewStack;
- UINTN Size;
-
- Size = DEPEX_STACK_SIZE_INCREMENT;
- if (mDepexEvaluationStack != NULL) {
- Size = Size + (mDepexEvaluationStackEnd - mDepexEvaluationStack);
- }
-
- NewStack = AllocatePool (Size * sizeof (BOOLEAN));
- if (NewStack == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- if (mDepexEvaluationStack != NULL) {
- //
- // Copy to Old Stack to the New Stack
- //
- CopyMem (
- NewStack,
- mDepexEvaluationStack,
- (mDepexEvaluationStackEnd - mDepexEvaluationStack) * sizeof (BOOLEAN)
- );
-
- //
- // Free The Old Stack
- //
- FreePool (mDepexEvaluationStack);
- }
-
- //
- // Make the Stack pointer point to the old data in the new stack
- //
- mDepexEvaluationStackPointer = NewStack + (mDepexEvaluationStackPointer - mDepexEvaluationStack);
- mDepexEvaluationStack = NewStack;
- mDepexEvaluationStackEnd = NewStack + Size;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Push an element onto the Boolean Stack.
-
- @param Value BOOLEAN to push.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The value was pushed onto the stack.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is not enough system memory to grow the stack.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-PushBool (
- IN BOOLEAN Value
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- //
- // Check for a stack overflow condition
- //
- if (mDepexEvaluationStackPointer == mDepexEvaluationStackEnd) {
- //
- // Grow the stack
- //
- Status = GrowDepexStack ();
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Push the item onto the stack
- //
- *mDepexEvaluationStackPointer = Value;
- mDepexEvaluationStackPointer++;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Pop an element from the Boolean stack.
-
- @param Value BOOLEAN to pop.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The value was popped onto the stack.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED The pop operation underflowed the stack.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-PopBool (
- OUT BOOLEAN *Value
- )
-{
- //
- // Check for a stack underflow condition
- //
- if (mDepexEvaluationStackPointer == mDepexEvaluationStack) {
- return EFI_ACCESS_DENIED;
- }
-
- //
- // Pop the item off the stack
- //
- mDepexEvaluationStackPointer--;
- *Value = *mDepexEvaluationStackPointer;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Preprocess dependency expression and update DriverEntry to reflect the
- state of Before, After, and SOR dependencies. If DriverEntry->Before
- or DriverEntry->After is set it will never be cleared. If SOR is set
- it will be cleared by CoreSchedule(), and then the driver can be
- dispatched.
-
- @param DriverEntry DriverEntry element to update .
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS It always works.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CorePreProcessDepex (
- IN EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY *DriverEntry
- )
-{
- UINT8 *Iterator;
-
- Iterator = DriverEntry->Depex;
- if (*Iterator == EFI_DEP_SOR) {
- DriverEntry->Unrequested = TRUE;
- } else {
- DriverEntry->Dependent = TRUE;
- }
-
- if (*Iterator == EFI_DEP_BEFORE) {
- DriverEntry->Before = TRUE;
- } else if (*Iterator == EFI_DEP_AFTER) {
- DriverEntry->After = TRUE;
- }
-
- if (DriverEntry->Before || DriverEntry->After) {
- CopyMem (&DriverEntry->BeforeAfterGuid, Iterator + 1, sizeof (EFI_GUID));
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- This is the POSTFIX version of the dependency evaluator. This code does
- not need to handle Before or After, as it is not valid to call this
- routine in this case. The SOR is just ignored and is a nop in the grammer.
- POSTFIX means all the math is done on top of the stack.
-
- @param DriverEntry DriverEntry element to update.
-
- @retval TRUE If driver is ready to run.
- @retval FALSE If driver is not ready to run or some fatal error
- was found.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-CoreIsSchedulable (
- IN EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY *DriverEntry
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT8 *Iterator;
- BOOLEAN Operator;
- BOOLEAN Operator2;
- EFI_GUID DriverGuid;
- VOID *Interface;
-
- Operator = FALSE;
- Operator2 = FALSE;
-
- if (DriverEntry->After || DriverEntry->Before) {
- //
- // If Before or After Depex skip as CoreInsertOnScheduledQueueWhileProcessingBeforeAndAfter ()
- // processes them.
- //
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, "Evaluate DXE DEPEX for FFS(%g)\n", &DriverEntry->FileName));
-
- if (DriverEntry->Depex == NULL) {
- //
- // A NULL Depex means treat the driver like an UEFI 2.0 thing.
- //
- Status = CoreAllEfiServicesAvailable ();
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " All UEFI Services Available = "));
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, "FALSE\n RESULT = FALSE\n"));
- return FALSE;
- }
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, "TRUE\n RESULT = TRUE\n"));
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- //
- // Clean out memory leaks in Depex Boolean stack. Leaks are only caused by
- // incorrectly formed DEPEX expressions
- //
- mDepexEvaluationStackPointer = mDepexEvaluationStack;
-
-
- Iterator = DriverEntry->Depex;
-
- while (TRUE) {
- //
- // Check to see if we are attempting to fetch dependency expression instructions
- // past the end of the dependency expression.
- //
- if (((UINTN)Iterator - (UINTN)DriverEntry->Depex) >= DriverEntry->DepexSize) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Attempt to fetch past end of depex)\n"));
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- //
- // Look at the opcode of the dependency expression instruction.
- //
- switch (*Iterator) {
- case EFI_DEP_BEFORE:
- case EFI_DEP_AFTER:
- //
- // For a well-formed Dependency Expression, the code should never get here.
- // The BEFORE and AFTER are processed prior to this routine's invocation.
- // If the code flow arrives at this point, there was a BEFORE or AFTER
- // that were not the first opcodes.
- //
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Unexpected BEFORE or AFTER opcode)\n"));
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- case EFI_DEP_SOR:
- //
- // These opcodes can only appear once as the first opcode. If it is found
- // at any other location, then the dependency expression evaluates to FALSE
- //
- if (Iterator != DriverEntry->Depex) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " SOR\n"));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Unexpected SOR opcode)\n"));
- return FALSE;
- }
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " SOR = Requested\n"));
- //
- // Otherwise, it is the first opcode and should be treated as a NOP.
- //
- break;
-
- case EFI_DEP_PUSH:
- //
- // Push operator is followed by a GUID. Test to see if the GUID protocol
- // is installed and push the boolean result on the stack.
- //
- CopyMem (&DriverGuid, Iterator + 1, sizeof (EFI_GUID));
-
- Status = CoreLocateProtocol (&DriverGuid, NULL, &Interface);
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " PUSH GUID(%g) = FALSE\n", &DriverGuid));
- Status = PushBool (FALSE);
- } else {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " PUSH GUID(%g) = TRUE\n", &DriverGuid));
- *Iterator = EFI_DEP_REPLACE_TRUE;
- Status = PushBool (TRUE);
- }
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Unexpected error)\n"));
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- Iterator += sizeof (EFI_GUID);
- break;
-
- case EFI_DEP_AND:
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " AND\n"));
- Status = PopBool (&Operator);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Unexpected error)\n"));
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- Status = PopBool (&Operator2);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Unexpected error)\n"));
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- Status = PushBool ((BOOLEAN)(Operator && Operator2));
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Unexpected error)\n"));
- return FALSE;
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_DEP_OR:
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " OR\n"));
- Status = PopBool (&Operator);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Unexpected error)\n"));
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- Status = PopBool (&Operator2);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Unexpected error)\n"));
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- Status = PushBool ((BOOLEAN)(Operator || Operator2));
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Unexpected error)\n"));
- return FALSE;
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_DEP_NOT:
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " NOT\n"));
- Status = PopBool (&Operator);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Unexpected error)\n"));
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- Status = PushBool ((BOOLEAN)(!Operator));
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Unexpected error)\n"));
- return FALSE;
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_DEP_TRUE:
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " TRUE\n"));
- Status = PushBool (TRUE);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Unexpected error)\n"));
- return FALSE;
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_DEP_FALSE:
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " FALSE\n"));
- Status = PushBool (FALSE);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Unexpected error)\n"));
- return FALSE;
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_DEP_END:
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " END\n"));
- Status = PopBool (&Operator);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Unexpected error)\n"));
- return FALSE;
- }
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = %a\n", Operator ? "TRUE" : "FALSE"));
- return Operator;
-
- case EFI_DEP_REPLACE_TRUE:
- CopyMem (&DriverGuid, Iterator + 1, sizeof (EFI_GUID));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " PUSH GUID(%g) = TRUE\n", &DriverGuid));
-
- Status = PushBool (TRUE);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Unexpected error)\n"));
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- Iterator += sizeof (EFI_GUID);
- break;
-
- default:
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Unknown opcode)\n"));
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Skip over the Dependency Op Code we just processed in the switch.
- // The math is done out of order, but it should not matter. That is
- // we may add in the sizeof (EFI_GUID) before we account for the OP Code.
- // This is not an issue, since we just need the correct end result. You
- // need to be careful using Iterator in the loop as it's intermediate value
- // may be strange.
- //
- Iterator++;
- }
-
-Done:
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Dispatcher/Dispatcher.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Dispatcher/Dispatcher.c deleted file mode 100644 index 5686d94e6a..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Dispatcher/Dispatcher.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1384 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- DXE Dispatcher.
-
- Step #1 - When a FV protocol is added to the system every driver in the FV
- is added to the mDiscoveredList. The SOR, Before, and After Depex are
- pre-processed as drivers are added to the mDiscoveredList. If an Apriori
- file exists in the FV those drivers are addeded to the
- mScheduledQueue. The mFvHandleList is used to make sure a
- FV is only processed once.
-
- Step #2 - Dispatch. Remove driver from the mScheduledQueue and load and
- start it. After mScheduledQueue is drained check the
- mDiscoveredList to see if any item has a Depex that is ready to
- be placed on the mScheduledQueue.
-
- Step #3 - Adding to the mScheduledQueue requires that you process Before
- and After dependencies. This is done recursively as the call to add
- to the mScheduledQueue checks for Before and recursively adds
- all Befores. It then addes the item that was passed in and then
- processess the After dependecies by recursively calling the routine.
-
- Dispatcher Rules:
- The rules for the dispatcher are in chapter 10 of the DXE CIS. Figure 10-3
- is the state diagram for the DXE dispatcher
-
- Depex - Dependency Expresion.
- SOR - Schedule On Request - Don't schedule if this bit is set.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "DxeMain.h"
-
-//
-// The Driver List contains one copy of every driver that has been discovered.
-// Items are never removed from the driver list. List of EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY
-//
-LIST_ENTRY mDiscoveredList = INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (mDiscoveredList);
-
-//
-// Queue of drivers that are ready to dispatch. This queue is a subset of the
-// mDiscoveredList.list of EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY.
-//
-LIST_ENTRY mScheduledQueue = INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (mScheduledQueue);
-
-//
-// List of handles who's Fv's have been parsed and added to the mFwDriverList.
-//
-LIST_ENTRY mFvHandleList = INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (mFvHandleList); // list of KNOWN_HANDLE
-
-//
-// Lock for mDiscoveredList, mScheduledQueue, gDispatcherRunning.
-//
-EFI_LOCK mDispatcherLock = EFI_INITIALIZE_LOCK_VARIABLE (TPL_HIGH_LEVEL);
-
-
-//
-// Flag for the DXE Dispacher. TRUE if dispatcher is execuing.
-//
-BOOLEAN gDispatcherRunning = FALSE;
-
-//
-// Module globals to manage the FwVol registration notification event
-//
-EFI_EVENT mFwVolEvent;
-VOID *mFwVolEventRegistration;
-
-//
-// List of file types supported by dispatcher
-//
-EFI_FV_FILETYPE mDxeFileTypes[] = {
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE_DRIVER,
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE_COMBINED_SMM_DXE,
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE_COMBINED_PEIM_DRIVER,
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE_DXE_CORE,
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_IMAGE
-};
-
-typedef struct {
- MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH File;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL End;
-} FV_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH;
-
-FV_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH mFvDevicePath;
-
-//
-// Function Prototypes
-//
-/**
- Insert InsertedDriverEntry onto the mScheduledQueue. To do this you
- must add any driver with a before dependency on InsertedDriverEntry first.
- You do this by recursively calling this routine. After all the Befores are
- processed you can add InsertedDriverEntry to the mScheduledQueue.
- Then you can add any driver with an After dependency on InsertedDriverEntry
- by recursively calling this routine.
-
- @param InsertedDriverEntry The driver to insert on the ScheduledLink Queue
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreInsertOnScheduledQueueWhileProcessingBeforeAndAfter (
- IN EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY *InsertedDriverEntry
- );
-
-/**
- Event notification that is fired every time a FV dispatch protocol is added.
- More than one protocol may have been added when this event is fired, so you
- must loop on CoreLocateHandle () to see how many protocols were added and
- do the following to each FV:
- If the Fv has already been processed, skip it. If the Fv has not been
- processed then mark it as being processed, as we are about to process it.
- Read the Fv and add any driver in the Fv to the mDiscoveredList.The
- mDiscoveredList is never free'ed and contains variables that define
- the other states the DXE driver transitions to..
- While you are at it read the A Priori file into memory.
- Place drivers in the A Priori list onto the mScheduledQueue.
-
- @param Event The Event that is being processed, not used.
- @param Context Event Context, not used.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-CoreFwVolEventProtocolNotify (
- IN EFI_EVENT Event,
- IN VOID *Context
- );
-
-/**
- Convert FvHandle and DriverName into an EFI device path
-
- @param Fv Fv protocol, needed to read Depex info out of
- FLASH.
- @param FvHandle Handle for Fv, needed in the
- EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY so that the PE image can be
- read out of the FV at a later time.
- @param DriverName Name of driver to add to mDiscoveredList.
-
- @return Pointer to device path constructed from FvHandle and DriverName
-
-**/
-EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *
-CoreFvToDevicePath (
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *Fv,
- IN EFI_HANDLE FvHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *DriverName
- );
-
-/**
- Add an entry to the mDiscoveredList. Allocate memory to store the DriverEntry,
- and initilize any state variables. Read the Depex from the FV and store it
- in DriverEntry. Pre-process the Depex to set the SOR, Before and After state.
- The Discovered list is never free'ed and contains booleans that represent the
- other possible DXE driver states.
-
- @param Fv Fv protocol, needed to read Depex info out of
- FLASH.
- @param FvHandle Handle for Fv, needed in the
- EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY so that the PE image can be
- read out of the FV at a later time.
- @param DriverName Name of driver to add to mDiscoveredList.
- @param Type Fv File Type of file to add to mDiscoveredList.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS If driver was added to the mDiscoveredList.
- @retval EFI_ALREADY_STARTED The driver has already been started. Only one
- DriverName may be active in the system at any one
- time.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreAddToDriverList (
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *Fv,
- IN EFI_HANDLE FvHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *DriverName,
- IN EFI_FV_FILETYPE Type
- );
-
-/**
- Get the driver from the FV through driver name, and produce a FVB protocol on FvHandle.
-
- @param Fv The FIRMWARE_VOLUME protocol installed on the FV.
- @param FvHandle The handle which FVB protocol installed on.
- @param DriverName The driver guid specified.
-
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough memory or other resource.
- @retval EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED Corrupted volume.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Function successfully returned.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreProcessFvImageFile (
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *Fv,
- IN EFI_HANDLE FvHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *DriverName
- );
-
-
-/**
- Enter critical section by gaining lock on mDispatcherLock.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreAcquireDispatcherLock (
- VOID
- )
-{
- CoreAcquireLock (&mDispatcherLock);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Exit critical section by releasing lock on mDispatcherLock.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreReleaseDispatcherLock (
- VOID
- )
-{
- CoreReleaseLock (&mDispatcherLock);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Read Depex and pre-process the Depex for Before and After. If Section Extraction
- protocol returns an error via ReadSection defer the reading of the Depex.
-
- @param DriverEntry Driver to work on.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Depex read and preprossesed
- @retval EFI_PROTOCOL_ERROR The section extraction protocol returned an error
- and Depex reading needs to be retried.
- @retval Error DEPEX not found.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreGetDepexSectionAndPreProccess (
- IN EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY *DriverEntry
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_SECTION_TYPE SectionType;
- UINT32 AuthenticationStatus;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *Fv;
-
-
- Fv = DriverEntry->Fv;
-
- //
- // Grab Depex info, it will never be free'ed.
- //
- SectionType = EFI_SECTION_DXE_DEPEX;
- Status = Fv->ReadSection (
- DriverEntry->Fv,
- &DriverEntry->FileName,
- SectionType,
- 0,
- &DriverEntry->Depex,
- (UINTN *)&DriverEntry->DepexSize,
- &AuthenticationStatus
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- if (Status == EFI_PROTOCOL_ERROR) {
- //
- // The section extraction protocol failed so set protocol error flag
- //
- DriverEntry->DepexProtocolError = TRUE;
- } else {
- //
- // If no Depex assume UEFI 2.0 driver model
- //
- DriverEntry->Depex = NULL;
- DriverEntry->Dependent = TRUE;
- DriverEntry->DepexProtocolError = FALSE;
- }
- } else {
- //
- // Set Before, After, and Unrequested state information based on Depex
- // Driver will be put in Dependent or Unrequested state
- //
- CorePreProcessDepex (DriverEntry);
- DriverEntry->DepexProtocolError = FALSE;
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Check every driver and locate a matching one. If the driver is found, the Unrequested
- state flag is cleared.
-
- @param FirmwareVolumeHandle The handle of the Firmware Volume that contains
- the firmware file specified by DriverName.
- @param DriverName The Driver name to put in the Dependent state.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The DriverName was found and it's SOR bit was
- cleared
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The DriverName does not exist or it's SOR bit was
- not set.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreSchedule (
- IN EFI_HANDLE FirmwareVolumeHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *DriverName
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY *DriverEntry;
-
- //
- // Check every driver
- //
- for (Link = mDiscoveredList.ForwardLink; Link != &mDiscoveredList; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- DriverEntry = CR(Link, EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY, Link, EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY_SIGNATURE);
- if (DriverEntry->FvHandle == FirmwareVolumeHandle &&
- DriverEntry->Unrequested &&
- CompareGuid (DriverName, &DriverEntry->FileName)) {
- //
- // Move the driver from the Unrequested to the Dependent state
- //
- CoreAcquireDispatcherLock ();
- DriverEntry->Unrequested = FALSE;
- DriverEntry->Dependent = TRUE;
- CoreReleaseDispatcherLock ();
-
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, "Schedule FFS(%g) - EFI_SUCCESS\n", DriverName));
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
-
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, "Schedule FFS(%g) - EFI_NOT_FOUND\n", DriverName));
-
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Convert a driver from the Untrused back to the Scheduled state.
-
- @param FirmwareVolumeHandle The handle of the Firmware Volume that contains
- the firmware file specified by DriverName.
- @param DriverName The Driver name to put in the Scheduled state
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The file was found in the untrusted state, and it
- was promoted to the trusted state.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The file was not found in the untrusted state.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreTrust (
- IN EFI_HANDLE FirmwareVolumeHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *DriverName
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY *DriverEntry;
-
- //
- // Check every driver
- //
- for (Link = mDiscoveredList.ForwardLink; Link != &mDiscoveredList; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- DriverEntry = CR(Link, EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY, Link, EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY_SIGNATURE);
- if (DriverEntry->FvHandle == FirmwareVolumeHandle &&
- DriverEntry->Untrusted &&
- CompareGuid (DriverName, &DriverEntry->FileName)) {
- //
- // Transition driver from Untrusted to Scheduled state.
- //
- CoreAcquireDispatcherLock ();
- DriverEntry->Untrusted = FALSE;
- DriverEntry->Scheduled = TRUE;
- InsertTailList (&mScheduledQueue, &DriverEntry->ScheduledLink);
- CoreReleaseDispatcherLock ();
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-}
-
-/**
- This is the main Dispatcher for DXE and it exits when there are no more
- drivers to run. Drain the mScheduledQueue and load and start a PE
- image for each driver. Search the mDiscoveredList to see if any driver can
- be placed on the mScheduledQueue. If no drivers are placed on the
- mScheduledQueue exit the function. On exit it is assumed the Bds()
- will be called, and when the Bds() exits the Dispatcher will be called
- again.
-
- @retval EFI_ALREADY_STARTED The DXE Dispatcher is already running
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND No DXE Drivers were dispatched
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS One or more DXE Drivers were dispatched
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreDispatcher (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_STATUS ReturnStatus;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY *DriverEntry;
- BOOLEAN ReadyToRun;
- EFI_EVENT DxeDispatchEvent;
-
-
- if (gDispatcherRunning) {
- //
- // If the dispatcher is running don't let it be restarted.
- //
- return EFI_ALREADY_STARTED;
- }
-
- gDispatcherRunning = TRUE;
-
- Status = CoreCreateEventEx (
- EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,
- TPL_NOTIFY,
- EfiEventEmptyFunction,
- NULL,
- &gEfiEventDxeDispatchGuid,
- &DxeDispatchEvent
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- ReturnStatus = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- do {
- //
- // Drain the Scheduled Queue
- //
- while (!IsListEmpty (&mScheduledQueue)) {
- DriverEntry = CR (
- mScheduledQueue.ForwardLink,
- EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY,
- ScheduledLink,
- EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY_SIGNATURE
- );
-
- //
- // Load the DXE Driver image into memory. If the Driver was transitioned from
- // Untrused to Scheduled it would have already been loaded so we may need to
- // skip the LoadImage
- //
- if (DriverEntry->ImageHandle == NULL && !DriverEntry->IsFvImage) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "Loading driver %g\n", &DriverEntry->FileName));
- Status = CoreLoadImage (
- FALSE,
- gDxeCoreImageHandle,
- DriverEntry->FvFileDevicePath,
- NULL,
- 0,
- &DriverEntry->ImageHandle
- );
-
- //
- // Update the driver state to reflect that it's been loaded
- //
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- CoreAcquireDispatcherLock ();
-
- if (Status == EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION) {
- //
- // Take driver from Scheduled to Untrused state
- //
- DriverEntry->Untrusted = TRUE;
- } else {
- //
- // The DXE Driver could not be loaded, and do not attempt to load or start it again.
- // Take driver from Scheduled to Initialized.
- //
- // This case include the Never Trusted state if EFI_ACCESS_DENIED is returned
- //
- DriverEntry->Initialized = TRUE;
- }
-
- DriverEntry->Scheduled = FALSE;
- RemoveEntryList (&DriverEntry->ScheduledLink);
-
- CoreReleaseDispatcherLock ();
-
- //
- // If it's an error don't try the StartImage
- //
- continue;
- }
- }
-
- CoreAcquireDispatcherLock ();
-
- DriverEntry->Scheduled = FALSE;
- DriverEntry->Initialized = TRUE;
- RemoveEntryList (&DriverEntry->ScheduledLink);
-
- CoreReleaseDispatcherLock ();
-
-
- if (DriverEntry->IsFvImage) {
- //
- // Produce a firmware volume block protocol for FvImage so it gets dispatched from.
- //
- Status = CoreProcessFvImageFile (DriverEntry->Fv, DriverEntry->FvHandle, &DriverEntry->FileName);
- } else {
- REPORT_STATUS_CODE_WITH_EXTENDED_DATA (
- EFI_PROGRESS_CODE,
- (EFI_SOFTWARE_DXE_CORE | EFI_SW_PC_INIT_BEGIN),
- &DriverEntry->ImageHandle,
- sizeof (DriverEntry->ImageHandle)
- );
- ASSERT (DriverEntry->ImageHandle != NULL);
-
- Status = CoreStartImage (DriverEntry->ImageHandle, NULL, NULL);
-
- REPORT_STATUS_CODE_WITH_EXTENDED_DATA (
- EFI_PROGRESS_CODE,
- (EFI_SOFTWARE_DXE_CORE | EFI_SW_PC_INIT_END),
- &DriverEntry->ImageHandle,
- sizeof (DriverEntry->ImageHandle)
- );
- }
-
- ReturnStatus = EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- //
- // Now DXE Dispatcher finished one round of dispatch, signal an event group
- // so that SMM Dispatcher get chance to dispatch SMM Drivers which depend
- // on UEFI protocols
- //
- if (!EFI_ERROR (ReturnStatus)) {
- CoreSignalEvent (DxeDispatchEvent);
- }
-
- //
- // Search DriverList for items to place on Scheduled Queue
- //
- ReadyToRun = FALSE;
- for (Link = mDiscoveredList.ForwardLink; Link != &mDiscoveredList; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- DriverEntry = CR (Link, EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY, Link, EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY_SIGNATURE);
-
- if (DriverEntry->DepexProtocolError){
- //
- // If Section Extraction Protocol did not let the Depex be read before retry the read
- //
- Status = CoreGetDepexSectionAndPreProccess (DriverEntry);
- }
-
- if (DriverEntry->Dependent) {
- if (CoreIsSchedulable (DriverEntry)) {
- CoreInsertOnScheduledQueueWhileProcessingBeforeAndAfter (DriverEntry);
- ReadyToRun = TRUE;
- }
- } else {
- if (DriverEntry->Unrequested) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, "Evaluate DXE DEPEX for FFS(%g)\n", &DriverEntry->FileName));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " SOR = Not Requested\n"));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE\n"));
- }
- }
- }
- } while (ReadyToRun);
-
- //
- // Close DXE dispatch Event
- //
- CoreCloseEvent (DxeDispatchEvent);
-
- gDispatcherRunning = FALSE;
-
- return ReturnStatus;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Insert InsertedDriverEntry onto the mScheduledQueue. To do this you
- must add any driver with a before dependency on InsertedDriverEntry first.
- You do this by recursively calling this routine. After all the Befores are
- processed you can add InsertedDriverEntry to the mScheduledQueue.
- Then you can add any driver with an After dependency on InsertedDriverEntry
- by recursively calling this routine.
-
- @param InsertedDriverEntry The driver to insert on the ScheduledLink Queue
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreInsertOnScheduledQueueWhileProcessingBeforeAndAfter (
- IN EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY *InsertedDriverEntry
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY *DriverEntry;
-
- //
- // Process Before Dependency
- //
- for (Link = mDiscoveredList.ForwardLink; Link != &mDiscoveredList; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- DriverEntry = CR(Link, EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY, Link, EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY_SIGNATURE);
- if (DriverEntry->Before && DriverEntry->Dependent && DriverEntry != InsertedDriverEntry) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, "Evaluate DXE DEPEX for FFS(%g)\n", &DriverEntry->FileName));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " BEFORE FFS(%g) = ", &DriverEntry->BeforeAfterGuid));
- if (CompareGuid (&InsertedDriverEntry->FileName, &DriverEntry->BeforeAfterGuid)) {
- //
- // Recursively process BEFORE
- //
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, "TRUE\n END\n RESULT = TRUE\n"));
- CoreInsertOnScheduledQueueWhileProcessingBeforeAndAfter (DriverEntry);
- } else {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, "FALSE\n END\n RESULT = FALSE\n"));
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Convert driver from Dependent to Scheduled state
- //
- CoreAcquireDispatcherLock ();
-
- InsertedDriverEntry->Dependent = FALSE;
- InsertedDriverEntry->Scheduled = TRUE;
- InsertTailList (&mScheduledQueue, &InsertedDriverEntry->ScheduledLink);
-
- CoreReleaseDispatcherLock ();
-
- //
- // Process After Dependency
- //
- for (Link = mDiscoveredList.ForwardLink; Link != &mDiscoveredList; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- DriverEntry = CR(Link, EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY, Link, EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY_SIGNATURE);
- if (DriverEntry->After && DriverEntry->Dependent && DriverEntry != InsertedDriverEntry) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, "Evaluate DXE DEPEX for FFS(%g)\n", &DriverEntry->FileName));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " AFTER FFS(%g) = ", &DriverEntry->BeforeAfterGuid));
- if (CompareGuid (&InsertedDriverEntry->FileName, &DriverEntry->BeforeAfterGuid)) {
- //
- // Recursively process AFTER
- //
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, "TRUE\n END\n RESULT = TRUE\n"));
- CoreInsertOnScheduledQueueWhileProcessingBeforeAndAfter (DriverEntry);
- } else {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, "FALSE\n END\n RESULT = FALSE\n"));
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- Return TRUE if the Fv has been processed, FALSE if not.
-
- @param FvHandle The handle of a FV that's being tested
-
- @retval TRUE Fv protocol on FvHandle has been processed
- @retval FALSE Fv protocol on FvHandle has not yet been processed
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-FvHasBeenProcessed (
- IN EFI_HANDLE FvHandle
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- KNOWN_HANDLE *KnownHandle;
-
- for (Link = mFvHandleList.ForwardLink; Link != &mFvHandleList; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- KnownHandle = CR(Link, KNOWN_HANDLE, Link, KNOWN_HANDLE_SIGNATURE);
- if (KnownHandle->Handle == FvHandle) {
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Remember that Fv protocol on FvHandle has had it's drivers placed on the
- mDiscoveredList. This fucntion adds entries on the mFvHandleList if new
- entry is different from one in mFvHandleList by checking FvImage Guid.
- Items are never removed/freed from the mFvHandleList.
-
- @param FvHandle The handle of a FV that has been processed
-
- @return A point to new added FvHandle entry. If FvHandle with the same FvImage guid
- has been added, NULL will return.
-
-**/
-KNOWN_HANDLE *
-FvIsBeingProcesssed (
- IN EFI_HANDLE FvHandle
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_GUID FvNameGuid;
- BOOLEAN FvNameGuidIsFound;
- UINT32 ExtHeaderOffset;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *Fvb;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *FwVolHeader;
- EFI_FV_BLOCK_MAP_ENTRY *BlockMap;
- UINTN LbaOffset;
- UINTN Index;
- EFI_LBA LbaIndex;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- KNOWN_HANDLE *KnownHandle;
-
- FwVolHeader = NULL;
-
- //
- // Get the FirmwareVolumeBlock protocol on that handle
- //
- FvNameGuidIsFound = FALSE;
- Status = CoreHandleProtocol (FvHandle, &gEfiFirmwareVolumeBlockProtocolGuid, (VOID **)&Fvb);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Get the full FV header based on FVB protocol.
- //
- ASSERT (Fvb != NULL);
- Status = GetFwVolHeader (Fvb, &FwVolHeader);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- ASSERT (FwVolHeader != NULL);
- if (VerifyFvHeaderChecksum (FwVolHeader) && FwVolHeader->ExtHeaderOffset != 0) {
- ExtHeaderOffset = (UINT32) FwVolHeader->ExtHeaderOffset;
- BlockMap = FwVolHeader->BlockMap;
- LbaIndex = 0;
- LbaOffset = 0;
- //
- // Find LbaIndex and LbaOffset for FV extension header based on BlockMap.
- //
- while ((BlockMap->NumBlocks != 0) || (BlockMap->Length != 0)) {
- for (Index = 0; Index < BlockMap->NumBlocks && ExtHeaderOffset >= BlockMap->Length; Index ++) {
- ExtHeaderOffset -= BlockMap->Length;
- LbaIndex ++;
- }
- //
- // Check whether FvExtHeader is crossing the multi block range.
- //
- if (Index < BlockMap->NumBlocks) {
- LbaOffset = ExtHeaderOffset;
- break;
- }
- BlockMap++;
- }
- //
- // Read FvNameGuid from FV extension header.
- //
- Status = ReadFvbData (Fvb, &LbaIndex, &LbaOffset, sizeof (FvNameGuid), (UINT8 *) &FvNameGuid);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FvNameGuidIsFound = TRUE;
- }
- }
- CoreFreePool (FwVolHeader);
- }
- }
-
- if (FvNameGuidIsFound) {
- //
- // Check whether the FV image with the found FvNameGuid has been processed.
- //
- for (Link = mFvHandleList.ForwardLink; Link != &mFvHandleList; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- KnownHandle = CR(Link, KNOWN_HANDLE, Link, KNOWN_HANDLE_SIGNATURE);
- if (CompareGuid (&FvNameGuid, &KnownHandle->FvNameGuid)) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "FvImage on FvHandle %p and %p has the same FvNameGuid %g.\n", FvHandle, KnownHandle->Handle, FvNameGuid));
- return NULL;
- }
- }
- }
-
- KnownHandle = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (KNOWN_HANDLE));
- ASSERT (KnownHandle != NULL);
-
- KnownHandle->Signature = KNOWN_HANDLE_SIGNATURE;
- KnownHandle->Handle = FvHandle;
- if (FvNameGuidIsFound) {
- CopyGuid (&KnownHandle->FvNameGuid, &FvNameGuid);
- }
- InsertTailList (&mFvHandleList, &KnownHandle->Link);
- return KnownHandle;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/**
- Convert FvHandle and DriverName into an EFI device path
-
- @param Fv Fv protocol, needed to read Depex info out of
- FLASH.
- @param FvHandle Handle for Fv, needed in the
- EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY so that the PE image can be
- read out of the FV at a later time.
- @param DriverName Name of driver to add to mDiscoveredList.
-
- @return Pointer to device path constructed from FvHandle and DriverName
-
-**/
-EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *
-CoreFvToDevicePath (
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *Fv,
- IN EFI_HANDLE FvHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *DriverName
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FvDevicePath;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FileNameDevicePath;
-
- //
- // Remember the device path of the FV
- //
- Status = CoreHandleProtocol (FvHandle, &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid, (VOID **)&FvDevicePath);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FileNameDevicePath = NULL;
- } else {
- //
- // Build a device path to the file in the FV to pass into gBS->LoadImage
- //
- EfiInitializeFwVolDevicepathNode (&mFvDevicePath.File, DriverName);
- SetDevicePathEndNode (&mFvDevicePath.End);
-
- FileNameDevicePath = AppendDevicePath (
- FvDevicePath,
- (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *)&mFvDevicePath
- );
- }
-
- return FileNameDevicePath;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Add an entry to the mDiscoveredList. Allocate memory to store the DriverEntry,
- and initilize any state variables. Read the Depex from the FV and store it
- in DriverEntry. Pre-process the Depex to set the SOR, Before and After state.
- The Discovered list is never free'ed and contains booleans that represent the
- other possible DXE driver states.
-
- @param Fv Fv protocol, needed to read Depex info out of
- FLASH.
- @param FvHandle Handle for Fv, needed in the
- EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY so that the PE image can be
- read out of the FV at a later time.
- @param DriverName Name of driver to add to mDiscoveredList.
- @param Type Fv File Type of file to add to mDiscoveredList.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS If driver was added to the mDiscoveredList.
- @retval EFI_ALREADY_STARTED The driver has already been started. Only one
- DriverName may be active in the system at any one
- time.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreAddToDriverList (
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *Fv,
- IN EFI_HANDLE FvHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *DriverName,
- IN EFI_FV_FILETYPE Type
- )
-{
- EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY *DriverEntry;
-
-
- //
- // Create the Driver Entry for the list. ZeroPool initializes lots of variables to
- // NULL or FALSE.
- //
- DriverEntry = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY));
- ASSERT (DriverEntry != NULL);
- if (Type == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_IMAGE) {
- DriverEntry->IsFvImage = TRUE;
- }
-
- DriverEntry->Signature = EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY_SIGNATURE;
- CopyGuid (&DriverEntry->FileName, DriverName);
- DriverEntry->FvHandle = FvHandle;
- DriverEntry->Fv = Fv;
- DriverEntry->FvFileDevicePath = CoreFvToDevicePath (Fv, FvHandle, DriverName);
-
- CoreGetDepexSectionAndPreProccess (DriverEntry);
-
- CoreAcquireDispatcherLock ();
-
- InsertTailList (&mDiscoveredList, &DriverEntry->Link);
-
- CoreReleaseDispatcherLock ();
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Check if a FV Image type file (EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_IMAGE) is
- described by a EFI_HOB_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2 Hob.
-
- @param FvNameGuid The FV image guid specified.
- @param DriverName The driver guid specified.
-
- @retval TRUE This file is found in a EFI_HOB_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2
- Hob.
- @retval FALSE Not found.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-FvFoundInHobFv2 (
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *FvNameGuid,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *DriverName
- )
-{
- EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS HobFv2;
-
- HobFv2.Raw = GetHobList ();
-
- while ((HobFv2.Raw = GetNextHob (EFI_HOB_TYPE_FV2, HobFv2.Raw)) != NULL) {
- //
- // Compare parent FvNameGuid and FileGuid both.
- //
- if (CompareGuid (DriverName, &HobFv2.FirmwareVolume2->FileName) &&
- CompareGuid (FvNameGuid, &HobFv2.FirmwareVolume2->FvName)) {
- return TRUE;
- }
- HobFv2.Raw = GET_NEXT_HOB (HobFv2);
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Get the driver from the FV through driver name, and produce a FVB protocol on FvHandle.
-
- @param Fv The FIRMWARE_VOLUME protocol installed on the FV.
- @param FvHandle The handle which FVB protocol installed on.
- @param DriverName The driver guid specified.
-
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough memory or other resource.
- @retval EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED Corrupted volume.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Function successfully returned.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreProcessFvImageFile (
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *Fv,
- IN EFI_HANDLE FvHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *DriverName
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_SECTION_TYPE SectionType;
- UINT32 AuthenticationStatus;
- VOID *Buffer;
- VOID *AlignedBuffer;
- UINTN BufferSize;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *FvHeader;
- UINT32 FvAlignment;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FvFileDevicePath;
-
- //
- // Read the first (and only the first) firmware volume section
- //
- SectionType = EFI_SECTION_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_IMAGE;
- FvHeader = NULL;
- FvAlignment = 0;
- Buffer = NULL;
- BufferSize = 0;
- AlignedBuffer = NULL;
- Status = Fv->ReadSection (
- Fv,
- DriverName,
- SectionType,
- 0,
- &Buffer,
- &BufferSize,
- &AuthenticationStatus
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Evaluate the authentication status of the Firmware Volume through
- // Security Architectural Protocol
- //
- if (gSecurity != NULL) {
- FvFileDevicePath = CoreFvToDevicePath (Fv, FvHandle, DriverName);
- Status = gSecurity->FileAuthenticationState (
- gSecurity,
- AuthenticationStatus,
- FvFileDevicePath
- );
- if (FvFileDevicePath != NULL) {
- FreePool (FvFileDevicePath);
- }
-
- if (Status != EFI_SUCCESS) {
- //
- // Security check failed. The firmware volume should not be used for any purpose.
- //
- if (Buffer != NULL) {
- FreePool (Buffer);
- }
- return Status;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // FvImage should be at its required alignment.
- //
- FvHeader = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *) Buffer;
- //
- // If EFI_FVB2_WEAK_ALIGNMENT is set in the volume header then the first byte of the volume
- // can be aligned on any power-of-two boundary. A weakly aligned volume can not be moved from
- // its initial linked location and maintain its alignment.
- //
- if ((FvHeader->Attributes & EFI_FVB2_WEAK_ALIGNMENT) != EFI_FVB2_WEAK_ALIGNMENT) {
- //
- // Get FvHeader alignment
- //
- FvAlignment = 1 << ((FvHeader->Attributes & EFI_FVB2_ALIGNMENT) >> 16);
- //
- // FvAlignment must be greater than or equal to 8 bytes of the minimum FFS alignment value.
- //
- if (FvAlignment < 8) {
- FvAlignment = 8;
- }
- //
- // Allocate the aligned buffer for the FvImage.
- //
- AlignedBuffer = AllocateAlignedPages (EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (BufferSize), (UINTN) FvAlignment);
- if (AlignedBuffer == NULL) {
- FreePool (Buffer);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- } else {
- //
- // Move FvImage into the aligned buffer and release the original buffer.
- //
- CopyMem (AlignedBuffer, Buffer, BufferSize);
- FvHeader = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *) AlignedBuffer;
- CoreFreePool (Buffer);
- Buffer = NULL;
- }
- }
- //
- // Produce a FVB protocol for the file
- //
- Status = ProduceFVBProtocolOnBuffer (
- (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) FvHeader,
- (UINT64)BufferSize,
- FvHandle,
- AuthenticationStatus,
- NULL
- );
- }
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // ReadSection or Produce FVB failed, Free data buffer
- //
- if (Buffer != NULL) {
- FreePool (Buffer);
- }
-
- if (AlignedBuffer != NULL) {
- FreeAlignedPages (AlignedBuffer, EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (BufferSize));
- }
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Event notification that is fired every time a FV dispatch protocol is added.
- More than one protocol may have been added when this event is fired, so you
- must loop on CoreLocateHandle () to see how many protocols were added and
- do the following to each FV:
- If the Fv has already been processed, skip it. If the Fv has not been
- processed then mark it as being processed, as we are about to process it.
- Read the Fv and add any driver in the Fv to the mDiscoveredList.The
- mDiscoveredList is never free'ed and contains variables that define
- the other states the DXE driver transitions to..
- While you are at it read the A Priori file into memory.
- Place drivers in the A Priori list onto the mScheduledQueue.
-
- @param Event The Event that is being processed, not used.
- @param Context Event Context, not used.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-CoreFwVolEventProtocolNotify (
- IN EFI_EVENT Event,
- IN VOID *Context
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_STATUS GetNextFileStatus;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *Fv;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FvDevicePath;
- EFI_HANDLE FvHandle;
- UINTN BufferSize;
- EFI_GUID NameGuid;
- UINTN Key;
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE Type;
- EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES Attributes;
- UINTN Size;
- EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY *DriverEntry;
- EFI_GUID *AprioriFile;
- UINTN AprioriEntryCount;
- UINTN Index;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- UINT32 AuthenticationStatus;
- UINTN SizeOfBuffer;
- VOID *DepexBuffer;
- KNOWN_HANDLE *KnownHandle;
-
- FvHandle = NULL;
-
- while (TRUE) {
- BufferSize = sizeof (EFI_HANDLE);
- Status = CoreLocateHandle (
- ByRegisterNotify,
- NULL,
- mFwVolEventRegistration,
- &BufferSize,
- &FvHandle
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // If no more notification events exit
- //
- return;
- }
-
- if (FvHasBeenProcessed (FvHandle)) {
- //
- // This Fv has already been processed so lets skip it!
- //
- continue;
- }
-
- //
- // Since we are about to process this Fv mark it as processed.
- //
- KnownHandle = FvIsBeingProcesssed (FvHandle);
- if (KnownHandle == NULL) {
- //
- // The FV with the same FV name guid has already been processed.
- // So lets skip it!
- //
- continue;
- }
-
- Status = CoreHandleProtocol (FvHandle, &gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid, (VOID **)&Fv);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status) || Fv == NULL) {
- //
- // FvHandle must have Firmware Volume2 protocol thus we should never get here.
- //
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- continue;
- }
-
- Status = CoreHandleProtocol (FvHandle, &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid, (VOID **)&FvDevicePath);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // The Firmware volume doesn't have device path, can't be dispatched.
- //
- continue;
- }
-
- //
- // Discover Drivers in FV and add them to the Discovered Driver List.
- // Process EFI_FV_FILETYPE_DRIVER type and then EFI_FV_FILETYPE_COMBINED_PEIM_DRIVER
- // EFI_FV_FILETYPE_DXE_CORE is processed to produce a Loaded Image protocol for the core
- // EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_IMAGE is processed to create a Fvb
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < sizeof (mDxeFileTypes) / sizeof (EFI_FV_FILETYPE); Index++) {
- //
- // Initialize the search key
- //
- Key = 0;
- do {
- Type = mDxeFileTypes[Index];
- GetNextFileStatus = Fv->GetNextFile (
- Fv,
- &Key,
- &Type,
- &NameGuid,
- &Attributes,
- &Size
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (GetNextFileStatus)) {
- if (Type == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_DXE_CORE) {
- //
- // If this is the DXE core fill in it's DevicePath & DeviceHandle
- //
- if (gDxeCoreLoadedImage->FilePath == NULL) {
- if (CompareGuid (&NameGuid, gDxeCoreFileName)) {
- //
- // Maybe One specail Fv cantains only one DXE_CORE module, so its device path must
- // be initialized completely.
- //
- EfiInitializeFwVolDevicepathNode (&mFvDevicePath.File, &NameGuid);
- SetDevicePathEndNode (&mFvDevicePath.End);
-
- gDxeCoreLoadedImage->FilePath = DuplicateDevicePath (
- (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *)&mFvDevicePath
- );
- gDxeCoreLoadedImage->DeviceHandle = FvHandle;
- }
- }
- } else if (Type == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_IMAGE) {
- //
- // Check if this EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_IMAGE file has already
- // been extracted.
- //
- if (FvFoundInHobFv2 (&KnownHandle->FvNameGuid, &NameGuid)) {
- continue;
- }
-
- //
- // Check if this EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_IMAGE file has SMM depex section.
- //
- DepexBuffer = NULL;
- SizeOfBuffer = 0;
- Status = Fv->ReadSection (
- Fv,
- &NameGuid,
- EFI_SECTION_SMM_DEPEX,
- 0,
- &DepexBuffer,
- &SizeOfBuffer,
- &AuthenticationStatus
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // If SMM depex section is found, this FV image is invalid to be supported.
- // ASSERT FALSE to report this FV image.
- //
- FreePool (DepexBuffer);
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- }
-
- //
- // Check if this EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_IMAGE file has DXE depex section.
- //
- DepexBuffer = NULL;
- SizeOfBuffer = 0;
- Status = Fv->ReadSection (
- Fv,
- &NameGuid,
- EFI_SECTION_DXE_DEPEX,
- 0,
- &DepexBuffer,
- &SizeOfBuffer,
- &AuthenticationStatus
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // If no depex section, produce a firmware volume block protocol for it so it gets dispatched from.
- //
- CoreProcessFvImageFile (Fv, FvHandle, &NameGuid);
- } else {
- //
- // If depex section is found, this FV image will be dispatched until its depex is evaluated to TRUE.
- //
- FreePool (DepexBuffer);
- CoreAddToDriverList (Fv, FvHandle, &NameGuid, Type);
- }
- } else {
- //
- // Transition driver from Undiscovered to Discovered state
- //
- CoreAddToDriverList (Fv, FvHandle, &NameGuid, Type);
- }
- }
- } while (!EFI_ERROR (GetNextFileStatus));
- }
-
- //
- // Read the array of GUIDs from the Apriori file if it is present in the firmware volume
- //
- AprioriFile = NULL;
- Status = Fv->ReadSection (
- Fv,
- &gAprioriGuid,
- EFI_SECTION_RAW,
- 0,
- (VOID **)&AprioriFile,
- &SizeOfBuffer,
- &AuthenticationStatus
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- AprioriEntryCount = SizeOfBuffer / sizeof (EFI_GUID);
- } else {
- AprioriEntryCount = 0;
- }
-
- //
- // Put drivers on Apriori List on the Scheduled queue. The Discovered List includes
- // drivers not in the current FV and these must be skipped since the a priori list
- // is only valid for the FV that it resided in.
- //
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < AprioriEntryCount; Index++) {
- for (Link = mDiscoveredList.ForwardLink; Link != &mDiscoveredList; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- DriverEntry = CR(Link, EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY, Link, EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY_SIGNATURE);
- if (CompareGuid (&DriverEntry->FileName, &AprioriFile[Index]) &&
- (FvHandle == DriverEntry->FvHandle)) {
- CoreAcquireDispatcherLock ();
- DriverEntry->Dependent = FALSE;
- DriverEntry->Scheduled = TRUE;
- InsertTailList (&mScheduledQueue, &DriverEntry->ScheduledLink);
- CoreReleaseDispatcherLock ();
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, "Evaluate DXE DEPEX for FFS(%g)\n", &DriverEntry->FileName));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = TRUE (Apriori)\n"));
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Free data allocated by Fv->ReadSection ()
- //
- CoreFreePool (AprioriFile);
- }
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Initialize the dispatcher. Initialize the notification function that runs when
- an FV2 protocol is added to the system.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreInitializeDispatcher (
- VOID
- )
-{
- mFwVolEvent = EfiCreateProtocolNotifyEvent (
- &gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid,
- TPL_CALLBACK,
- CoreFwVolEventProtocolNotify,
- NULL,
- &mFwVolEventRegistration
- );
-}
-
-//
-// Function only used in debug builds
-//
-
-/**
- Traverse the discovered list for any drivers that were discovered but not loaded
- because the dependency experessions evaluated to false.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreDisplayDiscoveredNotDispatched (
- VOID
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY *DriverEntry;
-
- for (Link = mDiscoveredList.ForwardLink;Link !=&mDiscoveredList; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- DriverEntry = CR(Link, EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY, Link, EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY_SIGNATURE);
- if (DriverEntry->Dependent) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_LOAD, "Driver %g was discovered but not loaded!!\n", &DriverEntry->FileName));
- }
- }
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/DxeCore.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/DxeCore.uni deleted file mode 100644 index 0b4450dbbe..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/DxeCore.uni +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -// /** @file
-// This is core module in DXE phase.
-//
-// It provides an implementation of DXE Core that is compliant with DXE CIS.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-//
-// This program and the accompanying materials
-// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-//
-// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-//
-// **/
-
-
-#string STR_MODULE_ABSTRACT #language en-US "The core module in DXE phase"
-
-#string STR_MODULE_DESCRIPTION #language en-US "It provides an implementation of DXE Core that is compliant with DXE CIS."
-
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/DxeCoreExtra.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/DxeCoreExtra.uni deleted file mode 100644 index d04eaf4958..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/DxeCoreExtra.uni +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -// /** @file
-// DxeCore Localized Strings and Content
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2013 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-//
-// This program and the accompanying materials
-// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-//
-// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-//
-// **/
-
-#string STR_PROPERTIES_MODULE_NAME
-#language en-US
-"Core DXE Services Driver"
-
-
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/DxeMain.h b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/DxeMain.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1a0babba71..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/DxeMain.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2951 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- The internal header file includes the common header files, defines
- internal structure and functions used by DxeCore module.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _DXE_MAIN_H_
-#define _DXE_MAIN_H_
-
-
-
-#include <PiDxe.h>
-
-#include <Protocol/LoadedImage.h>
-#include <Protocol/GuidedSectionExtraction.h>
-#include <Protocol/DevicePath.h>
-#include <Protocol/Runtime.h>
-#include <Protocol/LoadFile.h>
-#include <Protocol/LoadFile2.h>
-#include <Protocol/DriverBinding.h>
-#include <Protocol/VariableWrite.h>
-#include <Protocol/PlatformDriverOverride.h>
-#include <Protocol/Variable.h>
-#include <Protocol/Timer.h>
-#include <Protocol/SimpleFileSystem.h>
-#include <Protocol/Bds.h>
-#include <Protocol/RealTimeClock.h>
-#include <Protocol/WatchdogTimer.h>
-#include <Protocol/FirmwareVolume2.h>
-#include <Protocol/MonotonicCounter.h>
-#include <Protocol/StatusCode.h>
-#include <Protocol/Decompress.h>
-#include <Protocol/LoadPe32Image.h>
-#include <Protocol/Security.h>
-#include <Protocol/Security2.h>
-#include <Protocol/Ebc.h>
-#include <Protocol/Reset.h>
-#include <Protocol/Cpu.h>
-#include <Protocol/Metronome.h>
-#include <Protocol/FirmwareVolumeBlock.h>
-#include <Protocol/Capsule.h>
-#include <Protocol/BusSpecificDriverOverride.h>
-#include <Protocol/DriverFamilyOverride.h>
-#include <Protocol/TcgService.h>
-#include <Protocol/HiiPackageList.h>
-#include <Protocol/SmmBase2.h>
-#include <Guid/MemoryTypeInformation.h>
-#include <Guid/FirmwareFileSystem2.h>
-#include <Guid/FirmwareFileSystem3.h>
-#include <Guid/HobList.h>
-#include <Guid/DebugImageInfoTable.h>
-#include <Guid/FileInfo.h>
-#include <Guid/Apriori.h>
-#include <Guid/DxeServices.h>
-#include <Guid/MemoryAllocationHob.h>
-#include <Guid/EventLegacyBios.h>
-#include <Guid/EventGroup.h>
-#include <Guid/EventExitBootServiceFailed.h>
-#include <Guid/LoadModuleAtFixedAddress.h>
-#include <Guid/IdleLoopEvent.h>
-#include <Guid/VectorHandoffTable.h>
-#include <Ppi/VectorHandoffInfo.h>
-#include <Guid/MemoryProfile.h>
-
-#include <Library/DxeCoreEntryPoint.h>
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiLib.h>
-#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
-#include <Library/HobLib.h>
-#include <Library/PerformanceLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiDecompressLib.h>
-#include <Library/ExtractGuidedSectionLib.h>
-#include <Library/CacheMaintenanceLib.h>
-#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
-#include <Library/PeCoffLib.h>
-#include <Library/PeCoffGetEntryPointLib.h>
-#include <Library/PeCoffExtraActionLib.h>
-#include <Library/PcdLib.h>
-#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>
-#include <Library/DevicePathLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
-#include <Library/ReportStatusCodeLib.h>
-#include <Library/TimerLib.h>
-#include <Library/DxeServicesLib.h>
-#include <Library/DebugAgentLib.h>
-#include <Library/CpuExceptionHandlerLib.h>
-
-
-//
-// attributes for reserved memory before it is promoted to system memory
-//
-#define EFI_MEMORY_PRESENT 0x0100000000000000ULL
-#define EFI_MEMORY_INITIALIZED 0x0200000000000000ULL
-#define EFI_MEMORY_TESTED 0x0400000000000000ULL
-
-//
-// range for memory mapped port I/O on IPF
-//
-#define EFI_MEMORY_PORT_IO 0x4000000000000000ULL
-
-
-///
-/// EFI_DEP_REPLACE_TRUE - Used to dynamically patch the dependency expression
-/// to save time. A EFI_DEP_PUSH is evaluated one an
-/// replaced with EFI_DEP_REPLACE_TRUE. If PI spec's Vol 2
-/// Driver Execution Environment Core Interface use 0xff
-/// as new DEPEX opcode. EFI_DEP_REPLACE_TRUE should be
-/// defined to a new value that is not conflicting with PI spec.
-///
-#define EFI_DEP_REPLACE_TRUE 0xff
-
-///
-/// Define the initial size of the dependency expression evaluation stack
-///
-#define DEPEX_STACK_SIZE_INCREMENT 0x1000
-
-typedef struct {
- EFI_GUID *ProtocolGuid;
- VOID **Protocol;
- EFI_EVENT Event;
- VOID *Registration;
- BOOLEAN Present;
-} EFI_CORE_PROTOCOL_NOTIFY_ENTRY;
-
-//
-// DXE Dispatcher Data structures
-//
-
-#define KNOWN_HANDLE_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32('k','n','o','w')
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- LIST_ENTRY Link; // mFvHandleList
- EFI_HANDLE Handle;
- EFI_GUID FvNameGuid;
-} KNOWN_HANDLE;
-
-
-#define EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32('d','r','v','r')
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- LIST_ENTRY Link; // mDriverList
-
- LIST_ENTRY ScheduledLink; // mScheduledQueue
-
- EFI_HANDLE FvHandle;
- EFI_GUID FileName;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FvFileDevicePath;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *Fv;
-
- VOID *Depex;
- UINTN DepexSize;
-
- BOOLEAN Before;
- BOOLEAN After;
- EFI_GUID BeforeAfterGuid;
-
- BOOLEAN Dependent;
- BOOLEAN Unrequested;
- BOOLEAN Scheduled;
- BOOLEAN Untrusted;
- BOOLEAN Initialized;
- BOOLEAN DepexProtocolError;
-
- EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle;
- BOOLEAN IsFvImage;
-
-} EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY;
-
-//
-//The data structure of GCD memory map entry
-//
-#define EFI_GCD_MAP_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32('g','c','d','m')
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress;
- UINT64 EndAddress;
- UINT64 Capabilities;
- UINT64 Attributes;
- EFI_GCD_MEMORY_TYPE GcdMemoryType;
- EFI_GCD_IO_TYPE GcdIoType;
- EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle;
- EFI_HANDLE DeviceHandle;
-} EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY;
-
-
-#define LOADED_IMAGE_PRIVATE_DATA_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32('l','d','r','i')
-
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- /// Image handle
- EFI_HANDLE Handle;
- /// Image type
- UINTN Type;
- /// If entrypoint has been called
- BOOLEAN Started;
- /// The image's entry point
- EFI_IMAGE_ENTRY_POINT EntryPoint;
- /// loaded image protocol
- EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL Info;
- /// Location in memory
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ImageBasePage;
- /// Number of pages
- UINTN NumberOfPages;
- /// Original fixup data
- CHAR8 *FixupData;
- /// Tpl of started image
- EFI_TPL Tpl;
- /// Status returned by started image
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- /// Size of ExitData from started image
- UINTN ExitDataSize;
- /// Pointer to exit data from started image
- VOID *ExitData;
- /// Pointer to pool allocation for context save/restore
- VOID *JumpBuffer;
- /// Pointer to buffer for context save/restore
- BASE_LIBRARY_JUMP_BUFFER *JumpContext;
- /// Machine type from PE image
- UINT16 Machine;
- /// EBC Protocol pointer
- EFI_EBC_PROTOCOL *Ebc;
- /// Runtime image list
- EFI_RUNTIME_IMAGE_ENTRY *RuntimeData;
- /// Pointer to Loaded Image Device Path Protocol
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *LoadedImageDevicePath;
- /// PeCoffLoader ImageContext
- PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT ImageContext;
- /// Status returned by LoadImage() service.
- EFI_STATUS LoadImageStatus;
-} LOADED_IMAGE_PRIVATE_DATA;
-
-#define LOADED_IMAGE_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS(a) \
- CR(a, LOADED_IMAGE_PRIVATE_DATA, Info, LOADED_IMAGE_PRIVATE_DATA_SIGNATURE)
-
-#define IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('I','P','R','C')
-
-typedef struct {
- UINT32 Signature;
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS CodeSegmentBase;
- UINT64 CodeSegmentSize;
-} IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION;
-
-#define IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('I','P','R','D')
-
-typedef struct {
- UINT32 Signature;
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ImageBase;
- UINT64 ImageSize;
- UINTN CodeSegmentCount;
- LIST_ENTRY CodeSegmentList;
-} IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD;
-
-//
-// DXE Core Global Variables
-//
-extern EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *gDxeCoreST;
-extern EFI_RUNTIME_SERVICES *gDxeCoreRT;
-extern EFI_DXE_SERVICES *gDxeCoreDS;
-extern EFI_HANDLE gDxeCoreImageHandle;
-
-extern BOOLEAN gMemoryMapTerminated;
-
-extern EFI_DECOMPRESS_PROTOCOL gEfiDecompress;
-
-extern EFI_RUNTIME_ARCH_PROTOCOL *gRuntime;
-extern EFI_CPU_ARCH_PROTOCOL *gCpu;
-extern EFI_WATCHDOG_TIMER_ARCH_PROTOCOL *gWatchdogTimer;
-extern EFI_METRONOME_ARCH_PROTOCOL *gMetronome;
-extern EFI_TIMER_ARCH_PROTOCOL *gTimer;
-extern EFI_SECURITY_ARCH_PROTOCOL *gSecurity;
-extern EFI_SECURITY2_ARCH_PROTOCOL *gSecurity2;
-extern EFI_BDS_ARCH_PROTOCOL *gBds;
-extern EFI_SMM_BASE2_PROTOCOL *gSmmBase2;
-
-extern EFI_TPL gEfiCurrentTpl;
-
-extern EFI_GUID *gDxeCoreFileName;
-extern EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL *gDxeCoreLoadedImage;
-
-extern EFI_MEMORY_TYPE_INFORMATION gMemoryTypeInformation[EfiMaxMemoryType + 1];
-
-extern BOOLEAN gDispatcherRunning;
-extern EFI_RUNTIME_ARCH_PROTOCOL gRuntimeTemplate;
-
-extern EFI_LOAD_FIXED_ADDRESS_CONFIGURATION_TABLE gLoadModuleAtFixAddressConfigurationTable;
-extern BOOLEAN gLoadFixedAddressCodeMemoryReady;
-//
-// Service Initialization Functions
-//
-
-
-
-/**
- Called to initialize the pool.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreInitializePool (
- VOID
- );
-
-
-/**
- Called to initialize the memory map and add descriptors to
- the current descriptor list.
- The first descriptor that is added must be general usable
- memory as the addition allocates heap.
-
- @param Type The type of memory to add
- @param Start The starting address in the memory range Must be
- page aligned
- @param NumberOfPages The number of pages in the range
- @param Attribute Attributes of the memory to add
-
- @return None. The range is added to the memory map
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreAddMemoryDescriptor (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE Type,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Start,
- IN UINT64 NumberOfPages,
- IN UINT64 Attribute
- );
-
-
-/**
- Release memory lock on mGcdMemorySpaceLock.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreReleaseGcdMemoryLock (
- VOID
- );
-
-
-/**
- Acquire memory lock on mGcdMemorySpaceLock.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreAcquireGcdMemoryLock (
- VOID
- );
-
-
-/**
- External function. Initializes memory services based on the memory
- descriptor HOBs. This function is responsible for priming the memory
- map, so memory allocations and resource allocations can be made.
- The first part of this function can not depend on any memory services
- until at least one memory descriptor is provided to the memory services.
-
- @param HobStart The start address of the HOB.
- @param MemoryBaseAddress Start address of memory region found to init DXE
- core.
- @param MemoryLength Length of memory region found to init DXE core.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Memory services successfully initialized.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreInitializeMemoryServices (
- IN VOID **HobStart,
- OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *MemoryBaseAddress,
- OUT UINT64 *MemoryLength
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- External function. Initializes the GCD and memory services based on the memory
- descriptor HOBs. This function is responsible for priming the GCD map and the
- memory map, so memory allocations and resource allocations can be made. The
- HobStart will be relocated to a pool buffer.
-
- @param HobStart The start address of the HOB
- @param MemoryBaseAddress Start address of memory region found to init DXE
- core.
- @param MemoryLength Length of memory region found to init DXE core.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS GCD services successfully initialized.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreInitializeGcdServices (
- IN OUT VOID **HobStart,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS MemoryBaseAddress,
- IN UINT64 MemoryLength
- );
-
-
-/**
- Initializes "event" support.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Always return success
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreInitializeEventServices (
- VOID
- );
-
-
-/**
- Add the Image Services to EFI Boot Services Table and install the protocol
- interfaces for this image.
-
- @param HobStart The HOB to initialize
-
- @return Status code.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreInitializeImageServices (
- IN VOID *HobStart
- );
-
-
-/**
- Creates an event that is fired everytime a Protocol of a specific type is installed.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreNotifyOnProtocolInstallation (
- VOID
- );
-
-
-/**
- Return TRUE if all AP services are available.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS All AP services are available
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND At least one AP service is not available
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreAllEfiServicesAvailable (
- VOID
- );
-
-
-/**
- Calcualte the 32-bit CRC in a EFI table using the service provided by the
- gRuntime service.
-
- @param Hdr Pointer to an EFI standard header
-
-**/
-VOID
-CalculateEfiHdrCrc (
- IN OUT EFI_TABLE_HEADER *Hdr
- );
-
-
-/**
- Called by the platform code to process a tick.
-
- @param Duration The number of 100ns elapsed since the last call
- to TimerTick
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-CoreTimerTick (
- IN UINT64 Duration
- );
-
-
-/**
- Initialize the dispatcher. Initialize the notification function that runs when
- an FV2 protocol is added to the system.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreInitializeDispatcher (
- VOID
- );
-
-
-/**
- This is the POSTFIX version of the dependency evaluator. This code does
- not need to handle Before or After, as it is not valid to call this
- routine in this case. The SOR is just ignored and is a nop in the grammer.
- POSTFIX means all the math is done on top of the stack.
-
- @param DriverEntry DriverEntry element to update.
-
- @retval TRUE If driver is ready to run.
- @retval FALSE If driver is not ready to run or some fatal error
- was found.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-CoreIsSchedulable (
- IN EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY *DriverEntry
- );
-
-
-/**
- Preprocess dependency expression and update DriverEntry to reflect the
- state of Before, After, and SOR dependencies. If DriverEntry->Before
- or DriverEntry->After is set it will never be cleared. If SOR is set
- it will be cleared by CoreSchedule(), and then the driver can be
- dispatched.
-
- @param DriverEntry DriverEntry element to update .
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS It always works.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CorePreProcessDepex (
- IN EFI_CORE_DRIVER_ENTRY *DriverEntry
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Terminates all boot services.
-
- @param ImageHandle Handle that identifies the exiting image.
- @param MapKey Key to the latest memory map.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Boot Services terminated
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER MapKey is incorrect.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreExitBootServices (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN UINTN MapKey
- );
-
-
-/**
- Make sure the memory map is following all the construction rules,
- it is the last time to check memory map error before exit boot services.
-
- @param MapKey Memory map key
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Memory map not consistent with construction
- rules.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Valid memory map.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreTerminateMemoryMap (
- IN UINTN MapKey
- );
-
-
-/**
- Signals all events in the EventGroup.
-
- @param EventGroup The list to signal
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreNotifySignalList (
- IN EFI_GUID *EventGroup
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Boot Service called to add, modify, or remove a system configuration table from
- the EFI System Table.
-
- @param Guid Pointer to the GUID for the entry to add, update, or
- remove
- @param Table Pointer to the configuration table for the entry to add,
- update, or remove, may be NULL.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Guid, Table pair added, updated, or removed.
- @return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Input GUID not valid.
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND Attempted to delete non-existant entry
- @return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory available
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreInstallConfigurationTable (
- IN EFI_GUID *Guid,
- IN VOID *Table
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Raise the task priority level to the new level.
- High level is implemented by disabling processor interrupts.
-
- @param NewTpl New task priority level
-
- @return The previous task priority level
-
-**/
-EFI_TPL
-EFIAPI
-CoreRaiseTpl (
- IN EFI_TPL NewTpl
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Lowers the task priority to the previous value. If the new
- priority unmasks events at a higher priority, they are dispatched.
-
- @param NewTpl New, lower, task priority
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-CoreRestoreTpl (
- IN EFI_TPL NewTpl
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Introduces a fine-grained stall.
-
- @param Microseconds The number of microseconds to stall execution.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Execution was stalled for at least the requested
- amount of microseconds.
- @retval EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET gMetronome is not available yet
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreStall (
- IN UINTN Microseconds
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Sets the system's watchdog timer.
-
- @param Timeout The number of seconds to set the watchdog timer to.
- A value of zero disables the timer.
- @param WatchdogCode The numeric code to log on a watchdog timer timeout
- event. The firmware reserves codes 0x0000 to 0xFFFF.
- Loaders and operating systems may use other timeout
- codes.
- @param DataSize The size, in bytes, of WatchdogData.
- @param WatchdogData A data buffer that includes a Null-terminated Unicode
- string, optionally followed by additional binary data.
- The string is a description that the call may use to
- further indicate the reason to be logged with a
- watchdog event.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Timeout has been set
- @return EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET WatchdogTimer is not available yet
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED System does not have a timer (currently not used)
- @return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Could not complete due to hardware error
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreSetWatchdogTimer (
- IN UINTN Timeout,
- IN UINT64 WatchdogCode,
- IN UINTN DataSize,
- IN CHAR16 *WatchdogData OPTIONAL
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Wrapper function to CoreInstallProtocolInterfaceNotify. This is the public API which
- Calls the private one which contains a BOOLEAN parameter for notifications
-
- @param UserHandle The handle to install the protocol handler on,
- or NULL if a new handle is to be allocated
- @param Protocol The protocol to add to the handle
- @param InterfaceType Indicates whether Interface is supplied in
- native form.
- @param Interface The interface for the protocol being added
-
- @return Status code
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreInstallProtocolInterface (
- IN OUT EFI_HANDLE *UserHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN EFI_INTERFACE_TYPE InterfaceType,
- IN VOID *Interface
- );
-
-
-/**
- Installs a protocol interface into the boot services environment.
-
- @param UserHandle The handle to install the protocol handler on,
- or NULL if a new handle is to be allocated
- @param Protocol The protocol to add to the handle
- @param InterfaceType Indicates whether Interface is supplied in
- native form.
- @param Interface The interface for the protocol being added
- @param Notify indicates whether notify the notification list
- for this protocol
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough buffer to allocate
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Protocol interface successfully installed
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreInstallProtocolInterfaceNotify (
- IN OUT EFI_HANDLE *UserHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN EFI_INTERFACE_TYPE InterfaceType,
- IN VOID *Interface,
- IN BOOLEAN Notify
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Installs a list of protocol interface into the boot services environment.
- This function calls InstallProtocolInterface() in a loop. If any error
- occures all the protocols added by this function are removed. This is
- basically a lib function to save space.
-
- @param Handle The handle to install the protocol handlers on,
- or NULL if a new handle is to be allocated
- @param ... EFI_GUID followed by protocol instance. A NULL
- terminates the list. The pairs are the
- arguments to InstallProtocolInterface(). All the
- protocols are added to Handle.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS All the protocol interface was installed.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There was not enough memory in pool to install all the protocols.
- @retval EFI_ALREADY_STARTED A Device Path Protocol instance was passed in that is already present in
- the handle database.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Handle is NULL.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Protocol is already installed on the handle specified by Handle.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreInstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
- IN OUT EFI_HANDLE *Handle,
- ...
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Uninstalls a list of protocol interface in the boot services environment.
- This function calls UnisatllProtocolInterface() in a loop. This is
- basically a lib function to save space.
-
- @param Handle The handle to uninstall the protocol
- @param ... EFI_GUID followed by protocol instance. A NULL
- terminates the list. The pairs are the
- arguments to UninstallProtocolInterface(). All
- the protocols are added to Handle.
-
- @return Status code
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreUninstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
- IN EFI_HANDLE Handle,
- ...
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Reinstall a protocol interface on a device handle. The OldInterface for Protocol is replaced by the NewInterface.
-
- @param UserHandle Handle on which the interface is to be
- reinstalled
- @param Protocol The numeric ID of the interface
- @param OldInterface A pointer to the old interface
- @param NewInterface A pointer to the new interface
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The protocol interface was installed
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The OldInterface on the handle was not found
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One of the parameters has an invalid value
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreReinstallProtocolInterface (
- IN EFI_HANDLE UserHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN VOID *OldInterface,
- IN VOID *NewInterface
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Uninstalls all instances of a protocol:interfacer from a handle.
- If the last protocol interface is remove from the handle, the
- handle is freed.
-
- @param UserHandle The handle to remove the protocol handler from
- @param Protocol The protocol, of protocol:interface, to remove
- @param Interface The interface, of protocol:interface, to remove
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Protocol is NULL.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Protocol interface successfully uninstalled.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreUninstallProtocolInterface (
- IN EFI_HANDLE UserHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN VOID *Interface
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Queries a handle to determine if it supports a specified protocol.
-
- @param UserHandle The handle being queried.
- @param Protocol The published unique identifier of the protocol.
- @param Interface Supplies the address where a pointer to the
- corresponding Protocol Interface is returned.
-
- @return The requested protocol interface for the handle
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreHandleProtocol (
- IN EFI_HANDLE UserHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- OUT VOID **Interface
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Locates the installed protocol handler for the handle, and
- invokes it to obtain the protocol interface. Usage information
- is registered in the protocol data base.
-
- @param UserHandle The handle to obtain the protocol interface on
- @param Protocol The ID of the protocol
- @param Interface The location to return the protocol interface
- @param ImageHandle The handle of the Image that is opening the
- protocol interface specified by Protocol and
- Interface.
- @param ControllerHandle The controller handle that is requiring this
- interface.
- @param Attributes The open mode of the protocol interface
- specified by Handle and Protocol.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Protocol is NULL.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Get the protocol interface.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreOpenProtocol (
- IN EFI_HANDLE UserHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- OUT VOID **Interface OPTIONAL,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ControllerHandle,
- IN UINT32 Attributes
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Return information about Opened protocols in the system
-
- @param UserHandle The handle to close the protocol interface on
- @param Protocol The ID of the protocol
- @param EntryBuffer A pointer to a buffer of open protocol
- information in the form of
- EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_INFORMATION_ENTRY structures.
- @param EntryCount Number of EntryBuffer entries
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreOpenProtocolInformation (
- IN EFI_HANDLE UserHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- OUT EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_INFORMATION_ENTRY **EntryBuffer,
- OUT UINTN *EntryCount
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Closes a protocol on a handle that was opened using OpenProtocol().
-
- @param UserHandle The handle for the protocol interface that was
- previously opened with OpenProtocol(), and is
- now being closed.
- @param Protocol The published unique identifier of the protocol.
- It is the caller's responsibility to pass in a
- valid GUID.
- @param AgentHandle The handle of the agent that is closing the
- protocol interface.
- @param ControllerHandle If the agent that opened a protocol is a driver
- that follows the EFI Driver Model, then this
- parameter is the controller handle that required
- the protocol interface. If the agent does not
- follow the EFI Driver Model, then this parameter
- is optional and may be NULL.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The protocol instance was closed.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Handle, AgentHandle or ControllerHandle is not a
- valid EFI_HANDLE.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Can not find the specified protocol or
- AgentHandle.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreCloseProtocol (
- IN EFI_HANDLE UserHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN EFI_HANDLE AgentHandle,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ControllerHandle
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Retrieves the list of protocol interface GUIDs that are installed on a handle in a buffer allocated
- from pool.
-
- @param UserHandle The handle from which to retrieve the list of
- protocol interface GUIDs.
- @param ProtocolBuffer A pointer to the list of protocol interface GUID
- pointers that are installed on Handle.
- @param ProtocolBufferCount A pointer to the number of GUID pointers present
- in ProtocolBuffer.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The list of protocol interface GUIDs installed
- on Handle was returned in ProtocolBuffer. The
- number of protocol interface GUIDs was returned
- in ProtocolBufferCount.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Handle is NULL.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Handle is not a valid EFI_HANDLE.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ProtocolBuffer is NULL.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ProtocolBufferCount is NULL.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is not enough pool memory to store the
- results.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreProtocolsPerHandle (
- IN EFI_HANDLE UserHandle,
- OUT EFI_GUID ***ProtocolBuffer,
- OUT UINTN *ProtocolBufferCount
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Add a new protocol notification record for the request protocol.
-
- @param Protocol The requested protocol to add the notify
- registration
- @param Event The event to signal
- @param Registration Returns the registration record
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully returned the registration record
- that has been added
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreRegisterProtocolNotify (
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN EFI_EVENT Event,
- OUT VOID **Registration
- );
-
-
-/**
- Removes all the events in the protocol database that match Event.
-
- @param Event The event to search for in the protocol
- database.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS when done searching the entire database.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreUnregisterProtocolNotify (
- IN EFI_EVENT Event
- );
-
-
-/**
- Locates the requested handle(s) and returns them in Buffer.
-
- @param SearchType The type of search to perform to locate the
- handles
- @param Protocol The protocol to search for
- @param SearchKey Dependant on SearchType
- @param BufferSize On input the size of Buffer. On output the
- size of data returned.
- @param Buffer The buffer to return the results in
-
- @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL Buffer too small, required buffer size is
- returned in BufferSize.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully found the requested handle(s) and
- returns them in Buffer.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreLocateHandle (
- IN EFI_LOCATE_SEARCH_TYPE SearchType,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol OPTIONAL,
- IN VOID *SearchKey OPTIONAL,
- IN OUT UINTN *BufferSize,
- OUT EFI_HANDLE *Buffer
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Locates the handle to a device on the device path that best matches the specified protocol.
-
- @param Protocol The protocol to search for.
- @param DevicePath On input, a pointer to a pointer to the device
- path. On output, the device path pointer is
- modified to point to the remaining part of the
- devicepath.
- @param Device A pointer to the returned device handle.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The resulting handle was returned.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND No handles matched the search.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One of the parameters has an invalid value.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreLocateDevicePath (
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN OUT EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL **DevicePath,
- OUT EFI_HANDLE *Device
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Function returns an array of handles that support the requested protocol
- in a buffer allocated from pool. This is a version of CoreLocateHandle()
- that allocates a buffer for the caller.
-
- @param SearchType Specifies which handle(s) are to be returned.
- @param Protocol Provides the protocol to search by. This
- parameter is only valid for SearchType
- ByProtocol.
- @param SearchKey Supplies the search key depending on the
- SearchType.
- @param NumberHandles The number of handles returned in Buffer.
- @param Buffer A pointer to the buffer to return the requested
- array of handles that support Protocol.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The result array of handles was returned.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND No handles match the search.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is not enough pool memory to store the
- matching results.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One or more parameters are not valid.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreLocateHandleBuffer (
- IN EFI_LOCATE_SEARCH_TYPE SearchType,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol OPTIONAL,
- IN VOID *SearchKey OPTIONAL,
- IN OUT UINTN *NumberHandles,
- OUT EFI_HANDLE **Buffer
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Return the first Protocol Interface that matches the Protocol GUID. If
- Registration is passed in, return a Protocol Instance that was just add
- to the system. If Registration is NULL return the first Protocol Interface
- you find.
-
- @param Protocol The protocol to search for
- @param Registration Optional Registration Key returned from
- RegisterProtocolNotify()
- @param Interface Return the Protocol interface (instance).
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS If a valid Interface is returned
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Protocol interface not found
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreLocateProtocol (
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN VOID *Registration OPTIONAL,
- OUT VOID **Interface
- );
-
-
-/**
- return handle database key.
-
-
- @return Handle database key.
-
-**/
-UINT64
-CoreGetHandleDatabaseKey (
- VOID
- );
-
-
-/**
- Go connect any handles that were created or modified while a image executed.
-
- @param Key The Key to show that the handle has been
- created/modified
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreConnectHandlesByKey (
- UINT64 Key
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Connects one or more drivers to a controller.
-
- @param ControllerHandle The handle of the controller to which driver(s) are to be connected.
- @param DriverImageHandle A pointer to an ordered list handles that support the
- EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL.
- @param RemainingDevicePath A pointer to the device path that specifies a child of the
- controller specified by ControllerHandle.
- @param Recursive If TRUE, then ConnectController() is called recursively
- until the entire tree of controllers below the controller specified
- by ControllerHandle have been created. If FALSE, then
- the tree of controllers is only expanded one level.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS 1) One or more drivers were connected to ControllerHandle.
- 2) No drivers were connected to ControllerHandle, but
- RemainingDevicePath is not NULL, and it is an End Device
- Path Node.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ControllerHandle is NULL.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND 1) There are no EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL instances
- present in the system.
- 2) No drivers were connected to ControllerHandle.
- @retval EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION
- The user has no permission to start UEFI device drivers on the device path
- associated with the ControllerHandle or specified by the RemainingDevicePath.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreConnectController (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ControllerHandle,
- IN EFI_HANDLE *DriverImageHandle OPTIONAL,
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *RemainingDevicePath OPTIONAL,
- IN BOOLEAN Recursive
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Disonnects a controller from a driver
-
- @param ControllerHandle ControllerHandle The handle of
- the controller from which
- driver(s) are to be
- disconnected.
- @param DriverImageHandle DriverImageHandle The driver to
- disconnect from ControllerHandle.
- @param ChildHandle ChildHandle The handle of the
- child to destroy.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS One or more drivers were
- disconnected from the controller.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS On entry, no drivers are managing
- ControllerHandle.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS DriverImageHandle is not NULL,
- and on entry DriverImageHandle is
- not managing ControllerHandle.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ControllerHandle is NULL.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER DriverImageHandle is not NULL,
- and it is not a valid EFI_HANDLE.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ChildHandle is not NULL, and it
- is not a valid EFI_HANDLE.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough resources
- available to disconnect any
- drivers from ControllerHandle.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The controller could not be
- disconnected because of a device
- error.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreDisconnectController (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ControllerHandle,
- IN EFI_HANDLE DriverImageHandle OPTIONAL,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ChildHandle OPTIONAL
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Allocates pages from the memory map.
-
- @param Type The type of allocation to perform
- @param MemoryType The type of memory to turn the allocated pages
- into
- @param NumberOfPages The number of pages to allocate
- @param Memory A pointer to receive the base allocated memory
- address
-
- @return Status. On success, Memory is filled in with the base address allocated
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Parameters violate checking rules defined in
- spec.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Could not allocate pages match the requirement.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough pages to allocate.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Pages successfully allocated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreAllocatePages (
- IN EFI_ALLOCATE_TYPE Type,
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
- IN UINTN NumberOfPages,
- IN OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *Memory
- );
-
-/**
- Frees previous allocated pages.
-
- @param Memory Base address of memory being freed
- @param NumberOfPages The number of pages to free
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Could not find the entry that covers the range
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Address not aligned
- @return EFI_SUCCESS -Pages successfully freed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreFreePages (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Memory,
- IN UINTN NumberOfPages
- );
-
-/**
- This function returns a copy of the current memory map. The map is an array of
- memory descriptors, each of which describes a contiguous block of memory.
-
- @param MemoryMapSize A pointer to the size, in bytes, of the
- MemoryMap buffer. On input, this is the size of
- the buffer allocated by the caller. On output,
- it is the size of the buffer returned by the
- firmware if the buffer was large enough, or the
- size of the buffer needed to contain the map if
- the buffer was too small.
- @param MemoryMap A pointer to the buffer in which firmware places
- the current memory map.
- @param MapKey A pointer to the location in which firmware
- returns the key for the current memory map.
- @param DescriptorSize A pointer to the location in which firmware
- returns the size, in bytes, of an individual
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR.
- @param DescriptorVersion A pointer to the location in which firmware
- returns the version number associated with the
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The memory map was returned in the MemoryMap
- buffer.
- @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL The MemoryMap buffer was too small. The current
- buffer size needed to hold the memory map is
- returned in MemoryMapSize.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One of the parameters has an invalid value.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreGetMemoryMap (
- IN OUT UINTN *MemoryMapSize,
- IN OUT EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMap,
- OUT UINTN *MapKey,
- OUT UINTN *DescriptorSize,
- OUT UINT32 *DescriptorVersion
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Allocate pool of a particular type.
-
- @param PoolType Type of pool to allocate
- @param Size The amount of pool to allocate
- @param Buffer The address to return a pointer to the allocated
- pool
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER PoolType not valid or Buffer is NULL
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Size exceeds max pool size or allocation failed.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Pool successfully allocated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreAllocatePool (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
- IN UINTN Size,
- OUT VOID **Buffer
- );
-
-/**
- Allocate pool of a particular type.
-
- @param PoolType Type of pool to allocate
- @param Size The amount of pool to allocate
- @param Buffer The address to return a pointer to the allocated
- pool
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER PoolType not valid or Buffer is NULL
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Size exceeds max pool size or allocation failed.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Pool successfully allocated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreInternalAllocatePool (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
- IN UINTN Size,
- OUT VOID **Buffer
- );
-
-/**
- Frees pool.
-
- @param Buffer The allocated pool entry to free
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Buffer is not a valid value.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Pool successfully freed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreFreePool (
- IN VOID *Buffer
- );
-
-/**
- Frees pool.
-
- @param Buffer The allocated pool entry to free
- @param PoolType Pointer to pool type
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Buffer is not a valid value.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Pool successfully freed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreInternalFreePool (
- IN VOID *Buffer,
- OUT EFI_MEMORY_TYPE *PoolType OPTIONAL
- );
-
-/**
- Loads an EFI image into memory and returns a handle to the image.
-
- @param BootPolicy If TRUE, indicates that the request originates
- from the boot manager, and that the boot
- manager is attempting to load FilePath as a
- boot selection.
- @param ParentImageHandle The caller's image handle.
- @param FilePath The specific file path from which the image is
- loaded.
- @param SourceBuffer If not NULL, a pointer to the memory location
- containing a copy of the image to be loaded.
- @param SourceSize The size in bytes of SourceBuffer.
- @param ImageHandle Pointer to the returned image handle that is
- created when the image is successfully loaded.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The image was loaded into memory.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The FilePath was not found.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One of the parameters has an invalid value.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The image type is not supported, or the device
- path cannot be parsed to locate the proper
- protocol for loading the file.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Image was not loaded due to insufficient
- resources.
- @retval EFI_LOAD_ERROR Image was not loaded because the image format was corrupt or not
- understood.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Image was not loaded because the device returned a read error.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED Image was not loaded because the platform policy prohibits the
- image from being loaded. NULL is returned in *ImageHandle.
- @retval EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION Image was loaded and an ImageHandle was created with a
- valid EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL. However, the current
- platform policy specifies that the image should not be started.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreLoadImage (
- IN BOOLEAN BootPolicy,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ParentImageHandle,
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FilePath,
- IN VOID *SourceBuffer OPTIONAL,
- IN UINTN SourceSize,
- OUT EFI_HANDLE *ImageHandle
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Unloads an image.
-
- @param ImageHandle Handle that identifies the image to be
- unloaded.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The image has been unloaded.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The image has been started, and does not support
- unload.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMPETER ImageHandle is not a valid image handle.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreUnloadImage (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Transfer control to a loaded image's entry point.
-
- @param ImageHandle Handle of image to be started.
- @param ExitDataSize Pointer of the size to ExitData
- @param ExitData Pointer to a pointer to a data buffer that
- includes a Null-terminated string,
- optionally followed by additional binary data.
- The string is a description that the caller may
- use to further indicate the reason for the
- image's exit.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough buffer to allocate
- @retval EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION The current platform policy specifies that the image should not be started.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully transfer control to the image's
- entry point.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreStartImage (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- OUT UINTN *ExitDataSize,
- OUT CHAR16 **ExitData OPTIONAL
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Terminates the currently loaded EFI image and returns control to boot services.
-
- @param ImageHandle Handle that identifies the image. This
- parameter is passed to the image on entry.
- @param Status The image's exit code.
- @param ExitDataSize The size, in bytes, of ExitData. Ignored if
- ExitStatus is EFI_SUCCESS.
- @param ExitData Pointer to a data buffer that includes a
- Null-terminated Unicode string, optionally
- followed by additional binary data. The string
- is a description that the caller may use to
- further indicate the reason for the image's
- exit.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Image handle is NULL or it is not current
- image.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully terminates the currently loaded
- EFI image.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED Should never reach there.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Could not allocate pool
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreExit (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_STATUS Status,
- IN UINTN ExitDataSize,
- IN CHAR16 *ExitData OPTIONAL
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Creates an event.
-
- @param Type The type of event to create and its mode and
- attributes
- @param NotifyTpl The task priority level of event notifications
- @param NotifyFunction Pointer to the events notification function
- @param NotifyContext Pointer to the notification functions context;
- corresponds to parameter "Context" in the
- notification function
- @param Event Pointer to the newly created event if the call
- succeeds; undefined otherwise
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The event structure was created
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One of the parameters has an invalid value
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The event could not be allocated
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreCreateEvent (
- IN UINT32 Type,
- IN EFI_TPL NotifyTpl,
- IN EFI_EVENT_NOTIFY NotifyFunction, OPTIONAL
- IN VOID *NotifyContext, OPTIONAL
- OUT EFI_EVENT *Event
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Creates an event in a group.
-
- @param Type The type of event to create and its mode and
- attributes
- @param NotifyTpl The task priority level of event notifications
- @param NotifyFunction Pointer to the events notification function
- @param NotifyContext Pointer to the notification functions context;
- corresponds to parameter "Context" in the
- notification function
- @param EventGroup GUID for EventGroup if NULL act the same as
- gBS->CreateEvent().
- @param Event Pointer to the newly created event if the call
- succeeds; undefined otherwise
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The event structure was created
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One of the parameters has an invalid value
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The event could not be allocated
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreCreateEventEx (
- IN UINT32 Type,
- IN EFI_TPL NotifyTpl,
- IN EFI_EVENT_NOTIFY NotifyFunction, OPTIONAL
- IN CONST VOID *NotifyContext, OPTIONAL
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *EventGroup, OPTIONAL
- OUT EFI_EVENT *Event
- );
-
-/**
- Creates a general-purpose event structure
-
- @param Type The type of event to create and its mode and
- attributes
- @param NotifyTpl The task priority level of event notifications
- @param NotifyFunction Pointer to the events notification function
- @param NotifyContext Pointer to the notification functions context;
- corresponds to parameter "Context" in the
- notification function
- @param EventGroup GUID for EventGroup if NULL act the same as
- gBS->CreateEvent().
- @param Event Pointer to the newly created event if the call
- succeeds; undefined otherwise
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The event structure was created
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One of the parameters has an invalid value
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The event could not be allocated
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreCreateEventInternal (
- IN UINT32 Type,
- IN EFI_TPL NotifyTpl,
- IN EFI_EVENT_NOTIFY NotifyFunction, OPTIONAL
- IN CONST VOID *NotifyContext, OPTIONAL
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *EventGroup, OPTIONAL
- OUT EFI_EVENT *Event
- );
-
-/**
- Sets the type of timer and the trigger time for a timer event.
-
- @param UserEvent The timer event that is to be signaled at the
- specified time
- @param Type The type of time that is specified in
- TriggerTime
- @param TriggerTime The number of 100ns units until the timer
- expires
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The event has been set to be signaled at the
- requested time
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Event or Type is not valid
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreSetTimer (
- IN EFI_EVENT UserEvent,
- IN EFI_TIMER_DELAY Type,
- IN UINT64 TriggerTime
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Signals the event. Queues the event to be notified if needed.
-
- @param UserEvent The event to signal .
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Parameters are not valid.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The event was signaled.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreSignalEvent (
- IN EFI_EVENT UserEvent
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Stops execution until an event is signaled.
-
- @param NumberOfEvents The number of events in the UserEvents array
- @param UserEvents An array of EFI_EVENT
- @param UserIndex Pointer to the index of the event which
- satisfied the wait condition
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The event indicated by Index was signaled.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The event indicated by Index has a notification
- function or Event was not a valid type
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The current TPL is not TPL_APPLICATION
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreWaitForEvent (
- IN UINTN NumberOfEvents,
- IN EFI_EVENT *UserEvents,
- OUT UINTN *UserIndex
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Closes an event and frees the event structure.
-
- @param UserEvent Event to close
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Parameters are not valid.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The event has been closed
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreCloseEvent (
- IN EFI_EVENT UserEvent
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Check the status of an event.
-
- @param UserEvent The event to check
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The event is in the signaled state
- @retval EFI_NOT_READY The event is not in the signaled state
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Event is of type EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreCheckEvent (
- IN EFI_EVENT UserEvent
- );
-
-
-/**
- Adds reserved memory, system memory, or memory-mapped I/O resources to the
- global coherency domain of the processor.
-
- @param GcdMemoryType Memory type of the memory space.
- @param BaseAddress Base address of the memory space.
- @param Length Length of the memory space.
- @param Capabilities alterable attributes of the memory space.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Merged this memory space into GCD map.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreAddMemorySpace (
- IN EFI_GCD_MEMORY_TYPE GcdMemoryType,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress,
- IN UINT64 Length,
- IN UINT64 Capabilities
- );
-
-
-/**
- Allocates nonexistent memory, reserved memory, system memory, or memorymapped
- I/O resources from the global coherency domain of the processor.
-
- @param GcdAllocateType The type of allocate operation
- @param GcdMemoryType The desired memory type
- @param Alignment Align with 2^Alignment
- @param Length Length to allocate
- @param BaseAddress Base address to allocate
- @param ImageHandle The image handle consume the allocated space.
- @param DeviceHandle The device handle consume the allocated space.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND No descriptor contains the desired space.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Memory space successfully allocated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreAllocateMemorySpace (
- IN EFI_GCD_ALLOCATE_TYPE GcdAllocateType,
- IN EFI_GCD_MEMORY_TYPE GcdMemoryType,
- IN UINTN Alignment,
- IN UINT64 Length,
- IN OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *BaseAddress,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_HANDLE DeviceHandle OPTIONAL
- );
-
-
-/**
- Frees nonexistent memory, reserved memory, system memory, or memory-mapped
- I/O resources from the global coherency domain of the processor.
-
- @param BaseAddress Base address of the memory space.
- @param Length Length of the memory space.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Space successfully freed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreFreeMemorySpace (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress,
- IN UINT64 Length
- );
-
-
-/**
- Removes reserved memory, system memory, or memory-mapped I/O resources from
- the global coherency domain of the processor.
-
- @param BaseAddress Base address of the memory space.
- @param Length Length of the memory space.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully remove a segment of memory space.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreRemoveMemorySpace (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress,
- IN UINT64 Length
- );
-
-
-/**
- Retrieves the descriptor for a memory region containing a specified address.
-
- @param BaseAddress Specified start address
- @param Descriptor Specified length
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully get memory space descriptor.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreGetMemorySpaceDescriptor (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress,
- OUT EFI_GCD_MEMORY_SPACE_DESCRIPTOR *Descriptor
- );
-
-
-/**
- Modifies the attributes for a memory region in the global coherency domain of the
- processor.
-
- @param BaseAddress Specified start address
- @param Length Specified length
- @param Attributes Specified attributes
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The attributes were set for the memory region.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Length is zero.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The processor does not support one or more bytes of the memory
- resource range specified by BaseAddress and Length.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The bit mask of attributes is not support for the memory resource
- range specified by BaseAddress and Length.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED The attributes for the memory resource range specified by
- BaseAddress and Length cannot be modified.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough system resources to modify the attributes of
- the memory resource range.
- @retval EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET The attributes cannot be set because CPU architectural protocol is
- not available yet.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreSetMemorySpaceAttributes (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress,
- IN UINT64 Length,
- IN UINT64 Attributes
- );
-
-
-/**
- Modifies the capabilities for a memory region in the global coherency domain of the
- processor.
-
- @param BaseAddress The physical address that is the start address of a memory region.
- @param Length The size in bytes of the memory region.
- @param Capabilities The bit mask of capabilities that the memory region supports.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The capabilities were set for the memory region.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Length is zero.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The capabilities specified by Capabilities do not include the
- memory region attributes currently in use.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED The capabilities for the memory resource range specified by
- BaseAddress and Length cannot be modified.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough system resources to modify the capabilities
- of the memory resource range.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreSetMemorySpaceCapabilities (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress,
- IN UINT64 Length,
- IN UINT64 Capabilities
- );
-
-
-/**
- Returns a map of the memory resources in the global coherency domain of the
- processor.
-
- @param NumberOfDescriptors Number of descriptors.
- @param MemorySpaceMap Descriptor array
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough buffer to allocate
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully get memory space map.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreGetMemorySpaceMap (
- OUT UINTN *NumberOfDescriptors,
- OUT EFI_GCD_MEMORY_SPACE_DESCRIPTOR **MemorySpaceMap
- );
-
-
-/**
- Adds reserved I/O or I/O resources to the global coherency domain of the processor.
-
- @param GcdIoType IO type of the segment.
- @param BaseAddress Base address of the segment.
- @param Length Length of the segment.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Merged this segment into GCD map.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Parameter not valid
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreAddIoSpace (
- IN EFI_GCD_IO_TYPE GcdIoType,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress,
- IN UINT64 Length
- );
-
-
-/**
- Allocates nonexistent I/O, reserved I/O, or I/O resources from the global coherency
- domain of the processor.
-
- @param GcdAllocateType The type of allocate operation
- @param GcdIoType The desired IO type
- @param Alignment Align with 2^Alignment
- @param Length Length to allocate
- @param BaseAddress Base address to allocate
- @param ImageHandle The image handle consume the allocated space.
- @param DeviceHandle The device handle consume the allocated space.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND No descriptor contains the desired space.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS IO space successfully allocated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreAllocateIoSpace (
- IN EFI_GCD_ALLOCATE_TYPE GcdAllocateType,
- IN EFI_GCD_IO_TYPE GcdIoType,
- IN UINTN Alignment,
- IN UINT64 Length,
- IN OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *BaseAddress,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_HANDLE DeviceHandle OPTIONAL
- );
-
-
-/**
- Frees nonexistent I/O, reserved I/O, or I/O resources from the global coherency
- domain of the processor.
-
- @param BaseAddress Base address of the segment.
- @param Length Length of the segment.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Space successfully freed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreFreeIoSpace (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress,
- IN UINT64 Length
- );
-
-
-/**
- Removes reserved I/O or I/O resources from the global coherency domain of the
- processor.
-
- @param BaseAddress Base address of the segment.
- @param Length Length of the segment.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully removed a segment of IO space.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreRemoveIoSpace (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress,
- IN UINT64 Length
- );
-
-
-/**
- Retrieves the descriptor for an I/O region containing a specified address.
-
- @param BaseAddress Specified start address
- @param Descriptor Specified length
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Descriptor is NULL.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully get the IO space descriptor.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreGetIoSpaceDescriptor (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress,
- OUT EFI_GCD_IO_SPACE_DESCRIPTOR *Descriptor
- );
-
-
-/**
- Returns a map of the I/O resources in the global coherency domain of the processor.
-
- @param NumberOfDescriptors Number of descriptors.
- @param IoSpaceMap Descriptor array
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough buffer to allocate
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully get IO space map.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreGetIoSpaceMap (
- OUT UINTN *NumberOfDescriptors,
- OUT EFI_GCD_IO_SPACE_DESCRIPTOR **IoSpaceMap
- );
-
-
-/**
- This is the main Dispatcher for DXE and it exits when there are no more
- drivers to run. Drain the mScheduledQueue and load and start a PE
- image for each driver. Search the mDiscoveredList to see if any driver can
- be placed on the mScheduledQueue. If no drivers are placed on the
- mScheduledQueue exit the function. On exit it is assumed the Bds()
- will be called, and when the Bds() exits the Dispatcher will be called
- again.
-
- @retval EFI_ALREADY_STARTED The DXE Dispatcher is already running
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND No DXE Drivers were dispatched
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS One or more DXE Drivers were dispatched
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreDispatcher (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- Check every driver and locate a matching one. If the driver is found, the Unrequested
- state flag is cleared.
-
- @param FirmwareVolumeHandle The handle of the Firmware Volume that contains
- the firmware file specified by DriverName.
- @param DriverName The Driver name to put in the Dependent state.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The DriverName was found and it's SOR bit was
- cleared
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The DriverName does not exist or it's SOR bit was
- not set.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreSchedule (
- IN EFI_HANDLE FirmwareVolumeHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *DriverName
- );
-
-
-/**
- Convert a driver from the Untrused back to the Scheduled state.
-
- @param FirmwareVolumeHandle The handle of the Firmware Volume that contains
- the firmware file specified by DriverName.
- @param DriverName The Driver name to put in the Scheduled state
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The file was found in the untrusted state, and it
- was promoted to the trusted state.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The file was not found in the untrusted state.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreTrust (
- IN EFI_HANDLE FirmwareVolumeHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *DriverName
- );
-
-
-/**
- This routine is the driver initialization entry point. It initializes the
- libraries, and registers two notification functions. These notification
- functions are responsible for building the FV stack dynamically.
-
- @param ImageHandle The image handle.
- @param SystemTable The system table.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Function successfully returned.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FwVolDriverInit (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
- );
-
-
-/**
- Entry point of the section extraction code. Initializes an instance of the
- section extraction interface and installs it on a new handle.
-
- @param ImageHandle A handle for the image that is initializing this driver
- @param SystemTable A pointer to the EFI system table
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Driver initialized successfully
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Could not allocate needed resources
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-InitializeSectionExtraction (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
- );
-
-
-/**
- This DXE service routine is used to process a firmware volume. In
- particular, it can be called by BDS to process a single firmware
- volume found in a capsule.
-
- @param FvHeader pointer to a firmware volume header
- @param Size the size of the buffer pointed to by FvHeader
- @param FVProtocolHandle the handle on which a firmware volume protocol
- was produced for the firmware volume passed in.
-
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES if an FVB could not be produced due to lack of
- system resources
- @retval EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED if the volume was corrupted
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS a firmware volume protocol was produced for the
- firmware volume
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreProcessFirmwareVolume (
- IN VOID *FvHeader,
- IN UINTN Size,
- OUT EFI_HANDLE *FVProtocolHandle
- );
-
-//
-//Functions used during debug buils
-//
-
-/**
- Displays Architectural protocols that were not loaded and are required for DXE
- core to function. Only used in Debug Builds.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreDisplayMissingArchProtocols (
- VOID
- );
-
-
-/**
- Traverse the discovered list for any drivers that were discovered but not loaded
- because the dependency experessions evaluated to false.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreDisplayDiscoveredNotDispatched (
- VOID
- );
-
-
-/**
- Place holder function until all the Boot Services and Runtime Services are
- available.
-
- @return EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreEfiNotAvailableYetArg0 (
- VOID
- );
-
-
-/**
- Place holder function until all the Boot Services and Runtime Services are
- available.
-
- @param Arg1 Undefined
-
- @return EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreEfiNotAvailableYetArg1 (
- UINTN Arg1
- );
-
-
-/**
- Place holder function until all the Boot Services and Runtime Services are available.
-
- @param Arg1 Undefined
- @param Arg2 Undefined
-
- @return EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreEfiNotAvailableYetArg2 (
- UINTN Arg1,
- UINTN Arg2
- );
-
-
-/**
- Place holder function until all the Boot Services and Runtime Services are available.
-
- @param Arg1 Undefined
- @param Arg2 Undefined
- @param Arg3 Undefined
-
- @return EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreEfiNotAvailableYetArg3 (
- UINTN Arg1,
- UINTN Arg2,
- UINTN Arg3
- );
-
-
-/**
- Place holder function until all the Boot Services and Runtime Services are available.
-
- @param Arg1 Undefined
- @param Arg2 Undefined
- @param Arg3 Undefined
- @param Arg4 Undefined
-
- @return EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreEfiNotAvailableYetArg4 (
- UINTN Arg1,
- UINTN Arg2,
- UINTN Arg3,
- UINTN Arg4
- );
-
-
-/**
- Place holder function until all the Boot Services and Runtime Services are available.
-
- @param Arg1 Undefined
- @param Arg2 Undefined
- @param Arg3 Undefined
- @param Arg4 Undefined
- @param Arg5 Undefined
-
- @return EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreEfiNotAvailableYetArg5 (
- UINTN Arg1,
- UINTN Arg2,
- UINTN Arg3,
- UINTN Arg4,
- UINTN Arg5
- );
-
-
-/**
- Given a compressed source buffer, this function retrieves the size of the
- uncompressed buffer and the size of the scratch buffer required to decompress
- the compressed source buffer.
-
- The GetInfo() function retrieves the size of the uncompressed buffer and the
- temporary scratch buffer required to decompress the buffer specified by Source
- and SourceSize. If the size of the uncompressed buffer or the size of the
- scratch buffer cannot be determined from the compressed data specified by
- Source and SourceData, then EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned. Otherwise, the
- size of the uncompressed buffer is returned in DestinationSize, the size of
- the scratch buffer is returned in ScratchSize, and EFI_SUCCESS is returned.
- The GetInfo() function does not have scratch buffer available to perform a
- thorough checking of the validity of the source data. It just retrieves the
- "Original Size" field from the beginning bytes of the source data and output
- it as DestinationSize. And ScratchSize is specific to the decompression
- implementation.
-
- @param This A pointer to the EFI_DECOMPRESS_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param Source The source buffer containing the compressed data.
- @param SourceSize The size, in bytes, of the source buffer.
- @param DestinationSize A pointer to the size, in bytes, of the
- uncompressed buffer that will be generated when the
- compressed buffer specified by Source and
- SourceSize is decompressed.
- @param ScratchSize A pointer to the size, in bytes, of the scratch
- buffer that is required to decompress the
- compressed buffer specified by Source and
- SourceSize.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The size of the uncompressed data was returned in
- DestinationSize and the size of the scratch buffer
- was returned in ScratchSize.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The size of the uncompressed data or the size of
- the scratch buffer cannot be determined from the
- compressed data specified by Source and
- SourceSize.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-DxeMainUefiDecompressGetInfo (
- IN EFI_DECOMPRESS_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN VOID *Source,
- IN UINT32 SourceSize,
- OUT UINT32 *DestinationSize,
- OUT UINT32 *ScratchSize
- );
-
-
-/**
- Decompresses a compressed source buffer.
-
- The Decompress() function extracts decompressed data to its original form.
- This protocol is designed so that the decompression algorithm can be
- implemented without using any memory services. As a result, the Decompress()
- Function is not allowed to call AllocatePool() or AllocatePages() in its
- implementation. It is the caller's responsibility to allocate and free the
- Destination and Scratch buffers.
- If the compressed source data specified by Source and SourceSize is
- sucessfully decompressed into Destination, then EFI_SUCCESS is returned. If
- the compressed source data specified by Source and SourceSize is not in a
- valid compressed data format, then EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned.
-
- @param This A pointer to the EFI_DECOMPRESS_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param Source The source buffer containing the compressed data.
- @param SourceSize SourceSizeThe size of source data.
- @param Destination On output, the destination buffer that contains
- the uncompressed data.
- @param DestinationSize The size of the destination buffer. The size of
- the destination buffer needed is obtained from
- EFI_DECOMPRESS_PROTOCOL.GetInfo().
- @param Scratch A temporary scratch buffer that is used to perform
- the decompression.
- @param ScratchSize The size of scratch buffer. The size of the
- scratch buffer needed is obtained from GetInfo().
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Decompression completed successfully, and the
- uncompressed buffer is returned in Destination.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The source buffer specified by Source and
- SourceSize is corrupted (not in a valid
- compressed format).
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-DxeMainUefiDecompress (
- IN EFI_DECOMPRESS_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN VOID *Source,
- IN UINT32 SourceSize,
- IN OUT VOID *Destination,
- IN UINT32 DestinationSize,
- IN OUT VOID *Scratch,
- IN UINT32 ScratchSize
- );
-
-/**
- SEP member function. This function creates and returns a new section stream
- handle to represent the new section stream.
-
- @param SectionStreamLength Size in bytes of the section stream.
- @param SectionStream Buffer containing the new section stream.
- @param SectionStreamHandle A pointer to a caller allocated UINTN that on
- output contains the new section stream handle.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The section stream is created successfully.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES memory allocation failed.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Section stream does not end concident with end
- of last section.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-OpenSectionStream (
- IN UINTN SectionStreamLength,
- IN VOID *SectionStream,
- OUT UINTN *SectionStreamHandle
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- SEP member function. Retrieves requested section from section stream.
-
- @param SectionStreamHandle The section stream from which to extract the
- requested section.
- @param SectionType A pointer to the type of section to search for.
- @param SectionDefinitionGuid If the section type is EFI_SECTION_GUID_DEFINED,
- then SectionDefinitionGuid indicates which of
- these types of sections to search for.
- @param SectionInstance Indicates which instance of the requested
- section to return.
- @param Buffer Double indirection to buffer. If *Buffer is
- non-null on input, then the buffer is caller
- allocated. If Buffer is NULL, then the buffer
- is callee allocated. In either case, the
- required buffer size is returned in *BufferSize.
- @param BufferSize On input, indicates the size of *Buffer if
- *Buffer is non-null on input. On output,
- indicates the required size (allocated size if
- callee allocated) of *Buffer.
- @param AuthenticationStatus A pointer to a caller-allocated UINT32 that
- indicates the authentication status of the
- output buffer. If the input section's
- GuidedSectionHeader.Attributes field
- has the EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_AUTH_STATUS_VALID
- bit as clear, AuthenticationStatus must return
- zero. Both local bits (19:16) and aggregate
- bits (3:0) in AuthenticationStatus are returned
- by ExtractSection(). These bits reflect the
- status of the extraction operation. The bit
- pattern in both regions must be the same, as
- the local and aggregate authentication statuses
- have equivalent meaning at this level. If the
- function returns anything other than
- EFI_SUCCESS, the value of *AuthenticationStatus
- is undefined.
- @param IsFfs3Fv Indicates the FV format.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Section was retrieved successfully
- @retval EFI_PROTOCOL_ERROR A GUID defined section was encountered in the
- section stream with its
- EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_PROCESSING_REQUIRED bit set,
- but there was no corresponding GUIDed Section
- Extraction Protocol in the handle database.
- *Buffer is unmodified.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND An error was encountered when parsing the
- SectionStream. This indicates the SectionStream
- is not correctly formatted.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The requested section does not exist.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The system has insufficient resources to process
- the request.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The SectionStreamHandle does not exist.
- @retval EFI_WARN_TOO_SMALL The size of the caller allocated input buffer is
- insufficient to contain the requested section.
- The input buffer is filled and section contents
- are truncated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-GetSection (
- IN UINTN SectionStreamHandle,
- IN EFI_SECTION_TYPE *SectionType,
- IN EFI_GUID *SectionDefinitionGuid,
- IN UINTN SectionInstance,
- IN VOID **Buffer,
- IN OUT UINTN *BufferSize,
- OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationStatus,
- IN BOOLEAN IsFfs3Fv
- );
-
-
-/**
- SEP member function. Deletes an existing section stream
-
- @param StreamHandleToClose Indicates the stream to close
- @param FreeStreamBuffer TRUE - Need to free stream buffer;
- FALSE - No need to free stream buffer.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The section stream is closed sucessfully.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Memory allocation failed.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Section stream does not end concident with end
- of last section.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CloseSectionStream (
- IN UINTN StreamHandleToClose,
- IN BOOLEAN FreeStreamBuffer
- );
-
-/**
- Creates and initializes the DebugImageInfo Table. Also creates the configuration
- table and registers it into the system table.
-
- Note:
- This function allocates memory, frees it, and then allocates memory at an
- address within the initial allocation. Since this function is called early
- in DXE core initialization (before drivers are dispatched), this should not
- be a problem.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreInitializeDebugImageInfoTable (
- VOID
- );
-
-
-/**
- Update the CRC32 in the Debug Table.
- Since the CRC32 service is made available by the Runtime driver, we have to
- wait for the Runtime Driver to be installed before the CRC32 can be computed.
- This function is called elsewhere by the core when the runtime architectural
- protocol is produced.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreUpdateDebugTableCrc32 (
- VOID
- );
-
-
-/**
- Adds a new DebugImageInfo structure to the DebugImageInfo Table. Re-Allocates
- the table if it's not large enough to accomidate another entry.
-
- @param ImageInfoType type of debug image information
- @param LoadedImage pointer to the loaded image protocol for the image being
- loaded
- @param ImageHandle image handle for the image being loaded
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreNewDebugImageInfoEntry (
- IN UINT32 ImageInfoType,
- IN EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL *LoadedImage,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle
- );
-
-
-/**
- Removes and frees an entry from the DebugImageInfo Table.
-
- @param ImageHandle image handle for the image being unloaded
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreRemoveDebugImageInfoEntry (
- EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle
- );
-
-
-/**
- This routine consumes FV hobs and produces instances of FW_VOL_BLOCK_PROTOCOL as appropriate.
-
- @param ImageHandle The image handle.
- @param SystemTable The system table.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully initialized firmware volume block
- driver.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FwVolBlockDriverInit (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
- );
-
-/**
-
- Get FVB authentication status
-
- @param FvbProtocol FVB protocol.
-
- @return Authentication status.
-
-**/
-UINT32
-GetFvbAuthenticationStatus (
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *FvbProtocol
- );
-
-/**
- This routine produces a firmware volume block protocol on a given
- buffer.
-
- @param BaseAddress base address of the firmware volume image
- @param Length length of the firmware volume image
- @param ParentHandle handle of parent firmware volume, if this image
- came from an FV image file and section in another firmware
- volume (ala capsules)
- @param AuthenticationStatus Authentication status inherited, if this image
- came from an FV image file and section in another firmware volume.
- @param FvProtocol Firmware volume block protocol produced.
-
- @retval EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED Volume corrupted.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough buffer to be allocated.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully produced a FVB protocol on given
- buffer.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-ProduceFVBProtocolOnBuffer (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress,
- IN UINT64 Length,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ParentHandle,
- IN UINT32 AuthenticationStatus,
- OUT EFI_HANDLE *FvProtocol OPTIONAL
- );
-
-
-/**
- Raising to the task priority level of the mutual exclusion
- lock, and then acquires ownership of the lock.
-
- @param Lock The lock to acquire
-
- @return Lock owned
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreAcquireLock (
- IN EFI_LOCK *Lock
- );
-
-
-/**
- Initialize a basic mutual exclusion lock. Each lock
- provides mutual exclusion access at it's task priority
- level. Since there is no-premption (at any TPL) or
- multiprocessor support, acquiring the lock only consists
- of raising to the locks TPL.
-
- @param Lock The EFI_LOCK structure to initialize
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Lock Owned.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED Reentrant Lock Acquisition, Lock not Owned.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreAcquireLockOrFail (
- IN EFI_LOCK *Lock
- );
-
-
-/**
- Releases ownership of the mutual exclusion lock, and
- restores the previous task priority level.
-
- @param Lock The lock to release
-
- @return Lock unowned
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreReleaseLock (
- IN EFI_LOCK *Lock
- );
-
-/**
- Read data from Firmware Block by FVB protocol Read.
- The data may cross the multi block ranges.
-
- @param Fvb The FW_VOL_BLOCK_PROTOCOL instance from which to read data.
- @param StartLba Pointer to StartLba.
- On input, the start logical block index from which to read.
- On output,the end logical block index after reading.
- @param Offset Pointer to Offset
- On input, offset into the block at which to begin reading.
- On output, offset into the end block after reading.
- @param DataSize Size of data to be read.
- @param Data Pointer to Buffer that the data will be read into.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully read data from firmware block.
- @retval others
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-ReadFvbData (
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *Fvb,
- IN OUT EFI_LBA *StartLba,
- IN OUT UINTN *Offset,
- IN UINTN DataSize,
- OUT UINT8 *Data
- );
-
-/**
- Given the supplied FW_VOL_BLOCK_PROTOCOL, allocate a buffer for output and
- copy the real length volume header into it.
-
- @param Fvb The FW_VOL_BLOCK_PROTOCOL instance from which to
- read the volume header
- @param FwVolHeader Pointer to pointer to allocated buffer in which
- the volume header is returned.
-
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough buffer could be allocated.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully read volume header to the allocated
- buffer.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The FV Header signature is not as expected or
- the file system could not be understood.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GetFwVolHeader (
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *Fvb,
- OUT EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER **FwVolHeader
- );
-
-/**
- Verify checksum of the firmware volume header.
-
- @param FvHeader Points to the firmware volume header to be checked
-
- @retval TRUE Checksum verification passed
- @retval FALSE Checksum verification failed
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-VerifyFvHeaderChecksum (
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *FvHeader
- );
-
-/**
- Initialize memory profile.
-
- @param HobStart The start address of the HOB.
-
-**/
-VOID
-MemoryProfileInit (
- IN VOID *HobStart
- );
-
-/**
- Install memory profile protocol.
-
-**/
-VOID
-MemoryProfileInstallProtocol (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- Register image to memory profile.
-
- @param DriverEntry Image info.
- @param FileType Image file type.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Register successfully.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile unsupported,
- or memory profile for the image is not required.
- @return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough resource for this register.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-RegisterMemoryProfileImage (
- IN LOADED_IMAGE_PRIVATE_DATA *DriverEntry,
- IN EFI_FV_FILETYPE FileType
- );
-
-/**
- Unregister image from memory profile.
-
- @param DriverEntry Image info.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Unregister successfully.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile unsupported,
- or memory profile for the image is not required.
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND The image is not found.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-UnregisterMemoryProfileImage (
- IN LOADED_IMAGE_PRIVATE_DATA *DriverEntry
- );
-
-/**
- Update memory profile information.
-
- @param CallerAddress Address of caller who call Allocate or Free.
- @param Action This Allocate or Free action.
- @param MemoryType Memory type.
- EfiMaxMemoryType means the MemoryType is unknown.
- @param Size Buffer size.
- @param Buffer Buffer address.
- @param ActionString String for memory profile action.
- Only needed for user defined allocate action.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Memory profile is updated.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile is unsupported,
- or memory profile for the image is not required,
- or memory profile for the memory type is not required.
- @return EFI_ACCESS_DENIED It is during memory profile data getting.
- @return EFI_ABORTED Memory profile recording is not enabled.
- @return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough resource to update memory profile for allocate action.
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND No matched allocate info found for free action.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreUpdateProfile (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS CallerAddress,
- IN MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION Action,
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
- IN UINTN Size, // Valid for AllocatePages/FreePages/AllocatePool
- IN VOID *Buffer,
- IN CHAR8 *ActionString OPTIONAL
- );
-
-/**
- Internal function. Converts a memory range to use new attributes.
-
- @param Start The first address of the range Must be page
- aligned
- @param NumberOfPages The number of pages to convert
- @param NewAttributes The new attributes value for the range.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreUpdateMemoryAttributes (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Start,
- IN UINT64 NumberOfPages,
- IN UINT64 NewAttributes
- );
-
-/**
- Initialize PropertiesTable support.
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-CoreInitializePropertiesTable (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- Initialize MemoryAttrubutesTable support.
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-CoreInitializeMemoryAttributesTable (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- Initialize Memory Protection support.
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-CoreInitializeMemoryProtection (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- Install MemoryAttributesTable on memory allocation.
-
- @param[in] MemoryType EFI memory type.
-**/
-VOID
-InstallMemoryAttributesTableOnMemoryAllocation (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType
- );
-
-/**
- Insert image record.
-
- @param RuntimeImage Runtime image information
-**/
-VOID
-InsertImageRecord (
- IN EFI_RUNTIME_IMAGE_ENTRY *RuntimeImage
- );
-
-/**
- Remove Image record.
-
- @param RuntimeImage Runtime image information
-**/
-VOID
-RemoveImageRecord (
- IN EFI_RUNTIME_IMAGE_ENTRY *RuntimeImage
- );
-
-/**
- Protect UEFI image.
-
- @param[in] LoadedImage The loaded image protocol
- @param[in] LoadedImageDevicePath The loaded image device path protocol
-**/
-VOID
-ProtectUefiImage (
- IN EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL *LoadedImage,
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *LoadedImageDevicePath
- );
-
-/**
- Unprotect UEFI image.
-
- @param[in] LoadedImage The loaded image protocol
- @param[in] LoadedImageDevicePath The loaded image device path protocol
-**/
-VOID
-UnprotectUefiImage (
- IN EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL *LoadedImage,
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *LoadedImageDevicePath
- );
-
-/**
- ExitBootServices Callback function for memory protection.
-**/
-VOID
-MemoryProtectionExitBootServicesCallback (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- Manage memory permission attributes on a memory range, according to the
- configured DXE memory protection policy.
-
- @param OldType The old memory type of the range
- @param NewType The new memory type of the range
- @param Memory The base address of the range
- @param Length The size of the range (in bytes)
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS If the the CPU arch protocol is not installed yet
- @return EFI_SUCCESS If no DXE memory protection policy has been configured
- @return EFI_SUCCESS If OldType and NewType use the same permission attributes
- @return other Return value of gCpu->SetMemoryAttributes()
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-ApplyMemoryProtectionPolicy (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE OldType,
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE NewType,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Memory,
- IN UINT64 Length
- );
-
-#endif
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/DxeMain.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/DxeMain.inf deleted file mode 100644 index 30d5984f7c..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/DxeMain.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,208 +0,0 @@ -## @file
-# This is core module in DXE phase.
-#
-# It provides an implementation of DXE Core that is compliant with DXE CIS.
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-##
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = DxeCore
- MODULE_UNI_FILE = DxeCore.uni
- FILE_GUID = D6A2CB7F-6A18-4e2f-B43B-9920A733700A
- MODULE_TYPE = DXE_CORE
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
-
-
- ENTRY_POINT = DxeMain
-
-#
-# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
-#
-# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64 IPF EBC (EBC is for build only)
-#
-
-[Sources]
- DxeMain.h
- SectionExtraction/CoreSectionExtraction.c
- Image/Image.c
- Image/Image.h
- Misc/DebugImageInfo.c
- Misc/Stall.c
- Misc/SetWatchdogTimer.c
- Misc/InstallConfigurationTable.c
- Misc/PropertiesTable.c
- Misc/MemoryAttributesTable.c
- Misc/MemoryProtection.c
- Library/Library.c
- Hand/DriverSupport.c
- Hand/Notify.c
- Hand/Locate.c
- Hand/Handle.c
- Hand/Handle.h
- Gcd/Gcd.c
- Gcd/Gcd.h
- Mem/Pool.c
- Mem/Page.c
- Mem/MemData.c
- Mem/Imem.h
- Mem/MemoryProfileRecord.c
- FwVolBlock/FwVolBlock.c
- FwVolBlock/FwVolBlock.h
- FwVol/FwVolWrite.c
- FwVol/FwVolRead.c
- FwVol/FwVolAttrib.c
- FwVol/Ffs.c
- FwVol/FwVol.c
- FwVol/FwVolDriver.h
- Event/Tpl.c
- Event/Timer.c
- Event/Event.c
- Event/Event.h
- Dispatcher/Dependency.c
- Dispatcher/Dispatcher.c
- DxeMain/DxeProtocolNotify.c
- DxeMain/DxeMain.c
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
-
-[LibraryClasses]
- BaseMemoryLib
- CacheMaintenanceLib
- UefiDecompressLib
- PerformanceLib
- HobLib
- BaseLib
- UefiLib
- DebugLib
- DxeCoreEntryPoint
- PeCoffLib
- PeCoffGetEntryPointLib
- PeCoffExtraActionLib
- ExtractGuidedSectionLib
- MemoryAllocationLib
- UefiBootServicesTableLib
- DevicePathLib
- ReportStatusCodeLib
- TimerLib
- DxeServicesLib
- DebugAgentLib
- CpuExceptionHandlerLib
- PcdLib
-
-[Guids]
- gEfiEventMemoryMapChangeGuid ## PRODUCES ## Event
- gEfiEventVirtualAddressChangeGuid ## CONSUMES ## Event
- ## CONSUMES ## Event
- ## PRODUCES ## Event
- gEfiEventExitBootServicesGuid
- gEfiHobMemoryAllocModuleGuid ## CONSUMES ## HOB
- gEfiFirmwareFileSystem2Guid ## CONSUMES ## GUID # Used to compare with FV's file system guid and get the FV's file system format
- gEfiFirmwareFileSystem3Guid ## CONSUMES ## GUID # Used to compare with FV's file system guid and get the FV's file system format
- gAprioriGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## File
- gEfiDebugImageInfoTableGuid ## PRODUCES ## SystemTable
- gEfiHobListGuid ## PRODUCES ## SystemTable
- gEfiDxeServicesTableGuid ## PRODUCES ## SystemTable
- ## PRODUCES ## SystemTable
- ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## HOB
- gEfiMemoryTypeInformationGuid
- gEfiEventDxeDispatchGuid ## PRODUCES ## Event
- gLoadFixedAddressConfigurationTableGuid ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## SystemTable
- ## PRODUCES ## Event
- ## CONSUMES ## Event
- gIdleLoopEventGuid
- gEventExitBootServicesFailedGuid ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## Event
- gEfiVectorHandoffTableGuid ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## SystemTable
- gEdkiiMemoryProfileGuid ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## GUID # Install protocol
- gEfiPropertiesTableGuid ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## SystemTable
- gEfiMemoryAttributesTableGuid ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## SystemTable
- gEfiEndOfDxeEventGroupGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## Event
-
-[Ppis]
- gEfiVectorHandoffInfoPpiGuid ## UNDEFINED # HOB
-
-[Protocols]
- ## PRODUCES
- ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiDecompressProtocolGuid
- gEfiLoadPeImageProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES # Produces when PcdFrameworkCompatibilitySupport is set
- gEfiSimpleFileSystemProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiLoadFileProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiLoadFile2ProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiBusSpecificDriverOverrideProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiDriverFamilyOverrideProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiPlatformDriverOverrideProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiDriverBindingProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- ## PRODUCES
- ## CONSUMES
- ## NOTIFY
- gEfiFirmwareVolumeBlockProtocolGuid
- ## PRODUCES
- ## CONSUMES
- ## NOTIFY
- gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid
- ## PRODUCES
- ## CONSUMES
- gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid
- gEfiLoadedImageProtocolGuid ## PRODUCES
- gEfiLoadedImageDevicePathProtocolGuid ## PRODUCES
- gEfiHiiPackageListProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES
- gEfiEbcProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiSmmBase2ProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
-
- # Arch Protocols
- gEfiBdsArchProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
- gEfiCpuArchProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMetronomeArchProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMonotonicCounterArchProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
- gEfiRealTimeClockArchProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
- gEfiResetArchProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
- gEfiRuntimeArchProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
- gEfiSecurityArchProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
- gEfiSecurity2ArchProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiTimerArchProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
- gEfiVariableWriteArchProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
- gEfiVariableArchProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
- gEfiCapsuleArchProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
- gEfiWatchdogTimerArchProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
-
-[FeaturePcd]
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdFrameworkCompatibilitySupport ## CONSUMES
-
-[Pcd]
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdLoadFixAddressBootTimeCodePageNumber ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdLoadFixAddressRuntimeCodePageNumber ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdLoadModuleAtFixAddressEnable ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdMaxEfiSystemTablePointerAddress ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdMemoryProfileMemoryType ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdMemoryProfilePropertyMask ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdMemoryProfileDriverPath ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdPropertiesTableEnable ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdImageProtectionPolicy ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdDxeNxMemoryProtectionPolicy ## CONSUMES
-
-# [Hob]
-# RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR ## CONSUMES
-# MEMORY_ALLOCATION ## CONSUMES
-# FIRMWARE_VOLUME ## CONSUMES
-# UNDEFINED ## CONSUMES # CPU
-#
-# [Event]
-# EVENT_TYPE_RELATIVE_TIMER ## PRODUCES # DxeCore signals timer event.
-# EVENT_TYPE_PERIODIC_TIMER ## PRODUCES # DxeCore signals timer event.
-#
-
-[UserExtensions.TianoCore."ExtraFiles"]
- DxeCoreExtra.uni
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/DxeMain/DxeMain.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/DxeMain/DxeMain.c deleted file mode 100644 index 91e94a78d2..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/DxeMain/DxeMain.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,938 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- DXE Core Main Entry Point
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "DxeMain.h"
-
-//
-// DXE Core Global Variables for Protocols from PEI
-//
-EFI_HANDLE mDecompressHandle = NULL;
-
-//
-// DXE Core globals for Architecture Protocols
-//
-EFI_SECURITY_ARCH_PROTOCOL *gSecurity = NULL;
-EFI_SECURITY2_ARCH_PROTOCOL *gSecurity2 = NULL;
-EFI_CPU_ARCH_PROTOCOL *gCpu = NULL;
-EFI_METRONOME_ARCH_PROTOCOL *gMetronome = NULL;
-EFI_TIMER_ARCH_PROTOCOL *gTimer = NULL;
-EFI_BDS_ARCH_PROTOCOL *gBds = NULL;
-EFI_WATCHDOG_TIMER_ARCH_PROTOCOL *gWatchdogTimer = NULL;
-
-//
-// DXE Core globals for optional protocol dependencies
-//
-EFI_SMM_BASE2_PROTOCOL *gSmmBase2 = NULL;
-
-//
-// DXE Core Global used to update core loaded image protocol handle
-//
-EFI_GUID *gDxeCoreFileName;
-EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL *gDxeCoreLoadedImage;
-
-//
-// DXE Core Module Variables
-//
-EFI_BOOT_SERVICES mBootServices = {
- {
- EFI_BOOT_SERVICES_SIGNATURE, // Signature
- EFI_BOOT_SERVICES_REVISION, // Revision
- sizeof (EFI_BOOT_SERVICES), // HeaderSize
- 0, // CRC32
- 0 // Reserved
- },
- (EFI_RAISE_TPL) CoreRaiseTpl, // RaiseTPL
- (EFI_RESTORE_TPL) CoreRestoreTpl, // RestoreTPL
- (EFI_ALLOCATE_PAGES) CoreAllocatePages, // AllocatePages
- (EFI_FREE_PAGES) CoreFreePages, // FreePages
- (EFI_GET_MEMORY_MAP) CoreGetMemoryMap, // GetMemoryMap
- (EFI_ALLOCATE_POOL) CoreAllocatePool, // AllocatePool
- (EFI_FREE_POOL) CoreFreePool, // FreePool
- (EFI_CREATE_EVENT) CoreCreateEvent, // CreateEvent
- (EFI_SET_TIMER) CoreSetTimer, // SetTimer
- (EFI_WAIT_FOR_EVENT) CoreWaitForEvent, // WaitForEvent
- (EFI_SIGNAL_EVENT) CoreSignalEvent, // SignalEvent
- (EFI_CLOSE_EVENT) CoreCloseEvent, // CloseEvent
- (EFI_CHECK_EVENT) CoreCheckEvent, // CheckEvent
- (EFI_INSTALL_PROTOCOL_INTERFACE) CoreInstallProtocolInterface, // InstallProtocolInterface
- (EFI_REINSTALL_PROTOCOL_INTERFACE) CoreReinstallProtocolInterface, // ReinstallProtocolInterface
- (EFI_UNINSTALL_PROTOCOL_INTERFACE) CoreUninstallProtocolInterface, // UninstallProtocolInterface
- (EFI_HANDLE_PROTOCOL) CoreHandleProtocol, // HandleProtocol
- (VOID *) NULL, // Reserved
- (EFI_REGISTER_PROTOCOL_NOTIFY) CoreRegisterProtocolNotify, // RegisterProtocolNotify
- (EFI_LOCATE_HANDLE) CoreLocateHandle, // LocateHandle
- (EFI_LOCATE_DEVICE_PATH) CoreLocateDevicePath, // LocateDevicePath
- (EFI_INSTALL_CONFIGURATION_TABLE) CoreInstallConfigurationTable, // InstallConfigurationTable
- (EFI_IMAGE_LOAD) CoreLoadImage, // LoadImage
- (EFI_IMAGE_START) CoreStartImage, // StartImage
- (EFI_EXIT) CoreExit, // Exit
- (EFI_IMAGE_UNLOAD) CoreUnloadImage, // UnloadImage
- (EFI_EXIT_BOOT_SERVICES) CoreExitBootServices, // ExitBootServices
- (EFI_GET_NEXT_MONOTONIC_COUNT) CoreEfiNotAvailableYetArg1, // GetNextMonotonicCount
- (EFI_STALL) CoreStall, // Stall
- (EFI_SET_WATCHDOG_TIMER) CoreSetWatchdogTimer, // SetWatchdogTimer
- (EFI_CONNECT_CONTROLLER) CoreConnectController, // ConnectController
- (EFI_DISCONNECT_CONTROLLER) CoreDisconnectController, // DisconnectController
- (EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL) CoreOpenProtocol, // OpenProtocol
- (EFI_CLOSE_PROTOCOL) CoreCloseProtocol, // CloseProtocol
- (EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_INFORMATION) CoreOpenProtocolInformation, // OpenProtocolInformation
- (EFI_PROTOCOLS_PER_HANDLE) CoreProtocolsPerHandle, // ProtocolsPerHandle
- (EFI_LOCATE_HANDLE_BUFFER) CoreLocateHandleBuffer, // LocateHandleBuffer
- (EFI_LOCATE_PROTOCOL) CoreLocateProtocol, // LocateProtocol
- (EFI_INSTALL_MULTIPLE_PROTOCOL_INTERFACES) CoreInstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces, // InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces
- (EFI_UNINSTALL_MULTIPLE_PROTOCOL_INTERFACES) CoreUninstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces, // UninstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces
- (EFI_CALCULATE_CRC32) CoreEfiNotAvailableYetArg3, // CalculateCrc32
- (EFI_COPY_MEM) CopyMem, // CopyMem
- (EFI_SET_MEM) SetMem, // SetMem
- (EFI_CREATE_EVENT_EX) CoreCreateEventEx // CreateEventEx
-};
-
-EFI_DXE_SERVICES mDxeServices = {
- {
- DXE_SERVICES_SIGNATURE, // Signature
- DXE_SERVICES_REVISION, // Revision
- sizeof (DXE_SERVICES), // HeaderSize
- 0, // CRC32
- 0 // Reserved
- },
- (EFI_ADD_MEMORY_SPACE) CoreAddMemorySpace, // AddMemorySpace
- (EFI_ALLOCATE_MEMORY_SPACE) CoreAllocateMemorySpace, // AllocateMemorySpace
- (EFI_FREE_MEMORY_SPACE) CoreFreeMemorySpace, // FreeMemorySpace
- (EFI_REMOVE_MEMORY_SPACE) CoreRemoveMemorySpace, // RemoveMemorySpace
- (EFI_GET_MEMORY_SPACE_DESCRIPTOR) CoreGetMemorySpaceDescriptor, // GetMemorySpaceDescriptor
- (EFI_SET_MEMORY_SPACE_ATTRIBUTES) CoreSetMemorySpaceAttributes, // SetMemorySpaceAttributes
- (EFI_GET_MEMORY_SPACE_MAP) CoreGetMemorySpaceMap, // GetMemorySpaceMap
- (EFI_ADD_IO_SPACE) CoreAddIoSpace, // AddIoSpace
- (EFI_ALLOCATE_IO_SPACE) CoreAllocateIoSpace, // AllocateIoSpace
- (EFI_FREE_IO_SPACE) CoreFreeIoSpace, // FreeIoSpace
- (EFI_REMOVE_IO_SPACE) CoreRemoveIoSpace, // RemoveIoSpace
- (EFI_GET_IO_SPACE_DESCRIPTOR) CoreGetIoSpaceDescriptor, // GetIoSpaceDescriptor
- (EFI_GET_IO_SPACE_MAP) CoreGetIoSpaceMap, // GetIoSpaceMap
- (EFI_DISPATCH) CoreDispatcher, // Dispatch
- (EFI_SCHEDULE) CoreSchedule, // Schedule
- (EFI_TRUST) CoreTrust, // Trust
- (EFI_PROCESS_FIRMWARE_VOLUME) CoreProcessFirmwareVolume, // ProcessFirmwareVolume
- (EFI_SET_MEMORY_SPACE_CAPABILITIES)CoreSetMemorySpaceCapabilities, // SetMemorySpaceCapabilities
-};
-
-EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE mEfiSystemTableTemplate = {
- {
- EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE_SIGNATURE, // Signature
- EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE_REVISION, // Revision
- sizeof (EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE), // HeaderSize
- 0, // CRC32
- 0 // Reserved
- },
- NULL, // FirmwareVendor
- 0, // FirmwareRevision
- NULL, // ConsoleInHandle
- NULL, // ConIn
- NULL, // ConsoleOutHandle
- NULL, // ConOut
- NULL, // StandardErrorHandle
- NULL, // StdErr
- NULL, // RuntimeServices
- &mBootServices, // BootServices
- 0, // NumberOfConfigurationTableEntries
- NULL // ConfigurationTable
-};
-
-EFI_RUNTIME_SERVICES mEfiRuntimeServicesTableTemplate = {
- {
- EFI_RUNTIME_SERVICES_SIGNATURE, // Signature
- EFI_RUNTIME_SERVICES_REVISION, // Revision
- sizeof (EFI_RUNTIME_SERVICES), // HeaderSize
- 0, // CRC32
- 0 // Reserved
- },
- (EFI_GET_TIME) CoreEfiNotAvailableYetArg2, // GetTime
- (EFI_SET_TIME) CoreEfiNotAvailableYetArg1, // SetTime
- (EFI_GET_WAKEUP_TIME) CoreEfiNotAvailableYetArg3, // GetWakeupTime
- (EFI_SET_WAKEUP_TIME) CoreEfiNotAvailableYetArg2, // SetWakeupTime
- (EFI_SET_VIRTUAL_ADDRESS_MAP) CoreEfiNotAvailableYetArg4, // SetVirtualAddressMap
- (EFI_CONVERT_POINTER) CoreEfiNotAvailableYetArg2, // ConvertPointer
- (EFI_GET_VARIABLE) CoreEfiNotAvailableYetArg5, // GetVariable
- (EFI_GET_NEXT_VARIABLE_NAME) CoreEfiNotAvailableYetArg3, // GetNextVariableName
- (EFI_SET_VARIABLE) CoreEfiNotAvailableYetArg5, // SetVariable
- (EFI_GET_NEXT_HIGH_MONO_COUNT) CoreEfiNotAvailableYetArg1, // GetNextHighMonotonicCount
- (EFI_RESET_SYSTEM) CoreEfiNotAvailableYetArg4, // ResetSystem
- (EFI_UPDATE_CAPSULE) CoreEfiNotAvailableYetArg3, // UpdateCapsule
- (EFI_QUERY_CAPSULE_CAPABILITIES) CoreEfiNotAvailableYetArg4, // QueryCapsuleCapabilities
- (EFI_QUERY_VARIABLE_INFO) CoreEfiNotAvailableYetArg4 // QueryVariableInfo
-};
-
-EFI_RUNTIME_ARCH_PROTOCOL gRuntimeTemplate = {
- INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (gRuntimeTemplate.ImageHead),
- INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (gRuntimeTemplate.EventHead),
-
- //
- // Make sure Size != sizeof (EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR). This will
- // prevent people from having pointer math bugs in their code.
- // now you have to use *DescriptorSize to make things work.
- //
- sizeof (EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR) + sizeof (UINT64) - (sizeof (EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR) % sizeof (UINT64)),
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR_VERSION,
- 0,
- NULL,
- NULL,
- FALSE,
- FALSE
-};
-
-EFI_RUNTIME_ARCH_PROTOCOL *gRuntime = &gRuntimeTemplate;
-
-//
-// DXE Core Global Variables for the EFI System Table, Boot Services Table,
-// DXE Services Table, and Runtime Services Table
-//
-EFI_DXE_SERVICES *gDxeCoreDS = &mDxeServices;
-EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *gDxeCoreST = NULL;
-
-//
-// For debug initialize gDxeCoreRT to template. gDxeCoreRT must be allocated from RT memory
-// but gDxeCoreRT is used for ASSERT () and DEBUG () type macros so lets give it
-// a value that will not cause debug infrastructure to crash early on.
-//
-EFI_RUNTIME_SERVICES *gDxeCoreRT = &mEfiRuntimeServicesTableTemplate;
-EFI_HANDLE gDxeCoreImageHandle = NULL;
-
-BOOLEAN gMemoryMapTerminated = FALSE;
-
-//
-// EFI Decompress Protocol
-//
-EFI_DECOMPRESS_PROTOCOL gEfiDecompress = {
- DxeMainUefiDecompressGetInfo,
- DxeMainUefiDecompress
-};
-
-//
-// For Loading modules at fixed address feature, the configuration table is to cache the top address below which to load
-// Runtime code&boot time code
-//
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED EFI_LOAD_FIXED_ADDRESS_CONFIGURATION_TABLE gLoadModuleAtFixAddressConfigurationTable = {0, 0};
-
-// Main entry point to the DXE Core
-//
-
-/**
- Main entry point to DXE Core.
-
- @param HobStart Pointer to the beginning of the HOB List from PEI.
-
- @return This function should never return.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-DxeMain (
- IN VOID *HobStart
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS MemoryBaseAddress;
- UINT64 MemoryLength;
- PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT ImageContext;
- UINTN Index;
- EFI_HOB_GUID_TYPE *GuidHob;
- EFI_VECTOR_HANDOFF_INFO *VectorInfoList;
- EFI_VECTOR_HANDOFF_INFO *VectorInfo;
- VOID *EntryPoint;
-
- //
- // Setup the default exception handlers
- //
- VectorInfoList = NULL;
- GuidHob = GetNextGuidHob (&gEfiVectorHandoffInfoPpiGuid, HobStart);
- if (GuidHob != NULL) {
- VectorInfoList = (EFI_VECTOR_HANDOFF_INFO *) (GET_GUID_HOB_DATA(GuidHob));
- }
- Status = InitializeCpuExceptionHandlers (VectorInfoList);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Initialize Debug Agent to support source level debug in DXE phase
- //
- InitializeDebugAgent (DEBUG_AGENT_INIT_DXE_CORE, HobStart, NULL);
-
- //
- // Initialize Memory Services
- //
- CoreInitializeMemoryServices (&HobStart, &MemoryBaseAddress, &MemoryLength);
-
- MemoryProfileInit (HobStart);
-
- //
- // Allocate the EFI System Table and EFI Runtime Service Table from EfiRuntimeServicesData
- // Use the templates to initialize the contents of the EFI System Table and EFI Runtime Services Table
- //
- gDxeCoreST = AllocateRuntimeCopyPool (sizeof (EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE), &mEfiSystemTableTemplate);
- ASSERT (gDxeCoreST != NULL);
-
- gDxeCoreRT = AllocateRuntimeCopyPool (sizeof (EFI_RUNTIME_SERVICES), &mEfiRuntimeServicesTableTemplate);
- ASSERT (gDxeCoreRT != NULL);
-
- gDxeCoreST->RuntimeServices = gDxeCoreRT;
-
- //
- // Start the Image Services.
- //
- Status = CoreInitializeImageServices (HobStart);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Initialize the Global Coherency Domain Services
- //
- Status = CoreInitializeGcdServices (&HobStart, MemoryBaseAddress, MemoryLength);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Call constructor for all libraries
- //
- ProcessLibraryConstructorList (gDxeCoreImageHandle, gDxeCoreST);
- PERF_END (NULL,"PEI", NULL, 0) ;
- PERF_START (NULL,"DXE", NULL, 0) ;
-
- //
- // Report DXE Core image information to the PE/COFF Extra Action Library
- //
- ZeroMem (&ImageContext, sizeof (ImageContext));
- ImageContext.ImageAddress = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)gDxeCoreLoadedImage->ImageBase;
- ImageContext.PdbPointer = PeCoffLoaderGetPdbPointer ((VOID*)(UINTN)ImageContext.ImageAddress);
- ImageContext.SizeOfHeaders = PeCoffGetSizeOfHeaders ((VOID*)(UINTN)ImageContext.ImageAddress);
- Status = PeCoffLoaderGetEntryPoint ((VOID*)(UINTN)ImageContext.ImageAddress, &EntryPoint);
- if (Status == EFI_SUCCESS) {
- ImageContext.EntryPoint = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)EntryPoint;
- }
- ImageContext.Handle = (VOID *)(UINTN)gDxeCoreLoadedImage->ImageBase;
- ImageContext.ImageRead = PeCoffLoaderImageReadFromMemory;
- PeCoffLoaderRelocateImageExtraAction (&ImageContext);
-
- //
- // Install the DXE Services Table into the EFI System Tables's Configuration Table
- //
- Status = CoreInstallConfigurationTable (&gEfiDxeServicesTableGuid, gDxeCoreDS);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Install the HOB List into the EFI System Tables's Configuration Table
- //
- Status = CoreInstallConfigurationTable (&gEfiHobListGuid, HobStart);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Install Memory Type Information Table into the EFI System Tables's Configuration Table
- //
- Status = CoreInstallConfigurationTable (&gEfiMemoryTypeInformationGuid, &gMemoryTypeInformation);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // If Loading modules At fixed address feature is enabled, install Load moduels at fixed address
- // Configuration Table so that user could easily to retrieve the top address to load Dxe and PEI
- // Code and Tseg base to load SMM driver.
- //
- if (PcdGet64(PcdLoadModuleAtFixAddressEnable) != 0) {
- Status = CoreInstallConfigurationTable (&gLoadFixedAddressConfigurationTableGuid, &gLoadModuleAtFixAddressConfigurationTable);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
- //
- // Report Status Code here for DXE_ENTRY_POINT once it is available
- //
- REPORT_STATUS_CODE (
- EFI_PROGRESS_CODE,
- (EFI_SOFTWARE_DXE_CORE | EFI_SW_DXE_CORE_PC_ENTRY_POINT)
- );
-
- //
- // Create the aligned system table pointer structure that is used by external
- // debuggers to locate the system table... Also, install debug image info
- // configuration table.
- //
- CoreInitializeDebugImageInfoTable ();
- CoreNewDebugImageInfoEntry (
- EFI_DEBUG_IMAGE_INFO_TYPE_NORMAL,
- gDxeCoreLoadedImage,
- gDxeCoreImageHandle
- );
-
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO | DEBUG_LOAD, "HOBLIST address in DXE = 0x%p\n", HobStart));
-
- DEBUG_CODE_BEGIN ();
- EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS Hob;
-
- for (Hob.Raw = HobStart; !END_OF_HOB_LIST(Hob); Hob.Raw = GET_NEXT_HOB(Hob)) {
- if (GET_HOB_TYPE (Hob) == EFI_HOB_TYPE_MEMORY_ALLOCATION) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO | DEBUG_LOAD, "Memory Allocation 0x%08x 0x%0lx - 0x%0lx\n", \
- Hob.MemoryAllocation->AllocDescriptor.MemoryType, \
- Hob.MemoryAllocation->AllocDescriptor.MemoryBaseAddress, \
- Hob.MemoryAllocation->AllocDescriptor.MemoryBaseAddress + Hob.MemoryAllocation->AllocDescriptor.MemoryLength - 1));
- }
- }
- for (Hob.Raw = HobStart; !END_OF_HOB_LIST(Hob); Hob.Raw = GET_NEXT_HOB(Hob)) {
- if (GET_HOB_TYPE (Hob) == EFI_HOB_TYPE_FV2) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO | DEBUG_LOAD, "FV2 Hob 0x%0lx - 0x%0lx\n", Hob.FirmwareVolume2->BaseAddress, Hob.FirmwareVolume2->BaseAddress + Hob.FirmwareVolume2->Length - 1));
- } else if (GET_HOB_TYPE (Hob) == EFI_HOB_TYPE_FV) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO | DEBUG_LOAD, "FV Hob 0x%0lx - 0x%0lx\n", Hob.FirmwareVolume->BaseAddress, Hob.FirmwareVolume->BaseAddress + Hob.FirmwareVolume->Length - 1));
- }
- }
- DEBUG_CODE_END ();
-
- //
- // Initialize the Event Services
- //
- Status = CoreInitializeEventServices ();
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- MemoryProfileInstallProtocol ();
-
- CoreInitializePropertiesTable ();
- CoreInitializeMemoryAttributesTable ();
- CoreInitializeMemoryProtection ();
-
- //
- // Get persisted vector hand-off info from GUIDeed HOB again due to HobStart may be updated,
- // and install configuration table
- //
- GuidHob = GetNextGuidHob (&gEfiVectorHandoffInfoPpiGuid, HobStart);
- if (GuidHob != NULL) {
- VectorInfoList = (EFI_VECTOR_HANDOFF_INFO *) (GET_GUID_HOB_DATA(GuidHob));
- VectorInfo = VectorInfoList;
- Index = 1;
- while (VectorInfo->Attribute != EFI_VECTOR_HANDOFF_LAST_ENTRY) {
- VectorInfo ++;
- Index ++;
- }
- VectorInfo = AllocateCopyPool (sizeof (EFI_VECTOR_HANDOFF_INFO) * Index, (VOID *) VectorInfoList);
- ASSERT (VectorInfo != NULL);
- Status = CoreInstallConfigurationTable (&gEfiVectorHandoffTableGuid, (VOID *) VectorInfo);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
-
- //
- // Get the Protocols that were passed in from PEI to DXE through GUIDed HOBs
- //
- // These Protocols are not architectural. This implementation is sharing code between
- // PEI and DXE in order to save FLASH space. These Protocols could also be implemented
- // as part of the DXE Core. However, that would also require the DXE Core to be ported
- // each time a different CPU is used, a different Decompression algorithm is used, or a
- // different Image type is used. By placing these Protocols in PEI, the DXE Core remains
- // generic, and only PEI and the Arch Protocols need to be ported from Platform to Platform,
- // and from CPU to CPU.
- //
-
- //
- // Publish the EFI, Tiano, and Custom Decompress protocols for use by other DXE components
- //
- Status = CoreInstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
- &mDecompressHandle,
- &gEfiDecompressProtocolGuid, &gEfiDecompress,
- NULL
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Register for the GUIDs of the Architectural Protocols, so the rest of the
- // EFI Boot Services and EFI Runtime Services tables can be filled in.
- // Also register for the GUIDs of optional protocols.
- //
- CoreNotifyOnProtocolInstallation ();
-
- //
- // Produce Firmware Volume Protocols, one for each FV in the HOB list.
- //
- Status = FwVolBlockDriverInit (gDxeCoreImageHandle, gDxeCoreST);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- Status = FwVolDriverInit (gDxeCoreImageHandle, gDxeCoreST);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Produce the Section Extraction Protocol
- //
- Status = InitializeSectionExtraction (gDxeCoreImageHandle, gDxeCoreST);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Initialize the DXE Dispatcher
- //
- PERF_START (NULL,"CoreInitializeDispatcher", "DxeMain", 0) ;
- CoreInitializeDispatcher ();
- PERF_END (NULL,"CoreInitializeDispatcher", "DxeMain", 0) ;
-
- //
- // Invoke the DXE Dispatcher
- //
- PERF_START (NULL, "CoreDispatcher", "DxeMain", 0);
- CoreDispatcher ();
- PERF_END (NULL, "CoreDispatcher", "DxeMain", 0);
-
- //
- // Display Architectural protocols that were not loaded if this is DEBUG build
- //
- DEBUG_CODE_BEGIN ();
- CoreDisplayMissingArchProtocols ();
- DEBUG_CODE_END ();
-
- //
- // Display any drivers that were not dispatched because dependency expression
- // evaluated to false if this is a debug build
- //
- DEBUG_CODE_BEGIN ();
- CoreDisplayDiscoveredNotDispatched ();
- DEBUG_CODE_END ();
-
- //
- // Assert if the Architectural Protocols are not present.
- //
- Status = CoreAllEfiServicesAvailable ();
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- //
- // Report Status code that some Architectural Protocols are not present.
- //
- REPORT_STATUS_CODE (
- EFI_ERROR_CODE | EFI_ERROR_MAJOR,
- (EFI_SOFTWARE_DXE_CORE | EFI_SW_DXE_CORE_EC_NO_ARCH)
- );
- }
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Report Status code before transfer control to BDS
- //
- REPORT_STATUS_CODE (
- EFI_PROGRESS_CODE,
- (EFI_SOFTWARE_DXE_CORE | EFI_SW_DXE_CORE_PC_HANDOFF_TO_NEXT)
- );
-
- //
- // Transfer control to the BDS Architectural Protocol
- //
- gBds->Entry (gBds);
-
- //
- // BDS should never return
- //
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- CpuDeadLoop ();
-
- UNREACHABLE ();
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Place holder function until all the Boot Services and Runtime Services are
- available.
-
- @return EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreEfiNotAvailableYetArg0 (
- VOID
- )
-{
- //
- // This function should never be executed. If it does, then the architectural protocols
- // have not been designed correctly. The CpuBreakpoint () is commented out for now until the
- // DXE Core and all the Architectural Protocols are complete.
- //
-
- return EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Place holder function until all the Boot Services and Runtime Services are
- available.
-
- @param Arg1 Undefined
-
- @return EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreEfiNotAvailableYetArg1 (
- UINTN Arg1
- )
-{
- //
- // This function should never be executed. If it does, then the architectural protocols
- // have not been designed correctly. The CpuBreakpoint () is commented out for now until the
- // DXE Core and all the Architectural Protocols are complete.
- //
-
- return EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Place holder function until all the Boot Services and Runtime Services are available.
-
- @param Arg1 Undefined
- @param Arg2 Undefined
-
- @return EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreEfiNotAvailableYetArg2 (
- UINTN Arg1,
- UINTN Arg2
- )
-{
- //
- // This function should never be executed. If it does, then the architectural protocols
- // have not been designed correctly. The CpuBreakpoint () is commented out for now until the
- // DXE Core and all the Architectural Protocols are complete.
- //
-
- return EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Place holder function until all the Boot Services and Runtime Services are available.
-
- @param Arg1 Undefined
- @param Arg2 Undefined
- @param Arg3 Undefined
-
- @return EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreEfiNotAvailableYetArg3 (
- UINTN Arg1,
- UINTN Arg2,
- UINTN Arg3
- )
-{
- //
- // This function should never be executed. If it does, then the architectural protocols
- // have not been designed correctly. The CpuBreakpoint () is commented out for now until the
- // DXE Core and all the Architectural Protocols are complete.
- //
-
- return EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Place holder function until all the Boot Services and Runtime Services are available.
-
- @param Arg1 Undefined
- @param Arg2 Undefined
- @param Arg3 Undefined
- @param Arg4 Undefined
-
- @return EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreEfiNotAvailableYetArg4 (
- UINTN Arg1,
- UINTN Arg2,
- UINTN Arg3,
- UINTN Arg4
- )
-{
- //
- // This function should never be executed. If it does, then the architectural protocols
- // have not been designed correctly. The CpuBreakpoint () is commented out for now until the
- // DXE Core and all the Architectural Protocols are complete.
- //
-
- return EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Place holder function until all the Boot Services and Runtime Services are available.
-
- @param Arg1 Undefined
- @param Arg2 Undefined
- @param Arg3 Undefined
- @param Arg4 Undefined
- @param Arg5 Undefined
-
- @return EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreEfiNotAvailableYetArg5 (
- UINTN Arg1,
- UINTN Arg2,
- UINTN Arg3,
- UINTN Arg4,
- UINTN Arg5
- )
-{
- //
- // This function should never be executed. If it does, then the architectural protocols
- // have not been designed correctly. The CpuBreakpoint () is commented out for now until the
- // DXE Core and all the Architectural Protocols are complete.
- //
-
- return EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Calcualte the 32-bit CRC in a EFI table using the service provided by the
- gRuntime service.
-
- @param Hdr Pointer to an EFI standard header
-
-**/
-VOID
-CalculateEfiHdrCrc (
- IN OUT EFI_TABLE_HEADER *Hdr
- )
-{
- UINT32 Crc;
-
- Hdr->CRC32 = 0;
-
- //
- // If gBS->CalculateCrce32 () == CoreEfiNotAvailableYet () then
- // Crc will come back as zero if we set it to zero here
- //
- Crc = 0;
- gBS->CalculateCrc32 ((UINT8 *)Hdr, Hdr->HeaderSize, &Crc);
- Hdr->CRC32 = Crc;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Terminates all boot services.
-
- @param ImageHandle Handle that identifies the exiting image.
- @param MapKey Key to the latest memory map.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Boot Services terminated
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER MapKey is incorrect.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreExitBootServices (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN UINTN MapKey
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- //
- // Disable Timer
- //
- gTimer->SetTimerPeriod (gTimer, 0);
-
- //
- // Terminate memory services if the MapKey matches
- //
- Status = CoreTerminateMemoryMap (MapKey);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Notify other drivers that ExitBootServices fail
- //
- CoreNotifySignalList (&gEventExitBootServicesFailedGuid);
- return Status;
- }
-
- gMemoryMapTerminated = TRUE;
-
- //
- // Notify other drivers that we are exiting boot services.
- //
- CoreNotifySignalList (&gEfiEventExitBootServicesGuid);
-
- //
- // Report that ExitBootServices() has been called
- //
- REPORT_STATUS_CODE (
- EFI_PROGRESS_CODE,
- (EFI_SOFTWARE_EFI_BOOT_SERVICE | EFI_SW_BS_PC_EXIT_BOOT_SERVICES)
- );
-
- //
- // Disable interrupt of Debug timer.
- //
- SaveAndSetDebugTimerInterrupt (FALSE);
-
- //
- // Disable CPU Interrupts
- //
- gCpu->DisableInterrupt (gCpu);
-
- MemoryProtectionExitBootServicesCallback();
-
- //
- // Clear the non-runtime values of the EFI System Table
- //
- gDxeCoreST->BootServices = NULL;
- gDxeCoreST->ConIn = NULL;
- gDxeCoreST->ConsoleInHandle = NULL;
- gDxeCoreST->ConOut = NULL;
- gDxeCoreST->ConsoleOutHandle = NULL;
- gDxeCoreST->StdErr = NULL;
- gDxeCoreST->StandardErrorHandle = NULL;
-
- //
- // Recompute the 32-bit CRC of the EFI System Table
- //
- CalculateEfiHdrCrc (&gDxeCoreST->Hdr);
-
- //
- // Zero out the Boot Service Table
- //
- ZeroMem (gBS, sizeof (EFI_BOOT_SERVICES));
- gBS = NULL;
-
- //
- // Update the AtRuntime field in Runtiem AP.
- //
- gRuntime->AtRuntime = TRUE;
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Given a compressed source buffer, this function retrieves the size of the
- uncompressed buffer and the size of the scratch buffer required to decompress
- the compressed source buffer.
-
- The GetInfo() function retrieves the size of the uncompressed buffer and the
- temporary scratch buffer required to decompress the buffer specified by Source
- and SourceSize. If the size of the uncompressed buffer or the size of the
- scratch buffer cannot be determined from the compressed data specified by
- Source and SourceData, then EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned. Otherwise, the
- size of the uncompressed buffer is returned in DestinationSize, the size of
- the scratch buffer is returned in ScratchSize, and EFI_SUCCESS is returned.
- The GetInfo() function does not have scratch buffer available to perform a
- thorough checking of the validity of the source data. It just retrieves the
- "Original Size" field from the beginning bytes of the source data and output
- it as DestinationSize. And ScratchSize is specific to the decompression
- implementation.
-
- @param This A pointer to the EFI_DECOMPRESS_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param Source The source buffer containing the compressed data.
- @param SourceSize The size, in bytes, of the source buffer.
- @param DestinationSize A pointer to the size, in bytes, of the
- uncompressed buffer that will be generated when the
- compressed buffer specified by Source and
- SourceSize is decompressed.
- @param ScratchSize A pointer to the size, in bytes, of the scratch
- buffer that is required to decompress the
- compressed buffer specified by Source and
- SourceSize.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The size of the uncompressed data was returned in
- DestinationSize and the size of the scratch buffer
- was returned in ScratchSize.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The size of the uncompressed data or the size of
- the scratch buffer cannot be determined from the
- compressed data specified by Source and
- SourceSize.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-DxeMainUefiDecompressGetInfo (
- IN EFI_DECOMPRESS_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN VOID *Source,
- IN UINT32 SourceSize,
- OUT UINT32 *DestinationSize,
- OUT UINT32 *ScratchSize
- )
-{
- if (Source == NULL || DestinationSize == NULL || ScratchSize == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- return UefiDecompressGetInfo (Source, SourceSize, DestinationSize, ScratchSize);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Decompresses a compressed source buffer.
-
- The Decompress() function extracts decompressed data to its original form.
- This protocol is designed so that the decompression algorithm can be
- implemented without using any memory services. As a result, the Decompress()
- Function is not allowed to call AllocatePool() or AllocatePages() in its
- implementation. It is the caller's responsibility to allocate and free the
- Destination and Scratch buffers.
- If the compressed source data specified by Source and SourceSize is
- successfully decompressed into Destination, then EFI_SUCCESS is returned. If
- the compressed source data specified by Source and SourceSize is not in a
- valid compressed data format, then EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned.
-
- @param This A pointer to the EFI_DECOMPRESS_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param Source The source buffer containing the compressed data.
- @param SourceSize SourceSizeThe size of source data.
- @param Destination On output, the destination buffer that contains
- the uncompressed data.
- @param DestinationSize The size of the destination buffer. The size of
- the destination buffer needed is obtained from
- EFI_DECOMPRESS_PROTOCOL.GetInfo().
- @param Scratch A temporary scratch buffer that is used to perform
- the decompression.
- @param ScratchSize The size of scratch buffer. The size of the
- scratch buffer needed is obtained from GetInfo().
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Decompression completed successfully, and the
- uncompressed buffer is returned in Destination.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The source buffer specified by Source and
- SourceSize is corrupted (not in a valid
- compressed format).
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-DxeMainUefiDecompress (
- IN EFI_DECOMPRESS_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN VOID *Source,
- IN UINT32 SourceSize,
- IN OUT VOID *Destination,
- IN UINT32 DestinationSize,
- IN OUT VOID *Scratch,
- IN UINT32 ScratchSize
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT32 TestDestinationSize;
- UINT32 TestScratchSize;
-
- if (Source == NULL || Destination== NULL || Scratch == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- Status = UefiDecompressGetInfo (Source, SourceSize, &TestDestinationSize, &TestScratchSize);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- if (ScratchSize < TestScratchSize || DestinationSize < TestDestinationSize) {
- return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- return UefiDecompress (Source, Destination, Scratch);
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/DxeMain/DxeProtocolNotify.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/DxeMain/DxeProtocolNotify.c deleted file mode 100644 index ea7c6107b4..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/DxeMain/DxeProtocolNotify.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,285 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- This file deals with Architecture Protocol (AP) registration in
- the Dxe Core. The mArchProtocols[] array represents a list of
- events that represent the Architectural Protocols.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "DxeMain.h"
-
-//
-// DXE Core Global Variables for all of the Architectural Protocols.
-// If a protocol is installed mArchProtocols[].Present will be TRUE.
-//
-// CoreNotifyOnArchProtocolInstallation () fills in mArchProtocols[].Event
-// and mArchProtocols[].Registration as it creates events for every array
-// entry.
-//
-EFI_CORE_PROTOCOL_NOTIFY_ENTRY mArchProtocols[] = {
- { &gEfiSecurityArchProtocolGuid, (VOID **)&gSecurity, NULL, NULL, FALSE },
- { &gEfiCpuArchProtocolGuid, (VOID **)&gCpu, NULL, NULL, FALSE },
- { &gEfiMetronomeArchProtocolGuid, (VOID **)&gMetronome, NULL, NULL, FALSE },
- { &gEfiTimerArchProtocolGuid, (VOID **)&gTimer, NULL, NULL, FALSE },
- { &gEfiBdsArchProtocolGuid, (VOID **)&gBds, NULL, NULL, FALSE },
- { &gEfiWatchdogTimerArchProtocolGuid, (VOID **)&gWatchdogTimer, NULL, NULL, FALSE },
- { &gEfiRuntimeArchProtocolGuid, (VOID **)&gRuntime, NULL, NULL, FALSE },
- { &gEfiVariableArchProtocolGuid, (VOID **)NULL, NULL, NULL, FALSE },
- { &gEfiVariableWriteArchProtocolGuid, (VOID **)NULL, NULL, NULL, FALSE },
- { &gEfiCapsuleArchProtocolGuid, (VOID **)NULL, NULL, NULL, FALSE },
- { &gEfiMonotonicCounterArchProtocolGuid, (VOID **)NULL, NULL, NULL, FALSE },
- { &gEfiResetArchProtocolGuid, (VOID **)NULL, NULL, NULL, FALSE },
- { &gEfiRealTimeClockArchProtocolGuid, (VOID **)NULL, NULL, NULL, FALSE },
- { NULL, (VOID **)NULL, NULL, NULL, FALSE }
-};
-
-//
-// Optional protocols that the DXE Core will use if they are present
-//
-EFI_CORE_PROTOCOL_NOTIFY_ENTRY mOptionalProtocols[] = {
- { &gEfiSecurity2ArchProtocolGuid, (VOID **)&gSecurity2, NULL, NULL, FALSE },
- { &gEfiSmmBase2ProtocolGuid, (VOID **)&gSmmBase2, NULL, NULL, FALSE },
- { NULL, (VOID **)NULL, NULL, NULL, FALSE }
-};
-
-//
-// Following is needed to display missing architectural protocols in debug builds
-//
-typedef struct {
- EFI_GUID *ProtocolGuid;
- CHAR8 *GuidString;
-} GUID_TO_STRING_PROTOCOL_ENTRY;
-
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED CONST GUID_TO_STRING_PROTOCOL_ENTRY mMissingProtocols[] = {
- { &gEfiSecurityArchProtocolGuid, "Security" },
- { &gEfiCpuArchProtocolGuid, "CPU" },
- { &gEfiMetronomeArchProtocolGuid, "Metronome" },
- { &gEfiTimerArchProtocolGuid, "Timer" },
- { &gEfiBdsArchProtocolGuid, "Bds" },
- { &gEfiWatchdogTimerArchProtocolGuid, "Watchdog Timer" },
- { &gEfiRuntimeArchProtocolGuid, "Runtime" },
- { &gEfiVariableArchProtocolGuid, "Variable" },
- { &gEfiVariableWriteArchProtocolGuid, "Variable Write" },
- { &gEfiCapsuleArchProtocolGuid, "Capsule" },
- { &gEfiMonotonicCounterArchProtocolGuid, "Monotonic Counter" },
- { &gEfiResetArchProtocolGuid, "Reset" },
- { &gEfiRealTimeClockArchProtocolGuid, "Real Time Clock" },
- { NULL, "" }
-};
-
-/**
- Return TRUE if all AP services are available.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS All AP services are available
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND At least one AP service is not available
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreAllEfiServicesAvailable (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_CORE_PROTOCOL_NOTIFY_ENTRY *Entry;
-
- for (Entry = mArchProtocols; Entry->ProtocolGuid != NULL; Entry++) {
- if (!Entry->Present) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Notification event handler registered by CoreNotifyOnArchProtocolInstallation ().
- This notify function is registered for every architectural protocol. This handler
- updates mArchProtocol[] array entry with protocol instance data and sets it's
- present flag to TRUE. If any constructor is required it is executed. The EFI
- System Table headers are updated.
-
- @param Event The Event that is being processed, not used.
- @param Context Event Context, not used.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-GenericProtocolNotify (
- IN EFI_EVENT Event,
- IN VOID *Context
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_CORE_PROTOCOL_NOTIFY_ENTRY *Entry;
- VOID *Protocol;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- LIST_ENTRY TempLinkNode;
-
- Protocol = NULL;
-
- //
- // Get Entry from Context
- //
- Entry = (EFI_CORE_PROTOCOL_NOTIFY_ENTRY *)Context;
-
- //
- // See if the expected protocol is present in the handle database
- //
- Status = CoreLocateProtocol (Entry->ProtocolGuid, Entry->Registration, &Protocol);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return;
- }
-
- //
- // Mark the protocol as present
- //
- Entry->Present = TRUE;
-
- //
- // Update protocol global variable if one exists. Entry->Protocol points to a global variable
- // if one exists in the DXE core for this Architectural Protocol
- //
- if (Entry->Protocol != NULL) {
- *(Entry->Protocol) = Protocol;
- }
-
- //
- // Do special operations for Architectural Protocols
- //
-
- if (CompareGuid (Entry->ProtocolGuid, &gEfiTimerArchProtocolGuid)) {
- //
- // Register the Core timer tick handler with the Timer AP
- //
- gTimer->RegisterHandler (gTimer, CoreTimerTick);
- }
-
- if (CompareGuid (Entry->ProtocolGuid, &gEfiRuntimeArchProtocolGuid)) {
- //
- // When runtime architectural protocol is available, updates CRC32 in the Debug Table
- //
- CoreUpdateDebugTableCrc32 ();
-
- //
- // Update the Runtime Architectural protocol with the template that the core was
- // using so there would not need to be a dependency on the Runtime AP
- //
-
- //
- // Copy all the registered Image to new gRuntime protocol
- //
- for (Link = gRuntimeTemplate.ImageHead.ForwardLink; Link != &gRuntimeTemplate.ImageHead; Link = TempLinkNode.ForwardLink) {
- CopyMem (&TempLinkNode, Link, sizeof(LIST_ENTRY));
- InsertTailList (&gRuntime->ImageHead, Link);
- }
- //
- // Copy all the registered Event to new gRuntime protocol
- //
- for (Link = gRuntimeTemplate.EventHead.ForwardLink; Link != &gRuntimeTemplate.EventHead; Link = TempLinkNode.ForwardLink) {
- CopyMem (&TempLinkNode, Link, sizeof(LIST_ENTRY));
- InsertTailList (&gRuntime->EventHead, Link);
- }
-
- //
- // Clean up gRuntimeTemplate
- //
- gRuntimeTemplate.ImageHead.ForwardLink = &gRuntimeTemplate.ImageHead;
- gRuntimeTemplate.ImageHead.BackLink = &gRuntimeTemplate.ImageHead;
- gRuntimeTemplate.EventHead.ForwardLink = &gRuntimeTemplate.EventHead;
- gRuntimeTemplate.EventHead.BackLink = &gRuntimeTemplate.EventHead;
- }
-
- //
- // It's over kill to do them all every time, but it saves a lot of code.
- //
- CalculateEfiHdrCrc (&gDxeCoreRT->Hdr);
- CalculateEfiHdrCrc (&gBS->Hdr);
- CalculateEfiHdrCrc (&gDxeCoreST->Hdr);
- CalculateEfiHdrCrc (&gDxeCoreDS->Hdr);
-}
-
-/**
- Creates an event for each entry in a table that is fired everytime a Protocol
- of a specific type is installed.
-
- @param Entry Pointer to EFI_CORE_PROTOCOL_NOTIFY_ENTRY.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreNotifyOnProtocolEntryTable (
- EFI_CORE_PROTOCOL_NOTIFY_ENTRY *Entry
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- for (; Entry->ProtocolGuid != NULL; Entry++) {
- //
- // Create the event
- //
- Status = CoreCreateEvent (
- EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,
- TPL_CALLBACK,
- GenericProtocolNotify,
- Entry,
- &Entry->Event
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR(Status);
-
- //
- // Register for protocol notifactions on this event
- //
- Status = CoreRegisterProtocolNotify (
- Entry->ProtocolGuid,
- Entry->Event,
- &Entry->Registration
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR(Status);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Creates an events for the Architectural Protocols and the optional protocols
- that are fired everytime a Protocol of a specific type is installed.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreNotifyOnProtocolInstallation (
- VOID
- )
-{
- CoreNotifyOnProtocolEntryTable (mArchProtocols);
- CoreNotifyOnProtocolEntryTable (mOptionalProtocols);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Displays Architectural protocols that were not loaded and are required for DXE
- core to function. Only used in Debug Builds.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreDisplayMissingArchProtocols (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_CORE_PROTOCOL_NOTIFY_ENTRY *Entry;
- CONST GUID_TO_STRING_PROTOCOL_ENTRY *MissingEntry;
-
- for (Entry = mArchProtocols; Entry->ProtocolGuid != NULL; Entry++) {
- if (!Entry->Present) {
- for (MissingEntry = mMissingProtocols; MissingEntry->ProtocolGuid != NULL; MissingEntry++) {
- if (CompareGuid (Entry->ProtocolGuid, MissingEntry->ProtocolGuid)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "\n%a Arch Protocol not present!!\n", MissingEntry->GuidString));
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Event/Event.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Event/Event.c deleted file mode 100644 index 86ca369d56..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Event/Event.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,782 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- UEFI Event support functions implemented in this file.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-(C) Copyright 2015 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-
-#include "DxeMain.h"
-#include "Event.h"
-
-///
-/// gEfiCurrentTpl - Current Task priority level
-///
-EFI_TPL gEfiCurrentTpl = TPL_APPLICATION;
-
-///
-/// gEventQueueLock - Protects the event queues
-///
-EFI_LOCK gEventQueueLock = EFI_INITIALIZE_LOCK_VARIABLE (TPL_HIGH_LEVEL);
-
-///
-/// gEventQueue - A list of event's to notify for each priority level
-///
-LIST_ENTRY gEventQueue[TPL_HIGH_LEVEL + 1];
-
-///
-/// gEventPending - A bitmask of the EventQueues that are pending
-///
-UINTN gEventPending = 0;
-
-///
-/// gEventSignalQueue - A list of events to signal based on EventGroup type
-///
-LIST_ENTRY gEventSignalQueue = INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (gEventSignalQueue);
-
-///
-/// Enumerate the valid types
-///
-UINT32 mEventTable[] = {
- ///
- /// 0x80000200 Timer event with a notification function that is
- /// queue when the event is signaled with SignalEvent()
- ///
- EVT_TIMER | EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,
- ///
- /// 0x80000000 Timer event without a notification function. It can be
- /// signaled with SignalEvent() and checked with CheckEvent() or WaitForEvent().
- ///
- EVT_TIMER,
- ///
- /// 0x00000100 Generic event with a notification function that
- /// can be waited on with CheckEvent() or WaitForEvent()
- ///
- EVT_NOTIFY_WAIT,
- ///
- /// 0x00000200 Generic event with a notification function that
- /// is queue when the event is signaled with SignalEvent()
- ///
- EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,
- ///
- /// 0x00000201 ExitBootServicesEvent.
- ///
- EVT_SIGNAL_EXIT_BOOT_SERVICES,
- ///
- /// 0x60000202 SetVirtualAddressMapEvent.
- ///
- EVT_SIGNAL_VIRTUAL_ADDRESS_CHANGE,
-
- ///
- /// 0x00000000 Generic event without a notification function.
- /// It can be signaled with SignalEvent() and checked with CheckEvent()
- /// or WaitForEvent().
- ///
- 0x00000000,
- ///
- /// 0x80000100 Timer event with a notification function that can be
- /// waited on with CheckEvent() or WaitForEvent()
- ///
- EVT_TIMER | EVT_NOTIFY_WAIT,
-};
-
-///
-/// gIdleLoopEvent - Event which is signalled when the core is idle
-///
-EFI_EVENT gIdleLoopEvent = NULL;
-
-
-/**
- Enter critical section by acquiring the lock on gEventQueueLock.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreAcquireEventLock (
- VOID
- )
-{
- CoreAcquireLock (&gEventQueueLock);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Exit critical section by releasing the lock on gEventQueueLock.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreReleaseEventLock (
- VOID
- )
-{
- CoreReleaseLock (&gEventQueueLock);
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Initializes "event" support.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Always return success
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreInitializeEventServices (
- VOID
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
-
- for (Index=0; Index <= TPL_HIGH_LEVEL; Index++) {
- InitializeListHead (&gEventQueue[Index]);
- }
-
- CoreInitializeTimer ();
-
- CoreCreateEventEx (
- EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,
- TPL_NOTIFY,
- EfiEventEmptyFunction,
- NULL,
- &gIdleLoopEventGuid,
- &gIdleLoopEvent
- );
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Dispatches all pending events.
-
- @param Priority The task priority level of event notifications
- to dispatch
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreDispatchEventNotifies (
- IN EFI_TPL Priority
- )
-{
- IEVENT *Event;
- LIST_ENTRY *Head;
-
- CoreAcquireEventLock ();
- ASSERT (gEventQueueLock.OwnerTpl == Priority);
- Head = &gEventQueue[Priority];
-
- //
- // Dispatch all the pending notifications
- //
- while (!IsListEmpty (Head)) {
-
- Event = CR (Head->ForwardLink, IEVENT, NotifyLink, EVENT_SIGNATURE);
- RemoveEntryList (&Event->NotifyLink);
-
- Event->NotifyLink.ForwardLink = NULL;
-
- //
- // Only clear the SIGNAL status if it is a SIGNAL type event.
- // WAIT type events are only cleared in CheckEvent()
- //
- if ((Event->Type & EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL) != 0) {
- Event->SignalCount = 0;
- }
-
- CoreReleaseEventLock ();
-
- //
- // Notify this event
- //
- ASSERT (Event->NotifyFunction != NULL);
- Event->NotifyFunction (Event, Event->NotifyContext);
-
- //
- // Check for next pending event
- //
- CoreAcquireEventLock ();
- }
-
- gEventPending &= ~(UINTN)(1 << Priority);
- CoreReleaseEventLock ();
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Queues the event's notification function to fire.
-
- @param Event The Event to notify
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreNotifyEvent (
- IN IEVENT *Event
- )
-{
-
- //
- // Event database must be locked
- //
- ASSERT_LOCKED (&gEventQueueLock);
-
- //
- // If the event is queued somewhere, remove it
- //
-
- if (Event->NotifyLink.ForwardLink != NULL) {
- RemoveEntryList (&Event->NotifyLink);
- Event->NotifyLink.ForwardLink = NULL;
- }
-
- //
- // Queue the event to the pending notification list
- //
-
- InsertTailList (&gEventQueue[Event->NotifyTpl], &Event->NotifyLink);
- gEventPending |= (UINTN)(1 << Event->NotifyTpl);
-}
-
-
-
-
-/**
- Signals all events in the EventGroup.
-
- @param EventGroup The list to signal
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreNotifySignalList (
- IN EFI_GUID *EventGroup
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- LIST_ENTRY *Head;
- IEVENT *Event;
-
- CoreAcquireEventLock ();
-
- Head = &gEventSignalQueue;
- for (Link = Head->ForwardLink; Link != Head; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- Event = CR (Link, IEVENT, SignalLink, EVENT_SIGNATURE);
- if (CompareGuid (&Event->EventGroup, EventGroup)) {
- CoreNotifyEvent (Event);
- }
- }
-
- CoreReleaseEventLock ();
-}
-
-
-/**
- Creates an event.
-
- @param Type The type of event to create and its mode and
- attributes
- @param NotifyTpl The task priority level of event notifications
- @param NotifyFunction Pointer to the events notification function
- @param NotifyContext Pointer to the notification functions context;
- corresponds to parameter "Context" in the
- notification function
- @param Event Pointer to the newly created event if the call
- succeeds; undefined otherwise
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The event structure was created
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One of the parameters has an invalid value
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The event could not be allocated
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreCreateEvent (
- IN UINT32 Type,
- IN EFI_TPL NotifyTpl,
- IN EFI_EVENT_NOTIFY NotifyFunction, OPTIONAL
- IN VOID *NotifyContext, OPTIONAL
- OUT EFI_EVENT *Event
- )
-{
- return CoreCreateEventEx (Type, NotifyTpl, NotifyFunction, NotifyContext, NULL, Event);
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Creates an event in a group.
-
- @param Type The type of event to create and its mode and
- attributes
- @param NotifyTpl The task priority level of event notifications
- @param NotifyFunction Pointer to the events notification function
- @param NotifyContext Pointer to the notification functions context;
- corresponds to parameter "Context" in the
- notification function
- @param EventGroup GUID for EventGroup if NULL act the same as
- gBS->CreateEvent().
- @param Event Pointer to the newly created event if the call
- succeeds; undefined otherwise
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The event structure was created
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One of the parameters has an invalid value
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The event could not be allocated
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreCreateEventEx (
- IN UINT32 Type,
- IN EFI_TPL NotifyTpl,
- IN EFI_EVENT_NOTIFY NotifyFunction, OPTIONAL
- IN CONST VOID *NotifyContext, OPTIONAL
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *EventGroup, OPTIONAL
- OUT EFI_EVENT *Event
- )
-{
- //
- // If it's a notify type of event, check for invalid NotifyTpl
- //
- if ((Type & (EVT_NOTIFY_WAIT | EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL)) != 0) {
- if (NotifyTpl != TPL_APPLICATION &&
- NotifyTpl != TPL_CALLBACK &&
- NotifyTpl != TPL_NOTIFY) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- }
-
- return CoreCreateEventInternal (Type, NotifyTpl, NotifyFunction, NotifyContext, EventGroup, Event);
-}
-
-/**
- Creates a general-purpose event structure
-
- @param Type The type of event to create and its mode and
- attributes
- @param NotifyTpl The task priority level of event notifications
- @param NotifyFunction Pointer to the events notification function
- @param NotifyContext Pointer to the notification functions context;
- corresponds to parameter "Context" in the
- notification function
- @param EventGroup GUID for EventGroup if NULL act the same as
- gBS->CreateEvent().
- @param Event Pointer to the newly created event if the call
- succeeds; undefined otherwise
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The event structure was created
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One of the parameters has an invalid value
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The event could not be allocated
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreCreateEventInternal (
- IN UINT32 Type,
- IN EFI_TPL NotifyTpl,
- IN EFI_EVENT_NOTIFY NotifyFunction, OPTIONAL
- IN CONST VOID *NotifyContext, OPTIONAL
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *EventGroup, OPTIONAL
- OUT EFI_EVENT *Event
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- IEVENT *IEvent;
- INTN Index;
-
-
- if (Event == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Check to make sure no reserved flags are set
- //
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- for (Index = 0; Index < (sizeof (mEventTable) / sizeof (UINT32)); Index++) {
- if (Type == mEventTable[Index]) {
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- break;
- }
- }
- if(EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Convert Event type for pre-defined Event groups
- //
- if (EventGroup != NULL) {
- //
- // For event group, type EVT_SIGNAL_EXIT_BOOT_SERVICES and EVT_SIGNAL_VIRTUAL_ADDRESS_CHANGE
- // are not valid
- //
- if ((Type == EVT_SIGNAL_EXIT_BOOT_SERVICES) || (Type == EVT_SIGNAL_VIRTUAL_ADDRESS_CHANGE)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- if (CompareGuid (EventGroup, &gEfiEventExitBootServicesGuid)) {
- Type = EVT_SIGNAL_EXIT_BOOT_SERVICES;
- } else if (CompareGuid (EventGroup, &gEfiEventVirtualAddressChangeGuid)) {
- Type = EVT_SIGNAL_VIRTUAL_ADDRESS_CHANGE;
- }
- } else {
- //
- // Convert EFI 1.10 Events to their UEFI 2.0 CreateEventEx mapping
- //
- if (Type == EVT_SIGNAL_EXIT_BOOT_SERVICES) {
- EventGroup = &gEfiEventExitBootServicesGuid;
- } else if (Type == EVT_SIGNAL_VIRTUAL_ADDRESS_CHANGE) {
- EventGroup = &gEfiEventVirtualAddressChangeGuid;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // If it's a notify type of event, check its parameters
- //
- if ((Type & (EVT_NOTIFY_WAIT | EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL)) != 0) {
- //
- // Check for an invalid NotifyFunction or NotifyTpl
- //
- if ((NotifyFunction == NULL) ||
- (NotifyTpl <= TPL_APPLICATION) ||
- (NotifyTpl >= TPL_HIGH_LEVEL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- } else {
- //
- // No notification needed, zero ignored values
- //
- NotifyTpl = 0;
- NotifyFunction = NULL;
- NotifyContext = NULL;
- }
-
- //
- // Allocate and initialize a new event structure.
- //
- if ((Type & EVT_RUNTIME) != 0) {
- IEvent = AllocateRuntimeZeroPool (sizeof (IEVENT));
- } else {
- IEvent = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (IEVENT));
- }
- if (IEvent == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- IEvent->Signature = EVENT_SIGNATURE;
- IEvent->Type = Type;
-
- IEvent->NotifyTpl = NotifyTpl;
- IEvent->NotifyFunction = NotifyFunction;
- IEvent->NotifyContext = (VOID *)NotifyContext;
- if (EventGroup != NULL) {
- CopyGuid (&IEvent->EventGroup, EventGroup);
- IEvent->ExFlag |= EVT_EXFLAG_EVENT_GROUP;
- }
-
- *Event = IEvent;
-
- if ((Type & EVT_RUNTIME) != 0) {
- //
- // Keep a list of all RT events so we can tell the RT AP.
- //
- IEvent->RuntimeData.Type = Type;
- IEvent->RuntimeData.NotifyTpl = NotifyTpl;
- IEvent->RuntimeData.NotifyFunction = NotifyFunction;
- IEvent->RuntimeData.NotifyContext = (VOID *) NotifyContext;
- IEvent->RuntimeData.Event = (EFI_EVENT *) IEvent;
- InsertTailList (&gRuntime->EventHead, &IEvent->RuntimeData.Link);
- }
-
- CoreAcquireEventLock ();
-
- if ((Type & EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL) != 0x00000000) {
- //
- // The Event's NotifyFunction must be queued whenever the event is signaled
- //
- InsertHeadList (&gEventSignalQueue, &IEvent->SignalLink);
- }
-
- CoreReleaseEventLock ();
-
- //
- // Done
- //
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/**
- Signals the event. Queues the event to be notified if needed.
-
- @param UserEvent The event to signal .
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Parameters are not valid.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The event was signaled.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreSignalEvent (
- IN EFI_EVENT UserEvent
- )
-{
- IEVENT *Event;
-
- Event = UserEvent;
-
- if (Event == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (Event->Signature != EVENT_SIGNATURE) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- CoreAcquireEventLock ();
-
- //
- // If the event is not already signalled, do so
- //
-
- if (Event->SignalCount == 0x00000000) {
- Event->SignalCount++;
-
- //
- // If signalling type is a notify function, queue it
- //
- if ((Event->Type & EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL) != 0) {
- if ((Event->ExFlag & EVT_EXFLAG_EVENT_GROUP) != 0) {
- //
- // The CreateEventEx() style requires all members of the Event Group
- // to be signaled.
- //
- CoreReleaseEventLock ();
- CoreNotifySignalList (&Event->EventGroup);
- CoreAcquireEventLock ();
- } else {
- CoreNotifyEvent (Event);
- }
- }
- }
-
- CoreReleaseEventLock ();
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Check the status of an event.
-
- @param UserEvent The event to check
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The event is in the signaled state
- @retval EFI_NOT_READY The event is not in the signaled state
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Event is of type EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreCheckEvent (
- IN EFI_EVENT UserEvent
- )
-{
- IEVENT *Event;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- Event = UserEvent;
-
- if (Event == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (Event->Signature != EVENT_SIGNATURE) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if ((Event->Type & EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL) != 0) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- Status = EFI_NOT_READY;
-
- if ((Event->SignalCount == 0) && ((Event->Type & EVT_NOTIFY_WAIT) != 0)) {
-
- //
- // Queue the wait notify function
- //
- CoreAcquireEventLock ();
- if (Event->SignalCount == 0) {
- CoreNotifyEvent (Event);
- }
- CoreReleaseEventLock ();
- }
-
- //
- // If the even looks signalled, get the lock and clear it
- //
-
- if (Event->SignalCount != 0) {
- CoreAcquireEventLock ();
-
- if (Event->SignalCount != 0) {
- Event->SignalCount = 0;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- CoreReleaseEventLock ();
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Stops execution until an event is signaled.
-
- @param NumberOfEvents The number of events in the UserEvents array
- @param UserEvents An array of EFI_EVENT
- @param UserIndex Pointer to the index of the event which
- satisfied the wait condition
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The event indicated by Index was signaled.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The event indicated by Index has a notification
- function or Event was not a valid type
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The current TPL is not TPL_APPLICATION
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreWaitForEvent (
- IN UINTN NumberOfEvents,
- IN EFI_EVENT *UserEvents,
- OUT UINTN *UserIndex
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN Index;
-
- //
- // Can only WaitForEvent at TPL_APPLICATION
- //
- if (gEfiCurrentTpl != TPL_APPLICATION) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- if (NumberOfEvents == 0) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (UserEvents == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- for(;;) {
-
- for(Index = 0; Index < NumberOfEvents; Index++) {
-
- Status = CoreCheckEvent (UserEvents[Index]);
-
- //
- // provide index of event that caused problem
- //
- if (Status != EFI_NOT_READY) {
- if (UserIndex != NULL) {
- *UserIndex = Index;
- }
- return Status;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Signal the Idle event
- //
- CoreSignalEvent (gIdleLoopEvent);
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- Closes an event and frees the event structure.
-
- @param UserEvent Event to close
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Parameters are not valid.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The event has been closed
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreCloseEvent (
- IN EFI_EVENT UserEvent
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- IEVENT *Event;
-
- Event = UserEvent;
-
- if (Event == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (Event->Signature != EVENT_SIGNATURE) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // If it's a timer event, make sure it's not pending
- //
- if ((Event->Type & EVT_TIMER) != 0) {
- CoreSetTimer (Event, TimerCancel, 0);
- }
-
- CoreAcquireEventLock ();
-
- //
- // If the event is queued somewhere, remove it
- //
-
- if (Event->RuntimeData.Link.ForwardLink != NULL) {
- RemoveEntryList (&Event->RuntimeData.Link);
- }
-
- if (Event->NotifyLink.ForwardLink != NULL) {
- RemoveEntryList (&Event->NotifyLink);
- }
-
- if (Event->SignalLink.ForwardLink != NULL) {
- RemoveEntryList (&Event->SignalLink);
- }
-
- CoreReleaseEventLock ();
-
- //
- // If the event is registered on a protocol notify, then remove it from the protocol database
- //
- if ((Event->ExFlag & EVT_EXFLAG_EVENT_PROTOCOL_NOTIFICATION) != 0) {
- CoreUnregisterProtocolNotify (Event);
- }
-
- //
- // To avoid the Event to be signalled wrongly after closed,
- // clear the Signature of Event before free pool.
- //
- Event->Signature = 0;
- Status = CoreFreePool (Event);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- return Status;
-}
-
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Event/Event.h b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Event/Event.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4c02900b93..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Event/Event.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,97 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- UEFI Event support functions and structure.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-(C) Copyright 2015 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef __EVENT_H__
-#define __EVENT_H__
-
-
-#define VALID_TPL(a) ((a) <= TPL_HIGH_LEVEL)
-extern UINTN gEventPending;
-
-///
-/// Set if Event is part of an event group
-///
-#define EVT_EXFLAG_EVENT_GROUP 0x01
-///
-/// Set if Event is registered on a protocol notify
-///
-#define EVT_EXFLAG_EVENT_PROTOCOL_NOTIFICATION 0x02
-
-//
-// EFI_EVENT
-//
-
-///
-/// Timer event information
-///
-typedef struct {
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
- UINT64 TriggerTime;
- UINT64 Period;
-} TIMER_EVENT_INFO;
-
-#define EVENT_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32('e','v','n','t')
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- UINT32 Type;
- UINT32 SignalCount;
- ///
- /// Entry if the event is registered to be signalled
- ///
- LIST_ENTRY SignalLink;
- ///
- /// Notification information for this event
- ///
- EFI_TPL NotifyTpl;
- EFI_EVENT_NOTIFY NotifyFunction;
- VOID *NotifyContext;
- EFI_GUID EventGroup;
- LIST_ENTRY NotifyLink;
- UINT8 ExFlag;
- ///
- /// A list of all runtime events
- ///
- EFI_RUNTIME_EVENT_ENTRY RuntimeData;
- TIMER_EVENT_INFO Timer;
-} IEVENT;
-
-//
-// Internal prototypes
-//
-
-
-/**
- Dispatches all pending events.
-
- @param Priority The task priority level of event notifications
- to dispatch
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreDispatchEventNotifies (
- IN EFI_TPL Priority
- );
-
-
-/**
- Initializes timer support.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreInitializeTimer (
- VOID
- );
-
-#endif
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Event/Timer.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Event/Timer.c deleted file mode 100644 index 6cd4e6c185..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Event/Timer.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,301 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Core Timer Services
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2013, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-
-#include "DxeMain.h"
-#include "Event.h"
-
-//
-// Internal data
-//
-
-LIST_ENTRY mEfiTimerList = INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (mEfiTimerList);
-EFI_LOCK mEfiTimerLock = EFI_INITIALIZE_LOCK_VARIABLE (TPL_HIGH_LEVEL - 1);
-EFI_EVENT mEfiCheckTimerEvent = NULL;
-
-EFI_LOCK mEfiSystemTimeLock = EFI_INITIALIZE_LOCK_VARIABLE (TPL_HIGH_LEVEL);
-UINT64 mEfiSystemTime = 0;
-
-//
-// Timer functions
-//
-/**
- Inserts the timer event.
-
- @param Event Points to the internal structure of timer event
- to be installed
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreInsertEventTimer (
- IN IEVENT *Event
- )
-{
- UINT64 TriggerTime;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- IEVENT *Event2;
-
- ASSERT_LOCKED (&mEfiTimerLock);
-
- //
- // Get the timer's trigger time
- //
- TriggerTime = Event->Timer.TriggerTime;
-
- //
- // Insert the timer into the timer database in assending sorted order
- //
- for (Link = mEfiTimerList.ForwardLink; Link != &mEfiTimerList; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- Event2 = CR (Link, IEVENT, Timer.Link, EVENT_SIGNATURE);
-
- if (Event2->Timer.TriggerTime > TriggerTime) {
- break;
- }
- }
-
- InsertTailList (Link, &Event->Timer.Link);
-}
-
-/**
- Returns the current system time.
-
- @return The current system time
-
-**/
-UINT64
-CoreCurrentSystemTime (
- VOID
- )
-{
- UINT64 SystemTime;
-
- CoreAcquireLock (&mEfiSystemTimeLock);
- SystemTime = mEfiSystemTime;
- CoreReleaseLock (&mEfiSystemTimeLock);
-
- return SystemTime;
-}
-
-/**
- Checks the sorted timer list against the current system time.
- Signals any expired event timer.
-
- @param CheckEvent Not used
- @param Context Not used
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-CoreCheckTimers (
- IN EFI_EVENT CheckEvent,
- IN VOID *Context
- )
-{
- UINT64 SystemTime;
- IEVENT *Event;
-
- //
- // Check the timer database for expired timers
- //
- CoreAcquireLock (&mEfiTimerLock);
- SystemTime = CoreCurrentSystemTime ();
-
- while (!IsListEmpty (&mEfiTimerList)) {
- Event = CR (mEfiTimerList.ForwardLink, IEVENT, Timer.Link, EVENT_SIGNATURE);
-
- //
- // If this timer is not expired, then we're done
- //
- if (Event->Timer.TriggerTime > SystemTime) {
- break;
- }
-
- //
- // Remove this timer from the timer queue
- //
-
- RemoveEntryList (&Event->Timer.Link);
- Event->Timer.Link.ForwardLink = NULL;
-
- //
- // Signal it
- //
- CoreSignalEvent (Event);
-
- //
- // If this is a periodic timer, set it
- //
- if (Event->Timer.Period != 0) {
- //
- // Compute the timers new trigger time
- //
- Event->Timer.TriggerTime = Event->Timer.TriggerTime + Event->Timer.Period;
-
- //
- // If that's before now, then reset the timer to start from now
- //
- if (Event->Timer.TriggerTime <= SystemTime) {
- Event->Timer.TriggerTime = SystemTime;
- CoreSignalEvent (mEfiCheckTimerEvent);
- }
-
- //
- // Add the timer
- //
- CoreInsertEventTimer (Event);
- }
- }
-
- CoreReleaseLock (&mEfiTimerLock);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Initializes timer support.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreInitializeTimer (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- Status = CoreCreateEventInternal (
- EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,
- TPL_HIGH_LEVEL - 1,
- CoreCheckTimers,
- NULL,
- NULL,
- &mEfiCheckTimerEvent
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Called by the platform code to process a tick.
-
- @param Duration The number of 100ns elapsed since the last call
- to TimerTick
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-CoreTimerTick (
- IN UINT64 Duration
- )
-{
- IEVENT *Event;
-
- //
- // Check runtiem flag in case there are ticks while exiting boot services
- //
- CoreAcquireLock (&mEfiSystemTimeLock);
-
- //
- // Update the system time
- //
- mEfiSystemTime += Duration;
-
- //
- // If the head of the list is expired, fire the timer event
- // to process it
- //
- if (!IsListEmpty (&mEfiTimerList)) {
- Event = CR (mEfiTimerList.ForwardLink, IEVENT, Timer.Link, EVENT_SIGNATURE);
-
- if (Event->Timer.TriggerTime <= mEfiSystemTime) {
- CoreSignalEvent (mEfiCheckTimerEvent);
- }
- }
-
- CoreReleaseLock (&mEfiSystemTimeLock);
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Sets the type of timer and the trigger time for a timer event.
-
- @param UserEvent The timer event that is to be signaled at the
- specified time
- @param Type The type of time that is specified in
- TriggerTime
- @param TriggerTime The number of 100ns units until the timer
- expires
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The event has been set to be signaled at the
- requested time
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Event or Type is not valid
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreSetTimer (
- IN EFI_EVENT UserEvent,
- IN EFI_TIMER_DELAY Type,
- IN UINT64 TriggerTime
- )
-{
- IEVENT *Event;
-
- Event = UserEvent;
-
- if (Event == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (Event->Signature != EVENT_SIGNATURE) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if ((UINT32)Type > TimerRelative || (Event->Type & EVT_TIMER) == 0) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- CoreAcquireLock (&mEfiTimerLock);
-
- //
- // If the timer is queued to the timer database, remove it
- //
- if (Event->Timer.Link.ForwardLink != NULL) {
- RemoveEntryList (&Event->Timer.Link);
- Event->Timer.Link.ForwardLink = NULL;
- }
-
- Event->Timer.TriggerTime = 0;
- Event->Timer.Period = 0;
-
- if (Type != TimerCancel) {
-
- if (Type == TimerPeriodic) {
- if (TriggerTime == 0) {
- gTimer->GetTimerPeriod (gTimer, &TriggerTime);
- }
- Event->Timer.Period = TriggerTime;
- }
-
- Event->Timer.TriggerTime = CoreCurrentSystemTime () + TriggerTime;
- CoreInsertEventTimer (Event);
-
- if (TriggerTime == 0) {
- CoreSignalEvent (mEfiCheckTimerEvent);
- }
- }
-
- CoreReleaseLock (&mEfiTimerLock);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Event/Tpl.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Event/Tpl.c deleted file mode 100644 index 8ad0a33701..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Event/Tpl.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,148 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Task priority (TPL) functions.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "DxeMain.h"
-#include "Event.h"
-
-/**
- Set Interrupt State.
-
- @param Enable The state of enable or disable interrupt
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreSetInterruptState (
- IN BOOLEAN Enable
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- BOOLEAN InSmm;
-
- if (gCpu == NULL) {
- return;
- }
- if (!Enable) {
- gCpu->DisableInterrupt (gCpu);
- return;
- }
- if (gSmmBase2 == NULL) {
- gCpu->EnableInterrupt (gCpu);
- return;
- }
- Status = gSmmBase2->InSmm (gSmmBase2, &InSmm);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status) && !InSmm) {
- gCpu->EnableInterrupt(gCpu);
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- Raise the task priority level to the new level.
- High level is implemented by disabling processor interrupts.
-
- @param NewTpl New task priority level
-
- @return The previous task priority level
-
-**/
-EFI_TPL
-EFIAPI
-CoreRaiseTpl (
- IN EFI_TPL NewTpl
- )
-{
- EFI_TPL OldTpl;
-
- OldTpl = gEfiCurrentTpl;
- if (OldTpl > NewTpl) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "FATAL ERROR - RaiseTpl with OldTpl(0x%x) > NewTpl(0x%x)\n", OldTpl, NewTpl));
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- }
- ASSERT (VALID_TPL (NewTpl));
-
- //
- // If raising to high level, disable interrupts
- //
- if (NewTpl >= TPL_HIGH_LEVEL && OldTpl < TPL_HIGH_LEVEL) {
- CoreSetInterruptState (FALSE);
- }
-
- //
- // Set the new value
- //
- gEfiCurrentTpl = NewTpl;
-
- return OldTpl;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/**
- Lowers the task priority to the previous value. If the new
- priority unmasks events at a higher priority, they are dispatched.
-
- @param NewTpl New, lower, task priority
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-CoreRestoreTpl (
- IN EFI_TPL NewTpl
- )
-{
- EFI_TPL OldTpl;
-
- OldTpl = gEfiCurrentTpl;
- if (NewTpl > OldTpl) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "FATAL ERROR - RestoreTpl with NewTpl(0x%x) > OldTpl(0x%x)\n", NewTpl, OldTpl));
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- }
- ASSERT (VALID_TPL (NewTpl));
-
- //
- // If lowering below HIGH_LEVEL, make sure
- // interrupts are enabled
- //
-
- if (OldTpl >= TPL_HIGH_LEVEL && NewTpl < TPL_HIGH_LEVEL) {
- gEfiCurrentTpl = TPL_HIGH_LEVEL;
- }
-
- //
- // Dispatch any pending events
- //
- while (((-2 << NewTpl) & gEventPending) != 0) {
- gEfiCurrentTpl = (UINTN) HighBitSet64 (gEventPending);
- if (gEfiCurrentTpl < TPL_HIGH_LEVEL) {
- CoreSetInterruptState (TRUE);
- }
- CoreDispatchEventNotifies (gEfiCurrentTpl);
- }
-
- //
- // Set the new value
- //
-
- gEfiCurrentTpl = NewTpl;
-
- //
- // If lowering below HIGH_LEVEL, make sure
- // interrupts are enabled
- //
- if (gEfiCurrentTpl < TPL_HIGH_LEVEL) {
- CoreSetInterruptState (TRUE);
- }
-
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/FwVol/Ffs.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/FwVol/Ffs.c deleted file mode 100644 index 20dade18a2..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/FwVol/Ffs.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,233 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- FFS file access utilities.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-
-#include "DxeMain.h"
-#include "FwVolDriver.h"
-
-
-/**
- Get the FFS file state by checking the highest bit set in the header's state field.
-
- @param ErasePolarity Erase polarity attribute of the firmware volume
- @param FfsHeader Points to the FFS file header
-
- @return FFS File state
-
-**/
-EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE
-GetFileState (
- IN UINT8 ErasePolarity,
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader
- )
-{
- EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE FileState;
- UINT8 HighestBit;
-
- FileState = FfsHeader->State;
-
- if (ErasePolarity != 0) {
- FileState = (EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE)~FileState;
- }
-
- HighestBit = 0x80;
- while (HighestBit != 0 && ((HighestBit & FileState) == 0)) {
- HighestBit >>= 1;
- }
-
- return (EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE) HighestBit;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Check if a block of buffer is erased.
-
- @param ErasePolarity Erase polarity attribute of the firmware volume
- @param InBuffer The buffer to be checked
- @param BufferSize Size of the buffer in bytes
-
- @retval TRUE The block of buffer is erased
- @retval FALSE The block of buffer is not erased
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsBufferErased (
- IN UINT8 ErasePolarity,
- IN VOID *InBuffer,
- IN UINTN BufferSize
- )
-{
- UINTN Count;
- UINT8 EraseByte;
- UINT8 *Buffer;
-
- if(ErasePolarity == 1) {
- EraseByte = 0xFF;
- } else {
- EraseByte = 0;
- }
-
- Buffer = InBuffer;
- for (Count = 0; Count < BufferSize; Count++) {
- if (Buffer[Count] != EraseByte) {
- return FALSE;
- }
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Verify checksum of the firmware volume header.
-
- @param FvHeader Points to the firmware volume header to be checked
-
- @retval TRUE Checksum verification passed
- @retval FALSE Checksum verification failed
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-VerifyFvHeaderChecksum (
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *FvHeader
- )
-{
- UINT16 Checksum;
-
- Checksum = CalculateSum16 ((UINT16 *) FvHeader, FvHeader->HeaderLength);
-
- if (Checksum == 0) {
- return TRUE;
- } else {
- return FALSE;
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- Verify checksum of the FFS file header.
-
- @param FfsHeader Points to the FFS file header to be checked
-
- @retval TRUE Checksum verification passed
- @retval FALSE Checksum verification failed
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-VerifyHeaderChecksum (
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader
- )
-{
- UINT8 HeaderChecksum;
-
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (FfsHeader)) {
- HeaderChecksum = CalculateSum8 ((UINT8 *) FfsHeader, sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2));
- } else {
- HeaderChecksum = CalculateSum8 ((UINT8 *) FfsHeader, sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER));
- }
- HeaderChecksum = (UINT8) (HeaderChecksum - FfsHeader->State - FfsHeader->IntegrityCheck.Checksum.File);
-
- if (HeaderChecksum == 0) {
- return TRUE;
- } else {
- return FALSE;
- }
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Check if it's a valid FFS file header.
-
- @param ErasePolarity Erase polarity attribute of the firmware volume
- @param FfsHeader Points to the FFS file header to be checked
- @param FileState FFS file state to be returned
-
- @retval TRUE Valid FFS file header
- @retval FALSE Invalid FFS file header
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsValidFfsHeader (
- IN UINT8 ErasePolarity,
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader,
- OUT EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE *FileState
- )
-{
- *FileState = GetFileState (ErasePolarity, FfsHeader);
-
- switch (*FileState) {
- case EFI_FILE_HEADER_VALID:
- case EFI_FILE_DATA_VALID:
- case EFI_FILE_MARKED_FOR_UPDATE:
- case EFI_FILE_DELETED:
- //
- // Here we need to verify header checksum
- //
- return VerifyHeaderChecksum (FfsHeader);
-
- case EFI_FILE_HEADER_CONSTRUCTION:
- case EFI_FILE_HEADER_INVALID:
- default:
- return FALSE;
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- Check if it's a valid FFS file.
- Here we are sure that it has a valid FFS file header since we must call IsValidFfsHeader() first.
-
- @param ErasePolarity Erase polarity attribute of the firmware volume
- @param FfsHeader Points to the FFS file to be checked
-
- @retval TRUE Valid FFS file
- @retval FALSE Invalid FFS file
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsValidFfsFile (
- IN UINT8 ErasePolarity,
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader
- )
-{
- EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE FileState;
- UINT8 DataCheckSum;
-
- FileState = GetFileState (ErasePolarity, FfsHeader);
- switch (FileState) {
-
- case EFI_FILE_DELETED:
- case EFI_FILE_DATA_VALID:
- case EFI_FILE_MARKED_FOR_UPDATE:
- DataCheckSum = FFS_FIXED_CHECKSUM;
- if ((FfsHeader->Attributes & FFS_ATTRIB_CHECKSUM) == FFS_ATTRIB_CHECKSUM) {
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (FfsHeader)) {
- DataCheckSum = CalculateCheckSum8 ((CONST UINT8 *) FfsHeader + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2), FFS_FILE2_SIZE (FfsHeader) - sizeof(EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2));
- } else {
- DataCheckSum = CalculateCheckSum8 ((CONST UINT8 *) FfsHeader + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER), FFS_FILE_SIZE (FfsHeader) - sizeof(EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER));
- }
- }
- if (FfsHeader->IntegrityCheck.Checksum.File == DataCheckSum) {
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- default:
- return FALSE;
- }
-}
-
-
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/FwVol/FwVol.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/FwVol/FwVol.c deleted file mode 100644 index fe12d6e0ac..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/FwVol/FwVol.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,775 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Firmware File System driver that produce Firmware Volume protocol.
- Layers on top of Firmware Block protocol to produce a file abstraction
- of FV based files.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "DxeMain.h"
-#include "FwVolDriver.h"
-
-
-//
-// Protocol notify related globals
-//
-VOID *gEfiFwVolBlockNotifyReg;
-EFI_EVENT gEfiFwVolBlockEvent;
-
-FV_DEVICE mFvDevice = {
- FV2_DEVICE_SIGNATURE,
- NULL,
- NULL,
- {
- FvGetVolumeAttributes,
- FvSetVolumeAttributes,
- FvReadFile,
- FvReadFileSection,
- FvWriteFile,
- FvGetNextFile,
- sizeof (UINTN),
- NULL,
- FvGetVolumeInfo,
- FvSetVolumeInfo
- },
- NULL,
- NULL,
- NULL,
- NULL,
- { NULL, NULL },
- 0,
- 0,
- FALSE,
- FALSE
-};
-
-
-//
-// FFS helper functions
-//
-/**
- Read data from Firmware Block by FVB protocol Read.
- The data may cross the multi block ranges.
-
- @param Fvb The FW_VOL_BLOCK_PROTOCOL instance from which to read data.
- @param StartLba Pointer to StartLba.
- On input, the start logical block index from which to read.
- On output,the end logical block index after reading.
- @param Offset Pointer to Offset
- On input, offset into the block at which to begin reading.
- On output, offset into the end block after reading.
- @param DataSize Size of data to be read.
- @param Data Pointer to Buffer that the data will be read into.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully read data from firmware block.
- @retval others
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-ReadFvbData (
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *Fvb,
- IN OUT EFI_LBA *StartLba,
- IN OUT UINTN *Offset,
- IN UINTN DataSize,
- OUT UINT8 *Data
- )
-{
- UINTN BlockSize;
- UINTN NumberOfBlocks;
- UINTN BlockIndex;
- UINTN ReadDataSize;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- //
- // Try read data in current block
- //
- BlockIndex = 0;
- ReadDataSize = DataSize;
- Status = Fvb->Read (Fvb, *StartLba, *Offset, &ReadDataSize, Data);
- if (Status == EFI_SUCCESS) {
- *Offset += DataSize;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- } else if (Status != EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE) {
- //
- // other error will direct return
- //
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Data crosses the blocks, read data from next block
- //
- DataSize -= ReadDataSize;
- Data += ReadDataSize;
- *StartLba = *StartLba + 1;
- while (DataSize > 0) {
- Status = Fvb->GetBlockSize (Fvb, *StartLba, &BlockSize, &NumberOfBlocks);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Read data from the crossing blocks
- //
- BlockIndex = 0;
- while (BlockIndex < NumberOfBlocks && DataSize >= BlockSize) {
- Status = Fvb->Read (Fvb, *StartLba + BlockIndex, 0, &BlockSize, Data);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- Data += BlockSize;
- DataSize -= BlockSize;
- BlockIndex ++;
- }
-
- //
- // Data doesn't exceed the current block range.
- //
- if (DataSize < BlockSize) {
- break;
- }
-
- //
- // Data must be got from the next block range.
- //
- *StartLba += NumberOfBlocks;
- }
-
- //
- // read the remaining data
- //
- if (DataSize > 0) {
- Status = Fvb->Read (Fvb, *StartLba + BlockIndex, 0, &DataSize, Data);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Update Lba and Offset used by the following read.
- //
- *StartLba += BlockIndex;
- *Offset = DataSize;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Given the supplied FW_VOL_BLOCK_PROTOCOL, allocate a buffer for output and
- copy the real length volume header into it.
-
- @param Fvb The FW_VOL_BLOCK_PROTOCOL instance from which to
- read the volume header
- @param FwVolHeader Pointer to pointer to allocated buffer in which
- the volume header is returned.
-
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough buffer could be allocated.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully read volume header to the allocated
- buffer.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The FV Header signature is not as expected or
- the file system could not be understood.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GetFwVolHeader (
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *Fvb,
- OUT EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER **FwVolHeader
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER TempFvh;
- UINTN FvhLength;
- EFI_LBA StartLba;
- UINTN Offset;
- UINT8 *Buffer;
-
- //
- // Read the standard FV header
- //
- StartLba = 0;
- Offset = 0;
- FvhLength = sizeof (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER);
- Status = ReadFvbData (Fvb, &StartLba, &Offset, FvhLength, (UINT8 *)&TempFvh);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Validate FV Header signature, if not as expected, continue.
- //
- if (TempFvh.Signature != EFI_FVH_SIGNATURE) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Check to see that the file system is indeed formatted in a way we can
- // understand it...
- //
- if ((!CompareGuid (&TempFvh.FileSystemGuid, &gEfiFirmwareFileSystem2Guid)) &&
- (!CompareGuid (&TempFvh.FileSystemGuid, &gEfiFirmwareFileSystem3Guid))) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Allocate a buffer for the caller
- //
- *FwVolHeader = AllocatePool (TempFvh.HeaderLength);
- if (*FwVolHeader == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- //
- // Copy the standard header into the buffer
- //
- CopyMem (*FwVolHeader, &TempFvh, sizeof (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER));
-
- //
- // Read the rest of the header
- //
- FvhLength = TempFvh.HeaderLength - sizeof (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER);
- Buffer = (UINT8 *)*FwVolHeader + sizeof (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER);
- Status = ReadFvbData (Fvb, &StartLba, &Offset, FvhLength, Buffer);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Read failed so free buffer
- //
- CoreFreePool (*FwVolHeader);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Free FvDevice resource when error happens
-
- @param FvDevice pointer to the FvDevice to be freed.
-
-**/
-VOID
-FreeFvDeviceResource (
- IN FV_DEVICE *FvDevice
- )
-{
- FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *FfsFileEntry;
- LIST_ENTRY *NextEntry;
-
- //
- // Free File List Entry
- //
- FfsFileEntry = (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *)FvDevice->FfsFileListHeader.ForwardLink;
- while (&FfsFileEntry->Link != &FvDevice->FfsFileListHeader) {
- NextEntry = (&FfsFileEntry->Link)->ForwardLink;
-
- if (FfsFileEntry->StreamHandle != 0) {
- //
- // Close stream and free resources from SEP
- //
- CloseSectionStream (FfsFileEntry->StreamHandle, FALSE);
- }
-
- if (FfsFileEntry->FileCached) {
- //
- // Free the cached file buffer.
- //
- CoreFreePool (FfsFileEntry->FfsHeader);
- }
-
- CoreFreePool (FfsFileEntry);
-
- FfsFileEntry = (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *) NextEntry;
- }
-
- if (!FvDevice->IsMemoryMapped) {
- //
- // Free the cached FV buffer.
- //
- CoreFreePool (FvDevice->CachedFv);
- }
-
- //
- // Free Volume Header
- //
- CoreFreePool (FvDevice->FwVolHeader);
-
- return;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Check if an FV is consistent and allocate cache for it.
-
- @param FvDevice A pointer to the FvDevice to be checked.
-
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough buffer could be allocated.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS FV is consistent and cache is allocated.
- @retval EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED File system is corrupted.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FvCheck (
- IN OUT FV_DEVICE *FvDevice
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *Fvb;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *FwVolHeader;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_EXT_HEADER *FwVolExtHeader;
- EFI_FVB_ATTRIBUTES_2 FvbAttributes;
- EFI_FV_BLOCK_MAP_ENTRY *BlockMap;
- FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *FfsFileEntry;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader;
- UINT8 *CacheLocation;
- UINTN LbaOffset;
- UINTN HeaderSize;
- UINTN Index;
- EFI_LBA LbaIndex;
- UINTN Size;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE FileState;
- UINT8 *TopFvAddress;
- UINTN TestLength;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS PhysicalAddress;
- BOOLEAN FileCached;
- UINTN WholeFileSize;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *CacheFfsHeader;
-
- FileCached = FALSE;
- CacheFfsHeader = NULL;
-
- Fvb = FvDevice->Fvb;
- FwVolHeader = FvDevice->FwVolHeader;
-
- Status = Fvb->GetAttributes (Fvb, &FvbAttributes);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Size is the size of the FV minus the head. We have already allocated
- // the header to check to make sure the volume is valid
- //
- Size = (UINTN)(FwVolHeader->FvLength - FwVolHeader->HeaderLength);
- if ((FvbAttributes & EFI_FVB2_MEMORY_MAPPED) != 0) {
- FvDevice->IsMemoryMapped = TRUE;
-
- Status = Fvb->GetPhysicalAddress (Fvb, &PhysicalAddress);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Don't cache memory mapped FV really.
- //
- FvDevice->CachedFv = (UINT8 *) (UINTN) (PhysicalAddress + FwVolHeader->HeaderLength);
- } else {
- FvDevice->IsMemoryMapped = FALSE;
- FvDevice->CachedFv = AllocatePool (Size);
-
- if (FvDevice->CachedFv == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Remember a pointer to the end fo the CachedFv
- //
- FvDevice->EndOfCachedFv = FvDevice->CachedFv + Size;
-
- if (!FvDevice->IsMemoryMapped) {
- //
- // Copy FV minus header into memory using the block map we have all ready
- // read into memory.
- //
- BlockMap = FwVolHeader->BlockMap;
- CacheLocation = FvDevice->CachedFv;
- LbaIndex = 0;
- LbaOffset = 0;
- HeaderSize = FwVolHeader->HeaderLength;
- while ((BlockMap->NumBlocks != 0) || (BlockMap->Length != 0)) {
- Index = 0;
- Size = BlockMap->Length;
- if (HeaderSize > 0) {
- //
- // Skip header size
- //
- for (; Index < BlockMap->NumBlocks && HeaderSize >= BlockMap->Length; Index ++) {
- HeaderSize -= BlockMap->Length;
- LbaIndex ++;
- }
-
- //
- // Check whether FvHeader is crossing the multi block range.
- //
- if (Index >= BlockMap->NumBlocks) {
- BlockMap++;
- continue;
- } else if (HeaderSize > 0) {
- LbaOffset = HeaderSize;
- Size = BlockMap->Length - HeaderSize;
- HeaderSize = 0;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // read the FV data
- //
- for (; Index < BlockMap->NumBlocks; Index ++) {
- Status = Fvb->Read (Fvb,
- LbaIndex,
- LbaOffset,
- &Size,
- CacheLocation
- );
-
- //
- // Not check EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE, for Size = BlockMap->Length
- //
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- LbaIndex++;
- CacheLocation += Size;
-
- //
- // After we skip Fv Header always read from start of block
- //
- LbaOffset = 0;
- Size = BlockMap->Length;
- }
-
- BlockMap++;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Scan to check the free space & File list
- //
- if ((FvbAttributes & EFI_FVB2_ERASE_POLARITY) != 0) {
- FvDevice->ErasePolarity = 1;
- } else {
- FvDevice->ErasePolarity = 0;
- }
-
-
- //
- // go through the whole FV cache, check the consistence of the FV.
- // Make a linked list of all the Ffs file headers
- //
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- InitializeListHead (&FvDevice->FfsFileListHeader);
-
- //
- // Build FFS list
- //
- if (FwVolHeader->ExtHeaderOffset != 0) {
- //
- // Searching for files starts on an 8 byte aligned boundary after the end of the Extended Header if it exists.
- //
- FwVolExtHeader = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_EXT_HEADER *) (FvDevice->CachedFv + (FwVolHeader->ExtHeaderOffset - FwVolHeader->HeaderLength));
- FfsHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) ((UINT8 *) FwVolExtHeader + FwVolExtHeader->ExtHeaderSize);
- FfsHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) ALIGN_POINTER (FfsHeader, 8);
- } else {
- FfsHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) (FvDevice->CachedFv);
- }
- TopFvAddress = FvDevice->EndOfCachedFv;
- while (((UINTN) FfsHeader >= (UINTN) FvDevice->CachedFv) && ((UINTN) FfsHeader <= (UINTN) ((UINTN) TopFvAddress - sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER)))) {
-
- if (FileCached) {
- CoreFreePool (CacheFfsHeader);
- FileCached = FALSE;
- }
-
- TestLength = TopFvAddress - ((UINT8 *) FfsHeader);
- if (TestLength > sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER)) {
- TestLength = sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
- }
-
- if (IsBufferErased (FvDevice->ErasePolarity, FfsHeader, TestLength)) {
- //
- // We have found the free space so we are done!
- //
- goto Done;
- }
-
- if (!IsValidFfsHeader (FvDevice->ErasePolarity, FfsHeader, &FileState)) {
- if ((FileState == EFI_FILE_HEADER_INVALID) ||
- (FileState == EFI_FILE_HEADER_CONSTRUCTION)) {
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (FfsHeader)) {
- if (!FvDevice->IsFfs3Fv) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "Found a FFS3 formatted file: %g in a non-FFS3 formatted FV.\n", &FfsHeader->Name));
- }
- FfsHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) ((UINT8 *) FfsHeader + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2));
- } else {
- FfsHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) ((UINT8 *) FfsHeader + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER));
- }
- continue;
- } else {
- //
- // File system is corrputed
- //
- Status = EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED;
- goto Done;
- }
- }
-
- CacheFfsHeader = FfsHeader;
- if ((CacheFfsHeader->Attributes & FFS_ATTRIB_CHECKSUM) == FFS_ATTRIB_CHECKSUM) {
- if (FvDevice->IsMemoryMapped) {
- //
- // Memory mapped FV has not been cached.
- // Here is to cache FFS file to memory buffer for following checksum calculating.
- // And then, the cached file buffer can be also used for FvReadFile.
- //
- WholeFileSize = IS_FFS_FILE2 (CacheFfsHeader) ? FFS_FILE2_SIZE (CacheFfsHeader): FFS_FILE_SIZE (CacheFfsHeader);
- CacheFfsHeader = AllocateCopyPool (WholeFileSize, CacheFfsHeader);
- if (CacheFfsHeader == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Done;
- }
- FileCached = TRUE;
- }
- }
-
- if (!IsValidFfsFile (FvDevice->ErasePolarity, CacheFfsHeader)) {
- //
- // File system is corrupted
- //
- Status = EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (CacheFfsHeader)) {
- ASSERT (FFS_FILE2_SIZE (CacheFfsHeader) > 0x00FFFFFF);
- if (!FvDevice->IsFfs3Fv) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "Found a FFS3 formatted file: %g in a non-FFS3 formatted FV.\n", &CacheFfsHeader->Name));
- FfsHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) ((UINT8 *) FfsHeader + FFS_FILE2_SIZE (CacheFfsHeader));
- //
- // Adjust pointer to the next 8-byte aligned boundary.
- //
- FfsHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) (((UINTN) FfsHeader + 7) & ~0x07);
- continue;
- }
- }
-
- FileState = GetFileState (FvDevice->ErasePolarity, CacheFfsHeader);
-
- //
- // check for non-deleted file
- //
- if (FileState != EFI_FILE_DELETED) {
- //
- // Create a FFS list entry for each non-deleted file
- //
- FfsFileEntry = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY));
- if (FfsFileEntry == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- FfsFileEntry->FfsHeader = CacheFfsHeader;
- FfsFileEntry->FileCached = FileCached;
- FileCached = FALSE;
- InsertTailList (&FvDevice->FfsFileListHeader, &FfsFileEntry->Link);
- }
-
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (CacheFfsHeader)) {
- FfsHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) ((UINT8 *) FfsHeader + FFS_FILE2_SIZE (CacheFfsHeader));
- } else {
- FfsHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) ((UINT8 *) FfsHeader + FFS_FILE_SIZE (CacheFfsHeader));
- }
-
- //
- // Adjust pointer to the next 8-byte aligned boundary.
- //
- FfsHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *)(((UINTN)FfsHeader + 7) & ~0x07);
-
- }
-
-Done:
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- if (FileCached) {
- CoreFreePool (CacheFfsHeader);
- FileCached = FALSE;
- }
- FreeFvDeviceResource (FvDevice);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- This notification function is invoked when an instance of the
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL is produced. It layers an instance of the
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL on the same handle. This is the function where
- the actual initialization of the EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL is done.
-
- @param Event The event that occured
- @param Context For EFI compatiblity. Not used.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-NotifyFwVolBlock (
- IN EFI_EVENT Event,
- IN VOID *Context
- )
-{
- EFI_HANDLE Handle;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN BufferSize;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *Fvb;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *Fv;
- FV_DEVICE *FvDevice;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *FwVolHeader;
- //
- // Examine all new handles
- //
- for (;;) {
- //
- // Get the next handle
- //
- BufferSize = sizeof (Handle);
- Status = CoreLocateHandle (
- ByRegisterNotify,
- NULL,
- gEfiFwVolBlockNotifyReg,
- &BufferSize,
- &Handle
- );
-
- //
- // If not found, we're done
- //
- if (EFI_NOT_FOUND == Status) {
- break;
- }
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- continue;
- }
-
- //
- // Get the FirmwareVolumeBlock protocol on that handle
- //
- Status = CoreHandleProtocol (Handle, &gEfiFirmwareVolumeBlockProtocolGuid, (VOID **)&Fvb);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- ASSERT (Fvb != NULL);
-
- //
- // Make sure the Fv Header is O.K.
- //
- Status = GetFwVolHeader (Fvb, &FwVolHeader);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- continue;
- }
- ASSERT (FwVolHeader != NULL);
-
- if (!VerifyFvHeaderChecksum (FwVolHeader)) {
- CoreFreePool (FwVolHeader);
- continue;
- }
-
- //
- // Check if there is an FV protocol already installed in that handle
- //
- Status = CoreHandleProtocol (Handle, &gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid, (VOID **)&Fv);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Update Fv to use a new Fvb
- //
- FvDevice = BASE_CR (Fv, FV_DEVICE, Fv);
- if (FvDevice->Signature == FV2_DEVICE_SIGNATURE) {
- //
- // Only write into our device structure if it's our device structure
- //
- FvDevice->Fvb = Fvb;
- }
-
- } else {
- //
- // No FwVol protocol on the handle so create a new one
- //
- FvDevice = AllocateCopyPool (sizeof (FV_DEVICE), &mFvDevice);
- if (FvDevice == NULL) {
- return;
- }
-
- FvDevice->Fvb = Fvb;
- FvDevice->Handle = Handle;
- FvDevice->FwVolHeader = FwVolHeader;
- FvDevice->IsFfs3Fv = CompareGuid (&FwVolHeader->FileSystemGuid, &gEfiFirmwareFileSystem3Guid);
- FvDevice->Fv.ParentHandle = Fvb->ParentHandle;
-
- if (Fvb->ParentHandle != NULL) {
- //
- // Inherit the authentication status from FVB.
- //
- FvDevice->AuthenticationStatus = GetFvbAuthenticationStatus (Fvb);
- }
-
- if (!EFI_ERROR (FvCheck (FvDevice))) {
- //
- // Install an New FV protocol on the existing handle
- //
- Status = CoreInstallProtocolInterface (
- &Handle,
- &gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid,
- EFI_NATIVE_INTERFACE,
- &FvDevice->Fv
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- } else {
- //
- // Free FvDevice Buffer for the corrupt FV image.
- //
- CoreFreePool (FvDevice);
- }
- }
- }
-
- return;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- This routine is the driver initialization entry point. It registers
- a notification function. This notification function are responsible
- for building the FV stack dynamically.
-
- @param ImageHandle The image handle.
- @param SystemTable The system table.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Function successfully returned.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FwVolDriverInit (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
- )
-{
- gEfiFwVolBlockEvent = EfiCreateProtocolNotifyEvent (
- &gEfiFirmwareVolumeBlockProtocolGuid,
- TPL_CALLBACK,
- NotifyFwVolBlock,
- NULL,
- &gEfiFwVolBlockNotifyReg
- );
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/FwVol/FwVolAttrib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/FwVol/FwVolAttrib.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0a89e70761..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/FwVol/FwVolAttrib.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,135 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Implements get/set firmware volume attributes
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "DxeMain.h"
-#include "FwVolDriver.h"
-
-
-/**
- Retrieves attributes, insures positive polarity of attribute bits, returns
- resulting attributes in output parameter.
-
- @param This Calling context
- @param Attributes output buffer which contains attributes
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully got volume attributes
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FvGetVolumeAttributes (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *This,
- OUT EFI_FV_ATTRIBUTES *Attributes
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- FV_DEVICE *FvDevice;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *Fvb;
- EFI_FVB_ATTRIBUTES_2 FvbAttributes;
-
- FvDevice = FV_DEVICE_FROM_THIS (This);
- Fvb = FvDevice->Fvb;
-
- //
- // First get the Firmware Volume Block Attributes
- //
- Status = Fvb->GetAttributes (Fvb, &FvbAttributes);
-
- //
- // Mask out Fvb bits that are not defined in FV
- //
- FvbAttributes &= 0xfffff0ff;
-
- *Attributes = (EFI_FV_ATTRIBUTES)FvbAttributes;
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Sets current attributes for volume
-
- @param This Calling context
- @param Attributes At input, contains attributes to be set. At output
- contains new value of FV
-
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Could not be set.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FvSetVolumeAttributes (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN OUT EFI_FV_ATTRIBUTES *Attributes
- )
-{
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Return information of type InformationType for the requested firmware
- volume.
-
- @param This Pointer to EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.
- @param InformationType InformationType for requested.
- @param BufferSize On input, size of Buffer.On output, the amount of data
- returned in Buffer.
- @param Buffer A poniter to the data buffer to return.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully got volume Information.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FvGetVolumeInfo (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *InformationType,
- IN OUT UINTN *BufferSize,
- OUT VOID *Buffer
- )
-{
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Set information of type InformationType for the requested firmware
- volume.
-
- @param This Pointer to EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.
- @param InformationType InformationType for requested.
- @param BufferSize On input, size of Buffer.On output, the amount of data
- returned in Buffer.
- @param Buffer A poniter to the data buffer to return.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully set volume Information.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FvSetVolumeInfo (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *InformationType,
- IN UINTN BufferSize,
- IN CONST VOID *Buffer
- )
-{
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
-}
-
-
-
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/FwVol/FwVolDriver.h b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/FwVol/FwVolDriver.h deleted file mode 100644 index 96cbde37d5..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/FwVol/FwVolDriver.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,408 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Firmware File System protocol. Layers on top of Firmware
- Block protocol to produce a file abstraction of FV based files.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef __FW_VOL_DRIVER_H_
-#define __FW_VOL_DRIVER_H_
-
-
-#define FV2_DEVICE_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('_', 'F', 'V', '2')
-
-//
-// Used to track all non-deleted files
-//
-typedef struct {
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader;
- UINTN StreamHandle;
- BOOLEAN FileCached;
-} FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY;
-
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *Fvb;
- EFI_HANDLE Handle;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL Fv;
-
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *FwVolHeader;
- UINT8 *CachedFv;
- UINT8 *EndOfCachedFv;
-
- FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *LastKey;
-
- LIST_ENTRY FfsFileListHeader;
-
- UINT32 AuthenticationStatus;
- UINT8 ErasePolarity;
- BOOLEAN IsFfs3Fv;
- BOOLEAN IsMemoryMapped;
-} FV_DEVICE;
-
-#define FV_DEVICE_FROM_THIS(a) CR(a, FV_DEVICE, Fv, FV2_DEVICE_SIGNATURE)
-
-/**
- Retrieves attributes, insures positive polarity of attribute bits, returns
- resulting attributes in output parameter.
-
- @param This Pointer to EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.
- @param Attributes output buffer which contains attributes.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully got volume attributes.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FvGetVolumeAttributes (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *This,
- OUT EFI_FV_ATTRIBUTES *Attributes
- );
-
-
-/**
- Sets current attributes for volume
-
- @param This Pointer to EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.
- @param Attributes At input, contains attributes to be set. At output
- contains new value of FV.
-
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Could not be set.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FvSetVolumeAttributes (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN OUT EFI_FV_ATTRIBUTES *Attributes
- );
-
-
-/**
- Given the input key, search for the next matching file in the volume.
-
- @param This Pointer to EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.
- @param Key Key is a pointer to a caller allocated
- buffer that contains implementation specific
- data that is used to track where to begin
- the search for the next file. The size of
- the buffer must be at least This->KeySize
- bytes long. To reinitialize the search and
- begin from the beginning of the firmware
- volume, the entire buffer must be cleared to
- zero. Other than clearing the buffer to
- initiate a new search, the caller must not
- modify the data in the buffer between calls
- to GetNextFile().
- @param FileType FileType is a pointer to a caller allocated
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE. The GetNextFile() API can
- filter it's search for files based on the
- value of *FileType input. A *FileType input
- of 0 causes GetNextFile() to search for
- files of all types. If a file is found, the
- file's type is returned in *FileType.
- *FileType is not modified if no file is
- found.
- @param NameGuid NameGuid is a pointer to a caller allocated
- EFI_GUID. If a file is found, the file's
- name is returned in *NameGuid. *NameGuid is
- not modified if no file is found.
- @param Attributes Attributes is a pointer to a caller
- allocated EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES. If a file
- is found, the file's attributes are returned
- in *Attributes. *Attributes is not modified
- if no file is found.
- @param Size Size is a pointer to a caller allocated
- UINTN. If a file is found, the file's size
- is returned in *Size. *Size is not modified
- if no file is found.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully find the file.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Device error.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED Fv could not read.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND No matching file found.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FvGetNextFile (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN OUT VOID *Key,
- IN OUT EFI_FV_FILETYPE *FileType,
- OUT EFI_GUID *NameGuid,
- OUT EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES *Attributes,
- OUT UINTN *Size
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Locates a file in the firmware volume and
- copies it to the supplied buffer.
-
- @param This Pointer to EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.
- @param NameGuid Pointer to an EFI_GUID, which is the
- filename.
- @param Buffer Buffer is a pointer to pointer to a buffer
- in which the file or section contents or are
- returned.
- @param BufferSize BufferSize is a pointer to caller allocated
- UINTN. On input *BufferSize indicates the
- size in bytes of the memory region pointed
- to by Buffer. On output, *BufferSize
- contains the number of bytes required to
- read the file.
- @param FoundType FoundType is a pointer to a caller allocated
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE that on successful return
- from Read() contains the type of file read.
- This output reflects the file type
- irrespective of the value of the SectionType
- input.
- @param FileAttributes FileAttributes is a pointer to a caller
- allocated EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES. On
- successful return from Read(),
- *FileAttributes contains the attributes of
- the file read.
- @param AuthenticationStatus AuthenticationStatus is a pointer to a
- caller allocated UINTN in which the
- authentication status is returned.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully read to memory buffer.
- @retval EFI_WARN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL Buffer too small.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Not found.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Device error.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED Could not read.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough buffer to be allocated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FvReadFile (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *NameGuid,
- IN OUT VOID **Buffer,
- IN OUT UINTN *BufferSize,
- OUT EFI_FV_FILETYPE *FoundType,
- OUT EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES *FileAttributes,
- OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationStatus
- );
-
-
-/**
- Locates a section in a given FFS File and
- copies it to the supplied buffer (not including section header).
-
- @param This Pointer to EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.
- @param NameGuid Pointer to an EFI_GUID, which is the
- filename.
- @param SectionType Indicates the section type to return.
- @param SectionInstance Indicates which instance of sections with a
- type of SectionType to return.
- @param Buffer Buffer is a pointer to pointer to a buffer
- in which the file or section contents or are
- returned.
- @param BufferSize BufferSize is a pointer to caller allocated
- UINTN.
- @param AuthenticationStatus AuthenticationStatus is a pointer to a
- caller allocated UINT32 in which the
- authentication status is returned.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully read the file section into
- buffer.
- @retval EFI_WARN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL Buffer too small.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Section not found.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Device error.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED Could not read.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FvReadFileSection (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *NameGuid,
- IN EFI_SECTION_TYPE SectionType,
- IN UINTN SectionInstance,
- IN OUT VOID **Buffer,
- IN OUT UINTN *BufferSize,
- OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationStatus
- );
-
-
-/**
- Writes one or more files to the firmware volume.
-
- @param This Pointer to EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.
- @param NumberOfFiles Number of files.
- @param WritePolicy WritePolicy indicates the level of reliability
- for the write in the event of a power failure or
- other system failure during the write operation.
- @param FileData FileData is an pointer to an array of
- EFI_FV_WRITE_DATA. Each element of array
- FileData represents a file to be written.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Files successfully written to firmware volume
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough buffer to be allocated.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Device error.
- @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED Write protected.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Not found.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED This function not supported.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FvWriteFile (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN UINT32 NumberOfFiles,
- IN EFI_FV_WRITE_POLICY WritePolicy,
- IN EFI_FV_WRITE_FILE_DATA *FileData
- );
-
-
-/**
- Return information of type InformationType for the requested firmware
- volume.
-
- @param This Pointer to EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.
- @param InformationType InformationType for requested.
- @param BufferSize On input, size of Buffer.On output, the amount of data
- returned in Buffer.
- @param Buffer A poniter to the data buffer to return.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully got volume Information.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FvGetVolumeInfo (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *InformationType,
- IN OUT UINTN *BufferSize,
- OUT VOID *Buffer
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Set information of type InformationType for the requested firmware
- volume.
-
- @param This Pointer to EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.
- @param InformationType InformationType for requested.
- @param BufferSize On input, size of Buffer.On output, the amount of data
- returned in Buffer.
- @param Buffer A poniter to the data buffer to return.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully set volume Information.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FvSetVolumeInfo (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *InformationType,
- IN UINTN BufferSize,
- IN CONST VOID *Buffer
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Check if a block of buffer is erased.
-
- @param ErasePolarity Erase polarity attribute of the firmware volume
- @param InBuffer The buffer to be checked
- @param BufferSize Size of the buffer in bytes
-
- @retval TRUE The block of buffer is erased
- @retval FALSE The block of buffer is not erased
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsBufferErased (
- IN UINT8 ErasePolarity,
- IN VOID *InBuffer,
- IN UINTN BufferSize
- );
-
-
-/**
- Get the FFS file state by checking the highest bit set in the header's state field.
-
- @param ErasePolarity Erase polarity attribute of the firmware volume
- @param FfsHeader Points to the FFS file header
-
- @return FFS File state
-
-**/
-EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE
-GetFileState (
- IN UINT8 ErasePolarity,
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader
- );
-
-
-/**
- Set the FFS file state.
-
- @param State The state to be set.
- @param FfsHeader Points to the FFS file header
-
- @return None.
-
-**/
-VOID
-SetFileState (
- IN UINT8 State,
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader
- );
-
-/**
- Check if it's a valid FFS file header.
-
- @param ErasePolarity Erase polarity attribute of the firmware volume
- @param FfsHeader Points to the FFS file header to be checked
- @param FileState FFS file state to be returned
-
- @retval TRUE Valid FFS file header
- @retval FALSE Invalid FFS file header
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsValidFfsHeader (
- IN UINT8 ErasePolarity,
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader,
- OUT EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE *FileState
- );
-
-
-/**
- Check if it's a valid FFS file.
- Here we are sure that it has a valid FFS file header since we must call IsValidFfsHeader() first.
-
- @param ErasePolarity Erase polarity attribute of the firmware volume
- @param FfsHeader Points to the FFS file to be checked
-
- @retval TRUE Valid FFS file
- @retval FALSE Invalid FFS file
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsValidFfsFile (
- IN UINT8 ErasePolarity,
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader
- );
-
-#endif
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/FwVol/FwVolRead.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/FwVol/FwVolRead.c deleted file mode 100644 index 00e0d7d289..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/FwVol/FwVolRead.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,529 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Implements functions to read firmware file
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "DxeMain.h"
-#include "FwVolDriver.h"
-
-/**
-Required Alignment Alignment Value in FFS Alignment Value in
-(bytes) Attributes Field Firmware Volume Interfaces
-1 0 0
-16 1 4
-128 2 7
-512 3 9
-1 KB 4 10
-4 KB 5 12
-32 KB 6 15
-64 KB 7 16
-**/
-UINT8 mFvAttributes[] = {0, 4, 7, 9, 10, 12, 15, 16};
-
-/**
- Convert the FFS File Attributes to FV File Attributes
-
- @param FfsAttributes The attributes of UINT8 type.
-
- @return The attributes of EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES
-
-**/
-EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES
-FfsAttributes2FvFileAttributes (
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_ATTRIBUTES FfsAttributes
- )
-{
- UINT8 DataAlignment;
- EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES FileAttribute;
-
- DataAlignment = (UINT8) ((FfsAttributes & FFS_ATTRIB_DATA_ALIGNMENT) >> 3);
- ASSERT (DataAlignment < 8);
-
- FileAttribute = (EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES) mFvAttributes[DataAlignment];
-
- if ((FfsAttributes & FFS_ATTRIB_FIXED) == FFS_ATTRIB_FIXED) {
- FileAttribute |= EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIB_FIXED;
- }
-
- return FileAttribute;
-}
-
-/**
- Given the input key, search for the next matching file in the volume.
-
- @param This Indicates the calling context.
- @param Key Key is a pointer to a caller allocated
- buffer that contains implementation specific
- data that is used to track where to begin
- the search for the next file. The size of
- the buffer must be at least This->KeySize
- bytes long. To reinitialize the search and
- begin from the beginning of the firmware
- volume, the entire buffer must be cleared to
- zero. Other than clearing the buffer to
- initiate a new search, the caller must not
- modify the data in the buffer between calls
- to GetNextFile().
- @param FileType FileType is a pointer to a caller allocated
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE. The GetNextFile() API can
- filter it's search for files based on the
- value of *FileType input. A *FileType input
- of 0 causes GetNextFile() to search for
- files of all types. If a file is found, the
- file's type is returned in *FileType.
- *FileType is not modified if no file is
- found.
- @param NameGuid NameGuid is a pointer to a caller allocated
- EFI_GUID. If a file is found, the file's
- name is returned in *NameGuid. *NameGuid is
- not modified if no file is found.
- @param Attributes Attributes is a pointer to a caller
- allocated EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES. If a file
- is found, the file's attributes are returned
- in *Attributes. *Attributes is not modified
- if no file is found.
- @param Size Size is a pointer to a caller allocated
- UINTN. If a file is found, the file's size
- is returned in *Size. *Size is not modified
- if no file is found.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully find the file.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Device error.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED Fv could not read.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND No matching file found.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FvGetNextFile (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN OUT VOID *Key,
- IN OUT EFI_FV_FILETYPE *FileType,
- OUT EFI_GUID *NameGuid,
- OUT EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES *Attributes,
- OUT UINTN *Size
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- FV_DEVICE *FvDevice;
- EFI_FV_ATTRIBUTES FvAttributes;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsFileHeader;
- UINTN *KeyValue;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *FfsFileEntry;
-
- FvDevice = FV_DEVICE_FROM_THIS (This);
-
- Status = FvGetVolumeAttributes (This, &FvAttributes);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)){
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Check if read operation is enabled
- //
- if ((FvAttributes & EFI_FV2_READ_STATUS) == 0) {
- return EFI_ACCESS_DENIED;
- }
-
- if (*FileType > EFI_FV_FILETYPE_SMM_CORE) {
- //
- // File type needs to be in 0 - 0x0D
- //
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- KeyValue = (UINTN *)Key;
- for (;;) {
- if (*KeyValue == 0) {
- //
- // Search for 1st matching file
- //
- Link = &FvDevice->FfsFileListHeader;
- } else {
- //
- // Key is pointer to FFsFileEntry, so get next one
- //
- Link = (LIST_ENTRY *)(*KeyValue);
- }
-
- if (Link->ForwardLink == &FvDevice->FfsFileListHeader) {
- //
- // Next is end of list so we did not find data
- //
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- FfsFileEntry = (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *)Link->ForwardLink;
- FfsFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *)FfsFileEntry->FfsHeader;
-
- //
- // remember the key
- //
- *KeyValue = (UINTN)FfsFileEntry;
-
- if (FfsFileHeader->Type == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FFS_PAD) {
- //
- // we ignore pad files
- //
- continue;
- }
-
- if (*FileType == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_ALL) {
- //
- // Process all file types so we have a match
- //
- break;
- }
-
- if (*FileType == FfsFileHeader->Type) {
- //
- // Found a matching file type
- //
- break;
- }
-
- }
-
- //
- // Return FileType, NameGuid, and Attributes
- //
- *FileType = FfsFileHeader->Type;
- CopyGuid (NameGuid, &FfsFileHeader->Name);
- *Attributes = FfsAttributes2FvFileAttributes (FfsFileHeader->Attributes);
- if ((FvDevice->FwVolHeader->Attributes & EFI_FVB2_MEMORY_MAPPED) == EFI_FVB2_MEMORY_MAPPED) {
- *Attributes |= EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIB_MEMORY_MAPPED;
- }
-
- //
- // we need to substract the header size
- //
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (FfsFileHeader)) {
- *Size = FFS_FILE2_SIZE (FfsFileHeader) - sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2);
- } else {
- *Size = FFS_FILE_SIZE (FfsFileHeader) - sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Locates a file in the firmware volume and
- copies it to the supplied buffer.
-
- @param This Indicates the calling context.
- @param NameGuid Pointer to an EFI_GUID, which is the
- filename.
- @param Buffer Buffer is a pointer to pointer to a buffer
- in which the file or section contents or are
- returned.
- @param BufferSize BufferSize is a pointer to caller allocated
- UINTN. On input *BufferSize indicates the
- size in bytes of the memory region pointed
- to by Buffer. On output, *BufferSize
- contains the number of bytes required to
- read the file.
- @param FoundType FoundType is a pointer to a caller allocated
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE that on successful return
- from Read() contains the type of file read.
- This output reflects the file type
- irrespective of the value of the SectionType
- input.
- @param FileAttributes FileAttributes is a pointer to a caller
- allocated EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES. On
- successful return from Read(),
- *FileAttributes contains the attributes of
- the file read.
- @param AuthenticationStatus AuthenticationStatus is a pointer to a
- caller allocated UINTN in which the
- authentication status is returned.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully read to memory buffer.
- @retval EFI_WARN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL Buffer too small.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Not found.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Device error.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED Could not read.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough buffer to be allocated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FvReadFile (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *NameGuid,
- IN OUT VOID **Buffer,
- IN OUT UINTN *BufferSize,
- OUT EFI_FV_FILETYPE *FoundType,
- OUT EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES *FileAttributes,
- OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationStatus
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- FV_DEVICE *FvDevice;
- EFI_GUID SearchNameGuid;
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE LocalFoundType;
- EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES LocalAttributes;
- UINTN FileSize;
- UINT8 *SrcPtr;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader;
- UINTN InputBufferSize;
- UINTN WholeFileSize;
-
- if (NameGuid == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- FvDevice = FV_DEVICE_FROM_THIS (This);
-
-
- //
- // Keep looking until we find the matching NameGuid.
- // The Key is really a FfsFileEntry
- //
- FvDevice->LastKey = 0;
- do {
- LocalFoundType = 0;
- Status = FvGetNextFile (
- This,
- &FvDevice->LastKey,
- &LocalFoundType,
- &SearchNameGuid,
- &LocalAttributes,
- &FileSize
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- } while (!CompareGuid (&SearchNameGuid, NameGuid));
-
- //
- // Get a pointer to the header
- //
- FfsHeader = FvDevice->LastKey->FfsHeader;
- if (FvDevice->IsMemoryMapped) {
- //
- // Memory mapped FV has not been cached, so here is to cache by file.
- //
- if (!FvDevice->LastKey->FileCached) {
- //
- // Cache FFS file to memory buffer.
- //
- WholeFileSize = IS_FFS_FILE2 (FfsHeader) ? FFS_FILE2_SIZE (FfsHeader): FFS_FILE_SIZE (FfsHeader);
- FfsHeader = AllocateCopyPool (WholeFileSize, FfsHeader);
- if (FfsHeader == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- //
- // Let FfsHeader in FfsFileEntry point to the cached file buffer.
- //
- FvDevice->LastKey->FfsHeader = FfsHeader;
- FvDevice->LastKey->FileCached = TRUE;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Remember callers buffer size
- //
- InputBufferSize = *BufferSize;
-
- //
- // Calculate return values
- //
- *FoundType = FfsHeader->Type;
- *FileAttributes = FfsAttributes2FvFileAttributes (FfsHeader->Attributes);
- if ((FvDevice->FwVolHeader->Attributes & EFI_FVB2_MEMORY_MAPPED) == EFI_FVB2_MEMORY_MAPPED) {
- *FileAttributes |= EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIB_MEMORY_MAPPED;
- }
- //
- // Inherit the authentication status.
- //
- *AuthenticationStatus = FvDevice->AuthenticationStatus;
- *BufferSize = FileSize;
-
- if (Buffer == NULL) {
- //
- // If Buffer is NULL, we only want to get the information collected so far
- //
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- //
- // Skip over file header
- //
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (FfsHeader)) {
- SrcPtr = ((UINT8 *) FfsHeader) + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2);
- } else {
- SrcPtr = ((UINT8 *) FfsHeader) + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
- }
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- if (*Buffer == NULL) {
- //
- // Caller passed in a pointer so allocate buffer for them
- //
- *Buffer = AllocatePool (FileSize);
- if (*Buffer == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- } else if (FileSize > InputBufferSize) {
- //
- // Callers buffer was not big enough
- //
- Status = EFI_WARN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
- FileSize = InputBufferSize;
- }
-
- //
- // Copy data into callers buffer
- //
- CopyMem (*Buffer, SrcPtr, FileSize);
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Locates a section in a given FFS File and
- copies it to the supplied buffer (not including section header).
-
- @param This Indicates the calling context.
- @param NameGuid Pointer to an EFI_GUID, which is the
- filename.
- @param SectionType Indicates the section type to return.
- @param SectionInstance Indicates which instance of sections with a
- type of SectionType to return.
- @param Buffer Buffer is a pointer to pointer to a buffer
- in which the file or section contents or are
- returned.
- @param BufferSize BufferSize is a pointer to caller allocated
- UINTN.
- @param AuthenticationStatus AuthenticationStatus is a pointer to a
- caller allocated UINT32 in which the
- authentication status is returned.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully read the file section into
- buffer.
- @retval EFI_WARN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL Buffer too small.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Section not found.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Device error.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED Could not read.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FvReadFileSection (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *NameGuid,
- IN EFI_SECTION_TYPE SectionType,
- IN UINTN SectionInstance,
- IN OUT VOID **Buffer,
- IN OUT UINTN *BufferSize,
- OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationStatus
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- FV_DEVICE *FvDevice;
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE FileType;
- EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES FileAttributes;
- UINTN FileSize;
- UINT8 *FileBuffer;
- FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *FfsEntry;
-
- if (NameGuid == NULL || Buffer == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- FvDevice = FV_DEVICE_FROM_THIS (This);
-
- //
- // Read the file
- //
- Status = FvReadFile (
- This,
- NameGuid,
- NULL,
- &FileSize,
- &FileType,
- &FileAttributes,
- AuthenticationStatus
- );
- //
- // Get the last key used by our call to FvReadFile as it is the FfsEntry for this file.
- //
- FfsEntry = (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *) FvDevice->LastKey;
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (FfsEntry->FfsHeader)) {
- FileBuffer = ((UINT8 *) FfsEntry->FfsHeader) + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2);
- } else {
- FileBuffer = ((UINT8 *) FfsEntry->FfsHeader) + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
- }
- //
- // Check to see that the file actually HAS sections before we go any further.
- //
- if (FileType == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_RAW) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Use FfsEntry to cache Section Extraction Protocol Information
- //
- if (FfsEntry->StreamHandle == 0) {
- Status = OpenSectionStream (
- FileSize,
- FileBuffer,
- &FfsEntry->StreamHandle
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // If SectionType == 0 We need the whole section stream
- //
- Status = GetSection (
- FfsEntry->StreamHandle,
- (SectionType == 0) ? NULL : &SectionType,
- NULL,
- (SectionType == 0) ? 0 : SectionInstance,
- Buffer,
- BufferSize,
- AuthenticationStatus,
- FvDevice->IsFfs3Fv
- );
-
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Inherit the authentication status.
- //
- *AuthenticationStatus |= FvDevice->AuthenticationStatus;
- }
-
- //
- // Close of stream defered to close of FfsHeader list to allow SEP to cache data
- //
-
-Done:
- return Status;
-}
-
-
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/FwVol/FwVolWrite.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/FwVol/FwVolWrite.c deleted file mode 100644 index 1ec563c865..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/FwVol/FwVolWrite.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Implements functions to write firmware file
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "DxeMain.h"
-#include "FwVolDriver.h"
-
-
-/**
- Writes one or more files to the firmware volume.
-
- @param This Indicates the calling context.
- @param NumberOfFiles Number of files.
- @param WritePolicy WritePolicy indicates the level of reliability
- for the write in the event of a power failure or
- other system failure during the write operation.
- @param FileData FileData is an pointer to an array of
- EFI_FV_WRITE_DATA. Each element of array
- FileData represents a file to be written.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Files successfully written to firmware volume
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough buffer to be allocated.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Device error.
- @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED Write protected.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Not found.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED This function not supported.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FvWriteFile (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN UINT32 NumberOfFiles,
- IN EFI_FV_WRITE_POLICY WritePolicy,
- IN EFI_FV_WRITE_FILE_DATA *FileData
- )
-{
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
-}
-
-
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/FwVolBlock/FwVolBlock.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/FwVolBlock/FwVolBlock.c deleted file mode 100644 index bc7b34140f..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/FwVolBlock/FwVolBlock.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,712 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Implementations for Firmware Volume Block protocol.
-
- It consumes FV HOBs and creates read-only Firmare Volume Block protocol
- instances for each of them.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "DxeMain.h"
-#include "FwVolBlock.h"
-
-FV_MEMMAP_DEVICE_PATH mFvMemmapDevicePathTemplate = {
- {
- {
- HARDWARE_DEVICE_PATH,
- HW_MEMMAP_DP,
- {
- (UINT8)(sizeof (MEMMAP_DEVICE_PATH)),
- (UINT8)(sizeof (MEMMAP_DEVICE_PATH) >> 8)
- }
- },
- EfiMemoryMappedIO,
- (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) 0,
- (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) 0,
- },
- {
- END_DEVICE_PATH_TYPE,
- END_ENTIRE_DEVICE_PATH_SUBTYPE,
- {
- END_DEVICE_PATH_LENGTH,
- 0
- }
- }
-};
-
-FV_PIWG_DEVICE_PATH mFvPIWGDevicePathTemplate = {
- {
- {
- MEDIA_DEVICE_PATH,
- MEDIA_PIWG_FW_VOL_DP,
- {
- (UINT8)(sizeof (MEDIA_FW_VOL_DEVICE_PATH)),
- (UINT8)(sizeof (MEDIA_FW_VOL_DEVICE_PATH) >> 8)
- }
- },
- { 0 }
- },
- {
- END_DEVICE_PATH_TYPE,
- END_ENTIRE_DEVICE_PATH_SUBTYPE,
- {
- END_DEVICE_PATH_LENGTH,
- 0
- }
- }
-};
-
-EFI_FW_VOL_BLOCK_DEVICE mFwVolBlock = {
- FVB_DEVICE_SIGNATURE,
- NULL,
- NULL,
- {
- FwVolBlockGetAttributes,
- (EFI_FVB_SET_ATTRIBUTES)FwVolBlockSetAttributes,
- FwVolBlockGetPhysicalAddress,
- FwVolBlockGetBlockSize,
- FwVolBlockReadBlock,
- (EFI_FVB_WRITE)FwVolBlockWriteBlock,
- (EFI_FVB_ERASE_BLOCKS)FwVolBlockEraseBlock,
- NULL
- },
- 0,
- NULL,
- 0,
- 0,
- 0
-};
-
-
-
-/**
- Retrieves Volume attributes. No polarity translations are done.
-
- @param This Calling context
- @param Attributes output buffer which contains attributes
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The firmware volume attributes were returned.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FwVolBlockGetAttributes (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *This,
- OUT EFI_FVB_ATTRIBUTES_2 *Attributes
- )
-{
- EFI_FW_VOL_BLOCK_DEVICE *FvbDevice;
-
- FvbDevice = FVB_DEVICE_FROM_THIS (This);
-
- //
- // Since we are read only, it's safe to get attributes data from our in-memory copy.
- //
- *Attributes = FvbDevice->FvbAttributes & ~EFI_FVB2_WRITE_STATUS;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Modifies the current settings of the firmware volume according to the input parameter.
-
- @param This Calling context
- @param Attributes input buffer which contains attributes
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The firmware volume attributes were returned.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The attributes requested are in conflict with
- the capabilities as declared in the firmware
- volume header.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Not supported.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FwVolBlockSetAttributes (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CONST EFI_FVB_ATTRIBUTES_2 *Attributes
- )
-{
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- The EraseBlock() function erases one or more blocks as denoted by the
- variable argument list. The entire parameter list of blocks must be verified
- prior to erasing any blocks. If a block is requested that does not exist
- within the associated firmware volume (it has a larger index than the last
- block of the firmware volume), the EraseBlock() function must return
- EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER without modifying the contents of the firmware volume.
-
- @param This Calling context
- @param ... Starting LBA followed by Number of Lba to erase.
- a -1 to terminate the list.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The erase request was successfully completed.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED The firmware volume is in the WriteDisabled
- state.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The block device is not functioning correctly
- and could not be written. The firmware device
- may have been partially erased.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One or more of the LBAs listed in the variable
- argument list do
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Not supported.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FwVolBlockEraseBlock (
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *This,
- ...
- )
-{
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Read the specified number of bytes from the block to the input buffer.
-
- @param This Indicates the calling context.
- @param Lba The starting logical block index to read.
- @param Offset Offset into the block at which to begin reading.
- @param NumBytes Pointer to a UINT32. At entry, *NumBytes
- contains the total size of the buffer. At exit,
- *NumBytes contains the total number of bytes
- actually read.
- @param Buffer Pinter to a caller-allocated buffer that
- contains the destine for the read.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The firmware volume was read successfully.
- @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE The read was attempted across an LBA boundary.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED Access denied.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The block device is malfunctioning and could not
- be read.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FwVolBlockReadBlock (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CONST EFI_LBA Lba,
- IN CONST UINTN Offset,
- IN OUT UINTN *NumBytes,
- IN OUT UINT8 *Buffer
- )
-{
- EFI_FW_VOL_BLOCK_DEVICE *FvbDevice;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *FwVolHeader;
- UINT8 *LbaOffset;
- UINTN LbaStart;
- UINTN NumOfBytesRead;
- UINTN LbaIndex;
-
- FvbDevice = FVB_DEVICE_FROM_THIS (This);
-
- //
- // Check if This FW can be read
- //
- if ((FvbDevice->FvbAttributes & EFI_FVB2_READ_STATUS) == 0) {
- return EFI_ACCESS_DENIED;
- }
-
- LbaIndex = (UINTN) Lba;
- if (LbaIndex >= FvbDevice->NumBlocks) {
- //
- // Invalid Lba, read nothing.
- //
- *NumBytes = 0;
- return EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE;
- }
-
- if (Offset > FvbDevice->LbaCache[LbaIndex].Length) {
- //
- // all exceed boundary, read nothing.
- //
- *NumBytes = 0;
- return EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE;
- }
-
- NumOfBytesRead = *NumBytes;
- if (Offset + NumOfBytesRead > FvbDevice->LbaCache[LbaIndex].Length) {
- //
- // partial exceed boundary, read data from current postion to end.
- //
- NumOfBytesRead = FvbDevice->LbaCache[LbaIndex].Length - Offset;
- }
-
- LbaStart = FvbDevice->LbaCache[LbaIndex].Base;
- FwVolHeader = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *)((UINTN) FvbDevice->BaseAddress);
- LbaOffset = (UINT8 *) FwVolHeader + LbaStart + Offset;
-
- //
- // Perform read operation
- //
- CopyMem (Buffer, LbaOffset, NumOfBytesRead);
-
- if (NumOfBytesRead == *NumBytes) {
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- *NumBytes = NumOfBytesRead;
- return EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Writes the specified number of bytes from the input buffer to the block.
-
- @param This Indicates the calling context.
- @param Lba The starting logical block index to write to.
- @param Offset Offset into the block at which to begin writing.
- @param NumBytes Pointer to a UINT32. At entry, *NumBytes
- contains the total size of the buffer. At exit,
- *NumBytes contains the total number of bytes
- actually written.
- @param Buffer Pinter to a caller-allocated buffer that
- contains the source for the write.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The firmware volume was written successfully.
- @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE The write was attempted across an LBA boundary.
- On output, NumBytes contains the total number of
- bytes actually written.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED The firmware volume is in the WriteDisabled
- state.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The block device is malfunctioning and could not
- be written.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Not supported.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FwVolBlockWriteBlock (
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_LBA Lba,
- IN UINTN Offset,
- IN OUT UINTN *NumBytes,
- IN UINT8 *Buffer
- )
-{
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Get Fvb's base address.
-
- @param This Indicates the calling context.
- @param Address Fvb device base address.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully got Fvb's base address.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Not supported.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FwVolBlockGetPhysicalAddress (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *This,
- OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *Address
- )
-{
- EFI_FW_VOL_BLOCK_DEVICE *FvbDevice;
-
- FvbDevice = FVB_DEVICE_FROM_THIS (This);
-
- if ((FvbDevice->FvbAttributes & EFI_FVB2_MEMORY_MAPPED) != 0) {
- *Address = FvbDevice->BaseAddress;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Retrieves the size in bytes of a specific block within a firmware volume.
-
- @param This Indicates the calling context.
- @param Lba Indicates the block for which to return the
- size.
- @param BlockSize Pointer to a caller-allocated UINTN in which the
- size of the block is returned.
- @param NumberOfBlocks Pointer to a caller-allocated UINTN in which the
- number of consecutive blocks starting with Lba
- is returned. All blocks in this range have a
- size of BlockSize.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The firmware volume base address is returned.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The requested LBA is out of range.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FwVolBlockGetBlockSize (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CONST EFI_LBA Lba,
- IN OUT UINTN *BlockSize,
- IN OUT UINTN *NumberOfBlocks
- )
-{
- UINTN TotalBlocks;
- EFI_FW_VOL_BLOCK_DEVICE *FvbDevice;
- EFI_FV_BLOCK_MAP_ENTRY *PtrBlockMapEntry;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *FwVolHeader;
-
- FvbDevice = FVB_DEVICE_FROM_THIS (This);
-
- //
- // Do parameter checking
- //
- if (Lba >= FvbDevice->NumBlocks) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- FwVolHeader = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *)((UINTN)FvbDevice->BaseAddress);
-
- PtrBlockMapEntry = FwVolHeader->BlockMap;
-
- //
- // Search the block map for the given block
- //
- TotalBlocks = 0;
- while ((PtrBlockMapEntry->NumBlocks != 0) || (PtrBlockMapEntry->Length !=0 )) {
- TotalBlocks += PtrBlockMapEntry->NumBlocks;
- if (Lba < TotalBlocks) {
- //
- // We find the range
- //
- break;
- }
-
- PtrBlockMapEntry++;
- }
-
- *BlockSize = PtrBlockMapEntry->Length;
- *NumberOfBlocks = TotalBlocks - (UINTN)Lba;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
-
- Get FVB authentication status
-
- @param FvbProtocol FVB protocol.
-
- @return Authentication status.
-
-**/
-UINT32
-GetFvbAuthenticationStatus (
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *FvbProtocol
- )
-{
- EFI_FW_VOL_BLOCK_DEVICE *FvbDevice;
- UINT32 AuthenticationStatus;
-
- AuthenticationStatus = 0;
- FvbDevice = BASE_CR (FvbProtocol, EFI_FW_VOL_BLOCK_DEVICE, FwVolBlockInstance);
- if (FvbDevice->Signature == FVB_DEVICE_SIGNATURE) {
- AuthenticationStatus = FvbDevice->AuthenticationStatus;
- }
-
- return AuthenticationStatus;
-}
-
-/**
- This routine produces a firmware volume block protocol on a given
- buffer.
-
- @param BaseAddress base address of the firmware volume image
- @param Length length of the firmware volume image
- @param ParentHandle handle of parent firmware volume, if this image
- came from an FV image file and section in another firmware
- volume (ala capsules)
- @param AuthenticationStatus Authentication status inherited, if this image
- came from an FV image file and section in another firmware volume.
- @param FvProtocol Firmware volume block protocol produced.
-
- @retval EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED Volume corrupted.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough buffer to be allocated.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully produced a FVB protocol on given
- buffer.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-ProduceFVBProtocolOnBuffer (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress,
- IN UINT64 Length,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ParentHandle,
- IN UINT32 AuthenticationStatus,
- OUT EFI_HANDLE *FvProtocol OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_FW_VOL_BLOCK_DEVICE *FvbDev;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *FwVolHeader;
- UINTN BlockIndex;
- UINTN BlockIndex2;
- UINTN LinearOffset;
- UINT32 FvAlignment;
- EFI_FV_BLOCK_MAP_ENTRY *PtrBlockMapEntry;
-
- FvAlignment = 0;
- FwVolHeader = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *)(UINTN) BaseAddress;
- //
- // Validate FV Header, if not as expected, return
- //
- if (FwVolHeader->Signature != EFI_FVH_SIGNATURE) {
- return EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED;
- }
-
- //
- // If EFI_FVB2_WEAK_ALIGNMENT is set in the volume header then the first byte of the volume
- // can be aligned on any power-of-two boundary. A weakly aligned volume can not be moved from
- // its initial linked location and maintain its alignment.
- //
- if ((FwVolHeader->Attributes & EFI_FVB2_WEAK_ALIGNMENT) != EFI_FVB2_WEAK_ALIGNMENT) {
- //
- // Get FvHeader alignment
- //
- FvAlignment = 1 << ((FwVolHeader->Attributes & EFI_FVB2_ALIGNMENT) >> 16);
- //
- // FvAlignment must be greater than or equal to 8 bytes of the minimum FFS alignment value.
- //
- if (FvAlignment < 8) {
- FvAlignment = 8;
- }
- if ((UINTN)BaseAddress % FvAlignment != 0) {
- //
- // FvImage buffer is not at its required alignment.
- //
- DEBUG ((
- DEBUG_ERROR,
- "Unaligned FvImage found at 0x%lx:0x%lx, the required alignment is 0x%x\n",
- BaseAddress,
- Length,
- FvAlignment
- ));
- return EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Allocate EFI_FW_VOL_BLOCK_DEVICE
- //
- FvbDev = AllocateCopyPool (sizeof (EFI_FW_VOL_BLOCK_DEVICE), &mFwVolBlock);
- if (FvbDev == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- FvbDev->BaseAddress = BaseAddress;
- FvbDev->FvbAttributes = FwVolHeader->Attributes;
- FvbDev->FwVolBlockInstance.ParentHandle = ParentHandle;
- if (ParentHandle != NULL) {
- FvbDev->AuthenticationStatus = AuthenticationStatus;
- }
-
- //
- // Init the block caching fields of the device
- // First, count the number of blocks
- //
- FvbDev->NumBlocks = 0;
- for (PtrBlockMapEntry = FwVolHeader->BlockMap;
- PtrBlockMapEntry->NumBlocks != 0;
- PtrBlockMapEntry++) {
- FvbDev->NumBlocks += PtrBlockMapEntry->NumBlocks;
- }
-
- //
- // Second, allocate the cache
- //
- if (FvbDev->NumBlocks >= (MAX_ADDRESS / sizeof (LBA_CACHE))) {
- CoreFreePool (FvbDev);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- FvbDev->LbaCache = AllocatePool (FvbDev->NumBlocks * sizeof (LBA_CACHE));
- if (FvbDev->LbaCache == NULL) {
- CoreFreePool (FvbDev);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- //
- // Last, fill in the cache with the linear address of the blocks
- //
- BlockIndex = 0;
- LinearOffset = 0;
- for (PtrBlockMapEntry = FwVolHeader->BlockMap;
- PtrBlockMapEntry->NumBlocks != 0; PtrBlockMapEntry++) {
- for (BlockIndex2 = 0; BlockIndex2 < PtrBlockMapEntry->NumBlocks; BlockIndex2++) {
- FvbDev->LbaCache[BlockIndex].Base = LinearOffset;
- FvbDev->LbaCache[BlockIndex].Length = PtrBlockMapEntry->Length;
- LinearOffset += PtrBlockMapEntry->Length;
- BlockIndex++;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Judget whether FV name guid is produced in Fv extension header
- //
- if (FwVolHeader->ExtHeaderOffset == 0) {
- //
- // FV does not contains extension header, then produce MEMMAP_DEVICE_PATH
- //
- FvbDev->DevicePath = (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) AllocateCopyPool (sizeof (FV_MEMMAP_DEVICE_PATH), &mFvMemmapDevicePathTemplate);
- if (FvbDev->DevicePath == NULL) {
- FreePool (FvbDev);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- ((FV_MEMMAP_DEVICE_PATH *) FvbDev->DevicePath)->MemMapDevPath.StartingAddress = BaseAddress;
- ((FV_MEMMAP_DEVICE_PATH *) FvbDev->DevicePath)->MemMapDevPath.EndingAddress = BaseAddress + FwVolHeader->FvLength - 1;
- } else {
- //
- // FV contains extension header, then produce MEDIA_FW_VOL_DEVICE_PATH
- //
- FvbDev->DevicePath = (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) AllocateCopyPool (sizeof (FV_PIWG_DEVICE_PATH), &mFvPIWGDevicePathTemplate);
- if (FvbDev->DevicePath == NULL) {
- FreePool (FvbDev);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- CopyGuid (
- &((FV_PIWG_DEVICE_PATH *)FvbDev->DevicePath)->FvDevPath.FvName,
- (GUID *)(UINTN)(BaseAddress + FwVolHeader->ExtHeaderOffset)
- );
- }
-
- //
- //
- // Attach FvVolBlock Protocol to new handle
- //
- Status = CoreInstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
- &FvbDev->Handle,
- &gEfiFirmwareVolumeBlockProtocolGuid, &FvbDev->FwVolBlockInstance,
- &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid, FvbDev->DevicePath,
- NULL
- );
-
- //
- // If they want the handle back, set it.
- //
- if (FvProtocol != NULL) {
- *FvProtocol = FvbDev->Handle;
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- This routine consumes FV hobs and produces instances of FW_VOL_BLOCK_PROTOCOL as appropriate.
-
- @param ImageHandle The image handle.
- @param SystemTable The system table.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully initialized firmware volume block
- driver.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FwVolBlockDriverInit (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
- )
-{
- EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS FvHob;
-
- //
- // Core Needs Firmware Volumes to function
- //
- FvHob.Raw = GetHobList ();
- while ((FvHob.Raw = GetNextHob (EFI_HOB_TYPE_FV, FvHob.Raw)) != NULL) {
- //
- // Produce an FVB protocol for it
- //
- ProduceFVBProtocolOnBuffer (FvHob.FirmwareVolume->BaseAddress, FvHob.FirmwareVolume->Length, NULL, 0, NULL);
- FvHob.Raw = GET_NEXT_HOB (FvHob);
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- This DXE service routine is used to process a firmware volume. In
- particular, it can be called by BDS to process a single firmware
- volume found in a capsule.
-
- Caution: The caller need validate the input firmware volume to follow
- PI specification.
- DxeCore will trust the input data and process firmware volume directly.
-
- @param FvHeader pointer to a firmware volume header
- @param Size the size of the buffer pointed to by FvHeader
- @param FVProtocolHandle the handle on which a firmware volume protocol
- was produced for the firmware volume passed in.
-
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES if an FVB could not be produced due to lack of
- system resources
- @retval EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED if the volume was corrupted
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS a firmware volume protocol was produced for the
- firmware volume
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreProcessFirmwareVolume (
- IN VOID *FvHeader,
- IN UINTN Size,
- OUT EFI_HANDLE *FVProtocolHandle
- )
-{
- VOID *Ptr;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- *FVProtocolHandle = NULL;
- Status = ProduceFVBProtocolOnBuffer (
- (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) FvHeader,
- (UINT64)Size,
- NULL,
- 0,
- FVProtocolHandle
- );
- //
- // Since in our implementation we use register-protocol-notify to put a
- // FV protocol on the FVB protocol handle, we can't directly verify that
- // the FV protocol was produced. Therefore here we will check the handle
- // and make sure an FV protocol is on it. This indicates that all went
- // well. Otherwise we have to assume that the volume was corrupted
- // somehow.
- //
- if (!EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- ASSERT (*FVProtocolHandle != NULL);
- Ptr = NULL;
- Status = CoreHandleProtocol (*FVProtocolHandle, &gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid, (VOID **) &Ptr);
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status) || (Ptr == NULL)) {
- return EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED;
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/FwVolBlock/FwVolBlock.h b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/FwVolBlock/FwVolBlock.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7ad4e35ecb..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/FwVolBlock/FwVolBlock.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,244 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Firmware Volume Block protocol functions.
- Consumes FV hobs and creates appropriate block protocols.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _FWVOL_BLOCK_H_
-#define _FWVOL_BLOCK_H_
-
-
-#define FVB_DEVICE_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32('_','F','V','B')
-
-
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Base;
- UINTN Length;
-} LBA_CACHE;
-
-typedef struct {
- MEMMAP_DEVICE_PATH MemMapDevPath;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL EndDevPath;
-} FV_MEMMAP_DEVICE_PATH;
-
-//
-// UEFI Specification define FV device path format if FV provide name guid in extension header
-//
-typedef struct {
- MEDIA_FW_VOL_DEVICE_PATH FvDevPath;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL EndDevPath;
-} FV_PIWG_DEVICE_PATH;
-
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- EFI_HANDLE Handle;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL FwVolBlockInstance;
- UINTN NumBlocks;
- LBA_CACHE *LbaCache;
- UINT32 FvbAttributes;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress;
- UINT32 AuthenticationStatus;
-} EFI_FW_VOL_BLOCK_DEVICE;
-
-
-#define FVB_DEVICE_FROM_THIS(a) \
- CR(a, EFI_FW_VOL_BLOCK_DEVICE, FwVolBlockInstance, FVB_DEVICE_SIGNATURE)
-
-
-/**
- Retrieves Volume attributes. No polarity translations are done.
-
- @param This Calling context
- @param Attributes output buffer which contains attributes
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The firmware volume attributes were returned.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FwVolBlockGetAttributes (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *This,
- OUT EFI_FVB_ATTRIBUTES_2 *Attributes
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Modifies the current settings of the firmware volume according to the input parameter.
-
- @param This Calling context
- @param Attributes input buffer which contains attributes
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The firmware volume attributes were returned.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The attributes requested are in conflict with
- the capabilities as declared in the firmware
- volume header.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Not supported.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FwVolBlockSetAttributes (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CONST EFI_FVB_ATTRIBUTES_2 *Attributes
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- The EraseBlock() function erases one or more blocks as denoted by the
- variable argument list. The entire parameter list of blocks must be verified
- prior to erasing any blocks. If a block is requested that does not exist
- within the associated firmware volume (it has a larger index than the last
- block of the firmware volume), the EraseBlock() function must return
- EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER without modifying the contents of the firmware volume.
-
- @param This Calling context
- @param ... Starting LBA followed by Number of Lba to erase.
- a -1 to terminate the list.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The erase request was successfully completed.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED The firmware volume is in the WriteDisabled
- state.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The block device is not functioning correctly
- and could not be written. The firmware device
- may have been partially erased.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One or more of the LBAs listed in the variable
- argument list do
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Not supported.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FwVolBlockEraseBlock (
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *This,
- ...
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Read the specified number of bytes from the block to the input buffer.
-
- @param This Indicates the calling context.
- @param Lba The starting logical block index to read.
- @param Offset Offset into the block at which to begin reading.
- @param NumBytes Pointer to a UINT32. At entry, *NumBytes
- contains the total size of the buffer. At exit,
- *NumBytes contains the total number of bytes
- actually read.
- @param Buffer Pinter to a caller-allocated buffer that
- contains the destine for the read.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The firmware volume was read successfully.
- @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE The read was attempted across an LBA boundary.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED Access denied.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The block device is malfunctioning and could not
- be read.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FwVolBlockReadBlock (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CONST EFI_LBA Lba,
- IN CONST UINTN Offset,
- IN OUT UINTN *NumBytes,
- IN OUT UINT8 *Buffer
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Writes the specified number of bytes from the input buffer to the block.
-
- @param This Indicates the calling context.
- @param Lba The starting logical block index to write to.
- @param Offset Offset into the block at which to begin writing.
- @param NumBytes Pointer to a UINT32. At entry, *NumBytes
- contains the total size of the buffer. At exit,
- *NumBytes contains the total number of bytes
- actually written.
- @param Buffer Pinter to a caller-allocated buffer that
- contains the source for the write.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The firmware volume was written successfully.
- @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE The write was attempted across an LBA boundary.
- On output, NumBytes contains the total number of
- bytes actually written.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED The firmware volume is in the WriteDisabled
- state.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The block device is malfunctioning and could not
- be written.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Not supported.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FwVolBlockWriteBlock (
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_LBA Lba,
- IN UINTN Offset,
- IN OUT UINTN *NumBytes,
- IN UINT8 *Buffer
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Get Fvb's base address.
-
- @param This Indicates the calling context.
- @param Address Fvb device base address.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully got Fvb's base address.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Not supported.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FwVolBlockGetPhysicalAddress (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *This,
- OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *Address
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Retrieves the size in bytes of a specific block within a firmware volume.
-
- @param This Indicates the calling context.
- @param Lba Indicates the block for which to return the
- size.
- @param BlockSize Pointer to a caller-allocated UINTN in which the
- size of the block is returned.
- @param NumberOfBlocks Pointer to a caller-allocated UINTN in which the
- number of consecutive blocks starting with Lba
- is returned. All blocks in this range have a
- size of BlockSize.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The firmware volume base address is returned.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The requested LBA is out of range.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FwVolBlockGetBlockSize (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CONST EFI_LBA Lba,
- IN OUT UINTN *BlockSize,
- IN OUT UINTN *NumberOfBlocks
- );
-
-
-#endif
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Gcd/Gcd.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Gcd/Gcd.c deleted file mode 100644 index a06f8bb77c..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Gcd/Gcd.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2614 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- The file contains the GCD related services in the EFI Boot Services Table.
- The GCD services are used to manage the memory and I/O regions that
- are accessible to the CPU that is executing the DXE core.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "DxeMain.h"
-#include "Gcd.h"
-
-#define MINIMUM_INITIAL_MEMORY_SIZE 0x10000
-
-#define MEMORY_ATTRIBUTE_MASK (EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_PRESENT | \
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_INITIALIZED | \
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_TESTED | \
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_READ_PROTECTED | \
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_WRITE_PROTECTED | \
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_EXECUTION_PROTECTED | \
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_READ_ONLY_PROTECTED | \
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_16_BIT_IO | \
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_32_BIT_IO | \
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_64_BIT_IO | \
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_PERSISTENT )
-
-#define TESTED_MEMORY_ATTRIBUTES (EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_PRESENT | \
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_INITIALIZED | \
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_TESTED )
-
-#define INITIALIZED_MEMORY_ATTRIBUTES (EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_PRESENT | \
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_INITIALIZED )
-
-#define PRESENT_MEMORY_ATTRIBUTES (EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_PRESENT)
-
-#define INVALID_CPU_ARCH_ATTRIBUTES 0xffffffff
-
-//
-// Module Variables
-//
-EFI_LOCK mGcdMemorySpaceLock = EFI_INITIALIZE_LOCK_VARIABLE (TPL_NOTIFY);
-EFI_LOCK mGcdIoSpaceLock = EFI_INITIALIZE_LOCK_VARIABLE (TPL_NOTIFY);
-LIST_ENTRY mGcdMemorySpaceMap = INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (mGcdMemorySpaceMap);
-LIST_ENTRY mGcdIoSpaceMap = INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (mGcdIoSpaceMap);
-
-EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY mGcdMemorySpaceMapEntryTemplate = {
- EFI_GCD_MAP_SIGNATURE,
- {
- NULL,
- NULL
- },
- 0,
- 0,
- 0,
- 0,
- EfiGcdMemoryTypeNonExistent,
- (EFI_GCD_IO_TYPE) 0,
- NULL,
- NULL
-};
-
-EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY mGcdIoSpaceMapEntryTemplate = {
- EFI_GCD_MAP_SIGNATURE,
- {
- NULL,
- NULL
- },
- 0,
- 0,
- 0,
- 0,
- (EFI_GCD_MEMORY_TYPE) 0,
- EfiGcdIoTypeNonExistent,
- NULL,
- NULL
-};
-
-GCD_ATTRIBUTE_CONVERSION_ENTRY mAttributeConversionTable[] = {
- { EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_UNCACHEABLE, EFI_MEMORY_UC, TRUE },
- { EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_UNCACHED_EXPORTED, EFI_MEMORY_UCE, TRUE },
- { EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_WRITE_COMBINEABLE, EFI_MEMORY_WC, TRUE },
- { EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_WRITE_THROUGH_CACHEABLE, EFI_MEMORY_WT, TRUE },
- { EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_WRITE_BACK_CACHEABLE, EFI_MEMORY_WB, TRUE },
- { EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_READ_PROTECTABLE, EFI_MEMORY_RP, TRUE },
- { EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_WRITE_PROTECTABLE, EFI_MEMORY_WP, TRUE },
- { EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_EXECUTION_PROTECTABLE, EFI_MEMORY_XP, TRUE },
- { EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_READ_ONLY_PROTECTABLE, EFI_MEMORY_RO, TRUE },
- { EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_PRESENT, EFI_MEMORY_PRESENT, FALSE },
- { EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_INITIALIZED, EFI_MEMORY_INITIALIZED, FALSE },
- { EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_TESTED, EFI_MEMORY_TESTED, FALSE },
- { EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_PERSISTABLE, EFI_MEMORY_NV, TRUE },
- { EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_MORE_RELIABLE, EFI_MEMORY_MORE_RELIABLE, TRUE },
- { 0, 0, FALSE }
-};
-
-///
-/// Lookup table used to print GCD Memory Space Map
-///
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED CONST CHAR8 *mGcdMemoryTypeNames[] = {
- "NonExist ", // EfiGcdMemoryTypeNonExistent
- "Reserved ", // EfiGcdMemoryTypeReserved
- "SystemMem", // EfiGcdMemoryTypeSystemMemory
- "MMIO ", // EfiGcdMemoryTypeMemoryMappedIo
- "PersisMem", // EfiGcdMemoryTypePersistentMemory
- "MoreRelia", // EfiGcdMemoryTypeMoreReliable
- "Unknown " // EfiGcdMemoryTypeMaximum
-};
-
-///
-/// Lookup table used to print GCD I/O Space Map
-///
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED CONST CHAR8 *mGcdIoTypeNames[] = {
- "NonExist", // EfiGcdIoTypeNonExistent
- "Reserved", // EfiGcdIoTypeReserved
- "I/O ", // EfiGcdIoTypeIo
- "Unknown " // EfiGcdIoTypeMaximum
-};
-
-///
-/// Lookup table used to print GCD Allocation Types
-///
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED CONST CHAR8 *mGcdAllocationTypeNames[] = {
- "AnySearchBottomUp ", // EfiGcdAllocateAnySearchBottomUp
- "MaxAddressSearchBottomUp ", // EfiGcdAllocateMaxAddressSearchBottomUp
- "AtAddress ", // EfiGcdAllocateAddress
- "AnySearchTopDown ", // EfiGcdAllocateAnySearchTopDown
- "MaxAddressSearchTopDown ", // EfiGcdAllocateMaxAddressSearchTopDown
- "Unknown " // EfiGcdMaxAllocateType
-};
-
-/**
- Dump the entire contents if the GCD Memory Space Map using DEBUG() macros when
- PcdDebugPrintErrorLevel has the DEBUG_GCD bit set.
-
- @param InitialMap TRUE if the initial GCD Memory Map is being dumped. Otherwise, FALSE.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-CoreDumpGcdMemorySpaceMap (
- BOOLEAN InitialMap
- )
-{
- DEBUG_CODE (
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN NumberOfDescriptors;
- EFI_GCD_MEMORY_SPACE_DESCRIPTOR *MemorySpaceMap;
- UINTN Index;
-
- Status = CoreGetMemorySpaceMap (&NumberOfDescriptors, &MemorySpaceMap);
- ASSERT (Status == EFI_SUCCESS && MemorySpaceMap != NULL);
-
- if (InitialMap) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, "GCD:Initial GCD Memory Space Map\n"));
- }
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, "GCDMemType Range Capabilities Attributes \n"));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, "========== ================================= ================ ================\n"));
- for (Index = 0; Index < NumberOfDescriptors; Index++) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, "%a %016lx-%016lx %016lx %016lx%c\n",
- mGcdMemoryTypeNames[MIN (MemorySpaceMap[Index].GcdMemoryType, EfiGcdMemoryTypeMaximum)],
- MemorySpaceMap[Index].BaseAddress,
- MemorySpaceMap[Index].BaseAddress + MemorySpaceMap[Index].Length - 1,
- MemorySpaceMap[Index].Capabilities,
- MemorySpaceMap[Index].Attributes,
- MemorySpaceMap[Index].ImageHandle == NULL ? ' ' : '*'
- ));
- }
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, "\n"));
- FreePool (MemorySpaceMap);
- );
-}
-
-/**
- Dump the entire contents if the GCD I/O Space Map using DEBUG() macros when
- PcdDebugPrintErrorLevel has the DEBUG_GCD bit set.
-
- @param InitialMap TRUE if the initial GCD I/O Map is being dumped. Otherwise, FALSE.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-CoreDumpGcdIoSpaceMap (
- BOOLEAN InitialMap
- )
-{
- DEBUG_CODE (
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN NumberOfDescriptors;
- EFI_GCD_IO_SPACE_DESCRIPTOR *IoSpaceMap;
- UINTN Index;
-
- Status = CoreGetIoSpaceMap (&NumberOfDescriptors, &IoSpaceMap);
- ASSERT (Status == EFI_SUCCESS && IoSpaceMap != NULL);
-
- if (InitialMap) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, "GCD:Initial GCD I/O Space Map\n"));
- }
-
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, "GCDIoType Range \n"));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, "========== =================================\n"));
- for (Index = 0; Index < NumberOfDescriptors; Index++) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, "%a %016lx-%016lx%c\n",
- mGcdIoTypeNames[MIN (IoSpaceMap[Index].GcdIoType, EfiGcdIoTypeMaximum)],
- IoSpaceMap[Index].BaseAddress,
- IoSpaceMap[Index].BaseAddress + IoSpaceMap[Index].Length - 1,
- IoSpaceMap[Index].ImageHandle == NULL ? ' ' : '*'
- ));
- }
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, "\n"));
- FreePool (IoSpaceMap);
- );
-}
-
-/**
- Validate resource descriptor HOB's attributes.
-
- If Attributes includes some memory resource's settings, it should include
- the corresponding capabilites also.
-
- @param Attributes Resource descriptor HOB attributes.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreValidateResourceDescriptorHobAttributes (
- IN UINT64 Attributes
- )
-{
- ASSERT (((Attributes & EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_READ_PROTECTED) == 0) ||
- ((Attributes & EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_READ_PROTECTABLE) != 0));
- ASSERT (((Attributes & EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_WRITE_PROTECTED) == 0) ||
- ((Attributes & EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_WRITE_PROTECTABLE) != 0));
- ASSERT (((Attributes & EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_EXECUTION_PROTECTED) == 0) ||
- ((Attributes & EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_EXECUTION_PROTECTABLE) != 0));
- ASSERT (((Attributes & EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_READ_ONLY_PROTECTED) == 0) ||
- ((Attributes & EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_READ_ONLY_PROTECTABLE) != 0));
- ASSERT (((Attributes & EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_PERSISTENT) == 0) ||
- ((Attributes & EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_PERSISTABLE) != 0));
-}
-
-/**
- Acquire memory lock on mGcdMemorySpaceLock.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreAcquireGcdMemoryLock (
- VOID
- )
-{
- CoreAcquireLock (&mGcdMemorySpaceLock);
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Release memory lock on mGcdMemorySpaceLock.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreReleaseGcdMemoryLock (
- VOID
- )
-{
- CoreReleaseLock (&mGcdMemorySpaceLock);
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Acquire memory lock on mGcdIoSpaceLock.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreAcquireGcdIoLock (
- VOID
- )
-{
- CoreAcquireLock (&mGcdIoSpaceLock);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Release memory lock on mGcdIoSpaceLock.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreReleaseGcdIoLock (
- VOID
- )
-{
- CoreReleaseLock (&mGcdIoSpaceLock);
-}
-
-
-
-//
-// GCD Initialization Worker Functions
-//
-/**
- Aligns a value to the specified boundary.
-
- @param Value 64 bit value to align
- @param Alignment Log base 2 of the boundary to align Value to
- @param RoundUp TRUE if Value is to be rounded up to the nearest
- aligned boundary. FALSE is Value is to be
- rounded down to the nearest aligned boundary.
-
- @return A 64 bit value is the aligned to the value nearest Value with an alignment by Alignment.
-
-**/
-UINT64
-AlignValue (
- IN UINT64 Value,
- IN UINTN Alignment,
- IN BOOLEAN RoundUp
- )
-{
- UINT64 AlignmentMask;
-
- AlignmentMask = LShiftU64 (1, Alignment) - 1;
- if (RoundUp) {
- Value += AlignmentMask;
- }
- return Value & (~AlignmentMask);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Aligns address to the page boundary.
-
- @param Value 64 bit address to align
-
- @return A 64 bit value is the aligned to the value nearest Value with an alignment by Alignment.
-
-**/
-UINT64
-PageAlignAddress (
- IN UINT64 Value
- )
-{
- return AlignValue (Value, EFI_PAGE_SHIFT, TRUE);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Aligns length to the page boundary.
-
- @param Value 64 bit length to align
-
- @return A 64 bit value is the aligned to the value nearest Value with an alignment by Alignment.
-
-**/
-UINT64
-PageAlignLength (
- IN UINT64 Value
- )
-{
- return AlignValue (Value, EFI_PAGE_SHIFT, FALSE);
-}
-
-//
-// GCD Memory Space Worker Functions
-//
-
-/**
- Allocate pool for two entries.
-
- @param TopEntry An entry of GCD map
- @param BottomEntry An entry of GCD map
-
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough buffer to be allocated.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Both entries successfully allocated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreAllocateGcdMapEntry (
- IN OUT EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY **TopEntry,
- IN OUT EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY **BottomEntry
- )
-{
- *TopEntry = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY));
- if (*TopEntry == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- *BottomEntry = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY));
- if (*BottomEntry == NULL) {
- CoreFreePool (*TopEntry);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Internal function. Inserts a new descriptor into a sorted list
-
- @param Link The linked list to insert the range BaseAddress
- and Length into
- @param Entry A pointer to the entry that is inserted
- @param BaseAddress The base address of the new range
- @param Length The length of the new range in bytes
- @param TopEntry Top pad entry to insert if needed.
- @param BottomEntry Bottom pad entry to insert if needed.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The new range was inserted into the linked list
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreInsertGcdMapEntry (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *Link,
- IN EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY *Entry,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress,
- IN UINT64 Length,
- IN EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY *TopEntry,
- IN EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY *BottomEntry
- )
-{
- ASSERT (Length != 0);
-
- if (BaseAddress > Entry->BaseAddress) {
- ASSERT (BottomEntry->Signature == 0);
-
- CopyMem (BottomEntry, Entry, sizeof (EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY));
- Entry->BaseAddress = BaseAddress;
- BottomEntry->EndAddress = BaseAddress - 1;
- InsertTailList (Link, &BottomEntry->Link);
- }
-
- if ((BaseAddress + Length - 1) < Entry->EndAddress) {
- ASSERT (TopEntry->Signature == 0);
-
- CopyMem (TopEntry, Entry, sizeof (EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY));
- TopEntry->BaseAddress = BaseAddress + Length;
- Entry->EndAddress = BaseAddress + Length - 1;
- InsertHeadList (Link, &TopEntry->Link);
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Merge the Gcd region specified by Link and its adjacent entry.
-
- @param Link Specify the entry to be merged (with its
- adjacent entry).
- @param Forward Direction (forward or backward).
- @param Map Boundary.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully returned.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED These adjacent regions could not merge.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreMergeGcdMapEntry (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *Link,
- IN BOOLEAN Forward,
- IN LIST_ENTRY *Map
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *AdjacentLink;
- EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY *Entry;
- EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY *AdjacentEntry;
-
- //
- // Get adjacent entry
- //
- if (Forward) {
- AdjacentLink = Link->ForwardLink;
- } else {
- AdjacentLink = Link->BackLink;
- }
-
- //
- // If AdjacentLink is the head of the list, then no merge can be performed
- //
- if (AdjacentLink == Map) {
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- Entry = CR (Link, EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY, Link, EFI_GCD_MAP_SIGNATURE);
- AdjacentEntry = CR (AdjacentLink, EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY, Link, EFI_GCD_MAP_SIGNATURE);
-
- if (Entry->Capabilities != AdjacentEntry->Capabilities) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- if (Entry->Attributes != AdjacentEntry->Attributes) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- if (Entry->GcdMemoryType != AdjacentEntry->GcdMemoryType) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- if (Entry->GcdIoType != AdjacentEntry->GcdIoType) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- if (Entry->ImageHandle != AdjacentEntry->ImageHandle) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- if (Entry->DeviceHandle != AdjacentEntry->DeviceHandle) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- if (Forward) {
- Entry->EndAddress = AdjacentEntry->EndAddress;
- } else {
- Entry->BaseAddress = AdjacentEntry->BaseAddress;
- }
- RemoveEntryList (AdjacentLink);
- CoreFreePool (AdjacentEntry);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Merge adjacent entries on total chain.
-
- @param TopEntry Top entry of GCD map.
- @param BottomEntry Bottom entry of GCD map.
- @param StartLink Start link of the list for this loop.
- @param EndLink End link of the list for this loop.
- @param Map Boundary.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS GCD map successfully cleaned up.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreCleanupGcdMapEntry (
- IN EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY *TopEntry,
- IN EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY *BottomEntry,
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StartLink,
- IN LIST_ENTRY *EndLink,
- IN LIST_ENTRY *Map
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
-
- if (TopEntry->Signature == 0) {
- CoreFreePool (TopEntry);
- }
- if (BottomEntry->Signature == 0) {
- CoreFreePool (BottomEntry);
- }
-
- Link = StartLink;
- while (Link != EndLink->ForwardLink) {
- CoreMergeGcdMapEntry (Link, FALSE, Map);
- Link = Link->ForwardLink;
- }
- CoreMergeGcdMapEntry (EndLink, TRUE, Map);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Search a segment of memory space in GCD map. The result is a range of GCD entry list.
-
- @param BaseAddress The start address of the segment.
- @param Length The length of the segment.
- @param StartLink The first GCD entry involves this segment of
- memory space.
- @param EndLink The first GCD entry involves this segment of
- memory space.
- @param Map Points to the start entry to search.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully found the entry.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Not found.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreSearchGcdMapEntry (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress,
- IN UINT64 Length,
- OUT LIST_ENTRY **StartLink,
- OUT LIST_ENTRY **EndLink,
- IN LIST_ENTRY *Map
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY *Entry;
-
- ASSERT (Length != 0);
-
- *StartLink = NULL;
- *EndLink = NULL;
-
- Link = Map->ForwardLink;
- while (Link != Map) {
- Entry = CR (Link, EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY, Link, EFI_GCD_MAP_SIGNATURE);
- if (BaseAddress >= Entry->BaseAddress && BaseAddress <= Entry->EndAddress) {
- *StartLink = Link;
- }
- if (*StartLink != NULL) {
- if ((BaseAddress + Length - 1) >= Entry->BaseAddress &&
- (BaseAddress + Length - 1) <= Entry->EndAddress ) {
- *EndLink = Link;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
- Link = Link->ForwardLink;
- }
-
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Count the amount of GCD map entries.
-
- @param Map Points to the start entry to do the count loop.
-
- @return The count.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-CoreCountGcdMapEntry (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *Map
- )
-{
- UINTN Count;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
-
- Count = 0;
- Link = Map->ForwardLink;
- while (Link != Map) {
- Count++;
- Link = Link->ForwardLink;
- }
-
- return Count;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Return the memory attribute specified by Attributes
-
- @param Attributes A num with some attribute bits on.
-
- @return The enum value of memory attribute.
-
-**/
-UINT64
-ConverToCpuArchAttributes (
- UINT64 Attributes
- )
-{
- if ( (Attributes & EFI_MEMORY_UC) == EFI_MEMORY_UC) {
- return EFI_MEMORY_UC;
- }
-
- if ( (Attributes & EFI_MEMORY_WC ) == EFI_MEMORY_WC) {
- return EFI_MEMORY_WC;
- }
-
- if ( (Attributes & EFI_MEMORY_WT ) == EFI_MEMORY_WT) {
- return EFI_MEMORY_WT;
- }
-
- if ( (Attributes & EFI_MEMORY_WB) == EFI_MEMORY_WB) {
- return EFI_MEMORY_WB;
- }
-
- if ( (Attributes & EFI_MEMORY_WP) == EFI_MEMORY_WP) {
- return EFI_MEMORY_WP;
- }
-
- return INVALID_CPU_ARCH_ATTRIBUTES;
-
-}
-
-
-/**
- Do operation on a segment of memory space specified (add, free, remove, change attribute ...).
-
- @param Operation The type of the operation
- @param GcdMemoryType Additional information for the operation
- @param GcdIoType Additional information for the operation
- @param BaseAddress Start address of the segment
- @param Length length of the segment
- @param Capabilities The alterable attributes of a newly added entry
- @param Attributes The attributes needs to be set
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Length is 0 or address (length) not aligned when
- setting attribute.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Action successfully done.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Could not find the proper descriptor on this
- segment or set an upsupported attribute.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED Operate on an space non-exist or is used for an
- image.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Free a non-using space or remove a non-exist
- space, and so on.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No buffer could be allocated.
- @retval EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET The attributes cannot be set because CPU architectural protocol
- is not available yet.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreConvertSpace (
- IN UINTN Operation,
- IN EFI_GCD_MEMORY_TYPE GcdMemoryType,
- IN EFI_GCD_IO_TYPE GcdIoType,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress,
- IN UINT64 Length,
- IN UINT64 Capabilities,
- IN UINT64 Attributes
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- LIST_ENTRY *Map;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY *Entry;
- EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY *TopEntry;
- EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY *BottomEntry;
- LIST_ENTRY *StartLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *EndLink;
- UINT64 CpuArchAttributes;
-
- if (Length == 0) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, " Status = %r\n", EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER));
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- Map = NULL;
- if ((Operation & GCD_MEMORY_SPACE_OPERATION) != 0) {
- CoreAcquireGcdMemoryLock ();
- Map = &mGcdMemorySpaceMap;
- } else if ((Operation & GCD_IO_SPACE_OPERATION) != 0) {
- CoreAcquireGcdIoLock ();
- Map = &mGcdIoSpaceMap;
- } else {
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- }
-
- //
- // Search for the list of descriptors that cover the range BaseAddress to BaseAddress+Length
- //
- Status = CoreSearchGcdMapEntry (BaseAddress, Length, &StartLink, &EndLink, Map);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
-
- goto Done;
- }
- ASSERT (StartLink != NULL && EndLink != NULL);
-
- //
- // Verify that the list of descriptors are unallocated non-existent memory.
- //
- Link = StartLink;
- while (Link != EndLink->ForwardLink) {
- Entry = CR (Link, EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY, Link, EFI_GCD_MAP_SIGNATURE);
- switch (Operation) {
- //
- // Add operations
- //
- case GCD_ADD_MEMORY_OPERATION:
- if (Entry->GcdMemoryType != EfiGcdMemoryTypeNonExistent ||
- Entry->ImageHandle != NULL ) {
- Status = EFI_ACCESS_DENIED;
- goto Done;
- }
- break;
- case GCD_ADD_IO_OPERATION:
- if (Entry->GcdIoType != EfiGcdIoTypeNonExistent ||
- Entry->ImageHandle != NULL ) {
- Status = EFI_ACCESS_DENIED;
- goto Done;
- }
- break;
- //
- // Free operations
- //
- case GCD_FREE_MEMORY_OPERATION:
- case GCD_FREE_IO_OPERATION:
- if (Entry->ImageHandle == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Done;
- }
- break;
- //
- // Remove operations
- //
- case GCD_REMOVE_MEMORY_OPERATION:
- if (Entry->GcdMemoryType == EfiGcdMemoryTypeNonExistent) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Done;
- }
- if (Entry->ImageHandle != NULL) {
- Status = EFI_ACCESS_DENIED;
- goto Done;
- }
- break;
- case GCD_REMOVE_IO_OPERATION:
- if (Entry->GcdIoType == EfiGcdIoTypeNonExistent) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Done;
- }
- if (Entry->ImageHandle != NULL) {
- Status = EFI_ACCESS_DENIED;
- goto Done;
- }
- break;
- //
- // Set attributes operation
- //
- case GCD_SET_ATTRIBUTES_MEMORY_OPERATION:
- if ((Attributes & EFI_MEMORY_RUNTIME) != 0) {
- if ((BaseAddress & EFI_PAGE_MASK) != 0 || (Length & EFI_PAGE_MASK) != 0) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
- }
- if ((Entry->Capabilities & Attributes) != Attributes) {
- Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
- break;
- //
- // Set capabilities operation
- //
- case GCD_SET_CAPABILITIES_MEMORY_OPERATION:
- if ((BaseAddress & EFI_PAGE_MASK) != 0 || (Length & EFI_PAGE_MASK) != 0) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
-
- goto Done;
- }
- //
- // Current attributes must still be supported with new capabilities
- //
- if ((Capabilities & Entry->Attributes) != Entry->Attributes) {
- Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
- break;
- }
- Link = Link->ForwardLink;
- }
-
- //
- // Allocate work space to perform this operation
- //
- Status = CoreAllocateGcdMapEntry (&TopEntry, &BottomEntry);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Done;
- }
- ASSERT (TopEntry != NULL && BottomEntry != NULL);
-
- if (Operation == GCD_SET_ATTRIBUTES_MEMORY_OPERATION) {
- //
- // Call CPU Arch Protocol to attempt to set attributes on the range
- //
- CpuArchAttributes = ConverToCpuArchAttributes (Attributes);
- if (CpuArchAttributes != INVALID_CPU_ARCH_ATTRIBUTES) {
- if (gCpu == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET;
- } else {
- Status = gCpu->SetMemoryAttributes (
- gCpu,
- BaseAddress,
- Length,
- CpuArchAttributes
- );
- }
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- CoreFreePool (TopEntry);
- CoreFreePool (BottomEntry);
- goto Done;
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Convert/Insert the list of descriptors from StartLink to EndLink
- //
- Link = StartLink;
- while (Link != EndLink->ForwardLink) {
- Entry = CR (Link, EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY, Link, EFI_GCD_MAP_SIGNATURE);
- CoreInsertGcdMapEntry (Link, Entry, BaseAddress, Length, TopEntry, BottomEntry);
- switch (Operation) {
- //
- // Add operations
- //
- case GCD_ADD_MEMORY_OPERATION:
- Entry->GcdMemoryType = GcdMemoryType;
- if (GcdMemoryType == EfiGcdMemoryTypeMemoryMappedIo) {
- Entry->Capabilities = Capabilities | EFI_MEMORY_RUNTIME | EFI_MEMORY_PORT_IO;
- } else {
- Entry->Capabilities = Capabilities | EFI_MEMORY_RUNTIME;
- }
- break;
- case GCD_ADD_IO_OPERATION:
- Entry->GcdIoType = GcdIoType;
- break;
- //
- // Free operations
- //
- case GCD_FREE_MEMORY_OPERATION:
- case GCD_FREE_IO_OPERATION:
- Entry->ImageHandle = NULL;
- Entry->DeviceHandle = NULL;
- break;
- //
- // Remove operations
- //
- case GCD_REMOVE_MEMORY_OPERATION:
- Entry->GcdMemoryType = EfiGcdMemoryTypeNonExistent;
- Entry->Capabilities = 0;
- break;
- case GCD_REMOVE_IO_OPERATION:
- Entry->GcdIoType = EfiGcdIoTypeNonExistent;
- break;
- //
- // Set attributes operation
- //
- case GCD_SET_ATTRIBUTES_MEMORY_OPERATION:
- Entry->Attributes = Attributes;
- break;
- //
- // Set capabilities operation
- //
- case GCD_SET_CAPABILITIES_MEMORY_OPERATION:
- Entry->Capabilities = Capabilities;
- break;
- }
- Link = Link->ForwardLink;
- }
-
- //
- // Cleanup
- //
- Status = CoreCleanupGcdMapEntry (TopEntry, BottomEntry, StartLink, EndLink, Map);
-
-Done:
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, " Status = %r\n", Status));
-
- if ((Operation & GCD_MEMORY_SPACE_OPERATION) != 0) {
- CoreReleaseGcdMemoryLock ();
- CoreDumpGcdMemorySpaceMap (FALSE);
- }
- if ((Operation & GCD_IO_SPACE_OPERATION) != 0) {
- CoreReleaseGcdIoLock ();
- CoreDumpGcdIoSpaceMap (FALSE);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Check whether an entry could be used to allocate space.
-
- @param Operation Allocate memory or IO
- @param Entry The entry to be tested
- @param GcdMemoryType The desired memory type
- @param GcdIoType The desired IO type
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The memory type does not match or there's an
- image handle on the entry.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The operation unsupported.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS It's ok for this entry to be used to allocate
- space.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreAllocateSpaceCheckEntry (
- IN UINTN Operation,
- IN EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY *Entry,
- IN EFI_GCD_MEMORY_TYPE GcdMemoryType,
- IN EFI_GCD_IO_TYPE GcdIoType
- )
-{
- if (Entry->ImageHandle != NULL) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- switch (Operation) {
- case GCD_ALLOCATE_MEMORY_OPERATION:
- if (Entry->GcdMemoryType != GcdMemoryType) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- break;
- case GCD_ALLOCATE_IO_OPERATION:
- if (Entry->GcdIoType != GcdIoType) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- break;
- default:
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Allocate space on specified address and length.
-
- @param Operation The type of operation (memory or IO)
- @param GcdAllocateType The type of allocate operation
- @param GcdMemoryType The desired memory type
- @param GcdIoType The desired IO type
- @param Alignment Align with 2^Alignment
- @param Length Length to allocate
- @param BaseAddress Base address to allocate
- @param ImageHandle The image handle consume the allocated space.
- @param DeviceHandle The device handle consume the allocated space.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND No descriptor for the desired space exists.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Space successfully allocated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreAllocateSpace (
- IN UINTN Operation,
- IN EFI_GCD_ALLOCATE_TYPE GcdAllocateType,
- IN EFI_GCD_MEMORY_TYPE GcdMemoryType,
- IN EFI_GCD_IO_TYPE GcdIoType,
- IN UINTN Alignment,
- IN UINT64 Length,
- IN OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *BaseAddress,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_HANDLE DeviceHandle OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS AlignmentMask;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS MaxAddress;
- LIST_ENTRY *Map;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- LIST_ENTRY *SubLink;
- EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY *Entry;
- EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY *TopEntry;
- EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY *BottomEntry;
- LIST_ENTRY *StartLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *EndLink;
- BOOLEAN Found;
-
- //
- // Make sure parameters are valid
- //
- if ((UINT32)GcdAllocateType >= EfiGcdMaxAllocateType) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, " Status = %r\n", EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER));
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- if ((UINT32)GcdMemoryType >= EfiGcdMemoryTypeMaximum) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, " Status = %r\n", EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER));
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- if ((UINT32)GcdIoType >= EfiGcdIoTypeMaximum) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, " Status = %r\n", EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER));
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- if (BaseAddress == NULL) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, " Status = %r\n", EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER));
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- if (ImageHandle == NULL) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, " Status = %r\n", EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER));
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- if (Alignment >= 64) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, " Status = %r\n", EFI_NOT_FOUND));
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- if (Length == 0) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, " Status = %r\n", EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER));
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- Map = NULL;
- if ((Operation & GCD_MEMORY_SPACE_OPERATION) != 0) {
- CoreAcquireGcdMemoryLock ();
- Map = &mGcdMemorySpaceMap;
- } else if ((Operation & GCD_IO_SPACE_OPERATION) != 0) {
- CoreAcquireGcdIoLock ();
- Map = &mGcdIoSpaceMap;
- } else {
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- }
-
- Found = FALSE;
- StartLink = NULL;
- EndLink = NULL;
- //
- // Compute alignment bit mask
- //
- AlignmentMask = LShiftU64 (1, Alignment) - 1;
-
- if (GcdAllocateType == EfiGcdAllocateAddress) {
- //
- // Verify that the BaseAddress passed in is aligned correctly
- //
- if ((*BaseAddress & AlignmentMask) != 0) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Search for the list of descriptors that cover the range BaseAddress to BaseAddress+Length
- //
- Status = CoreSearchGcdMapEntry (*BaseAddress, Length, &StartLink, &EndLink, Map);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Done;
- }
- ASSERT (StartLink != NULL && EndLink != NULL);
-
- //
- // Verify that the list of descriptors are unallocated memory matching GcdMemoryType.
- //
- Link = StartLink;
- while (Link != EndLink->ForwardLink) {
- Entry = CR (Link, EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY, Link, EFI_GCD_MAP_SIGNATURE);
- Link = Link->ForwardLink;
- Status = CoreAllocateSpaceCheckEntry (Operation, Entry, GcdMemoryType, GcdIoType);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
- }
- Found = TRUE;
- } else {
-
- Entry = CR (Map->BackLink, EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY, Link, EFI_GCD_MAP_SIGNATURE);
-
- //
- // Compute the maximum address to use in the search algorithm
- //
- if (GcdAllocateType == EfiGcdAllocateMaxAddressSearchBottomUp ||
- GcdAllocateType == EfiGcdAllocateMaxAddressSearchTopDown ) {
- MaxAddress = *BaseAddress;
- } else {
- MaxAddress = Entry->EndAddress;
- }
-
- //
- // Verify that the list of descriptors are unallocated memory matching GcdMemoryType.
- //
- if (GcdAllocateType == EfiGcdAllocateMaxAddressSearchTopDown ||
- GcdAllocateType == EfiGcdAllocateAnySearchTopDown ) {
- Link = Map->BackLink;
- } else {
- Link = Map->ForwardLink;
- }
- while (Link != Map) {
- Entry = CR (Link, EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY, Link, EFI_GCD_MAP_SIGNATURE);
-
- if (GcdAllocateType == EfiGcdAllocateMaxAddressSearchTopDown ||
- GcdAllocateType == EfiGcdAllocateAnySearchTopDown ) {
- Link = Link->BackLink;
- } else {
- Link = Link->ForwardLink;
- }
-
- Status = CoreAllocateSpaceCheckEntry (Operation, Entry, GcdMemoryType, GcdIoType);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- continue;
- }
-
- if (GcdAllocateType == EfiGcdAllocateMaxAddressSearchTopDown ||
- GcdAllocateType == EfiGcdAllocateAnySearchTopDown) {
- if ((Entry->BaseAddress + Length) > MaxAddress) {
- continue;
- }
- if (Length > (Entry->EndAddress + 1)) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Done;
- }
- if (Entry->EndAddress > MaxAddress) {
- *BaseAddress = MaxAddress;
- } else {
- *BaseAddress = Entry->EndAddress;
- }
- *BaseAddress = (*BaseAddress + 1 - Length) & (~AlignmentMask);
- } else {
- *BaseAddress = (Entry->BaseAddress + AlignmentMask) & (~AlignmentMask);
- if ((*BaseAddress + Length - 1) > MaxAddress) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Done;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Search for the list of descriptors that cover the range BaseAddress to BaseAddress+Length
- //
- Status = CoreSearchGcdMapEntry (*BaseAddress, Length, &StartLink, &EndLink, Map);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Done;
- }
- ASSERT (StartLink != NULL && EndLink != NULL);
-
- Link = StartLink;
- //
- // Verify that the list of descriptors are unallocated memory matching GcdMemoryType.
- //
- Found = TRUE;
- SubLink = StartLink;
- while (SubLink != EndLink->ForwardLink) {
- Entry = CR (SubLink, EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY, Link, EFI_GCD_MAP_SIGNATURE);
- Status = CoreAllocateSpaceCheckEntry (Operation, Entry, GcdMemoryType, GcdIoType);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Link = SubLink;
- Found = FALSE;
- break;
- }
- SubLink = SubLink->ForwardLink;
- }
- if (Found) {
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- if (!Found) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Allocate work space to perform this operation
- //
- Status = CoreAllocateGcdMapEntry (&TopEntry, &BottomEntry);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Done;
- }
- ASSERT (TopEntry != NULL && BottomEntry != NULL);
-
- //
- // Convert/Insert the list of descriptors from StartLink to EndLink
- //
- Link = StartLink;
- while (Link != EndLink->ForwardLink) {
- Entry = CR (Link, EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY, Link, EFI_GCD_MAP_SIGNATURE);
- CoreInsertGcdMapEntry (Link, Entry, *BaseAddress, Length, TopEntry, BottomEntry);
- Entry->ImageHandle = ImageHandle;
- Entry->DeviceHandle = DeviceHandle;
- Link = Link->ForwardLink;
- }
-
- //
- // Cleanup
- //
- Status = CoreCleanupGcdMapEntry (TopEntry, BottomEntry, StartLink, EndLink, Map);
-
-Done:
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, " Status = %r", Status));
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, " (BaseAddress = %016lx)", *BaseAddress));
- }
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, "\n"));
-
- if ((Operation & GCD_MEMORY_SPACE_OPERATION) != 0) {
- CoreReleaseGcdMemoryLock ();
- CoreDumpGcdMemorySpaceMap (FALSE);
- }
- if ((Operation & GCD_IO_SPACE_OPERATION) !=0) {
- CoreReleaseGcdIoLock ();
- CoreDumpGcdIoSpaceMap (FALSE);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Add a segment of memory to GCD map.
-
- @param GcdMemoryType Memory type of the segment.
- @param BaseAddress Base address of the segment.
- @param Length Length of the segment.
- @param Capabilities alterable attributes of the segment.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameters.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully add a segment of memory space.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreInternalAddMemorySpace (
- IN EFI_GCD_MEMORY_TYPE GcdMemoryType,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress,
- IN UINT64 Length,
- IN UINT64 Capabilities
- )
-{
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, "GCD:AddMemorySpace(Base=%016lx,Length=%016lx)\n", BaseAddress, Length));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, " GcdMemoryType = %a\n", mGcdMemoryTypeNames[MIN (GcdMemoryType, EfiGcdMemoryTypeMaximum)]));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, " Capabilities = %016lx\n", Capabilities));
-
- //
- // Make sure parameters are valid
- //
- if (GcdMemoryType <= EfiGcdMemoryTypeNonExistent || GcdMemoryType >= EfiGcdMemoryTypeMaximum) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- return CoreConvertSpace (GCD_ADD_MEMORY_OPERATION, GcdMemoryType, (EFI_GCD_IO_TYPE) 0, BaseAddress, Length, Capabilities, 0);
-}
-
-//
-// GCD Core Services
-//
-
-/**
- Allocates nonexistent memory, reserved memory, system memory, or memorymapped
- I/O resources from the global coherency domain of the processor.
-
- @param GcdAllocateType The type of allocate operation
- @param GcdMemoryType The desired memory type
- @param Alignment Align with 2^Alignment
- @param Length Length to allocate
- @param BaseAddress Base address to allocate
- @param ImageHandle The image handle consume the allocated space.
- @param DeviceHandle The device handle consume the allocated space.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND No descriptor contains the desired space.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Memory space successfully allocated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreAllocateMemorySpace (
- IN EFI_GCD_ALLOCATE_TYPE GcdAllocateType,
- IN EFI_GCD_MEMORY_TYPE GcdMemoryType,
- IN UINTN Alignment,
- IN UINT64 Length,
- IN OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *BaseAddress,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_HANDLE DeviceHandle OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- if (BaseAddress != NULL) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, "GCD:AllocateMemorySpace(Base=%016lx,Length=%016lx)\n", *BaseAddress, Length));
- } else {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, "GCD:AllocateMemorySpace(Base=<NULL>,Length=%016lx)\n", Length));
- }
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, " GcdAllocateType = %a\n", mGcdAllocationTypeNames[MIN (GcdAllocateType, EfiGcdMaxAllocateType)]));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, " GcdMemoryType = %a\n", mGcdMemoryTypeNames[MIN (GcdMemoryType, EfiGcdMemoryTypeMaximum)]));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, " Alignment = %016lx\n", LShiftU64 (1, Alignment)));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, " ImageHandle = %p\n", ImageHandle));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, " DeviceHandle = %p\n", DeviceHandle));
-
- return CoreAllocateSpace (
- GCD_ALLOCATE_MEMORY_OPERATION,
- GcdAllocateType,
- GcdMemoryType,
- (EFI_GCD_IO_TYPE) 0,
- Alignment,
- Length,
- BaseAddress,
- ImageHandle,
- DeviceHandle
- );
-}
-
-
-/**
- Adds reserved memory, system memory, or memory-mapped I/O resources to the
- global coherency domain of the processor.
-
- @param GcdMemoryType Memory type of the memory space.
- @param BaseAddress Base address of the memory space.
- @param Length Length of the memory space.
- @param Capabilities alterable attributes of the memory space.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Merged this memory space into GCD map.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreAddMemorySpace (
- IN EFI_GCD_MEMORY_TYPE GcdMemoryType,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress,
- IN UINT64 Length,
- IN UINT64 Capabilities
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS PageBaseAddress;
- UINT64 PageLength;
-
- Status = CoreInternalAddMemorySpace (GcdMemoryType, BaseAddress, Length, Capabilities);
-
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status) && ((GcdMemoryType == EfiGcdMemoryTypeSystemMemory) || (GcdMemoryType == EfiGcdMemoryTypeMoreReliable))) {
-
- PageBaseAddress = PageAlignAddress (BaseAddress);
- PageLength = PageAlignLength (BaseAddress + Length - PageBaseAddress);
-
- Status = CoreAllocateMemorySpace (
- EfiGcdAllocateAddress,
- GcdMemoryType,
- EFI_PAGE_SHIFT,
- PageLength,
- &PageBaseAddress,
- gDxeCoreImageHandle,
- NULL
- );
-
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- CoreAddMemoryDescriptor (
- EfiConventionalMemory,
- PageBaseAddress,
- RShiftU64 (PageLength, EFI_PAGE_SHIFT),
- Capabilities
- );
- } else {
- for (; PageLength != 0; PageLength -= EFI_PAGE_SIZE, PageBaseAddress += EFI_PAGE_SIZE) {
- Status = CoreAllocateMemorySpace (
- EfiGcdAllocateAddress,
- GcdMemoryType,
- EFI_PAGE_SHIFT,
- EFI_PAGE_SIZE,
- &PageBaseAddress,
- gDxeCoreImageHandle,
- NULL
- );
-
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- CoreAddMemoryDescriptor (
- EfiConventionalMemory,
- PageBaseAddress,
- 1,
- Capabilities
- );
- }
- }
- }
- }
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Frees nonexistent memory, reserved memory, system memory, or memory-mapped
- I/O resources from the global coherency domain of the processor.
-
- @param BaseAddress Base address of the memory space.
- @param Length Length of the memory space.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Space successfully freed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreFreeMemorySpace (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress,
- IN UINT64 Length
- )
-{
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, "GCD:FreeMemorySpace(Base=%016lx,Length=%016lx)\n", BaseAddress, Length));
-
- return CoreConvertSpace (GCD_FREE_MEMORY_OPERATION, (EFI_GCD_MEMORY_TYPE) 0, (EFI_GCD_IO_TYPE) 0, BaseAddress, Length, 0, 0);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Removes reserved memory, system memory, or memory-mapped I/O resources from
- the global coherency domain of the processor.
-
- @param BaseAddress Base address of the memory space.
- @param Length Length of the memory space.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully remove a segment of memory space.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreRemoveMemorySpace (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress,
- IN UINT64 Length
- )
-{
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, "GCD:RemoveMemorySpace(Base=%016lx,Length=%016lx)\n", BaseAddress, Length));
-
- return CoreConvertSpace (GCD_REMOVE_MEMORY_OPERATION, (EFI_GCD_MEMORY_TYPE) 0, (EFI_GCD_IO_TYPE) 0, BaseAddress, Length, 0, 0);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Build a memory descriptor according to an entry.
-
- @param Descriptor The descriptor to be built
- @param Entry According to this entry
-
-**/
-VOID
-BuildMemoryDescriptor (
- IN OUT EFI_GCD_MEMORY_SPACE_DESCRIPTOR *Descriptor,
- IN EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY *Entry
- )
-{
- Descriptor->BaseAddress = Entry->BaseAddress;
- Descriptor->Length = Entry->EndAddress - Entry->BaseAddress + 1;
- Descriptor->Capabilities = Entry->Capabilities;
- Descriptor->Attributes = Entry->Attributes;
- Descriptor->GcdMemoryType = Entry->GcdMemoryType;
- Descriptor->ImageHandle = Entry->ImageHandle;
- Descriptor->DeviceHandle = Entry->DeviceHandle;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Retrieves the descriptor for a memory region containing a specified address.
-
- @param BaseAddress Specified start address
- @param Descriptor Specified length
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully get memory space descriptor.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreGetMemorySpaceDescriptor (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress,
- OUT EFI_GCD_MEMORY_SPACE_DESCRIPTOR *Descriptor
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- LIST_ENTRY *StartLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *EndLink;
- EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY *Entry;
-
- //
- // Make sure parameters are valid
- //
- if (Descriptor == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- CoreAcquireGcdMemoryLock ();
-
- //
- // Search for the list of descriptors that contain BaseAddress
- //
- Status = CoreSearchGcdMapEntry (BaseAddress, 1, &StartLink, &EndLink, &mGcdMemorySpaceMap);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- } else {
- ASSERT (StartLink != NULL && EndLink != NULL);
- //
- // Copy the contents of the found descriptor into Descriptor
- //
- Entry = CR (StartLink, EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY, Link, EFI_GCD_MAP_SIGNATURE);
- BuildMemoryDescriptor (Descriptor, Entry);
- }
-
- CoreReleaseGcdMemoryLock ();
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Modifies the attributes for a memory region in the global coherency domain of the
- processor.
-
- @param BaseAddress Specified start address
- @param Length Specified length
- @param Attributes Specified attributes
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The attributes were set for the memory region.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Length is zero.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The processor does not support one or more bytes of the memory
- resource range specified by BaseAddress and Length.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The bit mask of attributes is not support for the memory resource
- range specified by BaseAddress and Length.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DEFINED The attributes for the memory resource range specified by
- BaseAddress and Length cannot be modified.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough system resources to modify the attributes of
- the memory resource range.
- @retval EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET The attributes cannot be set because CPU architectural protocol is
- not available yet.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreSetMemorySpaceAttributes (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress,
- IN UINT64 Length,
- IN UINT64 Attributes
- )
-{
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, "GCD:SetMemorySpaceAttributes(Base=%016lx,Length=%016lx)\n", BaseAddress, Length));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, " Attributes = %016lx\n", Attributes));
-
- return CoreConvertSpace (GCD_SET_ATTRIBUTES_MEMORY_OPERATION, (EFI_GCD_MEMORY_TYPE) 0, (EFI_GCD_IO_TYPE) 0, BaseAddress, Length, 0, Attributes);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Modifies the capabilities for a memory region in the global coherency domain of the
- processor.
-
- @param BaseAddress The physical address that is the start address of a memory region.
- @param Length The size in bytes of the memory region.
- @param Capabilities The bit mask of capabilities that the memory region supports.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The capabilities were set for the memory region.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Length is zero.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The capabilities specified by Capabilities do not include the
- memory region attributes currently in use.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED The capabilities for the memory resource range specified by
- BaseAddress and Length cannot be modified.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough system resources to modify the capabilities
- of the memory resource range.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreSetMemorySpaceCapabilities (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress,
- IN UINT64 Length,
- IN UINT64 Capabilities
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, "GCD:CoreSetMemorySpaceCapabilities(Base=%016lx,Length=%016lx)\n", BaseAddress, Length));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, " Capabilities = %016lx\n", Capabilities));
-
- Status = CoreConvertSpace (GCD_SET_CAPABILITIES_MEMORY_OPERATION, (EFI_GCD_MEMORY_TYPE) 0, (EFI_GCD_IO_TYPE) 0, BaseAddress, Length, Capabilities, 0);
- if (!EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- CoreUpdateMemoryAttributes(BaseAddress, RShiftU64(Length, EFI_PAGE_SHIFT), Capabilities & (~EFI_MEMORY_RUNTIME));
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Returns a map of the memory resources in the global coherency domain of the
- processor.
-
- @param NumberOfDescriptors Number of descriptors.
- @param MemorySpaceMap Descriptor array
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough buffer to allocate
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully get memory space map.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreGetMemorySpaceMap (
- OUT UINTN *NumberOfDescriptors,
- OUT EFI_GCD_MEMORY_SPACE_DESCRIPTOR **MemorySpaceMap
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY *Entry;
- EFI_GCD_MEMORY_SPACE_DESCRIPTOR *Descriptor;
-
- //
- // Make sure parameters are valid
- //
- if (NumberOfDescriptors == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- if (MemorySpaceMap == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- CoreAcquireGcdMemoryLock ();
-
- //
- // Count the number of descriptors
- //
- *NumberOfDescriptors = CoreCountGcdMapEntry (&mGcdMemorySpaceMap);
-
- //
- // Allocate the MemorySpaceMap
- //
- *MemorySpaceMap = AllocatePool (*NumberOfDescriptors * sizeof (EFI_GCD_MEMORY_SPACE_DESCRIPTOR));
- if (*MemorySpaceMap == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Fill in the MemorySpaceMap
- //
- Descriptor = *MemorySpaceMap;
- Link = mGcdMemorySpaceMap.ForwardLink;
- while (Link != &mGcdMemorySpaceMap) {
- Entry = CR (Link, EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY, Link, EFI_GCD_MAP_SIGNATURE);
- BuildMemoryDescriptor (Descriptor, Entry);
- Descriptor++;
- Link = Link->ForwardLink;
- }
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
-
-Done:
- CoreReleaseGcdMemoryLock ();
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Adds reserved I/O or I/O resources to the global coherency domain of the processor.
-
- @param GcdIoType IO type of the segment.
- @param BaseAddress Base address of the segment.
- @param Length Length of the segment.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Merged this segment into GCD map.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Parameter not valid
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreAddIoSpace (
- IN EFI_GCD_IO_TYPE GcdIoType,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress,
- IN UINT64 Length
- )
-{
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, "GCD:AddIoSpace(Base=%016lx,Length=%016lx)\n", BaseAddress, Length));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, " GcdIoType = %a\n", mGcdIoTypeNames[MIN (GcdIoType, EfiGcdIoTypeMaximum)]));
-
- //
- // Make sure parameters are valid
- //
- if (GcdIoType <= EfiGcdIoTypeNonExistent || GcdIoType >= EfiGcdIoTypeMaximum) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- return CoreConvertSpace (GCD_ADD_IO_OPERATION, (EFI_GCD_MEMORY_TYPE) 0, GcdIoType, BaseAddress, Length, 0, 0);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Allocates nonexistent I/O, reserved I/O, or I/O resources from the global coherency
- domain of the processor.
-
- @param GcdAllocateType The type of allocate operation
- @param GcdIoType The desired IO type
- @param Alignment Align with 2^Alignment
- @param Length Length to allocate
- @param BaseAddress Base address to allocate
- @param ImageHandle The image handle consume the allocated space.
- @param DeviceHandle The device handle consume the allocated space.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND No descriptor contains the desired space.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS IO space successfully allocated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreAllocateIoSpace (
- IN EFI_GCD_ALLOCATE_TYPE GcdAllocateType,
- IN EFI_GCD_IO_TYPE GcdIoType,
- IN UINTN Alignment,
- IN UINT64 Length,
- IN OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *BaseAddress,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_HANDLE DeviceHandle OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- if (BaseAddress != NULL) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, "GCD:AllocateIoSpace(Base=%016lx,Length=%016lx)\n", *BaseAddress, Length));
- } else {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, "GCD:AllocateIoSpace(Base=<NULL>,Length=%016lx)\n", Length));
- }
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, " GcdAllocateType = %a\n", mGcdAllocationTypeNames[MIN (GcdAllocateType, EfiGcdMaxAllocateType)]));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, " GcdIoType = %a\n", mGcdIoTypeNames[MIN (GcdIoType, EfiGcdIoTypeMaximum)]));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, " Alignment = %016lx\n", LShiftU64 (1, Alignment)));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, " ImageHandle = %p\n", ImageHandle));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, " DeviceHandle = %p\n", DeviceHandle));
-
- return CoreAllocateSpace (
- GCD_ALLOCATE_IO_OPERATION,
- GcdAllocateType,
- (EFI_GCD_MEMORY_TYPE) 0,
- GcdIoType,
- Alignment,
- Length,
- BaseAddress,
- ImageHandle,
- DeviceHandle
- );
-}
-
-
-/**
- Frees nonexistent I/O, reserved I/O, or I/O resources from the global coherency
- domain of the processor.
-
- @param BaseAddress Base address of the segment.
- @param Length Length of the segment.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Space successfully freed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreFreeIoSpace (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress,
- IN UINT64 Length
- )
-{
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, "GCD:FreeIoSpace(Base=%016lx,Length=%016lx)\n", BaseAddress, Length));
-
- return CoreConvertSpace (GCD_FREE_IO_OPERATION, (EFI_GCD_MEMORY_TYPE) 0, (EFI_GCD_IO_TYPE) 0, BaseAddress, Length, 0, 0);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Removes reserved I/O or I/O resources from the global coherency domain of the
- processor.
-
- @param BaseAddress Base address of the segment.
- @param Length Length of the segment.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully removed a segment of IO space.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreRemoveIoSpace (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress,
- IN UINT64 Length
- )
-{
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_GCD, "GCD:RemoveIoSpace(Base=%016lx,Length=%016lx)\n", BaseAddress, Length));
-
- return CoreConvertSpace (GCD_REMOVE_IO_OPERATION, (EFI_GCD_MEMORY_TYPE) 0, (EFI_GCD_IO_TYPE) 0, BaseAddress, Length, 0, 0);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Build a IO descriptor according to an entry.
-
- @param Descriptor The descriptor to be built
- @param Entry According to this entry
-
-**/
-VOID
-BuildIoDescriptor (
- IN EFI_GCD_IO_SPACE_DESCRIPTOR *Descriptor,
- IN EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY *Entry
- )
-{
- Descriptor->BaseAddress = Entry->BaseAddress;
- Descriptor->Length = Entry->EndAddress - Entry->BaseAddress + 1;
- Descriptor->GcdIoType = Entry->GcdIoType;
- Descriptor->ImageHandle = Entry->ImageHandle;
- Descriptor->DeviceHandle = Entry->DeviceHandle;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Retrieves the descriptor for an I/O region containing a specified address.
-
- @param BaseAddress Specified start address
- @param Descriptor Specified length
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Descriptor is NULL.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully get the IO space descriptor.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreGetIoSpaceDescriptor (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress,
- OUT EFI_GCD_IO_SPACE_DESCRIPTOR *Descriptor
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- LIST_ENTRY *StartLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *EndLink;
- EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY *Entry;
-
- //
- // Make sure parameters are valid
- //
- if (Descriptor == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- CoreAcquireGcdIoLock ();
-
- //
- // Search for the list of descriptors that contain BaseAddress
- //
- Status = CoreSearchGcdMapEntry (BaseAddress, 1, &StartLink, &EndLink, &mGcdIoSpaceMap);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- } else {
- ASSERT (StartLink != NULL && EndLink != NULL);
- //
- // Copy the contents of the found descriptor into Descriptor
- //
- Entry = CR (StartLink, EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY, Link, EFI_GCD_MAP_SIGNATURE);
- BuildIoDescriptor (Descriptor, Entry);
- }
-
- CoreReleaseGcdIoLock ();
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Returns a map of the I/O resources in the global coherency domain of the processor.
-
- @param NumberOfDescriptors Number of descriptors.
- @param IoSpaceMap Descriptor array
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough buffer to allocate
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully get IO space map.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreGetIoSpaceMap (
- OUT UINTN *NumberOfDescriptors,
- OUT EFI_GCD_IO_SPACE_DESCRIPTOR **IoSpaceMap
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY *Entry;
- EFI_GCD_IO_SPACE_DESCRIPTOR *Descriptor;
-
- //
- // Make sure parameters are valid
- //
- if (NumberOfDescriptors == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- if (IoSpaceMap == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- CoreAcquireGcdIoLock ();
-
- //
- // Count the number of descriptors
- //
- *NumberOfDescriptors = CoreCountGcdMapEntry (&mGcdIoSpaceMap);
-
- //
- // Allocate the IoSpaceMap
- //
- *IoSpaceMap = AllocatePool (*NumberOfDescriptors * sizeof (EFI_GCD_IO_SPACE_DESCRIPTOR));
- if (*IoSpaceMap == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Fill in the IoSpaceMap
- //
- Descriptor = *IoSpaceMap;
- Link = mGcdIoSpaceMap.ForwardLink;
- while (Link != &mGcdIoSpaceMap) {
- Entry = CR (Link, EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY, Link, EFI_GCD_MAP_SIGNATURE);
- BuildIoDescriptor (Descriptor, Entry);
- Descriptor++;
- Link = Link->ForwardLink;
- }
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
-
-Done:
- CoreReleaseGcdIoLock ();
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Converts a Resource Descriptor HOB attributes mask to an EFI Memory Descriptor
- capabilities mask
-
- @param GcdMemoryType Type of resource in the GCD memory map.
- @param Attributes The attribute mask in the Resource Descriptor
- HOB.
-
- @return The capabilities mask for an EFI Memory Descriptor.
-
-**/
-UINT64
-CoreConvertResourceDescriptorHobAttributesToCapabilities (
- EFI_GCD_MEMORY_TYPE GcdMemoryType,
- UINT64 Attributes
- )
-{
- UINT64 Capabilities;
- GCD_ATTRIBUTE_CONVERSION_ENTRY *Conversion;
-
- //
- // Convert the Resource HOB Attributes to an EFI Memory Capabilities mask
- //
- for (Capabilities = 0, Conversion = mAttributeConversionTable; Conversion->Attribute != 0; Conversion++) {
- if (Conversion->Memory || ((GcdMemoryType != EfiGcdMemoryTypeSystemMemory) && (GcdMemoryType != EfiGcdMemoryTypeMoreReliable))) {
- if (Attributes & Conversion->Attribute) {
- Capabilities |= Conversion->Capability;
- }
- }
- }
-
- return Capabilities;
-}
-
-/**
- Calculate total memory bin size neeeded.
-
- @return The total memory bin size neeeded.
-
-**/
-UINT64
-CalculateTotalMemoryBinSizeNeeded (
- VOID
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
- UINT64 TotalSize;
-
- //
- // Loop through each memory type in the order specified by the gMemoryTypeInformation[] array
- //
- TotalSize = 0;
- for (Index = 0; gMemoryTypeInformation[Index].Type != EfiMaxMemoryType; Index++) {
- TotalSize += LShiftU64 (gMemoryTypeInformation[Index].NumberOfPages, EFI_PAGE_SHIFT);
- }
-
- return TotalSize;
-}
-
-/**
- External function. Initializes memory services based on the memory
- descriptor HOBs. This function is responsible for priming the memory
- map, so memory allocations and resource allocations can be made.
- The first part of this function can not depend on any memory services
- until at least one memory descriptor is provided to the memory services.
-
- @param HobStart The start address of the HOB.
- @param MemoryBaseAddress Start address of memory region found to init DXE
- core.
- @param MemoryLength Length of memory region found to init DXE core.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Memory services successfully initialized.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreInitializeMemoryServices (
- IN VOID **HobStart,
- OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *MemoryBaseAddress,
- OUT UINT64 *MemoryLength
- )
-{
- EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS Hob;
- EFI_MEMORY_TYPE_INFORMATION *EfiMemoryTypeInformation;
- UINTN DataSize;
- BOOLEAN Found;
- EFI_HOB_HANDOFF_INFO_TABLE *PhitHob;
- EFI_HOB_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR *ResourceHob;
- EFI_HOB_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR *PhitResourceHob;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress;
- UINT64 Length;
- UINT64 Attributes;
- UINT64 Capabilities;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS TestedMemoryBaseAddress;
- UINT64 TestedMemoryLength;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS HighAddress;
- EFI_HOB_GUID_TYPE *GuidHob;
- UINT32 ReservedCodePageNumber;
- UINT64 MinimalMemorySizeNeeded;
-
- //
- // Point at the first HOB. This must be the PHIT HOB.
- //
- Hob.Raw = *HobStart;
- ASSERT (GET_HOB_TYPE (Hob) == EFI_HOB_TYPE_HANDOFF);
-
- //
- // Initialize the spin locks and maps in the memory services.
- // Also fill in the memory services into the EFI Boot Services Table
- //
- CoreInitializePool ();
-
- //
- // Initialize Local Variables
- //
- PhitResourceHob = NULL;
- ResourceHob = NULL;
- BaseAddress = 0;
- Length = 0;
- Attributes = 0;
-
- //
- // Cache the PHIT HOB for later use
- //
- PhitHob = Hob.HandoffInformationTable;
-
- if (PcdGet64(PcdLoadModuleAtFixAddressEnable) != 0) {
- ReservedCodePageNumber = PcdGet32(PcdLoadFixAddressRuntimeCodePageNumber);
- ReservedCodePageNumber += PcdGet32(PcdLoadFixAddressBootTimeCodePageNumber);
-
- //
- // cache the Top address for loading modules at Fixed Address
- //
- gLoadModuleAtFixAddressConfigurationTable.DxeCodeTopAddress = PhitHob->EfiMemoryTop
- + EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE(ReservedCodePageNumber);
- }
- //
- // See if a Memory Type Information HOB is available
- //
- GuidHob = GetFirstGuidHob (&gEfiMemoryTypeInformationGuid);
- if (GuidHob != NULL) {
- EfiMemoryTypeInformation = GET_GUID_HOB_DATA (GuidHob);
- DataSize = GET_GUID_HOB_DATA_SIZE (GuidHob);
- if (EfiMemoryTypeInformation != NULL && DataSize > 0 && DataSize <= (EfiMaxMemoryType + 1) * sizeof (EFI_MEMORY_TYPE_INFORMATION)) {
- CopyMem (&gMemoryTypeInformation, EfiMemoryTypeInformation, DataSize);
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Include the total memory bin size needed to make sure memory bin could be allocated successfully.
- //
- MinimalMemorySizeNeeded = MINIMUM_INITIAL_MEMORY_SIZE + CalculateTotalMemoryBinSizeNeeded ();
-
- //
- // Find the Resource Descriptor HOB that contains PHIT range EfiFreeMemoryBottom..EfiFreeMemoryTop
- //
- Found = FALSE;
- for (Hob.Raw = *HobStart; !END_OF_HOB_LIST(Hob); Hob.Raw = GET_NEXT_HOB(Hob)) {
- //
- // Skip all HOBs except Resource Descriptor HOBs
- //
- if (GET_HOB_TYPE (Hob) != EFI_HOB_TYPE_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR) {
- continue;
- }
-
- //
- // Skip Resource Descriptor HOBs that do not describe tested system memory
- //
- ResourceHob = Hob.ResourceDescriptor;
- if (ResourceHob->ResourceType != EFI_RESOURCE_SYSTEM_MEMORY) {
- continue;
- }
- if ((ResourceHob->ResourceAttribute & MEMORY_ATTRIBUTE_MASK) != TESTED_MEMORY_ATTRIBUTES) {
- continue;
- }
-
- //
- // Skip Resource Descriptor HOBs that do not contain the PHIT range EfiFreeMemoryBottom..EfiFreeMemoryTop
- //
- if (PhitHob->EfiFreeMemoryBottom < ResourceHob->PhysicalStart) {
- continue;
- }
- if (PhitHob->EfiFreeMemoryTop > (ResourceHob->PhysicalStart + ResourceHob->ResourceLength)) {
- continue;
- }
-
- //
- // Cache the resource descriptor HOB for the memory region described by the PHIT HOB
- //
- PhitResourceHob = ResourceHob;
- Found = TRUE;
-
- //
- // Compute range between PHIT EfiMemoryTop and the end of the Resource Descriptor HOB
- //
- Attributes = PhitResourceHob->ResourceAttribute;
- BaseAddress = PageAlignAddress (PhitHob->EfiMemoryTop);
- Length = PageAlignLength (ResourceHob->PhysicalStart + ResourceHob->ResourceLength - BaseAddress);
- if (Length < MinimalMemorySizeNeeded) {
- //
- // If that range is not large enough to intialize the DXE Core, then
- // Compute range between PHIT EfiFreeMemoryBottom and PHIT EfiFreeMemoryTop
- //
- BaseAddress = PageAlignAddress (PhitHob->EfiFreeMemoryBottom);
- Length = PageAlignLength (PhitHob->EfiFreeMemoryTop - BaseAddress);
- if (Length < MinimalMemorySizeNeeded) {
- //
- // If that range is not large enough to intialize the DXE Core, then
- // Compute range between the start of the Resource Descriptor HOB and the start of the HOB List
- //
- BaseAddress = PageAlignAddress (ResourceHob->PhysicalStart);
- Length = PageAlignLength ((UINT64)((UINTN)*HobStart - BaseAddress));
- }
- }
- break;
- }
-
- //
- // Assert if a resource descriptor HOB for the memory region described by the PHIT was not found
- //
- ASSERT (Found);
-
- //
- // Take the range in the resource descriptor HOB for the memory region described
- // by the PHIT as higher priority if it is big enough. It can make the memory bin
- // allocated to be at the same memory region with PHIT that has more better compatibility
- // to avoid memory fragmentation for some code practices assume and allocate <4G ACPI memory.
- //
- if (Length < MinimalMemorySizeNeeded) {
- //
- // Search all the resource descriptor HOBs from the highest possible addresses down for a memory
- // region that is big enough to initialize the DXE core. Always skip the PHIT Resource HOB.
- // The max address must be within the physically addressible range for the processor.
- //
- HighAddress = MAX_ADDRESS;
- for (Hob.Raw = *HobStart; !END_OF_HOB_LIST(Hob); Hob.Raw = GET_NEXT_HOB(Hob)) {
- //
- // Skip the Resource Descriptor HOB that contains the PHIT
- //
- if (Hob.ResourceDescriptor == PhitResourceHob) {
- continue;
- }
- //
- // Skip all HOBs except Resource Descriptor HOBs
- //
- if (GET_HOB_TYPE (Hob) != EFI_HOB_TYPE_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR) {
- continue;
- }
-
- //
- // Skip Resource Descriptor HOBs that do not describe tested system memory below MAX_ADDRESS
- //
- ResourceHob = Hob.ResourceDescriptor;
- if (ResourceHob->ResourceType != EFI_RESOURCE_SYSTEM_MEMORY) {
- continue;
- }
- if ((ResourceHob->ResourceAttribute & MEMORY_ATTRIBUTE_MASK) != TESTED_MEMORY_ATTRIBUTES) {
- continue;
- }
- if ((ResourceHob->PhysicalStart + ResourceHob->ResourceLength) > (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)MAX_ADDRESS) {
- continue;
- }
-
- //
- // Skip Resource Descriptor HOBs that are below a previously found Resource Descriptor HOB
- //
- if (HighAddress != (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)MAX_ADDRESS && ResourceHob->PhysicalStart <= HighAddress) {
- continue;
- }
-
- //
- // Skip Resource Descriptor HOBs that are not large enough to initilize the DXE Core
- //
- TestedMemoryBaseAddress = PageAlignAddress (ResourceHob->PhysicalStart);
- TestedMemoryLength = PageAlignLength (ResourceHob->PhysicalStart + ResourceHob->ResourceLength - TestedMemoryBaseAddress);
- if (TestedMemoryLength < MinimalMemorySizeNeeded) {
- continue;
- }
-
- //
- // Save the range described by the Resource Descriptor that is large enough to initilize the DXE Core
- //
- BaseAddress = TestedMemoryBaseAddress;
- Length = TestedMemoryLength;
- Attributes = ResourceHob->ResourceAttribute;
- HighAddress = ResourceHob->PhysicalStart;
- }
- }
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "CoreInitializeMemoryServices:\n"));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " BaseAddress - 0x%lx Length - 0x%lx MinimalMemorySizeNeeded - 0x%lx\n", BaseAddress, Length, MinimalMemorySizeNeeded));
-
- //
- // If no memory regions are found that are big enough to initialize the DXE core, then ASSERT().
- //
- ASSERT (Length >= MinimalMemorySizeNeeded);
-
- //
- // Convert the Resource HOB Attributes to an EFI Memory Capabilities mask
- //
- if ((Attributes & EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_MORE_RELIABLE) == EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_MORE_RELIABLE) {
- Capabilities = CoreConvertResourceDescriptorHobAttributesToCapabilities (EfiGcdMemoryTypeMoreReliable, Attributes);
- } else {
- Capabilities = CoreConvertResourceDescriptorHobAttributesToCapabilities (EfiGcdMemoryTypeSystemMemory, Attributes);
- }
-
- //
- // Declare the very first memory region, so the EFI Memory Services are available.
- //
- CoreAddMemoryDescriptor (
- EfiConventionalMemory,
- BaseAddress,
- RShiftU64 (Length, EFI_PAGE_SHIFT),
- Capabilities
- );
-
- *MemoryBaseAddress = BaseAddress;
- *MemoryLength = Length;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- External function. Initializes the GCD and memory services based on the memory
- descriptor HOBs. This function is responsible for priming the GCD map and the
- memory map, so memory allocations and resource allocations can be made. The
- HobStart will be relocated to a pool buffer.
-
- @param HobStart The start address of the HOB
- @param MemoryBaseAddress Start address of memory region found to init DXE
- core.
- @param MemoryLength Length of memory region found to init DXE core.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS GCD services successfully initialized.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreInitializeGcdServices (
- IN OUT VOID **HobStart,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS MemoryBaseAddress,
- IN UINT64 MemoryLength
- )
-{
- EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS Hob;
- VOID *NewHobList;
- EFI_HOB_HANDOFF_INFO_TABLE *PhitHob;
- UINT8 SizeOfMemorySpace;
- UINT8 SizeOfIoSpace;
- EFI_HOB_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR *ResourceHob;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress;
- UINT64 Length;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY *Entry;
- EFI_GCD_MEMORY_TYPE GcdMemoryType;
- EFI_GCD_IO_TYPE GcdIoType;
- EFI_GCD_MEMORY_SPACE_DESCRIPTOR Descriptor;
- EFI_HOB_MEMORY_ALLOCATION *MemoryHob;
- EFI_HOB_FIRMWARE_VOLUME *FirmwareVolumeHob;
- UINTN NumberOfDescriptors;
- EFI_GCD_MEMORY_SPACE_DESCRIPTOR *MemorySpaceMap;
- UINTN Index;
- UINT64 Capabilities;
- EFI_HOB_CPU * CpuHob;
- EFI_GCD_MEMORY_SPACE_DESCRIPTOR *MemorySpaceMapHobList;
-
- //
- // Cache the PHIT HOB for later use
- //
- PhitHob = (EFI_HOB_HANDOFF_INFO_TABLE *)(*HobStart);
-
- //
- // Get the number of address lines in the I/O and Memory space for the CPU
- //
- CpuHob = GetFirstHob (EFI_HOB_TYPE_CPU);
- ASSERT (CpuHob != NULL);
- SizeOfMemorySpace = CpuHob->SizeOfMemorySpace;
- SizeOfIoSpace = CpuHob->SizeOfIoSpace;
-
- //
- // Initialize the GCD Memory Space Map
- //
- Entry = AllocateCopyPool (sizeof (EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY), &mGcdMemorySpaceMapEntryTemplate);
- ASSERT (Entry != NULL);
-
- Entry->EndAddress = LShiftU64 (1, SizeOfMemorySpace) - 1;
-
- InsertHeadList (&mGcdMemorySpaceMap, &Entry->Link);
-
- CoreDumpGcdMemorySpaceMap (TRUE);
-
- //
- // Initialize the GCD I/O Space Map
- //
- Entry = AllocateCopyPool (sizeof (EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY), &mGcdIoSpaceMapEntryTemplate);
- ASSERT (Entry != NULL);
-
- Entry->EndAddress = LShiftU64 (1, SizeOfIoSpace) - 1;
-
- InsertHeadList (&mGcdIoSpaceMap, &Entry->Link);
-
- CoreDumpGcdIoSpaceMap (TRUE);
-
- //
- // Walk the HOB list and add all resource descriptors to the GCD
- //
- for (Hob.Raw = *HobStart; !END_OF_HOB_LIST(Hob); Hob.Raw = GET_NEXT_HOB(Hob)) {
-
- GcdMemoryType = EfiGcdMemoryTypeNonExistent;
- GcdIoType = EfiGcdIoTypeNonExistent;
-
- if (GET_HOB_TYPE (Hob) == EFI_HOB_TYPE_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR) {
-
- ResourceHob = Hob.ResourceDescriptor;
-
- switch (ResourceHob->ResourceType) {
- case EFI_RESOURCE_SYSTEM_MEMORY:
- if ((ResourceHob->ResourceAttribute & MEMORY_ATTRIBUTE_MASK) == TESTED_MEMORY_ATTRIBUTES) {
- if ((ResourceHob->ResourceAttribute & EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_MORE_RELIABLE) == EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_MORE_RELIABLE) {
- GcdMemoryType = EfiGcdMemoryTypeMoreReliable;
- } else {
- GcdMemoryType = EfiGcdMemoryTypeSystemMemory;
- }
- }
- if ((ResourceHob->ResourceAttribute & MEMORY_ATTRIBUTE_MASK) == INITIALIZED_MEMORY_ATTRIBUTES) {
- GcdMemoryType = EfiGcdMemoryTypeReserved;
- }
- if ((ResourceHob->ResourceAttribute & MEMORY_ATTRIBUTE_MASK) == PRESENT_MEMORY_ATTRIBUTES) {
- GcdMemoryType = EfiGcdMemoryTypeReserved;
- }
- if ((ResourceHob->ResourceAttribute & EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_PERSISTENT) == EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_PERSISTENT) {
- GcdMemoryType = EfiGcdMemoryTypePersistentMemory;
- }
- break;
- case EFI_RESOURCE_MEMORY_MAPPED_IO:
- case EFI_RESOURCE_FIRMWARE_DEVICE:
- GcdMemoryType = EfiGcdMemoryTypeMemoryMappedIo;
- break;
- case EFI_RESOURCE_MEMORY_MAPPED_IO_PORT:
- case EFI_RESOURCE_MEMORY_RESERVED:
- GcdMemoryType = EfiGcdMemoryTypeReserved;
- break;
- case EFI_RESOURCE_IO:
- GcdIoType = EfiGcdIoTypeIo;
- break;
- case EFI_RESOURCE_IO_RESERVED:
- GcdIoType = EfiGcdIoTypeReserved;
- break;
- }
-
- if (GcdMemoryType != EfiGcdMemoryTypeNonExistent) {
- //
- // Validate the Resource HOB Attributes
- //
- CoreValidateResourceDescriptorHobAttributes (ResourceHob->ResourceAttribute);
-
- //
- // Convert the Resource HOB Attributes to an EFI Memory Capabilities mask
- //
- Capabilities = CoreConvertResourceDescriptorHobAttributesToCapabilities (
- GcdMemoryType,
- ResourceHob->ResourceAttribute
- );
-
- Status = CoreInternalAddMemorySpace (
- GcdMemoryType,
- ResourceHob->PhysicalStart,
- ResourceHob->ResourceLength,
- Capabilities
- );
- }
-
- if (GcdIoType != EfiGcdIoTypeNonExistent) {
- Status = CoreAddIoSpace (
- GcdIoType,
- ResourceHob->PhysicalStart,
- ResourceHob->ResourceLength
- );
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Allocate first memory region from the GCD by the DXE core
- //
- Status = CoreGetMemorySpaceDescriptor (MemoryBaseAddress, &Descriptor);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- ASSERT ((Descriptor.GcdMemoryType == EfiGcdMemoryTypeSystemMemory) ||
- (Descriptor.GcdMemoryType == EfiGcdMemoryTypeMoreReliable));
- Status = CoreAllocateMemorySpace (
- EfiGcdAllocateAddress,
- Descriptor.GcdMemoryType,
- 0,
- MemoryLength,
- &MemoryBaseAddress,
- gDxeCoreImageHandle,
- NULL
- );
- }
-
- //
- // Walk the HOB list and allocate all memory space that is consumed by memory allocation HOBs,
- // and Firmware Volume HOBs. Also update the EFI Memory Map with the memory allocation HOBs.
- //
- for (Hob.Raw = *HobStart; !END_OF_HOB_LIST(Hob); Hob.Raw = GET_NEXT_HOB(Hob)) {
- if (GET_HOB_TYPE (Hob) == EFI_HOB_TYPE_MEMORY_ALLOCATION) {
- MemoryHob = Hob.MemoryAllocation;
- BaseAddress = MemoryHob->AllocDescriptor.MemoryBaseAddress;
- Status = CoreGetMemorySpaceDescriptor (BaseAddress, &Descriptor);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = CoreAllocateMemorySpace (
- EfiGcdAllocateAddress,
- Descriptor.GcdMemoryType,
- 0,
- MemoryHob->AllocDescriptor.MemoryLength,
- &BaseAddress,
- gDxeCoreImageHandle,
- NULL
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status) &&
- ((Descriptor.GcdMemoryType == EfiGcdMemoryTypeSystemMemory) ||
- (Descriptor.GcdMemoryType == EfiGcdMemoryTypeMoreReliable))) {
- CoreAddMemoryDescriptor (
- MemoryHob->AllocDescriptor.MemoryType,
- MemoryHob->AllocDescriptor.MemoryBaseAddress,
- RShiftU64 (MemoryHob->AllocDescriptor.MemoryLength, EFI_PAGE_SHIFT),
- Descriptor.Capabilities & (~EFI_MEMORY_RUNTIME)
- );
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (GET_HOB_TYPE (Hob) == EFI_HOB_TYPE_FV) {
- FirmwareVolumeHob = Hob.FirmwareVolume;
- BaseAddress = FirmwareVolumeHob->BaseAddress;
- Status = CoreAllocateMemorySpace (
- EfiGcdAllocateAddress,
- EfiGcdMemoryTypeMemoryMappedIo,
- 0,
- FirmwareVolumeHob->Length,
- &BaseAddress,
- gDxeCoreImageHandle,
- NULL
- );
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Add and allocate the remaining unallocated system memory to the memory services.
- //
- Status = CoreGetMemorySpaceMap (&NumberOfDescriptors, &MemorySpaceMap);
- ASSERT (Status == EFI_SUCCESS);
-
- MemorySpaceMapHobList = NULL;
- for (Index = 0; Index < NumberOfDescriptors; Index++) {
- if ((MemorySpaceMap[Index].GcdMemoryType == EfiGcdMemoryTypeSystemMemory) ||
- (MemorySpaceMap[Index].GcdMemoryType == EfiGcdMemoryTypeMoreReliable)) {
- if (MemorySpaceMap[Index].ImageHandle == NULL) {
- BaseAddress = PageAlignAddress (MemorySpaceMap[Index].BaseAddress);
- Length = PageAlignLength (MemorySpaceMap[Index].BaseAddress + MemorySpaceMap[Index].Length - BaseAddress);
- if (Length == 0 || MemorySpaceMap[Index].BaseAddress + MemorySpaceMap[Index].Length < BaseAddress) {
- continue;
- }
- if (((UINTN) MemorySpaceMap[Index].BaseAddress <= (UINTN) (*HobStart)) &&
- ((UINTN) (MemorySpaceMap[Index].BaseAddress + MemorySpaceMap[Index].Length) >= (UINTN) PhitHob->EfiFreeMemoryBottom)) {
- //
- // Skip the memory space that covers HOB List, it should be processed
- // after HOB List relocation to avoid the resources allocated by others
- // to corrupt HOB List before its relocation.
- //
- MemorySpaceMapHobList = &MemorySpaceMap[Index];
- continue;
- }
- CoreAddMemoryDescriptor (
- EfiConventionalMemory,
- BaseAddress,
- RShiftU64 (Length, EFI_PAGE_SHIFT),
- MemorySpaceMap[Index].Capabilities & (~EFI_MEMORY_RUNTIME)
- );
- Status = CoreAllocateMemorySpace (
- EfiGcdAllocateAddress,
- MemorySpaceMap[Index].GcdMemoryType,
- 0,
- Length,
- &BaseAddress,
- gDxeCoreImageHandle,
- NULL
- );
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Relocate HOB List to an allocated pool buffer.
- // The relocation should be at after all the tested memory resources added
- // (except the memory space that covers HOB List) to the memory services,
- // because the memory resource found in CoreInitializeMemoryServices()
- // may have not enough remaining resource for HOB List.
- //
- NewHobList = AllocateCopyPool (
- (UINTN) PhitHob->EfiFreeMemoryBottom - (UINTN) (*HobStart),
- *HobStart
- );
- ASSERT (NewHobList != NULL);
-
- *HobStart = NewHobList;
- gHobList = NewHobList;
-
- if (MemorySpaceMapHobList != NULL) {
- //
- // Add and allocate the memory space that covers HOB List to the memory services
- // after HOB List relocation.
- //
- BaseAddress = PageAlignAddress (MemorySpaceMapHobList->BaseAddress);
- Length = PageAlignLength (MemorySpaceMapHobList->BaseAddress + MemorySpaceMapHobList->Length - BaseAddress);
- CoreAddMemoryDescriptor (
- EfiConventionalMemory,
- BaseAddress,
- RShiftU64 (Length, EFI_PAGE_SHIFT),
- MemorySpaceMapHobList->Capabilities & (~EFI_MEMORY_RUNTIME)
- );
- Status = CoreAllocateMemorySpace (
- EfiGcdAllocateAddress,
- MemorySpaceMapHobList->GcdMemoryType,
- 0,
- Length,
- &BaseAddress,
- gDxeCoreImageHandle,
- NULL
- );
- }
-
- CoreFreePool (MemorySpaceMap);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Gcd/Gcd.h b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Gcd/Gcd.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1d5fb61092..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Gcd/Gcd.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- GCD Operations and data structure used to
- convert from GCD attributes to EFI Memory Map attributes.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _GCD_H_
-#define _GCD_H_
-
-//
-// GCD Operations
-//
-#define GCD_MEMORY_SPACE_OPERATION 0x20
-#define GCD_IO_SPACE_OPERATION 0x40
-
-#define GCD_ADD_MEMORY_OPERATION (GCD_MEMORY_SPACE_OPERATION | 0)
-#define GCD_ALLOCATE_MEMORY_OPERATION (GCD_MEMORY_SPACE_OPERATION | 1)
-#define GCD_FREE_MEMORY_OPERATION (GCD_MEMORY_SPACE_OPERATION | 2)
-#define GCD_REMOVE_MEMORY_OPERATION (GCD_MEMORY_SPACE_OPERATION | 3)
-#define GCD_SET_ATTRIBUTES_MEMORY_OPERATION (GCD_MEMORY_SPACE_OPERATION | 4)
-#define GCD_SET_CAPABILITIES_MEMORY_OPERATION (GCD_MEMORY_SPACE_OPERATION | 5)
-
-#define GCD_ADD_IO_OPERATION (GCD_IO_SPACE_OPERATION | 0)
-#define GCD_ALLOCATE_IO_OPERATION (GCD_IO_SPACE_OPERATION | 1)
-#define GCD_FREE_IO_OPERATION (GCD_IO_SPACE_OPERATION | 2)
-#define GCD_REMOVE_IO_OPERATION (GCD_IO_SPACE_OPERATION | 3)
-
-//
-// The data structure used to convert from GCD attributes to EFI Memory Map attributes
-//
-typedef struct {
- UINT64 Attribute;
- UINT64 Capability;
- BOOLEAN Memory;
-} GCD_ATTRIBUTE_CONVERSION_ENTRY;
-
-#endif
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Hand/DriverSupport.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Hand/DriverSupport.c deleted file mode 100644 index 33dd0bd0b7..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Hand/DriverSupport.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,964 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Support functions to connect/disconnect UEFI Driver model Protocol
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "DxeMain.h"
-#include "Handle.h"
-
-
-//
-// Driver Support Functions
-//
-/**
- Connects one or more drivers to a controller.
-
- @param ControllerHandle The handle of the controller to which driver(s) are to be connected.
- @param DriverImageHandle A pointer to an ordered list handles that support the
- EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL.
- @param RemainingDevicePath A pointer to the device path that specifies a child of the
- controller specified by ControllerHandle.
- @param Recursive If TRUE, then ConnectController() is called recursively
- until the entire tree of controllers below the controller specified
- by ControllerHandle have been created. If FALSE, then
- the tree of controllers is only expanded one level.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS 1) One or more drivers were connected to ControllerHandle.
- 2) No drivers were connected to ControllerHandle, but
- RemainingDevicePath is not NULL, and it is an End Device
- Path Node.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ControllerHandle is NULL.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND 1) There are no EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL instances
- present in the system.
- 2) No drivers were connected to ControllerHandle.
- @retval EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION
- The user has no permission to start UEFI device drivers on the device path
- associated with the ControllerHandle or specified by the RemainingDevicePath.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreConnectController (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ControllerHandle,
- IN EFI_HANDLE *DriverImageHandle OPTIONAL,
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *RemainingDevicePath OPTIONAL,
- IN BOOLEAN Recursive
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_STATUS ReturnStatus;
- IHANDLE *Handle;
- PROTOCOL_INTERFACE *Prot;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- LIST_ENTRY *ProtLink;
- OPEN_PROTOCOL_DATA *OpenData;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *AlignedRemainingDevicePath;
- EFI_HANDLE *ChildHandleBuffer;
- UINTN ChildHandleCount;
- UINTN Index;
- UINTN HandleFilePathSize;
- UINTN RemainingDevicePathSize;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *HandleFilePath;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FilePath;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *TempFilePath;
-
- //
- // Make sure ControllerHandle is valid
- //
- Status = CoreValidateHandle (ControllerHandle);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- if (gSecurity2 != NULL) {
- //
- // Check whether the user has permission to start UEFI device drivers.
- //
- Status = CoreHandleProtocol (ControllerHandle, &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid, (VOID **)&HandleFilePath);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- ASSERT (HandleFilePath != NULL);
- FilePath = HandleFilePath;
- TempFilePath = NULL;
- if (RemainingDevicePath != NULL && !Recursive) {
- HandleFilePathSize = GetDevicePathSize (HandleFilePath) - sizeof (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL);
- RemainingDevicePathSize = GetDevicePathSize (RemainingDevicePath);
- TempFilePath = AllocateZeroPool (HandleFilePathSize + RemainingDevicePathSize);
- ASSERT (TempFilePath != NULL);
- CopyMem (TempFilePath, HandleFilePath, HandleFilePathSize);
- CopyMem ((UINT8 *) TempFilePath + HandleFilePathSize, RemainingDevicePath, RemainingDevicePathSize);
- FilePath = TempFilePath;
- }
- Status = gSecurity2->FileAuthentication (
- gSecurity2,
- FilePath,
- NULL,
- 0,
- FALSE
- );
- if (TempFilePath != NULL) {
- FreePool (TempFilePath);
- }
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- }
- }
-
- Handle = ControllerHandle;
-
- //
- // Make a copy of RemainingDevicePath to guanatee it is aligned
- //
- AlignedRemainingDevicePath = NULL;
- if (RemainingDevicePath != NULL) {
- AlignedRemainingDevicePath = DuplicateDevicePath (RemainingDevicePath);
-
- if (AlignedRemainingDevicePath == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Connect all drivers to ControllerHandle
- // If CoreConnectSingleController returns EFI_NOT_READY, then the number of
- // Driver Binding Protocols in the handle database has increased during the call
- // so the connect operation must be restarted
- //
- do {
- ReturnStatus = CoreConnectSingleController (
- ControllerHandle,
- DriverImageHandle,
- AlignedRemainingDevicePath
- );
- } while (ReturnStatus == EFI_NOT_READY);
-
- //
- // Free the aligned copy of RemainingDevicePath
- //
- if (AlignedRemainingDevicePath != NULL) {
- CoreFreePool (AlignedRemainingDevicePath);
- }
-
- //
- // If recursive, then connect all drivers to all of ControllerHandle's children
- //
- if (Recursive) {
- //
- // Acquire the protocol lock on the handle database so the child handles can be collected
- //
- CoreAcquireProtocolLock ();
-
- //
- // Make sure the DriverBindingHandle is valid
- //
- Status = CoreValidateHandle (ControllerHandle);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Release the protocol lock on the handle database
- //
- CoreReleaseProtocolLock ();
-
- return ReturnStatus;
- }
-
-
- //
- // Count ControllerHandle's children
- //
- for (Link = Handle->Protocols.ForwardLink, ChildHandleCount = 0; Link != &Handle->Protocols; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- Prot = CR(Link, PROTOCOL_INTERFACE, Link, PROTOCOL_INTERFACE_SIGNATURE);
- for (ProtLink = Prot->OpenList.ForwardLink;
- ProtLink != &Prot->OpenList;
- ProtLink = ProtLink->ForwardLink) {
- OpenData = CR (ProtLink, OPEN_PROTOCOL_DATA, Link, OPEN_PROTOCOL_DATA_SIGNATURE);
- if ((OpenData->Attributes & EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_CHILD_CONTROLLER) != 0) {
- ChildHandleCount++;
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Allocate a handle buffer for ControllerHandle's children
- //
- ChildHandleBuffer = AllocatePool (ChildHandleCount * sizeof(EFI_HANDLE));
- if (ChildHandleBuffer == NULL) {
- CoreReleaseProtocolLock ();
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- //
- // Fill in a handle buffer with ControllerHandle's children
- //
- for (Link = Handle->Protocols.ForwardLink, ChildHandleCount = 0; Link != &Handle->Protocols; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- Prot = CR(Link, PROTOCOL_INTERFACE, Link, PROTOCOL_INTERFACE_SIGNATURE);
- for (ProtLink = Prot->OpenList.ForwardLink;
- ProtLink != &Prot->OpenList;
- ProtLink = ProtLink->ForwardLink) {
- OpenData = CR (ProtLink, OPEN_PROTOCOL_DATA, Link, OPEN_PROTOCOL_DATA_SIGNATURE);
- if ((OpenData->Attributes & EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_CHILD_CONTROLLER) != 0) {
- ChildHandleBuffer[ChildHandleCount] = OpenData->ControllerHandle;
- ChildHandleCount++;
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Release the protocol lock on the handle database
- //
- CoreReleaseProtocolLock ();
-
- //
- // Recursively connect each child handle
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < ChildHandleCount; Index++) {
- CoreConnectController (
- ChildHandleBuffer[Index],
- NULL,
- NULL,
- TRUE
- );
- }
-
- //
- // Free the handle buffer of ControllerHandle's children
- //
- CoreFreePool (ChildHandleBuffer);
- }
-
- return ReturnStatus;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Add Driver Binding Protocols from Context Driver Image Handles to sorted
- Driver Binding Protocol list.
-
- @param DriverBindingHandle Handle of the driver binding
- protocol.
- @param NumberOfSortedDriverBindingProtocols Number Of sorted driver binding
- protocols
- @param SortedDriverBindingProtocols The sorted protocol list.
- @param DriverBindingHandleCount Driver Binding Handle Count.
- @param DriverBindingHandleBuffer The buffer of driver binding
- protocol to be modified.
- @param IsImageHandle Indicate whether
- DriverBindingHandle is an image
- handle
-
- @return None.
-
-**/
-VOID
-AddSortedDriverBindingProtocol (
- IN EFI_HANDLE DriverBindingHandle,
- IN OUT UINTN *NumberOfSortedDriverBindingProtocols,
- IN OUT EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL **SortedDriverBindingProtocols,
- IN UINTN DriverBindingHandleCount,
- IN OUT EFI_HANDLE *DriverBindingHandleBuffer,
- IN BOOLEAN IsImageHandle
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL *DriverBinding;
- UINTN Index;
-
- //
- // Make sure the DriverBindingHandle is valid
- //
- Status = CoreValidateHandle (DriverBindingHandle);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return;
- }
-
- //
- // If IsImageHandle is TRUE, then DriverBindingHandle is an image handle
- // Find all the DriverBindingHandles associated with that image handle and add them to the sorted list
- //
- if (IsImageHandle) {
- //
- // Loop through all the Driver Binding Handles
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < DriverBindingHandleCount; Index++) {
- //
- // Retrieve the Driver Binding Protocol associated with each Driver Binding Handle
- //
- Status = CoreHandleProtocol (
- DriverBindingHandleBuffer[Index],
- &gEfiDriverBindingProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **) &DriverBinding
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status) || DriverBinding == NULL) {
- continue;
- }
-
- //
- // If the ImageHandle associated with DriverBinding matches DriverBindingHandle,
- // then add the DriverBindingProtocol[Index] to the sorted list
- //
- if (DriverBinding->ImageHandle == DriverBindingHandle) {
- AddSortedDriverBindingProtocol (
- DriverBindingHandleBuffer[Index],
- NumberOfSortedDriverBindingProtocols,
- SortedDriverBindingProtocols,
- DriverBindingHandleCount,
- DriverBindingHandleBuffer,
- FALSE
- );
- }
- }
- return;
- }
-
- //
- // Retrieve the Driver Binding Protocol from DriverBindingHandle
- //
- Status = CoreHandleProtocol(
- DriverBindingHandle,
- &gEfiDriverBindingProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **) &DriverBinding
- );
- //
- // If DriverBindingHandle does not support the Driver Binding Protocol then return
- //
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status) || DriverBinding == NULL) {
- return;
- }
-
- //
- // See if DriverBinding is already in the sorted list
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < *NumberOfSortedDriverBindingProtocols && Index < DriverBindingHandleCount; Index++) {
- if (DriverBinding == SortedDriverBindingProtocols[Index]) {
- return;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Add DriverBinding to the end of the list
- //
- if (*NumberOfSortedDriverBindingProtocols < DriverBindingHandleCount) {
- SortedDriverBindingProtocols[*NumberOfSortedDriverBindingProtocols] = DriverBinding;
- }
- *NumberOfSortedDriverBindingProtocols = *NumberOfSortedDriverBindingProtocols + 1;
-
- //
- // Mark the cooresponding handle in DriverBindingHandleBuffer as used
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < DriverBindingHandleCount; Index++) {
- if (DriverBindingHandleBuffer[Index] == DriverBindingHandle) {
- DriverBindingHandleBuffer[Index] = NULL;
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- Connects a controller to a driver.
-
- @param ControllerHandle Handle of the controller to be
- connected.
- @param ContextDriverImageHandles DriverImageHandle A pointer to an
- ordered list of driver image
- handles.
- @param RemainingDevicePath RemainingDevicePath A pointer to
- the device path that specifies a
- child of the controller
- specified by ControllerHandle.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS One or more drivers were
- connected to ControllerHandle.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough system resources to
- complete the request.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND No drivers were connected to
- ControllerHandle.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreConnectSingleController (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ControllerHandle,
- IN EFI_HANDLE *ContextDriverImageHandles OPTIONAL,
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *RemainingDevicePath OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN Index;
- EFI_HANDLE DriverImageHandle;
- EFI_PLATFORM_DRIVER_OVERRIDE_PROTOCOL *PlatformDriverOverride;
- EFI_BUS_SPECIFIC_DRIVER_OVERRIDE_PROTOCOL *BusSpecificDriverOverride;
- UINTN DriverBindingHandleCount;
- EFI_HANDLE *DriverBindingHandleBuffer;
- UINTN NewDriverBindingHandleCount;
- EFI_HANDLE *NewDriverBindingHandleBuffer;
- EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL *DriverBinding;
- EFI_DRIVER_FAMILY_OVERRIDE_PROTOCOL *DriverFamilyOverride;
- UINTN NumberOfSortedDriverBindingProtocols;
- EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL **SortedDriverBindingProtocols;
- UINT32 DriverFamilyOverrideVersion;
- UINT32 HighestVersion;
- UINTN HighestIndex;
- UINTN SortIndex;
- BOOLEAN OneStarted;
- BOOLEAN DriverFound;
-
- //
- // Initialize local variables
- //
- DriverBindingHandleCount = 0;
- DriverBindingHandleBuffer = NULL;
- NumberOfSortedDriverBindingProtocols = 0;
- SortedDriverBindingProtocols = NULL;
- PlatformDriverOverride = NULL;
- NewDriverBindingHandleBuffer = NULL;
-
- //
- // Get list of all Driver Binding Protocol Instances
- //
- Status = CoreLocateHandleBuffer (
- ByProtocol,
- &gEfiDriverBindingProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- &DriverBindingHandleCount,
- &DriverBindingHandleBuffer
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status) || (DriverBindingHandleCount == 0)) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- //
- // Allocate a duplicate array for the sorted Driver Binding Protocol Instances
- //
- SortedDriverBindingProtocols = AllocatePool (sizeof (VOID *) * DriverBindingHandleCount);
- if (SortedDriverBindingProtocols == NULL) {
- CoreFreePool (DriverBindingHandleBuffer);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- //
- // Add Driver Binding Protocols from Context Driver Image Handles first
- //
- if (ContextDriverImageHandles != NULL) {
- for (Index = 0; ContextDriverImageHandles[Index] != NULL; Index++) {
- AddSortedDriverBindingProtocol (
- ContextDriverImageHandles[Index],
- &NumberOfSortedDriverBindingProtocols,
- SortedDriverBindingProtocols,
- DriverBindingHandleCount,
- DriverBindingHandleBuffer,
- FALSE
- );
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Add the Platform Driver Override Protocol drivers for ControllerHandle next
- //
- Status = CoreLocateProtocol (
- &gEfiPlatformDriverOverrideProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- (VOID **) &PlatformDriverOverride
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status) && (PlatformDriverOverride != NULL)) {
- DriverImageHandle = NULL;
- do {
- Status = PlatformDriverOverride->GetDriver (
- PlatformDriverOverride,
- ControllerHandle,
- &DriverImageHandle
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- AddSortedDriverBindingProtocol (
- DriverImageHandle,
- &NumberOfSortedDriverBindingProtocols,
- SortedDriverBindingProtocols,
- DriverBindingHandleCount,
- DriverBindingHandleBuffer,
- TRUE
- );
- }
- } while (!EFI_ERROR (Status));
- }
-
- //
- // Add the Driver Family Override Protocol drivers for ControllerHandle
- //
- while (TRUE) {
- HighestIndex = DriverBindingHandleCount;
- HighestVersion = 0;
- for (Index = 0; Index < DriverBindingHandleCount; Index++) {
- Status = CoreHandleProtocol (
- DriverBindingHandleBuffer[Index],
- &gEfiDriverFamilyOverrideProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **) &DriverFamilyOverride
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status) && (DriverFamilyOverride != NULL)) {
- DriverFamilyOverrideVersion = DriverFamilyOverride->GetVersion (DriverFamilyOverride);
- if ((HighestIndex == DriverBindingHandleCount) || (DriverFamilyOverrideVersion > HighestVersion)) {
- HighestVersion = DriverFamilyOverrideVersion;
- HighestIndex = Index;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (HighestIndex == DriverBindingHandleCount) {
- break;
- }
-
- AddSortedDriverBindingProtocol (
- DriverBindingHandleBuffer[HighestIndex],
- &NumberOfSortedDriverBindingProtocols,
- SortedDriverBindingProtocols,
- DriverBindingHandleCount,
- DriverBindingHandleBuffer,
- FALSE
- );
- }
-
- //
- // Get the Bus Specific Driver Override Protocol instance on the Controller Handle
- //
- Status = CoreHandleProtocol (
- ControllerHandle,
- &gEfiBusSpecificDriverOverrideProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **) &BusSpecificDriverOverride
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status) && (BusSpecificDriverOverride != NULL)) {
- DriverImageHandle = NULL;
- do {
- Status = BusSpecificDriverOverride->GetDriver (
- BusSpecificDriverOverride,
- &DriverImageHandle
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- AddSortedDriverBindingProtocol (
- DriverImageHandle,
- &NumberOfSortedDriverBindingProtocols,
- SortedDriverBindingProtocols,
- DriverBindingHandleCount,
- DriverBindingHandleBuffer,
- TRUE
- );
- }
- } while (!EFI_ERROR (Status));
- }
-
- //
- // Then add all the remaining Driver Binding Protocols
- //
- SortIndex = NumberOfSortedDriverBindingProtocols;
- for (Index = 0; Index < DriverBindingHandleCount; Index++) {
- AddSortedDriverBindingProtocol (
- DriverBindingHandleBuffer[Index],
- &NumberOfSortedDriverBindingProtocols,
- SortedDriverBindingProtocols,
- DriverBindingHandleCount,
- DriverBindingHandleBuffer,
- FALSE
- );
- }
-
- //
- // Free the Driver Binding Handle Buffer
- //
- CoreFreePool (DriverBindingHandleBuffer);
-
- //
- // If the number of Driver Binding Protocols has increased since this function started, then return
- // EFI_NOT_READY, so it will be restarted
- //
- Status = CoreLocateHandleBuffer (
- ByProtocol,
- &gEfiDriverBindingProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- &NewDriverBindingHandleCount,
- &NewDriverBindingHandleBuffer
- );
- CoreFreePool (NewDriverBindingHandleBuffer);
- if (NewDriverBindingHandleCount > DriverBindingHandleCount) {
- //
- // Free any buffers that were allocated with AllocatePool()
- //
- CoreFreePool (SortedDriverBindingProtocols);
-
- return EFI_NOT_READY;
- }
-
- //
- // Sort the remaining DriverBinding Protocol based on their Version field from
- // highest to lowest.
- //
- for ( ; SortIndex < NumberOfSortedDriverBindingProtocols; SortIndex++) {
- HighestVersion = SortedDriverBindingProtocols[SortIndex]->Version;
- HighestIndex = SortIndex;
- for (Index = SortIndex + 1; Index < NumberOfSortedDriverBindingProtocols; Index++) {
- if (SortedDriverBindingProtocols[Index]->Version > HighestVersion) {
- HighestVersion = SortedDriverBindingProtocols[Index]->Version;
- HighestIndex = Index;
- }
- }
- if (SortIndex != HighestIndex) {
- DriverBinding = SortedDriverBindingProtocols[SortIndex];
- SortedDriverBindingProtocols[SortIndex] = SortedDriverBindingProtocols[HighestIndex];
- SortedDriverBindingProtocols[HighestIndex] = DriverBinding;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Loop until no more drivers can be started on ControllerHandle
- //
- OneStarted = FALSE;
- do {
-
- //
- // Loop through the sorted Driver Binding Protocol Instances in order, and see if
- // any of the Driver Binding Protocols support the controller specified by
- // ControllerHandle.
- //
- DriverBinding = NULL;
- DriverFound = FALSE;
- for (Index = 0; (Index < NumberOfSortedDriverBindingProtocols) && !DriverFound; Index++) {
- if (SortedDriverBindingProtocols[Index] != NULL) {
- DriverBinding = SortedDriverBindingProtocols[Index];
- PERF_START (DriverBinding->DriverBindingHandle, "DB:Support:", NULL, 0);
- Status = DriverBinding->Supported(
- DriverBinding,
- ControllerHandle,
- RemainingDevicePath
- );
- PERF_END (DriverBinding->DriverBindingHandle, "DB:Support:", NULL, 0);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- SortedDriverBindingProtocols[Index] = NULL;
- DriverFound = TRUE;
-
- //
- // A driver was found that supports ControllerHandle, so attempt to start the driver
- // on ControllerHandle.
- //
- PERF_START (DriverBinding->DriverBindingHandle, "DB:Start:", NULL, 0);
- Status = DriverBinding->Start (
- DriverBinding,
- ControllerHandle,
- RemainingDevicePath
- );
- PERF_END (DriverBinding->DriverBindingHandle, "DB:Start:", NULL, 0);
-
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // The driver was successfully started on ControllerHandle, so set a flag
- //
- OneStarted = TRUE;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- } while (DriverFound);
-
- //
- // Free any buffers that were allocated with AllocatePool()
- //
- CoreFreePool (SortedDriverBindingProtocols);
-
- //
- // If at least one driver was started on ControllerHandle, then return EFI_SUCCESS.
- //
- if (OneStarted) {
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- //
- // If no drivers started and RemainingDevicePath is an End Device Path Node, then return EFI_SUCCESS
- //
- if (RemainingDevicePath != NULL) {
- if (IsDevicePathEnd (RemainingDevicePath)) {
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Otherwise, no drivers were started on ControllerHandle, so return EFI_NOT_FOUND
- //
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Disonnects a controller from a driver
-
- @param ControllerHandle ControllerHandle The handle of
- the controller from which
- driver(s) are to be
- disconnected.
- @param DriverImageHandle DriverImageHandle The driver to
- disconnect from ControllerHandle.
- @param ChildHandle ChildHandle The handle of the
- child to destroy.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS One or more drivers were
- disconnected from the controller.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS On entry, no drivers are managing
- ControllerHandle.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS DriverImageHandle is not NULL,
- and on entry DriverImageHandle is
- not managing ControllerHandle.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ControllerHandle is NULL.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER DriverImageHandle is not NULL,
- and it is not a valid EFI_HANDLE.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ChildHandle is not NULL, and it
- is not a valid EFI_HANDLE.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough resources
- available to disconnect any
- drivers from ControllerHandle.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The controller could not be
- disconnected because of a device
- error.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreDisconnectController (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ControllerHandle,
- IN EFI_HANDLE DriverImageHandle OPTIONAL,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ChildHandle OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- IHANDLE *Handle;
- EFI_HANDLE *DriverImageHandleBuffer;
- EFI_HANDLE *ChildBuffer;
- UINTN Index;
- UINTN HandleIndex;
- UINTN DriverImageHandleCount;
- UINTN ChildrenToStop;
- UINTN ChildBufferCount;
- UINTN StopCount;
- BOOLEAN Duplicate;
- BOOLEAN ChildHandleValid;
- BOOLEAN DriverImageHandleValid;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- LIST_ENTRY *ProtLink;
- OPEN_PROTOCOL_DATA *OpenData;
- PROTOCOL_INTERFACE *Prot;
- EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL *DriverBinding;
-
- //
- // Make sure ControllerHandle is valid
- //
- Status = CoreValidateHandle (ControllerHandle);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Make sure ChildHandle is valid if it is not NULL
- //
- if (ChildHandle != NULL) {
- Status = CoreValidateHandle (ChildHandle);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- }
-
- Handle = ControllerHandle;
-
- //
- // Get list of drivers that are currently managing ControllerHandle
- //
- DriverImageHandleBuffer = NULL;
- DriverImageHandleCount = 1;
-
- if (DriverImageHandle == NULL) {
- //
- // Look at each protocol interface for a match
- //
- DriverImageHandleCount = 0;
-
- CoreAcquireProtocolLock ();
- for (Link = Handle->Protocols.ForwardLink; Link != &Handle->Protocols; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- Prot = CR(Link, PROTOCOL_INTERFACE, Link, PROTOCOL_INTERFACE_SIGNATURE);
- for (ProtLink = Prot->OpenList.ForwardLink;
- ProtLink != &Prot->OpenList;
- ProtLink = ProtLink->ForwardLink) {
- OpenData = CR (ProtLink, OPEN_PROTOCOL_DATA, Link, OPEN_PROTOCOL_DATA_SIGNATURE);
- if ((OpenData->Attributes & EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_DRIVER) != 0) {
- DriverImageHandleCount++;
- }
- }
- }
- CoreReleaseProtocolLock ();
-
- //
- // If there are no drivers managing this controller, then return EFI_SUCCESS
- //
- if (DriverImageHandleCount == 0) {
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- DriverImageHandleBuffer = AllocatePool (sizeof (EFI_HANDLE) * DriverImageHandleCount);
- if (DriverImageHandleBuffer == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- DriverImageHandleCount = 0;
-
- CoreAcquireProtocolLock ();
- for (Link = Handle->Protocols.ForwardLink; Link != &Handle->Protocols; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- Prot = CR(Link, PROTOCOL_INTERFACE, Link, PROTOCOL_INTERFACE_SIGNATURE);
- for (ProtLink = Prot->OpenList.ForwardLink;
- ProtLink != &Prot->OpenList;
- ProtLink = ProtLink->ForwardLink) {
- OpenData = CR (ProtLink, OPEN_PROTOCOL_DATA, Link, OPEN_PROTOCOL_DATA_SIGNATURE);
- if ((OpenData->Attributes & EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_DRIVER) != 0) {
- Duplicate = FALSE;
- for (Index = 0; Index< DriverImageHandleCount; Index++) {
- if (DriverImageHandleBuffer[Index] == OpenData->AgentHandle) {
- Duplicate = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- }
- if (!Duplicate) {
- DriverImageHandleBuffer[DriverImageHandleCount] = OpenData->AgentHandle;
- DriverImageHandleCount++;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- CoreReleaseProtocolLock ();
- }
-
- StopCount = 0;
- for (HandleIndex = 0; HandleIndex < DriverImageHandleCount; HandleIndex++) {
-
- if (DriverImageHandleBuffer != NULL) {
- DriverImageHandle = DriverImageHandleBuffer[HandleIndex];
- }
-
- //
- // Get the Driver Binding Protocol of the driver that is managing this controller
- //
- Status = CoreHandleProtocol (
- DriverImageHandle,
- &gEfiDriverBindingProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **)&DriverBinding
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status) || DriverBinding == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Look at each protocol interface for a match
- //
- DriverImageHandleValid = FALSE;
- ChildBufferCount = 0;
-
- CoreAcquireProtocolLock ();
- for (Link = Handle->Protocols.ForwardLink; Link != &Handle->Protocols; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- Prot = CR(Link, PROTOCOL_INTERFACE, Link, PROTOCOL_INTERFACE_SIGNATURE);
- for (ProtLink = Prot->OpenList.ForwardLink;
- ProtLink != &Prot->OpenList;
- ProtLink = ProtLink->ForwardLink) {
- OpenData = CR (ProtLink, OPEN_PROTOCOL_DATA, Link, OPEN_PROTOCOL_DATA_SIGNATURE);
- if (OpenData->AgentHandle == DriverImageHandle) {
- if ((OpenData->Attributes & EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_CHILD_CONTROLLER) != 0) {
- ChildBufferCount++;
- }
- if ((OpenData->Attributes & EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_DRIVER) != 0) {
- DriverImageHandleValid = TRUE;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- CoreReleaseProtocolLock ();
-
- if (DriverImageHandleValid) {
- ChildHandleValid = FALSE;
- ChildBuffer = NULL;
- if (ChildBufferCount != 0) {
- ChildBuffer = AllocatePool (sizeof (EFI_HANDLE) * ChildBufferCount);
- if (ChildBuffer == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- ChildBufferCount = 0;
-
- CoreAcquireProtocolLock ();
- for (Link = Handle->Protocols.ForwardLink; Link != &Handle->Protocols; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- Prot = CR(Link, PROTOCOL_INTERFACE, Link, PROTOCOL_INTERFACE_SIGNATURE);
- for (ProtLink = Prot->OpenList.ForwardLink;
- ProtLink != &Prot->OpenList;
- ProtLink = ProtLink->ForwardLink) {
- OpenData = CR (ProtLink, OPEN_PROTOCOL_DATA, Link, OPEN_PROTOCOL_DATA_SIGNATURE);
- if ((OpenData->AgentHandle == DriverImageHandle) &&
- ((OpenData->Attributes & EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_CHILD_CONTROLLER) != 0)) {
- Duplicate = FALSE;
- for (Index = 0; Index < ChildBufferCount; Index++) {
- if (ChildBuffer[Index] == OpenData->ControllerHandle) {
- Duplicate = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- }
- if (!Duplicate) {
- ChildBuffer[ChildBufferCount] = OpenData->ControllerHandle;
- if (ChildHandle == ChildBuffer[ChildBufferCount]) {
- ChildHandleValid = TRUE;
- }
- ChildBufferCount++;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- CoreReleaseProtocolLock ();
- }
-
- if (ChildHandle == NULL || ChildHandleValid) {
- ChildrenToStop = 0;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- if (ChildBufferCount > 0) {
- if (ChildHandle != NULL) {
- ChildrenToStop = 1;
- Status = DriverBinding->Stop (DriverBinding, ControllerHandle, ChildrenToStop, &ChildHandle);
- } else {
- ChildrenToStop = ChildBufferCount;
- Status = DriverBinding->Stop (DriverBinding, ControllerHandle, ChildrenToStop, ChildBuffer);
- }
- }
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status) && ((ChildHandle == NULL) || (ChildBufferCount == ChildrenToStop))) {
- Status = DriverBinding->Stop (DriverBinding, ControllerHandle, 0, NULL);
- }
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- StopCount++;
- }
- }
-
- if (ChildBuffer != NULL) {
- CoreFreePool (ChildBuffer);
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (StopCount > 0) {
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- } else {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
-Done:
-
- if (DriverImageHandleBuffer != NULL) {
- CoreFreePool (DriverImageHandleBuffer);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Hand/Handle.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Hand/Handle.c deleted file mode 100644 index 1c25521672..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Hand/Handle.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1553 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- UEFI handle & protocol handling.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2013, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "DxeMain.h"
-#include "Handle.h"
-
-
-//
-// mProtocolDatabase - A list of all protocols in the system. (simple list for now)
-// gHandleList - A list of all the handles in the system
-// gProtocolDatabaseLock - Lock to protect the mProtocolDatabase
-// gHandleDatabaseKey - The Key to show that the handle has been created/modified
-//
-LIST_ENTRY mProtocolDatabase = INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (mProtocolDatabase);
-LIST_ENTRY gHandleList = INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (gHandleList);
-EFI_LOCK gProtocolDatabaseLock = EFI_INITIALIZE_LOCK_VARIABLE (TPL_NOTIFY);
-UINT64 gHandleDatabaseKey = 0;
-
-
-
-/**
- Acquire lock on gProtocolDatabaseLock.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreAcquireProtocolLock (
- VOID
- )
-{
- CoreAcquireLock (&gProtocolDatabaseLock);
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Release lock on gProtocolDatabaseLock.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreReleaseProtocolLock (
- VOID
- )
-{
- CoreReleaseLock (&gProtocolDatabaseLock);
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Check whether a handle is a valid EFI_HANDLE
-
- @param UserHandle The handle to check
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The handle is NULL or not a valid EFI_HANDLE.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The handle is valid EFI_HANDLE.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreValidateHandle (
- IN EFI_HANDLE UserHandle
- )
-{
- IHANDLE *Handle;
-
- Handle = (IHANDLE *)UserHandle;
- if (Handle == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- if (Handle->Signature != EFI_HANDLE_SIGNATURE) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Finds the protocol entry for the requested protocol.
- The gProtocolDatabaseLock must be owned
-
- @param Protocol The ID of the protocol
- @param Create Create a new entry if not found
-
- @return Protocol entry
-
-**/
-PROTOCOL_ENTRY *
-CoreFindProtocolEntry (
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN BOOLEAN Create
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- PROTOCOL_ENTRY *Item;
- PROTOCOL_ENTRY *ProtEntry;
-
- ASSERT_LOCKED(&gProtocolDatabaseLock);
-
- //
- // Search the database for the matching GUID
- //
-
- ProtEntry = NULL;
- for (Link = mProtocolDatabase.ForwardLink;
- Link != &mProtocolDatabase;
- Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
-
- Item = CR(Link, PROTOCOL_ENTRY, AllEntries, PROTOCOL_ENTRY_SIGNATURE);
- if (CompareGuid (&Item->ProtocolID, Protocol)) {
-
- //
- // This is the protocol entry
- //
-
- ProtEntry = Item;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // If the protocol entry was not found and Create is TRUE, then
- // allocate a new entry
- //
- if ((ProtEntry == NULL) && Create) {
- ProtEntry = AllocatePool (sizeof(PROTOCOL_ENTRY));
-
- if (ProtEntry != NULL) {
- //
- // Initialize new protocol entry structure
- //
- ProtEntry->Signature = PROTOCOL_ENTRY_SIGNATURE;
- CopyGuid ((VOID *)&ProtEntry->ProtocolID, Protocol);
- InitializeListHead (&ProtEntry->Protocols);
- InitializeListHead (&ProtEntry->Notify);
-
- //
- // Add it to protocol database
- //
- InsertTailList (&mProtocolDatabase, &ProtEntry->AllEntries);
- }
- }
-
- return ProtEntry;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Finds the protocol instance for the requested handle and protocol.
- Note: This function doesn't do parameters checking, it's caller's responsibility
- to pass in valid parameters.
-
- @param Handle The handle to search the protocol on
- @param Protocol GUID of the protocol
- @param Interface The interface for the protocol being searched
-
- @return Protocol instance (NULL: Not found)
-
-**/
-PROTOCOL_INTERFACE *
-CoreFindProtocolInterface (
- IN IHANDLE *Handle,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN VOID *Interface
- )
-{
- PROTOCOL_INTERFACE *Prot;
- PROTOCOL_ENTRY *ProtEntry;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
-
- ASSERT_LOCKED(&gProtocolDatabaseLock);
- Prot = NULL;
-
- //
- // Lookup the protocol entry for this protocol ID
- //
-
- ProtEntry = CoreFindProtocolEntry (Protocol, FALSE);
- if (ProtEntry != NULL) {
-
- //
- // Look at each protocol interface for any matches
- //
- for (Link = Handle->Protocols.ForwardLink; Link != &Handle->Protocols; Link=Link->ForwardLink) {
-
- //
- // If this protocol interface matches, remove it
- //
- Prot = CR(Link, PROTOCOL_INTERFACE, Link, PROTOCOL_INTERFACE_SIGNATURE);
- if (Prot->Interface == Interface && Prot->Protocol == ProtEntry) {
- break;
- }
-
- Prot = NULL;
- }
- }
-
- return Prot;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Removes an event from a register protocol notify list on a protocol.
-
- @param Event The event to search for in the protocol
- database.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS if the event was found and removed.
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND if the event was not found in the protocl database.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreUnregisterProtocolNotifyEvent (
- IN EFI_EVENT Event
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- PROTOCOL_ENTRY *ProtEntry;
- LIST_ENTRY *NotifyLink;
- PROTOCOL_NOTIFY *ProtNotify;
-
- CoreAcquireProtocolLock ();
-
- for ( Link = mProtocolDatabase.ForwardLink;
- Link != &mProtocolDatabase;
- Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
-
- ProtEntry = CR(Link, PROTOCOL_ENTRY, AllEntries, PROTOCOL_ENTRY_SIGNATURE);
-
- for ( NotifyLink = ProtEntry->Notify.ForwardLink;
- NotifyLink != &ProtEntry->Notify;
- NotifyLink = NotifyLink->ForwardLink) {
-
- ProtNotify = CR(NotifyLink, PROTOCOL_NOTIFY, Link, PROTOCOL_NOTIFY_SIGNATURE);
-
- if (ProtNotify->Event == Event) {
- RemoveEntryList(&ProtNotify->Link);
- CoreFreePool(ProtNotify);
- CoreReleaseProtocolLock ();
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
- }
-
- CoreReleaseProtocolLock ();
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Removes all the events in the protocol database that match Event.
-
- @param Event The event to search for in the protocol
- database.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS when done searching the entire database.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreUnregisterProtocolNotify (
- IN EFI_EVENT Event
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- do {
- Status = CoreUnregisterProtocolNotifyEvent (Event);
- } while (!EFI_ERROR (Status));
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/**
- Wrapper function to CoreInstallProtocolInterfaceNotify. This is the public API which
- Calls the private one which contains a BOOLEAN parameter for notifications
-
- @param UserHandle The handle to install the protocol handler on,
- or NULL if a new handle is to be allocated
- @param Protocol The protocol to add to the handle
- @param InterfaceType Indicates whether Interface is supplied in
- native form.
- @param Interface The interface for the protocol being added
-
- @return Status code
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreInstallProtocolInterface (
- IN OUT EFI_HANDLE *UserHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN EFI_INTERFACE_TYPE InterfaceType,
- IN VOID *Interface
- )
-{
- return CoreInstallProtocolInterfaceNotify (
- UserHandle,
- Protocol,
- InterfaceType,
- Interface,
- TRUE
- );
-}
-
-
-/**
- Installs a protocol interface into the boot services environment.
-
- @param UserHandle The handle to install the protocol handler on,
- or NULL if a new handle is to be allocated
- @param Protocol The protocol to add to the handle
- @param InterfaceType Indicates whether Interface is supplied in
- native form.
- @param Interface The interface for the protocol being added
- @param Notify indicates whether notify the notification list
- for this protocol
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough buffer to allocate
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Protocol interface successfully installed
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreInstallProtocolInterfaceNotify (
- IN OUT EFI_HANDLE *UserHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN EFI_INTERFACE_TYPE InterfaceType,
- IN VOID *Interface,
- IN BOOLEAN Notify
- )
-{
- PROTOCOL_INTERFACE *Prot;
- PROTOCOL_ENTRY *ProtEntry;
- IHANDLE *Handle;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- VOID *ExistingInterface;
-
- //
- // returns EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER if InterfaceType is invalid.
- // Also added check for invalid UserHandle and Protocol pointers.
- //
- if (UserHandle == NULL || Protocol == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (InterfaceType != EFI_NATIVE_INTERFACE) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Print debug message
- //
- DEBUG((DEBUG_INFO, "InstallProtocolInterface: %g %p\n", Protocol, Interface));
-
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- Prot = NULL;
- Handle = NULL;
-
- if (*UserHandle != NULL) {
- Status = CoreHandleProtocol (*UserHandle, Protocol, (VOID **)&ExistingInterface);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Lock the protocol database
- //
- CoreAcquireProtocolLock ();
-
- //
- // Lookup the Protocol Entry for the requested protocol
- //
- ProtEntry = CoreFindProtocolEntry (Protocol, TRUE);
- if (ProtEntry == NULL) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Allocate a new protocol interface structure
- //
- Prot = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof(PROTOCOL_INTERFACE));
- if (Prot == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // If caller didn't supply a handle, allocate a new one
- //
- Handle = (IHANDLE *)*UserHandle;
- if (Handle == NULL) {
- Handle = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof(IHANDLE));
- if (Handle == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Initialize new handler structure
- //
- Handle->Signature = EFI_HANDLE_SIGNATURE;
- InitializeListHead (&Handle->Protocols);
-
- //
- // Initialize the Key to show that the handle has been created/modified
- //
- gHandleDatabaseKey++;
- Handle->Key = gHandleDatabaseKey;
-
- //
- // Add this handle to the list global list of all handles
- // in the system
- //
- InsertTailList (&gHandleList, &Handle->AllHandles);
- }
-
- Status = CoreValidateHandle (Handle);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Each interface that is added must be unique
- //
- ASSERT (CoreFindProtocolInterface (Handle, Protocol, Interface) == NULL);
-
- //
- // Initialize the protocol interface structure
- //
- Prot->Signature = PROTOCOL_INTERFACE_SIGNATURE;
- Prot->Handle = Handle;
- Prot->Protocol = ProtEntry;
- Prot->Interface = Interface;
-
- //
- // Initalize OpenProtocol Data base
- //
- InitializeListHead (&Prot->OpenList);
- Prot->OpenListCount = 0;
-
- //
- // Add this protocol interface to the head of the supported
- // protocol list for this handle
- //
- InsertHeadList (&Handle->Protocols, &Prot->Link);
-
- //
- // Add this protocol interface to the tail of the
- // protocol entry
- //
- InsertTailList (&ProtEntry->Protocols, &Prot->ByProtocol);
-
- //
- // Notify the notification list for this protocol
- //
- if (Notify) {
- CoreNotifyProtocolEntry (ProtEntry);
- }
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
-
-Done:
- //
- // Done, unlock the database and return
- //
- CoreReleaseProtocolLock ();
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Return the new handle back to the caller
- //
- *UserHandle = Handle;
- } else {
- //
- // There was an error, clean up
- //
- if (Prot != NULL) {
- CoreFreePool (Prot);
- }
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/**
- Installs a list of protocol interface into the boot services environment.
- This function calls InstallProtocolInterface() in a loop. If any error
- occures all the protocols added by this function are removed. This is
- basically a lib function to save space.
-
- @param Handle The pointer to a handle to install the new
- protocol interfaces on, or a pointer to NULL
- if a new handle is to be allocated.
- @param ... EFI_GUID followed by protocol instance. A NULL
- terminates the list. The pairs are the
- arguments to InstallProtocolInterface(). All the
- protocols are added to Handle.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS All the protocol interface was installed.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There was not enough memory in pool to install all the protocols.
- @retval EFI_ALREADY_STARTED A Device Path Protocol instance was passed in that is already present in
- the handle database.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Handle is NULL.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Protocol is already installed on the handle specified by Handle.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreInstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
- IN OUT EFI_HANDLE *Handle,
- ...
- )
-{
- VA_LIST Args;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_GUID *Protocol;
- VOID *Interface;
- EFI_TPL OldTpl;
- UINTN Index;
- EFI_HANDLE OldHandle;
- EFI_HANDLE DeviceHandle;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
-
- if (Handle == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Syncronize with notifcations.
- //
- OldTpl = CoreRaiseTpl (TPL_NOTIFY);
- OldHandle = *Handle;
-
- //
- // Check for duplicate device path and install the protocol interfaces
- //
- VA_START (Args, Handle);
- for (Index = 0, Status = EFI_SUCCESS; !EFI_ERROR (Status); Index++) {
- //
- // If protocol is NULL, then it's the end of the list
- //
- Protocol = VA_ARG (Args, EFI_GUID *);
- if (Protocol == NULL) {
- break;
- }
-
- Interface = VA_ARG (Args, VOID *);
-
- //
- // Make sure you are installing on top a device path that has already been added.
- //
- if (CompareGuid (Protocol, &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid)) {
- DeviceHandle = NULL;
- DevicePath = Interface;
- Status = CoreLocateDevicePath (&gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid, &DevicePath, &DeviceHandle);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status) && (DeviceHandle != NULL) && IsDevicePathEnd(DevicePath)) {
- Status = EFI_ALREADY_STARTED;
- continue;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Install it
- //
- Status = CoreInstallProtocolInterface (Handle, Protocol, EFI_NATIVE_INTERFACE, Interface);
- }
- VA_END (Args);
-
- //
- // If there was an error, remove all the interfaces that were installed without any errors
- //
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Reset the va_arg back to the first argument.
- //
- VA_START (Args, Handle);
- for (; Index > 1; Index--) {
- Protocol = VA_ARG (Args, EFI_GUID *);
- Interface = VA_ARG (Args, VOID *);
- CoreUninstallProtocolInterface (*Handle, Protocol, Interface);
- }
- VA_END (Args);
-
- *Handle = OldHandle;
- }
-
- //
- // Done
- //
- CoreRestoreTpl (OldTpl);
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Attempts to disconnect all drivers that are using the protocol interface being queried.
- If failed, reconnect all drivers disconnected.
- Note: This function doesn't do parameters checking, it's caller's responsibility
- to pass in valid parameters.
-
- @param UserHandle The handle on which the protocol is installed
- @param Prot The protocol to disconnect drivers from
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Drivers using the protocol interface are all
- disconnected
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED Failed to disconnect one or all of the drivers
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreDisconnectControllersUsingProtocolInterface (
- IN EFI_HANDLE UserHandle,
- IN PROTOCOL_INTERFACE *Prot
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- BOOLEAN ItemFound;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- OPEN_PROTOCOL_DATA *OpenData;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
-
- //
- // Attempt to disconnect all drivers from this protocol interface
- //
- do {
- ItemFound = FALSE;
- for ( Link = Prot->OpenList.ForwardLink;
- (Link != &Prot->OpenList) && !ItemFound;
- Link = Link->ForwardLink ) {
- OpenData = CR (Link, OPEN_PROTOCOL_DATA, Link, OPEN_PROTOCOL_DATA_SIGNATURE);
- if ((OpenData->Attributes & EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_DRIVER) != 0) {
- ItemFound = TRUE;
- CoreReleaseProtocolLock ();
- Status = CoreDisconnectController (UserHandle, OpenData->AgentHandle, NULL);
- CoreAcquireProtocolLock ();
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- ItemFound = FALSE;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- } while (ItemFound);
-
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Attempt to remove BY_HANDLE_PROTOOCL and GET_PROTOCOL and TEST_PROTOCOL Open List items
- //
- do {
- ItemFound = FALSE;
- for ( Link = Prot->OpenList.ForwardLink;
- (Link != &Prot->OpenList) && !ItemFound;
- Link = Link->ForwardLink ) {
- OpenData = CR (Link, OPEN_PROTOCOL_DATA, Link, OPEN_PROTOCOL_DATA_SIGNATURE);
- if ((OpenData->Attributes &
- (EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_HANDLE_PROTOCOL | EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL | EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_TEST_PROTOCOL)) != 0) {
- ItemFound = TRUE;
- RemoveEntryList (&OpenData->Link);
- Prot->OpenListCount--;
- CoreFreePool (OpenData);
- }
- }
- } while (ItemFound);
- }
-
- //
- // If there are errors or still has open items in the list, then reconnect all the drivers and return an error
- //
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status) || (Prot->OpenListCount > 0)) {
- CoreReleaseProtocolLock ();
- CoreConnectController (UserHandle, NULL, NULL, TRUE);
- CoreAcquireProtocolLock ();
- Status = EFI_ACCESS_DENIED;
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Uninstalls all instances of a protocol:interfacer from a handle.
- If the last protocol interface is remove from the handle, the
- handle is freed.
-
- @param UserHandle The handle to remove the protocol handler from
- @param Protocol The protocol, of protocol:interface, to remove
- @param Interface The interface, of protocol:interface, to remove
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Protocol is NULL.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Protocol interface successfully uninstalled.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreUninstallProtocolInterface (
- IN EFI_HANDLE UserHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN VOID *Interface
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- IHANDLE *Handle;
- PROTOCOL_INTERFACE *Prot;
-
- //
- // Check that Protocol is valid
- //
- if (Protocol == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Check that UserHandle is a valid handle
- //
- Status = CoreValidateHandle (UserHandle);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Lock the protocol database
- //
- CoreAcquireProtocolLock ();
-
- //
- // Check that Protocol exists on UserHandle, and Interface matches the interface in the database
- //
- Prot = CoreFindProtocolInterface (UserHandle, Protocol, Interface);
- if (Prot == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Attempt to disconnect all drivers that are using the protocol interface that is about to be removed
- //
- Status = CoreDisconnectControllersUsingProtocolInterface (
- UserHandle,
- Prot
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // One or more drivers refused to release, so return the error
- //
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Remove the protocol interface from the protocol
- //
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- Handle = (IHANDLE *)UserHandle;
- Prot = CoreRemoveInterfaceFromProtocol (Handle, Protocol, Interface);
-
- if (Prot != NULL) {
- //
- // Update the Key to show that the handle has been created/modified
- //
- gHandleDatabaseKey++;
- Handle->Key = gHandleDatabaseKey;
-
- //
- // Remove the protocol interface from the handle
- //
- RemoveEntryList (&Prot->Link);
-
- //
- // Free the memory
- //
- Prot->Signature = 0;
- CoreFreePool (Prot);
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- //
- // If there are no more handlers for the handle, free the handle
- //
- if (IsListEmpty (&Handle->Protocols)) {
- Handle->Signature = 0;
- RemoveEntryList (&Handle->AllHandles);
- CoreFreePool (Handle);
- }
-
-Done:
- //
- // Done, unlock the database and return
- //
- CoreReleaseProtocolLock ();
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/**
- Uninstalls a list of protocol interface in the boot services environment.
- This function calls UnisatllProtocolInterface() in a loop. This is
- basically a lib function to save space.
-
- @param Handle The handle to uninstall the protocol
- @param ... EFI_GUID followed by protocol instance. A NULL
- terminates the list. The pairs are the
- arguments to UninstallProtocolInterface(). All
- the protocols are added to Handle.
-
- @return Status code
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreUninstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
- IN EFI_HANDLE Handle,
- ...
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- VA_LIST Args;
- EFI_GUID *Protocol;
- VOID *Interface;
- UINTN Index;
-
- VA_START (Args, Handle);
- for (Index = 0, Status = EFI_SUCCESS; !EFI_ERROR (Status); Index++) {
- //
- // If protocol is NULL, then it's the end of the list
- //
- Protocol = VA_ARG (Args, EFI_GUID *);
- if (Protocol == NULL) {
- break;
- }
-
- Interface = VA_ARG (Args, VOID *);
-
- //
- // Uninstall it
- //
- Status = CoreUninstallProtocolInterface (Handle, Protocol, Interface);
- }
- VA_END (Args);
-
- //
- // If there was an error, add all the interfaces that were
- // uninstalled without any errors
- //
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Reset the va_arg back to the first argument.
- //
- VA_START (Args, Handle);
- for (; Index > 1; Index--) {
- Protocol = VA_ARG(Args, EFI_GUID *);
- Interface = VA_ARG(Args, VOID *);
- CoreInstallProtocolInterface (&Handle, Protocol, EFI_NATIVE_INTERFACE, Interface);
- }
- VA_END (Args);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Locate a certain GUID protocol interface in a Handle's protocols.
-
- @param UserHandle The handle to obtain the protocol interface on
- @param Protocol The GUID of the protocol
-
- @return The requested protocol interface for the handle
-
-**/
-PROTOCOL_INTERFACE *
-CoreGetProtocolInterface (
- IN EFI_HANDLE UserHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- PROTOCOL_ENTRY *ProtEntry;
- PROTOCOL_INTERFACE *Prot;
- IHANDLE *Handle;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
-
- Status = CoreValidateHandle (UserHandle);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- Handle = (IHANDLE *)UserHandle;
-
- //
- // Look at each protocol interface for a match
- //
- for (Link = Handle->Protocols.ForwardLink; Link != &Handle->Protocols; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- Prot = CR(Link, PROTOCOL_INTERFACE, Link, PROTOCOL_INTERFACE_SIGNATURE);
- ProtEntry = Prot->Protocol;
- if (CompareGuid (&ProtEntry->ProtocolID, Protocol)) {
- return Prot;
- }
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Queries a handle to determine if it supports a specified protocol.
-
- @param UserHandle The handle being queried.
- @param Protocol The published unique identifier of the protocol.
- @param Interface Supplies the address where a pointer to the
- corresponding Protocol Interface is returned.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The interface information for the specified protocol was returned.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The device does not support the specified protocol.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Handle is NULL..
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Protocol is NULL.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Interface is NULL.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreHandleProtocol (
- IN EFI_HANDLE UserHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- OUT VOID **Interface
- )
-{
- return CoreOpenProtocol (
- UserHandle,
- Protocol,
- Interface,
- gDxeCoreImageHandle,
- NULL,
- EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_HANDLE_PROTOCOL
- );
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Locates the installed protocol handler for the handle, and
- invokes it to obtain the protocol interface. Usage information
- is registered in the protocol data base.
-
- @param UserHandle The handle to obtain the protocol interface on
- @param Protocol The ID of the protocol
- @param Interface The location to return the protocol interface
- @param ImageHandle The handle of the Image that is opening the
- protocol interface specified by Protocol and
- Interface.
- @param ControllerHandle The controller handle that is requiring this
- interface.
- @param Attributes The open mode of the protocol interface
- specified by Handle and Protocol.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Protocol is NULL.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Get the protocol interface.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreOpenProtocol (
- IN EFI_HANDLE UserHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- OUT VOID **Interface OPTIONAL,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ControllerHandle,
- IN UINT32 Attributes
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- PROTOCOL_INTERFACE *Prot;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- OPEN_PROTOCOL_DATA *OpenData;
- BOOLEAN ByDriver;
- BOOLEAN Exclusive;
- BOOLEAN Disconnect;
- BOOLEAN ExactMatch;
-
- //
- // Check for invalid Protocol
- //
- if (Protocol == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Check for invalid Interface
- //
- if (Attributes != EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_TEST_PROTOCOL) {
- if (Interface == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- } else {
- *Interface = NULL;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Check for invalid UserHandle
- //
- Status = CoreValidateHandle (UserHandle);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Check for invalid Attributes
- //
- switch (Attributes) {
- case EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_CHILD_CONTROLLER :
- Status = CoreValidateHandle (ImageHandle);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- Status = CoreValidateHandle (ControllerHandle);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- if (UserHandle == ControllerHandle) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- break;
- case EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_DRIVER :
- case EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_DRIVER | EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_EXCLUSIVE :
- Status = CoreValidateHandle (ImageHandle);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- Status = CoreValidateHandle (ControllerHandle);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- break;
- case EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_EXCLUSIVE :
- Status = CoreValidateHandle (ImageHandle);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- break;
- case EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_HANDLE_PROTOCOL :
- case EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL :
- case EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_TEST_PROTOCOL :
- break;
- default:
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Lock the protocol database
- //
- CoreAcquireProtocolLock ();
-
- //
- // Look at each protocol interface for a match
- //
- Prot = CoreGetProtocolInterface (UserHandle, Protocol);
- if (Prot == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // This is the protocol interface entry for this protocol
- //
- if (Attributes != EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_TEST_PROTOCOL) {
- *Interface = Prot->Interface;
- }
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
-
- ByDriver = FALSE;
- Exclusive = FALSE;
- for ( Link = Prot->OpenList.ForwardLink; Link != &Prot->OpenList; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- OpenData = CR (Link, OPEN_PROTOCOL_DATA, Link, OPEN_PROTOCOL_DATA_SIGNATURE);
- ExactMatch = (BOOLEAN)((OpenData->AgentHandle == ImageHandle) &&
- (OpenData->Attributes == Attributes) &&
- (OpenData->ControllerHandle == ControllerHandle));
- if ((OpenData->Attributes & EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_DRIVER) != 0) {
- ByDriver = TRUE;
- if (ExactMatch) {
- Status = EFI_ALREADY_STARTED;
- goto Done;
- }
- }
- if ((OpenData->Attributes & EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_EXCLUSIVE) != 0) {
- Exclusive = TRUE;
- } else if (ExactMatch) {
- OpenData->OpenCount++;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- goto Done;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // ByDriver TRUE -> A driver is managing (UserHandle, Protocol)
- // ByDriver FALSE -> There are no drivers managing (UserHandle, Protocol)
- // Exclusive TRUE -> Something has exclusive access to (UserHandle, Protocol)
- // Exclusive FALSE -> Nothing has exclusive access to (UserHandle, Protocol)
- //
-
- switch (Attributes) {
- case EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_DRIVER :
- if (Exclusive || ByDriver) {
- Status = EFI_ACCESS_DENIED;
- goto Done;
- }
- break;
- case EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_DRIVER | EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_EXCLUSIVE :
- case EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_EXCLUSIVE :
- if (Exclusive) {
- Status = EFI_ACCESS_DENIED;
- goto Done;
- }
- if (ByDriver) {
- do {
- Disconnect = FALSE;
- for ( Link = Prot->OpenList.ForwardLink; (Link != &Prot->OpenList) && (!Disconnect); Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- OpenData = CR (Link, OPEN_PROTOCOL_DATA, Link, OPEN_PROTOCOL_DATA_SIGNATURE);
- if ((OpenData->Attributes & EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_DRIVER) != 0) {
- Disconnect = TRUE;
- CoreReleaseProtocolLock ();
- Status = CoreDisconnectController (UserHandle, OpenData->AgentHandle, NULL);
- CoreAcquireProtocolLock ();
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = EFI_ACCESS_DENIED;
- goto Done;
- }
- }
- }
- } while (Disconnect);
- }
- break;
- case EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_CHILD_CONTROLLER :
- case EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_HANDLE_PROTOCOL :
- case EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL :
- case EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_TEST_PROTOCOL :
- break;
- }
-
- if (ImageHandle == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- goto Done;
- }
- //
- // Create new entry
- //
- OpenData = AllocatePool (sizeof(OPEN_PROTOCOL_DATA));
- if (OpenData == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- } else {
- OpenData->Signature = OPEN_PROTOCOL_DATA_SIGNATURE;
- OpenData->AgentHandle = ImageHandle;
- OpenData->ControllerHandle = ControllerHandle;
- OpenData->Attributes = Attributes;
- OpenData->OpenCount = 1;
- InsertTailList (&Prot->OpenList, &OpenData->Link);
- Prot->OpenListCount++;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
-Done:
- //
- // Done. Release the database lock are return
- //
- CoreReleaseProtocolLock ();
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Closes a protocol on a handle that was opened using OpenProtocol().
-
- @param UserHandle The handle for the protocol interface that was
- previously opened with OpenProtocol(), and is
- now being closed.
- @param Protocol The published unique identifier of the protocol.
- It is the caller's responsibility to pass in a
- valid GUID.
- @param AgentHandle The handle of the agent that is closing the
- protocol interface.
- @param ControllerHandle If the agent that opened a protocol is a driver
- that follows the EFI Driver Model, then this
- parameter is the controller handle that required
- the protocol interface. If the agent does not
- follow the EFI Driver Model, then this parameter
- is optional and may be NULL.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The protocol instance was closed.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Handle, AgentHandle or ControllerHandle is not a
- valid EFI_HANDLE.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Can not find the specified protocol or
- AgentHandle.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreCloseProtocol (
- IN EFI_HANDLE UserHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN EFI_HANDLE AgentHandle,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ControllerHandle
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- PROTOCOL_INTERFACE *ProtocolInterface;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- OPEN_PROTOCOL_DATA *OpenData;
-
- //
- // Check for invalid parameters
- //
- Status = CoreValidateHandle (UserHandle);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- Status = CoreValidateHandle (AgentHandle);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- if (ControllerHandle != NULL) {
- Status = CoreValidateHandle (ControllerHandle);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- }
- if (Protocol == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Lock the protocol database
- //
- CoreAcquireProtocolLock ();
-
- //
- // Look at each protocol interface for a match
- //
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- ProtocolInterface = CoreGetProtocolInterface (UserHandle, Protocol);
- if (ProtocolInterface == NULL) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Walk the Open data base looking for AgentHandle
- //
- Link = ProtocolInterface->OpenList.ForwardLink;
- while (Link != &ProtocolInterface->OpenList) {
- OpenData = CR (Link, OPEN_PROTOCOL_DATA, Link, OPEN_PROTOCOL_DATA_SIGNATURE);
- Link = Link->ForwardLink;
- if ((OpenData->AgentHandle == AgentHandle) && (OpenData->ControllerHandle == ControllerHandle)) {
- RemoveEntryList (&OpenData->Link);
- ProtocolInterface->OpenListCount--;
- CoreFreePool (OpenData);
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
-
-Done:
- //
- // Done. Release the database lock and return.
- //
- CoreReleaseProtocolLock ();
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/**
- Return information about Opened protocols in the system
-
- @param UserHandle The handle to close the protocol interface on
- @param Protocol The ID of the protocol
- @param EntryBuffer A pointer to a buffer of open protocol information in the
- form of EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_INFORMATION_ENTRY structures.
- @param EntryCount Number of EntryBuffer entries
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The open protocol information was returned in EntryBuffer,
- and the number of entries was returned EntryCount.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Handle does not support the protocol specified by Protocol.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough resources available to allocate EntryBuffer.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreOpenProtocolInformation (
- IN EFI_HANDLE UserHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- OUT EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_INFORMATION_ENTRY **EntryBuffer,
- OUT UINTN *EntryCount
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- PROTOCOL_INTERFACE *ProtocolInterface;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- OPEN_PROTOCOL_DATA *OpenData;
- EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_INFORMATION_ENTRY *Buffer;
- UINTN Count;
- UINTN Size;
-
- *EntryBuffer = NULL;
- *EntryCount = 0;
-
- //
- // Lock the protocol database
- //
- CoreAcquireProtocolLock ();
-
- //
- // Look at each protocol interface for a match
- //
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- ProtocolInterface = CoreGetProtocolInterface (UserHandle, Protocol);
- if (ProtocolInterface == NULL) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Count the number of Open Entries
- //
- for ( Link = ProtocolInterface->OpenList.ForwardLink, Count = 0;
- (Link != &ProtocolInterface->OpenList) ;
- Link = Link->ForwardLink ) {
- Count++;
- }
-
- ASSERT (Count == ProtocolInterface->OpenListCount);
-
- if (Count == 0) {
- Size = sizeof(EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_INFORMATION_ENTRY);
- } else {
- Size = Count * sizeof(EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_INFORMATION_ENTRY);
- }
-
- Buffer = AllocatePool (Size);
- if (Buffer == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- for ( Link = ProtocolInterface->OpenList.ForwardLink, Count = 0;
- (Link != &ProtocolInterface->OpenList);
- Link = Link->ForwardLink, Count++ ) {
- OpenData = CR (Link, OPEN_PROTOCOL_DATA, Link, OPEN_PROTOCOL_DATA_SIGNATURE);
-
- Buffer[Count].AgentHandle = OpenData->AgentHandle;
- Buffer[Count].ControllerHandle = OpenData->ControllerHandle;
- Buffer[Count].Attributes = OpenData->Attributes;
- Buffer[Count].OpenCount = OpenData->OpenCount;
- }
-
- *EntryBuffer = Buffer;
- *EntryCount = Count;
-
-Done:
- //
- // Done. Release the database lock.
- //
- CoreReleaseProtocolLock ();
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/**
- Retrieves the list of protocol interface GUIDs that are installed on a handle in a buffer allocated
- from pool.
-
- @param UserHandle The handle from which to retrieve the list of
- protocol interface GUIDs.
- @param ProtocolBuffer A pointer to the list of protocol interface GUID
- pointers that are installed on Handle.
- @param ProtocolBufferCount A pointer to the number of GUID pointers present
- in ProtocolBuffer.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The list of protocol interface GUIDs installed
- on Handle was returned in ProtocolBuffer. The
- number of protocol interface GUIDs was returned
- in ProtocolBufferCount.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Handle is NULL.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Handle is not a valid EFI_HANDLE.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ProtocolBuffer is NULL.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ProtocolBufferCount is NULL.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is not enough pool memory to store the
- results.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreProtocolsPerHandle (
- IN EFI_HANDLE UserHandle,
- OUT EFI_GUID ***ProtocolBuffer,
- OUT UINTN *ProtocolBufferCount
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- IHANDLE *Handle;
- PROTOCOL_INTERFACE *Prot;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- UINTN ProtocolCount;
- EFI_GUID **Buffer;
-
- Status = CoreValidateHandle (UserHandle);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- Handle = (IHANDLE *)UserHandle;
-
- if (ProtocolBuffer == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (ProtocolBufferCount == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- *ProtocolBufferCount = 0;
-
- ProtocolCount = 0;
-
- CoreAcquireProtocolLock ();
-
- for (Link = Handle->Protocols.ForwardLink; Link != &Handle->Protocols; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- ProtocolCount++;
- }
-
- //
- // If there are no protocol interfaces installed on Handle, then Handle is not a valid EFI_HANDLE
- //
- if (ProtocolCount == 0) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- Buffer = AllocatePool (sizeof (EFI_GUID *) * ProtocolCount);
- if (Buffer == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- *ProtocolBuffer = Buffer;
- *ProtocolBufferCount = ProtocolCount;
-
- for ( Link = Handle->Protocols.ForwardLink, ProtocolCount = 0;
- Link != &Handle->Protocols;
- Link = Link->ForwardLink, ProtocolCount++) {
- Prot = CR(Link, PROTOCOL_INTERFACE, Link, PROTOCOL_INTERFACE_SIGNATURE);
- Buffer[ProtocolCount] = &(Prot->Protocol->ProtocolID);
- }
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
-
-Done:
- CoreReleaseProtocolLock ();
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- return handle database key.
-
-
- @return Handle database key.
-
-**/
-UINT64
-CoreGetHandleDatabaseKey (
- VOID
- )
-{
- return gHandleDatabaseKey;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Go connect any handles that were created or modified while a image executed.
-
- @param Key The Key to show that the handle has been
- created/modified
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreConnectHandlesByKey (
- UINT64 Key
- )
-{
- UINTN Count;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- EFI_HANDLE *HandleBuffer;
- IHANDLE *Handle;
- UINTN Index;
-
- //
- // Lock the protocol database
- //
- CoreAcquireProtocolLock ();
-
- for (Link = gHandleList.ForwardLink, Count = 0; Link != &gHandleList; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- Handle = CR (Link, IHANDLE, AllHandles, EFI_HANDLE_SIGNATURE);
- if (Handle->Key > Key) {
- Count++;
- }
- }
-
- HandleBuffer = AllocatePool (Count * sizeof (EFI_HANDLE));
- if (HandleBuffer == NULL) {
- CoreReleaseProtocolLock ();
- return;
- }
-
- for (Link = gHandleList.ForwardLink, Count = 0; Link != &gHandleList; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- Handle = CR (Link, IHANDLE, AllHandles, EFI_HANDLE_SIGNATURE);
- if (Handle->Key > Key) {
- HandleBuffer[Count++] = Handle;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Unlock the protocol database
- //
- CoreReleaseProtocolLock ();
-
- //
- // Connect all handles whose Key value is greater than Key
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < Count; Index++) {
- CoreConnectController (HandleBuffer[Index], NULL, NULL, TRUE);
- }
-
- CoreFreePool(HandleBuffer);
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Hand/Handle.h b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Hand/Handle.h deleted file mode 100644 index 28f762265a..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Hand/Handle.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,270 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Support functions for managing protocol.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _HAND_H_
-#define _HAND_H_
-
-
-#define EFI_HANDLE_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32('h','n','d','l')
-
-///
-/// IHANDLE - contains a list of protocol handles
-///
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- /// All handles list of IHANDLE
- LIST_ENTRY AllHandles;
- /// List of PROTOCOL_INTERFACE's for this handle
- LIST_ENTRY Protocols;
- UINTN LocateRequest;
- /// The Handle Database Key value when this handle was last created or modified
- UINT64 Key;
-} IHANDLE;
-
-#define ASSERT_IS_HANDLE(a) ASSERT((a)->Signature == EFI_HANDLE_SIGNATURE)
-
-#define PROTOCOL_ENTRY_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32('p','r','t','e')
-
-///
-/// PROTOCOL_ENTRY - each different protocol has 1 entry in the protocol
-/// database. Each handler that supports this protocol is listed, along
-/// with a list of registered notifies.
-///
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- /// Link Entry inserted to mProtocolDatabase
- LIST_ENTRY AllEntries;
- /// ID of the protocol
- EFI_GUID ProtocolID;
- /// All protocol interfaces
- LIST_ENTRY Protocols;
- /// Registerd notification handlers
- LIST_ENTRY Notify;
-} PROTOCOL_ENTRY;
-
-
-#define PROTOCOL_INTERFACE_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32('p','i','f','c')
-
-///
-/// PROTOCOL_INTERFACE - each protocol installed on a handle is tracked
-/// with a protocol interface structure
-///
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- /// Link on IHANDLE.Protocols
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
- /// Back pointer
- IHANDLE *Handle;
- /// Link on PROTOCOL_ENTRY.Protocols
- LIST_ENTRY ByProtocol;
- /// The protocol ID
- PROTOCOL_ENTRY *Protocol;
- /// The interface value
- VOID *Interface;
- /// OPEN_PROTOCOL_DATA list
- LIST_ENTRY OpenList;
- UINTN OpenListCount;
-
-} PROTOCOL_INTERFACE;
-
-#define OPEN_PROTOCOL_DATA_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32('p','o','d','l')
-
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- ///Link on PROTOCOL_INTERFACE.OpenList
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
-
- EFI_HANDLE AgentHandle;
- EFI_HANDLE ControllerHandle;
- UINT32 Attributes;
- UINT32 OpenCount;
-} OPEN_PROTOCOL_DATA;
-
-
-#define PROTOCOL_NOTIFY_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32('p','r','t','n')
-
-///
-/// PROTOCOL_NOTIFY - used for each register notification for a protocol
-///
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- PROTOCOL_ENTRY *Protocol;
- /// All notifications for this protocol
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
- /// Event to notify
- EFI_EVENT Event;
- /// Last position notified
- LIST_ENTRY *Position;
-} PROTOCOL_NOTIFY;
-
-
-
-/**
- Finds the protocol entry for the requested protocol.
- The gProtocolDatabaseLock must be owned
-
- @param Protocol The ID of the protocol
- @param Create Create a new entry if not found
-
- @return Protocol entry
-
-**/
-PROTOCOL_ENTRY *
-CoreFindProtocolEntry (
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN BOOLEAN Create
- );
-
-
-/**
- Signal event for every protocol in protocol entry.
-
- @param ProtEntry Protocol entry
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreNotifyProtocolEntry (
- IN PROTOCOL_ENTRY *ProtEntry
- );
-
-
-/**
- Finds the protocol instance for the requested handle and protocol.
- Note: This function doesn't do parameters checking, it's caller's responsibility
- to pass in valid parameters.
-
- @param Handle The handle to search the protocol on
- @param Protocol GUID of the protocol
- @param Interface The interface for the protocol being searched
-
- @return Protocol instance (NULL: Not found)
-
-**/
-PROTOCOL_INTERFACE *
-CoreFindProtocolInterface (
- IN IHANDLE *Handle,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN VOID *Interface
- );
-
-
-/**
- Removes Protocol from the protocol list (but not the handle list).
-
- @param Handle The handle to remove protocol on.
- @param Protocol GUID of the protocol to be moved
- @param Interface The interface of the protocol
-
- @return Protocol Entry
-
-**/
-PROTOCOL_INTERFACE *
-CoreRemoveInterfaceFromProtocol (
- IN IHANDLE *Handle,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN VOID *Interface
- );
-
-
-/**
- Connects a controller to a driver.
-
- @param ControllerHandle Handle of the controller to be
- connected.
- @param ContextDriverImageHandles DriverImageHandle A pointer to an
- ordered list of driver image
- handles.
- @param RemainingDevicePath RemainingDevicePath A pointer to
- the device path that specifies a
- child of the controller
- specified by ControllerHandle.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS One or more drivers were
- connected to ControllerHandle.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough system resources to
- complete the request.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND No drivers were connected to
- ControllerHandle.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreConnectSingleController (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ControllerHandle,
- IN EFI_HANDLE *ContextDriverImageHandles OPTIONAL,
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *RemainingDevicePath OPTIONAL
- );
-
-/**
- Attempts to disconnect all drivers that are using the protocol interface being queried.
- If failed, reconnect all drivers disconnected.
- Note: This function doesn't do parameters checking, it's caller's responsibility
- to pass in valid parameters.
-
- @param UserHandle The handle on which the protocol is installed
- @param Prot The protocol to disconnect drivers from
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Drivers using the protocol interface are all
- disconnected
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED Failed to disconnect one or all of the drivers
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreDisconnectControllersUsingProtocolInterface (
- IN EFI_HANDLE UserHandle,
- IN PROTOCOL_INTERFACE *Prot
- );
-
-
-/**
- Acquire lock on gProtocolDatabaseLock.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreAcquireProtocolLock (
- VOID
- );
-
-
-/**
- Release lock on gProtocolDatabaseLock.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreReleaseProtocolLock (
- VOID
- );
-
-
-/**
- Check whether a handle is a valid EFI_HANDLE
-
- @param UserHandle The handle to check
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The handle is NULL or not a valid EFI_HANDLE.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The handle is valid EFI_HANDLE.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreValidateHandle (
- IN EFI_HANDLE UserHandle
- );
-
-//
-// Externs
-//
-extern EFI_LOCK gProtocolDatabaseLock;
-extern LIST_ENTRY gHandleList;
-extern UINT64 gHandleDatabaseKey;
-
-#endif
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Hand/Locate.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Hand/Locate.c deleted file mode 100644 index 80df0d4a6c..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Hand/Locate.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,712 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Locate handle functions
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "DxeMain.h"
-#include "Handle.h"
-
-//
-// ProtocolRequest - Last LocateHandle request ID
-//
-UINTN mEfiLocateHandleRequest = 0;
-
-//
-// Internal prototypes
-//
-
-typedef struct {
- EFI_GUID *Protocol;
- VOID *SearchKey;
- LIST_ENTRY *Position;
- PROTOCOL_ENTRY *ProtEntry;
-} LOCATE_POSITION;
-
-typedef
-IHANDLE *
-(* CORE_GET_NEXT) (
- IN OUT LOCATE_POSITION *Position,
- OUT VOID **Interface
- );
-
-/**
- Routine to get the next Handle, when you are searching for all handles.
-
- @param Position Information about which Handle to seach for.
- @param Interface Return the interface structure for the matching
- protocol.
-
- @return An pointer to IHANDLE if the next Position is not the end of the list.
- Otherwise,NULL is returned.
-
-**/
-IHANDLE *
-CoreGetNextLocateAllHandles (
- IN OUT LOCATE_POSITION *Position,
- OUT VOID **Interface
- );
-
-/**
- Routine to get the next Handle, when you are searching for register protocol
- notifies.
-
- @param Position Information about which Handle to seach for.
- @param Interface Return the interface structure for the matching
- protocol.
-
- @return An pointer to IHANDLE if the next Position is not the end of the list.
- Otherwise,NULL is returned.
-
-**/
-IHANDLE *
-CoreGetNextLocateByRegisterNotify (
- IN OUT LOCATE_POSITION *Position,
- OUT VOID **Interface
- );
-
-/**
- Routine to get the next Handle, when you are searching for a given protocol.
-
- @param Position Information about which Handle to seach for.
- @param Interface Return the interface structure for the matching
- protocol.
-
- @return An pointer to IHANDLE if the next Position is not the end of the list.
- Otherwise,NULL is returned.
-
-**/
-IHANDLE *
-CoreGetNextLocateByProtocol (
- IN OUT LOCATE_POSITION *Position,
- OUT VOID **Interface
- );
-
-
-/**
- Locates the requested handle(s) and returns them in Buffer.
-
- @param SearchType The type of search to perform to locate the
- handles
- @param Protocol The protocol to search for
- @param SearchKey Dependant on SearchType
- @param BufferSize On input the size of Buffer. On output the
- size of data returned.
- @param Buffer The buffer to return the results in
-
- @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL Buffer too small, required buffer size is
- returned in BufferSize.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully found the requested handle(s) and
- returns them in Buffer.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreLocateHandle (
- IN EFI_LOCATE_SEARCH_TYPE SearchType,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol OPTIONAL,
- IN VOID *SearchKey OPTIONAL,
- IN OUT UINTN *BufferSize,
- OUT EFI_HANDLE *Buffer
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- LOCATE_POSITION Position;
- PROTOCOL_NOTIFY *ProtNotify;
- CORE_GET_NEXT GetNext;
- UINTN ResultSize;
- IHANDLE *Handle;
- IHANDLE **ResultBuffer;
- VOID *Interface;
-
- if (BufferSize == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if ((*BufferSize > 0) && (Buffer == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- GetNext = NULL;
-
- //
- // Set initial position
- //
- Position.Protocol = Protocol;
- Position.SearchKey = SearchKey;
- Position.Position = &gHandleList;
-
- ResultSize = 0;
- ResultBuffer = (IHANDLE **) Buffer;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
-
- //
- // Lock the protocol database
- //
- CoreAcquireProtocolLock ();
-
- //
- // Get the search function based on type
- //
- switch (SearchType) {
- case AllHandles:
- GetNext = CoreGetNextLocateAllHandles;
- break;
-
- case ByRegisterNotify:
- //
- // Must have SearchKey for locate ByRegisterNotify
- //
- if (SearchKey == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- break;
- }
- GetNext = CoreGetNextLocateByRegisterNotify;
- break;
-
- case ByProtocol:
- GetNext = CoreGetNextLocateByProtocol;
- if (Protocol == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- break;
- }
- //
- // Look up the protocol entry and set the head pointer
- //
- Position.ProtEntry = CoreFindProtocolEntry (Protocol, FALSE);
- if (Position.ProtEntry == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- break;
- }
- Position.Position = &Position.ProtEntry->Protocols;
- break;
-
- default:
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- break;
- }
-
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- CoreReleaseProtocolLock ();
- return Status;
- }
-
- ASSERT (GetNext != NULL);
- //
- // Enumerate out the matching handles
- //
- mEfiLocateHandleRequest += 1;
- for (; ;) {
- //
- // Get the next handle. If no more handles, stop
- //
- Handle = GetNext (&Position, &Interface);
- if (NULL == Handle) {
- break;
- }
-
- //
- // Increase the resulting buffer size, and if this handle
- // fits return it
- //
- ResultSize += sizeof(Handle);
- if (ResultSize <= *BufferSize) {
- *ResultBuffer = Handle;
- ResultBuffer += 1;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // If the result is a zero length buffer, then there were no
- // matching handles
- //
- if (ResultSize == 0) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- } else {
- //
- // Return the resulting buffer size. If it's larger than what
- // was passed, then set the error code
- //
- if (ResultSize > *BufferSize) {
- Status = EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
- }
-
- *BufferSize = ResultSize;
-
- if (SearchType == ByRegisterNotify && !EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- //
- // If this is a search by register notify and a handle was
- // returned, update the register notification position
- //
- ASSERT (SearchKey != NULL);
- ProtNotify = SearchKey;
- ProtNotify->Position = ProtNotify->Position->ForwardLink;
- }
- }
-
- CoreReleaseProtocolLock ();
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Routine to get the next Handle, when you are searching for all handles.
-
- @param Position Information about which Handle to seach for.
- @param Interface Return the interface structure for the matching
- protocol.
-
- @return An pointer to IHANDLE if the next Position is not the end of the list.
- Otherwise,NULL is returned.
-
-**/
-IHANDLE *
-CoreGetNextLocateAllHandles (
- IN OUT LOCATE_POSITION *Position,
- OUT VOID **Interface
- )
-{
- IHANDLE *Handle;
-
- //
- // Next handle
- //
- Position->Position = Position->Position->ForwardLink;
-
- //
- // If not at the end of the list, get the handle
- //
- Handle = NULL;
- *Interface = NULL;
- if (Position->Position != &gHandleList) {
- Handle = CR (Position->Position, IHANDLE, AllHandles, EFI_HANDLE_SIGNATURE);
- }
-
- return Handle;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Routine to get the next Handle, when you are searching for register protocol
- notifies.
-
- @param Position Information about which Handle to seach for.
- @param Interface Return the interface structure for the matching
- protocol.
-
- @return An pointer to IHANDLE if the next Position is not the end of the list.
- Otherwise,NULL is returned.
-
-**/
-IHANDLE *
-CoreGetNextLocateByRegisterNotify (
- IN OUT LOCATE_POSITION *Position,
- OUT VOID **Interface
- )
-{
- IHANDLE *Handle;
- PROTOCOL_NOTIFY *ProtNotify;
- PROTOCOL_INTERFACE *Prot;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
-
- Handle = NULL;
- *Interface = NULL;
- ProtNotify = Position->SearchKey;
-
- //
- // If this is the first request, get the next handle
- //
- if (ProtNotify != NULL) {
- ASSERT(ProtNotify->Signature == PROTOCOL_NOTIFY_SIGNATURE);
- Position->SearchKey = NULL;
-
- //
- // If not at the end of the list, get the next handle
- //
- Link = ProtNotify->Position->ForwardLink;
- if (Link != &ProtNotify->Protocol->Protocols) {
- Prot = CR (Link, PROTOCOL_INTERFACE, ByProtocol, PROTOCOL_INTERFACE_SIGNATURE);
- Handle = Prot->Handle;
- *Interface = Prot->Interface;
- }
- }
-
- return Handle;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Routine to get the next Handle, when you are searching for a given protocol.
-
- @param Position Information about which Handle to seach for.
- @param Interface Return the interface structure for the matching
- protocol.
-
- @return An pointer to IHANDLE if the next Position is not the end of the list.
- Otherwise,NULL is returned.
-
-**/
-IHANDLE *
-CoreGetNextLocateByProtocol (
- IN OUT LOCATE_POSITION *Position,
- OUT VOID **Interface
- )
-{
- IHANDLE *Handle;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- PROTOCOL_INTERFACE *Prot;
-
- Handle = NULL;
- *Interface = NULL;
- for (; ;) {
- //
- // Next entry
- //
- Link = Position->Position->ForwardLink;
- Position->Position = Link;
-
- //
- // If not at the end, return the handle
- //
- if (Link == &Position->ProtEntry->Protocols) {
- Handle = NULL;
- break;
- }
-
- //
- // Get the handle
- //
- Prot = CR(Link, PROTOCOL_INTERFACE, ByProtocol, PROTOCOL_INTERFACE_SIGNATURE);
- Handle = Prot->Handle;
- *Interface = Prot->Interface;
-
- //
- // If this handle has not been returned this request, then
- // return it now
- //
- if (Handle->LocateRequest != mEfiLocateHandleRequest) {
- Handle->LocateRequest = mEfiLocateHandleRequest;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- return Handle;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Locates the handle to a device on the device path that supports the specified protocol.
-
- @param Protocol Specifies the protocol to search for.
- @param DevicePath On input, a pointer to a pointer to the device path. On output, the device
- path pointer is modified to point to the remaining part of the device
- path.
- @param Device A pointer to the returned device handle.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The resulting handle was returned.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND No handles match the search.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Protocol is NULL.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER DevicePath is NULL.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER A handle matched the search and Device is NULL.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreLocateDevicePath (
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN OUT EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL **DevicePath,
- OUT EFI_HANDLE *Device
- )
-{
- INTN SourceSize;
- INTN Size;
- INTN BestMatch;
- UINTN HandleCount;
- UINTN Index;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_HANDLE *Handles;
- EFI_HANDLE Handle;
- EFI_HANDLE BestDevice;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *SourcePath;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *TmpDevicePath;
-
- if (Protocol == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if ((DevicePath == NULL) || (*DevicePath == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- Handles = NULL;
- BestDevice = NULL;
- SourcePath = *DevicePath;
- TmpDevicePath = SourcePath;
- while (!IsDevicePathEnd (TmpDevicePath)) {
- if (IsDevicePathEndInstance (TmpDevicePath)) {
- //
- // If DevicePath is a multi-instance device path,
- // the function will operate on the first instance
- //
- break;
- }
- TmpDevicePath = NextDevicePathNode (TmpDevicePath);
- }
-
- SourceSize = (UINTN) TmpDevicePath - (UINTN) SourcePath;
-
- //
- // Get a list of all handles that support the requested protocol
- //
- Status = CoreLocateHandleBuffer (ByProtocol, Protocol, NULL, &HandleCount, &Handles);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status) || HandleCount == 0) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- BestMatch = -1;
- for(Index = 0; Index < HandleCount; Index += 1) {
- Handle = Handles[Index];
- Status = CoreHandleProtocol (Handle, &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid, (VOID **)&TmpDevicePath);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // If this handle doesn't support device path, then skip it
- //
- continue;
- }
-
- //
- // Check if DevicePath is first part of SourcePath
- //
- Size = GetDevicePathSize (TmpDevicePath) - sizeof(EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL);
- ASSERT (Size >= 0);
- if ((Size <= SourceSize) && CompareMem (SourcePath, TmpDevicePath, (UINTN) Size) == 0) {
- //
- // If the size is equal to the best match, then we
- // have a duplicate device path for 2 different device
- // handles
- //
- ASSERT (Size != BestMatch);
-
- //
- // We've got a match, see if it's the best match so far
- //
- if (Size > BestMatch) {
- BestMatch = Size;
- BestDevice = Handle;
- }
- }
- }
-
- CoreFreePool (Handles);
-
- //
- // If there wasn't any match, then no parts of the device path was found.
- // Which is strange since there is likely a "root level" device path in the system.
- //
- if (BestMatch == -1) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- if (Device == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- *Device = BestDevice;
-
- //
- // Return the remaining part of the device path
- //
- *DevicePath = (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) (((UINT8 *) SourcePath) + BestMatch);
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Return the first Protocol Interface that matches the Protocol GUID. If
- Registration is passed in, return a Protocol Instance that was just add
- to the system. If Registration is NULL return the first Protocol Interface
- you find.
-
- @param Protocol The protocol to search for
- @param Registration Optional Registration Key returned from
- RegisterProtocolNotify()
- @param Interface Return the Protocol interface (instance).
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS If a valid Interface is returned
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Protocol interface not found
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreLocateProtocol (
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN VOID *Registration OPTIONAL,
- OUT VOID **Interface
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- LOCATE_POSITION Position;
- PROTOCOL_NOTIFY *ProtNotify;
- IHANDLE *Handle;
-
- if (Interface == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (Protocol == NULL) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- *Interface = NULL;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
-
- //
- // Set initial position
- //
- Position.Protocol = Protocol;
- Position.SearchKey = Registration;
- Position.Position = &gHandleList;
-
- //
- // Lock the protocol database
- //
- Status = CoreAcquireLockOrFail (&gProtocolDatabaseLock);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- mEfiLocateHandleRequest += 1;
-
- if (Registration == NULL) {
- //
- // Look up the protocol entry and set the head pointer
- //
- Position.ProtEntry = CoreFindProtocolEntry (Protocol, FALSE);
- if (Position.ProtEntry == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Done;
- }
- Position.Position = &Position.ProtEntry->Protocols;
-
- Handle = CoreGetNextLocateByProtocol (&Position, Interface);
- } else {
- Handle = CoreGetNextLocateByRegisterNotify (&Position, Interface);
- }
-
- if (Handle == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- } else if (Registration != NULL) {
- //
- // If this is a search by register notify and a handle was
- // returned, update the register notification position
- //
- ProtNotify = Registration;
- ProtNotify->Position = ProtNotify->Position->ForwardLink;
- }
-
-Done:
- CoreReleaseProtocolLock ();
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Function returns an array of handles that support the requested protocol
- in a buffer allocated from pool. This is a version of CoreLocateHandle()
- that allocates a buffer for the caller.
-
- @param SearchType Specifies which handle(s) are to be returned.
- @param Protocol Provides the protocol to search by. This
- parameter is only valid for SearchType
- ByProtocol.
- @param SearchKey Supplies the search key depending on the
- SearchType.
- @param NumberHandles The number of handles returned in Buffer.
- @param Buffer A pointer to the buffer to return the requested
- array of handles that support Protocol.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The result array of handles was returned.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND No handles match the search.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is not enough pool memory to store the
- matching results.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One or more parameters are not valid.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreLocateHandleBuffer (
- IN EFI_LOCATE_SEARCH_TYPE SearchType,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol OPTIONAL,
- IN VOID *SearchKey OPTIONAL,
- IN OUT UINTN *NumberHandles,
- OUT EFI_HANDLE **Buffer
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN BufferSize;
-
- if (NumberHandles == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (Buffer == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- BufferSize = 0;
- *NumberHandles = 0;
- *Buffer = NULL;
- Status = CoreLocateHandle (
- SearchType,
- Protocol,
- SearchKey,
- &BufferSize,
- *Buffer
- );
- //
- // LocateHandleBuffer() returns incorrect status code if SearchType is
- // invalid.
- //
- // Add code to correctly handle expected errors from CoreLocateHandle().
- //
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status) && Status != EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) {
- if (Status != EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- return Status;
- }
-
- *Buffer = AllocatePool (BufferSize);
- if (*Buffer == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- Status = CoreLocateHandle (
- SearchType,
- Protocol,
- SearchKey,
- &BufferSize,
- *Buffer
- );
-
- *NumberHandles = BufferSize / sizeof(EFI_HANDLE);
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- *NumberHandles = 0;
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Hand/Notify.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Hand/Notify.c deleted file mode 100644 index f0837c403f..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Hand/Notify.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,291 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Support functions for UEFI protocol notification infrastructure.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-(C) Copyright 2015 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "DxeMain.h"
-#include "Handle.h"
-#include "Event.h"
-
-/**
- Signal event for every protocol in protocol entry.
-
- @param ProtEntry Protocol entry
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreNotifyProtocolEntry (
- IN PROTOCOL_ENTRY *ProtEntry
- )
-{
- PROTOCOL_NOTIFY *ProtNotify;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
-
- ASSERT_LOCKED (&gProtocolDatabaseLock);
-
- for (Link=ProtEntry->Notify.ForwardLink; Link != &ProtEntry->Notify; Link=Link->ForwardLink) {
- ProtNotify = CR(Link, PROTOCOL_NOTIFY, Link, PROTOCOL_NOTIFY_SIGNATURE);
- CoreSignalEvent (ProtNotify->Event);
- }
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Removes Protocol from the protocol list (but not the handle list).
-
- @param Handle The handle to remove protocol on.
- @param Protocol GUID of the protocol to be moved
- @param Interface The interface of the protocol
-
- @return Protocol Entry
-
-**/
-PROTOCOL_INTERFACE *
-CoreRemoveInterfaceFromProtocol (
- IN IHANDLE *Handle,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN VOID *Interface
- )
-{
- PROTOCOL_INTERFACE *Prot;
- PROTOCOL_NOTIFY *ProtNotify;
- PROTOCOL_ENTRY *ProtEntry;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
-
- ASSERT_LOCKED (&gProtocolDatabaseLock);
-
- Prot = CoreFindProtocolInterface (Handle, Protocol, Interface);
- if (Prot != NULL) {
-
- ProtEntry = Prot->Protocol;
-
- //
- // If there's a protocol notify location pointing to this entry, back it up one
- //
- for(Link = ProtEntry->Notify.ForwardLink; Link != &ProtEntry->Notify; Link=Link->ForwardLink) {
- ProtNotify = CR(Link, PROTOCOL_NOTIFY, Link, PROTOCOL_NOTIFY_SIGNATURE);
-
- if (ProtNotify->Position == &Prot->ByProtocol) {
- ProtNotify->Position = Prot->ByProtocol.BackLink;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Remove the protocol interface entry
- //
- RemoveEntryList (&Prot->ByProtocol);
- }
-
- return Prot;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Add a new protocol notification record for the request protocol.
-
- @param Protocol The requested protocol to add the notify
- registration
- @param Event The event to signal
- @param Registration Returns the registration record
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully returned the registration record
- that has been added
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreRegisterProtocolNotify (
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN EFI_EVENT Event,
- OUT VOID **Registration
- )
-{
- PROTOCOL_ENTRY *ProtEntry;
- PROTOCOL_NOTIFY *ProtNotify;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- if ((Protocol == NULL) || (Event == NULL) || (Registration == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- CoreAcquireProtocolLock ();
-
- ProtNotify = NULL;
-
- //
- // Get the protocol entry to add the notification too
- //
-
- ProtEntry = CoreFindProtocolEntry (Protocol, TRUE);
- if (ProtEntry != NULL) {
-
- //
- // Allocate a new notification record
- //
- ProtNotify = AllocatePool (sizeof(PROTOCOL_NOTIFY));
- if (ProtNotify != NULL) {
- ((IEVENT *)Event)->ExFlag |= EVT_EXFLAG_EVENT_PROTOCOL_NOTIFICATION;
- ProtNotify->Signature = PROTOCOL_NOTIFY_SIGNATURE;
- ProtNotify->Protocol = ProtEntry;
- ProtNotify->Event = Event;
- //
- // start at the begining
- //
- ProtNotify->Position = &ProtEntry->Protocols;
-
- InsertTailList (&ProtEntry->Notify, &ProtNotify->Link);
- }
- }
-
- CoreReleaseProtocolLock ();
-
- //
- // Done. If we have a protocol notify entry, then return it.
- // Otherwise, we must have run out of resources trying to add one
- //
-
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- if (ProtNotify != NULL) {
- *Registration = ProtNotify;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Reinstall a protocol interface on a device handle. The OldInterface for Protocol is replaced by the NewInterface.
-
- @param UserHandle Handle on which the interface is to be
- reinstalled
- @param Protocol The numeric ID of the interface
- @param OldInterface A pointer to the old interface
- @param NewInterface A pointer to the new interface
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The protocol interface was installed
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The OldInterface on the handle was not found
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One of the parameters has an invalid value
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreReinstallProtocolInterface (
- IN EFI_HANDLE UserHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN VOID *OldInterface,
- IN VOID *NewInterface
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- IHANDLE *Handle;
- PROTOCOL_INTERFACE *Prot;
- PROTOCOL_ENTRY *ProtEntry;
-
- Status = CoreValidateHandle (UserHandle);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- if (Protocol == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- Handle = (IHANDLE *) UserHandle;
-
- //
- // Lock the protocol database
- //
- CoreAcquireProtocolLock ();
-
- //
- // Check that Protocol exists on UserHandle, and Interface matches the interface in the database
- //
- Prot = CoreFindProtocolInterface (UserHandle, Protocol, OldInterface);
- if (Prot == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Attempt to disconnect all drivers that are using the protocol interface that is about to be reinstalled
- //
- Status = CoreDisconnectControllersUsingProtocolInterface (
- UserHandle,
- Prot
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // One or more drivers refused to release, so return the error
- //
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Remove the protocol interface from the protocol
- //
- Prot = CoreRemoveInterfaceFromProtocol (Handle, Protocol, OldInterface);
-
- if (Prot == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- ProtEntry = Prot->Protocol;
-
- //
- // Update the interface on the protocol
- //
- Prot->Interface = NewInterface;
-
- //
- // Add this protocol interface to the tail of the
- // protocol entry
- //
- InsertTailList (&ProtEntry->Protocols, &Prot->ByProtocol);
-
- //
- // Update the Key to show that the handle has been created/modified
- //
- gHandleDatabaseKey++;
- Handle->Key = gHandleDatabaseKey;
-
- //
- // Release the lock and connect all drivers to UserHandle
- //
- CoreReleaseProtocolLock ();
- //
- // Return code is ignored on purpose.
- //
- CoreConnectController (
- UserHandle,
- NULL,
- NULL,
- TRUE
- );
- CoreAcquireProtocolLock ();
-
- //
- // Notify the notification list for this protocol
- //
- CoreNotifyProtocolEntry (ProtEntry);
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
-
-Done:
- CoreReleaseProtocolLock ();
-
- return Status;
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Image/Image.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Image/Image.c deleted file mode 100644 index 03e979a604..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Image/Image.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1942 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Core image handling services to load and unload PeImage.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "DxeMain.h"
-#include "Image.h"
-
-//
-// Module Globals
-//
-LOADED_IMAGE_PRIVATE_DATA *mCurrentImage = NULL;
-
-LOAD_PE32_IMAGE_PRIVATE_DATA mLoadPe32PrivateData = {
- LOAD_PE32_IMAGE_PRIVATE_DATA_SIGNATURE,
- NULL,
- {
- CoreLoadImageEx,
- CoreUnloadImageEx
- }
-};
-
-
-//
-// This code is needed to build the Image handle for the DXE Core
-//
-LOADED_IMAGE_PRIVATE_DATA mCorePrivateImage = {
- LOADED_IMAGE_PRIVATE_DATA_SIGNATURE, // Signature
- NULL, // Image handle
- EFI_IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_EFI_BOOT_SERVICE_DRIVER, // Image type
- TRUE, // If entrypoint has been called
- NULL, // EntryPoint
- {
- EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_INFORMATION_REVISION, // Revision
- NULL, // Parent handle
- NULL, // System handle
-
- NULL, // Device handle
- NULL, // File path
- NULL, // Reserved
-
- 0, // LoadOptionsSize
- NULL, // LoadOptions
-
- NULL, // ImageBase
- 0, // ImageSize
- EfiBootServicesCode, // ImageCodeType
- EfiBootServicesData // ImageDataType
- },
- (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)0, // ImageBasePage
- 0, // NumberOfPages
- NULL, // FixupData
- 0, // Tpl
- EFI_SUCCESS, // Status
- 0, // ExitDataSize
- NULL, // ExitData
- NULL, // JumpBuffer
- NULL, // JumpContext
- 0, // Machine
- NULL, // Ebc
- NULL, // RuntimeData
- NULL // LoadedImageDevicePath
-};
-//
-// The field is define for Loading modules at fixed address feature to tracker the PEI code
-// memory range usage. It is a bit mapped array in which every bit indicates the correspoding memory page
-// available or not.
-//
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED UINT64 *mDxeCodeMemoryRangeUsageBitMap=NULL;
-
-typedef struct {
- UINT16 MachineType;
- CHAR16 *MachineTypeName;
-} MACHINE_TYPE_INFO;
-
-//
-// EBC machine is not listed in this table, because EBC is in the default supported scopes of other machine type.
-//
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED MACHINE_TYPE_INFO mMachineTypeInfo[] = {
- {EFI_IMAGE_MACHINE_IA32, L"IA32"},
- {EFI_IMAGE_MACHINE_IA64, L"IA64"},
- {EFI_IMAGE_MACHINE_X64, L"X64"},
- {EFI_IMAGE_MACHINE_ARMTHUMB_MIXED, L"ARM"},
- {EFI_IMAGE_MACHINE_AARCH64, L"AARCH64"}
-};
-
-UINT16 mDxeCoreImageMachineType = 0;
-
-/**
- Return machine type name.
-
- @param MachineType The machine type
-
- @return machine type name
-**/
-CHAR16 *
-GetMachineTypeName (
- UINT16 MachineType
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < sizeof(mMachineTypeInfo)/sizeof(mMachineTypeInfo[0]); Index++) {
- if (mMachineTypeInfo[Index].MachineType == MachineType) {
- return mMachineTypeInfo[Index].MachineTypeName;
- }
- }
-
- return L"<Unknown>";
-}
-
-/**
- Add the Image Services to EFI Boot Services Table and install the protocol
- interfaces for this image.
-
- @param HobStart The HOB to initialize
-
- @return Status code.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreInitializeImageServices (
- IN VOID *HobStart
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- LOADED_IMAGE_PRIVATE_DATA *Image;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS DxeCoreImageBaseAddress;
- UINT64 DxeCoreImageLength;
- VOID *DxeCoreEntryPoint;
- EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS DxeCoreHob;
-
- //
- // Searching for image hob
- //
- DxeCoreHob.Raw = HobStart;
- while ((DxeCoreHob.Raw = GetNextHob (EFI_HOB_TYPE_MEMORY_ALLOCATION, DxeCoreHob.Raw)) != NULL) {
- if (CompareGuid (&DxeCoreHob.MemoryAllocationModule->MemoryAllocationHeader.Name, &gEfiHobMemoryAllocModuleGuid)) {
- //
- // Find Dxe Core HOB
- //
- break;
- }
- DxeCoreHob.Raw = GET_NEXT_HOB (DxeCoreHob);
- }
- ASSERT (DxeCoreHob.Raw != NULL);
-
- DxeCoreImageBaseAddress = DxeCoreHob.MemoryAllocationModule->MemoryAllocationHeader.MemoryBaseAddress;
- DxeCoreImageLength = DxeCoreHob.MemoryAllocationModule->MemoryAllocationHeader.MemoryLength;
- DxeCoreEntryPoint = (VOID *) (UINTN) DxeCoreHob.MemoryAllocationModule->EntryPoint;
- gDxeCoreFileName = &DxeCoreHob.MemoryAllocationModule->ModuleName;
-
- //
- // Initialize the fields for an internal driver
- //
- Image = &mCorePrivateImage;
-
- Image->EntryPoint = (EFI_IMAGE_ENTRY_POINT)(UINTN)DxeCoreEntryPoint;
- Image->ImageBasePage = DxeCoreImageBaseAddress;
- Image->NumberOfPages = (UINTN)(EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES((UINTN)(DxeCoreImageLength)));
- Image->Tpl = gEfiCurrentTpl;
- Image->Info.SystemTable = gDxeCoreST;
- Image->Info.ImageBase = (VOID *)(UINTN)DxeCoreImageBaseAddress;
- Image->Info.ImageSize = DxeCoreImageLength;
-
- //
- // Install the protocol interfaces for this image
- //
- Status = CoreInstallProtocolInterface (
- &Image->Handle,
- &gEfiLoadedImageProtocolGuid,
- EFI_NATIVE_INTERFACE,
- &Image->Info
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- mCurrentImage = Image;
-
- //
- // Fill in DXE globals
- //
- mDxeCoreImageMachineType = PeCoffLoaderGetMachineType (Image->Info.ImageBase);
- gDxeCoreImageHandle = Image->Handle;
- gDxeCoreLoadedImage = &Image->Info;
-
- if (FeaturePcdGet (PcdFrameworkCompatibilitySupport)) {
- //
- // Export DXE Core PE Loader functionality for backward compatibility.
- //
- Status = CoreInstallProtocolInterface (
- &mLoadPe32PrivateData.Handle,
- &gEfiLoadPeImageProtocolGuid,
- EFI_NATIVE_INTERFACE,
- &mLoadPe32PrivateData.Pe32Image
- );
- }
-
- ProtectUefiImage (&Image->Info, Image->LoadedImageDevicePath);
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Read image file (specified by UserHandle) into user specified buffer with specified offset
- and length.
-
- @param UserHandle Image file handle
- @param Offset Offset to the source file
- @param ReadSize For input, pointer of size to read; For output,
- pointer of size actually read.
- @param Buffer Buffer to write into
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully read the specified part of file
- into buffer.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreReadImageFile (
- IN VOID *UserHandle,
- IN UINTN Offset,
- IN OUT UINTN *ReadSize,
- OUT VOID *Buffer
- )
-{
- UINTN EndPosition;
- IMAGE_FILE_HANDLE *FHand;
-
- if (UserHandle == NULL || ReadSize == NULL || Buffer == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (MAX_ADDRESS - Offset < *ReadSize) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- FHand = (IMAGE_FILE_HANDLE *)UserHandle;
- ASSERT (FHand->Signature == IMAGE_FILE_HANDLE_SIGNATURE);
-
- //
- // Move data from our local copy of the file
- //
- EndPosition = Offset + *ReadSize;
- if (EndPosition > FHand->SourceSize) {
- *ReadSize = (UINT32)(FHand->SourceSize - Offset);
- }
- if (Offset >= FHand->SourceSize) {
- *ReadSize = 0;
- }
-
- CopyMem (Buffer, (CHAR8 *)FHand->Source + Offset, *ReadSize);
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-/**
- To check memory usage bit map array to figure out if the memory range the image will be loaded in is available or not. If
- memory range is available, the function will mark the corresponding bits to 1 which indicates the memory range is used.
- The function is only invoked when load modules at fixed address feature is enabled.
-
- @param ImageBase The base address the image will be loaded at.
- @param ImageSize The size of the image
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The memory range the image will be loaded in is available
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The memory range the image will be loaded in is not available
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CheckAndMarkFixLoadingMemoryUsageBitMap (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ImageBase,
- IN UINTN ImageSize
- )
-{
- UINT32 DxeCodePageNumber;
- UINT64 DxeCodeSize;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS DxeCodeBase;
- UINTN BaseOffsetPageNumber;
- UINTN TopOffsetPageNumber;
- UINTN Index;
- //
- // The DXE code range includes RuntimeCodePage range and Boot time code range.
- //
- DxeCodePageNumber = PcdGet32(PcdLoadFixAddressRuntimeCodePageNumber);
- DxeCodePageNumber += PcdGet32(PcdLoadFixAddressBootTimeCodePageNumber);
- DxeCodeSize = EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE(DxeCodePageNumber);
- DxeCodeBase = gLoadModuleAtFixAddressConfigurationTable.DxeCodeTopAddress - DxeCodeSize;
-
- //
- // If the memory usage bit map is not initialized, do it. Every bit in the array
- // indicate the status of the corresponding memory page, available or not
- //
- if (mDxeCodeMemoryRangeUsageBitMap == NULL) {
- mDxeCodeMemoryRangeUsageBitMap = AllocateZeroPool(((DxeCodePageNumber/64) + 1)*sizeof(UINT64));
- }
- //
- // If the Dxe code memory range is not allocated or the bit map array allocation failed, return EFI_NOT_FOUND
- //
- if (!gLoadFixedAddressCodeMemoryReady || mDxeCodeMemoryRangeUsageBitMap == NULL) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- //
- // Test the memory range for loading the image in the DXE code range.
- //
- if (gLoadModuleAtFixAddressConfigurationTable.DxeCodeTopAddress < ImageBase + ImageSize ||
- DxeCodeBase > ImageBase) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- //
- // Test if the memory is avalaible or not.
- //
- BaseOffsetPageNumber = EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES((UINT32)(ImageBase - DxeCodeBase));
- TopOffsetPageNumber = EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES((UINT32)(ImageBase + ImageSize - DxeCodeBase));
- for (Index = BaseOffsetPageNumber; Index < TopOffsetPageNumber; Index ++) {
- if ((mDxeCodeMemoryRangeUsageBitMap[Index / 64] & LShiftU64(1, (Index % 64))) != 0) {
- //
- // This page is already used.
- //
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Being here means the memory range is available. So mark the bits for the memory range
- //
- for (Index = BaseOffsetPageNumber; Index < TopOffsetPageNumber; Index ++) {
- mDxeCodeMemoryRangeUsageBitMap[Index / 64] |= LShiftU64(1, (Index % 64));
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-/**
-
- Get the fixed loading address from image header assigned by build tool. This function only be called
- when Loading module at Fixed address feature enabled.
-
- @param ImageContext Pointer to the image context structure that describes the PE/COFF
- image that needs to be examined by this function.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS An fixed loading address is assigned to this image by build tools .
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The image has no assigned fixed loading address.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GetPeCoffImageFixLoadingAssignedAddress(
- IN OUT PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT *ImageContext
- )
-{
- UINTN SectionHeaderOffset;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_IMAGE_SECTION_HEADER SectionHeader;
- EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_UNION *ImgHdr;
- UINT16 Index;
- UINTN Size;
- UINT16 NumberOfSections;
- IMAGE_FILE_HANDLE *Handle;
- UINT64 ValueInSectionHeader;
-
-
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-
- //
- // Get PeHeader pointer
- //
- Handle = (IMAGE_FILE_HANDLE*)ImageContext->Handle;
- ImgHdr = (EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_UNION *)((CHAR8* )Handle->Source + ImageContext->PeCoffHeaderOffset);
- SectionHeaderOffset = ImageContext->PeCoffHeaderOffset +
- sizeof (UINT32) +
- sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_FILE_HEADER) +
- ImgHdr->Pe32.FileHeader.SizeOfOptionalHeader;
- NumberOfSections = ImgHdr->Pe32.FileHeader.NumberOfSections;
-
- //
- // Get base address from the first section header that doesn't point to code section.
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < NumberOfSections; Index++) {
- //
- // Read section header from file
- //
- Size = sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_SECTION_HEADER);
- Status = ImageContext->ImageRead (
- ImageContext->Handle,
- SectionHeaderOffset,
- &Size,
- &SectionHeader
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- if (Size != sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_SECTION_HEADER)) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-
- if ((SectionHeader.Characteristics & EFI_IMAGE_SCN_CNT_CODE) == 0) {
- //
- // Build tool will save the address in PointerToRelocations & PointerToLineNumbers fields in the first section header
- // that doesn't point to code section in image header, as well as ImageBase field of image header. And there is an
- // assumption that when the feature is enabled, if a module is assigned a loading address by tools, PointerToRelocations
- // & PointerToLineNumbers fields should NOT be Zero, or else, these 2 fields should be set to Zero
- //
- ValueInSectionHeader = ReadUnaligned64((UINT64*)&SectionHeader.PointerToRelocations);
- if (ValueInSectionHeader != 0) {
- //
- // When the feature is configured as load module at fixed absolute address, the ImageAddress field of ImageContext
- // hold the spcified address. If the feature is configured as load module at fixed offset, ImageAddress hold an offset
- // relative to top address
- //
- if ((INT64)PcdGet64(PcdLoadModuleAtFixAddressEnable) < 0) {
- ImageContext->ImageAddress = gLoadModuleAtFixAddressConfigurationTable.DxeCodeTopAddress + (INT64)(INTN)ImageContext->ImageAddress;
- }
- //
- // Check if the memory range is available.
- //
- Status = CheckAndMarkFixLoadingMemoryUsageBitMap (ImageContext->ImageAddress, (UINTN)(ImageContext->ImageSize + ImageContext->SectionAlignment));
- }
- break;
- }
- SectionHeaderOffset += sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_SECTION_HEADER);
- }
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO|EFI_D_LOAD, "LOADING MODULE FIXED INFO: Loading module at fixed address 0x%11p. Status = %r \n", (VOID *)(UINTN)(ImageContext->ImageAddress), Status));
- return Status;
-}
-/**
- Loads, relocates, and invokes a PE/COFF image
-
- @param BootPolicy If TRUE, indicates that the request originates
- from the boot manager, and that the boot
- manager is attempting to load FilePath as a
- boot selection.
- @param Pe32Handle The handle of PE32 image
- @param Image PE image to be loaded
- @param DstBuffer The buffer to store the image
- @param EntryPoint A pointer to the entry point
- @param Attribute The bit mask of attributes to set for the load
- PE image
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The file was loaded, relocated, and invoked
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There was not enough memory to load and
- relocate the PE/COFF file
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter
- @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL Buffer for image is too small
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreLoadPeImage (
- IN BOOLEAN BootPolicy,
- IN VOID *Pe32Handle,
- IN LOADED_IMAGE_PRIVATE_DATA *Image,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS DstBuffer OPTIONAL,
- OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *EntryPoint OPTIONAL,
- IN UINT32 Attribute
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- BOOLEAN DstBufAlocated;
- UINTN Size;
-
- ZeroMem (&Image->ImageContext, sizeof (Image->ImageContext));
-
- Image->ImageContext.Handle = Pe32Handle;
- Image->ImageContext.ImageRead = (PE_COFF_LOADER_READ_FILE)CoreReadImageFile;
-
- //
- // Get information about the image being loaded
- //
- Status = PeCoffLoaderGetImageInfo (&Image->ImageContext);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- if (!EFI_IMAGE_MACHINE_TYPE_SUPPORTED (Image->ImageContext.Machine)) {
- if (!EFI_IMAGE_MACHINE_CROSS_TYPE_SUPPORTED (Image->ImageContext.Machine)) {
- //
- // The PE/COFF loader can support loading image types that can be executed.
- // If we loaded an image type that we can not execute return EFI_UNSUPORTED.
- //
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "Image type %s can't be loaded ", GetMachineTypeName(Image->ImageContext.Machine)));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "on %s UEFI system.\n", GetMachineTypeName(mDxeCoreImageMachineType)));
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Set EFI memory type based on ImageType
- //
- switch (Image->ImageContext.ImageType) {
- case EFI_IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_EFI_APPLICATION:
- Image->ImageContext.ImageCodeMemoryType = EfiLoaderCode;
- Image->ImageContext.ImageDataMemoryType = EfiLoaderData;
- break;
- case EFI_IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_EFI_BOOT_SERVICE_DRIVER:
- Image->ImageContext.ImageCodeMemoryType = EfiBootServicesCode;
- Image->ImageContext.ImageDataMemoryType = EfiBootServicesData;
- break;
- case EFI_IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_EFI_RUNTIME_DRIVER:
- case EFI_IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_SAL_RUNTIME_DRIVER:
- Image->ImageContext.ImageCodeMemoryType = EfiRuntimeServicesCode;
- Image->ImageContext.ImageDataMemoryType = EfiRuntimeServicesData;
- break;
- default:
- Image->ImageContext.ImageError = IMAGE_ERROR_INVALID_SUBSYSTEM;
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- //
- // Allocate memory of the correct memory type aligned on the required image boundary
- //
- DstBufAlocated = FALSE;
- if (DstBuffer == 0) {
- //
- // Allocate Destination Buffer as caller did not pass it in
- //
-
- if (Image->ImageContext.SectionAlignment > EFI_PAGE_SIZE) {
- Size = (UINTN)Image->ImageContext.ImageSize + Image->ImageContext.SectionAlignment;
- } else {
- Size = (UINTN)Image->ImageContext.ImageSize;
- }
-
- Image->NumberOfPages = EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Size);
-
- //
- // If the image relocations have not been stripped, then load at any address.
- // Otherwise load at the address at which it was linked.
- //
- // Memory below 1MB should be treated reserved for CSM and there should be
- // no modules whose preferred load addresses are below 1MB.
- //
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- //
- // If Loading Module At Fixed Address feature is enabled, the module should be loaded to
- // a specified address.
- //
- if (PcdGet64(PcdLoadModuleAtFixAddressEnable) != 0 ) {
- Status = GetPeCoffImageFixLoadingAssignedAddress (&(Image->ImageContext));
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // If the code memory is not ready, invoke CoreAllocatePage with AllocateAnyPages to load the driver.
- //
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO|EFI_D_LOAD, "LOADING MODULE FIXED ERROR: Loading module at fixed address failed since specified memory is not available.\n"));
-
- Status = CoreAllocatePages (
- AllocateAnyPages,
- (EFI_MEMORY_TYPE) (Image->ImageContext.ImageCodeMemoryType),
- Image->NumberOfPages,
- &Image->ImageContext.ImageAddress
- );
- }
- } else {
- if (Image->ImageContext.ImageAddress >= 0x100000 || Image->ImageContext.RelocationsStripped) {
- Status = CoreAllocatePages (
- AllocateAddress,
- (EFI_MEMORY_TYPE) (Image->ImageContext.ImageCodeMemoryType),
- Image->NumberOfPages,
- &Image->ImageContext.ImageAddress
- );
- }
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && !Image->ImageContext.RelocationsStripped) {
- Status = CoreAllocatePages (
- AllocateAnyPages,
- (EFI_MEMORY_TYPE) (Image->ImageContext.ImageCodeMemoryType),
- Image->NumberOfPages,
- &Image->ImageContext.ImageAddress
- );
- }
- }
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- DstBufAlocated = TRUE;
- } else {
- //
- // Caller provided the destination buffer
- //
-
- if (Image->ImageContext.RelocationsStripped && (Image->ImageContext.ImageAddress != DstBuffer)) {
- //
- // If the image relocations were stripped, and the caller provided a
- // destination buffer address that does not match the address that the
- // image is linked at, then the image cannot be loaded.
- //
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (Image->NumberOfPages != 0 &&
- Image->NumberOfPages <
- (EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES ((UINTN)Image->ImageContext.ImageSize + Image->ImageContext.SectionAlignment))) {
- Image->NumberOfPages = EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES ((UINTN)Image->ImageContext.ImageSize + Image->ImageContext.SectionAlignment);
- return EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
- }
-
- Image->NumberOfPages = EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES ((UINTN)Image->ImageContext.ImageSize + Image->ImageContext.SectionAlignment);
- Image->ImageContext.ImageAddress = DstBuffer;
- }
-
- Image->ImageBasePage = Image->ImageContext.ImageAddress;
- if (!Image->ImageContext.IsTeImage) {
- Image->ImageContext.ImageAddress =
- (Image->ImageContext.ImageAddress + Image->ImageContext.SectionAlignment - 1) &
- ~((UINTN)Image->ImageContext.SectionAlignment - 1);
- }
-
- //
- // Load the image from the file into the allocated memory
- //
- Status = PeCoffLoaderLoadImage (&Image->ImageContext);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // If this is a Runtime Driver, then allocate memory for the FixupData that
- // is used to relocate the image when SetVirtualAddressMap() is called. The
- // relocation is done by the Runtime AP.
- //
- if ((Attribute & EFI_LOAD_PE_IMAGE_ATTRIBUTE_RUNTIME_REGISTRATION) != 0) {
- if (Image->ImageContext.ImageType == EFI_IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_EFI_RUNTIME_DRIVER) {
- Image->ImageContext.FixupData = AllocateRuntimePool ((UINTN)(Image->ImageContext.FixupDataSize));
- if (Image->ImageContext.FixupData == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Done;
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Relocate the image in memory
- //
- Status = PeCoffLoaderRelocateImage (&Image->ImageContext);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Flush the Instruction Cache
- //
- InvalidateInstructionCacheRange ((VOID *)(UINTN)Image->ImageContext.ImageAddress, (UINTN)Image->ImageContext.ImageSize);
-
- //
- // Copy the machine type from the context to the image private data. This
- // is needed during image unload to know if we should call an EBC protocol
- // to unload the image.
- //
- Image->Machine = Image->ImageContext.Machine;
-
- //
- // Get the image entry point. If it's an EBC image, then call into the
- // interpreter to create a thunk for the entry point and use the returned
- // value for the entry point.
- //
- Image->EntryPoint = (EFI_IMAGE_ENTRY_POINT)(UINTN)Image->ImageContext.EntryPoint;
- if (Image->ImageContext.Machine == EFI_IMAGE_MACHINE_EBC) {
- //
- // Locate the EBC interpreter protocol
- //
- Status = CoreLocateProtocol (&gEfiEbcProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **)&Image->Ebc);
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status) || Image->Ebc == NULL) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_LOAD | DEBUG_ERROR, "CoreLoadPeImage: There is no EBC interpreter for an EBC image.\n"));
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Register a callback for flushing the instruction cache so that created
- // thunks can be flushed.
- //
- Status = Image->Ebc->RegisterICacheFlush (Image->Ebc, (EBC_ICACHE_FLUSH)InvalidateInstructionCacheRange);
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Create a thunk for the image's entry point. This will be the new
- // entry point for the image.
- //
- Status = Image->Ebc->CreateThunk (
- Image->Ebc,
- Image->Handle,
- (VOID *)(UINTN) Image->ImageContext.EntryPoint,
- (VOID **) &Image->EntryPoint
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Fill in the image information for the Loaded Image Protocol
- //
- Image->Type = Image->ImageContext.ImageType;
- Image->Info.ImageBase = (VOID *)(UINTN)Image->ImageContext.ImageAddress;
- Image->Info.ImageSize = Image->ImageContext.ImageSize;
- Image->Info.ImageCodeType = (EFI_MEMORY_TYPE) (Image->ImageContext.ImageCodeMemoryType);
- Image->Info.ImageDataType = (EFI_MEMORY_TYPE) (Image->ImageContext.ImageDataMemoryType);
- if ((Attribute & EFI_LOAD_PE_IMAGE_ATTRIBUTE_RUNTIME_REGISTRATION) != 0) {
- if (Image->ImageContext.ImageType == EFI_IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_EFI_RUNTIME_DRIVER) {
- //
- // Make a list off all the RT images so we can let the RT AP know about them.
- //
- Image->RuntimeData = AllocateRuntimePool (sizeof(EFI_RUNTIME_IMAGE_ENTRY));
- if (Image->RuntimeData == NULL) {
- goto Done;
- }
- Image->RuntimeData->ImageBase = Image->Info.ImageBase;
- Image->RuntimeData->ImageSize = (UINT64) (Image->Info.ImageSize);
- Image->RuntimeData->RelocationData = Image->ImageContext.FixupData;
- Image->RuntimeData->Handle = Image->Handle;
- InsertTailList (&gRuntime->ImageHead, &Image->RuntimeData->Link);
- InsertImageRecord (Image->RuntimeData);
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Fill in the entry point of the image if it is available
- //
- if (EntryPoint != NULL) {
- *EntryPoint = Image->ImageContext.EntryPoint;
- }
-
- //
- // Print the load address and the PDB file name if it is available
- //
-
- DEBUG_CODE_BEGIN ();
-
- UINTN Index;
- UINTN StartIndex;
- CHAR8 EfiFileName[256];
-
-
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO | DEBUG_LOAD,
- "Loading driver at 0x%11p EntryPoint=0x%11p ",
- (VOID *)(UINTN) Image->ImageContext.ImageAddress,
- FUNCTION_ENTRY_POINT (Image->ImageContext.EntryPoint)));
-
-
- //
- // Print Module Name by Pdb file path.
- // Windows and Unix style file path are all trimmed correctly.
- //
- if (Image->ImageContext.PdbPointer != NULL) {
- StartIndex = 0;
- for (Index = 0; Image->ImageContext.PdbPointer[Index] != 0; Index++) {
- if ((Image->ImageContext.PdbPointer[Index] == '\\') || (Image->ImageContext.PdbPointer[Index] == '/')) {
- StartIndex = Index + 1;
- }
- }
- //
- // Copy the PDB file name to our temporary string, and replace .pdb with .efi
- // The PDB file name is limited in the range of 0~255.
- // If the length is bigger than 255, trim the redudant characters to avoid overflow in array boundary.
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < sizeof (EfiFileName) - 4; Index++) {
- EfiFileName[Index] = Image->ImageContext.PdbPointer[Index + StartIndex];
- if (EfiFileName[Index] == 0) {
- EfiFileName[Index] = '.';
- }
- if (EfiFileName[Index] == '.') {
- EfiFileName[Index + 1] = 'e';
- EfiFileName[Index + 2] = 'f';
- EfiFileName[Index + 3] = 'i';
- EfiFileName[Index + 4] = 0;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (Index == sizeof (EfiFileName) - 4) {
- EfiFileName[Index] = 0;
- }
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO | DEBUG_LOAD, "%a", EfiFileName)); // &Image->ImageContext.PdbPointer[StartIndex]));
- }
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO | DEBUG_LOAD, "\n"));
-
- DEBUG_CODE_END ();
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-
-Done:
-
- //
- // Free memory.
- //
-
- if (DstBufAlocated) {
- CoreFreePages (Image->ImageContext.ImageAddress, Image->NumberOfPages);
- }
-
- if (Image->ImageContext.FixupData != NULL) {
- CoreFreePool (Image->ImageContext.FixupData);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Get the image's private data from its handle.
-
- @param ImageHandle The image handle
-
- @return Return the image private data associated with ImageHandle.
-
-**/
-LOADED_IMAGE_PRIVATE_DATA *
-CoreLoadedImageInfo (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL *LoadedImage;
- LOADED_IMAGE_PRIVATE_DATA *Image;
-
- Status = CoreHandleProtocol (
- ImageHandle,
- &gEfiLoadedImageProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **)&LoadedImage
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Image = LOADED_IMAGE_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS (LoadedImage);
- } else {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_LOAD, "CoreLoadedImageInfo: Not an ImageHandle %p\n", ImageHandle));
- Image = NULL;
- }
-
- return Image;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Unloads EFI image from memory.
-
- @param Image EFI image
- @param FreePage Free allocated pages
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreUnloadAndCloseImage (
- IN LOADED_IMAGE_PRIVATE_DATA *Image,
- IN BOOLEAN FreePage
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN HandleCount;
- EFI_HANDLE *HandleBuffer;
- UINTN HandleIndex;
- EFI_GUID **ProtocolGuidArray;
- UINTN ArrayCount;
- UINTN ProtocolIndex;
- EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_INFORMATION_ENTRY *OpenInfo;
- UINTN OpenInfoCount;
- UINTN OpenInfoIndex;
-
- HandleBuffer = NULL;
- ProtocolGuidArray = NULL;
-
- if (Image->Started) {
- UnregisterMemoryProfileImage (Image);
- }
-
- UnprotectUefiImage (&Image->Info, Image->LoadedImageDevicePath);
-
- if (Image->Ebc != NULL) {
- //
- // If EBC protocol exists we must perform cleanups for this image.
- //
- Image->Ebc->UnloadImage (Image->Ebc, Image->Handle);
- }
-
- //
- // Unload image, free Image->ImageContext->ModHandle
- //
- PeCoffLoaderUnloadImage (&Image->ImageContext);
-
- //
- // Free our references to the image handle
- //
- if (Image->Handle != NULL) {
-
- Status = CoreLocateHandleBuffer (
- AllHandles,
- NULL,
- NULL,
- &HandleCount,
- &HandleBuffer
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- for (HandleIndex = 0; HandleIndex < HandleCount; HandleIndex++) {
- Status = CoreProtocolsPerHandle (
- HandleBuffer[HandleIndex],
- &ProtocolGuidArray,
- &ArrayCount
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- for (ProtocolIndex = 0; ProtocolIndex < ArrayCount; ProtocolIndex++) {
- Status = CoreOpenProtocolInformation (
- HandleBuffer[HandleIndex],
- ProtocolGuidArray[ProtocolIndex],
- &OpenInfo,
- &OpenInfoCount
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- for (OpenInfoIndex = 0; OpenInfoIndex < OpenInfoCount; OpenInfoIndex++) {
- if (OpenInfo[OpenInfoIndex].AgentHandle == Image->Handle) {
- Status = CoreCloseProtocol (
- HandleBuffer[HandleIndex],
- ProtocolGuidArray[ProtocolIndex],
- Image->Handle,
- OpenInfo[OpenInfoIndex].ControllerHandle
- );
- }
- }
- if (OpenInfo != NULL) {
- CoreFreePool(OpenInfo);
- }
- }
- }
- if (ProtocolGuidArray != NULL) {
- CoreFreePool(ProtocolGuidArray);
- }
- }
- }
- if (HandleBuffer != NULL) {
- CoreFreePool (HandleBuffer);
- }
- }
-
- CoreRemoveDebugImageInfoEntry (Image->Handle);
-
- Status = CoreUninstallProtocolInterface (
- Image->Handle,
- &gEfiLoadedImageDevicePathProtocolGuid,
- Image->LoadedImageDevicePath
- );
-
- Status = CoreUninstallProtocolInterface (
- Image->Handle,
- &gEfiLoadedImageProtocolGuid,
- &Image->Info
- );
-
- if (Image->ImageContext.HiiResourceData != 0) {
- Status = CoreUninstallProtocolInterface (
- Image->Handle,
- &gEfiHiiPackageListProtocolGuid,
- (VOID *) (UINTN) Image->ImageContext.HiiResourceData
- );
- }
-
- }
-
- if (Image->RuntimeData != NULL) {
- if (Image->RuntimeData->Link.ForwardLink != NULL) {
- //
- // Remove the Image from the Runtime Image list as we are about to Free it!
- //
- RemoveEntryList (&Image->RuntimeData->Link);
- RemoveImageRecord (Image->RuntimeData);
- }
- CoreFreePool (Image->RuntimeData);
- }
-
- //
- // Free the Image from memory
- //
- if ((Image->ImageBasePage != 0) && FreePage) {
- CoreFreePages (Image->ImageBasePage, Image->NumberOfPages);
- }
-
- //
- // Done with the Image structure
- //
- if (Image->Info.FilePath != NULL) {
- CoreFreePool (Image->Info.FilePath);
- }
-
- if (Image->LoadedImageDevicePath != NULL) {
- CoreFreePool (Image->LoadedImageDevicePath);
- }
-
- if (Image->FixupData != NULL) {
- CoreFreePool (Image->FixupData);
- }
-
- CoreFreePool (Image);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Loads an EFI image into memory and returns a handle to the image.
-
- @param BootPolicy If TRUE, indicates that the request originates
- from the boot manager, and that the boot
- manager is attempting to load FilePath as a
- boot selection.
- @param ParentImageHandle The caller's image handle.
- @param FilePath The specific file path from which the image is
- loaded.
- @param SourceBuffer If not NULL, a pointer to the memory location
- containing a copy of the image to be loaded.
- @param SourceSize The size in bytes of SourceBuffer.
- @param DstBuffer The buffer to store the image
- @param NumberOfPages If not NULL, it inputs a pointer to the page
- number of DstBuffer and outputs a pointer to
- the page number of the image. If this number is
- not enough, return EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL and
- this parameter contains the required number.
- @param ImageHandle Pointer to the returned image handle that is
- created when the image is successfully loaded.
- @param EntryPoint A pointer to the entry point
- @param Attribute The bit mask of attributes to set for the load
- PE image
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The image was loaded into memory.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The FilePath was not found.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One of the parameters has an invalid value.
- @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL The buffer is too small
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The image type is not supported, or the device
- path cannot be parsed to locate the proper
- protocol for loading the file.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Image was not loaded due to insufficient
- resources.
- @retval EFI_LOAD_ERROR Image was not loaded because the image format was corrupt or not
- understood.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Image was not loaded because the device returned a read error.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED Image was not loaded because the platform policy prohibits the
- image from being loaded. NULL is returned in *ImageHandle.
- @retval EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION Image was loaded and an ImageHandle was created with a
- valid EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL. However, the current
- platform policy specifies that the image should not be started.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreLoadImageCommon (
- IN BOOLEAN BootPolicy,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ParentImageHandle,
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FilePath,
- IN VOID *SourceBuffer OPTIONAL,
- IN UINTN SourceSize,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS DstBuffer OPTIONAL,
- IN OUT UINTN *NumberOfPages OPTIONAL,
- OUT EFI_HANDLE *ImageHandle,
- OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *EntryPoint OPTIONAL,
- IN UINT32 Attribute
- )
-{
- LOADED_IMAGE_PRIVATE_DATA *Image;
- LOADED_IMAGE_PRIVATE_DATA *ParentImage;
- IMAGE_FILE_HANDLE FHand;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_STATUS SecurityStatus;
- EFI_HANDLE DeviceHandle;
- UINT32 AuthenticationStatus;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *OriginalFilePath;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *HandleFilePath;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *InputFilePath;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *Node;
- UINTN FilePathSize;
- BOOLEAN ImageIsFromFv;
- BOOLEAN ImageIsFromLoadFile;
-
- SecurityStatus = EFI_SUCCESS;
-
- ASSERT (gEfiCurrentTpl < TPL_NOTIFY);
- ParentImage = NULL;
-
- //
- // The caller must pass in a valid ParentImageHandle
- //
- if (ImageHandle == NULL || ParentImageHandle == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- ParentImage = CoreLoadedImageInfo (ParentImageHandle);
- if (ParentImage == NULL) {
- DEBUG((DEBUG_LOAD|DEBUG_ERROR, "LoadImageEx: Parent handle not an image handle\n"));
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- ZeroMem (&FHand, sizeof (IMAGE_FILE_HANDLE));
- FHand.Signature = IMAGE_FILE_HANDLE_SIGNATURE;
- OriginalFilePath = FilePath;
- InputFilePath = FilePath;
- HandleFilePath = FilePath;
- DeviceHandle = NULL;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- AuthenticationStatus = 0;
- ImageIsFromFv = FALSE;
- ImageIsFromLoadFile = FALSE;
-
- //
- // If the caller passed a copy of the file, then just use it
- //
- if (SourceBuffer != NULL) {
- FHand.Source = SourceBuffer;
- FHand.SourceSize = SourceSize;
- Status = CoreLocateDevicePath (&gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid, &HandleFilePath, &DeviceHandle);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DeviceHandle = NULL;
- }
- if (SourceSize > 0) {
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- } else {
- Status = EFI_LOAD_ERROR;
- }
- } else {
- if (FilePath == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Try to get the image device handle by checking the match protocol.
- //
- Node = NULL;
- Status = CoreLocateDevicePath (&gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid, &HandleFilePath, &DeviceHandle);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- ImageIsFromFv = TRUE;
- } else {
- HandleFilePath = FilePath;
- Status = CoreLocateDevicePath (&gEfiSimpleFileSystemProtocolGuid, &HandleFilePath, &DeviceHandle);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- if (!BootPolicy) {
- HandleFilePath = FilePath;
- Status = CoreLocateDevicePath (&gEfiLoadFile2ProtocolGuid, &HandleFilePath, &DeviceHandle);
- }
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- HandleFilePath = FilePath;
- Status = CoreLocateDevicePath (&gEfiLoadFileProtocolGuid, &HandleFilePath, &DeviceHandle);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- ImageIsFromLoadFile = TRUE;
- Node = HandleFilePath;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Get the source file buffer by its device path.
- //
- FHand.Source = GetFileBufferByFilePath (
- BootPolicy,
- FilePath,
- &FHand.SourceSize,
- &AuthenticationStatus
- );
- if (FHand.Source == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- } else {
- FHand.FreeBuffer = TRUE;
- if (ImageIsFromLoadFile) {
- //
- // LoadFile () may cause the device path of the Handle be updated.
- //
- OriginalFilePath = AppendDevicePath (DevicePathFromHandle (DeviceHandle), Node);
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Image = NULL;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- if (gSecurity2 != NULL) {
- //
- // Verify File Authentication through the Security2 Architectural Protocol
- //
- SecurityStatus = gSecurity2->FileAuthentication (
- gSecurity2,
- OriginalFilePath,
- FHand.Source,
- FHand.SourceSize,
- BootPolicy
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (SecurityStatus) && ImageIsFromFv) {
- //
- // When Security2 is installed, Security Architectural Protocol must be published.
- //
- ASSERT (gSecurity != NULL);
-
- //
- // Verify the Authentication Status through the Security Architectural Protocol
- // Only on images that have been read using Firmware Volume protocol.
- //
- SecurityStatus = gSecurity->FileAuthenticationState (
- gSecurity,
- AuthenticationStatus,
- OriginalFilePath
- );
- }
- } else if ((gSecurity != NULL) && (OriginalFilePath != NULL)) {
- //
- // Verify the Authentication Status through the Security Architectural Protocol
- //
- SecurityStatus = gSecurity->FileAuthenticationState (
- gSecurity,
- AuthenticationStatus,
- OriginalFilePath
- );
- }
-
- //
- // Check Security Status.
- //
- if (EFI_ERROR (SecurityStatus) && SecurityStatus != EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION) {
- if (SecurityStatus == EFI_ACCESS_DENIED) {
- //
- // Image was not loaded because the platform policy prohibits the image from being loaded.
- // It's the only place we could meet EFI_ACCESS_DENIED.
- //
- *ImageHandle = NULL;
- }
- Status = SecurityStatus;
- Image = NULL;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Allocate a new image structure
- //
- Image = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof(LOADED_IMAGE_PRIVATE_DATA));
- if (Image == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Pull out just the file portion of the DevicePath for the LoadedImage FilePath
- //
- FilePath = OriginalFilePath;
- if (DeviceHandle != NULL) {
- Status = CoreHandleProtocol (DeviceHandle, &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid, (VOID **)&HandleFilePath);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FilePathSize = GetDevicePathSize (HandleFilePath) - sizeof(EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL);
- FilePath = (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) (((UINT8 *)FilePath) + FilePathSize );
- }
- }
- //
- // Initialize the fields for an internal driver
- //
- Image->Signature = LOADED_IMAGE_PRIVATE_DATA_SIGNATURE;
- Image->Info.SystemTable = gDxeCoreST;
- Image->Info.DeviceHandle = DeviceHandle;
- Image->Info.Revision = EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL_REVISION;
- Image->Info.FilePath = DuplicateDevicePath (FilePath);
- Image->Info.ParentHandle = ParentImageHandle;
-
-
- if (NumberOfPages != NULL) {
- Image->NumberOfPages = *NumberOfPages ;
- } else {
- Image->NumberOfPages = 0 ;
- }
-
- //
- // Install the protocol interfaces for this image
- // don't fire notifications yet
- //
- Status = CoreInstallProtocolInterfaceNotify (
- &Image->Handle,
- &gEfiLoadedImageProtocolGuid,
- EFI_NATIVE_INTERFACE,
- &Image->Info,
- FALSE
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Load the image. If EntryPoint is Null, it will not be set.
- //
- Status = CoreLoadPeImage (BootPolicy, &FHand, Image, DstBuffer, EntryPoint, Attribute);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- if ((Status == EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) || (Status == EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES)) {
- if (NumberOfPages != NULL) {
- *NumberOfPages = Image->NumberOfPages;
- }
- }
- goto Done;
- }
-
- if (NumberOfPages != NULL) {
- *NumberOfPages = Image->NumberOfPages;
- }
-
- //
- // Register the image in the Debug Image Info Table if the attribute is set
- //
- if ((Attribute & EFI_LOAD_PE_IMAGE_ATTRIBUTE_DEBUG_IMAGE_INFO_TABLE_REGISTRATION) != 0) {
- CoreNewDebugImageInfoEntry (EFI_DEBUG_IMAGE_INFO_TYPE_NORMAL, &Image->Info, Image->Handle);
- }
-
- //
- //Reinstall loaded image protocol to fire any notifications
- //
- Status = CoreReinstallProtocolInterface (
- Image->Handle,
- &gEfiLoadedImageProtocolGuid,
- &Image->Info,
- &Image->Info
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // If DevicePath parameter to the LoadImage() is not NULL, then make a copy of DevicePath,
- // otherwise Loaded Image Device Path Protocol is installed with a NULL interface pointer.
- //
- if (OriginalFilePath != NULL) {
- Image->LoadedImageDevicePath = DuplicateDevicePath (OriginalFilePath);
- }
-
- //
- // Install Loaded Image Device Path Protocol onto the image handle of a PE/COFE image
- //
- Status = CoreInstallProtocolInterface (
- &Image->Handle,
- &gEfiLoadedImageDevicePathProtocolGuid,
- EFI_NATIVE_INTERFACE,
- Image->LoadedImageDevicePath
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Install HII Package List Protocol onto the image handle
- //
- if (Image->ImageContext.HiiResourceData != 0) {
- Status = CoreInstallProtocolInterface (
- &Image->Handle,
- &gEfiHiiPackageListProtocolGuid,
- EFI_NATIVE_INTERFACE,
- (VOID *) (UINTN) Image->ImageContext.HiiResourceData
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
- }
- ProtectUefiImage (&Image->Info, Image->LoadedImageDevicePath);
-
- //
- // Success. Return the image handle
- //
- *ImageHandle = Image->Handle;
-
-Done:
- //
- // All done accessing the source file
- // If we allocated the Source buffer, free it
- //
- if (FHand.FreeBuffer) {
- CoreFreePool (FHand.Source);
- }
- if (OriginalFilePath != InputFilePath) {
- CoreFreePool (OriginalFilePath);
- }
-
- //
- // There was an error. If there's an Image structure, free it
- //
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- if (Image != NULL) {
- CoreUnloadAndCloseImage (Image, (BOOLEAN)(DstBuffer == 0));
- Image = NULL;
- }
- } else if (EFI_ERROR (SecurityStatus)) {
- Status = SecurityStatus;
- }
-
- //
- // Track the return status from LoadImage.
- //
- if (Image != NULL) {
- Image->LoadImageStatus = Status;
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/**
- Loads an EFI image into memory and returns a handle to the image.
-
- @param BootPolicy If TRUE, indicates that the request originates
- from the boot manager, and that the boot
- manager is attempting to load FilePath as a
- boot selection.
- @param ParentImageHandle The caller's image handle.
- @param FilePath The specific file path from which the image is
- loaded.
- @param SourceBuffer If not NULL, a pointer to the memory location
- containing a copy of the image to be loaded.
- @param SourceSize The size in bytes of SourceBuffer.
- @param ImageHandle Pointer to the returned image handle that is
- created when the image is successfully loaded.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The image was loaded into memory.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The FilePath was not found.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One of the parameters has an invalid value.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The image type is not supported, or the device
- path cannot be parsed to locate the proper
- protocol for loading the file.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Image was not loaded due to insufficient
- resources.
- @retval EFI_LOAD_ERROR Image was not loaded because the image format was corrupt or not
- understood.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Image was not loaded because the device returned a read error.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED Image was not loaded because the platform policy prohibits the
- image from being loaded. NULL is returned in *ImageHandle.
- @retval EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION Image was loaded and an ImageHandle was created with a
- valid EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL. However, the current
- platform policy specifies that the image should not be started.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreLoadImage (
- IN BOOLEAN BootPolicy,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ParentImageHandle,
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FilePath,
- IN VOID *SourceBuffer OPTIONAL,
- IN UINTN SourceSize,
- OUT EFI_HANDLE *ImageHandle
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT64 Tick;
- EFI_HANDLE Handle;
-
- Tick = 0;
- PERF_CODE (
- Tick = GetPerformanceCounter ();
- );
-
- Status = CoreLoadImageCommon (
- BootPolicy,
- ParentImageHandle,
- FilePath,
- SourceBuffer,
- SourceSize,
- (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) NULL,
- NULL,
- ImageHandle,
- NULL,
- EFI_LOAD_PE_IMAGE_ATTRIBUTE_RUNTIME_REGISTRATION | EFI_LOAD_PE_IMAGE_ATTRIBUTE_DEBUG_IMAGE_INFO_TABLE_REGISTRATION
- );
-
- Handle = NULL;
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // ImageHandle will be valid only Status is success.
- //
- Handle = *ImageHandle;
- }
-
- PERF_START (Handle, "LoadImage:", NULL, Tick);
- PERF_END (Handle, "LoadImage:", NULL, 0);
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Loads an EFI image into memory and returns a handle to the image with extended parameters.
-
- @param This Calling context
- @param ParentImageHandle The caller's image handle.
- @param FilePath The specific file path from which the image is
- loaded.
- @param SourceBuffer If not NULL, a pointer to the memory location
- containing a copy of the image to be loaded.
- @param SourceSize The size in bytes of SourceBuffer.
- @param DstBuffer The buffer to store the image.
- @param NumberOfPages For input, specifies the space size of the
- image by caller if not NULL. For output,
- specifies the actual space size needed.
- @param ImageHandle Image handle for output.
- @param EntryPoint Image entry point for output.
- @param Attribute The bit mask of attributes to set for the load
- PE image.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The image was loaded into memory.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The FilePath was not found.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One of the parameters has an invalid value.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The image type is not supported, or the device
- path cannot be parsed to locate the proper
- protocol for loading the file.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Image was not loaded due to insufficient
- resources.
- @retval EFI_LOAD_ERROR Image was not loaded because the image format was corrupt or not
- understood.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Image was not loaded because the device returned a read error.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED Image was not loaded because the platform policy prohibits the
- image from being loaded. NULL is returned in *ImageHandle.
- @retval EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION Image was loaded and an ImageHandle was created with a
- valid EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL. However, the current
- platform policy specifies that the image should not be started.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreLoadImageEx (
- IN EFI_PE32_IMAGE_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ParentImageHandle,
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FilePath,
- IN VOID *SourceBuffer OPTIONAL,
- IN UINTN SourceSize,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS DstBuffer OPTIONAL,
- OUT UINTN *NumberOfPages OPTIONAL,
- OUT EFI_HANDLE *ImageHandle,
- OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *EntryPoint OPTIONAL,
- IN UINT32 Attribute
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT64 Tick;
- EFI_HANDLE Handle;
-
- Tick = 0;
- PERF_CODE (
- Tick = GetPerformanceCounter ();
- );
-
- Status = CoreLoadImageCommon (
- TRUE,
- ParentImageHandle,
- FilePath,
- SourceBuffer,
- SourceSize,
- DstBuffer,
- NumberOfPages,
- ImageHandle,
- EntryPoint,
- Attribute
- );
-
- Handle = NULL;
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // ImageHandle will be valid only Status is success.
- //
- Handle = *ImageHandle;
- }
-
- PERF_START (Handle, "LoadImage:", NULL, Tick);
- PERF_END (Handle, "LoadImage:", NULL, 0);
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Transfer control to a loaded image's entry point.
-
- @param ImageHandle Handle of image to be started.
- @param ExitDataSize Pointer of the size to ExitData
- @param ExitData Pointer to a pointer to a data buffer that
- includes a Null-terminated string,
- optionally followed by additional binary data.
- The string is a description that the caller may
- use to further indicate the reason for the
- image's exit.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough buffer to allocate
- @retval EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION The current platform policy specifies that the image should not be started.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully transfer control to the image's
- entry point.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreStartImage (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- OUT UINTN *ExitDataSize,
- OUT CHAR16 **ExitData OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- LOADED_IMAGE_PRIVATE_DATA *Image;
- LOADED_IMAGE_PRIVATE_DATA *LastImage;
- UINT64 HandleDatabaseKey;
- UINTN SetJumpFlag;
- UINT64 Tick;
- EFI_HANDLE Handle;
-
- Tick = 0;
- Handle = ImageHandle;
-
- Image = CoreLoadedImageInfo (ImageHandle);
- if (Image == NULL || Image->Started) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- if (EFI_ERROR (Image->LoadImageStatus)) {
- return Image->LoadImageStatus;
- }
-
- //
- // The image to be started must have the machine type supported by DxeCore.
- //
- if (!EFI_IMAGE_MACHINE_TYPE_SUPPORTED (Image->Machine)) {
- //
- // Do not ASSERT here, because image might be loaded via EFI_IMAGE_MACHINE_CROSS_TYPE_SUPPORTED
- // But it can not be started.
- //
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "Image type %s can't be started ", GetMachineTypeName(Image->Machine)));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "on %s UEFI system.\n", GetMachineTypeName(mDxeCoreImageMachineType)));
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- PERF_CODE (
- Tick = GetPerformanceCounter ();
- );
-
-
- //
- // Push the current start image context, and
- // link the current image to the head. This is the
- // only image that can call Exit()
- //
- HandleDatabaseKey = CoreGetHandleDatabaseKey ();
- LastImage = mCurrentImage;
- mCurrentImage = Image;
- Image->Tpl = gEfiCurrentTpl;
-
- //
- // Set long jump for Exit() support
- // JumpContext must be aligned on a CPU specific boundary.
- // Overallocate the buffer and force the required alignment
- //
- Image->JumpBuffer = AllocatePool (sizeof (BASE_LIBRARY_JUMP_BUFFER) + BASE_LIBRARY_JUMP_BUFFER_ALIGNMENT);
- if (Image->JumpBuffer == NULL) {
- //
- // Image may be unloaded after return with failure,
- // then ImageHandle may be invalid, so use NULL handle to record perf log.
- //
- PERF_START (NULL, "StartImage:", NULL, Tick);
- PERF_END (NULL, "StartImage:", NULL, 0);
-
- //
- // Pop the current start image context
- //
- mCurrentImage = LastImage;
-
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- Image->JumpContext = ALIGN_POINTER (Image->JumpBuffer, BASE_LIBRARY_JUMP_BUFFER_ALIGNMENT);
-
- SetJumpFlag = SetJump (Image->JumpContext);
- //
- // The initial call to SetJump() must always return 0.
- // Subsequent calls to LongJump() cause a non-zero value to be returned by SetJump().
- //
- if (SetJumpFlag == 0) {
- RegisterMemoryProfileImage (Image, (Image->ImageContext.ImageType == EFI_IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_EFI_APPLICATION ? EFI_FV_FILETYPE_APPLICATION : EFI_FV_FILETYPE_DRIVER));
- //
- // Call the image's entry point
- //
- Image->Started = TRUE;
- Image->Status = Image->EntryPoint (ImageHandle, Image->Info.SystemTable);
-
- //
- // Add some debug information if the image returned with error.
- // This make the user aware and check if the driver image have already released
- // all the resource in this situation.
- //
- DEBUG_CODE_BEGIN ();
- if (EFI_ERROR (Image->Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "Error: Image at %11p start failed: %r\n", Image->Info.ImageBase, Image->Status));
- }
- DEBUG_CODE_END ();
-
- //
- // If the image returns, exit it through Exit()
- //
- CoreExit (ImageHandle, Image->Status, 0, NULL);
- }
-
- //
- // Image has completed. Verify the tpl is the same
- //
- ASSERT (Image->Tpl == gEfiCurrentTpl);
- CoreRestoreTpl (Image->Tpl);
-
- CoreFreePool (Image->JumpBuffer);
-
- //
- // Pop the current start image context
- //
- mCurrentImage = LastImage;
-
- //
- // Go connect any handles that were created or modified while the image executed.
- //
- CoreConnectHandlesByKey (HandleDatabaseKey);
-
- //
- // Handle the image's returned ExitData
- //
- DEBUG_CODE_BEGIN ();
- if (Image->ExitDataSize != 0 || Image->ExitData != NULL) {
-
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_LOAD, "StartImage: ExitDataSize %d, ExitData %p", (UINT32)Image->ExitDataSize, Image->ExitData));
- if (Image->ExitData != NULL) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_LOAD, " (%hs)", Image->ExitData));
- }
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_LOAD, "\n"));
- }
- DEBUG_CODE_END ();
-
- //
- // Return the exit data to the caller
- //
- if (ExitData != NULL && ExitDataSize != NULL) {
- *ExitDataSize = Image->ExitDataSize;
- *ExitData = Image->ExitData;
- } else {
- //
- // Caller doesn't want the exit data, free it
- //
- CoreFreePool (Image->ExitData);
- Image->ExitData = NULL;
- }
-
- //
- // Save the Status because Image will get destroyed if it is unloaded.
- //
- Status = Image->Status;
-
- //
- // If the image returned an error, or if the image is an application
- // unload it
- //
- if (EFI_ERROR (Image->Status) || Image->Type == EFI_IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_EFI_APPLICATION) {
- CoreUnloadAndCloseImage (Image, TRUE);
- //
- // ImageHandle may be invalid after the image is unloaded, so use NULL handle to record perf log.
- //
- Handle = NULL;
- }
-
- //
- // Done
- //
- PERF_START (Handle, "StartImage:", NULL, Tick);
- PERF_END (Handle, "StartImage:", NULL, 0);
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Terminates the currently loaded EFI image and returns control to boot services.
-
- @param ImageHandle Handle that identifies the image. This
- parameter is passed to the image on entry.
- @param Status The image's exit code.
- @param ExitDataSize The size, in bytes, of ExitData. Ignored if
- ExitStatus is EFI_SUCCESS.
- @param ExitData Pointer to a data buffer that includes a
- Null-terminated Unicode string, optionally
- followed by additional binary data. The string
- is a description that the caller may use to
- further indicate the reason for the image's
- exit.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Image handle is NULL or it is not current
- image.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully terminates the currently loaded
- EFI image.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED Should never reach there.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Could not allocate pool
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreExit (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_STATUS Status,
- IN UINTN ExitDataSize,
- IN CHAR16 *ExitData OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- LOADED_IMAGE_PRIVATE_DATA *Image;
- EFI_TPL OldTpl;
-
- //
- // Prevent possible reentrance to this function
- // for the same ImageHandle
- //
- OldTpl = CoreRaiseTpl (TPL_NOTIFY);
-
- Image = CoreLoadedImageInfo (ImageHandle);
- if (Image == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- if (!Image->Started) {
- //
- // The image has not been started so just free its resources
- //
- CoreUnloadAndCloseImage (Image, TRUE);
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Image has been started, verify this image can exit
- //
- if (Image != mCurrentImage) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_LOAD|DEBUG_ERROR, "Exit: Image is not exitable image\n"));
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Set status
- //
- Image->Status = Status;
-
- //
- // If there's ExitData info, move it
- //
- if (ExitData != NULL) {
- Image->ExitDataSize = ExitDataSize;
- Image->ExitData = AllocatePool (Image->ExitDataSize);
- if (Image->ExitData == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Done;
- }
- CopyMem (Image->ExitData, ExitData, Image->ExitDataSize);
- }
-
- CoreRestoreTpl (OldTpl);
- //
- // return to StartImage
- //
- LongJump (Image->JumpContext, (UINTN)-1);
-
- //
- // If we return from LongJump, then it is an error
- //
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- Status = EFI_ACCESS_DENIED;
-Done:
- CoreRestoreTpl (OldTpl);
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/**
- Unloads an image.
-
- @param ImageHandle Handle that identifies the image to be
- unloaded.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The image has been unloaded.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The image has been started, and does not support
- unload.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMPETER ImageHandle is not a valid image handle.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreUnloadImage (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- LOADED_IMAGE_PRIVATE_DATA *Image;
-
- Image = CoreLoadedImageInfo (ImageHandle);
- if (Image == NULL ) {
- //
- // The image handle is not valid
- //
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- if (Image->Started) {
- //
- // The image has been started, request it to unload.
- //
- Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- if (Image->Info.Unload != NULL) {
- Status = Image->Info.Unload (ImageHandle);
- }
-
- } else {
- //
- // This Image hasn't been started, thus it can be unloaded
- //
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
-
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // if the Image was not started or Unloaded O.K. then clean up
- //
- CoreUnloadAndCloseImage (Image, TRUE);
- }
-
-Done:
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Unload the specified image.
-
- @param This Indicates the calling context.
- @param ImageHandle The specified image handle.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Image handle is NULL.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Attempt to unload an unsupported image.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Image successfully unloaded.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreUnloadImageEx (
- IN EFI_PE32_IMAGE_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle
- )
-{
- return CoreUnloadImage (ImageHandle);
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Image/Image.h b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Image/Image.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7fb8c9368e..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Image/Image.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,113 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Data structure and functions to load and unload PeImage.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-
-#ifndef _IMAGE_H_
-#define _IMAGE_H_
-
-#define LOAD_PE32_IMAGE_PRIVATE_DATA_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32('l','p','e','i')
-
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- /// Image handle
- EFI_HANDLE Handle;
- EFI_PE32_IMAGE_PROTOCOL Pe32Image;
-} LOAD_PE32_IMAGE_PRIVATE_DATA;
-
-#define LOAD_PE32_IMAGE_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS(a) \
- CR(a, LOAD_PE32_IMAGE_PRIVATE_DATA, Pe32Image, LOAD_PE32_IMAGE_PRIVATE_DATA_SIGNATURE)
-
-
-//
-// Private Data Types
-//
-#define IMAGE_FILE_HANDLE_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32('i','m','g','f')
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- BOOLEAN FreeBuffer;
- VOID *Source;
- UINTN SourceSize;
-} IMAGE_FILE_HANDLE;
-
-/**
- Loads an EFI image into memory and returns a handle to the image with extended parameters.
-
- @param This Calling context
- @param ParentImageHandle The caller's image handle.
- @param FilePath The specific file path from which the image is
- loaded.
- @param SourceBuffer If not NULL, a pointer to the memory location
- containing a copy of the image to be loaded.
- @param SourceSize The size in bytes of SourceBuffer.
- @param DstBuffer The buffer to store the image.
- @param NumberOfPages For input, specifies the space size of the
- image by caller if not NULL. For output,
- specifies the actual space size needed.
- @param ImageHandle Image handle for output.
- @param EntryPoint Image entry point for output.
- @param Attribute The bit mask of attributes to set for the load
- PE image.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The image was loaded into memory.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The FilePath was not found.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One of the parameters has an invalid value.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The image type is not supported, or the device
- path cannot be parsed to locate the proper
- protocol for loading the file.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Image was not loaded due to insufficient
- resources.
- @retval EFI_LOAD_ERROR Image was not loaded because the image format was corrupt or not
- understood.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Image was not loaded because the device returned a read error.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED Image was not loaded because the platform policy prohibits the
- image from being loaded. NULL is returned in *ImageHandle.
- @retval EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION Image was loaded and an ImageHandle was created with a
- valid EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL. However, the current
- platform policy specifies that the image should not be started.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreLoadImageEx (
- IN EFI_PE32_IMAGE_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ParentImageHandle,
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FilePath,
- IN VOID *SourceBuffer OPTIONAL,
- IN UINTN SourceSize,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS DstBuffer OPTIONAL,
- OUT UINTN *NumberOfPages OPTIONAL,
- OUT EFI_HANDLE *ImageHandle,
- OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *EntryPoint OPTIONAL,
- IN UINT32 Attribute
- );
-
-
-/**
- Unload the specified image.
-
- @param This Indicates the calling context.
- @param ImageHandle The specified image handle.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Image handle is NULL.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Attempt to unload an unsupported image.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Image successfully unloaded.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreUnloadImageEx (
- IN EFI_PE32_IMAGE_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle
- );
-#endif
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Library/Library.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Library/Library.c deleted file mode 100644 index ad46c27fa2..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Library/Library.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,106 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- DXE Core library services.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "DxeMain.h"
-
-//
-// Lock Stuff
-//
-/**
- Initialize a basic mutual exclusion lock. Each lock
- provides mutual exclusion access at it's task priority
- level. Since there is no-premption (at any TPL) or
- multiprocessor support, acquiring the lock only consists
- of raising to the locks TPL.
-
- @param Lock The EFI_LOCK structure to initialize
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Lock Owned.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED Reentrant Lock Acquisition, Lock not Owned.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreAcquireLockOrFail (
- IN EFI_LOCK *Lock
- )
-{
- ASSERT (Lock != NULL);
- ASSERT (Lock->Lock != EfiLockUninitialized);
-
- if (Lock->Lock == EfiLockAcquired) {
- //
- // Lock is already owned, so bail out
- //
- return EFI_ACCESS_DENIED;
- }
-
- Lock->OwnerTpl = CoreRaiseTpl (Lock->Tpl);
-
- Lock->Lock = EfiLockAcquired;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Raising to the task priority level of the mutual exclusion
- lock, and then acquires ownership of the lock.
-
- @param Lock The lock to acquire
-
- @return Lock owned
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreAcquireLock (
- IN EFI_LOCK *Lock
- )
-{
- ASSERT (Lock != NULL);
- ASSERT (Lock->Lock == EfiLockReleased);
-
- Lock->OwnerTpl = CoreRaiseTpl (Lock->Tpl);
- Lock->Lock = EfiLockAcquired;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Releases ownership of the mutual exclusion lock, and
- restores the previous task priority level.
-
- @param Lock The lock to release
-
- @return Lock unowned
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreReleaseLock (
- IN EFI_LOCK *Lock
- )
-{
- EFI_TPL Tpl;
-
- ASSERT (Lock != NULL);
- ASSERT (Lock->Lock == EfiLockAcquired);
-
- Tpl = Lock->OwnerTpl;
-
- Lock->Lock = EfiLockReleased;
-
- CoreRestoreTpl (Tpl);
-}
-
-
-
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Mem/Imem.h b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Mem/Imem.h deleted file mode 100644 index fb53f95575..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Mem/Imem.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,156 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Data structure and functions to allocate and free memory space.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _IMEM_H_
-#define _IMEM_H_
-
-//
-// +---------------------------------------------------+
-// | 0..(EfiMaxMemoryType - 1) - Normal memory type |
-// +---------------------------------------------------+
-// | EfiMaxMemoryType..0x6FFFFFFF - Invalid |
-// +---------------------------------------------------+
-// | 0x70000000..0x7FFFFFFF - OEM reserved |
-// +---------------------------------------------------+
-// | 0x80000000..0xFFFFFFFF - OS reserved |
-// +---------------------------------------------------+
-//
-#define MEMORY_TYPE_OS_RESERVED_MIN 0x80000000
-#define MEMORY_TYPE_OS_RESERVED_MAX 0xFFFFFFFF
-#define MEMORY_TYPE_OEM_RESERVED_MIN 0x70000000
-#define MEMORY_TYPE_OEM_RESERVED_MAX 0x7FFFFFFF
-
-//
-// MEMORY_MAP_ENTRY
-//
-
-#define MEMORY_MAP_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32('m','m','a','p')
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
- BOOLEAN FromPages;
-
- EFI_MEMORY_TYPE Type;
- UINT64 Start;
- UINT64 End;
-
- UINT64 VirtualStart;
- UINT64 Attribute;
-} MEMORY_MAP;
-
-//
-// Internal prototypes
-//
-
-
-/**
- Internal function. Used by the pool functions to allocate pages
- to back pool allocation requests.
-
- @param PoolType The type of memory for the new pool pages
- @param NumberOfPages No of pages to allocate
- @param Alignment Bits to align.
-
- @return The allocated memory, or NULL
-
-**/
-VOID *
-CoreAllocatePoolPages (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
- IN UINTN NumberOfPages,
- IN UINTN Alignment
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Internal function. Frees pool pages allocated via AllocatePoolPages ()
-
- @param Memory The base address to free
- @param NumberOfPages The number of pages to free
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreFreePoolPages (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Memory,
- IN UINTN NumberOfPages
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Internal function to allocate pool of a particular type.
- Caller must have the memory lock held
-
- @param PoolType Type of pool to allocate
- @param Size The amount of pool to allocate
-
- @return The allocate pool, or NULL
-
-**/
-VOID *
-CoreAllocatePoolI (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
- IN UINTN Size
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Internal function to free a pool entry.
- Caller must have the memory lock held
-
- @param Buffer The allocated pool entry to free
- @param PoolType Pointer to pool type
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Buffer not valid
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Buffer successfully freed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreFreePoolI (
- IN VOID *Buffer,
- OUT EFI_MEMORY_TYPE *PoolType OPTIONAL
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Enter critical section by gaining lock on gMemoryLock.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreAcquireMemoryLock (
- VOID
- );
-
-
-/**
- Exit critical section by releasing lock on gMemoryLock.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreReleaseMemoryLock (
- VOID
- );
-
-
-//
-// Internal Global data
-//
-
-extern EFI_LOCK gMemoryLock;
-extern LIST_ENTRY gMemoryMap;
-extern LIST_ENTRY mGcdMemorySpaceMap;
-#endif
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Mem/MemData.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Mem/MemData.c deleted file mode 100644 index e51b894433..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Mem/MemData.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Global data used in memory service
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "DxeMain.h"
-
-
-//
-// MemoryLock - synchronizes access to the memory map and pool lists
-//
-EFI_LOCK gMemoryLock = EFI_INITIALIZE_LOCK_VARIABLE (TPL_NOTIFY);
-
-//
-// MemoryMap - the current memory map
-//
-LIST_ENTRY gMemoryMap = INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (gMemoryMap);
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Mem/MemoryProfileRecord.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Mem/MemoryProfileRecord.c deleted file mode 100644 index a91a719b4d..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Mem/MemoryProfileRecord.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1794 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Support routines for UEFI memory profile.
-
- Copyright (c) 2014 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "DxeMain.h"
-#include "Imem.h"
-
-#define IS_UEFI_MEMORY_PROFILE_ENABLED ((PcdGet8 (PcdMemoryProfilePropertyMask) & BIT0) != 0)
-
-#define GET_OCCUPIED_SIZE(ActualSize, Alignment) \
- ((ActualSize) + (((Alignment) - ((ActualSize) & ((Alignment) - 1))) & ((Alignment) - 1)))
-
-typedef struct {
- UINT32 Signature;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT Context;
- LIST_ENTRY *DriverInfoList;
-} MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA;
-
-typedef struct {
- UINT32 Signature;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO DriverInfo;
- LIST_ENTRY *AllocInfoList;
- CHAR8 *PdbString;
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
-} MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA;
-
-typedef struct {
- UINT32 Signature;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO AllocInfo;
- CHAR8 *ActionString;
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
-} MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO_DATA;
-
-
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED LIST_ENTRY mImageQueue = INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (mImageQueue);
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA mMemoryProfileContext = {
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_SIGNATURE,
- {
- {
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_SIGNATURE,
- sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT),
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_REVISION
- },
- 0,
- 0,
- {0},
- {0},
- 0,
- 0,
- 0
- },
- &mImageQueue,
-};
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *mMemoryProfileContextPtr = NULL;
-
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED EFI_LOCK mMemoryProfileLock = EFI_INITIALIZE_LOCK_VARIABLE (TPL_NOTIFY);
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED BOOLEAN mMemoryProfileGettingStatus = FALSE;
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED BOOLEAN mMemoryProfileRecordingEnable = MEMORY_PROFILE_RECORDING_DISABLE;
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *mMemoryProfileDriverPath;
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED UINTN mMemoryProfileDriverPathSize;
-
-/**
- Get memory profile data.
-
- @param[in] This The EDKII_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param[in, out] ProfileSize On entry, points to the size in bytes of the ProfileBuffer.
- On return, points to the size of the data returned in ProfileBuffer.
- @param[out] ProfileBuffer Profile buffer.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Get the memory profile data successfully.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile is unsupported.
- @return EFI_BUFFER_TO_SMALL The ProfileSize is too small for the resulting data.
- ProfileSize is updated with the size required.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-ProfileProtocolGetData (
- IN EDKII_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN OUT UINT64 *ProfileSize,
- OUT VOID *ProfileBuffer
- );
-
-/**
- Register image to memory profile.
-
- @param[in] This The EDKII_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param[in] FilePath File path of the image.
- @param[in] ImageBase Image base address.
- @param[in] ImageSize Image size.
- @param[in] FileType File type of the image.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Register successfully.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile is unsupported,
- or memory profile for the image is not required.
- @return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCE No enough resource for this register.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-ProfileProtocolRegisterImage (
- IN EDKII_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FilePath,
- IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ImageBase,
- IN UINT64 ImageSize,
- IN EFI_FV_FILETYPE FileType
- );
-
-/**
- Unregister image from memory profile.
-
- @param[in] This The EDKII_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param[in] FilePath File path of the image.
- @param[in] ImageBase Image base address.
- @param[in] ImageSize Image size.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Unregister successfully.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile is unsupported,
- or memory profile for the image is not required.
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND The image is not found.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-ProfileProtocolUnregisterImage (
- IN EDKII_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FilePath,
- IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ImageBase,
- IN UINT64 ImageSize
- );
-
-/**
- Get memory profile recording state.
-
- @param[in] This The EDKII_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param[out] RecordingState Recording state.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Memory profile recording state is returned.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile is unsupported.
- @return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER RecordingState is NULL.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-ProfileProtocolGetRecordingState (
- IN EDKII_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL *This,
- OUT BOOLEAN *RecordingState
- );
-
-/**
- Set memory profile recording state.
-
- @param[in] This The EDKII_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param[in] RecordingState Recording state.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Set memory profile recording state successfully.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile is unsupported.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-ProfileProtocolSetRecordingState (
- IN EDKII_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN BOOLEAN RecordingState
- );
-
-/**
- Record memory profile of multilevel caller.
-
- @param[in] This The EDKII_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param[in] CallerAddress Address of caller.
- @param[in] Action Memory profile action.
- @param[in] MemoryType Memory type.
- EfiMaxMemoryType means the MemoryType is unknown.
- @param[in] Buffer Buffer address.
- @param[in] Size Buffer size.
- @param[in] ActionString String for memory profile action.
- Only needed for user defined allocate action.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Memory profile is updated.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile is unsupported,
- or memory profile for the image is not required,
- or memory profile for the memory type is not required.
- @return EFI_ACCESS_DENIED It is during memory profile data getting.
- @return EFI_ABORTED Memory profile recording is not enabled.
- @return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough resource to update memory profile for allocate action.
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND No matched allocate info found for free action.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-ProfileProtocolRecord (
- IN EDKII_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS CallerAddress,
- IN MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION Action,
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
- IN VOID *Buffer,
- IN UINTN Size,
- IN CHAR8 *ActionString OPTIONAL
- );
-
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED EDKII_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL mProfileProtocol = {
- ProfileProtocolGetData,
- ProfileProtocolRegisterImage,
- ProfileProtocolUnregisterImage,
- ProfileProtocolGetRecordingState,
- ProfileProtocolSetRecordingState,
- ProfileProtocolRecord,
-};
-
-/**
- Acquire lock on mMemoryProfileLock.
-**/
-VOID
-CoreAcquireMemoryProfileLock (
- VOID
- )
-{
- CoreAcquireLock (&mMemoryProfileLock);
-}
-
-/**
- Release lock on mMemoryProfileLock.
-**/
-VOID
-CoreReleaseMemoryProfileLock (
- VOID
- )
-{
- CoreReleaseLock (&mMemoryProfileLock);
-}
-
-/**
- Return memory profile context.
-
- @return Memory profile context.
-
-**/
-MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *
-GetMemoryProfileContext (
- VOID
- )
-{
- return mMemoryProfileContextPtr;
-}
-
-/**
- Retrieves the magic value from the PE/COFF header.
-
- @param Hdr The buffer in which to return the PE32, PE32+, or TE header.
-
- @return EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR32_MAGIC - Image is PE32
- @return EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR64_MAGIC - Image is PE32+
-
-**/
-UINT16
-InternalPeCoffGetPeHeaderMagicValue (
- IN EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_PTR_UNION Hdr
- )
-{
- //
- // NOTE: Some versions of Linux ELILO for Itanium have an incorrect magic value
- // in the PE/COFF Header. If the MachineType is Itanium(IA64) and the
- // Magic value in the OptionalHeader is EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR32_MAGIC
- // then override the returned value to EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR64_MAGIC
- //
- if (Hdr.Pe32->FileHeader.Machine == IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_IA64 && Hdr.Pe32->OptionalHeader.Magic == EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR32_MAGIC) {
- return EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR64_MAGIC;
- }
- //
- // Return the magic value from the PC/COFF Optional Header
- //
- return Hdr.Pe32->OptionalHeader.Magic;
-}
-
-/**
- Retrieves and returns the Subsystem of a PE/COFF image that has been loaded into system memory.
- If Pe32Data is NULL, then ASSERT().
-
- @param Pe32Data The pointer to the PE/COFF image that is loaded in system memory.
-
- @return The Subsystem of the PE/COFF image.
-
-**/
-UINT16
-InternalPeCoffGetSubsystem (
- IN VOID *Pe32Data
- )
-{
- EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_PTR_UNION Hdr;
- EFI_IMAGE_DOS_HEADER *DosHdr;
- UINT16 Magic;
-
- ASSERT (Pe32Data != NULL);
-
- DosHdr = (EFI_IMAGE_DOS_HEADER *) Pe32Data;
- if (DosHdr->e_magic == EFI_IMAGE_DOS_SIGNATURE) {
- //
- // DOS image header is present, so read the PE header after the DOS image header.
- //
- Hdr.Pe32 = (EFI_IMAGE_NT_HEADERS32 *) ((UINTN) Pe32Data + (UINTN) ((DosHdr->e_lfanew) & 0x0ffff));
- } else {
- //
- // DOS image header is not present, so PE header is at the image base.
- //
- Hdr.Pe32 = (EFI_IMAGE_NT_HEADERS32 *) Pe32Data;
- }
-
- if (Hdr.Te->Signature == EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER_SIGNATURE) {
- return Hdr.Te->Subsystem;
- } else if (Hdr.Pe32->Signature == EFI_IMAGE_NT_SIGNATURE) {
- Magic = InternalPeCoffGetPeHeaderMagicValue (Hdr);
- if (Magic == EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR32_MAGIC) {
- return Hdr.Pe32->OptionalHeader.Subsystem;
- } else if (Magic == EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR64_MAGIC) {
- return Hdr.Pe32Plus->OptionalHeader.Subsystem;
- }
- }
-
- return 0x0000;
-}
-
-/**
- Retrieves and returns a pointer to the entry point to a PE/COFF image that has been loaded
- into system memory with the PE/COFF Loader Library functions.
-
- Retrieves the entry point to the PE/COFF image specified by Pe32Data and returns this entry
- point in EntryPoint. If the entry point could not be retrieved from the PE/COFF image, then
- return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER. Otherwise return RETURN_SUCCESS.
- If Pe32Data is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If EntryPoint is NULL, then ASSERT().
-
- @param Pe32Data The pointer to the PE/COFF image that is loaded in system memory.
- @param EntryPoint The pointer to entry point to the PE/COFF image to return.
-
- @retval RETURN_SUCCESS EntryPoint was returned.
- @retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER The entry point could not be found in the PE/COFF image.
-
-**/
-RETURN_STATUS
-InternalPeCoffGetEntryPoint (
- IN VOID *Pe32Data,
- OUT VOID **EntryPoint
- )
-{
- EFI_IMAGE_DOS_HEADER *DosHdr;
- EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_PTR_UNION Hdr;
-
- ASSERT (Pe32Data != NULL);
- ASSERT (EntryPoint != NULL);
-
- DosHdr = (EFI_IMAGE_DOS_HEADER *) Pe32Data;
- if (DosHdr->e_magic == EFI_IMAGE_DOS_SIGNATURE) {
- //
- // DOS image header is present, so read the PE header after the DOS image header.
- //
- Hdr.Pe32 = (EFI_IMAGE_NT_HEADERS32 *) ((UINTN) Pe32Data + (UINTN) ((DosHdr->e_lfanew) & 0x0ffff));
- } else {
- //
- // DOS image header is not present, so PE header is at the image base.
- //
- Hdr.Pe32 = (EFI_IMAGE_NT_HEADERS32 *) Pe32Data;
- }
-
- //
- // Calculate the entry point relative to the start of the image.
- // AddressOfEntryPoint is common for PE32 & PE32+
- //
- if (Hdr.Te->Signature == EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER_SIGNATURE) {
- *EntryPoint = (VOID *) ((UINTN) Pe32Data + (UINTN) (Hdr.Te->AddressOfEntryPoint & 0x0ffffffff) + sizeof (EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER) - Hdr.Te->StrippedSize);
- return RETURN_SUCCESS;
- } else if (Hdr.Pe32->Signature == EFI_IMAGE_NT_SIGNATURE) {
- *EntryPoint = (VOID *) ((UINTN) Pe32Data + (UINTN) (Hdr.Pe32->OptionalHeader.AddressOfEntryPoint & 0x0ffffffff));
- return RETURN_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- return RETURN_UNSUPPORTED;
-}
-
-/**
- Build driver info.
-
- @param ContextData Memory profile context.
- @param FileName File name of the image.
- @param ImageBase Image base address.
- @param ImageSize Image size.
- @param EntryPoint Entry point of the image.
- @param ImageSubsystem Image subsystem of the image.
- @param FileType File type of the image.
-
- @return Pointer to memory profile driver info.
-
-**/
-MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA *
-BuildDriverInfo (
- IN MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *ContextData,
- IN EFI_GUID *FileName,
- IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ImageBase,
- IN UINT64 ImageSize,
- IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS EntryPoint,
- IN UINT16 ImageSubsystem,
- IN EFI_FV_FILETYPE FileType
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO *DriverInfo;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA *DriverInfoData;
- VOID *EntryPointInImage;
- CHAR8 *PdbString;
- UINTN PdbSize;
- UINTN PdbOccupiedSize;
-
- PdbSize = 0;
- PdbOccupiedSize = 0;
- PdbString = NULL;
- if (ImageBase != 0) {
- PdbString = PeCoffLoaderGetPdbPointer ((VOID*) (UINTN) ImageBase);
- if (PdbString != NULL) {
- PdbSize = AsciiStrSize (PdbString);
- PdbOccupiedSize = GET_OCCUPIED_SIZE (PdbSize, sizeof (UINT64));
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Use CoreInternalAllocatePool() that will not update profile for this AllocatePool action.
- //
- Status = CoreInternalAllocatePool (
- EfiBootServicesData,
- sizeof (*DriverInfoData) + sizeof (LIST_ENTRY) + PdbSize,
- (VOID **) &DriverInfoData
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return NULL;
- }
- ASSERT (DriverInfoData != NULL);
-
- ZeroMem (DriverInfoData, sizeof (*DriverInfoData));
-
- DriverInfo = &DriverInfoData->DriverInfo;
- DriverInfoData->Signature = MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_SIGNATURE;
- DriverInfo->Header.Signature = MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_SIGNATURE;
- DriverInfo->Header.Length = (UINT16) (sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO) + PdbOccupiedSize);
- DriverInfo->Header.Revision = MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_REVISION;
- if (FileName != NULL) {
- CopyMem (&DriverInfo->FileName, FileName, sizeof (EFI_GUID));
- }
- DriverInfo->ImageBase = ImageBase;
- DriverInfo->ImageSize = ImageSize;
- DriverInfo->EntryPoint = EntryPoint;
- DriverInfo->ImageSubsystem = ImageSubsystem;
- if ((EntryPoint != 0) && ((EntryPoint < ImageBase) || (EntryPoint >= (ImageBase + ImageSize)))) {
- //
- // If the EntryPoint is not in the range of image buffer, it should come from emulation environment.
- // So patch ImageBuffer here to align the EntryPoint.
- //
- Status = InternalPeCoffGetEntryPoint ((VOID *) (UINTN) ImageBase, &EntryPointInImage);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- DriverInfo->ImageBase = ImageBase + EntryPoint - (PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) EntryPointInImage;
- }
- DriverInfo->FileType = FileType;
- DriverInfoData->AllocInfoList = (LIST_ENTRY *) (DriverInfoData + 1);
- InitializeListHead (DriverInfoData->AllocInfoList);
- DriverInfo->CurrentUsage = 0;
- DriverInfo->PeakUsage = 0;
- DriverInfo->AllocRecordCount = 0;
- if (PdbSize != 0) {
- DriverInfo->PdbStringOffset = (UINT16) sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO);
- DriverInfoData->PdbString = (CHAR8 *) (DriverInfoData->AllocInfoList + 1);
- CopyMem (DriverInfoData->PdbString, PdbString, PdbSize);
- } else {
- DriverInfo->PdbStringOffset = 0;
- DriverInfoData->PdbString = NULL;
- }
-
- InsertTailList (ContextData->DriverInfoList, &DriverInfoData->Link);
- ContextData->Context.ImageCount ++;
- ContextData->Context.TotalImageSize += DriverInfo->ImageSize;
-
- return DriverInfoData;
-}
-
-/**
- Return if record for this driver is needed..
-
- @param DriverFilePath Driver file path.
-
- @retval TRUE Record for this driver is needed.
- @retval FALSE Record for this driver is not needed.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-NeedRecordThisDriver (
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DriverFilePath
- )
-{
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *TmpDevicePath;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePathInstance;
- UINTN DevicePathSize;
- UINTN FilePathSize;
-
- if (!IsDevicePathValid (mMemoryProfileDriverPath, mMemoryProfileDriverPathSize)) {
- //
- // Invalid Device Path means record all.
- //
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- //
- // Record FilePath without END node.
- //
- FilePathSize = GetDevicePathSize (DriverFilePath) - sizeof(EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL);
-
- DevicePathInstance = mMemoryProfileDriverPath;
- do {
- //
- // Find END node (it might be END_ENTIRE or END_INSTANCE).
- //
- TmpDevicePath = DevicePathInstance;
- while (!IsDevicePathEndType (TmpDevicePath)) {
- TmpDevicePath = NextDevicePathNode (TmpDevicePath);
- }
-
- //
- // Do not compare END node.
- //
- DevicePathSize = (UINTN)TmpDevicePath - (UINTN)DevicePathInstance;
- if ((FilePathSize == DevicePathSize) &&
- (CompareMem (DriverFilePath, DevicePathInstance, DevicePathSize) == 0)) {
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- //
- // Get next instance.
- //
- DevicePathInstance = (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *)((UINTN)DevicePathInstance + DevicePathSize + DevicePathNodeLength(TmpDevicePath));
- } while (DevicePathSubType (TmpDevicePath) != END_ENTIRE_DEVICE_PATH_SUBTYPE);
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/**
- Register DXE Core to memory profile.
-
- @param HobStart The start address of the HOB.
- @param ContextData Memory profile context.
-
- @retval TRUE Register success.
- @retval FALSE Register fail.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-RegisterDxeCore (
- IN VOID *HobStart,
- IN MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *ContextData
- )
-{
- EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS DxeCoreHob;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA *DriverInfoData;
- PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ImageBase;
- UINT8 TempBuffer[sizeof(MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH) + sizeof(EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL)];
- MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH *FilePath;
-
- ASSERT (ContextData != NULL);
-
- //
- // Searching for image hob
- //
- DxeCoreHob.Raw = HobStart;
- while ((DxeCoreHob.Raw = GetNextHob (EFI_HOB_TYPE_MEMORY_ALLOCATION, DxeCoreHob.Raw)) != NULL) {
- if (CompareGuid (&DxeCoreHob.MemoryAllocationModule->MemoryAllocationHeader.Name, &gEfiHobMemoryAllocModuleGuid)) {
- //
- // Find Dxe Core HOB
- //
- break;
- }
- DxeCoreHob.Raw = GET_NEXT_HOB (DxeCoreHob);
- }
- ASSERT (DxeCoreHob.Raw != NULL);
-
- FilePath = (MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH *) TempBuffer;
- EfiInitializeFwVolDevicepathNode (FilePath, &DxeCoreHob.MemoryAllocationModule->ModuleName);
- SetDevicePathEndNode (FilePath + 1);
-
- if (!NeedRecordThisDriver ((EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) FilePath)) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- ImageBase = DxeCoreHob.MemoryAllocationModule->MemoryAllocationHeader.MemoryBaseAddress;
- DriverInfoData = BuildDriverInfo (
- ContextData,
- &DxeCoreHob.MemoryAllocationModule->ModuleName,
- ImageBase,
- DxeCoreHob.MemoryAllocationModule->MemoryAllocationHeader.MemoryLength,
- DxeCoreHob.MemoryAllocationModule->EntryPoint,
- InternalPeCoffGetSubsystem ((VOID *) (UINTN) ImageBase),
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE_DXE_CORE
- );
- if (DriverInfoData == NULL) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- Initialize memory profile.
-
- @param HobStart The start address of the HOB.
-
-**/
-VOID
-MemoryProfileInit (
- IN VOID *HobStart
- )
-{
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *ContextData;
-
- if (!IS_UEFI_MEMORY_PROFILE_ENABLED) {
- return;
- }
-
- ContextData = GetMemoryProfileContext ();
- if (ContextData != NULL) {
- return;
- }
-
- mMemoryProfileGettingStatus = FALSE;
- if ((PcdGet8 (PcdMemoryProfilePropertyMask) & BIT7) != 0) {
- mMemoryProfileRecordingEnable = MEMORY_PROFILE_RECORDING_DISABLE;
- } else {
- mMemoryProfileRecordingEnable = MEMORY_PROFILE_RECORDING_ENABLE;
- }
- mMemoryProfileDriverPathSize = PcdGetSize (PcdMemoryProfileDriverPath);
- mMemoryProfileDriverPath = AllocateCopyPool (mMemoryProfileDriverPathSize, PcdGetPtr (PcdMemoryProfileDriverPath));
- mMemoryProfileContextPtr = &mMemoryProfileContext;
-
- RegisterDxeCore (HobStart, &mMemoryProfileContext);
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "MemoryProfileInit MemoryProfileContext - 0x%x\n", &mMemoryProfileContext));
-}
-
-/**
- Install memory profile protocol.
-
-**/
-VOID
-MemoryProfileInstallProtocol (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_HANDLE Handle;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- if (!IS_UEFI_MEMORY_PROFILE_ENABLED) {
- return;
- }
-
- Handle = NULL;
- Status = CoreInstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
- &Handle,
- &gEdkiiMemoryProfileGuid,
- &mProfileProtocol,
- NULL
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-}
-
-/**
- Get the GUID file name from the file path.
-
- @param FilePath File path.
-
- @return The GUID file name from the file path.
-
-**/
-EFI_GUID *
-GetFileNameFromFilePath (
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FilePath
- )
-{
- MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH *ThisFilePath;
- EFI_GUID *FileName;
-
- FileName = NULL;
- if (FilePath != NULL) {
- ThisFilePath = (MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH *) FilePath;
- while (!IsDevicePathEnd (ThisFilePath)) {
- FileName = EfiGetNameGuidFromFwVolDevicePathNode (ThisFilePath);
- if (FileName != NULL) {
- break;
- }
- ThisFilePath = (MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH *) NextDevicePathNode (ThisFilePath);
- }
- }
-
- return FileName;
-}
-
-/**
- Register image to memory profile.
-
- @param DriverEntry Image info.
- @param FileType Image file type.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Register successfully.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile is unsupported,
- or memory profile for the image is not required.
- @return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough resource for this register.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-RegisterMemoryProfileImage (
- IN LOADED_IMAGE_PRIVATE_DATA *DriverEntry,
- IN EFI_FV_FILETYPE FileType
- )
-{
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *ContextData;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA *DriverInfoData;
-
- if (!IS_UEFI_MEMORY_PROFILE_ENABLED) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- if (!NeedRecordThisDriver (DriverEntry->Info.FilePath)) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- ContextData = GetMemoryProfileContext ();
- if (ContextData == NULL) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- DriverInfoData = BuildDriverInfo (
- ContextData,
- GetFileNameFromFilePath (DriverEntry->Info.FilePath),
- DriverEntry->ImageContext.ImageAddress,
- DriverEntry->ImageContext.ImageSize,
- DriverEntry->ImageContext.EntryPoint,
- DriverEntry->ImageContext.ImageType,
- FileType
- );
- if (DriverInfoData == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Search image from memory profile.
-
- @param ContextData Memory profile context.
- @param FileName Image file name.
- @param Address Image Address.
-
- @return Pointer to memory profile driver info.
-
-**/
-MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA *
-GetMemoryProfileDriverInfoByFileNameAndAddress (
- IN MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *ContextData,
- IN EFI_GUID *FileName,
- IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Address
- )
-{
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO *DriverInfo;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA *DriverInfoData;
- LIST_ENTRY *DriverLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *DriverInfoList;
-
- DriverInfoList = ContextData->DriverInfoList;
-
- for (DriverLink = DriverInfoList->ForwardLink;
- DriverLink != DriverInfoList;
- DriverLink = DriverLink->ForwardLink) {
- DriverInfoData = CR (
- DriverLink,
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA,
- Link,
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_SIGNATURE
- );
- DriverInfo = &DriverInfoData->DriverInfo;
- if ((CompareGuid (&DriverInfo->FileName, FileName)) &&
- (Address >= DriverInfo->ImageBase) &&
- (Address < (DriverInfo->ImageBase + DriverInfo->ImageSize))) {
- return DriverInfoData;
- }
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- Search image from memory profile.
- It will return image, if (Address >= ImageBuffer) AND (Address < ImageBuffer + ImageSize).
-
- @param ContextData Memory profile context.
- @param Address Image or Function address.
-
- @return Pointer to memory profile driver info.
-
-**/
-MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA *
-GetMemoryProfileDriverInfoFromAddress (
- IN MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *ContextData,
- IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Address
- )
-{
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO *DriverInfo;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA *DriverInfoData;
- LIST_ENTRY *DriverLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *DriverInfoList;
-
- DriverInfoList = ContextData->DriverInfoList;
-
- for (DriverLink = DriverInfoList->ForwardLink;
- DriverLink != DriverInfoList;
- DriverLink = DriverLink->ForwardLink) {
- DriverInfoData = CR (
- DriverLink,
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA,
- Link,
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_SIGNATURE
- );
- DriverInfo = &DriverInfoData->DriverInfo;
- if ((Address >= DriverInfo->ImageBase) &&
- (Address < (DriverInfo->ImageBase + DriverInfo->ImageSize))) {
- return DriverInfoData;
- }
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- Unregister image from memory profile.
-
- @param DriverEntry Image info.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Unregister successfully.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile is unsupported,
- or memory profile for the image is not required.
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND The image is not found.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-UnregisterMemoryProfileImage (
- IN LOADED_IMAGE_PRIVATE_DATA *DriverEntry
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *ContextData;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA *DriverInfoData;
- EFI_GUID *FileName;
- PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ImageAddress;
- VOID *EntryPointInImage;
-
- if (!IS_UEFI_MEMORY_PROFILE_ENABLED) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- if (!NeedRecordThisDriver (DriverEntry->Info.FilePath)) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- ContextData = GetMemoryProfileContext ();
- if (ContextData == NULL) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- DriverInfoData = NULL;
- FileName = GetFileNameFromFilePath (DriverEntry->Info.FilePath);
- ImageAddress = DriverEntry->ImageContext.ImageAddress;
- if ((DriverEntry->ImageContext.EntryPoint < ImageAddress) || (DriverEntry->ImageContext.EntryPoint >= (ImageAddress + DriverEntry->ImageContext.ImageSize))) {
- //
- // If the EntryPoint is not in the range of image buffer, it should come from emulation environment.
- // So patch ImageAddress here to align the EntryPoint.
- //
- Status = InternalPeCoffGetEntryPoint ((VOID *) (UINTN) ImageAddress, &EntryPointInImage);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- ImageAddress = ImageAddress + (UINTN) DriverEntry->ImageContext.EntryPoint - (UINTN) EntryPointInImage;
- }
- if (FileName != NULL) {
- DriverInfoData = GetMemoryProfileDriverInfoByFileNameAndAddress (ContextData, FileName, ImageAddress);
- }
- if (DriverInfoData == NULL) {
- DriverInfoData = GetMemoryProfileDriverInfoFromAddress (ContextData, ImageAddress);
- }
- if (DriverInfoData == NULL) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- ContextData->Context.TotalImageSize -= DriverInfoData->DriverInfo.ImageSize;
-
- // Keep the ImageBase for RVA calculation in Application.
- //DriverInfoData->DriverInfo.ImageBase = 0;
- DriverInfoData->DriverInfo.ImageSize = 0;
-
- if (DriverInfoData->DriverInfo.PeakUsage == 0) {
- ContextData->Context.ImageCount --;
- RemoveEntryList (&DriverInfoData->Link);
- //
- // Use CoreInternalFreePool() that will not update profile for this FreePool action.
- //
- CoreInternalFreePool (DriverInfoData, NULL);
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Return if this memory type needs to be recorded into memory profile.
- If BIOS memory type (0 ~ EfiMaxMemoryType - 1), it checks bit (1 << MemoryType).
- If OS memory type (0x80000000 ~ 0xFFFFFFFF), it checks bit63 - 0x8000000000000000.
- If OEM memory type (0x70000000 ~ 0x7FFFFFFF), it checks bit62 - 0x4000000000000000.
-
- @param MemoryType Memory type.
-
- @retval TRUE This memory type need to be recorded.
- @retval FALSE This memory type need not to be recorded.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-CoreNeedRecordProfile (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType
- )
-{
- UINT64 TestBit;
-
- if ((UINT32) MemoryType >= MEMORY_TYPE_OS_RESERVED_MIN) {
- TestBit = BIT63;
- } else if ((UINT32) MemoryType >= MEMORY_TYPE_OEM_RESERVED_MIN) {
- TestBit = BIT62;
- } else {
- TestBit = LShiftU64 (1, MemoryType);
- }
-
- if ((PcdGet64 (PcdMemoryProfileMemoryType) & TestBit) != 0) {
- return TRUE;
- } else {
- return FALSE;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Convert EFI memory type to profile memory index. The rule is:
- If BIOS memory type (0 ~ EfiMaxMemoryType - 1), ProfileMemoryIndex = MemoryType.
- If OS memory type (0x80000000 ~ 0xFFFFFFFF), ProfileMemoryIndex = EfiMaxMemoryType.
- If OEM memory type (0x70000000 ~ 0x7FFFFFFF), ProfileMemoryIndex = EfiMaxMemoryType + 1.
-
- @param MemoryType Memory type.
-
- @return Profile memory index.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-GetProfileMemoryIndex (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType
- )
-{
- if ((UINT32) MemoryType >= MEMORY_TYPE_OS_RESERVED_MIN) {
- return EfiMaxMemoryType;
- } else if ((UINT32) MemoryType >= MEMORY_TYPE_OEM_RESERVED_MIN) {
- return EfiMaxMemoryType + 1;
- } else {
- return MemoryType;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Update memory profile Allocate information.
-
- @param CallerAddress Address of caller who call Allocate.
- @param Action This Allocate action.
- @param MemoryType Memory type.
- @param Size Buffer size.
- @param Buffer Buffer address.
- @param ActionString String for memory profile action.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Memory profile is updated.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile is unsupported,
- or memory profile for the image is not required.
- @return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough resource to update memory profile for allocate action.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreUpdateProfileAllocate (
- IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS CallerAddress,
- IN MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION Action,
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
- IN UINTN Size,
- IN VOID *Buffer,
- IN CHAR8 *ActionString OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT *Context;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO *DriverInfo;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO *AllocInfo;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *ContextData;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA *DriverInfoData;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO_DATA *AllocInfoData;
- UINTN ProfileMemoryIndex;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION BasicAction;
- UINTN ActionStringSize;
- UINTN ActionStringOccupiedSize;
-
- BasicAction = Action & MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION_BASIC_MASK;
-
- ContextData = GetMemoryProfileContext ();
- if (ContextData == NULL) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- DriverInfoData = GetMemoryProfileDriverInfoFromAddress (ContextData, CallerAddress);
- if (DriverInfoData == NULL) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- ActionStringSize = 0;
- ActionStringOccupiedSize = 0;
- if (ActionString != NULL) {
- ActionStringSize = AsciiStrSize (ActionString);
- ActionStringOccupiedSize = GET_OCCUPIED_SIZE (ActionStringSize, sizeof (UINT64));
- }
-
- //
- // Use CoreInternalAllocatePool() that will not update profile for this AllocatePool action.
- //
- AllocInfoData = NULL;
- Status = CoreInternalAllocatePool (
- EfiBootServicesData,
- sizeof (*AllocInfoData) + ActionStringSize,
- (VOID **) &AllocInfoData
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- ASSERT (AllocInfoData != NULL);
-
- //
- // Only update SequenceCount if and only if it is basic action.
- //
- if (Action == BasicAction) {
- ContextData->Context.SequenceCount ++;
- }
-
- AllocInfo = &AllocInfoData->AllocInfo;
- AllocInfoData->Signature = MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO_SIGNATURE;
- AllocInfo->Header.Signature = MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO_SIGNATURE;
- AllocInfo->Header.Length = (UINT16) (sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO) + ActionStringOccupiedSize);
- AllocInfo->Header.Revision = MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO_REVISION;
- AllocInfo->CallerAddress = CallerAddress;
- AllocInfo->SequenceId = ContextData->Context.SequenceCount;
- AllocInfo->Action = Action;
- AllocInfo->MemoryType = MemoryType;
- AllocInfo->Buffer = (PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) Buffer;
- AllocInfo->Size = Size;
- if (ActionString != NULL) {
- AllocInfo->ActionStringOffset = (UINT16) sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO);
- AllocInfoData->ActionString = (CHAR8 *) (AllocInfoData + 1);
- CopyMem (AllocInfoData->ActionString, ActionString, ActionStringSize);
- } else {
- AllocInfo->ActionStringOffset = 0;
- AllocInfoData->ActionString = NULL;
- }
-
- InsertTailList (DriverInfoData->AllocInfoList, &AllocInfoData->Link);
-
- Context = &ContextData->Context;
- DriverInfo = &DriverInfoData->DriverInfo;
- DriverInfo->AllocRecordCount ++;
-
- //
- // Update summary if and only if it is basic action.
- //
- if (Action == BasicAction) {
- ProfileMemoryIndex = GetProfileMemoryIndex (MemoryType);
-
- DriverInfo->CurrentUsage += Size;
- if (DriverInfo->PeakUsage < DriverInfo->CurrentUsage) {
- DriverInfo->PeakUsage = DriverInfo->CurrentUsage;
- }
- DriverInfo->CurrentUsageByType[ProfileMemoryIndex] += Size;
- if (DriverInfo->PeakUsageByType[ProfileMemoryIndex] < DriverInfo->CurrentUsageByType[ProfileMemoryIndex]) {
- DriverInfo->PeakUsageByType[ProfileMemoryIndex] = DriverInfo->CurrentUsageByType[ProfileMemoryIndex];
- }
-
- Context->CurrentTotalUsage += Size;
- if (Context->PeakTotalUsage < Context->CurrentTotalUsage) {
- Context->PeakTotalUsage = Context->CurrentTotalUsage;
- }
- Context->CurrentTotalUsageByType[ProfileMemoryIndex] += Size;
- if (Context->PeakTotalUsageByType[ProfileMemoryIndex] < Context->CurrentTotalUsageByType[ProfileMemoryIndex]) {
- Context->PeakTotalUsageByType[ProfileMemoryIndex] = Context->CurrentTotalUsageByType[ProfileMemoryIndex];
- }
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Get memory profile alloc info from memory profile.
-
- @param DriverInfoData Driver info.
- @param BasicAction This Free basic action.
- @param Size Buffer size.
- @param Buffer Buffer address.
-
- @return Pointer to memory profile alloc info.
-
-**/
-MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO_DATA *
-GetMemoryProfileAllocInfoFromAddress (
- IN MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA *DriverInfoData,
- IN MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION BasicAction,
- IN UINTN Size,
- IN VOID *Buffer
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *AllocInfoList;
- LIST_ENTRY *AllocLink;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO *AllocInfo;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO_DATA *AllocInfoData;
-
- AllocInfoList = DriverInfoData->AllocInfoList;
-
- for (AllocLink = AllocInfoList->ForwardLink;
- AllocLink != AllocInfoList;
- AllocLink = AllocLink->ForwardLink) {
- AllocInfoData = CR (
- AllocLink,
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO_DATA,
- Link,
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO_SIGNATURE
- );
- AllocInfo = &AllocInfoData->AllocInfo;
- if ((AllocInfo->Action & MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION_BASIC_MASK) != BasicAction) {
- continue;
- }
- switch (BasicAction) {
- case MemoryProfileActionAllocatePages:
- if ((AllocInfo->Buffer <= (PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) Buffer) &&
- ((AllocInfo->Buffer + AllocInfo->Size) >= ((PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) Buffer + Size))) {
- return AllocInfoData;
- }
- break;
- case MemoryProfileActionAllocatePool:
- if (AllocInfo->Buffer == (PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) Buffer) {
- return AllocInfoData;
- }
- break;
- default:
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- break;
- }
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- Update memory profile Free information.
-
- @param CallerAddress Address of caller who call Free.
- @param Action This Free action.
- @param Size Buffer size.
- @param Buffer Buffer address.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Memory profile is updated.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile is unsupported.
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND No matched allocate info found for free action.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreUpdateProfileFree (
- IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS CallerAddress,
- IN MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION Action,
- IN UINTN Size,
- IN VOID *Buffer
- )
-{
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT *Context;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO *DriverInfo;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO *AllocInfo;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *ContextData;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA *DriverInfoData;
- LIST_ENTRY *DriverLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *DriverInfoList;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA *ThisDriverInfoData;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO_DATA *AllocInfoData;
- UINTN ProfileMemoryIndex;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION BasicAction;
- BOOLEAN Found;
-
- BasicAction = Action & MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION_BASIC_MASK;
-
- ContextData = GetMemoryProfileContext ();
- if (ContextData == NULL) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- DriverInfoData = GetMemoryProfileDriverInfoFromAddress (ContextData, CallerAddress);
-
- //
- // Do not return if DriverInfoData == NULL here,
- // because driver A might free memory allocated by driver B.
- //
-
- //
- // Need use do-while loop to find all possible records,
- // because one address might be recorded multiple times.
- //
- Found = FALSE;
- AllocInfoData = NULL;
- do {
- if (DriverInfoData != NULL) {
- switch (BasicAction) {
- case MemoryProfileActionFreePages:
- AllocInfoData = GetMemoryProfileAllocInfoFromAddress (DriverInfoData, MemoryProfileActionAllocatePages, Size, Buffer);
- break;
- case MemoryProfileActionFreePool:
- AllocInfoData = GetMemoryProfileAllocInfoFromAddress (DriverInfoData, MemoryProfileActionAllocatePool, 0, Buffer);
- break;
- default:
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- AllocInfoData = NULL;
- break;
- }
- }
- if (AllocInfoData == NULL) {
- //
- // Legal case, because driver A might free memory allocated by driver B, by some protocol.
- //
- DriverInfoList = ContextData->DriverInfoList;
-
- for (DriverLink = DriverInfoList->ForwardLink;
- DriverLink != DriverInfoList;
- DriverLink = DriverLink->ForwardLink) {
- ThisDriverInfoData = CR (
- DriverLink,
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA,
- Link,
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_SIGNATURE
- );
- switch (BasicAction) {
- case MemoryProfileActionFreePages:
- AllocInfoData = GetMemoryProfileAllocInfoFromAddress (ThisDriverInfoData, MemoryProfileActionAllocatePages, Size, Buffer);
- break;
- case MemoryProfileActionFreePool:
- AllocInfoData = GetMemoryProfileAllocInfoFromAddress (ThisDriverInfoData, MemoryProfileActionAllocatePool, 0, Buffer);
- break;
- default:
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- AllocInfoData = NULL;
- break;
- }
- if (AllocInfoData != NULL) {
- DriverInfoData = ThisDriverInfoData;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (AllocInfoData == NULL) {
- //
- // If (!Found), no matched allocate info is found for this free action.
- // It is because the specified memory type allocate actions have been filtered by
- // CoreNeedRecordProfile(), but free actions may have no memory type information,
- // they can not be filtered by CoreNeedRecordProfile(). Then, they will be
- // filtered here.
- //
- // If (Found), it is normal exit path.
- return (Found ? EFI_SUCCESS : EFI_NOT_FOUND);
- }
- }
-
- ASSERT (DriverInfoData != NULL);
- ASSERT (AllocInfoData != NULL);
-
- Found = TRUE;
-
- Context = &ContextData->Context;
- DriverInfo = &DriverInfoData->DriverInfo;
- AllocInfo = &AllocInfoData->AllocInfo;
-
- DriverInfo->AllocRecordCount --;
- //
- // Update summary if and only if it is basic action.
- //
- if (AllocInfo->Action == (AllocInfo->Action & MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION_BASIC_MASK)) {
- ProfileMemoryIndex = GetProfileMemoryIndex (AllocInfo->MemoryType);
-
- Context->CurrentTotalUsage -= AllocInfo->Size;
- Context->CurrentTotalUsageByType[ProfileMemoryIndex] -= AllocInfo->Size;
-
- DriverInfo->CurrentUsage -= AllocInfo->Size;
- DriverInfo->CurrentUsageByType[ProfileMemoryIndex] -= AllocInfo->Size;
- }
-
- RemoveEntryList (&AllocInfoData->Link);
-
- if (BasicAction == MemoryProfileActionFreePages) {
- if (AllocInfo->Buffer != (PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) Buffer) {
- CoreUpdateProfileAllocate (
- AllocInfo->CallerAddress,
- AllocInfo->Action,
- AllocInfo->MemoryType,
- (UINTN) ((PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) Buffer - AllocInfo->Buffer),
- (VOID *) (UINTN) AllocInfo->Buffer,
- AllocInfoData->ActionString
- );
- }
- if (AllocInfo->Buffer + AllocInfo->Size != ((PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) Buffer + Size)) {
- CoreUpdateProfileAllocate (
- AllocInfo->CallerAddress,
- AllocInfo->Action,
- AllocInfo->MemoryType,
- (UINTN) ((AllocInfo->Buffer + AllocInfo->Size) - ((PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) Buffer + Size)),
- (VOID *) ((UINTN) Buffer + Size),
- AllocInfoData->ActionString
- );
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Use CoreInternalFreePool() that will not update profile for this FreePool action.
- //
- CoreInternalFreePool (AllocInfoData, NULL);
- } while (TRUE);
-}
-
-/**
- Update memory profile information.
-
- @param CallerAddress Address of caller who call Allocate or Free.
- @param Action This Allocate or Free action.
- @param MemoryType Memory type.
- EfiMaxMemoryType means the MemoryType is unknown.
- @param Size Buffer size.
- @param Buffer Buffer address.
- @param ActionString String for memory profile action.
- Only needed for user defined allocate action.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Memory profile is updated.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile is unsupported,
- or memory profile for the image is not required,
- or memory profile for the memory type is not required.
- @return EFI_ACCESS_DENIED It is during memory profile data getting.
- @return EFI_ABORTED Memory profile recording is not enabled.
- @return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough resource to update memory profile for allocate action.
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND No matched allocate info found for free action.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreUpdateProfile (
- IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS CallerAddress,
- IN MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION Action,
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
- IN UINTN Size, // Valid for AllocatePages/FreePages/AllocatePool
- IN VOID *Buffer,
- IN CHAR8 *ActionString OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *ContextData;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION BasicAction;
-
- if (!IS_UEFI_MEMORY_PROFILE_ENABLED) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- if (mMemoryProfileGettingStatus) {
- return EFI_ACCESS_DENIED;
- }
-
- if (!mMemoryProfileRecordingEnable) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
-
- //
- // Get the basic action to know how to process the record
- //
- BasicAction = Action & MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION_BASIC_MASK;
-
- //
- // EfiMaxMemoryType means the MemoryType is unknown.
- //
- if (MemoryType != EfiMaxMemoryType) {
- //
- // Only record limited MemoryType.
- //
- if (!CoreNeedRecordProfile (MemoryType)) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- }
-
- ContextData = GetMemoryProfileContext ();
- if (ContextData == NULL) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- CoreAcquireMemoryProfileLock ();
- switch (BasicAction) {
- case MemoryProfileActionAllocatePages:
- Status = CoreUpdateProfileAllocate (CallerAddress, Action, MemoryType, Size, Buffer, ActionString);
- break;
- case MemoryProfileActionFreePages:
- Status = CoreUpdateProfileFree (CallerAddress, Action, Size, Buffer);
- break;
- case MemoryProfileActionAllocatePool:
- Status = CoreUpdateProfileAllocate (CallerAddress, Action, MemoryType, Size, Buffer, ActionString);
- break;
- case MemoryProfileActionFreePool:
- Status = CoreUpdateProfileFree (CallerAddress, Action, 0, Buffer);
- break;
- default:
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- break;
- }
- CoreReleaseMemoryProfileLock ();
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-////////////////////
-
-/**
- Get memory profile data size.
-
- @return Memory profile data size.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-MemoryProfileGetDataSize (
- VOID
- )
-{
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *ContextData;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA *DriverInfoData;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO_DATA *AllocInfoData;
- LIST_ENTRY *DriverInfoList;
- LIST_ENTRY *DriverLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *AllocInfoList;
- LIST_ENTRY *AllocLink;
- UINTN TotalSize;
-
-
- ContextData = GetMemoryProfileContext ();
- if (ContextData == NULL) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- TotalSize = sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT);
-
- DriverInfoList = ContextData->DriverInfoList;
- for (DriverLink = DriverInfoList->ForwardLink;
- DriverLink != DriverInfoList;
- DriverLink = DriverLink->ForwardLink) {
- DriverInfoData = CR (
- DriverLink,
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA,
- Link,
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_SIGNATURE
- );
- TotalSize += DriverInfoData->DriverInfo.Header.Length;
-
- AllocInfoList = DriverInfoData->AllocInfoList;
- for (AllocLink = AllocInfoList->ForwardLink;
- AllocLink != AllocInfoList;
- AllocLink = AllocLink->ForwardLink) {
- AllocInfoData = CR (
- AllocLink,
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO_DATA,
- Link,
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO_SIGNATURE
- );
- TotalSize += AllocInfoData->AllocInfo.Header.Length;
- }
- }
-
- return TotalSize;
-}
-
-/**
- Copy memory profile data.
-
- @param ProfileBuffer The buffer to hold memory profile data.
-
-**/
-VOID
-MemoryProfileCopyData (
- IN VOID *ProfileBuffer
- )
-{
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT *Context;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO *DriverInfo;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO *AllocInfo;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *ContextData;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA *DriverInfoData;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO_DATA *AllocInfoData;
- LIST_ENTRY *DriverInfoList;
- LIST_ENTRY *DriverLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *AllocInfoList;
- LIST_ENTRY *AllocLink;
- UINTN PdbSize;
- UINTN ActionStringSize;
-
- ContextData = GetMemoryProfileContext ();
- if (ContextData == NULL) {
- return ;
- }
-
- Context = ProfileBuffer;
- CopyMem (Context, &ContextData->Context, sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT));
- DriverInfo = (MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO *) (Context + 1);
-
- DriverInfoList = ContextData->DriverInfoList;
- for (DriverLink = DriverInfoList->ForwardLink;
- DriverLink != DriverInfoList;
- DriverLink = DriverLink->ForwardLink) {
- DriverInfoData = CR (
- DriverLink,
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA,
- Link,
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_SIGNATURE
- );
- CopyMem (DriverInfo, &DriverInfoData->DriverInfo, sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO));
- if (DriverInfo->PdbStringOffset != 0) {
- PdbSize = AsciiStrSize (DriverInfoData->PdbString);
- CopyMem ((VOID *) ((UINTN) DriverInfo + DriverInfo->PdbStringOffset), DriverInfoData->PdbString, PdbSize);
- }
- AllocInfo = (MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO *) ((UINTN) DriverInfo + DriverInfo->Header.Length);
-
- AllocInfoList = DriverInfoData->AllocInfoList;
- for (AllocLink = AllocInfoList->ForwardLink;
- AllocLink != AllocInfoList;
- AllocLink = AllocLink->ForwardLink) {
- AllocInfoData = CR (
- AllocLink,
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO_DATA,
- Link,
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO_SIGNATURE
- );
- CopyMem (AllocInfo, &AllocInfoData->AllocInfo, sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO));
- if (AllocInfo->ActionStringOffset != 0) {
- ActionStringSize = AsciiStrSize (AllocInfoData->ActionString);
- CopyMem ((VOID *) ((UINTN) AllocInfo + AllocInfo->ActionStringOffset), AllocInfoData->ActionString, ActionStringSize);
- }
- AllocInfo = (MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO *) ((UINTN) AllocInfo + AllocInfo->Header.Length);
- }
-
- DriverInfo = (MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO *) AllocInfo;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Get memory profile data.
-
- @param[in] This The EDKII_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param[in, out] ProfileSize On entry, points to the size in bytes of the ProfileBuffer.
- On return, points to the size of the data returned in ProfileBuffer.
- @param[out] ProfileBuffer Profile buffer.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Get the memory profile data successfully.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile is unsupported.
- @return EFI_BUFFER_TO_SMALL The ProfileSize is too small for the resulting data.
- ProfileSize is updated with the size required.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-ProfileProtocolGetData (
- IN EDKII_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN OUT UINT64 *ProfileSize,
- OUT VOID *ProfileBuffer
- )
-{
- UINTN Size;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *ContextData;
- BOOLEAN MemoryProfileGettingStatus;
-
- ContextData = GetMemoryProfileContext ();
- if (ContextData == NULL) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- MemoryProfileGettingStatus = mMemoryProfileGettingStatus;
- mMemoryProfileGettingStatus = TRUE;
-
- Size = MemoryProfileGetDataSize ();
-
- if (*ProfileSize < Size) {
- *ProfileSize = Size;
- mMemoryProfileGettingStatus = MemoryProfileGettingStatus;
- return EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
- }
-
- *ProfileSize = Size;
- MemoryProfileCopyData (ProfileBuffer);
-
- mMemoryProfileGettingStatus = MemoryProfileGettingStatus;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Register image to memory profile.
-
- @param[in] This The EDKII_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param[in] FilePath File path of the image.
- @param[in] ImageBase Image base address.
- @param[in] ImageSize Image size.
- @param[in] FileType File type of the image.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Register successfully.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile is unsupported,
- or memory profile for the image is not required.
- @return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough resource for this register.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-ProfileProtocolRegisterImage (
- IN EDKII_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FilePath,
- IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ImageBase,
- IN UINT64 ImageSize,
- IN EFI_FV_FILETYPE FileType
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- LOADED_IMAGE_PRIVATE_DATA DriverEntry;
- VOID *EntryPointInImage;
-
- ZeroMem (&DriverEntry, sizeof (DriverEntry));
- DriverEntry.Info.FilePath = FilePath;
- DriverEntry.ImageContext.ImageAddress = ImageBase;
- DriverEntry.ImageContext.ImageSize = ImageSize;
- Status = InternalPeCoffGetEntryPoint ((VOID *) (UINTN) ImageBase, &EntryPointInImage);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- DriverEntry.ImageContext.EntryPoint = (PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) EntryPointInImage;
- DriverEntry.ImageContext.ImageType = InternalPeCoffGetSubsystem ((VOID *) (UINTN) ImageBase);
-
- return RegisterMemoryProfileImage (&DriverEntry, FileType);
-}
-
-/**
- Unregister image from memory profile.
-
- @param[in] This The EDKII_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param[in] FilePath File path of the image.
- @param[in] ImageBase Image base address.
- @param[in] ImageSize Image size.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Unregister successfully.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile is unsupported,
- or memory profile for the image is not required.
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND The image is not found.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-ProfileProtocolUnregisterImage (
- IN EDKII_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FilePath,
- IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ImageBase,
- IN UINT64 ImageSize
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- LOADED_IMAGE_PRIVATE_DATA DriverEntry;
- VOID *EntryPointInImage;
-
- ZeroMem (&DriverEntry, sizeof (DriverEntry));
- DriverEntry.Info.FilePath = FilePath;
- DriverEntry.ImageContext.ImageAddress = ImageBase;
- DriverEntry.ImageContext.ImageSize = ImageSize;
- Status = InternalPeCoffGetEntryPoint ((VOID *) (UINTN) ImageBase, &EntryPointInImage);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- DriverEntry.ImageContext.EntryPoint = (PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) EntryPointInImage;
-
- return UnregisterMemoryProfileImage (&DriverEntry);
-}
-
-/**
- Get memory profile recording state.
-
- @param[in] This The EDKII_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param[out] RecordingState Recording state.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Memory profile recording state is returned.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile is unsupported.
- @return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER RecordingState is NULL.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-ProfileProtocolGetRecordingState (
- IN EDKII_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL *This,
- OUT BOOLEAN *RecordingState
- )
-{
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *ContextData;
-
- ContextData = GetMemoryProfileContext ();
- if (ContextData == NULL) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- if (RecordingState == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- *RecordingState = mMemoryProfileRecordingEnable;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Set memory profile recording state.
-
- @param[in] This The EDKII_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param[in] RecordingState Recording state.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Set memory profile recording state successfully.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile is unsupported.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-ProfileProtocolSetRecordingState (
- IN EDKII_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN BOOLEAN RecordingState
- )
-{
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *ContextData;
-
- ContextData = GetMemoryProfileContext ();
- if (ContextData == NULL) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- mMemoryProfileRecordingEnable = RecordingState;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Record memory profile of multilevel caller.
-
- @param[in] This The EDKII_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param[in] CallerAddress Address of caller.
- @param[in] Action Memory profile action.
- @param[in] MemoryType Memory type.
- EfiMaxMemoryType means the MemoryType is unknown.
- @param[in] Buffer Buffer address.
- @param[in] Size Buffer size.
- @param[in] ActionString String for memory profile action.
- Only needed for user defined allocate action.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Memory profile is updated.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile is unsupported,
- or memory profile for the image is not required,
- or memory profile for the memory type is not required.
- @return EFI_ACCESS_DENIED It is during memory profile data getting.
- @return EFI_ABORTED Memory profile recording is not enabled.
- @return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough resource to update memory profile for allocate action.
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND No matched allocate info found for free action.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-ProfileProtocolRecord (
- IN EDKII_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS CallerAddress,
- IN MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION Action,
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
- IN VOID *Buffer,
- IN UINTN Size,
- IN CHAR8 *ActionString OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- return CoreUpdateProfile (CallerAddress, Action, MemoryType, Size, Buffer, ActionString);
-}
-
-////////////////////
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Mem/Page.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Mem/Page.c deleted file mode 100644 index 3b3b9a8131..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Mem/Page.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1977 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- UEFI Memory page management functions.
-
-Copyright (c) 2007 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "DxeMain.h"
-#include "Imem.h"
-
-//
-// Entry for tracking the memory regions for each memory type to coalesce similar memory types
-//
-typedef struct {
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS MaximumAddress;
- UINT64 CurrentNumberOfPages;
- UINT64 NumberOfPages;
- UINTN InformationIndex;
- BOOLEAN Special;
- BOOLEAN Runtime;
-} EFI_MEMORY_TYPE_STATISTICS;
-
-//
-// MemoryMap - The current memory map
-//
-UINTN mMemoryMapKey = 0;
-
-#define MAX_MAP_DEPTH 6
-
-///
-/// mMapDepth - depth of new descriptor stack
-///
-UINTN mMapDepth = 0;
-///
-/// mMapStack - space to use as temp storage to build new map descriptors
-///
-MEMORY_MAP mMapStack[MAX_MAP_DEPTH];
-UINTN mFreeMapStack = 0;
-///
-/// This list maintain the free memory map list
-///
-LIST_ENTRY mFreeMemoryMapEntryList = INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (mFreeMemoryMapEntryList);
-BOOLEAN mMemoryTypeInformationInitialized = FALSE;
-
-EFI_MEMORY_TYPE_STATISTICS mMemoryTypeStatistics[EfiMaxMemoryType + 1] = {
- { 0, MAX_ADDRESS, 0, 0, EfiMaxMemoryType, TRUE, FALSE }, // EfiReservedMemoryType
- { 0, MAX_ADDRESS, 0, 0, EfiMaxMemoryType, FALSE, FALSE }, // EfiLoaderCode
- { 0, MAX_ADDRESS, 0, 0, EfiMaxMemoryType, FALSE, FALSE }, // EfiLoaderData
- { 0, MAX_ADDRESS, 0, 0, EfiMaxMemoryType, FALSE, FALSE }, // EfiBootServicesCode
- { 0, MAX_ADDRESS, 0, 0, EfiMaxMemoryType, FALSE, FALSE }, // EfiBootServicesData
- { 0, MAX_ADDRESS, 0, 0, EfiMaxMemoryType, TRUE, TRUE }, // EfiRuntimeServicesCode
- { 0, MAX_ADDRESS, 0, 0, EfiMaxMemoryType, TRUE, TRUE }, // EfiRuntimeServicesData
- { 0, MAX_ADDRESS, 0, 0, EfiMaxMemoryType, FALSE, FALSE }, // EfiConventionalMemory
- { 0, MAX_ADDRESS, 0, 0, EfiMaxMemoryType, FALSE, FALSE }, // EfiUnusableMemory
- { 0, MAX_ADDRESS, 0, 0, EfiMaxMemoryType, TRUE, FALSE }, // EfiACPIReclaimMemory
- { 0, MAX_ADDRESS, 0, 0, EfiMaxMemoryType, TRUE, FALSE }, // EfiACPIMemoryNVS
- { 0, MAX_ADDRESS, 0, 0, EfiMaxMemoryType, FALSE, FALSE }, // EfiMemoryMappedIO
- { 0, MAX_ADDRESS, 0, 0, EfiMaxMemoryType, FALSE, FALSE }, // EfiMemoryMappedIOPortSpace
- { 0, MAX_ADDRESS, 0, 0, EfiMaxMemoryType, TRUE, TRUE }, // EfiPalCode
- { 0, MAX_ADDRESS, 0, 0, EfiMaxMemoryType, FALSE, FALSE }, // EfiPersistentMemory
- { 0, MAX_ADDRESS, 0, 0, EfiMaxMemoryType, FALSE, FALSE } // EfiMaxMemoryType
-};
-
-EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS mDefaultMaximumAddress = MAX_ADDRESS;
-EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS mDefaultBaseAddress = MAX_ADDRESS;
-
-EFI_MEMORY_TYPE_INFORMATION gMemoryTypeInformation[EfiMaxMemoryType + 1] = {
- { EfiReservedMemoryType, 0 },
- { EfiLoaderCode, 0 },
- { EfiLoaderData, 0 },
- { EfiBootServicesCode, 0 },
- { EfiBootServicesData, 0 },
- { EfiRuntimeServicesCode, 0 },
- { EfiRuntimeServicesData, 0 },
- { EfiConventionalMemory, 0 },
- { EfiUnusableMemory, 0 },
- { EfiACPIReclaimMemory, 0 },
- { EfiACPIMemoryNVS, 0 },
- { EfiMemoryMappedIO, 0 },
- { EfiMemoryMappedIOPortSpace, 0 },
- { EfiPalCode, 0 },
- { EfiPersistentMemory, 0 },
- { EfiMaxMemoryType, 0 }
-};
-//
-// Only used when load module at fixed address feature is enabled. True means the memory is alreay successfully allocated
-// and ready to load the module in to specified address.or else, the memory is not ready and module will be loaded at a
-// address assigned by DXE core.
-//
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED BOOLEAN gLoadFixedAddressCodeMemoryReady = FALSE;
-
-/**
- Enter critical section by gaining lock on gMemoryLock.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreAcquireMemoryLock (
- VOID
- )
-{
- CoreAcquireLock (&gMemoryLock);
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Exit critical section by releasing lock on gMemoryLock.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreReleaseMemoryLock (
- VOID
- )
-{
- CoreReleaseLock (&gMemoryLock);
-}
-
-
-
-
-/**
- Internal function. Removes a descriptor entry.
-
- @param Entry The entry to remove
-
-**/
-VOID
-RemoveMemoryMapEntry (
- IN OUT MEMORY_MAP *Entry
- )
-{
- RemoveEntryList (&Entry->Link);
- Entry->Link.ForwardLink = NULL;
-
- if (Entry->FromPages) {
- //
- // Insert the free memory map descriptor to the end of mFreeMemoryMapEntryList
- //
- InsertTailList (&mFreeMemoryMapEntryList, &Entry->Link);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Internal function. Adds a ranges to the memory map.
- The range must not already exist in the map.
-
- @param Type The type of memory range to add
- @param Start The starting address in the memory range Must be
- paged aligned
- @param End The last address in the range Must be the last
- byte of a page
- @param Attribute The attributes of the memory range to add
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreAddRange (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE Type,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Start,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS End,
- IN UINT64 Attribute
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- MEMORY_MAP *Entry;
-
- ASSERT ((Start & EFI_PAGE_MASK) == 0);
- ASSERT (End > Start) ;
-
- ASSERT_LOCKED (&gMemoryLock);
-
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_PAGE, "AddRange: %lx-%lx to %d\n", Start, End, Type));
-
- //
- // If memory of type EfiConventionalMemory is being added that includes the page
- // starting at address 0, then zero the page starting at address 0. This has
- // two benifits. It helps find NULL pointer bugs and it also maximizes
- // compatibility with operating systems that may evaluate memory in this page
- // for legacy data structures. If memory of any other type is added starting
- // at address 0, then do not zero the page at address 0 because the page is being
- // used for other purposes.
- //
- if (Type == EfiConventionalMemory && Start == 0 && (End >= EFI_PAGE_SIZE - 1)) {
- SetMem ((VOID *)(UINTN)Start, EFI_PAGE_SIZE, 0);
- }
-
- //
- // Memory map being altered so updated key
- //
- mMemoryMapKey += 1;
-
- //
- // UEFI 2.0 added an event group for notificaiton on memory map changes.
- // So we need to signal this Event Group every time the memory map changes.
- // If we are in EFI 1.10 compatability mode no event groups will be
- // found and nothing will happen we we call this function. These events
- // will get signaled but since a lock is held around the call to this
- // function the notificaiton events will only be called after this function
- // returns and the lock is released.
- //
- CoreNotifySignalList (&gEfiEventMemoryMapChangeGuid);
-
- //
- // Look for adjoining memory descriptor
- //
-
- // Two memory descriptors can only be merged if they have the same Type
- // and the same Attribute
- //
-
- Link = gMemoryMap.ForwardLink;
- while (Link != &gMemoryMap) {
- Entry = CR (Link, MEMORY_MAP, Link, MEMORY_MAP_SIGNATURE);
- Link = Link->ForwardLink;
-
- if (Entry->Type != Type) {
- continue;
- }
-
- if (Entry->Attribute != Attribute) {
- continue;
- }
-
- if (Entry->End + 1 == Start) {
-
- Start = Entry->Start;
- RemoveMemoryMapEntry (Entry);
-
- } else if (Entry->Start == End + 1) {
-
- End = Entry->End;
- RemoveMemoryMapEntry (Entry);
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Add descriptor
- //
-
- mMapStack[mMapDepth].Signature = MEMORY_MAP_SIGNATURE;
- mMapStack[mMapDepth].FromPages = FALSE;
- mMapStack[mMapDepth].Type = Type;
- mMapStack[mMapDepth].Start = Start;
- mMapStack[mMapDepth].End = End;
- mMapStack[mMapDepth].VirtualStart = 0;
- mMapStack[mMapDepth].Attribute = Attribute;
- InsertTailList (&gMemoryMap, &mMapStack[mMapDepth].Link);
-
- mMapDepth += 1;
- ASSERT (mMapDepth < MAX_MAP_DEPTH);
-
- return ;
-}
-
-/**
- Internal function. Deque a descriptor entry from the mFreeMemoryMapEntryList.
- If the list is emtry, then allocate a new page to refuel the list.
- Please Note this algorithm to allocate the memory map descriptor has a property
- that the memory allocated for memory entries always grows, and will never really be freed
- For example, if the current boot uses 2000 memory map entries at the maximum point, but
- ends up with only 50 at the time the OS is booted, then the memory associated with the 1950
- memory map entries is still allocated from EfiBootServicesMemory.
-
-
- @return The Memory map descriptor dequed from the mFreeMemoryMapEntryList
-
-**/
-MEMORY_MAP *
-AllocateMemoryMapEntry (
- VOID
- )
-{
- MEMORY_MAP* FreeDescriptorEntries;
- MEMORY_MAP* Entry;
- UINTN Index;
-
- if (IsListEmpty (&mFreeMemoryMapEntryList)) {
- //
- // The list is empty, to allocate one page to refuel the list
- //
- FreeDescriptorEntries = CoreAllocatePoolPages (EfiBootServicesData,
- EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (DEFAULT_PAGE_ALLOCATION_GRANULARITY),
- DEFAULT_PAGE_ALLOCATION_GRANULARITY);
- if (FreeDescriptorEntries != NULL) {
- //
- // Enque the free memmory map entries into the list
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < DEFAULT_PAGE_ALLOCATION_GRANULARITY / sizeof(MEMORY_MAP); Index++) {
- FreeDescriptorEntries[Index].Signature = MEMORY_MAP_SIGNATURE;
- InsertTailList (&mFreeMemoryMapEntryList, &FreeDescriptorEntries[Index].Link);
- }
- } else {
- return NULL;
- }
- }
- //
- // dequeue the first descriptor from the list
- //
- Entry = CR (mFreeMemoryMapEntryList.ForwardLink, MEMORY_MAP, Link, MEMORY_MAP_SIGNATURE);
- RemoveEntryList (&Entry->Link);
-
- return Entry;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Internal function. Moves any memory descriptors that are on the
- temporary descriptor stack to heap.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreFreeMemoryMapStack (
- VOID
- )
-{
- MEMORY_MAP *Entry;
- MEMORY_MAP *Entry2;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link2;
-
- ASSERT_LOCKED (&gMemoryLock);
-
- //
- // If already freeing the map stack, then return
- //
- if (mFreeMapStack != 0) {
- return ;
- }
-
- //
- // Move the temporary memory descriptor stack into pool
- //
- mFreeMapStack += 1;
-
- while (mMapDepth != 0) {
- //
- // Deque an memory map entry from mFreeMemoryMapEntryList
- //
- Entry = AllocateMemoryMapEntry ();
-
- ASSERT (Entry);
-
- //
- // Update to proper entry
- //
- mMapDepth -= 1;
-
- if (mMapStack[mMapDepth].Link.ForwardLink != NULL) {
-
- //
- // Move this entry to general memory
- //
- RemoveEntryList (&mMapStack[mMapDepth].Link);
- mMapStack[mMapDepth].Link.ForwardLink = NULL;
-
- CopyMem (Entry , &mMapStack[mMapDepth], sizeof (MEMORY_MAP));
- Entry->FromPages = TRUE;
-
- //
- // Find insertion location
- //
- for (Link2 = gMemoryMap.ForwardLink; Link2 != &gMemoryMap; Link2 = Link2->ForwardLink) {
- Entry2 = CR (Link2, MEMORY_MAP, Link, MEMORY_MAP_SIGNATURE);
- if (Entry2->FromPages && Entry2->Start > Entry->Start) {
- break;
- }
- }
-
- InsertTailList (Link2, &Entry->Link);
-
- } else {
- //
- // This item of mMapStack[mMapDepth] has already been dequeued from gMemoryMap list,
- // so here no need to move it to memory.
- //
- InsertTailList (&mFreeMemoryMapEntryList, &Entry->Link);
- }
- }
-
- mFreeMapStack -= 1;
-}
-
-/**
- Find untested but initialized memory regions in GCD map and convert them to be DXE allocatable.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-PromoteMemoryResource (
- VOID
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY *Entry;
- BOOLEAN Promoted;
-
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_PAGE, "Promote the memory resource\n"));
-
- CoreAcquireGcdMemoryLock ();
-
- Promoted = FALSE;
- Link = mGcdMemorySpaceMap.ForwardLink;
- while (Link != &mGcdMemorySpaceMap) {
-
- Entry = CR (Link, EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY, Link, EFI_GCD_MAP_SIGNATURE);
-
- if (Entry->GcdMemoryType == EfiGcdMemoryTypeReserved &&
- Entry->EndAddress < MAX_ADDRESS &&
- (Entry->Capabilities & (EFI_MEMORY_PRESENT | EFI_MEMORY_INITIALIZED | EFI_MEMORY_TESTED)) ==
- (EFI_MEMORY_PRESENT | EFI_MEMORY_INITIALIZED)) {
- //
- // Update the GCD map
- //
- if ((Entry->Capabilities & EFI_MEMORY_MORE_RELIABLE) == EFI_MEMORY_MORE_RELIABLE) {
- Entry->GcdMemoryType = EfiGcdMemoryTypeMoreReliable;
- } else {
- Entry->GcdMemoryType = EfiGcdMemoryTypeSystemMemory;
- }
- Entry->Capabilities |= EFI_MEMORY_TESTED;
- Entry->ImageHandle = gDxeCoreImageHandle;
- Entry->DeviceHandle = NULL;
-
- //
- // Add to allocable system memory resource
- //
-
- CoreAddRange (
- EfiConventionalMemory,
- Entry->BaseAddress,
- Entry->EndAddress,
- Entry->Capabilities & ~(EFI_MEMORY_PRESENT | EFI_MEMORY_INITIALIZED | EFI_MEMORY_TESTED | EFI_MEMORY_RUNTIME)
- );
- CoreFreeMemoryMapStack ();
-
- Promoted = TRUE;
- }
-
- Link = Link->ForwardLink;
- }
-
- CoreReleaseGcdMemoryLock ();
-
- return Promoted;
-}
-/**
- This function try to allocate Runtime code & Boot time code memory range. If LMFA enabled, 2 patchable PCD
- PcdLoadFixAddressRuntimeCodePageNumber & PcdLoadFixAddressBootTimeCodePageNumber which are set by tools will record the
- size of boot time and runtime code.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreLoadingFixedAddressHook (
- VOID
- )
-{
- UINT32 RuntimeCodePageNumber;
- UINT32 BootTimeCodePageNumber;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS RuntimeCodeBase;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BootTimeCodeBase;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- //
- // Make sure these 2 areas are not initialzied.
- //
- if (!gLoadFixedAddressCodeMemoryReady) {
- RuntimeCodePageNumber = PcdGet32(PcdLoadFixAddressRuntimeCodePageNumber);
- BootTimeCodePageNumber= PcdGet32(PcdLoadFixAddressBootTimeCodePageNumber);
- RuntimeCodeBase = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(gLoadModuleAtFixAddressConfigurationTable.DxeCodeTopAddress - EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (RuntimeCodePageNumber));
- BootTimeCodeBase = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(RuntimeCodeBase - EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (BootTimeCodePageNumber));
- //
- // Try to allocate runtime memory.
- //
- Status = CoreAllocatePages (
- AllocateAddress,
- EfiRuntimeServicesCode,
- RuntimeCodePageNumber,
- &RuntimeCodeBase
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- //
- // Runtime memory allocation failed
- //
- return;
- }
- //
- // Try to allocate boot memory.
- //
- Status = CoreAllocatePages (
- AllocateAddress,
- EfiBootServicesCode,
- BootTimeCodePageNumber,
- &BootTimeCodeBase
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- //
- // boot memory allocation failed. Free Runtime code range and will try the allocation again when
- // new memory range is installed.
- //
- CoreFreePages (
- RuntimeCodeBase,
- RuntimeCodePageNumber
- );
- return;
- }
- gLoadFixedAddressCodeMemoryReady = TRUE;
- }
- return;
-}
-
-/**
- Called to initialize the memory map and add descriptors to
- the current descriptor list.
- The first descriptor that is added must be general usable
- memory as the addition allocates heap.
-
- @param Type The type of memory to add
- @param Start The starting address in the memory range Must be
- page aligned
- @param NumberOfPages The number of pages in the range
- @param Attribute Attributes of the memory to add
-
- @return None. The range is added to the memory map
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreAddMemoryDescriptor (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE Type,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Start,
- IN UINT64 NumberOfPages,
- IN UINT64 Attribute
- )
-{
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS End;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN Index;
- UINTN FreeIndex;
-
- if ((Start & EFI_PAGE_MASK) != 0) {
- return;
- }
-
- if (Type >= EfiMaxMemoryType && Type < MEMORY_TYPE_OEM_RESERVED_MIN) {
- return;
- }
- CoreAcquireMemoryLock ();
- End = Start + LShiftU64 (NumberOfPages, EFI_PAGE_SHIFT) - 1;
- CoreAddRange (Type, Start, End, Attribute);
- CoreFreeMemoryMapStack ();
- CoreReleaseMemoryLock ();
-
- ApplyMemoryProtectionPolicy (EfiMaxMemoryType, Type, Start,
- LShiftU64 (NumberOfPages, EFI_PAGE_SHIFT));
-
- //
- // If Loading Module At Fixed Address feature is enabled. try to allocate memory with Runtime code & Boot time code type
- //
- if (PcdGet64(PcdLoadModuleAtFixAddressEnable) != 0) {
- CoreLoadingFixedAddressHook();
- }
-
- //
- // Check to see if the statistics for the different memory types have already been established
- //
- if (mMemoryTypeInformationInitialized) {
- return;
- }
-
-
- //
- // Loop through each memory type in the order specified by the gMemoryTypeInformation[] array
- //
- for (Index = 0; gMemoryTypeInformation[Index].Type != EfiMaxMemoryType; Index++) {
- //
- // Make sure the memory type in the gMemoryTypeInformation[] array is valid
- //
- Type = (EFI_MEMORY_TYPE) (gMemoryTypeInformation[Index].Type);
- if ((UINT32)Type > EfiMaxMemoryType) {
- continue;
- }
- if (gMemoryTypeInformation[Index].NumberOfPages != 0) {
- //
- // Allocate pages for the current memory type from the top of available memory
- //
- Status = CoreAllocatePages (
- AllocateAnyPages,
- Type,
- gMemoryTypeInformation[Index].NumberOfPages,
- &mMemoryTypeStatistics[Type].BaseAddress
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // If an error occurs allocating the pages for the current memory type, then
- // free all the pages allocates for the previous memory types and return. This
- // operation with be retied when/if more memory is added to the system
- //
- for (FreeIndex = 0; FreeIndex < Index; FreeIndex++) {
- //
- // Make sure the memory type in the gMemoryTypeInformation[] array is valid
- //
- Type = (EFI_MEMORY_TYPE) (gMemoryTypeInformation[FreeIndex].Type);
- if ((UINT32)Type > EfiMaxMemoryType) {
- continue;
- }
-
- if (gMemoryTypeInformation[FreeIndex].NumberOfPages != 0) {
- CoreFreePages (
- mMemoryTypeStatistics[Type].BaseAddress,
- gMemoryTypeInformation[FreeIndex].NumberOfPages
- );
- mMemoryTypeStatistics[Type].BaseAddress = 0;
- mMemoryTypeStatistics[Type].MaximumAddress = MAX_ADDRESS;
- }
- }
- return;
- }
-
- //
- // Compute the address at the top of the current statistics
- //
- mMemoryTypeStatistics[Type].MaximumAddress =
- mMemoryTypeStatistics[Type].BaseAddress +
- LShiftU64 (gMemoryTypeInformation[Index].NumberOfPages, EFI_PAGE_SHIFT) - 1;
-
- //
- // If the current base address is the lowest address so far, then update the default
- // maximum address
- //
- if (mMemoryTypeStatistics[Type].BaseAddress < mDefaultMaximumAddress) {
- mDefaultMaximumAddress = mMemoryTypeStatistics[Type].BaseAddress - 1;
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // There was enough system memory for all the the memory types were allocated. So,
- // those memory areas can be freed for future allocations, and all future memory
- // allocations can occur within their respective bins
- //
- for (Index = 0; gMemoryTypeInformation[Index].Type != EfiMaxMemoryType; Index++) {
- //
- // Make sure the memory type in the gMemoryTypeInformation[] array is valid
- //
- Type = (EFI_MEMORY_TYPE) (gMemoryTypeInformation[Index].Type);
- if ((UINT32)Type > EfiMaxMemoryType) {
- continue;
- }
- if (gMemoryTypeInformation[Index].NumberOfPages != 0) {
- CoreFreePages (
- mMemoryTypeStatistics[Type].BaseAddress,
- gMemoryTypeInformation[Index].NumberOfPages
- );
- mMemoryTypeStatistics[Type].NumberOfPages = gMemoryTypeInformation[Index].NumberOfPages;
- gMemoryTypeInformation[Index].NumberOfPages = 0;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // If the number of pages reserved for a memory type is 0, then all allocations for that type
- // should be in the default range.
- //
- for (Type = (EFI_MEMORY_TYPE) 0; Type < EfiMaxMemoryType; Type++) {
- for (Index = 0; gMemoryTypeInformation[Index].Type != EfiMaxMemoryType; Index++) {
- if (Type == (EFI_MEMORY_TYPE)gMemoryTypeInformation[Index].Type) {
- mMemoryTypeStatistics[Type].InformationIndex = Index;
- }
- }
- mMemoryTypeStatistics[Type].CurrentNumberOfPages = 0;
- if (mMemoryTypeStatistics[Type].MaximumAddress == MAX_ADDRESS) {
- mMemoryTypeStatistics[Type].MaximumAddress = mDefaultMaximumAddress;
- }
- }
-
- mMemoryTypeInformationInitialized = TRUE;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Internal function. Converts a memory range to the specified type or attributes.
- The range must exist in the memory map. Either ChangingType or
- ChangingAttributes must be set, but not both.
-
- @param Start The first address of the range Must be page
- aligned
- @param NumberOfPages The number of pages to convert
- @param ChangingType Boolean indicating that type value should be changed
- @param NewType The new type for the memory range
- @param ChangingAttributes Boolean indicating that attributes value should be changed
- @param NewAttributes The new attributes for the memory range
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Could not find a descriptor cover the specified
- range or convertion not allowed.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully converts the memory range to the
- specified type.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreConvertPagesEx (
- IN UINT64 Start,
- IN UINT64 NumberOfPages,
- IN BOOLEAN ChangingType,
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE NewType,
- IN BOOLEAN ChangingAttributes,
- IN UINT64 NewAttributes
- )
-{
-
- UINT64 NumberOfBytes;
- UINT64 End;
- UINT64 RangeEnd;
- UINT64 Attribute;
- EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemType;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- MEMORY_MAP *Entry;
-
- Entry = NULL;
- NumberOfBytes = LShiftU64 (NumberOfPages, EFI_PAGE_SHIFT);
- End = Start + NumberOfBytes - 1;
-
- ASSERT (NumberOfPages);
- ASSERT ((Start & EFI_PAGE_MASK) == 0);
- ASSERT (End > Start) ;
- ASSERT_LOCKED (&gMemoryLock);
- ASSERT ( (ChangingType == FALSE) || (ChangingAttributes == FALSE) );
-
- if (NumberOfPages == 0 || ((Start & EFI_PAGE_MASK) != 0) || (Start >= End)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Convert the entire range
- //
-
- while (Start < End) {
-
- //
- // Find the entry that the covers the range
- //
- for (Link = gMemoryMap.ForwardLink; Link != &gMemoryMap; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- Entry = CR (Link, MEMORY_MAP, Link, MEMORY_MAP_SIGNATURE);
-
- if (Entry->Start <= Start && Entry->End > Start) {
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (Link == &gMemoryMap) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR | DEBUG_PAGE, "ConvertPages: failed to find range %lx - %lx\n", Start, End));
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- //
- // If we are converting the type of the range from EfiConventionalMemory to
- // another type, we have to ensure that the entire range is covered by a
- // single entry.
- //
- if (ChangingType && (NewType != EfiConventionalMemory)) {
- if (Entry->End < End) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR | DEBUG_PAGE, "ConvertPages: range %lx - %lx covers multiple entries\n", Start, End));
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- }
- //
- // Convert range to the end, or to the end of the descriptor
- // if that's all we've got
- //
- RangeEnd = End;
-
- ASSERT (Entry != NULL);
- if (Entry->End < End) {
- RangeEnd = Entry->End;
- }
-
- if (ChangingType) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_PAGE, "ConvertRange: %lx-%lx to type %d\n", Start, RangeEnd, NewType));
- }
- if (ChangingAttributes) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_PAGE, "ConvertRange: %lx-%lx to attr %lx\n", Start, RangeEnd, NewAttributes));
- }
-
- if (ChangingType) {
- //
- // Debug code - verify conversion is allowed
- //
- if (!(NewType == EfiConventionalMemory ? 1 : 0) ^ (Entry->Type == EfiConventionalMemory ? 1 : 0)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR | DEBUG_PAGE, "ConvertPages: Incompatible memory types\n"));
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- //
- // Update counters for the number of pages allocated to each memory type
- //
- if ((UINT32)Entry->Type < EfiMaxMemoryType) {
- if ((Start >= mMemoryTypeStatistics[Entry->Type].BaseAddress && Start <= mMemoryTypeStatistics[Entry->Type].MaximumAddress) ||
- (Start >= mDefaultBaseAddress && Start <= mDefaultMaximumAddress) ) {
- if (NumberOfPages > mMemoryTypeStatistics[Entry->Type].CurrentNumberOfPages) {
- mMemoryTypeStatistics[Entry->Type].CurrentNumberOfPages = 0;
- } else {
- mMemoryTypeStatistics[Entry->Type].CurrentNumberOfPages -= NumberOfPages;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if ((UINT32)NewType < EfiMaxMemoryType) {
- if ((Start >= mMemoryTypeStatistics[NewType].BaseAddress && Start <= mMemoryTypeStatistics[NewType].MaximumAddress) ||
- (Start >= mDefaultBaseAddress && Start <= mDefaultMaximumAddress) ) {
- mMemoryTypeStatistics[NewType].CurrentNumberOfPages += NumberOfPages;
- if (mMemoryTypeStatistics[NewType].CurrentNumberOfPages > gMemoryTypeInformation[mMemoryTypeStatistics[NewType].InformationIndex].NumberOfPages) {
- gMemoryTypeInformation[mMemoryTypeStatistics[NewType].InformationIndex].NumberOfPages = (UINT32)mMemoryTypeStatistics[NewType].CurrentNumberOfPages;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Pull range out of descriptor
- //
- if (Entry->Start == Start) {
-
- //
- // Clip start
- //
- Entry->Start = RangeEnd + 1;
-
- } else if (Entry->End == RangeEnd) {
-
- //
- // Clip end
- //
- Entry->End = Start - 1;
-
- } else {
-
- //
- // Pull it out of the center, clip current
- //
-
- //
- // Add a new one
- //
- mMapStack[mMapDepth].Signature = MEMORY_MAP_SIGNATURE;
- mMapStack[mMapDepth].FromPages = FALSE;
- mMapStack[mMapDepth].Type = Entry->Type;
- mMapStack[mMapDepth].Start = RangeEnd+1;
- mMapStack[mMapDepth].End = Entry->End;
-
- //
- // Inherit Attribute from the Memory Descriptor that is being clipped
- //
- mMapStack[mMapDepth].Attribute = Entry->Attribute;
-
- Entry->End = Start - 1;
- ASSERT (Entry->Start < Entry->End);
-
- Entry = &mMapStack[mMapDepth];
- InsertTailList (&gMemoryMap, &Entry->Link);
-
- mMapDepth += 1;
- ASSERT (mMapDepth < MAX_MAP_DEPTH);
- }
-
- //
- // The new range inherits the same Attribute as the Entry
- // it is being cut out of unless attributes are being changed
- //
- if (ChangingType) {
- Attribute = Entry->Attribute;
- MemType = NewType;
- } else {
- Attribute = NewAttributes;
- MemType = Entry->Type;
- }
-
- //
- // If the descriptor is empty, then remove it from the map
- //
- if (Entry->Start == Entry->End + 1) {
- RemoveMemoryMapEntry (Entry);
- Entry = NULL;
- }
-
- //
- // Add our new range in
- //
- CoreAddRange (MemType, Start, RangeEnd, Attribute);
- if (ChangingType && (MemType == EfiConventionalMemory)) {
- //
- // Avoid calling DEBUG_CLEAR_MEMORY() for an address of 0 because this
- // macro will ASSERT() if address is 0. Instead, CoreAddRange() guarantees
- // that the page starting at address 0 is always filled with zeros.
- //
- if (Start == 0) {
- if (RangeEnd > EFI_PAGE_SIZE) {
- DEBUG_CLEAR_MEMORY ((VOID *)(UINTN) EFI_PAGE_SIZE, (UINTN) (RangeEnd - EFI_PAGE_SIZE + 1));
- }
- } else {
- DEBUG_CLEAR_MEMORY ((VOID *)(UINTN) Start, (UINTN) (RangeEnd - Start + 1));
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Move any map descriptor stack to general pool
- //
- CoreFreeMemoryMapStack ();
-
- //
- // Bump the starting address, and convert the next range
- //
- Start = RangeEnd + 1;
- }
-
- //
- // Converted the whole range, done
- //
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Internal function. Converts a memory range to the specified type.
- The range must exist in the memory map.
-
- @param Start The first address of the range Must be page
- aligned
- @param NumberOfPages The number of pages to convert
- @param NewType The new type for the memory range
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Could not find a descriptor cover the specified
- range or convertion not allowed.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully converts the memory range to the
- specified type.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreConvertPages (
- IN UINT64 Start,
- IN UINT64 NumberOfPages,
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE NewType
- )
-{
- return CoreConvertPagesEx(Start, NumberOfPages, TRUE, NewType, FALSE, 0);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Internal function. Converts a memory range to use new attributes.
-
- @param Start The first address of the range Must be page
- aligned
- @param NumberOfPages The number of pages to convert
- @param NewAttributes The new attributes value for the range.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreUpdateMemoryAttributes (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Start,
- IN UINT64 NumberOfPages,
- IN UINT64 NewAttributes
- )
-{
- CoreAcquireMemoryLock ();
-
- //
- // Update the attributes to the new value
- //
- CoreConvertPagesEx(Start, NumberOfPages, FALSE, (EFI_MEMORY_TYPE)0, TRUE, NewAttributes);
-
- CoreReleaseMemoryLock ();
-}
-
-
-/**
- Internal function. Finds a consecutive free page range below
- the requested address.
-
- @param MaxAddress The address that the range must be below
- @param MinAddress The address that the range must be above
- @param NumberOfPages Number of pages needed
- @param NewType The type of memory the range is going to be
- turned into
- @param Alignment Bits to align with
-
- @return The base address of the range, or 0 if the range was not found
-
-**/
-UINT64
-CoreFindFreePagesI (
- IN UINT64 MaxAddress,
- IN UINT64 MinAddress,
- IN UINT64 NumberOfPages,
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE NewType,
- IN UINTN Alignment
- )
-{
- UINT64 NumberOfBytes;
- UINT64 Target;
- UINT64 DescStart;
- UINT64 DescEnd;
- UINT64 DescNumberOfBytes;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- MEMORY_MAP *Entry;
-
- if ((MaxAddress < EFI_PAGE_MASK) ||(NumberOfPages == 0)) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- if ((MaxAddress & EFI_PAGE_MASK) != EFI_PAGE_MASK) {
-
- //
- // If MaxAddress is not aligned to the end of a page
- //
-
- //
- // Change MaxAddress to be 1 page lower
- //
- MaxAddress -= (EFI_PAGE_MASK + 1);
-
- //
- // Set MaxAddress to a page boundary
- //
- MaxAddress &= ~(UINT64)EFI_PAGE_MASK;
-
- //
- // Set MaxAddress to end of the page
- //
- MaxAddress |= EFI_PAGE_MASK;
- }
-
- NumberOfBytes = LShiftU64 (NumberOfPages, EFI_PAGE_SHIFT);
- Target = 0;
-
- for (Link = gMemoryMap.ForwardLink; Link != &gMemoryMap; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- Entry = CR (Link, MEMORY_MAP, Link, MEMORY_MAP_SIGNATURE);
-
- //
- // If it's not a free entry, don't bother with it
- //
- if (Entry->Type != EfiConventionalMemory) {
- continue;
- }
-
- DescStart = Entry->Start;
- DescEnd = Entry->End;
-
- //
- // If desc is past max allowed address or below min allowed address, skip it
- //
- if ((DescStart >= MaxAddress) || (DescEnd < MinAddress)) {
- continue;
- }
-
- //
- // If desc ends past max allowed address, clip the end
- //
- if (DescEnd >= MaxAddress) {
- DescEnd = MaxAddress;
- }
-
- DescEnd = ((DescEnd + 1) & (~(Alignment - 1))) - 1;
-
- // Skip if DescEnd is less than DescStart after alignment clipping
- if (DescEnd < DescStart) {
- continue;
- }
-
- //
- // Compute the number of bytes we can used from this
- // descriptor, and see it's enough to satisfy the request
- //
- DescNumberOfBytes = DescEnd - DescStart + 1;
-
- if (DescNumberOfBytes >= NumberOfBytes) {
- //
- // If the start of the allocated range is below the min address allowed, skip it
- //
- if ((DescEnd - NumberOfBytes + 1) < MinAddress) {
- continue;
- }
-
- //
- // If this is the best match so far remember it
- //
- if (DescEnd > Target) {
- Target = DescEnd;
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // If this is a grow down, adjust target to be the allocation base
- //
- Target -= NumberOfBytes - 1;
-
- //
- // If we didn't find a match, return 0
- //
- if ((Target & EFI_PAGE_MASK) != 0) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- return Target;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Internal function. Finds a consecutive free page range below
- the requested address
-
- @param MaxAddress The address that the range must be below
- @param NoPages Number of pages needed
- @param NewType The type of memory the range is going to be
- turned into
- @param Alignment Bits to align with
-
- @return The base address of the range, or 0 if the range was not found.
-
-**/
-UINT64
-FindFreePages (
- IN UINT64 MaxAddress,
- IN UINT64 NoPages,
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE NewType,
- IN UINTN Alignment
- )
-{
- UINT64 Start;
-
- //
- // Attempt to find free pages in the preferred bin based on the requested memory type
- //
- if ((UINT32)NewType < EfiMaxMemoryType && MaxAddress >= mMemoryTypeStatistics[NewType].MaximumAddress) {
- Start = CoreFindFreePagesI (
- mMemoryTypeStatistics[NewType].MaximumAddress,
- mMemoryTypeStatistics[NewType].BaseAddress,
- NoPages,
- NewType,
- Alignment
- );
- if (Start != 0) {
- return Start;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Attempt to find free pages in the default allocation bin
- //
- if (MaxAddress >= mDefaultMaximumAddress) {
- Start = CoreFindFreePagesI (mDefaultMaximumAddress, 0, NoPages, NewType, Alignment);
- if (Start != 0) {
- if (Start < mDefaultBaseAddress) {
- mDefaultBaseAddress = Start;
- }
- return Start;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // The allocation did not succeed in any of the prefered bins even after
- // promoting resources. Attempt to find free pages anywhere is the requested
- // address range. If this allocation fails, then there are not enough
- // resources anywhere to satisfy the request.
- //
- Start = CoreFindFreePagesI (MaxAddress, 0, NoPages, NewType, Alignment);
- if (Start != 0) {
- return Start;
- }
-
- //
- // If allocations from the preferred bins fail, then attempt to promote memory resources.
- //
- if (!PromoteMemoryResource ()) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- //
- // If any memory resources were promoted, then re-attempt the allocation
- //
- return FindFreePages (MaxAddress, NoPages, NewType, Alignment);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Allocates pages from the memory map.
-
- @param Type The type of allocation to perform
- @param MemoryType The type of memory to turn the allocated pages
- into
- @param NumberOfPages The number of pages to allocate
- @param Memory A pointer to receive the base allocated memory
- address
-
- @return Status. On success, Memory is filled in with the base address allocated
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Parameters violate checking rules defined in
- spec.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Could not allocate pages match the requirement.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough pages to allocate.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Pages successfully allocated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreInternalAllocatePages (
- IN EFI_ALLOCATE_TYPE Type,
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
- IN UINTN NumberOfPages,
- IN OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *Memory
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT64 Start;
- UINT64 NumberOfBytes;
- UINT64 End;
- UINT64 MaxAddress;
- UINTN Alignment;
-
- if ((UINT32)Type >= MaxAllocateType) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if ((MemoryType >= EfiMaxMemoryType && MemoryType < MEMORY_TYPE_OEM_RESERVED_MIN) ||
- (MemoryType == EfiConventionalMemory) || (MemoryType == EfiPersistentMemory)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (Memory == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- Alignment = DEFAULT_PAGE_ALLOCATION_GRANULARITY;
-
- if (MemoryType == EfiACPIReclaimMemory ||
- MemoryType == EfiACPIMemoryNVS ||
- MemoryType == EfiRuntimeServicesCode ||
- MemoryType == EfiRuntimeServicesData) {
-
- Alignment = RUNTIME_PAGE_ALLOCATION_GRANULARITY;
- }
-
- if (Type == AllocateAddress) {
- if ((*Memory & (Alignment - 1)) != 0) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- }
-
- NumberOfPages += EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Alignment) - 1;
- NumberOfPages &= ~(EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Alignment) - 1);
-
- //
- // If this is for below a particular address, then
- //
- Start = *Memory;
-
- //
- // The max address is the max natively addressable address for the processor
- //
- MaxAddress = MAX_ADDRESS;
-
- //
- // Check for Type AllocateAddress,
- // if NumberOfPages is 0 or
- // if (NumberOfPages << EFI_PAGE_SHIFT) is above MAX_ADDRESS or
- // if (Start + NumberOfBytes) rolls over 0 or
- // if Start is above MAX_ADDRESS or
- // if End is above MAX_ADDRESS,
- // return EFI_NOT_FOUND.
- //
- if (Type == AllocateAddress) {
- if ((NumberOfPages == 0) ||
- (NumberOfPages > RShiftU64 (MaxAddress, EFI_PAGE_SHIFT))) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- NumberOfBytes = LShiftU64 (NumberOfPages, EFI_PAGE_SHIFT);
- End = Start + NumberOfBytes - 1;
-
- if ((Start >= End) ||
- (Start > MaxAddress) ||
- (End > MaxAddress)) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- }
-
- if (Type == AllocateMaxAddress) {
- MaxAddress = Start;
- }
-
- CoreAcquireMemoryLock ();
-
- //
- // If not a specific address, then find an address to allocate
- //
- if (Type != AllocateAddress) {
- Start = FindFreePages (MaxAddress, NumberOfPages, MemoryType, Alignment);
- if (Start == 0) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Done;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Convert pages from FreeMemory to the requested type
- //
- Status = CoreConvertPages (Start, NumberOfPages, MemoryType);
-
-Done:
- CoreReleaseMemoryLock ();
-
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- *Memory = Start;
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Allocates pages from the memory map.
-
- @param Type The type of allocation to perform
- @param MemoryType The type of memory to turn the allocated pages
- into
- @param NumberOfPages The number of pages to allocate
- @param Memory A pointer to receive the base allocated memory
- address
-
- @return Status. On success, Memory is filled in with the base address allocated
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Parameters violate checking rules defined in
- spec.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Could not allocate pages match the requirement.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough pages to allocate.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Pages successfully allocated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreAllocatePages (
- IN EFI_ALLOCATE_TYPE Type,
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
- IN UINTN NumberOfPages,
- OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *Memory
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- Status = CoreInternalAllocatePages (Type, MemoryType, NumberOfPages, Memory);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- CoreUpdateProfile (
- (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) RETURN_ADDRESS (0),
- MemoryProfileActionAllocatePages,
- MemoryType,
- EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (NumberOfPages),
- (VOID *) (UINTN) *Memory,
- NULL
- );
- InstallMemoryAttributesTableOnMemoryAllocation (MemoryType);
- ApplyMemoryProtectionPolicy (EfiConventionalMemory, MemoryType, *Memory,
- EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (NumberOfPages));
- }
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Frees previous allocated pages.
-
- @param Memory Base address of memory being freed
- @param NumberOfPages The number of pages to free
- @param MemoryType Pointer to memory type
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Could not find the entry that covers the range
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Address not aligned
- @return EFI_SUCCESS -Pages successfully freed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreInternalFreePages (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Memory,
- IN UINTN NumberOfPages,
- OUT EFI_MEMORY_TYPE *MemoryType OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- MEMORY_MAP *Entry;
- UINTN Alignment;
-
- //
- // Free the range
- //
- CoreAcquireMemoryLock ();
-
- //
- // Find the entry that the covers the range
- //
- Entry = NULL;
- for (Link = gMemoryMap.ForwardLink; Link != &gMemoryMap; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- Entry = CR(Link, MEMORY_MAP, Link, MEMORY_MAP_SIGNATURE);
- if (Entry->Start <= Memory && Entry->End > Memory) {
- break;
- }
- }
- if (Link == &gMemoryMap) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- Alignment = DEFAULT_PAGE_ALLOCATION_GRANULARITY;
-
- ASSERT (Entry != NULL);
- if (Entry->Type == EfiACPIReclaimMemory ||
- Entry->Type == EfiACPIMemoryNVS ||
- Entry->Type == EfiRuntimeServicesCode ||
- Entry->Type == EfiRuntimeServicesData) {
-
- Alignment = RUNTIME_PAGE_ALLOCATION_GRANULARITY;
-
- }
-
- if ((Memory & (Alignment - 1)) != 0) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- NumberOfPages += EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Alignment) - 1;
- NumberOfPages &= ~(EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Alignment) - 1);
-
- if (MemoryType != NULL) {
- *MemoryType = Entry->Type;
- }
-
- Status = CoreConvertPages (Memory, NumberOfPages, EfiConventionalMemory);
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
-Done:
- CoreReleaseMemoryLock ();
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Frees previous allocated pages.
-
- @param Memory Base address of memory being freed
- @param NumberOfPages The number of pages to free
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Could not find the entry that covers the range
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Address not aligned
- @return EFI_SUCCESS -Pages successfully freed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreFreePages (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Memory,
- IN UINTN NumberOfPages
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType;
-
- Status = CoreInternalFreePages (Memory, NumberOfPages, &MemoryType);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- CoreUpdateProfile (
- (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) RETURN_ADDRESS (0),
- MemoryProfileActionFreePages,
- MemoryType,
- EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (NumberOfPages),
- (VOID *) (UINTN) Memory,
- NULL
- );
- InstallMemoryAttributesTableOnMemoryAllocation (MemoryType);
- ApplyMemoryProtectionPolicy (MemoryType, EfiConventionalMemory, Memory,
- EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (NumberOfPages));
- }
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- This function checks to see if the last memory map descriptor in a memory map
- can be merged with any of the other memory map descriptors in a memorymap.
- Memory descriptors may be merged if they are adjacent and have the same type
- and attributes.
-
- @param MemoryMap A pointer to the start of the memory map.
- @param MemoryMapDescriptor A pointer to the last descriptor in MemoryMap.
- @param DescriptorSize The size, in bytes, of an individual
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR.
-
- @return A pointer to the next available descriptor in MemoryMap
-
-**/
-EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *
-MergeMemoryMapDescriptor (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMap,
- IN EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMapDescriptor,
- IN UINTN DescriptorSize
- )
-{
- //
- // Traverse the array of descriptors in MemoryMap
- //
- for (; MemoryMap != MemoryMapDescriptor; MemoryMap = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (MemoryMap, DescriptorSize)) {
- //
- // Check to see if the Type fields are identical.
- //
- if (MemoryMap->Type != MemoryMapDescriptor->Type) {
- continue;
- }
-
- //
- // Check to see if the Attribute fields are identical.
- //
- if (MemoryMap->Attribute != MemoryMapDescriptor->Attribute) {
- continue;
- }
-
- //
- // Check to see if MemoryMapDescriptor is immediately above MemoryMap
- //
- if (MemoryMap->PhysicalStart + EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE ((UINTN)MemoryMap->NumberOfPages) == MemoryMapDescriptor->PhysicalStart) {
- //
- // Merge MemoryMapDescriptor into MemoryMap
- //
- MemoryMap->NumberOfPages += MemoryMapDescriptor->NumberOfPages;
-
- //
- // Return MemoryMapDescriptor as the next available slot int he MemoryMap array
- //
- return MemoryMapDescriptor;
- }
-
- //
- // Check to see if MemoryMapDescriptor is immediately below MemoryMap
- //
- if (MemoryMap->PhysicalStart - EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE ((UINTN)MemoryMapDescriptor->NumberOfPages) == MemoryMapDescriptor->PhysicalStart) {
- //
- // Merge MemoryMapDescriptor into MemoryMap
- //
- MemoryMap->PhysicalStart = MemoryMapDescriptor->PhysicalStart;
- MemoryMap->VirtualStart = MemoryMapDescriptor->VirtualStart;
- MemoryMap->NumberOfPages += MemoryMapDescriptor->NumberOfPages;
-
- //
- // Return MemoryMapDescriptor as the next available slot int he MemoryMap array
- //
- return MemoryMapDescriptor;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // MemoryMapDescrtiptor could not be merged with any descriptors in MemoryMap.
- //
- // Return the slot immediately after MemoryMapDescriptor as the next available
- // slot in the MemoryMap array
- //
- return NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (MemoryMapDescriptor, DescriptorSize);
-}
-
-/**
- This function returns a copy of the current memory map. The map is an array of
- memory descriptors, each of which describes a contiguous block of memory.
-
- @param MemoryMapSize A pointer to the size, in bytes, of the
- MemoryMap buffer. On input, this is the size of
- the buffer allocated by the caller. On output,
- it is the size of the buffer returned by the
- firmware if the buffer was large enough, or the
- size of the buffer needed to contain the map if
- the buffer was too small.
- @param MemoryMap A pointer to the buffer in which firmware places
- the current memory map.
- @param MapKey A pointer to the location in which firmware
- returns the key for the current memory map.
- @param DescriptorSize A pointer to the location in which firmware
- returns the size, in bytes, of an individual
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR.
- @param DescriptorVersion A pointer to the location in which firmware
- returns the version number associated with the
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The memory map was returned in the MemoryMap
- buffer.
- @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL The MemoryMap buffer was too small. The current
- buffer size needed to hold the memory map is
- returned in MemoryMapSize.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One of the parameters has an invalid value.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreGetMemoryMap (
- IN OUT UINTN *MemoryMapSize,
- IN OUT EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMap,
- OUT UINTN *MapKey,
- OUT UINTN *DescriptorSize,
- OUT UINT32 *DescriptorVersion
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN Size;
- UINTN BufferSize;
- UINTN NumberOfEntries;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- MEMORY_MAP *Entry;
- EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY *GcdMapEntry;
- EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY MergeGcdMapEntry;
- EFI_MEMORY_TYPE Type;
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMapStart;
-
- //
- // Make sure the parameters are valid
- //
- if (MemoryMapSize == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- CoreAcquireGcdMemoryLock ();
-
- //
- // Count the number of Reserved and runtime MMIO entries
- // And, count the number of Persistent entries.
- //
- NumberOfEntries = 0;
- for (Link = mGcdMemorySpaceMap.ForwardLink; Link != &mGcdMemorySpaceMap; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- GcdMapEntry = CR (Link, EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY, Link, EFI_GCD_MAP_SIGNATURE);
- if ((GcdMapEntry->GcdMemoryType == EfiGcdMemoryTypePersistentMemory) ||
- (GcdMapEntry->GcdMemoryType == EfiGcdMemoryTypeReserved) ||
- ((GcdMapEntry->GcdMemoryType == EfiGcdMemoryTypeMemoryMappedIo) &&
- ((GcdMapEntry->Attributes & EFI_MEMORY_RUNTIME) == EFI_MEMORY_RUNTIME))) {
- NumberOfEntries ++;
- }
- }
-
- Size = sizeof (EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR);
-
- //
- // Make sure Size != sizeof(EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR). This will
- // prevent people from having pointer math bugs in their code.
- // now you have to use *DescriptorSize to make things work.
- //
- Size += sizeof(UINT64) - (Size % sizeof (UINT64));
-
- if (DescriptorSize != NULL) {
- *DescriptorSize = Size;
- }
-
- if (DescriptorVersion != NULL) {
- *DescriptorVersion = EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR_VERSION;
- }
-
- CoreAcquireMemoryLock ();
-
- //
- // Compute the buffer size needed to fit the entire map
- //
- BufferSize = Size * NumberOfEntries;
- for (Link = gMemoryMap.ForwardLink; Link != &gMemoryMap; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- BufferSize += Size;
- }
-
- if (*MemoryMapSize < BufferSize) {
- Status = EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- if (MemoryMap == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Build the map
- //
- ZeroMem (MemoryMap, BufferSize);
- MemoryMapStart = MemoryMap;
- for (Link = gMemoryMap.ForwardLink; Link != &gMemoryMap; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- Entry = CR (Link, MEMORY_MAP, Link, MEMORY_MAP_SIGNATURE);
- ASSERT (Entry->VirtualStart == 0);
-
- //
- // Convert internal map into an EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR
- //
- MemoryMap->Type = Entry->Type;
- MemoryMap->PhysicalStart = Entry->Start;
- MemoryMap->VirtualStart = Entry->VirtualStart;
- MemoryMap->NumberOfPages = RShiftU64 (Entry->End - Entry->Start + 1, EFI_PAGE_SHIFT);
- //
- // If the memory type is EfiConventionalMemory, then determine if the range is part of a
- // memory type bin and needs to be converted to the same memory type as the rest of the
- // memory type bin in order to minimize EFI Memory Map changes across reboots. This
- // improves the chances for a successful S4 resume in the presence of minor page allocation
- // differences across reboots.
- //
- if (MemoryMap->Type == EfiConventionalMemory) {
- for (Type = (EFI_MEMORY_TYPE) 0; Type < EfiMaxMemoryType; Type++) {
- if (mMemoryTypeStatistics[Type].Special &&
- mMemoryTypeStatistics[Type].NumberOfPages > 0 &&
- Entry->Start >= mMemoryTypeStatistics[Type].BaseAddress &&
- Entry->End <= mMemoryTypeStatistics[Type].MaximumAddress) {
- MemoryMap->Type = Type;
- }
- }
- }
- MemoryMap->Attribute = Entry->Attribute;
- if (MemoryMap->Type < EfiMaxMemoryType) {
- if (mMemoryTypeStatistics[MemoryMap->Type].Runtime) {
- MemoryMap->Attribute |= EFI_MEMORY_RUNTIME;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Check to see if the new Memory Map Descriptor can be merged with an
- // existing descriptor if they are adjacent and have the same attributes
- //
- MemoryMap = MergeMemoryMapDescriptor (MemoryMapStart, MemoryMap, Size);
- }
-
-
- ZeroMem (&MergeGcdMapEntry, sizeof (MergeGcdMapEntry));
- GcdMapEntry = NULL;
- for (Link = mGcdMemorySpaceMap.ForwardLink; ; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- if (Link != &mGcdMemorySpaceMap) {
- //
- // Merge adjacent same type and attribute GCD memory range
- //
- GcdMapEntry = CR (Link, EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY, Link, EFI_GCD_MAP_SIGNATURE);
-
- if ((MergeGcdMapEntry.Capabilities == GcdMapEntry->Capabilities) &&
- (MergeGcdMapEntry.Attributes == GcdMapEntry->Attributes) &&
- (MergeGcdMapEntry.GcdMemoryType == GcdMapEntry->GcdMemoryType) &&
- (MergeGcdMapEntry.GcdIoType == GcdMapEntry->GcdIoType)) {
- MergeGcdMapEntry.EndAddress = GcdMapEntry->EndAddress;
- continue;
- }
- }
-
- if ((MergeGcdMapEntry.GcdMemoryType == EfiGcdMemoryTypeReserved) ||
- ((MergeGcdMapEntry.GcdMemoryType == EfiGcdMemoryTypeMemoryMappedIo) &&
- ((MergeGcdMapEntry.Attributes & EFI_MEMORY_RUNTIME) == EFI_MEMORY_RUNTIME))) {
- //
- // Page Align GCD range is required. When it is converted to EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR,
- // it will be recorded as page PhysicalStart and NumberOfPages.
- //
- ASSERT ((MergeGcdMapEntry.BaseAddress & EFI_PAGE_MASK) == 0);
- ASSERT (((MergeGcdMapEntry.EndAddress - MergeGcdMapEntry.BaseAddress + 1) & EFI_PAGE_MASK) == 0);
-
- //
- // Create EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR for every Reserved and runtime MMIO GCD entries
- //
- MemoryMap->PhysicalStart = MergeGcdMapEntry.BaseAddress;
- MemoryMap->VirtualStart = 0;
- MemoryMap->NumberOfPages = RShiftU64 ((MergeGcdMapEntry.EndAddress - MergeGcdMapEntry.BaseAddress + 1), EFI_PAGE_SHIFT);
- MemoryMap->Attribute = (MergeGcdMapEntry.Attributes & ~EFI_MEMORY_PORT_IO) |
- (MergeGcdMapEntry.Capabilities & (EFI_MEMORY_RP | EFI_MEMORY_WP | EFI_MEMORY_XP | EFI_MEMORY_RO |
- EFI_MEMORY_UC | EFI_MEMORY_UCE | EFI_MEMORY_WC | EFI_MEMORY_WT | EFI_MEMORY_WB));
-
- if (MergeGcdMapEntry.GcdMemoryType == EfiGcdMemoryTypeReserved) {
- MemoryMap->Type = EfiReservedMemoryType;
- } else if (MergeGcdMapEntry.GcdMemoryType == EfiGcdMemoryTypeMemoryMappedIo) {
- if ((MergeGcdMapEntry.Attributes & EFI_MEMORY_PORT_IO) == EFI_MEMORY_PORT_IO) {
- MemoryMap->Type = EfiMemoryMappedIOPortSpace;
- } else {
- MemoryMap->Type = EfiMemoryMappedIO;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Check to see if the new Memory Map Descriptor can be merged with an
- // existing descriptor if they are adjacent and have the same attributes
- //
- MemoryMap = MergeMemoryMapDescriptor (MemoryMapStart, MemoryMap, Size);
- }
-
- if (MergeGcdMapEntry.GcdMemoryType == EfiGcdMemoryTypePersistentMemory) {
- //
- // Page Align GCD range is required. When it is converted to EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR,
- // it will be recorded as page PhysicalStart and NumberOfPages.
- //
- ASSERT ((MergeGcdMapEntry.BaseAddress & EFI_PAGE_MASK) == 0);
- ASSERT (((MergeGcdMapEntry.EndAddress - MergeGcdMapEntry.BaseAddress + 1) & EFI_PAGE_MASK) == 0);
-
- //
- // Create EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR for every Persistent GCD entries
- //
- MemoryMap->PhysicalStart = MergeGcdMapEntry.BaseAddress;
- MemoryMap->VirtualStart = 0;
- MemoryMap->NumberOfPages = RShiftU64 ((MergeGcdMapEntry.EndAddress - MergeGcdMapEntry.BaseAddress + 1), EFI_PAGE_SHIFT);
- MemoryMap->Attribute = MergeGcdMapEntry.Attributes | EFI_MEMORY_NV |
- (MergeGcdMapEntry.Capabilities & (EFI_MEMORY_RP | EFI_MEMORY_WP | EFI_MEMORY_XP | EFI_MEMORY_RO |
- EFI_MEMORY_UC | EFI_MEMORY_UCE | EFI_MEMORY_WC | EFI_MEMORY_WT | EFI_MEMORY_WB));
- MemoryMap->Type = EfiPersistentMemory;
-
- //
- // Check to see if the new Memory Map Descriptor can be merged with an
- // existing descriptor if they are adjacent and have the same attributes
- //
- MemoryMap = MergeMemoryMapDescriptor (MemoryMapStart, MemoryMap, Size);
- }
- if (Link == &mGcdMemorySpaceMap) {
- //
- // break loop when arrive at head.
- //
- break;
- }
- if (GcdMapEntry != NULL) {
- //
- // Copy new GCD map entry for the following GCD range merge
- //
- CopyMem (&MergeGcdMapEntry, GcdMapEntry, sizeof (MergeGcdMapEntry));
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Compute the size of the buffer actually used after all memory map descriptor merge operations
- //
- BufferSize = ((UINT8 *)MemoryMap - (UINT8 *)MemoryMapStart);
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
-
-Done:
- //
- // Update the map key finally
- //
- if (MapKey != NULL) {
- *MapKey = mMemoryMapKey;
- }
-
- CoreReleaseMemoryLock ();
-
- CoreReleaseGcdMemoryLock ();
-
- *MemoryMapSize = BufferSize;
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Internal function. Used by the pool functions to allocate pages
- to back pool allocation requests.
-
- @param PoolType The type of memory for the new pool pages
- @param NumberOfPages No of pages to allocate
- @param Alignment Bits to align.
-
- @return The allocated memory, or NULL
-
-**/
-VOID *
-CoreAllocatePoolPages (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
- IN UINTN NumberOfPages,
- IN UINTN Alignment
- )
-{
- UINT64 Start;
-
- //
- // Find the pages to convert
- //
- Start = FindFreePages (MAX_ADDRESS, NumberOfPages, PoolType, Alignment);
-
- //
- // Convert it to boot services data
- //
- if (Start == 0) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR | DEBUG_PAGE, "AllocatePoolPages: failed to allocate %d pages\n", (UINT32)NumberOfPages));
- } else {
- CoreConvertPages (Start, NumberOfPages, PoolType);
- }
-
- return (VOID *)(UINTN) Start;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Internal function. Frees pool pages allocated via AllocatePoolPages ()
-
- @param Memory The base address to free
- @param NumberOfPages The number of pages to free
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreFreePoolPages (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Memory,
- IN UINTN NumberOfPages
- )
-{
- CoreConvertPages (Memory, NumberOfPages, EfiConventionalMemory);
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Make sure the memory map is following all the construction rules,
- it is the last time to check memory map error before exit boot services.
-
- @param MapKey Memory map key
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Memory map not consistent with construction
- rules.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Valid memory map.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreTerminateMemoryMap (
- IN UINTN MapKey
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- MEMORY_MAP *Entry;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
-
- CoreAcquireMemoryLock ();
-
- if (MapKey == mMemoryMapKey) {
-
- //
- // Make sure the memory map is following all the construction rules
- // This is the last chance we will be able to display any messages on
- // the console devices.
- //
-
- for (Link = gMemoryMap.ForwardLink; Link != &gMemoryMap; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- Entry = CR(Link, MEMORY_MAP, Link, MEMORY_MAP_SIGNATURE);
- if (Entry->Type < EfiMaxMemoryType) {
- if (mMemoryTypeStatistics[Entry->Type].Runtime) {
- ASSERT (Entry->Type != EfiACPIReclaimMemory);
- ASSERT (Entry->Type != EfiACPIMemoryNVS);
- if ((Entry->Start & (RUNTIME_PAGE_ALLOCATION_GRANULARITY - 1)) != 0) {
- DEBUG((DEBUG_ERROR | DEBUG_PAGE, "ExitBootServices: A RUNTIME memory entry is not on a proper alignment.\n"));
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
- if (((Entry->End + 1) & (RUNTIME_PAGE_ALLOCATION_GRANULARITY - 1)) != 0) {
- DEBUG((DEBUG_ERROR | DEBUG_PAGE, "ExitBootServices: A RUNTIME memory entry is not on a proper alignment.\n"));
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // The map key they gave us matches what we expect. Fall through and
- // return success. In an ideal world we would clear out all of
- // EfiBootServicesCode and EfiBootServicesData. However this function
- // is not the last one called by ExitBootServices(), so we have to
- // preserve the memory contents.
- //
- } else {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
-Done:
- CoreReleaseMemoryLock ();
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Mem/Pool.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Mem/Pool.c deleted file mode 100644 index dd165fea75..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Mem/Pool.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,764 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- UEFI Memory pool management functions.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "DxeMain.h"
-#include "Imem.h"
-
-STATIC EFI_LOCK mPoolMemoryLock = EFI_INITIALIZE_LOCK_VARIABLE (TPL_NOTIFY);
-
-#define POOL_FREE_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32('p','f','r','0')
-typedef struct {
- UINT32 Signature;
- UINT32 Index;
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
-} POOL_FREE;
-
-
-#define POOL_HEAD_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32('p','h','d','0')
-typedef struct {
- UINT32 Signature;
- UINT32 Reserved;
- EFI_MEMORY_TYPE Type;
- UINTN Size;
- CHAR8 Data[1];
-} POOL_HEAD;
-
-#define SIZE_OF_POOL_HEAD OFFSET_OF(POOL_HEAD,Data)
-
-#define POOL_TAIL_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32('p','t','a','l')
-typedef struct {
- UINT32 Signature;
- UINT32 Reserved;
- UINTN Size;
-} POOL_TAIL;
-
-#define POOL_OVERHEAD (SIZE_OF_POOL_HEAD + sizeof(POOL_TAIL))
-
-#define HEAD_TO_TAIL(a) \
- ((POOL_TAIL *) (((CHAR8 *) (a)) + (a)->Size - sizeof(POOL_TAIL)));
-
-//
-// Each element is the sum of the 2 previous ones: this allows us to migrate
-// blocks between bins by splitting them up, while not wasting too much memory
-// as we would in a strict power-of-2 sequence
-//
-STATIC CONST UINT16 mPoolSizeTable[] = {
- 128, 256, 384, 640, 1024, 1664, 2688, 4352, 7040, 11392, 18432, 29824
-};
-
-#define SIZE_TO_LIST(a) (GetPoolIndexFromSize (a))
-#define LIST_TO_SIZE(a) (mPoolSizeTable [a])
-
-#define MAX_POOL_LIST (ARRAY_SIZE (mPoolSizeTable))
-
-#define MAX_POOL_SIZE (MAX_ADDRESS - POOL_OVERHEAD)
-
-//
-// Globals
-//
-
-#define POOL_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32('p','l','s','t')
-typedef struct {
- INTN Signature;
- UINTN Used;
- EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType;
- LIST_ENTRY FreeList[MAX_POOL_LIST];
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
-} POOL;
-
-//
-// Pool header for each memory type.
-//
-POOL mPoolHead[EfiMaxMemoryType];
-
-//
-// List of pool header to search for the appropriate memory type.
-//
-LIST_ENTRY mPoolHeadList = INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (mPoolHeadList);
-
-/**
- Get pool size table index from the specified size.
-
- @param Size The specified size to get index from pool table.
-
- @return The index of pool size table.
-
-**/
-STATIC
-UINTN
-GetPoolIndexFromSize (
- UINTN Size
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < MAX_POOL_LIST; Index++) {
- if (mPoolSizeTable [Index] >= Size) {
- return Index;
- }
- }
- return MAX_POOL_LIST;
-}
-
-/**
- Called to initialize the pool.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreInitializePool (
- VOID
- )
-{
- UINTN Type;
- UINTN Index;
-
- for (Type=0; Type < EfiMaxMemoryType; Type++) {
- mPoolHead[Type].Signature = 0;
- mPoolHead[Type].Used = 0;
- mPoolHead[Type].MemoryType = (EFI_MEMORY_TYPE) Type;
- for (Index=0; Index < MAX_POOL_LIST; Index++) {
- InitializeListHead (&mPoolHead[Type].FreeList[Index]);
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- Look up pool head for specified memory type.
-
- @param MemoryType Memory type of which pool head is looked for
-
- @return Pointer of Corresponding pool head.
-
-**/
-POOL *
-LookupPoolHead (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- POOL *Pool;
- UINTN Index;
-
- if ((UINT32)MemoryType < EfiMaxMemoryType) {
- return &mPoolHead[MemoryType];
- }
-
- //
- // MemoryType values in the range 0x80000000..0xFFFFFFFF are reserved for use by UEFI
- // OS loaders that are provided by operating system vendors.
- // MemoryType values in the range 0x70000000..0x7FFFFFFF are reserved for OEM use.
- //
- if ((UINT32) MemoryType >= MEMORY_TYPE_OEM_RESERVED_MIN) {
-
- for (Link = mPoolHeadList.ForwardLink; Link != &mPoolHeadList; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- Pool = CR(Link, POOL, Link, POOL_SIGNATURE);
- if (Pool->MemoryType == MemoryType) {
- return Pool;
- }
- }
-
- Pool = CoreAllocatePoolI (EfiBootServicesData, sizeof (POOL));
- if (Pool == NULL) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- Pool->Signature = POOL_SIGNATURE;
- Pool->Used = 0;
- Pool->MemoryType = MemoryType;
- for (Index=0; Index < MAX_POOL_LIST; Index++) {
- InitializeListHead (&Pool->FreeList[Index]);
- }
-
- InsertHeadList (&mPoolHeadList, &Pool->Link);
-
- return Pool;
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Allocate pool of a particular type.
-
- @param PoolType Type of pool to allocate
- @param Size The amount of pool to allocate
- @param Buffer The address to return a pointer to the allocated
- pool
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Buffer is NULL.
- PoolType is in the range EfiMaxMemoryType..0x6FFFFFFF.
- PoolType is EfiPersistentMemory.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Size exceeds max pool size or allocation failed.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Pool successfully allocated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreInternalAllocatePool (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
- IN UINTN Size,
- OUT VOID **Buffer
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- //
- // If it's not a valid type, fail it
- //
- if ((PoolType >= EfiMaxMemoryType && PoolType < MEMORY_TYPE_OEM_RESERVED_MIN) ||
- (PoolType == EfiConventionalMemory) || (PoolType == EfiPersistentMemory)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (Buffer == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- *Buffer = NULL;
-
- //
- // If size is too large, fail it
- // Base on the EFI spec, return status of EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES
- //
- if (Size > MAX_POOL_SIZE) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- //
- // Acquire the memory lock and make the allocation
- //
- Status = CoreAcquireLockOrFail (&mPoolMemoryLock);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- *Buffer = CoreAllocatePoolI (PoolType, Size);
- CoreReleaseLock (&mPoolMemoryLock);
- return (*Buffer != NULL) ? EFI_SUCCESS : EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
-}
-
-/**
- Allocate pool of a particular type.
-
- @param PoolType Type of pool to allocate
- @param Size The amount of pool to allocate
- @param Buffer The address to return a pointer to the allocated
- pool
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Buffer is NULL.
- PoolType is in the range EfiMaxMemoryType..0x6FFFFFFF.
- PoolType is EfiPersistentMemory.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Size exceeds max pool size or allocation failed.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Pool successfully allocated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreAllocatePool (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
- IN UINTN Size,
- OUT VOID **Buffer
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- Status = CoreInternalAllocatePool (PoolType, Size, Buffer);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- CoreUpdateProfile (
- (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) RETURN_ADDRESS (0),
- MemoryProfileActionAllocatePool,
- PoolType,
- Size,
- *Buffer,
- NULL
- );
- InstallMemoryAttributesTableOnMemoryAllocation (PoolType);
- }
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Internal function. Used by the pool functions to allocate pages
- to back pool allocation requests.
-
- @param PoolType The type of memory for the new pool pages
- @param NoPages No of pages to allocate
- @param Granularity Bits to align.
-
- @return The allocated memory, or NULL
-
-**/
-STATIC
-VOID *
-CoreAllocatePoolPagesI (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
- IN UINTN NoPages,
- IN UINTN Granularity
- )
-{
- VOID *Buffer;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- Status = CoreAcquireLockOrFail (&gMemoryLock);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- Buffer = CoreAllocatePoolPages (PoolType, NoPages, Granularity);
- CoreReleaseMemoryLock ();
-
- if (Buffer != NULL) {
- ApplyMemoryProtectionPolicy (EfiConventionalMemory, PoolType,
- (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)Buffer, EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (NoPages));
- }
- return Buffer;
-}
-
-/**
- Internal function to allocate pool of a particular type.
- Caller must have the memory lock held
-
- @param PoolType Type of pool to allocate
- @param Size The amount of pool to allocate
-
- @return The allocate pool, or NULL
-
-**/
-VOID *
-CoreAllocatePoolI (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
- IN UINTN Size
- )
-{
- POOL *Pool;
- POOL_FREE *Free;
- POOL_HEAD *Head;
- POOL_TAIL *Tail;
- CHAR8 *NewPage;
- VOID *Buffer;
- UINTN Index;
- UINTN FSize;
- UINTN Offset, MaxOffset;
- UINTN NoPages;
- UINTN Granularity;
-
- ASSERT_LOCKED (&mPoolMemoryLock);
-
- if (PoolType == EfiACPIReclaimMemory ||
- PoolType == EfiACPIMemoryNVS ||
- PoolType == EfiRuntimeServicesCode ||
- PoolType == EfiRuntimeServicesData) {
-
- Granularity = RUNTIME_PAGE_ALLOCATION_GRANULARITY;
- } else {
- Granularity = DEFAULT_PAGE_ALLOCATION_GRANULARITY;
- }
-
- //
- // Adjust the size by the pool header & tail overhead
- //
-
- //
- // Adjusting the Size to be of proper alignment so that
- // we don't get an unaligned access fault later when
- // pool_Tail is being initialized
- //
- Size = ALIGN_VARIABLE (Size);
-
- Size += POOL_OVERHEAD;
- Index = SIZE_TO_LIST(Size);
- Pool = LookupPoolHead (PoolType);
- if (Pool== NULL) {
- return NULL;
- }
- Head = NULL;
-
- //
- // If allocation is over max size, just allocate pages for the request
- // (slow)
- //
- if (Index >= SIZE_TO_LIST (Granularity)) {
- NoPages = EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES(Size) + EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Granularity) - 1;
- NoPages &= ~(UINTN)(EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Granularity) - 1);
- Head = CoreAllocatePoolPagesI (PoolType, NoPages, Granularity);
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // If there's no free pool in the proper list size, go get some more pages
- //
- if (IsListEmpty (&Pool->FreeList[Index])) {
-
- Offset = LIST_TO_SIZE (Index);
- MaxOffset = Granularity;
-
- //
- // Check the bins holding larger blocks, and carve one up if needed
- //
- while (++Index < SIZE_TO_LIST (Granularity)) {
- if (!IsListEmpty (&Pool->FreeList[Index])) {
- Free = CR (Pool->FreeList[Index].ForwardLink, POOL_FREE, Link, POOL_FREE_SIGNATURE);
- RemoveEntryList (&Free->Link);
- NewPage = (VOID *) Free;
- MaxOffset = LIST_TO_SIZE (Index);
- goto Carve;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Get another page
- //
- NewPage = CoreAllocatePoolPagesI (PoolType, EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Granularity), Granularity);
- if (NewPage == NULL) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Serve the allocation request from the head of the allocated block
- //
-Carve:
- Head = (POOL_HEAD *) NewPage;
-
- //
- // Carve up remaining space into free pool blocks
- //
- Index--;
- while (Offset < MaxOffset) {
- ASSERT (Index < MAX_POOL_LIST);
- FSize = LIST_TO_SIZE(Index);
-
- while (Offset + FSize <= MaxOffset) {
- Free = (POOL_FREE *) &NewPage[Offset];
- Free->Signature = POOL_FREE_SIGNATURE;
- Free->Index = (UINT32)Index;
- InsertHeadList (&Pool->FreeList[Index], &Free->Link);
- Offset += FSize;
- }
- Index -= 1;
- }
-
- ASSERT (Offset == MaxOffset);
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Remove entry from free pool list
- //
- Free = CR (Pool->FreeList[Index].ForwardLink, POOL_FREE, Link, POOL_FREE_SIGNATURE);
- RemoveEntryList (&Free->Link);
-
- Head = (POOL_HEAD *) Free;
-
-Done:
- Buffer = NULL;
-
- if (Head != NULL) {
-
- //
- // If we have a pool buffer, fill in the header & tail info
- //
- Head->Signature = POOL_HEAD_SIGNATURE;
- Head->Size = Size;
- Head->Type = (EFI_MEMORY_TYPE) PoolType;
- Tail = HEAD_TO_TAIL (Head);
- Tail->Signature = POOL_TAIL_SIGNATURE;
- Tail->Size = Size;
- Buffer = Head->Data;
- DEBUG_CLEAR_MEMORY (Buffer, Size - POOL_OVERHEAD);
-
- DEBUG ((
- DEBUG_POOL,
- "AllocatePoolI: Type %x, Addr %p (len %lx) %,ld\n", PoolType,
- Buffer,
- (UINT64)(Size - POOL_OVERHEAD),
- (UINT64) Pool->Used
- ));
-
- //
- // Account the allocation
- //
- Pool->Used += Size;
-
- } else {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR | DEBUG_POOL, "AllocatePool: failed to allocate %ld bytes\n", (UINT64) Size));
- }
-
- return Buffer;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Frees pool.
-
- @param Buffer The allocated pool entry to free
- @param PoolType Pointer to pool type
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Buffer is not a valid value.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Pool successfully freed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreInternalFreePool (
- IN VOID *Buffer,
- OUT EFI_MEMORY_TYPE *PoolType OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- if (Buffer == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- CoreAcquireLock (&mPoolMemoryLock);
- Status = CoreFreePoolI (Buffer, PoolType);
- CoreReleaseLock (&mPoolMemoryLock);
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Frees pool.
-
- @param Buffer The allocated pool entry to free
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Buffer is not a valid value.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Pool successfully freed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreFreePool (
- IN VOID *Buffer
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType;
-
- Status = CoreInternalFreePool (Buffer, &PoolType);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- CoreUpdateProfile (
- (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) RETURN_ADDRESS (0),
- MemoryProfileActionFreePool,
- PoolType,
- 0,
- Buffer,
- NULL
- );
- InstallMemoryAttributesTableOnMemoryAllocation (PoolType);
- }
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Internal function. Frees pool pages allocated via CoreAllocatePoolPagesI().
-
- @param PoolType The type of memory for the pool pages
- @param Memory The base address to free
- @param NoPages The number of pages to free
-
-**/
-STATIC
-VOID
-CoreFreePoolPagesI (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Memory,
- IN UINTN NoPages
- )
-{
- CoreAcquireMemoryLock ();
- CoreFreePoolPages (Memory, NoPages);
- CoreReleaseMemoryLock ();
-
- ApplyMemoryProtectionPolicy (PoolType, EfiConventionalMemory,
- (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)Memory, EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (NoPages));
-}
-
-/**
- Internal function to free a pool entry.
- Caller must have the memory lock held
-
- @param Buffer The allocated pool entry to free
- @param PoolType Pointer to pool type
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Buffer not valid
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Buffer successfully freed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CoreFreePoolI (
- IN VOID *Buffer,
- OUT EFI_MEMORY_TYPE *PoolType OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- POOL *Pool;
- POOL_HEAD *Head;
- POOL_TAIL *Tail;
- POOL_FREE *Free;
- UINTN Index;
- UINTN NoPages;
- UINTN Size;
- CHAR8 *NewPage;
- UINTN Offset;
- BOOLEAN AllFree;
- UINTN Granularity;
-
- ASSERT(Buffer != NULL);
- //
- // Get the head & tail of the pool entry
- //
- Head = CR (Buffer, POOL_HEAD, Data, POOL_HEAD_SIGNATURE);
- ASSERT(Head != NULL);
-
- if (Head->Signature != POOL_HEAD_SIGNATURE) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- Tail = HEAD_TO_TAIL (Head);
- ASSERT(Tail != NULL);
-
- //
- // Debug
- //
- ASSERT (Tail->Signature == POOL_TAIL_SIGNATURE);
- ASSERT (Head->Size == Tail->Size);
- ASSERT_LOCKED (&mPoolMemoryLock);
-
- if (Tail->Signature != POOL_TAIL_SIGNATURE) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (Head->Size != Tail->Size) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Determine the pool type and account for it
- //
- Size = Head->Size;
- Pool = LookupPoolHead (Head->Type);
- if (Pool == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- Pool->Used -= Size;
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_POOL, "FreePool: %p (len %lx) %,ld\n", Head->Data, (UINT64)(Head->Size - POOL_OVERHEAD), (UINT64) Pool->Used));
-
- if (Head->Type == EfiACPIReclaimMemory ||
- Head->Type == EfiACPIMemoryNVS ||
- Head->Type == EfiRuntimeServicesCode ||
- Head->Type == EfiRuntimeServicesData) {
-
- Granularity = RUNTIME_PAGE_ALLOCATION_GRANULARITY;
- } else {
- Granularity = DEFAULT_PAGE_ALLOCATION_GRANULARITY;
- }
-
- if (PoolType != NULL) {
- *PoolType = Head->Type;
- }
-
- //
- // Determine the pool list
- //
- Index = SIZE_TO_LIST(Size);
- DEBUG_CLEAR_MEMORY (Head, Size);
-
- //
- // If it's not on the list, it must be pool pages
- //
- if (Index >= SIZE_TO_LIST (Granularity)) {
-
- //
- // Return the memory pages back to free memory
- //
- NoPages = EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES(Size) + EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Granularity) - 1;
- NoPages &= ~(UINTN)(EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Granularity) - 1);
- CoreFreePoolPagesI (Pool->MemoryType, (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) Head, NoPages);
-
- } else {
-
- //
- // Put the pool entry onto the free pool list
- //
- Free = (POOL_FREE *) Head;
- ASSERT(Free != NULL);
- Free->Signature = POOL_FREE_SIGNATURE;
- Free->Index = (UINT32)Index;
- InsertHeadList (&Pool->FreeList[Index], &Free->Link);
-
- //
- // See if all the pool entries in the same page as Free are freed pool
- // entries
- //
- NewPage = (CHAR8 *)((UINTN)Free & ~(Granularity - 1));
- Free = (POOL_FREE *) &NewPage[0];
- ASSERT(Free != NULL);
-
- if (Free->Signature == POOL_FREE_SIGNATURE) {
-
- AllFree = TRUE;
- Offset = 0;
-
- while ((Offset < Granularity) && (AllFree)) {
- Free = (POOL_FREE *) &NewPage[Offset];
- ASSERT(Free != NULL);
- if (Free->Signature != POOL_FREE_SIGNATURE) {
- AllFree = FALSE;
- }
- Offset += LIST_TO_SIZE(Free->Index);
- }
-
- if (AllFree) {
-
- //
- // All of the pool entries in the same page as Free are free pool
- // entries
- // Remove all of these pool entries from the free loop lists.
- //
- Free = (POOL_FREE *) &NewPage[0];
- ASSERT(Free != NULL);
- Offset = 0;
-
- while (Offset < Granularity) {
- Free = (POOL_FREE *) &NewPage[Offset];
- ASSERT(Free != NULL);
- RemoveEntryList (&Free->Link);
- Offset += LIST_TO_SIZE(Free->Index);
- }
-
- //
- // Free the page
- //
- CoreFreePoolPagesI (Pool->MemoryType, (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN)NewPage,
- EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Granularity));
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // If this is an OS/OEM specific memory type, then check to see if the last
- // portion of that memory type has been freed. If it has, then free the
- // list entry for that memory type
- //
- if (((UINT32) Pool->MemoryType >= MEMORY_TYPE_OEM_RESERVED_MIN) && Pool->Used == 0) {
- RemoveEntryList (&Pool->Link);
- CoreFreePoolI (Pool, NULL);
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Misc/DebugImageInfo.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Misc/DebugImageInfo.c deleted file mode 100644 index fda6d44043..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Misc/DebugImageInfo.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,288 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Support functions for managing debug image info table when loading and unloading
- images.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "DxeMain.h"
-
-
-EFI_DEBUG_IMAGE_INFO_TABLE_HEADER mDebugInfoTableHeader = {
- 0, // volatile UINT32 UpdateStatus;
- 0, // UINT32 TableSize;
- NULL // EFI_DEBUG_IMAGE_INFO *EfiDebugImageInfoTable;
-};
-
-UINTN mMaxTableEntries = 0;
-
-EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE_POINTER *mDebugTable = NULL;
-
-#define EFI_DEBUG_TABLE_ENTRY_SIZE (sizeof (VOID *))
-
-/**
- Creates and initializes the DebugImageInfo Table. Also creates the configuration
- table and registers it into the system table.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreInitializeDebugImageInfoTable (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN Pages;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Memory;
- UINTN AlignedMemory;
- UINTN AlignmentMask;
- UINTN UnalignedPages;
- UINTN RealPages;
-
- //
- // Allocate 4M aligned page for the structure and fill in the data.
- // Ideally we would update the CRC now as well, but the service may not yet be available.
- // See comments in the CoreUpdateDebugTableCrc32() function below for details.
- //
- Pages = EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (sizeof (EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE_POINTER));
- AlignmentMask = SIZE_4MB - 1;
- RealPages = Pages + EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (SIZE_4MB);
-
- //
- // Attempt to allocate memory below PcdMaxEfiSystemTablePointerAddress
- // If PcdMaxEfiSystemTablePointerAddress is 0, then allocate memory below
- // MAX_ADDRESS
- //
- Memory = PcdGet64 (PcdMaxEfiSystemTablePointerAddress);
- if (Memory == 0) {
- Memory = MAX_ADDRESS;
- }
- Status = CoreAllocatePages (
- AllocateMaxAddress,
- EfiBootServicesData,
- RealPages,
- &Memory
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- if (PcdGet64 (PcdMaxEfiSystemTablePointerAddress) != 0) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "Allocate memory for EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE_POINTER below PcdMaxEfiSystemTablePointerAddress failed. \
- Retry to allocate memroy as close to the top of memory as feasible.\n"));
- }
- //
- // If the initial memory allocation fails, then reattempt allocation
- // as close to the top of memory as feasible.
- //
- Status = CoreAllocatePages (
- AllocateAnyPages,
- EfiBootServicesData,
- RealPages,
- &Memory
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Free overallocated pages
- //
- AlignedMemory = ((UINTN) Memory + AlignmentMask) & ~AlignmentMask;
- UnalignedPages = EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (AlignedMemory - (UINTN)Memory);
- if (UnalignedPages > 0) {
- //
- // Free first unaligned page(s).
- //
- Status = CoreFreePages (Memory, UnalignedPages);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
- Memory = AlignedMemory + EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (Pages);
- UnalignedPages = RealPages - Pages - UnalignedPages;
- if (UnalignedPages > 0) {
- //
- // Free last unaligned page(s).
- //
- Status = CoreFreePages (Memory, UnalignedPages);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
-
- //
- // Set mDebugTable to the 4MB aligned allocated pages
- //
- mDebugTable = (EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE_POINTER *)(AlignedMemory);
- ASSERT (mDebugTable != NULL);
-
- //
- // Initialize EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE_POINTER structure
- //
- mDebugTable->Signature = EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE_SIGNATURE;
- mDebugTable->EfiSystemTableBase = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) gDxeCoreST;
- mDebugTable->Crc32 = 0;
-
- //
- // Install the EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE_POINTER structure in the EFI System
- // Configuration Table
- //
- Status = CoreInstallConfigurationTable (&gEfiDebugImageInfoTableGuid, &mDebugInfoTableHeader);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Update the CRC32 in the Debug Table.
- Since the CRC32 service is made available by the Runtime driver, we have to
- wait for the Runtime Driver to be installed before the CRC32 can be computed.
- This function is called elsewhere by the core when the runtime architectural
- protocol is produced.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreUpdateDebugTableCrc32 (
- VOID
- )
-{
- ASSERT(mDebugTable != NULL);
- mDebugTable->Crc32 = 0;
- gBS->CalculateCrc32 ((VOID *)mDebugTable, sizeof (EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE_POINTER), &mDebugTable->Crc32);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Adds a new DebugImageInfo structure to the DebugImageInfo Table. Re-Allocates
- the table if it's not large enough to accomidate another entry.
-
- @param ImageInfoType type of debug image information
- @param LoadedImage pointer to the loaded image protocol for the image being
- loaded
- @param ImageHandle image handle for the image being loaded
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreNewDebugImageInfoEntry (
- IN UINT32 ImageInfoType,
- IN EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL *LoadedImage,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle
- )
-{
- EFI_DEBUG_IMAGE_INFO *Table;
- EFI_DEBUG_IMAGE_INFO *NewTable;
- UINTN Index;
- UINTN TableSize;
-
- //
- // Set the flag indicating that we're in the process of updating the table.
- //
- mDebugInfoTableHeader.UpdateStatus |= EFI_DEBUG_IMAGE_INFO_UPDATE_IN_PROGRESS;
-
- Table = mDebugInfoTableHeader.EfiDebugImageInfoTable;
-
- if (mDebugInfoTableHeader.TableSize < mMaxTableEntries) {
- //
- // We still have empty entires in the Table, find the first empty entry.
- //
- Index = 0;
- while (Table[Index].NormalImage != NULL) {
- Index++;
- }
- //
- // There must be an empty entry in the in the table.
- //
- ASSERT (Index < mMaxTableEntries);
- } else {
- //
- // Table is full, so re-allocate another page for a larger table...
- //
- TableSize = mMaxTableEntries * EFI_DEBUG_TABLE_ENTRY_SIZE;
- NewTable = AllocateZeroPool (TableSize + EFI_PAGE_SIZE);
- if (NewTable == NULL) {
- mDebugInfoTableHeader.UpdateStatus &= ~EFI_DEBUG_IMAGE_INFO_UPDATE_IN_PROGRESS;
- return;
- }
- //
- // Copy the old table into the new one
- //
- CopyMem (NewTable, Table, TableSize);
- //
- // Free the old table
- //
- CoreFreePool (Table);
- //
- // Update the table header
- //
- Table = NewTable;
- mDebugInfoTableHeader.EfiDebugImageInfoTable = NewTable;
- //
- // Enlarge the max table entries and set the first empty entry index to
- // be the original max table entries.
- //
- Index = mMaxTableEntries;
- mMaxTableEntries += EFI_PAGE_SIZE / EFI_DEBUG_TABLE_ENTRY_SIZE;
- }
-
- //
- // Allocate data for new entry
- //
- Table[Index].NormalImage = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (EFI_DEBUG_IMAGE_INFO_NORMAL));
- if (Table[Index].NormalImage != NULL) {
- //
- // Update the entry
- //
- Table[Index].NormalImage->ImageInfoType = (UINT32) ImageInfoType;
- Table[Index].NormalImage->LoadedImageProtocolInstance = LoadedImage;
- Table[Index].NormalImage->ImageHandle = ImageHandle;
- //
- // Increase the number of EFI_DEBUG_IMAGE_INFO elements and set the mDebugInfoTable in modified status.
- //
- mDebugInfoTableHeader.TableSize++;
- mDebugInfoTableHeader.UpdateStatus |= EFI_DEBUG_IMAGE_INFO_TABLE_MODIFIED;
- }
- mDebugInfoTableHeader.UpdateStatus &= ~EFI_DEBUG_IMAGE_INFO_UPDATE_IN_PROGRESS;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Removes and frees an entry from the DebugImageInfo Table.
-
- @param ImageHandle image handle for the image being unloaded
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreRemoveDebugImageInfoEntry (
- EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle
- )
-{
- EFI_DEBUG_IMAGE_INFO *Table;
- UINTN Index;
-
- mDebugInfoTableHeader.UpdateStatus |= EFI_DEBUG_IMAGE_INFO_UPDATE_IN_PROGRESS;
-
- Table = mDebugInfoTableHeader.EfiDebugImageInfoTable;
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < mMaxTableEntries; Index++) {
- if (Table[Index].NormalImage != NULL && Table[Index].NormalImage->ImageHandle == ImageHandle) {
- //
- // Found a match. Free up the record, then NULL the pointer to indicate the slot
- // is free.
- //
- CoreFreePool (Table[Index].NormalImage);
- Table[Index].NormalImage = NULL;
- //
- // Decrease the number of EFI_DEBUG_IMAGE_INFO elements and set the mDebugInfoTable in modified status.
- //
- mDebugInfoTableHeader.TableSize--;
- mDebugInfoTableHeader.UpdateStatus |= EFI_DEBUG_IMAGE_INFO_TABLE_MODIFIED;
- break;
- }
- }
- mDebugInfoTableHeader.UpdateStatus &= ~EFI_DEBUG_IMAGE_INFO_UPDATE_IN_PROGRESS;
-}
-
-
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Misc/InstallConfigurationTable.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Misc/InstallConfigurationTable.c deleted file mode 100644 index e4735db7ba..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Misc/InstallConfigurationTable.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,171 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- UEFI Miscellaneous boot Services InstallConfigurationTable service
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "DxeMain.h"
-
-#define CONFIG_TABLE_SIZE_INCREASED 0x10
-
-UINTN mSystemTableAllocateSize = 0;
-
-/**
- Boot Service called to add, modify, or remove a system configuration table from
- the EFI System Table.
-
- @param Guid Pointer to the GUID for the entry to add, update, or
- remove
- @param Table Pointer to the configuration table for the entry to add,
- update, or remove, may be NULL.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Guid, Table pair added, updated, or removed.
- @return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Input GUID is NULL.
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND Attempted to delete non-existant entry
- @return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory available
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreInstallConfigurationTable (
- IN EFI_GUID *Guid,
- IN VOID *Table
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
- EFI_CONFIGURATION_TABLE *EfiConfigurationTable;
-
- //
- // If Guid is NULL, then this operation cannot be performed
- //
- if (Guid == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- EfiConfigurationTable = gDxeCoreST->ConfigurationTable;
-
- //
- // Search all the table for an entry that matches Guid
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < gDxeCoreST->NumberOfTableEntries; Index++) {
- if (CompareGuid (Guid, &(gDxeCoreST->ConfigurationTable[Index].VendorGuid))) {
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (Index < gDxeCoreST->NumberOfTableEntries) {
- //
- // A match was found, so this is either a modify or a delete operation
- //
- if (Table != NULL) {
- //
- // If Table is not NULL, then this is a modify operation.
- // Modify the table enty and return.
- //
- gDxeCoreST->ConfigurationTable[Index].VendorTable = Table;
-
- //
- // Signal Configuration Table change
- //
- CoreNotifySignalList (Guid);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- //
- // A match was found and Table is NULL, so this is a delete operation.
- //
- gDxeCoreST->NumberOfTableEntries--;
-
- //
- // Copy over deleted entry
- //
- CopyMem (
- &(EfiConfigurationTable[Index]),
- &(gDxeCoreST->ConfigurationTable[Index + 1]),
- (gDxeCoreST->NumberOfTableEntries - Index) * sizeof (EFI_CONFIGURATION_TABLE)
- );
-
- } else {
-
- //
- // No matching GUIDs were found, so this is an add operation.
- //
-
- if (Table == NULL) {
- //
- // If Table is NULL on an add operation, then return an error.
- //
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- //
- // Assume that Index == gDxeCoreST->NumberOfTableEntries
- //
- if ((Index * sizeof (EFI_CONFIGURATION_TABLE)) >= mSystemTableAllocateSize) {
- //
- // Allocate a table with one additional entry.
- //
- mSystemTableAllocateSize += (CONFIG_TABLE_SIZE_INCREASED * sizeof (EFI_CONFIGURATION_TABLE));
- EfiConfigurationTable = AllocateRuntimePool (mSystemTableAllocateSize);
- if (EfiConfigurationTable == NULL) {
- //
- // If a new table could not be allocated, then return an error.
- //
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- if (gDxeCoreST->ConfigurationTable != NULL) {
- //
- // Copy the old table to the new table.
- //
- CopyMem (
- EfiConfigurationTable,
- gDxeCoreST->ConfigurationTable,
- Index * sizeof (EFI_CONFIGURATION_TABLE)
- );
-
- //
- // Free Old Table
- //
- CoreFreePool (gDxeCoreST->ConfigurationTable);
- }
-
- //
- // Update System Table
- //
- gDxeCoreST->ConfigurationTable = EfiConfigurationTable;
- }
-
- //
- // Fill in the new entry
- //
- CopyGuid ((VOID *)&EfiConfigurationTable[Index].VendorGuid, Guid);
- EfiConfigurationTable[Index].VendorTable = Table;
-
- //
- // This is an add operation, so increment the number of table entries
- //
- gDxeCoreST->NumberOfTableEntries++;
- }
-
- //
- // Fix up the CRC-32 in the EFI System Table
- //
- CalculateEfiHdrCrc (&gDxeCoreST->Hdr);
-
- //
- // Signal Configuration Table change
- //
- CoreNotifySignalList (Guid);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Misc/MemoryAttributesTable.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Misc/MemoryAttributesTable.c deleted file mode 100644 index 35156aea14..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Misc/MemoryAttributesTable.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,268 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- UEFI MemoryAttributesTable support
-
-Copyright (c) 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include <PiDxe.h>
-#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
-#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
-#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
-#include <Library/DxeServicesTableLib.h>
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiLib.h>
-
-#include <Guid/EventGroup.h>
-
-#include <Guid/MemoryAttributesTable.h>
-#include <Guid/PropertiesTable.h>
-
-#include "DxeMain.h"
-
-/**
- This function for GetMemoryMap() with properties table capability.
-
- It calls original GetMemoryMap() to get the original memory map information. Then
- plus the additional memory map entries for PE Code/Data seperation.
-
- @param MemoryMapSize A pointer to the size, in bytes, of the
- MemoryMap buffer. On input, this is the size of
- the buffer allocated by the caller. On output,
- it is the size of the buffer returned by the
- firmware if the buffer was large enough, or the
- size of the buffer needed to contain the map if
- the buffer was too small.
- @param MemoryMap A pointer to the buffer in which firmware places
- the current memory map.
- @param MapKey A pointer to the location in which firmware
- returns the key for the current memory map.
- @param DescriptorSize A pointer to the location in which firmware
- returns the size, in bytes, of an individual
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR.
- @param DescriptorVersion A pointer to the location in which firmware
- returns the version number associated with the
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The memory map was returned in the MemoryMap
- buffer.
- @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL The MemoryMap buffer was too small. The current
- buffer size needed to hold the memory map is
- returned in MemoryMapSize.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One of the parameters has an invalid value.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreGetMemoryMapWithSeparatedImageSection (
- IN OUT UINTN *MemoryMapSize,
- IN OUT EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMap,
- OUT UINTN *MapKey,
- OUT UINTN *DescriptorSize,
- OUT UINT32 *DescriptorVersion
- );
-
-extern EFI_PROPERTIES_TABLE mPropertiesTable;
-EFI_MEMORY_ATTRIBUTES_TABLE *mMemoryAttributesTable = NULL;
-BOOLEAN mMemoryAttributesTableReadyToBoot = FALSE;
-
-/**
- Install MemoryAttributesTable.
-
-**/
-VOID
-InstallMemoryAttributesTable (
- VOID
- )
-{
- UINTN MemoryMapSize;
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMap;
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMapStart;
- UINTN MapKey;
- UINTN DescriptorSize;
- UINT32 DescriptorVersion;
- UINTN Index;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT32 RuntimeEntryCount;
- EFI_MEMORY_ATTRIBUTES_TABLE *MemoryAttributesTable;
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryAttributesEntry;
-
- if (gMemoryMapTerminated) {
- //
- // Directly return after MemoryMap terminated.
- //
- return;
- }
-
- if ((mPropertiesTable.MemoryProtectionAttribute & EFI_PROPERTIES_RUNTIME_MEMORY_PROTECTION_NON_EXECUTABLE_PE_DATA) == 0) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_VERBOSE, "MemoryProtectionAttribute NON_EXECUTABLE_PE_DATA is not set, "));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_VERBOSE, "because Runtime Driver Section Alignment is not %dK.\n", RUNTIME_PAGE_ALLOCATION_GRANULARITY >> 10));
- return ;
- }
-
- if (mMemoryAttributesTable == NULL) {
- //
- // InstallConfigurationTable here to occupy one entry for MemoryAttributesTable
- // before GetMemoryMap below, as InstallConfigurationTable may allocate runtime
- // memory for the new entry.
- //
- Status = gBS->InstallConfigurationTable (&gEfiMemoryAttributesTableGuid, (VOID *) (UINTN) MAX_ADDRESS);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
-
- MemoryMapSize = 0;
- MemoryMap = NULL;
- Status = CoreGetMemoryMapWithSeparatedImageSection (
- &MemoryMapSize,
- MemoryMap,
- &MapKey,
- &DescriptorSize,
- &DescriptorVersion
- );
- ASSERT (Status == EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL);
-
- do {
- MemoryMap = AllocatePool (MemoryMapSize);
- ASSERT (MemoryMap != NULL);
-
- Status = CoreGetMemoryMapWithSeparatedImageSection (
- &MemoryMapSize,
- MemoryMap,
- &MapKey,
- &DescriptorSize,
- &DescriptorVersion
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreePool (MemoryMap);
- }
- } while (Status == EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL);
-
- MemoryMapStart = MemoryMap;
- RuntimeEntryCount = 0;
- for (Index = 0; Index < MemoryMapSize/DescriptorSize; Index++) {
- switch (MemoryMap->Type) {
- case EfiRuntimeServicesCode:
- case EfiRuntimeServicesData:
- RuntimeEntryCount ++;
- break;
- }
- MemoryMap = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR(MemoryMap, DescriptorSize);
- }
-
- //
- // Allocate MemoryAttributesTable
- //
- MemoryAttributesTable = AllocatePool (sizeof(EFI_MEMORY_ATTRIBUTES_TABLE) + DescriptorSize * RuntimeEntryCount);
- ASSERT (MemoryAttributesTable != NULL);
- MemoryAttributesTable->Version = EFI_MEMORY_ATTRIBUTES_TABLE_VERSION;
- MemoryAttributesTable->NumberOfEntries = RuntimeEntryCount;
- MemoryAttributesTable->DescriptorSize = (UINT32)DescriptorSize;
- MemoryAttributesTable->Reserved = 0;
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_VERBOSE, "MemoryAttributesTable:\n"));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_VERBOSE, " Version - 0x%08x\n", MemoryAttributesTable->Version));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_VERBOSE, " NumberOfEntries - 0x%08x\n", MemoryAttributesTable->NumberOfEntries));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_VERBOSE, " DescriptorSize - 0x%08x\n", MemoryAttributesTable->DescriptorSize));
- MemoryAttributesEntry = (EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *)(MemoryAttributesTable + 1);
- MemoryMap = MemoryMapStart;
- for (Index = 0; Index < MemoryMapSize/DescriptorSize; Index++) {
- switch (MemoryMap->Type) {
- case EfiRuntimeServicesCode:
- case EfiRuntimeServicesData:
- CopyMem (MemoryAttributesEntry, MemoryMap, DescriptorSize);
- MemoryAttributesEntry->Attribute &= (EFI_MEMORY_RO|EFI_MEMORY_XP|EFI_MEMORY_RUNTIME);
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_VERBOSE, "Entry (0x%x)\n", MemoryAttributesEntry));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_VERBOSE, " Type - 0x%x\n", MemoryAttributesEntry->Type));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_VERBOSE, " PhysicalStart - 0x%016lx\n", MemoryAttributesEntry->PhysicalStart));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_VERBOSE, " VirtualStart - 0x%016lx\n", MemoryAttributesEntry->VirtualStart));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_VERBOSE, " NumberOfPages - 0x%016lx\n", MemoryAttributesEntry->NumberOfPages));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_VERBOSE, " Attribute - 0x%016lx\n", MemoryAttributesEntry->Attribute));
- MemoryAttributesEntry = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR(MemoryAttributesEntry, DescriptorSize);
- break;
- }
- MemoryMap = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR(MemoryMap, DescriptorSize);
- }
- MemoryMap = MemoryMapStart;
- FreePool (MemoryMap);
-
- //
- // Update configuratoin table for MemoryAttributesTable.
- //
- Status = gBS->InstallConfigurationTable (&gEfiMemoryAttributesTableGuid, MemoryAttributesTable);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- if (mMemoryAttributesTable != NULL) {
- FreePool (mMemoryAttributesTable);
- }
- mMemoryAttributesTable = MemoryAttributesTable;
-}
-
-/**
- Install MemoryAttributesTable on memory allocation.
-
- @param[in] MemoryType EFI memory type.
-**/
-VOID
-InstallMemoryAttributesTableOnMemoryAllocation (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType
- )
-{
- //
- // Install MemoryAttributesTable after ReadyToBoot on runtime memory allocation.
- //
- if (mMemoryAttributesTableReadyToBoot &&
- ((MemoryType == EfiRuntimeServicesCode) || (MemoryType == EfiRuntimeServicesData))) {
- InstallMemoryAttributesTable ();
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Install MemoryAttributesTable on ReadyToBoot.
-
- @param[in] Event The Event this notify function registered to.
- @param[in] Context Pointer to the context data registered to the Event.
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-InstallMemoryAttributesTableOnReadyToBoot (
- IN EFI_EVENT Event,
- IN VOID *Context
- )
-{
- InstallMemoryAttributesTable ();
- mMemoryAttributesTableReadyToBoot = TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- Initialize MemoryAttrubutesTable support.
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-CoreInitializeMemoryAttributesTable (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_EVENT ReadyToBootEvent;
-
- //
- // Construct the table at ReadyToBoot.
- //
- Status = CoreCreateEventInternal (
- EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,
- TPL_CALLBACK - 1,
- InstallMemoryAttributesTableOnReadyToBoot,
- NULL,
- &gEfiEventReadyToBootGuid,
- &ReadyToBootEvent
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- return ;
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Misc/MemoryProtection.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Misc/MemoryProtection.c deleted file mode 100644 index a73c4ccd64..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Misc/MemoryProtection.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1141 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- UEFI Memory Protection support.
-
- If the UEFI image is page aligned, the image code section is set to read only
- and the image data section is set to non-executable.
-
- 1) This policy is applied for all UEFI image including boot service driver,
- runtime driver or application.
- 2) This policy is applied only if the UEFI image meets the page alignment
- requirement.
- 3) This policy is applied only if the Source UEFI image matches the
- PcdImageProtectionPolicy definition.
- 4) This policy is not applied to the non-PE image region.
-
- The DxeCore calls CpuArchProtocol->SetMemoryAttributes() to protect
- the image. If the CpuArch protocol is not installed yet, the DxeCore
- enqueues the protection request. Once the CpuArch is installed, the
- DxeCore dequeues the protection request and applies policy.
-
- Once the image is unloaded, the protection is removed automatically.
-
-Copyright (c) 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include <PiDxe.h>
-#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
-#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
-#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
-#include <Library/DxeServicesTableLib.h>
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiLib.h>
-
-#include <Guid/EventGroup.h>
-#include <Guid/MemoryAttributesTable.h>
-#include <Guid/PropertiesTable.h>
-
-#include <Protocol/FirmwareVolume2.h>
-#include <Protocol/BlockIo.h>
-#include <Protocol/SimpleFileSystem.h>
-
-#include "DxeMain.h"
-
-#define CACHE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK (EFI_MEMORY_UC | EFI_MEMORY_WC | EFI_MEMORY_WT | EFI_MEMORY_WB | EFI_MEMORY_UCE | EFI_MEMORY_WP)
-#define MEMORY_ATTRIBUTE_MASK (EFI_MEMORY_RP | EFI_MEMORY_XP | EFI_MEMORY_RO)
-
-//
-// Image type definitions
-//
-#define IMAGE_UNKNOWN 0x00000001
-#define IMAGE_FROM_FV 0x00000002
-
-//
-// Protection policy bit definition
-//
-#define DO_NOT_PROTECT 0x00000000
-#define PROTECT_IF_ALIGNED_ELSE_ALLOW 0x00000001
-
-#define MEMORY_TYPE_OS_RESERVED_MIN 0x80000000
-#define MEMORY_TYPE_OEM_RESERVED_MIN 0x70000000
-
-#define PREVIOUS_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR(MemoryDescriptor, Size) \
- ((EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *)((UINT8 *)(MemoryDescriptor) - (Size)))
-
-UINT32 mImageProtectionPolicy;
-
-extern LIST_ENTRY mGcdMemorySpaceMap;
-
-STATIC LIST_ENTRY mProtectedImageRecordList;
-
-/**
- Sort code section in image record, based upon CodeSegmentBase from low to high.
-
- @param ImageRecord image record to be sorted
-**/
-VOID
-SortImageRecordCodeSection (
- IN IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *ImageRecord
- );
-
-/**
- Check if code section in image record is valid.
-
- @param ImageRecord image record to be checked
-
- @retval TRUE image record is valid
- @retval FALSE image record is invalid
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsImageRecordCodeSectionValid (
- IN IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *ImageRecord
- );
-
-/**
- Get the image type.
-
- @param[in] File This is a pointer to the device path of the file that is
- being dispatched.
-
- @return UINT32 Image Type
-**/
-UINT32
-GetImageType (
- IN CONST EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *File
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_HANDLE DeviceHandle;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *TempDevicePath;
-
- if (File == NULL) {
- return IMAGE_UNKNOWN;
- }
-
- //
- // First check to see if File is from a Firmware Volume
- //
- DeviceHandle = NULL;
- TempDevicePath = (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) File;
- Status = gBS->LocateDevicePath (
- &gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid,
- &TempDevicePath,
- &DeviceHandle
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (
- DeviceHandle,
- &gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- NULL,
- NULL,
- EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_TEST_PROTOCOL
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return IMAGE_FROM_FV;
- }
- }
- return IMAGE_UNKNOWN;
-}
-
-/**
- Get UEFI image protection policy based upon image type.
-
- @param[in] ImageType The UEFI image type
-
- @return UEFI image protection policy
-**/
-UINT32
-GetProtectionPolicyFromImageType (
- IN UINT32 ImageType
- )
-{
- if ((ImageType & mImageProtectionPolicy) == 0) {
- return DO_NOT_PROTECT;
- } else {
- return PROTECT_IF_ALIGNED_ELSE_ALLOW;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Get UEFI image protection policy based upon loaded image device path.
-
- @param[in] LoadedImage The loaded image protocol
- @param[in] LoadedImageDevicePath The loaded image device path protocol
-
- @return UEFI image protection policy
-**/
-UINT32
-GetUefiImageProtectionPolicy (
- IN EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL *LoadedImage,
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *LoadedImageDevicePath
- )
-{
- BOOLEAN InSmm;
- UINT32 ImageType;
- UINT32 ProtectionPolicy;
-
- //
- // Check SMM
- //
- InSmm = FALSE;
- if (gSmmBase2 != NULL) {
- gSmmBase2->InSmm (gSmmBase2, &InSmm);
- }
- if (InSmm) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- //
- // Check DevicePath
- //
- if (LoadedImage == gDxeCoreLoadedImage) {
- ImageType = IMAGE_FROM_FV;
- } else {
- ImageType = GetImageType (LoadedImageDevicePath);
- }
- ProtectionPolicy = GetProtectionPolicyFromImageType (ImageType);
- return ProtectionPolicy;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Set UEFI image memory attributes.
-
- @param[in] BaseAddress Specified start address
- @param[in] Length Specified length
- @param[in] Attributes Specified attributes
-**/
-VOID
-SetUefiImageMemoryAttributes (
- IN UINT64 BaseAddress,
- IN UINT64 Length,
- IN UINT64 Attributes
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_GCD_MEMORY_SPACE_DESCRIPTOR Descriptor;
- UINT64 FinalAttributes;
-
- Status = CoreGetMemorySpaceDescriptor(BaseAddress, &Descriptor);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR(Status);
-
- FinalAttributes = (Descriptor.Attributes & CACHE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK) | (Attributes & MEMORY_ATTRIBUTE_MASK);
-
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "SetUefiImageMemoryAttributes - 0x%016lx - 0x%016lx (0x%016lx)\n", BaseAddress, Length, FinalAttributes));
-
- ASSERT(gCpu != NULL);
- gCpu->SetMemoryAttributes (gCpu, BaseAddress, Length, FinalAttributes);
-}
-
-/**
- Set UEFI image protection attributes.
-
- @param[in] ImageRecord A UEFI image record
-**/
-VOID
-SetUefiImageProtectionAttributes (
- IN IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *ImageRecord
- )
-{
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION *ImageRecordCodeSection;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordCodeSectionLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordCodeSectionEndLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordCodeSectionList;
- UINT64 CurrentBase;
- UINT64 ImageEnd;
-
- ImageRecordCodeSectionList = &ImageRecord->CodeSegmentList;
-
- CurrentBase = ImageRecord->ImageBase;
- ImageEnd = ImageRecord->ImageBase + ImageRecord->ImageSize;
-
- ImageRecordCodeSectionLink = ImageRecordCodeSectionList->ForwardLink;
- ImageRecordCodeSectionEndLink = ImageRecordCodeSectionList;
- while (ImageRecordCodeSectionLink != ImageRecordCodeSectionEndLink) {
- ImageRecordCodeSection = CR (
- ImageRecordCodeSectionLink,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION,
- Link,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION_SIGNATURE
- );
- ImageRecordCodeSectionLink = ImageRecordCodeSectionLink->ForwardLink;
-
- ASSERT (CurrentBase <= ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase);
- if (CurrentBase < ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase) {
- //
- // DATA
- //
- SetUefiImageMemoryAttributes (
- CurrentBase,
- ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase - CurrentBase,
- EFI_MEMORY_XP
- );
- }
- //
- // CODE
- //
- SetUefiImageMemoryAttributes (
- ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase,
- ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentSize,
- EFI_MEMORY_RO
- );
- CurrentBase = ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase + ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentSize;
- }
- //
- // Last DATA
- //
- ASSERT (CurrentBase <= ImageEnd);
- if (CurrentBase < ImageEnd) {
- //
- // DATA
- //
- SetUefiImageMemoryAttributes (
- CurrentBase,
- ImageEnd - CurrentBase,
- EFI_MEMORY_XP
- );
- }
- return ;
-}
-
-/**
- Return if the PE image section is aligned.
-
- @param[in] SectionAlignment PE/COFF section alignment
- @param[in] MemoryType PE/COFF image memory type
-
- @retval TRUE The PE image section is aligned.
- @retval FALSE The PE image section is not aligned.
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsMemoryProtectionSectionAligned (
- IN UINT32 SectionAlignment,
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType
- )
-{
- UINT32 PageAlignment;
-
- switch (MemoryType) {
- case EfiRuntimeServicesCode:
- case EfiACPIMemoryNVS:
- PageAlignment = RUNTIME_PAGE_ALLOCATION_GRANULARITY;
- break;
- case EfiRuntimeServicesData:
- case EfiACPIReclaimMemory:
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- PageAlignment = RUNTIME_PAGE_ALLOCATION_GRANULARITY;
- break;
- case EfiBootServicesCode:
- case EfiLoaderCode:
- case EfiReservedMemoryType:
- PageAlignment = EFI_PAGE_SIZE;
- break;
- default:
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- PageAlignment = EFI_PAGE_SIZE;
- break;
- }
-
- if ((SectionAlignment & (PageAlignment - 1)) != 0) {
- return FALSE;
- } else {
- return TRUE;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Free Image record.
-
- @param[in] ImageRecord A UEFI image record
-**/
-VOID
-FreeImageRecord (
- IN IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *ImageRecord
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *CodeSegmentListHead;
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION *ImageRecordCodeSection;
-
- CodeSegmentListHead = &ImageRecord->CodeSegmentList;
- while (!IsListEmpty (CodeSegmentListHead)) {
- ImageRecordCodeSection = CR (
- CodeSegmentListHead->ForwardLink,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION,
- Link,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION_SIGNATURE
- );
- RemoveEntryList (&ImageRecordCodeSection->Link);
- FreePool (ImageRecordCodeSection);
- }
-
- if (ImageRecord->Link.ForwardLink != NULL) {
- RemoveEntryList (&ImageRecord->Link);
- }
- FreePool (ImageRecord);
-}
-
-/**
- Protect UEFI PE/COFF image.
-
- @param[in] LoadedImage The loaded image protocol
- @param[in] LoadedImageDevicePath The loaded image device path protocol
-**/
-VOID
-ProtectUefiImage (
- IN EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL *LoadedImage,
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *LoadedImageDevicePath
- )
-{
- VOID *ImageAddress;
- EFI_IMAGE_DOS_HEADER *DosHdr;
- UINT32 PeCoffHeaderOffset;
- UINT32 SectionAlignment;
- EFI_IMAGE_SECTION_HEADER *Section;
- EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_PTR_UNION Hdr;
- UINT8 *Name;
- UINTN Index;
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *ImageRecord;
- CHAR8 *PdbPointer;
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION *ImageRecordCodeSection;
- UINT16 Magic;
- BOOLEAN IsAligned;
- UINT32 ProtectionPolicy;
-
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "ProtectUefiImageCommon - 0x%x\n", LoadedImage));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " - 0x%016lx - 0x%016lx\n", (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)LoadedImage->ImageBase, LoadedImage->ImageSize));
-
- if (gCpu == NULL) {
- return ;
- }
-
- ProtectionPolicy = GetUefiImageProtectionPolicy (LoadedImage, LoadedImageDevicePath);
- switch (ProtectionPolicy) {
- case DO_NOT_PROTECT:
- return ;
- case PROTECT_IF_ALIGNED_ELSE_ALLOW:
- break;
- default:
- ASSERT(FALSE);
- return ;
- }
-
- ImageRecord = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof(*ImageRecord));
- if (ImageRecord == NULL) {
- return ;
- }
- ImageRecord->Signature = IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_SIGNATURE;
-
- //
- // Step 1: record whole region
- //
- ImageRecord->ImageBase = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)LoadedImage->ImageBase;
- ImageRecord->ImageSize = LoadedImage->ImageSize;
-
- ImageAddress = LoadedImage->ImageBase;
-
- PdbPointer = PeCoffLoaderGetPdbPointer ((VOID*) (UINTN) ImageAddress);
- if (PdbPointer != NULL) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, " Image - %a\n", PdbPointer));
- }
-
- //
- // Check PE/COFF image
- //
- DosHdr = (EFI_IMAGE_DOS_HEADER *) (UINTN) ImageAddress;
- PeCoffHeaderOffset = 0;
- if (DosHdr->e_magic == EFI_IMAGE_DOS_SIGNATURE) {
- PeCoffHeaderOffset = DosHdr->e_lfanew;
- }
-
- Hdr.Pe32 = (EFI_IMAGE_NT_HEADERS32 *)((UINT8 *) (UINTN) ImageAddress + PeCoffHeaderOffset);
- if (Hdr.Pe32->Signature != EFI_IMAGE_NT_SIGNATURE) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, "Hdr.Pe32->Signature invalid - 0x%x\n", Hdr.Pe32->Signature));
- // It might be image in SMM.
- goto Finish;
- }
-
- //
- // Get SectionAlignment
- //
- if (Hdr.Pe32->FileHeader.Machine == IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_IA64 && Hdr.Pe32->OptionalHeader.Magic == EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR32_MAGIC) {
- //
- // NOTE: Some versions of Linux ELILO for Itanium have an incorrect magic value
- // in the PE/COFF Header. If the MachineType is Itanium(IA64) and the
- // Magic value in the OptionalHeader is EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR32_MAGIC
- // then override the magic value to EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR64_MAGIC
- //
- Magic = EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR64_MAGIC;
- } else {
- //
- // Get the magic value from the PE/COFF Optional Header
- //
- Magic = Hdr.Pe32->OptionalHeader.Magic;
- }
- if (Magic == EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR32_MAGIC) {
- SectionAlignment = Hdr.Pe32->OptionalHeader.SectionAlignment;
- } else {
- SectionAlignment = Hdr.Pe32Plus->OptionalHeader.SectionAlignment;
- }
-
- IsAligned = IsMemoryProtectionSectionAligned (SectionAlignment, LoadedImage->ImageCodeType);
- if (!IsAligned) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, "!!!!!!!! ProtectUefiImageCommon - Section Alignment(0x%x) is incorrect !!!!!!!!\n",
- SectionAlignment));
- PdbPointer = PeCoffLoaderGetPdbPointer ((VOID*) (UINTN) ImageAddress);
- if (PdbPointer != NULL) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, "!!!!!!!! Image - %a !!!!!!!!\n", PdbPointer));
- }
- goto Finish;
- }
-
- Section = (EFI_IMAGE_SECTION_HEADER *) (
- (UINT8 *) (UINTN) ImageAddress +
- PeCoffHeaderOffset +
- sizeof(UINT32) +
- sizeof(EFI_IMAGE_FILE_HEADER) +
- Hdr.Pe32->FileHeader.SizeOfOptionalHeader
- );
- ImageRecord->CodeSegmentCount = 0;
- InitializeListHead (&ImageRecord->CodeSegmentList);
- for (Index = 0; Index < Hdr.Pe32->FileHeader.NumberOfSections; Index++) {
- Name = Section[Index].Name;
- DEBUG ((
- DEBUG_VERBOSE,
- " Section - '%c%c%c%c%c%c%c%c'\n",
- Name[0],
- Name[1],
- Name[2],
- Name[3],
- Name[4],
- Name[5],
- Name[6],
- Name[7]
- ));
-
- //
- // Instead of assuming that a PE/COFF section of type EFI_IMAGE_SCN_CNT_CODE
- // can always be mapped read-only, classify a section as a code section only
- // if it has the executable attribute set and the writable attribute cleared.
- //
- // This adheres more closely to the PE/COFF spec, and avoids issues with
- // Linux OS loaders that may consist of a single read/write/execute section.
- //
- if ((Section[Index].Characteristics & (EFI_IMAGE_SCN_MEM_WRITE | EFI_IMAGE_SCN_MEM_EXECUTE)) == EFI_IMAGE_SCN_MEM_EXECUTE) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, " VirtualSize - 0x%08x\n", Section[Index].Misc.VirtualSize));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, " VirtualAddress - 0x%08x\n", Section[Index].VirtualAddress));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, " SizeOfRawData - 0x%08x\n", Section[Index].SizeOfRawData));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, " PointerToRawData - 0x%08x\n", Section[Index].PointerToRawData));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, " PointerToRelocations - 0x%08x\n", Section[Index].PointerToRelocations));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, " PointerToLinenumbers - 0x%08x\n", Section[Index].PointerToLinenumbers));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, " NumberOfRelocations - 0x%08x\n", Section[Index].NumberOfRelocations));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, " NumberOfLinenumbers - 0x%08x\n", Section[Index].NumberOfLinenumbers));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, " Characteristics - 0x%08x\n", Section[Index].Characteristics));
-
- //
- // Step 2: record code section
- //
- ImageRecordCodeSection = AllocatePool (sizeof(*ImageRecordCodeSection));
- if (ImageRecordCodeSection == NULL) {
- return ;
- }
- ImageRecordCodeSection->Signature = IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION_SIGNATURE;
-
- ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase = (UINTN)ImageAddress + Section[Index].VirtualAddress;
- ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentSize = ALIGN_VALUE(Section[Index].SizeOfRawData, SectionAlignment);
-
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, "ImageCode: 0x%016lx - 0x%016lx\n", ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase, ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentSize));
-
- InsertTailList (&ImageRecord->CodeSegmentList, &ImageRecordCodeSection->Link);
- ImageRecord->CodeSegmentCount++;
- }
- }
-
- if (ImageRecord->CodeSegmentCount == 0) {
- //
- // If a UEFI executable consists of a single read+write+exec PE/COFF
- // section, that isn't actually an error. The image can be launched
- // alright, only image protection cannot be applied to it fully.
- //
- // One example that elicits this is (some) Linux kernels (with the EFI stub
- // of course).
- //
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_WARN, "!!!!!!!! ProtectUefiImageCommon - CodeSegmentCount is 0 !!!!!!!!\n"));
- PdbPointer = PeCoffLoaderGetPdbPointer ((VOID*) (UINTN) ImageAddress);
- if (PdbPointer != NULL) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_WARN, "!!!!!!!! Image - %a !!!!!!!!\n", PdbPointer));
- }
- goto Finish;
- }
-
- //
- // Final
- //
- SortImageRecordCodeSection (ImageRecord);
- //
- // Check overlap all section in ImageBase/Size
- //
- if (!IsImageRecordCodeSectionValid (ImageRecord)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "IsImageRecordCodeSectionValid - FAIL\n"));
- goto Finish;
- }
-
- //
- // Round up the ImageSize, some CPU arch may return EFI_UNSUPPORTED if ImageSize is not aligned.
- // Given that the loader always allocates full pages, we know the space after the image is not used.
- //
- ImageRecord->ImageSize = ALIGN_VALUE(LoadedImage->ImageSize, EFI_PAGE_SIZE);
-
- //
- // CPU ARCH present. Update memory attribute directly.
- //
- SetUefiImageProtectionAttributes (ImageRecord);
-
- //
- // Record the image record in the list so we can undo the protections later
- //
- InsertTailList (&mProtectedImageRecordList, &ImageRecord->Link);
-
-Finish:
- return ;
-}
-
-/**
- Unprotect UEFI image.
-
- @param[in] LoadedImage The loaded image protocol
- @param[in] LoadedImageDevicePath The loaded image device path protocol
-**/
-VOID
-UnprotectUefiImage (
- IN EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL *LoadedImage,
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *LoadedImageDevicePath
- )
-{
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *ImageRecord;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordLink;
-
- if (PcdGet32(PcdImageProtectionPolicy) != 0) {
- for (ImageRecordLink = mProtectedImageRecordList.ForwardLink;
- ImageRecordLink != &mProtectedImageRecordList;
- ImageRecordLink = ImageRecordLink->ForwardLink) {
- ImageRecord = CR (
- ImageRecordLink,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD,
- Link,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_SIGNATURE
- );
-
- if (ImageRecord->ImageBase == (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)LoadedImage->ImageBase) {
- SetUefiImageMemoryAttributes (ImageRecord->ImageBase,
- ImageRecord->ImageSize,
- 0);
- FreeImageRecord (ImageRecord);
- return;
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Return the EFI memory permission attribute associated with memory
- type 'MemoryType' under the configured DXE memory protection policy.
-
- @param MemoryType Memory type.
-**/
-STATIC
-UINT64
-GetPermissionAttributeForMemoryType (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType
- )
-{
- UINT64 TestBit;
-
- if ((UINT32)MemoryType >= MEMORY_TYPE_OS_RESERVED_MIN) {
- TestBit = BIT63;
- } else if ((UINT32)MemoryType >= MEMORY_TYPE_OEM_RESERVED_MIN) {
- TestBit = BIT62;
- } else {
- TestBit = LShiftU64 (1, MemoryType);
- }
-
- if ((PcdGet64 (PcdDxeNxMemoryProtectionPolicy) & TestBit) != 0) {
- return EFI_MEMORY_XP;
- } else {
- return 0;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Sort memory map entries based upon PhysicalStart, from low to high.
-
- @param MemoryMap A pointer to the buffer in which firmware places
- the current memory map.
- @param MemoryMapSize Size, in bytes, of the MemoryMap buffer.
- @param DescriptorSize Size, in bytes, of an individual EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR.
-**/
-STATIC
-VOID
-SortMemoryMap (
- IN OUT EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMap,
- IN UINTN MemoryMapSize,
- IN UINTN DescriptorSize
- )
-{
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMapEntry;
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *NextMemoryMapEntry;
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMapEnd;
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR TempMemoryMap;
-
- MemoryMapEntry = MemoryMap;
- NextMemoryMapEntry = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (MemoryMapEntry, DescriptorSize);
- MemoryMapEnd = (EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *) ((UINT8 *) MemoryMap + MemoryMapSize);
- while (MemoryMapEntry < MemoryMapEnd) {
- while (NextMemoryMapEntry < MemoryMapEnd) {
- if (MemoryMapEntry->PhysicalStart > NextMemoryMapEntry->PhysicalStart) {
- CopyMem (&TempMemoryMap, MemoryMapEntry, sizeof(EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR));
- CopyMem (MemoryMapEntry, NextMemoryMapEntry, sizeof(EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR));
- CopyMem (NextMemoryMapEntry, &TempMemoryMap, sizeof(EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR));
- }
-
- NextMemoryMapEntry = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (NextMemoryMapEntry, DescriptorSize);
- }
-
- MemoryMapEntry = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (MemoryMapEntry, DescriptorSize);
- NextMemoryMapEntry = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (MemoryMapEntry, DescriptorSize);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Merge adjacent memory map entries if they use the same memory protection policy
-
- @param[in, out] MemoryMap A pointer to the buffer in which firmware places
- the current memory map.
- @param[in, out] MemoryMapSize A pointer to the size, in bytes, of the
- MemoryMap buffer. On input, this is the size of
- the current memory map. On output,
- it is the size of new memory map after merge.
- @param[in] DescriptorSize Size, in bytes, of an individual EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR.
-**/
-STATIC
-VOID
-MergeMemoryMapForProtectionPolicy (
- IN OUT EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMap,
- IN OUT UINTN *MemoryMapSize,
- IN UINTN DescriptorSize
- )
-{
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMapEntry;
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMapEnd;
- UINT64 MemoryBlockLength;
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *NewMemoryMapEntry;
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *NextMemoryMapEntry;
- UINT64 Attributes;
-
- SortMemoryMap (MemoryMap, *MemoryMapSize, DescriptorSize);
-
- MemoryMapEntry = MemoryMap;
- NewMemoryMapEntry = MemoryMap;
- MemoryMapEnd = (EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *) ((UINT8 *) MemoryMap + *MemoryMapSize);
- while ((UINTN)MemoryMapEntry < (UINTN)MemoryMapEnd) {
- CopyMem (NewMemoryMapEntry, MemoryMapEntry, sizeof(EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR));
- NextMemoryMapEntry = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (MemoryMapEntry, DescriptorSize);
-
- do {
- MemoryBlockLength = (UINT64) (EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE((UINTN)MemoryMapEntry->NumberOfPages));
- Attributes = GetPermissionAttributeForMemoryType (MemoryMapEntry->Type);
-
- if (((UINTN)NextMemoryMapEntry < (UINTN)MemoryMapEnd) &&
- Attributes == GetPermissionAttributeForMemoryType (NextMemoryMapEntry->Type) &&
- ((MemoryMapEntry->PhysicalStart + MemoryBlockLength) == NextMemoryMapEntry->PhysicalStart)) {
- MemoryMapEntry->NumberOfPages += NextMemoryMapEntry->NumberOfPages;
- if (NewMemoryMapEntry != MemoryMapEntry) {
- NewMemoryMapEntry->NumberOfPages += NextMemoryMapEntry->NumberOfPages;
- }
-
- NextMemoryMapEntry = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (NextMemoryMapEntry, DescriptorSize);
- continue;
- } else {
- MemoryMapEntry = PREVIOUS_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (NextMemoryMapEntry, DescriptorSize);
- break;
- }
- } while (TRUE);
-
- MemoryMapEntry = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (MemoryMapEntry, DescriptorSize);
- NewMemoryMapEntry = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (NewMemoryMapEntry, DescriptorSize);
- }
-
- *MemoryMapSize = (UINTN)NewMemoryMapEntry - (UINTN)MemoryMap;
-
- return ;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Remove exec permissions from all regions whose type is identified by
- PcdDxeNxMemoryProtectionPolicy.
-**/
-STATIC
-VOID
-InitializeDxeNxMemoryProtectionPolicy (
- VOID
- )
-{
- UINTN MemoryMapSize;
- UINTN MapKey;
- UINTN DescriptorSize;
- UINT32 DescriptorVersion;
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMap;
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMapEntry;
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMapEnd;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT64 Attributes;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY *Entry;
-
- //
- // Get the EFI memory map.
- //
- MemoryMapSize = 0;
- MemoryMap = NULL;
-
- Status = gBS->GetMemoryMap (
- &MemoryMapSize,
- MemoryMap,
- &MapKey,
- &DescriptorSize,
- &DescriptorVersion
- );
- ASSERT (Status == EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL);
- do {
- MemoryMap = (EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *) AllocatePool (MemoryMapSize);
- ASSERT (MemoryMap != NULL);
- Status = gBS->GetMemoryMap (
- &MemoryMapSize,
- MemoryMap,
- &MapKey,
- &DescriptorSize,
- &DescriptorVersion
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreePool (MemoryMap);
- }
- } while (Status == EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- DEBUG((DEBUG_ERROR, "%a: applying strict permissions to active memory regions\n",
- __FUNCTION__));
-
- MergeMemoryMapForProtectionPolicy (MemoryMap, &MemoryMapSize, DescriptorSize);
-
- MemoryMapEntry = MemoryMap;
- MemoryMapEnd = (EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *) ((UINT8 *) MemoryMap + MemoryMapSize);
- while ((UINTN) MemoryMapEntry < (UINTN) MemoryMapEnd) {
-
- Attributes = GetPermissionAttributeForMemoryType (MemoryMapEntry->Type);
- if (Attributes != 0) {
- SetUefiImageMemoryAttributes (
- MemoryMapEntry->PhysicalStart,
- LShiftU64 (MemoryMapEntry->NumberOfPages, EFI_PAGE_SHIFT),
- Attributes);
- }
- MemoryMapEntry = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (MemoryMapEntry, DescriptorSize);
- }
- FreePool (MemoryMap);
-
- //
- // Apply the policy for RAM regions that we know are present and
- // accessible, but have not been added to the UEFI memory map (yet).
- //
- if (GetPermissionAttributeForMemoryType (EfiConventionalMemory) != 0) {
- DEBUG((DEBUG_ERROR,
- "%a: applying strict permissions to inactive memory regions\n",
- __FUNCTION__));
-
- CoreAcquireGcdMemoryLock ();
-
- Link = mGcdMemorySpaceMap.ForwardLink;
- while (Link != &mGcdMemorySpaceMap) {
-
- Entry = CR (Link, EFI_GCD_MAP_ENTRY, Link, EFI_GCD_MAP_SIGNATURE);
-
- if (Entry->GcdMemoryType == EfiGcdMemoryTypeReserved &&
- Entry->EndAddress < MAX_ADDRESS &&
- (Entry->Capabilities & (EFI_MEMORY_PRESENT | EFI_MEMORY_INITIALIZED | EFI_MEMORY_TESTED)) ==
- (EFI_MEMORY_PRESENT | EFI_MEMORY_INITIALIZED)) {
-
- Attributes = GetPermissionAttributeForMemoryType (EfiConventionalMemory) |
- (Entry->Attributes & CACHE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK);
-
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO,
- "Untested GCD memory space region: - 0x%016lx - 0x%016lx (0x%016lx)\n",
- Entry->BaseAddress, Entry->EndAddress - Entry->BaseAddress + 1,
- Attributes));
-
- ASSERT(gCpu != NULL);
- gCpu->SetMemoryAttributes (gCpu, Entry->BaseAddress,
- Entry->EndAddress - Entry->BaseAddress + 1, Attributes);
- }
-
- Link = Link->ForwardLink;
- }
- CoreReleaseGcdMemoryLock ();
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- A notification for CPU_ARCH protocol.
-
- @param[in] Event Event whose notification function is being invoked.
- @param[in] Context Pointer to the notification function's context,
- which is implementation-dependent.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-MemoryProtectionCpuArchProtocolNotify (
- IN EFI_EVENT Event,
- IN VOID *Context
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL *LoadedImage;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *LoadedImageDevicePath;
- UINTN NoHandles;
- EFI_HANDLE *HandleBuffer;
- UINTN Index;
-
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "MemoryProtectionCpuArchProtocolNotify:\n"));
- Status = CoreLocateProtocol (&gEfiCpuArchProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **)&gCpu);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return;
- }
-
- //
- // Apply the memory protection policy on non-BScode/RTcode regions.
- //
- if (PcdGet64 (PcdDxeNxMemoryProtectionPolicy) != 0) {
- InitializeDxeNxMemoryProtectionPolicy ();
- }
-
- if (mImageProtectionPolicy == 0) {
- return;
- }
-
- Status = gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (
- ByProtocol,
- &gEfiLoadedImageProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- &NoHandles,
- &HandleBuffer
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (NoHandles == 0)) {
- return ;
- }
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < NoHandles; Index++) {
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
- HandleBuffer[Index],
- &gEfiLoadedImageProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **)&LoadedImage
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- continue;
- }
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
- HandleBuffer[Index],
- &gEfiLoadedImageDevicePathProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **)&LoadedImageDevicePath
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- LoadedImageDevicePath = NULL;
- }
-
- ProtectUefiImage (LoadedImage, LoadedImageDevicePath);
- }
-
- CoreCloseEvent (Event);
- return;
-}
-
-/**
- ExitBootServices Callback function for memory protection.
-**/
-VOID
-MemoryProtectionExitBootServicesCallback (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_RUNTIME_IMAGE_ENTRY *RuntimeImage;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
-
- //
- // We need remove the RT protection, because RT relocation need write code segment
- // at SetVirtualAddressMap(). We cannot assume OS/Loader has taken over page table at that time.
- //
- // Firmware does not own page tables after ExitBootServices(), so the OS would
- // have to relax protection of RT code pages across SetVirtualAddressMap(), or
- // delay setting protections on RT code pages until after SetVirtualAddressMap().
- // OS may set protection on RT based upon EFI_MEMORY_ATTRIBUTES_TABLE later.
- //
- if (mImageProtectionPolicy != 0) {
- for (Link = gRuntime->ImageHead.ForwardLink; Link != &gRuntime->ImageHead; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- RuntimeImage = BASE_CR (Link, EFI_RUNTIME_IMAGE_ENTRY, Link);
- SetUefiImageMemoryAttributes ((UINT64)(UINTN)RuntimeImage->ImageBase, ALIGN_VALUE(RuntimeImage->ImageSize, EFI_PAGE_SIZE), 0);
- }
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Initialize Memory Protection support.
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-CoreInitializeMemoryProtection (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_EVENT Event;
- VOID *Registration;
-
- mImageProtectionPolicy = PcdGet32(PcdImageProtectionPolicy);
-
- InitializeListHead (&mProtectedImageRecordList);
-
- //
- // Sanity check the PcdDxeNxMemoryProtectionPolicy setting:
- // - code regions should have no EFI_MEMORY_XP attribute
- // - EfiConventionalMemory and EfiBootServicesData should use the
- // same attribute
- //
- ASSERT ((GetPermissionAttributeForMemoryType (EfiBootServicesCode) & EFI_MEMORY_XP) == 0);
- ASSERT ((GetPermissionAttributeForMemoryType (EfiRuntimeServicesCode) & EFI_MEMORY_XP) == 0);
- ASSERT ((GetPermissionAttributeForMemoryType (EfiLoaderCode) & EFI_MEMORY_XP) == 0);
- ASSERT (GetPermissionAttributeForMemoryType (EfiBootServicesData) ==
- GetPermissionAttributeForMemoryType (EfiConventionalMemory));
-
- if (mImageProtectionPolicy != 0 || PcdGet64 (PcdDxeNxMemoryProtectionPolicy) != 0) {
- Status = CoreCreateEvent (
- EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,
- TPL_CALLBACK,
- MemoryProtectionCpuArchProtocolNotify,
- NULL,
- &Event
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR(Status);
-
- //
- // Register for protocol notifactions on this event
- //
- Status = CoreRegisterProtocolNotify (
- &gEfiCpuArchProtocolGuid,
- Event,
- &Registration
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR(Status);
- }
- return ;
-}
-
-/**
- Returns whether we are currently executing in SMM mode.
-**/
-STATIC
-BOOLEAN
-IsInSmm (
- VOID
- )
-{
- BOOLEAN InSmm;
-
- InSmm = FALSE;
- if (gSmmBase2 != NULL) {
- gSmmBase2->InSmm (gSmmBase2, &InSmm);
- }
- return InSmm;
-}
-
-/**
- Manage memory permission attributes on a memory range, according to the
- configured DXE memory protection policy.
-
- @param OldType The old memory type of the range
- @param NewType The new memory type of the range
- @param Memory The base address of the range
- @param Length The size of the range (in bytes)
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS If we are executing in SMM mode. No permission attributes
- are updated in this case
- @return EFI_SUCCESS If the the CPU arch protocol is not installed yet
- @return EFI_SUCCESS If no DXE memory protection policy has been configured
- @return EFI_SUCCESS If OldType and NewType use the same permission attributes
- @return other Return value of gCpu->SetMemoryAttributes()
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-ApplyMemoryProtectionPolicy (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE OldType,
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE NewType,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Memory,
- IN UINT64 Length
- )
-{
- UINT64 OldAttributes;
- UINT64 NewAttributes;
-
- //
- // The policy configured in PcdDxeNxMemoryProtectionPolicy
- // does not apply to allocations performed in SMM mode.
- //
- if (IsInSmm ()) {
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- //
- // If the CPU arch protocol is not installed yet, we cannot manage memory
- // permission attributes, and it is the job of the driver that installs this
- // protocol to set the permissions on existing allocations.
- //
- if (gCpu == NULL) {
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- //
- // Check if a DXE memory protection policy has been configured
- //
- if (PcdGet64 (PcdDxeNxMemoryProtectionPolicy) == 0) {
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- //
- // Update the executable permissions according to the DXE memory
- // protection policy, but only if
- // - the policy is different between the old and the new type, or
- // - this is a newly added region (OldType == EfiMaxMemoryType)
- //
- NewAttributes = GetPermissionAttributeForMemoryType (NewType);
-
- if (OldType != EfiMaxMemoryType) {
- OldAttributes = GetPermissionAttributeForMemoryType (OldType);
- if (OldAttributes == NewAttributes) {
- // policy is the same between OldType and NewType
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- } else if (NewAttributes == 0) {
- // newly added region of a type that does not require protection
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- return gCpu->SetMemoryAttributes (gCpu, Memory, Length, NewAttributes);
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Misc/PropertiesTable.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Misc/PropertiesTable.c deleted file mode 100644 index e7c4a95712..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Misc/PropertiesTable.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1379 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- UEFI PropertiesTable support
-
-Copyright (c) 2015 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include <PiDxe.h>
-#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
-#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
-#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
-#include <Library/DxeServicesTableLib.h>
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiLib.h>
-#include <Library/PcdLib.h>
-
-#include <Guid/EventGroup.h>
-#include <Protocol/DxeSmmReadyToLock.h>
-
-#include <Library/PeCoffLib.h>
-#include <Library/PeCoffGetEntryPointLib.h>
-#include <Protocol/Runtime.h>
-
-#include <Guid/PropertiesTable.h>
-
-#include "DxeMain.h"
-
-#define PREVIOUS_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR(MemoryDescriptor, Size) \
- ((EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *)((UINT8 *)(MemoryDescriptor) - (Size)))
-
-#define IMAGE_PROPERTIES_PRIVATE_DATA_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('I','P','P','D')
-
-typedef struct {
- UINT32 Signature;
- UINTN ImageRecordCount;
- UINTN CodeSegmentCountMax;
- LIST_ENTRY ImageRecordList;
-} IMAGE_PROPERTIES_PRIVATE_DATA;
-
-IMAGE_PROPERTIES_PRIVATE_DATA mImagePropertiesPrivateData = {
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_PRIVATE_DATA_SIGNATURE,
- 0,
- 0,
- INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (mImagePropertiesPrivateData.ImageRecordList)
-};
-
-EFI_PROPERTIES_TABLE mPropertiesTable = {
- EFI_PROPERTIES_TABLE_VERSION,
- sizeof(EFI_PROPERTIES_TABLE),
- EFI_PROPERTIES_RUNTIME_MEMORY_PROTECTION_NON_EXECUTABLE_PE_DATA
-};
-
-EFI_LOCK mPropertiesTableLock = EFI_INITIALIZE_LOCK_VARIABLE (TPL_NOTIFY);
-
-BOOLEAN mPropertiesTableEnable;
-
-//
-// Below functions are for MemoryMap
-//
-
-/**
- Converts a number of EFI_PAGEs to a size in bytes.
-
- NOTE: Do not use EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE because it handles UINTN only.
-
- @param Pages The number of EFI_PAGES.
-
- @return The number of bytes associated with the number of EFI_PAGEs specified
- by Pages.
-**/
-STATIC
-UINT64
-EfiPagesToSize (
- IN UINT64 Pages
- )
-{
- return LShiftU64 (Pages, EFI_PAGE_SHIFT);
-}
-
-/**
- Converts a size, in bytes, to a number of EFI_PAGESs.
-
- NOTE: Do not use EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES because it handles UINTN only.
-
- @param Size A size in bytes.
-
- @return The number of EFI_PAGESs associated with the number of bytes specified
- by Size.
-
-**/
-STATIC
-UINT64
-EfiSizeToPages (
- IN UINT64 Size
- )
-{
- return RShiftU64 (Size, EFI_PAGE_SHIFT) + ((((UINTN)Size) & EFI_PAGE_MASK) ? 1 : 0);
-}
-
-/**
- Acquire memory lock on mPropertiesTableLock.
-**/
-STATIC
-VOID
-CoreAcquirePropertiesTableLock (
- VOID
- )
-{
- CoreAcquireLock (&mPropertiesTableLock);
-}
-
-/**
- Release memory lock on mPropertiesTableLock.
-**/
-STATIC
-VOID
-CoreReleasePropertiesTableLock (
- VOID
- )
-{
- CoreReleaseLock (&mPropertiesTableLock);
-}
-
-/**
- Sort memory map entries based upon PhysicalStart, from low to high.
-
- @param MemoryMap A pointer to the buffer in which firmware places
- the current memory map.
- @param MemoryMapSize Size, in bytes, of the MemoryMap buffer.
- @param DescriptorSize Size, in bytes, of an individual EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR.
-**/
-STATIC
-VOID
-SortMemoryMap (
- IN OUT EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMap,
- IN UINTN MemoryMapSize,
- IN UINTN DescriptorSize
- )
-{
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMapEntry;
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *NextMemoryMapEntry;
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMapEnd;
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR TempMemoryMap;
-
- MemoryMapEntry = MemoryMap;
- NextMemoryMapEntry = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (MemoryMapEntry, DescriptorSize);
- MemoryMapEnd = (EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *) ((UINT8 *) MemoryMap + MemoryMapSize);
- while (MemoryMapEntry < MemoryMapEnd) {
- while (NextMemoryMapEntry < MemoryMapEnd) {
- if (MemoryMapEntry->PhysicalStart > NextMemoryMapEntry->PhysicalStart) {
- CopyMem (&TempMemoryMap, MemoryMapEntry, sizeof(EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR));
- CopyMem (MemoryMapEntry, NextMemoryMapEntry, sizeof(EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR));
- CopyMem (NextMemoryMapEntry, &TempMemoryMap, sizeof(EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR));
- }
-
- NextMemoryMapEntry = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (NextMemoryMapEntry, DescriptorSize);
- }
-
- MemoryMapEntry = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (MemoryMapEntry, DescriptorSize);
- NextMemoryMapEntry = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (MemoryMapEntry, DescriptorSize);
- }
-
- return ;
-}
-
-/**
- Merge continous memory map entries whose have same attributes.
-
- @param MemoryMap A pointer to the buffer in which firmware places
- the current memory map.
- @param MemoryMapSize A pointer to the size, in bytes, of the
- MemoryMap buffer. On input, this is the size of
- the current memory map. On output,
- it is the size of new memory map after merge.
- @param DescriptorSize Size, in bytes, of an individual EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR.
-**/
-STATIC
-VOID
-MergeMemoryMap (
- IN OUT EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMap,
- IN OUT UINTN *MemoryMapSize,
- IN UINTN DescriptorSize
- )
-{
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMapEntry;
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMapEnd;
- UINT64 MemoryBlockLength;
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *NewMemoryMapEntry;
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *NextMemoryMapEntry;
-
- MemoryMapEntry = MemoryMap;
- NewMemoryMapEntry = MemoryMap;
- MemoryMapEnd = (EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *) ((UINT8 *) MemoryMap + *MemoryMapSize);
- while ((UINTN)MemoryMapEntry < (UINTN)MemoryMapEnd) {
- CopyMem (NewMemoryMapEntry, MemoryMapEntry, sizeof(EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR));
- NextMemoryMapEntry = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (MemoryMapEntry, DescriptorSize);
-
- do {
- MemoryBlockLength = (UINT64) (EfiPagesToSize (MemoryMapEntry->NumberOfPages));
- if (((UINTN)NextMemoryMapEntry < (UINTN)MemoryMapEnd) &&
- (MemoryMapEntry->Type == NextMemoryMapEntry->Type) &&
- (MemoryMapEntry->Attribute == NextMemoryMapEntry->Attribute) &&
- ((MemoryMapEntry->PhysicalStart + MemoryBlockLength) == NextMemoryMapEntry->PhysicalStart)) {
- MemoryMapEntry->NumberOfPages += NextMemoryMapEntry->NumberOfPages;
- if (NewMemoryMapEntry != MemoryMapEntry) {
- NewMemoryMapEntry->NumberOfPages += NextMemoryMapEntry->NumberOfPages;
- }
-
- NextMemoryMapEntry = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (NextMemoryMapEntry, DescriptorSize);
- continue;
- } else {
- MemoryMapEntry = PREVIOUS_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (NextMemoryMapEntry, DescriptorSize);
- break;
- }
- } while (TRUE);
-
- MemoryMapEntry = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (MemoryMapEntry, DescriptorSize);
- NewMemoryMapEntry = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (NewMemoryMapEntry, DescriptorSize);
- }
-
- *MemoryMapSize = (UINTN)NewMemoryMapEntry - (UINTN)MemoryMap;
-
- return ;
-}
-
-/**
- Enforce memory map attributes.
- This function will set EfiRuntimeServicesData/EfiMemoryMappedIO/EfiMemoryMappedIOPortSpace to be EFI_MEMORY_XP.
-
- @param MemoryMap A pointer to the buffer in which firmware places
- the current memory map.
- @param MemoryMapSize Size, in bytes, of the MemoryMap buffer.
- @param DescriptorSize Size, in bytes, of an individual EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR.
-**/
-STATIC
-VOID
-EnforceMemoryMapAttribute (
- IN OUT EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMap,
- IN UINTN MemoryMapSize,
- IN UINTN DescriptorSize
- )
-{
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMapEntry;
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMapEnd;
-
- MemoryMapEntry = MemoryMap;
- MemoryMapEnd = (EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *) ((UINT8 *) MemoryMap + MemoryMapSize);
- while ((UINTN)MemoryMapEntry < (UINTN)MemoryMapEnd) {
- switch (MemoryMapEntry->Type) {
- case EfiRuntimeServicesCode:
- // do nothing
- break;
- case EfiRuntimeServicesData:
- case EfiMemoryMappedIO:
- case EfiMemoryMappedIOPortSpace:
- MemoryMapEntry->Attribute |= EFI_MEMORY_XP;
- break;
- case EfiReservedMemoryType:
- case EfiACPIMemoryNVS:
- break;
- }
-
- MemoryMapEntry = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (MemoryMapEntry, DescriptorSize);
- }
-
- return ;
-}
-
-/**
- Return the first image record, whose [ImageBase, ImageSize] covered by [Buffer, Length].
-
- @param Buffer Start Address
- @param Length Address length
-
- @return first image record covered by [buffer, length]
-**/
-STATIC
-IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *
-GetImageRecordByAddress (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Buffer,
- IN UINT64 Length
- )
-{
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *ImageRecord;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordList;
-
- ImageRecordList = &mImagePropertiesPrivateData.ImageRecordList;
-
- for (ImageRecordLink = ImageRecordList->ForwardLink;
- ImageRecordLink != ImageRecordList;
- ImageRecordLink = ImageRecordLink->ForwardLink) {
- ImageRecord = CR (
- ImageRecordLink,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD,
- Link,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_SIGNATURE
- );
-
- if ((Buffer <= ImageRecord->ImageBase) &&
- (Buffer + Length >= ImageRecord->ImageBase + ImageRecord->ImageSize)) {
- return ImageRecord;
- }
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- Set the memory map to new entries, according to one old entry,
- based upon PE code section and data section in image record
-
- @param ImageRecord An image record whose [ImageBase, ImageSize] covered
- by old memory map entry.
- @param NewRecord A pointer to several new memory map entries.
- The caller gurantee the buffer size be 1 +
- (SplitRecordCount * DescriptorSize) calculated
- below.
- @param OldRecord A pointer to one old memory map entry.
- @param DescriptorSize Size, in bytes, of an individual EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR.
-**/
-STATIC
-UINTN
-SetNewRecord (
- IN IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *ImageRecord,
- IN OUT EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *NewRecord,
- IN EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *OldRecord,
- IN UINTN DescriptorSize
- )
-{
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR TempRecord;
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION *ImageRecordCodeSection;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordCodeSectionLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordCodeSectionEndLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordCodeSectionList;
- UINTN NewRecordCount;
- UINT64 PhysicalEnd;
- UINT64 ImageEnd;
-
- CopyMem (&TempRecord, OldRecord, sizeof(EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR));
- PhysicalEnd = TempRecord.PhysicalStart + EfiPagesToSize(TempRecord.NumberOfPages);
- NewRecordCount = 0;
-
- ImageRecordCodeSectionList = &ImageRecord->CodeSegmentList;
-
- ImageRecordCodeSectionLink = ImageRecordCodeSectionList->ForwardLink;
- ImageRecordCodeSectionEndLink = ImageRecordCodeSectionList;
- while (ImageRecordCodeSectionLink != ImageRecordCodeSectionEndLink) {
- ImageRecordCodeSection = CR (
- ImageRecordCodeSectionLink,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION,
- Link,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION_SIGNATURE
- );
- ImageRecordCodeSectionLink = ImageRecordCodeSectionLink->ForwardLink;
-
- if (TempRecord.PhysicalStart <= ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase) {
- //
- // DATA
- //
- if (!mPropertiesTableEnable) {
- NewRecord->Type = TempRecord.Type;
- } else {
- NewRecord->Type = EfiRuntimeServicesData;
- }
- NewRecord->PhysicalStart = TempRecord.PhysicalStart;
- NewRecord->VirtualStart = 0;
- NewRecord->NumberOfPages = EfiSizeToPages(ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase - NewRecord->PhysicalStart);
- NewRecord->Attribute = TempRecord.Attribute | EFI_MEMORY_XP;
- if (NewRecord->NumberOfPages != 0) {
- NewRecord = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (NewRecord, DescriptorSize);
- NewRecordCount ++;
- }
-
- //
- // CODE
- //
- if (!mPropertiesTableEnable) {
- NewRecord->Type = TempRecord.Type;
- } else {
- NewRecord->Type = EfiRuntimeServicesCode;
- }
- NewRecord->PhysicalStart = ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase;
- NewRecord->VirtualStart = 0;
- NewRecord->NumberOfPages = EfiSizeToPages(ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentSize);
- NewRecord->Attribute = (TempRecord.Attribute & (~EFI_MEMORY_XP)) | EFI_MEMORY_RO;
- if (NewRecord->NumberOfPages != 0) {
- NewRecord = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (NewRecord, DescriptorSize);
- NewRecordCount ++;
- }
-
- TempRecord.PhysicalStart = ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase + EfiPagesToSize (EfiSizeToPages(ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentSize));
- TempRecord.NumberOfPages = EfiSizeToPages(PhysicalEnd - TempRecord.PhysicalStart);
- if (TempRecord.NumberOfPages == 0) {
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- ImageEnd = ImageRecord->ImageBase + ImageRecord->ImageSize;
-
- //
- // Final DATA
- //
- if (TempRecord.PhysicalStart < ImageEnd) {
- if (!mPropertiesTableEnable) {
- NewRecord->Type = TempRecord.Type;
- } else {
- NewRecord->Type = EfiRuntimeServicesData;
- }
- NewRecord->PhysicalStart = TempRecord.PhysicalStart;
- NewRecord->VirtualStart = 0;
- NewRecord->NumberOfPages = EfiSizeToPages (ImageEnd - TempRecord.PhysicalStart);
- NewRecord->Attribute = TempRecord.Attribute | EFI_MEMORY_XP;
- NewRecordCount ++;
- }
-
- return NewRecordCount;
-}
-
-/**
- Return the max number of new splitted entries, according to one old entry,
- based upon PE code section and data section.
-
- @param OldRecord A pointer to one old memory map entry.
-
- @retval 0 no entry need to be splitted.
- @return the max number of new splitted entries
-**/
-STATIC
-UINTN
-GetMaxSplitRecordCount (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *OldRecord
- )
-{
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *ImageRecord;
- UINTN SplitRecordCount;
- UINT64 PhysicalStart;
- UINT64 PhysicalEnd;
-
- SplitRecordCount = 0;
- PhysicalStart = OldRecord->PhysicalStart;
- PhysicalEnd = OldRecord->PhysicalStart + EfiPagesToSize(OldRecord->NumberOfPages);
-
- do {
- ImageRecord = GetImageRecordByAddress (PhysicalStart, PhysicalEnd - PhysicalStart);
- if (ImageRecord == NULL) {
- break;
- }
- SplitRecordCount += (2 * ImageRecord->CodeSegmentCount + 1);
- PhysicalStart = ImageRecord->ImageBase + ImageRecord->ImageSize;
- } while ((ImageRecord != NULL) && (PhysicalStart < PhysicalEnd));
-
- if (SplitRecordCount != 0) {
- SplitRecordCount--;
- }
-
- return SplitRecordCount;
-}
-
-/**
- Split the memory map to new entries, according to one old entry,
- based upon PE code section and data section.
-
- @param OldRecord A pointer to one old memory map entry.
- @param NewRecord A pointer to several new memory map entries.
- The caller gurantee the buffer size be 1 +
- (SplitRecordCount * DescriptorSize) calculated
- below.
- @param MaxSplitRecordCount The max number of splitted entries
- @param DescriptorSize Size, in bytes, of an individual EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR.
-
- @retval 0 no entry is splitted.
- @return the real number of splitted record.
-**/
-STATIC
-UINTN
-SplitRecord (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *OldRecord,
- IN OUT EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *NewRecord,
- IN UINTN MaxSplitRecordCount,
- IN UINTN DescriptorSize
- )
-{
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR TempRecord;
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *ImageRecord;
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *NewImageRecord;
- UINT64 PhysicalStart;
- UINT64 PhysicalEnd;
- UINTN NewRecordCount;
- UINTN TotalNewRecordCount;
- BOOLEAN IsLastRecordData;
-
- if (MaxSplitRecordCount == 0) {
- CopyMem (NewRecord, OldRecord, DescriptorSize);
- return 0;
- }
-
- TotalNewRecordCount = 0;
-
- //
- // Override previous record
- //
- CopyMem (&TempRecord, OldRecord, sizeof(EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR));
- PhysicalStart = TempRecord.PhysicalStart;
- PhysicalEnd = TempRecord.PhysicalStart + EfiPagesToSize(TempRecord.NumberOfPages);
-
- ImageRecord = NULL;
- do {
- NewImageRecord = GetImageRecordByAddress (PhysicalStart, PhysicalEnd - PhysicalStart);
- if (NewImageRecord == NULL) {
- //
- // No more image covered by this range, stop
- //
- if ((PhysicalEnd > PhysicalStart) && (ImageRecord != NULL)) {
- //
- // If this is still address in this record, need record.
- //
- NewRecord = PREVIOUS_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (NewRecord, DescriptorSize);
- IsLastRecordData = FALSE;
- if (!mPropertiesTableEnable) {
- if ((NewRecord->Attribute & EFI_MEMORY_XP) != 0) {
- IsLastRecordData = TRUE;
- }
- } else {
- if (NewRecord->Type == EfiRuntimeServicesData) {
- IsLastRecordData = TRUE;
- }
- }
- if (IsLastRecordData) {
- //
- // Last record is DATA, just merge it.
- //
- NewRecord->NumberOfPages = EfiSizeToPages(PhysicalEnd - NewRecord->PhysicalStart);
- } else {
- //
- // Last record is CODE, create a new DATA entry.
- //
- NewRecord = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (NewRecord, DescriptorSize);
- if (!mPropertiesTableEnable) {
- NewRecord->Type = TempRecord.Type;
- } else {
- NewRecord->Type = EfiRuntimeServicesData;
- }
- NewRecord->PhysicalStart = TempRecord.PhysicalStart;
- NewRecord->VirtualStart = 0;
- NewRecord->NumberOfPages = TempRecord.NumberOfPages;
- NewRecord->Attribute = TempRecord.Attribute | EFI_MEMORY_XP;
- TotalNewRecordCount ++;
- }
- }
- break;
- }
- ImageRecord = NewImageRecord;
-
- //
- // Set new record
- //
- NewRecordCount = SetNewRecord (ImageRecord, NewRecord, &TempRecord, DescriptorSize);
- TotalNewRecordCount += NewRecordCount;
- NewRecord = (EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *)((UINT8 *)NewRecord + NewRecordCount * DescriptorSize);
-
- //
- // Update PhysicalStart, in order to exclude the image buffer already splitted.
- //
- PhysicalStart = ImageRecord->ImageBase + ImageRecord->ImageSize;
- TempRecord.PhysicalStart = PhysicalStart;
- TempRecord.NumberOfPages = EfiSizeToPages (PhysicalEnd - PhysicalStart);
- } while ((ImageRecord != NULL) && (PhysicalStart < PhysicalEnd));
-
- return TotalNewRecordCount - 1;
-}
-
-/**
- Split the original memory map, and add more entries to describe PE code section and data section.
- This function will set EfiRuntimeServicesData to be EFI_MEMORY_XP.
- This function will merge entries with same attributes finally.
-
- NOTE: It assumes PE code/data section are page aligned.
- NOTE: It assumes enough entry is prepared for new memory map.
-
- Split table:
- +---------------+
- | Record X |
- +---------------+
- | Record RtCode |
- +---------------+
- | Record Y |
- +---------------+
- ==>
- +---------------+
- | Record X |
- +---------------+ ----
- | Record RtData | |
- +---------------+ |
- | Record RtCode | |-> PE/COFF1
- +---------------+ |
- | Record RtData | |
- +---------------+ ----
- | Record RtData | |
- +---------------+ |
- | Record RtCode | |-> PE/COFF2
- +---------------+ |
- | Record RtData | |
- +---------------+ ----
- | Record Y |
- +---------------+
-
- @param MemoryMapSize A pointer to the size, in bytes, of the
- MemoryMap buffer. On input, this is the size of
- old MemoryMap before split. The actual buffer
- size of MemoryMap is MemoryMapSize +
- (AdditionalRecordCount * DescriptorSize) calculated
- below. On output, it is the size of new MemoryMap
- after split.
- @param MemoryMap A pointer to the buffer in which firmware places
- the current memory map.
- @param DescriptorSize Size, in bytes, of an individual EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR.
-**/
-STATIC
-VOID
-SplitTable (
- IN OUT UINTN *MemoryMapSize,
- IN OUT EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMap,
- IN UINTN DescriptorSize
- )
-{
- INTN IndexOld;
- INTN IndexNew;
- UINTN MaxSplitRecordCount;
- UINTN RealSplitRecordCount;
- UINTN TotalSplitRecordCount;
- UINTN AdditionalRecordCount;
-
- AdditionalRecordCount = (2 * mImagePropertiesPrivateData.CodeSegmentCountMax + 1) * mImagePropertiesPrivateData.ImageRecordCount;
-
- TotalSplitRecordCount = 0;
- //
- // Let old record point to end of valid MemoryMap buffer.
- //
- IndexOld = ((*MemoryMapSize) / DescriptorSize) - 1;
- //
- // Let new record point to end of full MemoryMap buffer.
- //
- IndexNew = ((*MemoryMapSize) / DescriptorSize) - 1 + AdditionalRecordCount;
- for (; IndexOld >= 0; IndexOld--) {
- MaxSplitRecordCount = GetMaxSplitRecordCount ((EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *)((UINT8 *)MemoryMap + IndexOld * DescriptorSize));
- //
- // Split this MemoryMap record
- //
- IndexNew -= MaxSplitRecordCount;
- RealSplitRecordCount = SplitRecord (
- (EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *)((UINT8 *)MemoryMap + IndexOld * DescriptorSize),
- (EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *)((UINT8 *)MemoryMap + IndexNew * DescriptorSize),
- MaxSplitRecordCount,
- DescriptorSize
- );
- //
- // Adjust IndexNew according to real split.
- //
- CopyMem (
- ((UINT8 *)MemoryMap + (IndexNew + MaxSplitRecordCount - RealSplitRecordCount) * DescriptorSize),
- ((UINT8 *)MemoryMap + IndexNew * DescriptorSize),
- RealSplitRecordCount * DescriptorSize
- );
- IndexNew = IndexNew + MaxSplitRecordCount - RealSplitRecordCount;
- TotalSplitRecordCount += RealSplitRecordCount;
- IndexNew --;
- }
- //
- // Move all records to the beginning.
- //
- CopyMem (
- MemoryMap,
- (UINT8 *)MemoryMap + (AdditionalRecordCount - TotalSplitRecordCount) * DescriptorSize,
- (*MemoryMapSize) + TotalSplitRecordCount * DescriptorSize
- );
-
- *MemoryMapSize = (*MemoryMapSize) + DescriptorSize * TotalSplitRecordCount;
-
- //
- // Sort from low to high (Just in case)
- //
- SortMemoryMap (MemoryMap, *MemoryMapSize, DescriptorSize);
-
- //
- // Set RuntimeData to XP
- //
- EnforceMemoryMapAttribute (MemoryMap, *MemoryMapSize, DescriptorSize);
-
- //
- // Merge same type to save entry size
- //
- MergeMemoryMap (MemoryMap, MemoryMapSize, DescriptorSize);
-
- return ;
-}
-
-/**
- This function for GetMemoryMap() with properties table capability.
-
- It calls original GetMemoryMap() to get the original memory map information. Then
- plus the additional memory map entries for PE Code/Data seperation.
-
- @param MemoryMapSize A pointer to the size, in bytes, of the
- MemoryMap buffer. On input, this is the size of
- the buffer allocated by the caller. On output,
- it is the size of the buffer returned by the
- firmware if the buffer was large enough, or the
- size of the buffer needed to contain the map if
- the buffer was too small.
- @param MemoryMap A pointer to the buffer in which firmware places
- the current memory map.
- @param MapKey A pointer to the location in which firmware
- returns the key for the current memory map.
- @param DescriptorSize A pointer to the location in which firmware
- returns the size, in bytes, of an individual
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR.
- @param DescriptorVersion A pointer to the location in which firmware
- returns the version number associated with the
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The memory map was returned in the MemoryMap
- buffer.
- @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL The MemoryMap buffer was too small. The current
- buffer size needed to hold the memory map is
- returned in MemoryMapSize.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One of the parameters has an invalid value.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreGetMemoryMapWithSeparatedImageSection (
- IN OUT UINTN *MemoryMapSize,
- IN OUT EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMap,
- OUT UINTN *MapKey,
- OUT UINTN *DescriptorSize,
- OUT UINT32 *DescriptorVersion
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN OldMemoryMapSize;
- UINTN AdditionalRecordCount;
-
- //
- // If PE code/data is not aligned, just return.
- //
- if ((mPropertiesTable.MemoryProtectionAttribute & EFI_PROPERTIES_RUNTIME_MEMORY_PROTECTION_NON_EXECUTABLE_PE_DATA) == 0) {
- return CoreGetMemoryMap (MemoryMapSize, MemoryMap, MapKey, DescriptorSize, DescriptorVersion);
- }
-
- if (MemoryMapSize == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- CoreAcquirePropertiesTableLock ();
-
- AdditionalRecordCount = (2 * mImagePropertiesPrivateData.CodeSegmentCountMax + 1) * mImagePropertiesPrivateData.ImageRecordCount;
-
- OldMemoryMapSize = *MemoryMapSize;
- Status = CoreGetMemoryMap (MemoryMapSize, MemoryMap, MapKey, DescriptorSize, DescriptorVersion);
- if (Status == EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) {
- *MemoryMapSize = *MemoryMapSize + (*DescriptorSize) * AdditionalRecordCount;
- } else if (Status == EFI_SUCCESS) {
- ASSERT (MemoryMap != NULL);
- if (OldMemoryMapSize - *MemoryMapSize < (*DescriptorSize) * AdditionalRecordCount) {
- *MemoryMapSize = *MemoryMapSize + (*DescriptorSize) * AdditionalRecordCount;
- //
- // Need update status to buffer too small
- //
- Status = EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
- } else {
- //
- // Split PE code/data
- //
- SplitTable (MemoryMapSize, MemoryMap, *DescriptorSize);
- }
- }
-
- CoreReleasePropertiesTableLock ();
- return Status;
-}
-
-//
-// Below functions are for ImageRecord
-//
-
-/**
- Set PropertiesTable according to PE/COFF image section alignment.
-
- @param SectionAlignment PE/COFF section alignment
-**/
-STATIC
-VOID
-SetPropertiesTableSectionAlignment (
- IN UINT32 SectionAlignment
- )
-{
- if (((SectionAlignment & (RUNTIME_PAGE_ALLOCATION_GRANULARITY - 1)) != 0) &&
- ((mPropertiesTable.MemoryProtectionAttribute & EFI_PROPERTIES_RUNTIME_MEMORY_PROTECTION_NON_EXECUTABLE_PE_DATA) != 0)) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_VERBOSE, "SetPropertiesTableSectionAlignment - Clear\n"));
- mPropertiesTable.MemoryProtectionAttribute &= ~((UINT64)EFI_PROPERTIES_RUNTIME_MEMORY_PROTECTION_NON_EXECUTABLE_PE_DATA);
- gBS->GetMemoryMap = CoreGetMemoryMap;
- gBS->Hdr.CRC32 = 0;
- gBS->CalculateCrc32 ((UINT8 *)gBS, gBS->Hdr.HeaderSize, &gBS->Hdr.CRC32);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Swap two code sections in image record.
-
- @param FirstImageRecordCodeSection first code section in image record
- @param SecondImageRecordCodeSection second code section in image record
-**/
-STATIC
-VOID
-SwapImageRecordCodeSection (
- IN IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION *FirstImageRecordCodeSection,
- IN IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION *SecondImageRecordCodeSection
- )
-{
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION TempImageRecordCodeSection;
-
- TempImageRecordCodeSection.CodeSegmentBase = FirstImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase;
- TempImageRecordCodeSection.CodeSegmentSize = FirstImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentSize;
-
- FirstImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase = SecondImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase;
- FirstImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentSize = SecondImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentSize;
-
- SecondImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase = TempImageRecordCodeSection.CodeSegmentBase;
- SecondImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentSize = TempImageRecordCodeSection.CodeSegmentSize;
-}
-
-/**
- Sort code section in image record, based upon CodeSegmentBase from low to high.
-
- @param ImageRecord image record to be sorted
-**/
-VOID
-SortImageRecordCodeSection (
- IN IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *ImageRecord
- )
-{
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION *ImageRecordCodeSection;
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION *NextImageRecordCodeSection;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordCodeSectionLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *NextImageRecordCodeSectionLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordCodeSectionEndLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordCodeSectionList;
-
- ImageRecordCodeSectionList = &ImageRecord->CodeSegmentList;
-
- ImageRecordCodeSectionLink = ImageRecordCodeSectionList->ForwardLink;
- NextImageRecordCodeSectionLink = ImageRecordCodeSectionLink->ForwardLink;
- ImageRecordCodeSectionEndLink = ImageRecordCodeSectionList;
- while (ImageRecordCodeSectionLink != ImageRecordCodeSectionEndLink) {
- ImageRecordCodeSection = CR (
- ImageRecordCodeSectionLink,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION,
- Link,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION_SIGNATURE
- );
- while (NextImageRecordCodeSectionLink != ImageRecordCodeSectionEndLink) {
- NextImageRecordCodeSection = CR (
- NextImageRecordCodeSectionLink,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION,
- Link,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION_SIGNATURE
- );
- if (ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase > NextImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase) {
- SwapImageRecordCodeSection (ImageRecordCodeSection, NextImageRecordCodeSection);
- }
- NextImageRecordCodeSectionLink = NextImageRecordCodeSectionLink->ForwardLink;
- }
-
- ImageRecordCodeSectionLink = ImageRecordCodeSectionLink->ForwardLink;
- NextImageRecordCodeSectionLink = ImageRecordCodeSectionLink->ForwardLink;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Check if code section in image record is valid.
-
- @param ImageRecord image record to be checked
-
- @retval TRUE image record is valid
- @retval FALSE image record is invalid
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsImageRecordCodeSectionValid (
- IN IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *ImageRecord
- )
-{
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION *ImageRecordCodeSection;
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION *LastImageRecordCodeSection;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordCodeSectionLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordCodeSectionEndLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordCodeSectionList;
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_VERBOSE, "ImageCode SegmentCount - 0x%x\n", ImageRecord->CodeSegmentCount));
-
- ImageRecordCodeSectionList = &ImageRecord->CodeSegmentList;
-
- ImageRecordCodeSectionLink = ImageRecordCodeSectionList->ForwardLink;
- ImageRecordCodeSectionEndLink = ImageRecordCodeSectionList;
- LastImageRecordCodeSection = NULL;
- while (ImageRecordCodeSectionLink != ImageRecordCodeSectionEndLink) {
- ImageRecordCodeSection = CR (
- ImageRecordCodeSectionLink,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION,
- Link,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION_SIGNATURE
- );
- if (ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentSize == 0) {
- return FALSE;
- }
- if (ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase < ImageRecord->ImageBase) {
- return FALSE;
- }
- if (ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase >= MAX_ADDRESS - ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentSize) {
- return FALSE;
- }
- if ((ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase + ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentSize) > (ImageRecord->ImageBase + ImageRecord->ImageSize)) {
- return FALSE;
- }
- if (LastImageRecordCodeSection != NULL) {
- if ((LastImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase + LastImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentSize) > ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase) {
- return FALSE;
- }
- }
-
- LastImageRecordCodeSection = ImageRecordCodeSection;
- ImageRecordCodeSectionLink = ImageRecordCodeSectionLink->ForwardLink;
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- Swap two image records.
-
- @param FirstImageRecord first image record.
- @param SecondImageRecord second image record.
-**/
-STATIC
-VOID
-SwapImageRecord (
- IN IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *FirstImageRecord,
- IN IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *SecondImageRecord
- )
-{
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD TempImageRecord;
-
- TempImageRecord.ImageBase = FirstImageRecord->ImageBase;
- TempImageRecord.ImageSize = FirstImageRecord->ImageSize;
- TempImageRecord.CodeSegmentCount = FirstImageRecord->CodeSegmentCount;
-
- FirstImageRecord->ImageBase = SecondImageRecord->ImageBase;
- FirstImageRecord->ImageSize = SecondImageRecord->ImageSize;
- FirstImageRecord->CodeSegmentCount = SecondImageRecord->CodeSegmentCount;
-
- SecondImageRecord->ImageBase = TempImageRecord.ImageBase;
- SecondImageRecord->ImageSize = TempImageRecord.ImageSize;
- SecondImageRecord->CodeSegmentCount = TempImageRecord.CodeSegmentCount;
-
- SwapListEntries (&FirstImageRecord->CodeSegmentList, &SecondImageRecord->CodeSegmentList);
-}
-
-/**
- Sort image record based upon the ImageBase from low to high.
-**/
-STATIC
-VOID
-SortImageRecord (
- VOID
- )
-{
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *ImageRecord;
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *NextImageRecord;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *NextImageRecordLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordEndLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordList;
-
- ImageRecordList = &mImagePropertiesPrivateData.ImageRecordList;
-
- ImageRecordLink = ImageRecordList->ForwardLink;
- NextImageRecordLink = ImageRecordLink->ForwardLink;
- ImageRecordEndLink = ImageRecordList;
- while (ImageRecordLink != ImageRecordEndLink) {
- ImageRecord = CR (
- ImageRecordLink,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD,
- Link,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_SIGNATURE
- );
- while (NextImageRecordLink != ImageRecordEndLink) {
- NextImageRecord = CR (
- NextImageRecordLink,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD,
- Link,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_SIGNATURE
- );
- if (ImageRecord->ImageBase > NextImageRecord->ImageBase) {
- SwapImageRecord (ImageRecord, NextImageRecord);
- }
- NextImageRecordLink = NextImageRecordLink->ForwardLink;
- }
-
- ImageRecordLink = ImageRecordLink->ForwardLink;
- NextImageRecordLink = ImageRecordLink->ForwardLink;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Dump image record.
-**/
-STATIC
-VOID
-DumpImageRecord (
- VOID
- )
-{
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *ImageRecord;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordList;
- UINTN Index;
-
- ImageRecordList = &mImagePropertiesPrivateData.ImageRecordList;
-
- for (ImageRecordLink = ImageRecordList->ForwardLink, Index= 0;
- ImageRecordLink != ImageRecordList;
- ImageRecordLink = ImageRecordLink->ForwardLink, Index++) {
- ImageRecord = CR (
- ImageRecordLink,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD,
- Link,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_SIGNATURE
- );
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_VERBOSE, " Image[%d]: 0x%016lx - 0x%016lx\n", Index, ImageRecord->ImageBase, ImageRecord->ImageSize));
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Insert image record.
-
- @param RuntimeImage Runtime image information
-**/
-VOID
-InsertImageRecord (
- IN EFI_RUNTIME_IMAGE_ENTRY *RuntimeImage
- )
-{
- VOID *ImageAddress;
- EFI_IMAGE_DOS_HEADER *DosHdr;
- UINT32 PeCoffHeaderOffset;
- UINT32 SectionAlignment;
- EFI_IMAGE_SECTION_HEADER *Section;
- EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_PTR_UNION Hdr;
- UINT8 *Name;
- UINTN Index;
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *ImageRecord;
- CHAR8 *PdbPointer;
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION *ImageRecordCodeSection;
- UINT16 Magic;
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_VERBOSE, "InsertImageRecord - 0x%x\n", RuntimeImage));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_VERBOSE, "InsertImageRecord - 0x%016lx - 0x%016lx\n", (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)RuntimeImage->ImageBase, RuntimeImage->ImageSize));
-
- ImageRecord = AllocatePool (sizeof(*ImageRecord));
- if (ImageRecord == NULL) {
- return ;
- }
- ImageRecord->Signature = IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_SIGNATURE;
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_VERBOSE, "ImageRecordCount - 0x%x\n", mImagePropertiesPrivateData.ImageRecordCount));
-
- //
- // Step 1: record whole region
- //
- ImageRecord->ImageBase = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)RuntimeImage->ImageBase;
- ImageRecord->ImageSize = RuntimeImage->ImageSize;
-
- ImageAddress = RuntimeImage->ImageBase;
-
- PdbPointer = PeCoffLoaderGetPdbPointer ((VOID*) (UINTN) ImageAddress);
- if (PdbPointer != NULL) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_VERBOSE, " Image - %a\n", PdbPointer));
- }
-
- //
- // Check PE/COFF image
- //
- DosHdr = (EFI_IMAGE_DOS_HEADER *) (UINTN) ImageAddress;
- PeCoffHeaderOffset = 0;
- if (DosHdr->e_magic == EFI_IMAGE_DOS_SIGNATURE) {
- PeCoffHeaderOffset = DosHdr->e_lfanew;
- }
-
- Hdr.Pe32 = (EFI_IMAGE_NT_HEADERS32 *)((UINT8 *) (UINTN) ImageAddress + PeCoffHeaderOffset);
- if (Hdr.Pe32->Signature != EFI_IMAGE_NT_SIGNATURE) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_VERBOSE, "Hdr.Pe32->Signature invalid - 0x%x\n", Hdr.Pe32->Signature));
- // It might be image in SMM.
- goto Finish;
- }
-
- //
- // Get SectionAlignment
- //
- if (Hdr.Pe32->FileHeader.Machine == IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_IA64 && Hdr.Pe32->OptionalHeader.Magic == EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR32_MAGIC) {
- //
- // NOTE: Some versions of Linux ELILO for Itanium have an incorrect magic value
- // in the PE/COFF Header. If the MachineType is Itanium(IA64) and the
- // Magic value in the OptionalHeader is EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR32_MAGIC
- // then override the magic value to EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR64_MAGIC
- //
- Magic = EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR64_MAGIC;
- } else {
- //
- // Get the magic value from the PE/COFF Optional Header
- //
- Magic = Hdr.Pe32->OptionalHeader.Magic;
- }
- if (Magic == EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR32_MAGIC) {
- SectionAlignment = Hdr.Pe32->OptionalHeader.SectionAlignment;
- } else {
- SectionAlignment = Hdr.Pe32Plus->OptionalHeader.SectionAlignment;
- }
-
- SetPropertiesTableSectionAlignment (SectionAlignment);
- if ((SectionAlignment & (RUNTIME_PAGE_ALLOCATION_GRANULARITY - 1)) != 0) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_WARN, "!!!!!!!! InsertImageRecord - Section Alignment(0x%x) is not %dK !!!!!!!!\n",
- SectionAlignment, RUNTIME_PAGE_ALLOCATION_GRANULARITY >> 10));
- PdbPointer = PeCoffLoaderGetPdbPointer ((VOID*) (UINTN) ImageAddress);
- if (PdbPointer != NULL) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_WARN, "!!!!!!!! Image - %a !!!!!!!!\n", PdbPointer));
- }
- goto Finish;
- }
-
- Section = (EFI_IMAGE_SECTION_HEADER *) (
- (UINT8 *) (UINTN) ImageAddress +
- PeCoffHeaderOffset +
- sizeof(UINT32) +
- sizeof(EFI_IMAGE_FILE_HEADER) +
- Hdr.Pe32->FileHeader.SizeOfOptionalHeader
- );
- ImageRecord->CodeSegmentCount = 0;
- InitializeListHead (&ImageRecord->CodeSegmentList);
- for (Index = 0; Index < Hdr.Pe32->FileHeader.NumberOfSections; Index++) {
- Name = Section[Index].Name;
- DEBUG ((
- EFI_D_VERBOSE,
- " Section - '%c%c%c%c%c%c%c%c'\n",
- Name[0],
- Name[1],
- Name[2],
- Name[3],
- Name[4],
- Name[5],
- Name[6],
- Name[7]
- ));
-
- if ((Section[Index].Characteristics & EFI_IMAGE_SCN_CNT_CODE) != 0) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_VERBOSE, " VirtualSize - 0x%08x\n", Section[Index].Misc.VirtualSize));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_VERBOSE, " VirtualAddress - 0x%08x\n", Section[Index].VirtualAddress));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_VERBOSE, " SizeOfRawData - 0x%08x\n", Section[Index].SizeOfRawData));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_VERBOSE, " PointerToRawData - 0x%08x\n", Section[Index].PointerToRawData));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_VERBOSE, " PointerToRelocations - 0x%08x\n", Section[Index].PointerToRelocations));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_VERBOSE, " PointerToLinenumbers - 0x%08x\n", Section[Index].PointerToLinenumbers));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_VERBOSE, " NumberOfRelocations - 0x%08x\n", Section[Index].NumberOfRelocations));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_VERBOSE, " NumberOfLinenumbers - 0x%08x\n", Section[Index].NumberOfLinenumbers));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_VERBOSE, " Characteristics - 0x%08x\n", Section[Index].Characteristics));
-
- //
- // Step 2: record code section
- //
- ImageRecordCodeSection = AllocatePool (sizeof(*ImageRecordCodeSection));
- if (ImageRecordCodeSection == NULL) {
- return ;
- }
- ImageRecordCodeSection->Signature = IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION_SIGNATURE;
-
- ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase = (UINTN)ImageAddress + Section[Index].VirtualAddress;
- ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentSize = Section[Index].SizeOfRawData;
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_VERBOSE, "ImageCode: 0x%016lx - 0x%016lx\n", ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase, ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentSize));
-
- InsertTailList (&ImageRecord->CodeSegmentList, &ImageRecordCodeSection->Link);
- ImageRecord->CodeSegmentCount++;
- }
- }
-
- if (ImageRecord->CodeSegmentCount == 0) {
- SetPropertiesTableSectionAlignment (1);
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "!!!!!!!! InsertImageRecord - CodeSegmentCount is 0 !!!!!!!!\n"));
- PdbPointer = PeCoffLoaderGetPdbPointer ((VOID*) (UINTN) ImageAddress);
- if (PdbPointer != NULL) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "!!!!!!!! Image - %a !!!!!!!!\n", PdbPointer));
- }
- goto Finish;
- }
-
- //
- // Final
- //
- SortImageRecordCodeSection (ImageRecord);
- //
- // Check overlap all section in ImageBase/Size
- //
- if (!IsImageRecordCodeSectionValid (ImageRecord)) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "IsImageRecordCodeSectionValid - FAIL\n"));
- goto Finish;
- }
-
- InsertTailList (&mImagePropertiesPrivateData.ImageRecordList, &ImageRecord->Link);
- mImagePropertiesPrivateData.ImageRecordCount++;
-
- SortImageRecord ();
-
- if (mImagePropertiesPrivateData.CodeSegmentCountMax < ImageRecord->CodeSegmentCount) {
- mImagePropertiesPrivateData.CodeSegmentCountMax = ImageRecord->CodeSegmentCount;
- }
-
-Finish:
- return ;
-}
-
-/**
- Find image record according to image base and size.
-
- @param ImageBase Base of PE image
- @param ImageSize Size of PE image
-
- @return image record
-**/
-STATIC
-IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *
-FindImageRecord (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ImageBase,
- IN UINT64 ImageSize
- )
-{
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *ImageRecord;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordList;
-
- ImageRecordList = &mImagePropertiesPrivateData.ImageRecordList;
-
- for (ImageRecordLink = ImageRecordList->ForwardLink;
- ImageRecordLink != ImageRecordList;
- ImageRecordLink = ImageRecordLink->ForwardLink) {
- ImageRecord = CR (
- ImageRecordLink,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD,
- Link,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_SIGNATURE
- );
-
- if ((ImageBase == ImageRecord->ImageBase) &&
- (ImageSize == ImageRecord->ImageSize)) {
- return ImageRecord;
- }
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- Remove Image record.
-
- @param RuntimeImage Runtime image information
-**/
-VOID
-RemoveImageRecord (
- IN EFI_RUNTIME_IMAGE_ENTRY *RuntimeImage
- )
-{
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *ImageRecord;
- LIST_ENTRY *CodeSegmentListHead;
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION *ImageRecordCodeSection;
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_VERBOSE, "RemoveImageRecord - 0x%x\n", RuntimeImage));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_VERBOSE, "RemoveImageRecord - 0x%016lx - 0x%016lx\n", (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)RuntimeImage->ImageBase, RuntimeImage->ImageSize));
-
- ImageRecord = FindImageRecord ((EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)RuntimeImage->ImageBase, RuntimeImage->ImageSize);
- if (ImageRecord == NULL) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "!!!!!!!! ImageRecord not found !!!!!!!!\n"));
- return ;
- }
-
- CodeSegmentListHead = &ImageRecord->CodeSegmentList;
- while (!IsListEmpty (CodeSegmentListHead)) {
- ImageRecordCodeSection = CR (
- CodeSegmentListHead->ForwardLink,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION,
- Link,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION_SIGNATURE
- );
- RemoveEntryList (&ImageRecordCodeSection->Link);
- FreePool (ImageRecordCodeSection);
- }
-
- RemoveEntryList (&ImageRecord->Link);
- FreePool (ImageRecord);
- mImagePropertiesPrivateData.ImageRecordCount--;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Install PropertiesTable.
-
- @param[in] Event The Event this notify function registered to.
- @param[in] Context Pointer to the context data registered to the Event.
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-InstallPropertiesTable (
- EFI_EVENT Event,
- VOID *Context
- )
-{
- if (PcdGetBool (PcdPropertiesTableEnable)) {
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- Status = gBS->InstallConfigurationTable (&gEfiPropertiesTableGuid, &mPropertiesTable);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "MemoryProtectionAttribute - 0x%016lx\n", mPropertiesTable.MemoryProtectionAttribute));
- if ((mPropertiesTable.MemoryProtectionAttribute & EFI_PROPERTIES_RUNTIME_MEMORY_PROTECTION_NON_EXECUTABLE_PE_DATA) == 0) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "MemoryProtectionAttribute NON_EXECUTABLE_PE_DATA is not set, "));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "because Runtime Driver Section Alignment is not %dK.\n", RUNTIME_PAGE_ALLOCATION_GRANULARITY >> 10));
- return ;
- }
-
- gBS->GetMemoryMap = CoreGetMemoryMapWithSeparatedImageSection;
- gBS->Hdr.CRC32 = 0;
- gBS->CalculateCrc32 ((UINT8 *)gBS, gBS->Hdr.HeaderSize, &gBS->Hdr.CRC32);
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_VERBOSE, "Total Image Count - 0x%x\n", mImagePropertiesPrivateData.ImageRecordCount));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_VERBOSE, "Dump ImageRecord:\n"));
- DumpImageRecord ();
-
- mPropertiesTableEnable = TRUE;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Initialize PropertiesTable support.
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-CoreInitializePropertiesTable (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_EVENT EndOfDxeEvent;
-
- Status = gBS->CreateEventEx (
- EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,
- TPL_NOTIFY,
- InstallPropertiesTable,
- NULL,
- &gEfiEndOfDxeEventGroupGuid,
- &EndOfDxeEvent
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- return ;
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Misc/SetWatchdogTimer.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Misc/SetWatchdogTimer.c deleted file mode 100644 index f153815e86..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Misc/SetWatchdogTimer.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- UEFI Miscellaneous boot Services SetWatchdogTimer service implementation
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "DxeMain.h"
-
-#define WATCHDOG_TIMER_CALIBRATE_PER_SECOND 10000000
-
-/**
- Sets the system's watchdog timer.
-
- @param Timeout The number of seconds to set the watchdog timer to.
- A value of zero disables the timer.
- @param WatchdogCode The numeric code to log on a watchdog timer timeout
- event. The firmware reserves codes 0x0000 to 0xFFFF.
- Loaders and operating systems may use other timeout
- codes.
- @param DataSize The size, in bytes, of WatchdogData.
- @param WatchdogData A data buffer that includes a Null-terminated Unicode
- string, optionally followed by additional binary data.
- The string is a description that the call may use to
- further indicate the reason to be logged with a
- watchdog event.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Timeout has been set
- @return EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET WatchdogTimer is not available yet
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED System does not have a timer (currently not used)
- @return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Could not complete due to hardware error
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreSetWatchdogTimer (
- IN UINTN Timeout,
- IN UINT64 WatchdogCode,
- IN UINTN DataSize,
- IN CHAR16 *WatchdogData OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- //
- // Check our architectural protocol
- //
- if (gWatchdogTimer == NULL) {
- return EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET;
- }
-
- //
- // Attempt to set the timeout
- //
- Status = gWatchdogTimer->SetTimerPeriod (gWatchdogTimer, MultU64x32 (Timeout, WATCHDOG_TIMER_CALIBRATE_PER_SECOND));
-
- //
- // Check for errors
- //
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Misc/Stall.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Misc/Stall.c deleted file mode 100644 index 95a561546f..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/Misc/Stall.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,113 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- UEFI Miscellaneous boot Services Stall service implementation
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-//
-// Include statements
-//
-
-#include "DxeMain.h"
-
-/**
- Internal worker function to call the Metronome Architectural Protocol for
- the number of ticks specified by the UINT64 Counter value. WaitForTick()
- service of the Metronome Architectural Protocol uses a UINT32 for the number
- of ticks to wait, so this function loops when Counter is larger than 0xffffffff.
-
- @param Counter Number of ticks to wait.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreInternalWaitForTick (
- IN UINT64 Counter
- )
-{
- while (RShiftU64 (Counter, 32) > 0) {
- gMetronome->WaitForTick (gMetronome, 0xffffffff);
- Counter -= 0xffffffff;
- }
- gMetronome->WaitForTick (gMetronome, (UINT32)Counter);
-}
-
-/**
- Introduces a fine-grained stall.
-
- @param Microseconds The number of microseconds to stall execution.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Execution was stalled for at least the requested
- amount of microseconds.
- @retval EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET gMetronome is not available yet
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CoreStall (
- IN UINTN Microseconds
- )
-{
- UINT64 Counter;
- UINT32 Remainder;
- UINTN Index;
-
- if (gMetronome == NULL) {
- return EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET;
- }
-
- //
- // Counter = Microseconds * 10 / gMetronome->TickPeriod
- // 0x1999999999999999 = (2^64 - 1) / 10
- //
- if ((UINT64) Microseconds > 0x1999999999999999ULL) {
- //
- // Microseconds is too large to multiple by 10 first. Perform the divide
- // operation first and loop 10 times to avoid 64-bit math overflow.
- //
- Counter = DivU64x32Remainder (
- Microseconds,
- gMetronome->TickPeriod,
- &Remainder
- );
- for (Index = 0; Index < 10; Index++) {
- CoreInternalWaitForTick (Counter);
- }
-
- if (Remainder != 0) {
- //
- // If Remainder was not zero, then normally, Counter would be rounded
- // up by 1 tick. In this case, since a loop for 10 counts was used
- // to emulate the multiply by 10 operation, Counter needs to be rounded
- // up by 10 counts.
- //
- CoreInternalWaitForTick (10);
- }
- } else {
- //
- // Calculate the number of ticks by dividing the number of microseconds by
- // the TickPeriod. Calculation is based on 100ns unit.
- //
- Counter = DivU64x32Remainder (
- MultU64x32 (Microseconds, 10),
- gMetronome->TickPeriod,
- &Remainder
- );
- if (Remainder != 0) {
- //
- // If Remainder is not zero, then round Counter up by one tick.
- //
- Counter++;
- }
- CoreInternalWaitForTick (Counter);
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/SectionExtraction/CoreSectionExtraction.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/SectionExtraction/CoreSectionExtraction.c deleted file mode 100644 index 6622eeeaf1..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Dxe/SectionExtraction/CoreSectionExtraction.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1605 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Section Extraction Protocol implementation.
-
- Stream database is implemented as a linked list of section streams,
- where each stream contains a linked list of children, which may be leaves or
- encapsulations.
-
- Children that are encapsulations generate new stream entries
- when they are created. Streams can also be created by calls to
- SEP->OpenSectionStream().
-
- The database is only created far enough to return the requested data from
- any given stream, or to determine that the requested data is not found.
-
- If a GUIDed encapsulation is encountered, there are three possiblilites.
-
- 1) A support protocol is found, in which the stream is simply processed with
- the support protocol.
-
- 2) A support protocol is not found, but the data is available to be read
- without processing. In this case, the database is built up through the
- recursions to return the data, and a RPN event is set that will enable
- the stream in question to be refreshed if and when the required section
- extraction protocol is published.This insures the AuthenticationStatus
- does not become stale in the cache.
-
- 3) A support protocol is not found, and the data is not available to be read
- without it. This results in EFI_PROTOCOL_ERROR.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "DxeMain.h"
-
-//
-// Local defines and typedefs
-//
-#define CORE_SECTION_CHILD_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32('S','X','C','S')
-#define CHILD_SECTION_NODE_FROM_LINK(Node) \
- CR (Node, CORE_SECTION_CHILD_NODE, Link, CORE_SECTION_CHILD_SIGNATURE)
-
-typedef struct {
- UINT32 Signature;
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
- UINT32 Type;
- UINT32 Size;
- //
- // StreamBase + OffsetInStream == pointer to section header in stream. The
- // stream base is always known when walking the sections within.
- //
- UINT32 OffsetInStream;
- //
- // Then EncapsulatedStreamHandle below is always 0 if the section is NOT an
- // encapsulating section. Otherwise, it contains the stream handle
- // of the encapsulated stream. This handle is ALWAYS produced any time an
- // encapsulating child is encountered, irrespective of whether the
- // encapsulated stream is processed further.
- //
- UINTN EncapsulatedStreamHandle;
- EFI_GUID *EncapsulationGuid;
- //
- // If the section REQUIRES an extraction protocol, register for RPN
- // when the required GUIDed extraction protocol becomes available.
- //
- EFI_EVENT Event;
-} CORE_SECTION_CHILD_NODE;
-
-#define CORE_SECTION_STREAM_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32('S','X','S','S')
-#define STREAM_NODE_FROM_LINK(Node) \
- CR (Node, CORE_SECTION_STREAM_NODE, Link, CORE_SECTION_STREAM_SIGNATURE)
-
-typedef struct {
- UINT32 Signature;
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
- UINTN StreamHandle;
- UINT8 *StreamBuffer;
- UINTN StreamLength;
- LIST_ENTRY Children;
- //
- // Authentication status is from GUIDed encapsulations.
- //
- UINT32 AuthenticationStatus;
-} CORE_SECTION_STREAM_NODE;
-
-#define NULL_STREAM_HANDLE 0
-
-typedef struct {
- CORE_SECTION_CHILD_NODE *ChildNode;
- CORE_SECTION_STREAM_NODE *ParentStream;
- VOID *Registration;
-} RPN_EVENT_CONTEXT;
-
-
-/**
- The ExtractSection() function processes the input section and
- allocates a buffer from the pool in which it returns the section
- contents. If the section being extracted contains
- authentication information (the section's
- GuidedSectionHeader.Attributes field has the
- EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_AUTH_STATUS_VALID bit set), the values
- returned in AuthenticationStatus must reflect the results of
- the authentication operation. Depending on the algorithm and
- size of the encapsulated data, the time that is required to do
- a full authentication may be prohibitively long for some
- classes of systems. To indicate this, use
- EFI_SECURITY_POLICY_PROTOCOL_GUID, which may be published by
- the security policy driver (see the Platform Initialization
- Driver Execution Environment Core Interface Specification for
- more details and the GUID definition). If the
- EFI_SECURITY_POLICY_PROTOCOL_GUID exists in the handle
- database, then, if possible, full authentication should be
- skipped and the section contents simply returned in the
- OutputBuffer. In this case, the
- EFI_AUTH_STATUS_PLATFORM_OVERRIDE bit AuthenticationStatus
- must be set on return. ExtractSection() is callable only from
- TPL_NOTIFY and below. Behavior of ExtractSection() at any
- EFI_TPL above TPL_NOTIFY is undefined. Type EFI_TPL is
- defined in RaiseTPL() in the UEFI 2.0 specification.
-
-
- @param This Indicates the
- EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param InputSection Buffer containing the input GUIDed section
- to be processed. OutputBuffer OutputBuffer
- is allocated from boot services pool
- memory and contains the new section
- stream. The caller is responsible for
- freeing this buffer.
- @param OutputBuffer *OutputBuffer is allocated from boot services
- pool memory and contains the new section stream.
- The caller is responsible for freeing this buffer.
- @param OutputSize A pointer to a caller-allocated UINTN in
- which the size of OutputBuffer allocation
- is stored. If the function returns
- anything other than EFI_SUCCESS, the value
- of OutputSize is undefined.
-
- @param AuthenticationStatus A pointer to a caller-allocated
- UINT32 that indicates the
- authentication status of the
- output buffer. If the input
- section's
- GuidedSectionHeader.Attributes
- field has the
- EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_AUTH_STATUS_VAL
- bit as clear, AuthenticationStatus
- must return zero. Both local bits
- (19:16) and aggregate bits (3:0)
- in AuthenticationStatus are
- returned by ExtractSection().
- These bits reflect the status of
- the extraction operation. The bit
- pattern in both regions must be
- the same, as the local and
- aggregate authentication statuses
- have equivalent meaning at this
- level. If the function returns
- anything other than EFI_SUCCESS,
- the value of AuthenticationStatus
- is undefined.
-
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The InputSection was successfully
- processed and the section contents were
- returned.
-
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The system has insufficient
- resources to process the
- request.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The GUID in InputSection does
- not match this instance of the
- GUIDed Section Extraction
- Protocol.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CustomGuidedSectionExtract (
- IN CONST EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CONST VOID *InputSection,
- OUT VOID **OutputBuffer,
- OUT UINTN *OutputSize,
- OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationStatus
- );
-
-//
-// Module globals
-//
-LIST_ENTRY mStreamRoot = INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (mStreamRoot);
-
-EFI_HANDLE mSectionExtractionHandle = NULL;
-
-EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PROTOCOL mCustomGuidedSectionExtractionProtocol = {
- CustomGuidedSectionExtract
-};
-
-
-/**
- Entry point of the section extraction code. Initializes an instance of the
- section extraction interface and installs it on a new handle.
-
- @param ImageHandle A handle for the image that is initializing this driver
- @param SystemTable A pointer to the EFI system table
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Driver initialized successfully
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Could not allocate needed resources
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-InitializeSectionExtraction (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_GUID *ExtractHandlerGuidTable;
- UINTN ExtractHandlerNumber;
-
- //
- // Get custom extract guided section method guid list
- //
- ExtractHandlerNumber = ExtractGuidedSectionGetGuidList (&ExtractHandlerGuidTable);
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- //
- // Install custom guided extraction protocol
- //
- while (ExtractHandlerNumber-- > 0) {
- Status = CoreInstallProtocolInterface (
- &mSectionExtractionHandle,
- &ExtractHandlerGuidTable [ExtractHandlerNumber],
- EFI_NATIVE_INTERFACE,
- &mCustomGuidedSectionExtractionProtocol
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Check if a stream is valid.
-
- @param SectionStream The section stream to be checked
- @param SectionStreamLength The length of section stream
-
- @return A boolean value indicating the validness of the section stream.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsValidSectionStream (
- IN VOID *SectionStream,
- IN UINTN SectionStreamLength
- )
-{
- UINTN TotalLength;
- UINTN SectionLength;
- EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *SectionHeader;
- EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *NextSectionHeader;
-
- TotalLength = 0;
- SectionHeader = (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *)SectionStream;
-
- while (TotalLength < SectionStreamLength) {
- if (IS_SECTION2 (SectionHeader)) {
- SectionLength = SECTION2_SIZE (SectionHeader);
- } else {
- SectionLength = SECTION_SIZE (SectionHeader);
- }
- TotalLength += SectionLength;
-
- if (TotalLength == SectionStreamLength) {
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- //
- // Move to the next byte following the section...
- //
- SectionHeader = (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *) ((UINT8 *) SectionHeader + SectionLength);
-
- //
- // Figure out where the next section begins
- //
- NextSectionHeader = ALIGN_POINTER(SectionHeader, 4);
- TotalLength += (UINTN) NextSectionHeader - (UINTN) SectionHeader;
- SectionHeader = NextSectionHeader;
- }
-
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Worker function. Constructor for section streams.
-
- @param SectionStreamLength Size in bytes of the section stream.
- @param SectionStream Buffer containing the new section stream.
- @param AllocateBuffer Indicates whether the stream buffer is to be
- copied or the input buffer is to be used in
- place. AuthenticationStatus- Indicates the
- default authentication status for the new
- stream.
- @param AuthenticationStatus A pointer to a caller-allocated UINT32 that
- indicates the authentication status of the
- output buffer. If the input section's
- GuidedSectionHeader.Attributes field
- has the EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_AUTH_STATUS_VALID
- bit as clear, AuthenticationStatus must return
- zero. Both local bits (19:16) and aggregate
- bits (3:0) in AuthenticationStatus are returned
- by ExtractSection(). These bits reflect the
- status of the extraction operation. The bit
- pattern in both regions must be the same, as
- the local and aggregate authentication statuses
- have equivalent meaning at this level. If the
- function returns anything other than
- EFI_SUCCESS, the value of *AuthenticationStatus
- is undefined.
- @param SectionStreamHandle A pointer to a caller allocated section stream
- handle.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Stream was added to stream database.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES memory allocation failed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-OpenSectionStreamEx (
- IN UINTN SectionStreamLength,
- IN VOID *SectionStream,
- IN BOOLEAN AllocateBuffer,
- IN UINT32 AuthenticationStatus,
- OUT UINTN *SectionStreamHandle
- )
-{
- CORE_SECTION_STREAM_NODE *NewStream;
- EFI_TPL OldTpl;
-
- //
- // Allocate a new stream
- //
- NewStream = AllocatePool (sizeof (CORE_SECTION_STREAM_NODE));
- if (NewStream == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- if (AllocateBuffer) {
- //
- // if we're here, we're double buffering, allocate the buffer and copy the
- // data in
- //
- if (SectionStreamLength > 0) {
- NewStream->StreamBuffer = AllocatePool (SectionStreamLength);
- if (NewStream->StreamBuffer == NULL) {
- CoreFreePool (NewStream);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- //
- // Copy in stream data
- //
- CopyMem (NewStream->StreamBuffer, SectionStream, SectionStreamLength);
- } else {
- //
- // It's possible to have a zero length section stream.
- //
- NewStream->StreamBuffer = NULL;
- }
- } else {
- //
- // If were here, the caller has supplied the buffer (it's an internal call)
- // so just assign the buffer. This happens when we open section streams
- // as a result of expanding an encapsulating section.
- //
- NewStream->StreamBuffer = SectionStream;
- }
-
- //
- // Initialize the rest of the section stream
- //
- NewStream->Signature = CORE_SECTION_STREAM_SIGNATURE;
- NewStream->StreamHandle = (UINTN) NewStream;
- NewStream->StreamLength = SectionStreamLength;
- InitializeListHead (&NewStream->Children);
- NewStream->AuthenticationStatus = AuthenticationStatus;
-
- //
- // Add new stream to stream list
- //
- OldTpl = CoreRaiseTpl (TPL_NOTIFY);
- InsertTailList (&mStreamRoot, &NewStream->Link);
- CoreRestoreTpl (OldTpl);
-
- *SectionStreamHandle = NewStream->StreamHandle;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- SEP member function. This function creates and returns a new section stream
- handle to represent the new section stream.
-
- @param SectionStreamLength Size in bytes of the section stream.
- @param SectionStream Buffer containing the new section stream.
- @param SectionStreamHandle A pointer to a caller allocated UINTN that on
- output contains the new section stream handle.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The section stream is created successfully.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES memory allocation failed.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Section stream does not end concident with end
- of last section.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-OpenSectionStream (
- IN UINTN SectionStreamLength,
- IN VOID *SectionStream,
- OUT UINTN *SectionStreamHandle
- )
-{
- //
- // Check to see section stream looks good...
- //
- if (!IsValidSectionStream (SectionStream, SectionStreamLength)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- return OpenSectionStreamEx (
- SectionStreamLength,
- SectionStream,
- FALSE,
- 0,
- SectionStreamHandle
- );
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Worker function. Determine if the input stream:child matches the input type.
-
- @param Stream Indicates the section stream associated with the
- child
- @param Child Indicates the child to check
- @param SearchType Indicates the type of section to check against
- for
- @param SectionDefinitionGuid Indicates the GUID to check against if the type
- is EFI_SECTION_GUID_DEFINED
-
- @retval TRUE The child matches
- @retval FALSE The child doesn't match
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-ChildIsType (
- IN CORE_SECTION_STREAM_NODE *Stream,
- IN CORE_SECTION_CHILD_NODE *Child,
- IN EFI_SECTION_TYPE SearchType,
- IN EFI_GUID *SectionDefinitionGuid
- )
-{
- EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *GuidedSection;
-
- if (SearchType == EFI_SECTION_ALL) {
- return TRUE;
- }
- if (Child->Type != SearchType) {
- return FALSE;
- }
- if ((SearchType != EFI_SECTION_GUID_DEFINED) || (SectionDefinitionGuid == NULL)) {
- return TRUE;
- }
- GuidedSection = (EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION * )(Stream->StreamBuffer + Child->OffsetInStream);
- if (IS_SECTION2 (GuidedSection)) {
- return CompareGuid (&(((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION2 *) GuidedSection)->SectionDefinitionGuid), SectionDefinitionGuid);
- } else {
- return CompareGuid (&GuidedSection->SectionDefinitionGuid, SectionDefinitionGuid);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Verify the Guided Section GUID by checking if there is the Guided Section GUID configuration table recorded the GUID itself.
-
- @param GuidedSectionGuid The Guided Section GUID.
- @param GuidedSectionExtraction A pointer to the pointer to the supported Guided Section Extraction Protocol
- for the Guided Section.
-
- @return TRUE The GuidedSectionGuid could be identified, and the pointer to
- the Guided Section Extraction Protocol will be returned to *GuidedSectionExtraction.
- @return FALSE The GuidedSectionGuid could not be identified, or
- the Guided Section Extraction Protocol has not been installed yet.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-VerifyGuidedSectionGuid (
- IN EFI_GUID *GuidedSectionGuid,
- OUT EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PROTOCOL **GuidedSectionExtraction
- )
-{
- EFI_GUID *GuidRecorded;
- VOID *Interface;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- Interface = NULL;
-
- //
- // Check if there is the Guided Section GUID configuration table recorded the GUID itself.
- //
- Status = EfiGetSystemConfigurationTable (GuidedSectionGuid, (VOID **) &GuidRecorded);
- if (Status == EFI_SUCCESS) {
- if (CompareGuid (GuidRecorded, GuidedSectionGuid)) {
- //
- // Found the recorded GuidedSectionGuid.
- //
- Status = CoreLocateProtocol (GuidedSectionGuid, NULL, (VOID **) &Interface);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status) && Interface != NULL) {
- //
- // Found the supported Guided Section Extraction Porotocol for the Guided Section.
- //
- *GuidedSectionExtraction = (EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PROTOCOL *) Interface;
- return TRUE;
- }
- return FALSE;
- }
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/**
- RPN callback function. Initializes the section stream
- when GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PROTOCOL is installed.
-
- @param Event The event that fired
- @param RpnContext A pointer to the context that allows us to identify
- the relevent encapsulation.
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-NotifyGuidedExtraction (
- IN EFI_EVENT Event,
- IN VOID *RpnContext
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *GuidedHeader;
- EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PROTOCOL *GuidedExtraction;
- VOID *NewStreamBuffer;
- UINTN NewStreamBufferSize;
- UINT32 AuthenticationStatus;
- RPN_EVENT_CONTEXT *Context;
-
- Context = RpnContext;
-
- GuidedHeader = (EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) (Context->ParentStream->StreamBuffer + Context->ChildNode->OffsetInStream);
- ASSERT (GuidedHeader->CommonHeader.Type == EFI_SECTION_GUID_DEFINED);
-
- if (!VerifyGuidedSectionGuid (Context->ChildNode->EncapsulationGuid, &GuidedExtraction)) {
- return;
- }
-
- Status = GuidedExtraction->ExtractSection (
- GuidedExtraction,
- GuidedHeader,
- &NewStreamBuffer,
- &NewStreamBufferSize,
- &AuthenticationStatus
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Make sure we initialize the new stream with the correct
- // authentication status for both aggregate and local status fields.
- //
- if ((GuidedHeader->Attributes & EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_AUTH_STATUS_VALID) != 0) {
- //
- // OR in the parent stream's aggregate status.
- //
- AuthenticationStatus |= Context->ParentStream->AuthenticationStatus & EFI_AUTH_STATUS_ALL;
- } else {
- //
- // since there's no authentication data contributed by the section,
- // just inherit the full value from our immediate parent.
- //
- AuthenticationStatus = Context->ParentStream->AuthenticationStatus;
- }
-
- Status = OpenSectionStreamEx (
- NewStreamBufferSize,
- NewStreamBuffer,
- FALSE,
- AuthenticationStatus,
- &Context->ChildNode->EncapsulatedStreamHandle
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Close the event when done.
- //
- gBS->CloseEvent (Event);
- Context->ChildNode->Event = NULL;
- FreePool (Context);
-}
-
-/**
- Constructor for RPN event when a missing GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PROTOCOL appears...
-
- @param ParentStream Indicates the parent of the ecnapsulation section (child)
- @param ChildNode Indicates the child node that is the encapsulation section.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CreateGuidedExtractionRpnEvent (
- IN CORE_SECTION_STREAM_NODE *ParentStream,
- IN CORE_SECTION_CHILD_NODE *ChildNode
- )
-{
- RPN_EVENT_CONTEXT *Context;
-
- //
- // Allocate new event structure and context
- //
- Context = AllocatePool (sizeof (RPN_EVENT_CONTEXT));
- ASSERT (Context != NULL);
-
- Context->ChildNode = ChildNode;
- Context->ParentStream = ParentStream;
-
- Context->ChildNode->Event = EfiCreateProtocolNotifyEvent (
- Context->ChildNode->EncapsulationGuid,
- TPL_NOTIFY,
- NotifyGuidedExtraction,
- Context,
- &Context->Registration
- );
-}
-
-/**
- Worker function. Constructor for new child nodes.
-
- @param Stream Indicates the section stream in which to add the
- child.
- @param ChildOffset Indicates the offset in Stream that is the
- beginning of the child section.
- @param ChildNode Indicates the Callee allocated and initialized
- child.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Child node was found and returned.
- EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES- Memory allocation failed.
- @retval EFI_PROTOCOL_ERROR Encapsulation sections produce new stream
- handles when the child node is created. If the
- section type is GUID defined, and the extraction
- GUID does not exist, and producing the stream
- requires the GUID, then a protocol error is
- generated and no child is produced. Values
- returned by OpenSectionStreamEx.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CreateChildNode (
- IN CORE_SECTION_STREAM_NODE *Stream,
- IN UINT32 ChildOffset,
- OUT CORE_SECTION_CHILD_NODE **ChildNode
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *SectionHeader;
- EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION *CompressionHeader;
- EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *GuidedHeader;
- EFI_DECOMPRESS_PROTOCOL *Decompress;
- EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PROTOCOL *GuidedExtraction;
- VOID *NewStreamBuffer;
- VOID *ScratchBuffer;
- UINT32 ScratchSize;
- UINTN NewStreamBufferSize;
- UINT32 AuthenticationStatus;
- VOID *CompressionSource;
- UINT32 CompressionSourceSize;
- UINT32 UncompressedLength;
- UINT8 CompressionType;
- UINT16 GuidedSectionAttributes;
-
- CORE_SECTION_CHILD_NODE *Node;
-
- SectionHeader = (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *) (Stream->StreamBuffer + ChildOffset);
-
- //
- // Allocate a new node
- //
- *ChildNode = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (CORE_SECTION_CHILD_NODE));
- Node = *ChildNode;
- if (Node == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- //
- // Now initialize it
- //
- Node->Signature = CORE_SECTION_CHILD_SIGNATURE;
- Node->Type = SectionHeader->Type;
- if (IS_SECTION2 (SectionHeader)) {
- Node->Size = SECTION2_SIZE (SectionHeader);
- } else {
- Node->Size = SECTION_SIZE (SectionHeader);
- }
- Node->OffsetInStream = ChildOffset;
- Node->EncapsulatedStreamHandle = NULL_STREAM_HANDLE;
- Node->EncapsulationGuid = NULL;
-
- //
- // If it's an encapsulating section, then create the new section stream also
- //
- switch (Node->Type) {
- case EFI_SECTION_COMPRESSION:
- //
- // Get the CompressionSectionHeader
- //
- if (Node->Size < sizeof (EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION)) {
- CoreFreePool (Node);
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- CompressionHeader = (EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION *) SectionHeader;
-
- if (IS_SECTION2 (CompressionHeader)) {
- CompressionSource = (VOID *) ((UINT8 *) CompressionHeader + sizeof (EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION2));
- CompressionSourceSize = (UINT32) (SECTION2_SIZE (CompressionHeader) - sizeof (EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION2));
- UncompressedLength = ((EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION2 *) CompressionHeader)->UncompressedLength;
- CompressionType = ((EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION2 *) CompressionHeader)->CompressionType;
- } else {
- CompressionSource = (VOID *) ((UINT8 *) CompressionHeader + sizeof (EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION));
- CompressionSourceSize = (UINT32) (SECTION_SIZE (CompressionHeader) - sizeof (EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION));
- UncompressedLength = CompressionHeader->UncompressedLength;
- CompressionType = CompressionHeader->CompressionType;
- }
-
- //
- // Allocate space for the new stream
- //
- if (UncompressedLength > 0) {
- NewStreamBufferSize = UncompressedLength;
- NewStreamBuffer = AllocatePool (NewStreamBufferSize);
- if (NewStreamBuffer == NULL) {
- CoreFreePool (Node);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- if (CompressionType == EFI_NOT_COMPRESSED) {
- //
- // stream is not actually compressed, just encapsulated. So just copy it.
- //
- CopyMem (NewStreamBuffer, CompressionSource, NewStreamBufferSize);
- } else if (CompressionType == EFI_STANDARD_COMPRESSION) {
- //
- // Only support the EFI_SATNDARD_COMPRESSION algorithm.
- //
-
- //
- // Decompress the stream
- //
- Status = CoreLocateProtocol (&gEfiDecompressProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **)&Decompress);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- ASSERT (Decompress != NULL);
-
- Status = Decompress->GetInfo (
- Decompress,
- CompressionSource,
- CompressionSourceSize,
- (UINT32 *)&NewStreamBufferSize,
- &ScratchSize
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status) || (NewStreamBufferSize != UncompressedLength)) {
- CoreFreePool (Node);
- CoreFreePool (NewStreamBuffer);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE;
- }
- return Status;
- }
-
- ScratchBuffer = AllocatePool (ScratchSize);
- if (ScratchBuffer == NULL) {
- CoreFreePool (Node);
- CoreFreePool (NewStreamBuffer);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- Status = Decompress->Decompress (
- Decompress,
- CompressionSource,
- CompressionSourceSize,
- NewStreamBuffer,
- (UINT32)NewStreamBufferSize,
- ScratchBuffer,
- ScratchSize
- );
- CoreFreePool (ScratchBuffer);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- CoreFreePool (Node);
- CoreFreePool (NewStreamBuffer);
- return Status;
- }
- }
- } else {
- NewStreamBuffer = NULL;
- NewStreamBufferSize = 0;
- }
-
- Status = OpenSectionStreamEx (
- NewStreamBufferSize,
- NewStreamBuffer,
- FALSE,
- Stream->AuthenticationStatus,
- &Node->EncapsulatedStreamHandle
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- CoreFreePool (Node);
- CoreFreePool (NewStreamBuffer);
- return Status;
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_SECTION_GUID_DEFINED:
- GuidedHeader = (EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) SectionHeader;
- if (IS_SECTION2 (GuidedHeader)) {
- Node->EncapsulationGuid = &(((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION2 *) GuidedHeader)->SectionDefinitionGuid);
- GuidedSectionAttributes = ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION2 *) GuidedHeader)->Attributes;
- } else {
- Node->EncapsulationGuid = &GuidedHeader->SectionDefinitionGuid;
- GuidedSectionAttributes = GuidedHeader->Attributes;
- }
- if (VerifyGuidedSectionGuid (Node->EncapsulationGuid, &GuidedExtraction)) {
- //
- // NewStreamBuffer is always allocated by ExtractSection... No caller
- // allocation here.
- //
- Status = GuidedExtraction->ExtractSection (
- GuidedExtraction,
- GuidedHeader,
- &NewStreamBuffer,
- &NewStreamBufferSize,
- &AuthenticationStatus
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- CoreFreePool (*ChildNode);
- return EFI_PROTOCOL_ERROR;
- }
-
- //
- // Make sure we initialize the new stream with the correct
- // authentication status for both aggregate and local status fields.
- //
- if ((GuidedSectionAttributes & EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_AUTH_STATUS_VALID) != 0) {
- //
- // OR in the parent stream's aggregate status.
- //
- AuthenticationStatus |= Stream->AuthenticationStatus & EFI_AUTH_STATUS_ALL;
- } else {
- //
- // since there's no authentication data contributed by the section,
- // just inherit the full value from our immediate parent.
- //
- AuthenticationStatus = Stream->AuthenticationStatus;
- }
-
- Status = OpenSectionStreamEx (
- NewStreamBufferSize,
- NewStreamBuffer,
- FALSE,
- AuthenticationStatus,
- &Node->EncapsulatedStreamHandle
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- CoreFreePool (*ChildNode);
- CoreFreePool (NewStreamBuffer);
- return Status;
- }
- } else {
- //
- // There's no GUIDed section extraction protocol available.
- //
- if ((GuidedSectionAttributes & EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_PROCESSING_REQUIRED) != 0) {
- //
- // If the section REQUIRES an extraction protocol, register for RPN
- // when the required GUIDed extraction protocol becomes available.
- //
- CreateGuidedExtractionRpnEvent (Stream, Node);
- } else {
- //
- // Figure out the proper authentication status
- //
- AuthenticationStatus = Stream->AuthenticationStatus;
-
- if ((GuidedSectionAttributes & EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_AUTH_STATUS_VALID) == EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_AUTH_STATUS_VALID) {
- AuthenticationStatus |= EFI_AUTH_STATUS_IMAGE_SIGNED | EFI_AUTH_STATUS_NOT_TESTED;
- }
-
- if (IS_SECTION2 (GuidedHeader)) {
- Status = OpenSectionStreamEx (
- SECTION2_SIZE (GuidedHeader) - ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION2 *) GuidedHeader)->DataOffset,
- (UINT8 *) GuidedHeader + ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION2 *) GuidedHeader)->DataOffset,
- TRUE,
- AuthenticationStatus,
- &Node->EncapsulatedStreamHandle
- );
- } else {
- Status = OpenSectionStreamEx (
- SECTION_SIZE (GuidedHeader) - ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) GuidedHeader)->DataOffset,
- (UINT8 *) GuidedHeader + ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) GuidedHeader)->DataOffset,
- TRUE,
- AuthenticationStatus,
- &Node->EncapsulatedStreamHandle
- );
- }
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- CoreFreePool (Node);
- return Status;
- }
- }
- }
-
- break;
-
- default:
-
- //
- // Nothing to do if it's a leaf
- //
- break;
- }
-
- //
- // Last, add the new child node to the stream
- //
- InsertTailList (&Stream->Children, &Node->Link);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Worker function Recursively searches / builds section stream database
- looking for requested section.
-
- @param SourceStream Indicates the section stream in which to do the
- search.
- @param SearchType Indicates the type of section to search for.
- @param SectionInstance Indicates which instance of section to find.
- This is an in/out parameter to deal with
- recursions.
- @param SectionDefinitionGuid Guid of section definition
- @param FoundChild Output indicating the child node that is found.
- @param FoundStream Output indicating which section stream the child
- was found in. If this stream was generated as a
- result of an encapsulation section, the
- streamhandle is visible within the SEP driver
- only.
- @param AuthenticationStatus Indicates the authentication status of the found section.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Child node was found and returned.
- EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES- Memory allocation failed.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Requested child node does not exist.
- @retval EFI_PROTOCOL_ERROR a required GUIDED section extraction protocol
- does not exist
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FindChildNode (
- IN CORE_SECTION_STREAM_NODE *SourceStream,
- IN EFI_SECTION_TYPE SearchType,
- IN OUT UINTN *SectionInstance,
- IN EFI_GUID *SectionDefinitionGuid,
- OUT CORE_SECTION_CHILD_NODE **FoundChild,
- OUT CORE_SECTION_STREAM_NODE **FoundStream,
- OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationStatus
- )
-{
- CORE_SECTION_CHILD_NODE *CurrentChildNode;
- CORE_SECTION_CHILD_NODE *RecursedChildNode;
- CORE_SECTION_STREAM_NODE *RecursedFoundStream;
- UINT32 NextChildOffset;
- EFI_STATUS ErrorStatus;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- CurrentChildNode = NULL;
- ErrorStatus = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-
- if (SourceStream->StreamLength == 0) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- if (IsListEmpty (&SourceStream->Children) &&
- SourceStream->StreamLength >= sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER)) {
- //
- // This occurs when a section stream exists, but no child sections
- // have been parsed out yet. Therefore, extract the first child and add it
- // to the list of children so we can get started.
- // Section stream may contain an array of zero or more bytes.
- // So, its size should be >= the size of commen section header.
- //
- Status = CreateChildNode (SourceStream, 0, &CurrentChildNode);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // At least one child has been parsed out of the section stream. So, walk
- // through the sections that have already been parsed out looking for the
- // requested section, if necessary, continue parsing section stream and
- // adding children until either the requested section is found, or we run
- // out of data
- //
- CurrentChildNode = CHILD_SECTION_NODE_FROM_LINK (GetFirstNode(&SourceStream->Children));
-
- for (;;) {
- ASSERT (CurrentChildNode != NULL);
- if (ChildIsType (SourceStream, CurrentChildNode, SearchType, SectionDefinitionGuid)) {
- //
- // The type matches, so check the instance count to see if it's the one we want
- //
- (*SectionInstance)--;
- if (*SectionInstance == 0) {
- //
- // Got it!
- //
- *FoundChild = CurrentChildNode;
- *FoundStream = SourceStream;
- *AuthenticationStatus = SourceStream->AuthenticationStatus;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
-
- if (CurrentChildNode->EncapsulatedStreamHandle != NULL_STREAM_HANDLE) {
- //
- // If the current node is an encapsulating node, recurse into it...
- //
- Status = FindChildNode (
- (CORE_SECTION_STREAM_NODE *)CurrentChildNode->EncapsulatedStreamHandle,
- SearchType,
- SectionInstance,
- SectionDefinitionGuid,
- &RecursedChildNode,
- &RecursedFoundStream,
- AuthenticationStatus
- );
- //
- // If the status is not EFI_SUCCESS, just save the error code and continue
- // to find the request child node in the rest stream.
- //
- if (*SectionInstance == 0) {
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- *FoundChild = RecursedChildNode;
- *FoundStream = RecursedFoundStream;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- } else {
- ErrorStatus = Status;
- }
- } else if ((CurrentChildNode->Type == EFI_SECTION_GUID_DEFINED) && (SearchType != EFI_SECTION_GUID_DEFINED)) {
- //
- // When Node Type is GUIDED section, but Node has no encapsulated data, Node data should not be parsed
- // because a required GUIDED section extraction protocol does not exist.
- // If SearchType is not GUIDED section, EFI_PROTOCOL_ERROR should return.
- //
- ErrorStatus = EFI_PROTOCOL_ERROR;
- }
-
- if (!IsNodeAtEnd (&SourceStream->Children, &CurrentChildNode->Link)) {
- //
- // We haven't found the child node we're interested in yet, but there's
- // still more nodes that have already been parsed so get the next one
- // and continue searching..
- //
- CurrentChildNode = CHILD_SECTION_NODE_FROM_LINK (GetNextNode (&SourceStream->Children, &CurrentChildNode->Link));
- } else {
- //
- // We've exhausted children that have already been parsed, so see if
- // there's any more data and continue parsing out more children if there
- // is.
- //
- NextChildOffset = CurrentChildNode->OffsetInStream + CurrentChildNode->Size;
- //
- // Round up to 4 byte boundary
- //
- NextChildOffset += 3;
- NextChildOffset &= ~(UINTN) 3;
- if (NextChildOffset <= SourceStream->StreamLength - sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER)) {
- //
- // There's an unparsed child remaining in the stream, so create a new child node
- //
- Status = CreateChildNode (SourceStream, NextChildOffset, &CurrentChildNode);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- } else {
- ASSERT (EFI_ERROR (ErrorStatus));
- return ErrorStatus;
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- Worker function. Search stream database for requested stream handle.
-
- @param SearchHandle Indicates which stream to look for.
- @param FoundStream Output pointer to the found stream.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS StreamHandle was found and *FoundStream contains
- the stream node.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND SearchHandle was not found in the stream
- database.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FindStreamNode (
- IN UINTN SearchHandle,
- OUT CORE_SECTION_STREAM_NODE **FoundStream
- )
-{
- CORE_SECTION_STREAM_NODE *StreamNode;
-
- if (!IsListEmpty (&mStreamRoot)) {
- StreamNode = STREAM_NODE_FROM_LINK (GetFirstNode (&mStreamRoot));
- for (;;) {
- if (StreamNode->StreamHandle == SearchHandle) {
- *FoundStream = StreamNode;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- } else if (IsNodeAtEnd (&mStreamRoot, &StreamNode->Link)) {
- break;
- } else {
- StreamNode = STREAM_NODE_FROM_LINK (GetNextNode (&mStreamRoot, &StreamNode->Link));
- }
- }
- }
-
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-}
-
-
-/**
- SEP member function. Retrieves requested section from section stream.
-
- @param SectionStreamHandle The section stream from which to extract the
- requested section.
- @param SectionType A pointer to the type of section to search for.
- @param SectionDefinitionGuid If the section type is EFI_SECTION_GUID_DEFINED,
- then SectionDefinitionGuid indicates which of
- these types of sections to search for.
- @param SectionInstance Indicates which instance of the requested
- section to return.
- @param Buffer Double indirection to buffer. If *Buffer is
- non-null on input, then the buffer is caller
- allocated. If Buffer is NULL, then the buffer
- is callee allocated. In either case, the
- required buffer size is returned in *BufferSize.
- @param BufferSize On input, indicates the size of *Buffer if
- *Buffer is non-null on input. On output,
- indicates the required size (allocated size if
- callee allocated) of *Buffer.
- @param AuthenticationStatus A pointer to a caller-allocated UINT32 that
- indicates the authentication status of the
- output buffer. If the input section's
- GuidedSectionHeader.Attributes field
- has the EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_AUTH_STATUS_VALID
- bit as clear, AuthenticationStatus must return
- zero. Both local bits (19:16) and aggregate
- bits (3:0) in AuthenticationStatus are returned
- by ExtractSection(). These bits reflect the
- status of the extraction operation. The bit
- pattern in both regions must be the same, as
- the local and aggregate authentication statuses
- have equivalent meaning at this level. If the
- function returns anything other than
- EFI_SUCCESS, the value of *AuthenticationStatus
- is undefined.
- @param IsFfs3Fv Indicates the FV format.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Section was retrieved successfully
- @retval EFI_PROTOCOL_ERROR A GUID defined section was encountered in the
- section stream with its
- EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_PROCESSING_REQUIRED bit set,
- but there was no corresponding GUIDed Section
- Extraction Protocol in the handle database.
- *Buffer is unmodified.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND An error was encountered when parsing the
- SectionStream. This indicates the SectionStream
- is not correctly formatted.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The requested section does not exist.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The system has insufficient resources to process
- the request.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The SectionStreamHandle does not exist.
- @retval EFI_WARN_TOO_SMALL The size of the caller allocated input buffer is
- insufficient to contain the requested section.
- The input buffer is filled and section contents
- are truncated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-GetSection (
- IN UINTN SectionStreamHandle,
- IN EFI_SECTION_TYPE *SectionType,
- IN EFI_GUID *SectionDefinitionGuid,
- IN UINTN SectionInstance,
- IN VOID **Buffer,
- IN OUT UINTN *BufferSize,
- OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationStatus,
- IN BOOLEAN IsFfs3Fv
- )
-{
- CORE_SECTION_STREAM_NODE *StreamNode;
- EFI_TPL OldTpl;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- CORE_SECTION_CHILD_NODE *ChildNode;
- CORE_SECTION_STREAM_NODE *ChildStreamNode;
- UINTN CopySize;
- UINT32 ExtractedAuthenticationStatus;
- UINTN Instance;
- UINT8 *CopyBuffer;
- UINTN SectionSize;
- EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *Section;
-
-
- ChildStreamNode = NULL;
- OldTpl = CoreRaiseTpl (TPL_NOTIFY);
- Instance = SectionInstance + 1;
-
- //
- // Locate target stream
- //
- Status = FindStreamNode (SectionStreamHandle, &StreamNode);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto GetSection_Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Found the stream, now locate and return the appropriate section
- //
- if (SectionType == NULL) {
- //
- // SectionType == NULL means return the WHOLE section stream...
- //
- CopySize = StreamNode->StreamLength;
- CopyBuffer = StreamNode->StreamBuffer;
- *AuthenticationStatus = StreamNode->AuthenticationStatus;
- } else {
- //
- // There's a requested section type, so go find it and return it...
- //
- Status = FindChildNode (
- StreamNode,
- *SectionType,
- &Instance,
- SectionDefinitionGuid,
- &ChildNode,
- &ChildStreamNode,
- &ExtractedAuthenticationStatus
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto GetSection_Done;
- }
-
- Section = (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *) (ChildStreamNode->StreamBuffer + ChildNode->OffsetInStream);
-
- if (IS_SECTION2 (Section)) {
- ASSERT (SECTION2_SIZE (Section) > 0x00FFFFFF);
- if (!IsFfs3Fv) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "It is a FFS3 formatted section in a non-FFS3 formatted FV.\n"));
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto GetSection_Done;
- }
- CopySize = SECTION2_SIZE (Section) - sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER2);
- CopyBuffer = (UINT8 *) Section + sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER2);
- } else {
- CopySize = SECTION_SIZE (Section) - sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER);
- CopyBuffer = (UINT8 *) Section + sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER);
- }
- *AuthenticationStatus = ExtractedAuthenticationStatus;
- }
-
- SectionSize = CopySize;
- if (*Buffer != NULL) {
- //
- // Caller allocated buffer. Fill to size and return required size...
- //
- if (*BufferSize < CopySize) {
- Status = EFI_WARN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
- CopySize = *BufferSize;
- }
- } else {
- //
- // Callee allocated buffer. Allocate buffer and return size.
- //
- *Buffer = AllocatePool (CopySize);
- if (*Buffer == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto GetSection_Done;
- }
- }
- CopyMem (*Buffer, CopyBuffer, CopySize);
- *BufferSize = SectionSize;
-
-GetSection_Done:
- CoreRestoreTpl (OldTpl);
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Worker function. Destructor for child nodes.
-
- @param ChildNode Indicates the node to destroy
-
-**/
-VOID
-FreeChildNode (
- IN CORE_SECTION_CHILD_NODE *ChildNode
- )
-{
- ASSERT (ChildNode->Signature == CORE_SECTION_CHILD_SIGNATURE);
- //
- // Remove the child from it's list
- //
- RemoveEntryList (&ChildNode->Link);
-
- if (ChildNode->EncapsulatedStreamHandle != NULL_STREAM_HANDLE) {
- //
- // If it's an encapsulating section, we close the resulting section stream.
- // CloseSectionStream will free all memory associated with the stream.
- //
- CloseSectionStream (ChildNode->EncapsulatedStreamHandle, TRUE);
- }
-
- if (ChildNode->Event != NULL) {
- gBS->CloseEvent (ChildNode->Event);
- }
-
- //
- // Last, free the child node itself
- //
- CoreFreePool (ChildNode);
-}
-
-
-/**
- SEP member function. Deletes an existing section stream
-
- @param StreamHandleToClose Indicates the stream to close
- @param FreeStreamBuffer TRUE - Need to free stream buffer;
- FALSE - No need to free stream buffer.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The section stream is closed sucessfully.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Memory allocation failed.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Section stream does not end concident with end
- of last section.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CloseSectionStream (
- IN UINTN StreamHandleToClose,
- IN BOOLEAN FreeStreamBuffer
- )
-{
- CORE_SECTION_STREAM_NODE *StreamNode;
- EFI_TPL OldTpl;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- CORE_SECTION_CHILD_NODE *ChildNode;
-
- OldTpl = CoreRaiseTpl (TPL_NOTIFY);
-
- //
- // Locate target stream
- //
- Status = FindStreamNode (StreamHandleToClose, &StreamNode);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Found the stream, so close it
- //
- RemoveEntryList (&StreamNode->Link);
- while (!IsListEmpty (&StreamNode->Children)) {
- Link = GetFirstNode (&StreamNode->Children);
- ChildNode = CHILD_SECTION_NODE_FROM_LINK (Link);
- FreeChildNode (ChildNode);
- }
- if (FreeStreamBuffer) {
- CoreFreePool (StreamNode->StreamBuffer);
- }
- CoreFreePool (StreamNode);
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- } else {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- CoreRestoreTpl (OldTpl);
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-/**
- The ExtractSection() function processes the input section and
- allocates a buffer from the pool in which it returns the section
- contents. If the section being extracted contains
- authentication information (the section's
- GuidedSectionHeader.Attributes field has the
- EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_AUTH_STATUS_VALID bit set), the values
- returned in AuthenticationStatus must reflect the results of
- the authentication operation. Depending on the algorithm and
- size of the encapsulated data, the time that is required to do
- a full authentication may be prohibitively long for some
- classes of systems. To indicate this, use
- EFI_SECURITY_POLICY_PROTOCOL_GUID, which may be published by
- the security policy driver (see the Platform Initialization
- Driver Execution Environment Core Interface Specification for
- more details and the GUID definition). If the
- EFI_SECURITY_POLICY_PROTOCOL_GUID exists in the handle
- database, then, if possible, full authentication should be
- skipped and the section contents simply returned in the
- OutputBuffer. In this case, the
- EFI_AUTH_STATUS_PLATFORM_OVERRIDE bit AuthenticationStatus
- must be set on return. ExtractSection() is callable only from
- TPL_NOTIFY and below. Behavior of ExtractSection() at any
- EFI_TPL above TPL_NOTIFY is undefined. Type EFI_TPL is
- defined in RaiseTPL() in the UEFI 2.0 specification.
-
-
- @param This Indicates the
- EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param InputSection Buffer containing the input GUIDed section
- to be processed. OutputBuffer OutputBuffer
- is allocated from boot services pool
- memory and contains the new section
- stream. The caller is responsible for
- freeing this buffer.
- @param OutputBuffer *OutputBuffer is allocated from boot services
- pool memory and contains the new section stream.
- The caller is responsible for freeing this buffer.
- @param OutputSize A pointer to a caller-allocated UINTN in
- which the size of OutputBuffer allocation
- is stored. If the function returns
- anything other than EFI_SUCCESS, the value
- of OutputSize is undefined.
-
- @param AuthenticationStatus A pointer to a caller-allocated
- UINT32 that indicates the
- authentication status of the
- output buffer. If the input
- section's
- GuidedSectionHeader.Attributes
- field has the
- EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_AUTH_STATUS_VAL
- bit as clear, AuthenticationStatus
- must return zero. Both local bits
- (19:16) and aggregate bits (3:0)
- in AuthenticationStatus are
- returned by ExtractSection().
- These bits reflect the status of
- the extraction operation. The bit
- pattern in both regions must be
- the same, as the local and
- aggregate authentication statuses
- have equivalent meaning at this
- level. If the function returns
- anything other than EFI_SUCCESS,
- the value of AuthenticationStatus
- is undefined.
-
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The InputSection was successfully
- processed and the section contents were
- returned.
-
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The system has insufficient
- resources to process the
- request.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The GUID in InputSection does
- not match this instance of the
- GUIDed Section Extraction
- Protocol.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CustomGuidedSectionExtract (
- IN CONST EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CONST VOID *InputSection,
- OUT VOID **OutputBuffer,
- OUT UINTN *OutputSize,
- OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationStatus
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- VOID *ScratchBuffer;
- VOID *AllocatedOutputBuffer;
- UINT32 OutputBufferSize;
- UINT32 ScratchBufferSize;
- UINT16 SectionAttribute;
-
- //
- // Init local variable
- //
- ScratchBuffer = NULL;
- AllocatedOutputBuffer = NULL;
-
- //
- // Call GetInfo to get the size and attribute of input guided section data.
- //
- Status = ExtractGuidedSectionGetInfo (
- InputSection,
- &OutputBufferSize,
- &ScratchBufferSize,
- &SectionAttribute
- );
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "GetInfo from guided section Failed - %r\n", Status));
- return Status;
- }
-
- if (ScratchBufferSize > 0) {
- //
- // Allocate scratch buffer
- //
- ScratchBuffer = AllocatePool (ScratchBufferSize);
- if (ScratchBuffer == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- }
-
- if (OutputBufferSize > 0) {
- //
- // Allocate output buffer
- //
- AllocatedOutputBuffer = AllocatePool (OutputBufferSize);
- if (AllocatedOutputBuffer == NULL) {
- FreePool (ScratchBuffer);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- *OutputBuffer = AllocatedOutputBuffer;
- }
-
- //
- // Call decode function to extract raw data from the guided section.
- //
- Status = ExtractGuidedSectionDecode (
- InputSection,
- OutputBuffer,
- ScratchBuffer,
- AuthenticationStatus
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Decode failed
- //
- if (AllocatedOutputBuffer != NULL) {
- CoreFreePool (AllocatedOutputBuffer);
- }
- if (ScratchBuffer != NULL) {
- CoreFreePool (ScratchBuffer);
- }
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "Extract guided section Failed - %r\n", Status));
- return Status;
- }
-
- if (*OutputBuffer != AllocatedOutputBuffer) {
- //
- // OutputBuffer was returned as a different value,
- // so copy section contents to the allocated memory buffer.
- //
- CopyMem (AllocatedOutputBuffer, *OutputBuffer, OutputBufferSize);
- *OutputBuffer = AllocatedOutputBuffer;
- }
-
- //
- // Set real size of output buffer.
- //
- *OutputSize = (UINTN) OutputBufferSize;
-
- //
- // Free unused scratch buffer.
- //
- if (ScratchBuffer != NULL) {
- CoreFreePool (ScratchBuffer);
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/Arm/DxeLoadFunc.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/Arm/DxeLoadFunc.c deleted file mode 100644 index 3acc4544b4..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/Arm/DxeLoadFunc.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- ARM specifc functionality for DxeLoad.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-Portions copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "DxeIpl.h"
-
-#include <Library/ArmMmuLib.h>
-
-/**
- Transfers control to DxeCore.
-
- This function performs a CPU architecture specific operations to execute
- the entry point of DxeCore with the parameters of HobList.
- It also installs EFI_END_OF_PEI_PPI to signal the end of PEI phase.
-
- @param DxeCoreEntryPoint The entry point of DxeCore.
- @param HobList The start of HobList passed to DxeCore.
-
-**/
-VOID
-HandOffToDxeCore (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS DxeCoreEntryPoint,
- IN EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS HobList
- )
-{
- VOID *BaseOfStack;
- VOID *TopOfStack;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- //
- // Allocate 128KB for the Stack
- //
- BaseOfStack = AllocatePages (EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (STACK_SIZE));
- ASSERT (BaseOfStack != NULL);
-
- if (PcdGetBool (PcdSetNxForStack)) {
- Status = ArmSetMemoryRegionNoExec ((UINTN)BaseOfStack, STACK_SIZE);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
-
- //
- // Compute the top of the stack we were allocated. Pre-allocate a UINTN
- // for safety.
- //
- TopOfStack = (VOID *) ((UINTN) BaseOfStack + EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (STACK_SIZE) * EFI_PAGE_SIZE - CPU_STACK_ALIGNMENT);
- TopOfStack = ALIGN_POINTER (TopOfStack, CPU_STACK_ALIGNMENT);
-
- //
- // End of PEI phase singal
- //
- Status = PeiServicesInstallPpi (&gEndOfPeiSignalPpi);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Update the contents of BSP stack HOB to reflect the real stack info passed to DxeCore.
- //
- UpdateStackHob ((EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN) BaseOfStack, STACK_SIZE);
-
- SwitchStack (
- (SWITCH_STACK_ENTRY_POINT)(UINTN)DxeCoreEntryPoint,
- HobList.Raw,
- NULL,
- TopOfStack
- );
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/DxeIpl.h b/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/DxeIpl.h deleted file mode 100644 index 72d2532f50..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/DxeIpl.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,243 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Master header file for DxeIpl PEIM. All source files in this module should
- include this file for common definitions.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef __PEI_DXEIPL_H__
-#define __PEI_DXEIPL_H__
-
-#include <PiPei.h>
-#include <Ppi/DxeIpl.h>
-#include <Ppi/EndOfPeiPhase.h>
-#include <Ppi/MemoryDiscovered.h>
-#include <Ppi/ReadOnlyVariable2.h>
-#include <Ppi/Decompress.h>
-#include <Ppi/FirmwareVolumeInfo.h>
-#include <Ppi/GuidedSectionExtraction.h>
-#include <Ppi/LoadFile.h>
-#include <Ppi/S3Resume2.h>
-#include <Ppi/RecoveryModule.h>
-#include <Ppi/VectorHandoffInfo.h>
-
-#include <Guid/MemoryTypeInformation.h>
-#include <Guid/MemoryAllocationHob.h>
-#include <Guid/FirmwareFileSystem2.h>
-
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Library/PeimEntryPoint.h>
-#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
-#include <Library/HobLib.h>
-#include <Library/PeiServicesLib.h>
-#include <Library/ReportStatusCodeLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiDecompressLib.h>
-#include <Library/ExtractGuidedSectionLib.h>
-#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
-#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>
-#include <Library/PcdLib.h>
-#include <Library/S3Lib.h>
-#include <Library/RecoveryLib.h>
-#include <Library/DebugAgentLib.h>
-#include <Library/PeiServicesTablePointerLib.h>
-
-#define STACK_SIZE 0x20000
-#define BSP_STORE_SIZE 0x4000
-
-
-//
-// This PPI is installed to indicate the end of the PEI usage of memory
-//
-extern CONST EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR gEndOfPeiSignalPpi;
-
-/**
- This function installs the PPIs that require permanent memory.
-
- @param PeiServices Indirect reference to the PEI Services Table.
- @param NotifyDescriptor Address of the notification descriptor data structure.
- @param Ppi Address of the PPI that was installed.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS The PPIs were installed successfully.
- @return Others Some error occurs during the execution of this function.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-InstallIplPermanentMemoryPpis (
- IN EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN EFI_PEI_NOTIFY_DESCRIPTOR *NotifyDescriptor,
- IN VOID *Ppi
- );
-
-/**
- Searches DxeCore in all firmware Volumes and loads the first
- instance that contains DxeCore.
-
- @return FileHandle of DxeCore to load DxeCore.
-
-**/
-EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE
-DxeIplFindDxeCore (
- VOID
- );
-
-
-/**
- Main entry point to last PEIM
-
- @param This Entry point for DXE IPL PPI
- @param PeiServices General purpose services available to every PEIM.
- @param HobList Address to the Pei HOB list
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS DXE core was successfully loaded.
- @return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough resources to load DXE core.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-DxeLoadCore (
- IN CONST EFI_DXE_IPL_PPI *This,
- IN EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS HobList
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Transfers control to DxeCore.
-
- This function performs a CPU architecture specific operations to execute
- the entry point of DxeCore with the parameters of HobList.
- It also installs EFI_END_OF_PEI_PPI to signal the end of PEI phase.
-
- @param DxeCoreEntryPoint The entry point of DxeCore.
- @param HobList The start of HobList passed to DxeCore.
-
-**/
-VOID
-HandOffToDxeCore (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS DxeCoreEntryPoint,
- IN EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS HobList
- );
-
-
-
-/**
- Updates the Stack HOB passed to DXE phase.
-
- This function traverses the whole HOB list and update the stack HOB to
- reflect the real stack that is used by DXE core.
-
- @param BaseAddress The lower address of stack used by DxeCore.
- @param Length The length of stack used by DxeCore.
-
-**/
-VOID
-UpdateStackHob (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress,
- IN UINT64 Length
- );
-
-/**
- The ExtractSection() function processes the input section and
- returns a pointer to the section contents. If the section being
- extracted does not require processing (if the section
- GuidedSectionHeader.Attributes has the
- EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_PROCESSING_REQUIRED field cleared), then
- OutputBuffer is just updated to point to the start of the
- section's contents. Otherwise, *Buffer must be allocated
- from PEI permanent memory.
-
- @param This Indicates the
- EFI_PEI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PPI instance.
- Buffer containing the input GUIDed section to be
- processed. OutputBuffer OutputBuffer is
- allocated from PEI permanent memory and contains
- the new section stream.
- @param InputSection A pointer to the input buffer, which contains
- the input section to be processed.
- @param OutputBuffer A pointer to a caller-allocated buffer, whose
- size is specified by the contents of OutputSize.
- @param OutputSize A pointer to a caller-allocated
- UINTN in which the size of *OutputBuffer
- allocation is stored. If the function
- returns anything other than EFI_SUCCESS,
- the value of OutputSize is undefined.
- @param AuthenticationStatus A pointer to a caller-allocated
- UINT32 that indicates the
- authentication status of the
- output buffer. If the input
- section's GuidedSectionHeader.
- Attributes field has the
- EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_AUTH_STATUS_VALID
- bit as clear,
- AuthenticationStatus must return
- zero. These bits reflect the
- status of the extraction
- operation. If the function
- returns anything other than
- EFI_SUCCESS, the value of
- AuthenticationStatus is
- undefined.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The InputSection was
- successfully processed and the
- section contents were returned.
-
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The system has insufficient
- resources to process the request.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The GUID in InputSection does
- not match this instance of the
- GUIDed Section Extraction PPI.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CustomGuidedSectionExtract (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PPI *This,
- IN CONST VOID *InputSection,
- OUT VOID **OutputBuffer,
- OUT UINTN *OutputSize,
- OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationStatus
- );
-
-
-/**
- Decompresses a section to the output buffer.
-
- This function looks up the compression type field in the input section and
- applies the appropriate compression algorithm to compress the section to a
- callee allocated buffer.
-
- @param This Points to this instance of the
- EFI_PEI_DECOMPRESS_PEI PPI.
- @param CompressionSection Points to the compressed section.
- @param OutputBuffer Holds the returned pointer to the decompressed
- sections.
- @param OutputSize Holds the returned size of the decompress
- section streams.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The section was decompressed successfully.
- OutputBuffer contains the resulting data and
- OutputSize contains the resulting size.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-Decompress (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_DECOMPRESS_PPI *This,
- IN CONST EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION *CompressionSection,
- OUT VOID **OutputBuffer,
- OUT UINTN *OutputSize
- );
-
-#endif
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/DxeIpl.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/DxeIpl.inf deleted file mode 100644 index c54afe4aa6..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/DxeIpl.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,141 +0,0 @@ -## @file
-# Last PEIM executed in PEI phase to load DXE Core from a Firmware Volume.
-#
-# This module produces a special PPI named the DXE Initial Program Load (IPL)
-# PPI to discover and dispatch the DXE Foundation and components that are
-# needed to run the DXE Foundation.
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-# Copyright (c) 2017, AMD Incorporated. All rights reserved.<BR>
-#
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-##
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = DxeIpl
- MODULE_UNI_FILE = DxeIpl.uni
- FILE_GUID = 86D70125-BAA3-4296-A62F-602BEBBB9081
- MODULE_TYPE = PEIM
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
-
- ENTRY_POINT = PeimInitializeDxeIpl
-
-#
-# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
-#
-# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64 IPF EBC (EBC is for build only) AARCH64
-#
-
-[Sources]
- DxeIpl.h
- DxeLoad.c
-
-[Sources.Ia32]
- X64/VirtualMemory.h
- X64/VirtualMemory.c
- Ia32/DxeLoadFunc.c
- Ia32/IdtVectorAsm.nasm
- Ia32/IdtVectorAsm.asm
- Ia32/IdtVectorAsm.S
-
-[Sources.X64]
- X64/VirtualMemory.h
- X64/VirtualMemory.c
- X64/DxeLoadFunc.c
-
-[Sources.IPF]
- Ipf/DxeLoadFunc.c
-
-[Sources.EBC]
- Ebc/DxeLoadFunc.c
-
-[Sources.ARM, Sources.AARCH64]
- Arm/DxeLoadFunc.c
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
-
-[Packages.ARM, Packages.AARCH64]
- ArmPkg/ArmPkg.dec
-
-[LibraryClasses]
- PcdLib
- MemoryAllocationLib
- BaseMemoryLib
- ExtractGuidedSectionLib
- UefiDecompressLib
- ReportStatusCodeLib
- PeiServicesLib
- HobLib
- BaseLib
- PeimEntryPoint
- DebugLib
- DebugAgentLib
- PeiServicesTablePointerLib
-
-[LibraryClasses.ARM, LibraryClasses.AARCH64]
- ArmMmuLib
-
-[Ppis]
- gEfiDxeIplPpiGuid ## PRODUCES
- gEfiPeiDecompressPpiGuid ## PRODUCES
- gEfiEndOfPeiSignalPpiGuid ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES # Not produced on S3 boot path
- gEfiPeiReadOnlyVariable2PpiGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiPeiLoadFilePpiGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiPeiS3Resume2PpiGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES # Consumed on S3 boot path
- gEfiPeiRecoveryModulePpiGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES # Consumed on recovery boot path
- ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- ## UNDEFINED # HOB
- gEfiVectorHandoffInfoPpiGuid
- gEfiPeiMemoryDiscoveredPpiGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
-
-[Guids]
- ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## Variable:L"MemoryTypeInformation"
- ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## HOB
- gEfiMemoryTypeInformationGuid
-
-[FeaturePcd.IA32]
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdDxeIplSwitchToLongMode ## CONSUMES
-
-[FeaturePcd.X64]
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdDxeIplBuildPageTables ## CONSUMES
-
-[FeaturePcd]
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdDxeIplSupportUefiDecompress ## CONSUMES
-
-[Pcd.IA32,Pcd.X64]
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdUse1GPageTable ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdPteMemoryEncryptionAddressOrMask ## CONSUMES
-
-[Pcd.IA32,Pcd.X64,Pcd.ARM,Pcd.AARCH64]
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdSetNxForStack ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
-
-[Depex]
- gEfiPeiLoadFilePpiGuid AND gEfiPeiMasterBootModePpiGuid
-
-#
-# [BootMode]
-# S3_RESUME ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
-# RECOVERY_FULL ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
-#
-#
-# [Hob]
-# MEMORY_ALLOCATION ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES # MEMORY_ALLOCATION_MODULE for DxeCore
-# MEMORY_ALLOCATION ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES # New Stack HoB
-# MEMORY_ALLOCATION ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES # Old Stack HOB
-#
-# [Hob.IPF]
-# MEMORY_ALLOCATION ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES # MEMORY_ALLOCATION_BSP_STORE
-#
-
-[UserExtensions.TianoCore."ExtraFiles"]
- DxeIplExtra.uni
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/DxeIpl.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/DxeIpl.uni deleted file mode 100644 index 1a319c209c..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/DxeIpl.uni +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -// /** @file
-// Last PEIM executed in PEI phase to load DXE Core from a Firmware Volume.
-//
-// This module produces a special PPI named the DXE Initial Program Load (IPL)
-// PPI to discover and dispatch the DXE Foundation and components that are
-// needed to run the DXE Foundation.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-//
-// This program and the accompanying materials
-// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-//
-// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-//
-// **/
-
-
-#string STR_MODULE_ABSTRACT #language en-US "Last PEIM executed in PEI phase to load DXE Core from a Firmware Volume"
-
-#string STR_MODULE_DESCRIPTION #language en-US "This module produces a special PPI named the DXE Initial Program Load (IPL) PPI to discover and dispatch the DXE Foundation and components that are needed to run the DXE Foundation."
-
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/DxeIplExtra.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/DxeIplExtra.uni deleted file mode 100644 index 883a246dc8..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/DxeIplExtra.uni +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -// /** @file
-// DxeIpl Localized Strings and Content
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2013 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-//
-// This program and the accompanying materials
-// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-//
-// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-//
-// **/
-
-#string STR_PROPERTIES_MODULE_NAME
-#language en-US
-"Core DXE Services Initial Program Loader"
-
-
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/DxeLoad.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/DxeLoad.c deleted file mode 100644 index 50b5440d15..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/DxeLoad.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,827 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Last PEIM.
- Responsibility of this module is to load the DXE Core from a Firmware Volume.
-
-Copyright (c) 2016 HP Development Company, L.P.
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "DxeIpl.h"
-
-
-//
-// Module Globals used in the DXE to PEI hand off
-// These must be module globals, so the stack can be switched
-//
-CONST EFI_DXE_IPL_PPI mDxeIplPpi = {
- DxeLoadCore
-};
-
-CONST EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR mDxeIplPpiList = {
- EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_PPI | EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_TERMINATE_LIST,
- &gEfiDxeIplPpiGuid,
- (VOID *) &mDxeIplPpi
-};
-
-CONST EFI_PEI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PPI mCustomGuidedSectionExtractionPpi = {
- CustomGuidedSectionExtract
-};
-
-CONST EFI_PEI_DECOMPRESS_PPI mDecompressPpi = {
- Decompress
-};
-
-CONST EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR mDecompressPpiList = {
- (EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_PPI | EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_TERMINATE_LIST),
- &gEfiPeiDecompressPpiGuid,
- (VOID *) &mDecompressPpi
-};
-
-CONST EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR gEndOfPeiSignalPpi = {
- (EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_PPI | EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_TERMINATE_LIST),
- &gEfiEndOfPeiSignalPpiGuid,
- NULL
-};
-
-CONST EFI_PEI_NOTIFY_DESCRIPTOR mMemoryDiscoveredNotifyList = {
- (EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_NOTIFY_DISPATCH | EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_TERMINATE_LIST),
- &gEfiPeiMemoryDiscoveredPpiGuid,
- InstallIplPermanentMemoryPpis
-};
-
-/**
- Entry point of DXE IPL PEIM.
-
- This function installs DXE IPL PPI. It also reloads
- itself to memory on non-S3 resume boot path.
-
- @param FileHandle Handle of the file being invoked.
- @param PeiServices Describes the list of possible PEI Services.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCESS The entry point of DXE IPL PEIM executes successfully.
- @retval Others Some error occurs during the execution of this function.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeimInitializeDxeIpl (
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_BOOT_MODE BootMode;
- VOID *Dummy;
-
- BootMode = GetBootModeHob ();
-
- if (BootMode != BOOT_ON_S3_RESUME) {
- Status = PeiServicesRegisterForShadow (FileHandle);
- if (Status == EFI_SUCCESS) {
- //
- // EFI_SUCESS means it is the first time to call register for shadow.
- //
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Ensure that DXE IPL is shadowed to permanent memory.
- //
- ASSERT (Status == EFI_ALREADY_STARTED);
-
- //
- // DXE core load requires permanent memory.
- //
- Status = PeiServicesLocatePpi (
- &gEfiPeiMemoryDiscoveredPpiGuid,
- 0,
- NULL,
- (VOID **) &Dummy
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Now the permanent memory exists, install the PPIs for decompression
- // and section extraction.
- //
- Status = InstallIplPermanentMemoryPpis (NULL, NULL, NULL);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- } else {
- //
- // Install memory discovered PPI notification to install PPIs for
- // decompression and section extraction.
- //
- Status = PeiServicesNotifyPpi (&mMemoryDiscoveredNotifyList);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
-
- //
- // Install DxeIpl PPI.
- //
- Status = PeiServicesInstallPpi (&mDxeIplPpiList);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR(Status);
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- This function installs the PPIs that require permanent memory.
-
- @param PeiServices Indirect reference to the PEI Services Table.
- @param NotifyDescriptor Address of the notification descriptor data structure.
- @param Ppi Address of the PPI that was installed.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS The PPIs were installed successfully.
- @return Others Some error occurs during the execution of this function.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-InstallIplPermanentMemoryPpis (
- IN EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN EFI_PEI_NOTIFY_DESCRIPTOR *NotifyDescriptor,
- IN VOID *Ppi
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_GUID *ExtractHandlerGuidTable;
- UINTN ExtractHandlerNumber;
- EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR *GuidPpi;
-
- //
- // Get custom extract guided section method guid list
- //
- ExtractHandlerNumber = ExtractGuidedSectionGetGuidList (&ExtractHandlerGuidTable);
-
- //
- // Install custom guided section extraction PPI
- //
- if (ExtractHandlerNumber > 0) {
- GuidPpi = (EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR *) AllocatePool (ExtractHandlerNumber * sizeof (EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR));
- ASSERT (GuidPpi != NULL);
- while (ExtractHandlerNumber-- > 0) {
- GuidPpi->Flags = EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_PPI | EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_TERMINATE_LIST;
- GuidPpi->Ppi = (VOID *) &mCustomGuidedSectionExtractionPpi;
- GuidPpi->Guid = &ExtractHandlerGuidTable[ExtractHandlerNumber];
- Status = PeiServicesInstallPpi (GuidPpi++);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR(Status);
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Install Decompress PPI.
- //
- Status = PeiServicesInstallPpi (&mDecompressPpiList);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR(Status);
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Validate variable data for the MemoryTypeInformation.
-
- @param MemoryData Variable data.
- @param MemoryDataSize Variable data length.
-
- @return TRUE The variable data is valid.
- @return FALSE The variable data is invalid.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-ValidateMemoryTypeInfoVariable (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE_INFORMATION *MemoryData,
- IN UINTN MemoryDataSize
- )
-{
- UINTN Count;
- UINTN Index;
-
- // Check the input parameter.
- if (MemoryData == NULL) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- // Get Count
- Count = MemoryDataSize / sizeof (*MemoryData);
-
- // Check Size
- if (Count * sizeof(*MemoryData) != MemoryDataSize) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- // Check last entry type filed.
- if (MemoryData[Count - 1].Type != EfiMaxMemoryType) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- // Check the type filed.
- for (Index = 0; Index < Count - 1; Index++) {
- if (MemoryData[Index].Type >= EfiMaxMemoryType) {
- return FALSE;
- }
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- Main entry point to last PEIM.
-
- This function finds DXE Core in the firmware volume and transfer the control to
- DXE core.
-
- @param This Entry point for DXE IPL PPI.
- @param PeiServices General purpose services available to every PEIM.
- @param HobList Address to the Pei HOB list.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS DXE core was successfully loaded.
- @return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough resources to load DXE core.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-DxeLoadCore (
- IN CONST EFI_DXE_IPL_PPI *This,
- IN EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS HobList
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_FV_FILE_INFO DxeCoreFileInfo;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS DxeCoreAddress;
- UINT64 DxeCoreSize;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS DxeCoreEntryPoint;
- EFI_BOOT_MODE BootMode;
- EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle;
- EFI_PEI_READ_ONLY_VARIABLE2_PPI *Variable;
- EFI_PEI_LOAD_FILE_PPI *LoadFile;
- UINTN Instance;
- UINT32 AuthenticationState;
- UINTN DataSize;
- EFI_PEI_S3_RESUME2_PPI *S3Resume;
- EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_MODULE_PPI *PeiRecovery;
- EFI_MEMORY_TYPE_INFORMATION MemoryData[EfiMaxMemoryType + 1];
-
- //
- // if in S3 Resume, restore configure
- //
- BootMode = GetBootModeHob ();
-
- if (BootMode == BOOT_ON_S3_RESUME) {
- Status = PeiServicesLocatePpi (
- &gEfiPeiS3Resume2PpiGuid,
- 0,
- NULL,
- (VOID **) &S3Resume
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Report Status code that S3Resume PPI can not be found
- //
- REPORT_STATUS_CODE (
- EFI_ERROR_CODE | EFI_ERROR_MAJOR,
- (EFI_SOFTWARE_PEI_MODULE | EFI_SW_PEI_EC_S3_RESUME_PPI_NOT_FOUND)
- );
- }
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- Status = S3Resume->S3RestoreConfig2 (S3Resume);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- } else if (BootMode == BOOT_IN_RECOVERY_MODE) {
- REPORT_STATUS_CODE (EFI_PROGRESS_CODE, (EFI_SOFTWARE_PEI_MODULE | EFI_SW_PEI_PC_RECOVERY_BEGIN));
- Status = PeiServicesLocatePpi (
- &gEfiPeiRecoveryModulePpiGuid,
- 0,
- NULL,
- (VOID **) &PeiRecovery
- );
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "Locate Recovery PPI Failed.(Status = %r)\n", Status));
- //
- // Report Status code the failure of locating Recovery PPI
- //
- REPORT_STATUS_CODE (
- EFI_ERROR_CODE | EFI_ERROR_MAJOR,
- (EFI_SOFTWARE_PEI_MODULE | EFI_SW_PEI_EC_RECOVERY_PPI_NOT_FOUND)
- );
- CpuDeadLoop ();
- }
-
- REPORT_STATUS_CODE (EFI_PROGRESS_CODE, (EFI_SOFTWARE_PEI_MODULE | EFI_SW_PEI_PC_CAPSULE_LOAD));
- Status = PeiRecovery->LoadRecoveryCapsule (PeiServices, PeiRecovery);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "Load Recovery Capsule Failed.(Status = %r)\n", Status));
- //
- // Report Status code that recovery image can not be found
- //
- REPORT_STATUS_CODE (
- EFI_ERROR_CODE | EFI_ERROR_MAJOR,
- (EFI_SOFTWARE_PEI_MODULE | EFI_SW_PEI_EC_NO_RECOVERY_CAPSULE)
- );
- CpuDeadLoop ();
- }
- REPORT_STATUS_CODE (EFI_PROGRESS_CODE, (EFI_SOFTWARE_PEI_MODULE | EFI_SW_PEI_PC_CAPSULE_START));
- //
- // Now should have a HOB with the DXE core
- //
- }
-
- if (GetFirstGuidHob ((CONST EFI_GUID *)&gEfiMemoryTypeInformationGuid) == NULL) {
- //
- // Don't build GuidHob if GuidHob has been installed.
- //
- Status = PeiServicesLocatePpi (
- &gEfiPeiReadOnlyVariable2PpiGuid,
- 0,
- NULL,
- (VOID **)&Variable
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DataSize = sizeof (MemoryData);
- Status = Variable->GetVariable (
- Variable,
- EFI_MEMORY_TYPE_INFORMATION_VARIABLE_NAME,
- &gEfiMemoryTypeInformationGuid,
- NULL,
- &DataSize,
- &MemoryData
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status) && ValidateMemoryTypeInfoVariable(MemoryData, DataSize)) {
- //
- // Build the GUID'd HOB for DXE
- //
- BuildGuidDataHob (
- &gEfiMemoryTypeInformationGuid,
- MemoryData,
- DataSize
- );
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Look in all the FVs present in PEI and find the DXE Core FileHandle
- //
- FileHandle = DxeIplFindDxeCore ();
-
- //
- // Load the DXE Core from a Firmware Volume.
- //
- Instance = 0;
- do {
- Status = PeiServicesLocatePpi (&gEfiPeiLoadFilePpiGuid, Instance++, NULL, (VOID **) &LoadFile);
- //
- // These must exist an instance of EFI_PEI_LOAD_FILE_PPI to support to load DxeCore file handle successfully.
- //
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- Status = LoadFile->LoadFile (
- LoadFile,
- FileHandle,
- &DxeCoreAddress,
- &DxeCoreSize,
- &DxeCoreEntryPoint,
- &AuthenticationState
- );
- } while (EFI_ERROR (Status));
-
- //
- // Get the DxeCore File Info from the FileHandle for the DxeCore GUID file name.
- //
- Status = PeiServicesFfsGetFileInfo (FileHandle, &DxeCoreFileInfo);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Add HOB for the DXE Core
- //
- BuildModuleHob (
- &DxeCoreFileInfo.FileName,
- DxeCoreAddress,
- ALIGN_VALUE (DxeCoreSize, EFI_PAGE_SIZE),
- DxeCoreEntryPoint
- );
-
- //
- // Report Status Code EFI_SW_PEI_PC_HANDOFF_TO_NEXT
- //
- REPORT_STATUS_CODE (EFI_PROGRESS_CODE, (EFI_SOFTWARE_PEI_CORE | EFI_SW_PEI_CORE_PC_HANDOFF_TO_NEXT));
-
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO | DEBUG_LOAD, "Loading DXE CORE at 0x%11p EntryPoint=0x%11p\n", (VOID *)(UINTN)DxeCoreAddress, FUNCTION_ENTRY_POINT (DxeCoreEntryPoint)));
-
- //
- // Transfer control to the DXE Core
- // The hand off state is simply a pointer to the HOB list
- //
- HandOffToDxeCore (DxeCoreEntryPoint, HobList);
- //
- // If we get here, then the DXE Core returned. This is an error
- // DxeCore should not return.
- //
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- CpuDeadLoop ();
-
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Searches DxeCore in all firmware Volumes and loads the first
- instance that contains DxeCore.
-
- @return FileHandle of DxeCore to load DxeCore.
-
-**/
-EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE
-DxeIplFindDxeCore (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN Instance;
- EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE VolumeHandle;
- EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle;
-
- Instance = 0;
- while (TRUE) {
- //
- // Traverse all firmware volume instances
- //
- Status = PeiServicesFfsFindNextVolume (Instance, &VolumeHandle);
- //
- // If some error occurs here, then we cannot find any firmware
- // volume that may contain DxeCore.
- //
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- REPORT_STATUS_CODE (EFI_PROGRESS_CODE, (EFI_SOFTWARE_PEI_MODULE | EFI_SW_PEI_CORE_EC_DXE_CORRUPT));
- }
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Find the DxeCore file type from the beginning in this firmware volume.
- //
- FileHandle = NULL;
- Status = PeiServicesFfsFindNextFile (EFI_FV_FILETYPE_DXE_CORE, VolumeHandle, &FileHandle);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Find DxeCore FileHandle in this volume, then we skip other firmware volume and
- // return the FileHandle.
- //
- return FileHandle;
- }
- //
- // We cannot find DxeCore in this firmware volume, then search the next volume.
- //
- Instance++;
- }
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- The ExtractSection() function processes the input section and
- returns a pointer to the section contents. If the section being
- extracted does not require processing (if the section
- GuidedSectionHeader.Attributes has the
- EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_PROCESSING_REQUIRED field cleared), then
- OutputBuffer is just updated to point to the start of the
- section's contents. Otherwise, *Buffer must be allocated
- from PEI permanent memory.
-
- @param This Indicates the
- EFI_PEI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PPI instance.
- Buffer containing the input GUIDed section to be
- processed. OutputBuffer OutputBuffer is
- allocated from PEI permanent memory and contains
- the new section stream.
- @param InputSection A pointer to the input buffer, which contains
- the input section to be processed.
- @param OutputBuffer A pointer to a caller-allocated buffer, whose
- size is specified by the contents of OutputSize.
- @param OutputSize A pointer to a caller-allocated
- UINTN in which the size of *OutputBuffer
- allocation is stored. If the function
- returns anything other than EFI_SUCCESS,
- the value of OutputSize is undefined.
- @param AuthenticationStatus A pointer to a caller-allocated
- UINT32 that indicates the
- authentication status of the
- output buffer. If the input
- section's GuidedSectionHeader.
- Attributes field has the
- EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_AUTH_STATUS_VALID
- bit as clear,
- AuthenticationStatus must return
- zero. These bits reflect the
- status of the extraction
- operation. If the function
- returns anything other than
- EFI_SUCCESS, the value of
- AuthenticationStatus is
- undefined.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The InputSection was
- successfully processed and the
- section contents were returned.
-
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The system has insufficient
- resources to process the request.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The GUID in InputSection does
- not match this instance of the
- GUIDed Section Extraction PPI.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CustomGuidedSectionExtract (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PPI *This,
- IN CONST VOID *InputSection,
- OUT VOID **OutputBuffer,
- OUT UINTN *OutputSize,
- OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationStatus
-)
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT8 *ScratchBuffer;
- UINT32 ScratchBufferSize;
- UINT32 OutputBufferSize;
- UINT16 SectionAttribute;
-
- //
- // Init local variable
- //
- ScratchBuffer = NULL;
-
- //
- // Call GetInfo to get the size and attribute of input guided section data.
- //
- Status = ExtractGuidedSectionGetInfo (
- InputSection,
- &OutputBufferSize,
- &ScratchBufferSize,
- &SectionAttribute
- );
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "GetInfo from guided section Failed - %r\n", Status));
- return Status;
- }
-
- if (ScratchBufferSize != 0) {
- //
- // Allocate scratch buffer
- //
- ScratchBuffer = AllocatePages (EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (ScratchBufferSize));
- if (ScratchBuffer == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- }
-
- if (((SectionAttribute & EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_PROCESSING_REQUIRED) != 0) && OutputBufferSize > 0) {
- //
- // Allocate output buffer
- //
- *OutputBuffer = AllocatePages (EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (OutputBufferSize) + 1);
- if (*OutputBuffer == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "Customized Guided section Memory Size required is 0x%x and address is 0x%p\n", OutputBufferSize, *OutputBuffer));
- //
- // *OutputBuffer still is one section. Adjust *OutputBuffer offset,
- // skip EFI section header to make section data at page alignment.
- //
- *OutputBuffer = (VOID *)((UINT8 *) *OutputBuffer + EFI_PAGE_SIZE - sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER));
- }
-
- Status = ExtractGuidedSectionDecode (
- InputSection,
- OutputBuffer,
- ScratchBuffer,
- AuthenticationStatus
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Decode failed
- //
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "Extract guided section Failed - %r\n", Status));
- return Status;
- }
-
- *OutputSize = (UINTN) OutputBufferSize;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Decompresses a section to the output buffer.
-
- This function looks up the compression type field in the input section and
- applies the appropriate compression algorithm to compress the section to a
- callee allocated buffer.
-
- @param This Points to this instance of the
- EFI_PEI_DECOMPRESS_PEI PPI.
- @param CompressionSection Points to the compressed section.
- @param OutputBuffer Holds the returned pointer to the decompressed
- sections.
- @param OutputSize Holds the returned size of the decompress
- section streams.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The section was decompressed successfully.
- OutputBuffer contains the resulting data and
- OutputSize contains the resulting size.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-Decompress (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_DECOMPRESS_PPI *This,
- IN CONST EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION *CompressionSection,
- OUT VOID **OutputBuffer,
- OUT UINTN *OutputSize
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT8 *DstBuffer;
- UINT8 *ScratchBuffer;
- UINT32 DstBufferSize;
- UINT32 ScratchBufferSize;
- VOID *CompressionSource;
- UINT32 CompressionSourceSize;
- UINT32 UncompressedLength;
- UINT8 CompressionType;
-
- if (CompressionSection->CommonHeader.Type != EFI_SECTION_COMPRESSION) {
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (IS_SECTION2 (CompressionSection)) {
- CompressionSource = (VOID *) ((UINT8 *) CompressionSection + sizeof (EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION2));
- CompressionSourceSize = (UINT32) (SECTION2_SIZE (CompressionSection) - sizeof (EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION2));
- UncompressedLength = ((EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION2 *) CompressionSection)->UncompressedLength;
- CompressionType = ((EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION2 *) CompressionSection)->CompressionType;
- } else {
- CompressionSource = (VOID *) ((UINT8 *) CompressionSection + sizeof (EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION));
- CompressionSourceSize = (UINT32) (SECTION_SIZE (CompressionSection) - sizeof (EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION));
- UncompressedLength = CompressionSection->UncompressedLength;
- CompressionType = CompressionSection->CompressionType;
- }
-
- //
- // This is a compression set, expand it
- //
- switch (CompressionType) {
- case EFI_STANDARD_COMPRESSION:
- if (FeaturePcdGet(PcdDxeIplSupportUefiDecompress)) {
- //
- // Load EFI standard compression.
- // For compressed data, decompress them to destination buffer.
- //
- Status = UefiDecompressGetInfo (
- CompressionSource,
- CompressionSourceSize,
- &DstBufferSize,
- &ScratchBufferSize
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // GetInfo failed
- //
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "Decompress GetInfo Failed - %r\n", Status));
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- //
- // Allocate scratch buffer
- //
- ScratchBuffer = AllocatePages (EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (ScratchBufferSize));
- if (ScratchBuffer == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- //
- // Allocate destination buffer, extra one page for adjustment
- //
- DstBuffer = AllocatePages (EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (DstBufferSize) + 1);
- if (DstBuffer == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- //
- // DstBuffer still is one section. Adjust DstBuffer offset, skip EFI section header
- // to make section data at page alignment.
- //
- DstBuffer = DstBuffer + EFI_PAGE_SIZE - sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER);
- //
- // Call decompress function
- //
- Status = UefiDecompress (
- CompressionSource,
- DstBuffer,
- ScratchBuffer
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Decompress failed
- //
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "Decompress Failed - %r\n", Status));
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- break;
- } else {
- //
- // PcdDxeIplSupportUefiDecompress is FALSE
- // Don't support UEFI decompression algorithm.
- //
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- case EFI_NOT_COMPRESSED:
- //
- // Allocate destination buffer
- //
- DstBufferSize = UncompressedLength;
- DstBuffer = AllocatePages (EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (DstBufferSize) + 1);
- if (DstBuffer == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- //
- // Adjust DstBuffer offset, skip EFI section header
- // to make section data at page alignment.
- //
- DstBuffer = DstBuffer + EFI_PAGE_SIZE - sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER);
- //
- // stream is not actually compressed, just encapsulated. So just copy it.
- //
- CopyMem (DstBuffer, CompressionSource, DstBufferSize);
- break;
-
- default:
- //
- // Don't support other unknown compression type.
- //
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- *OutputSize = DstBufferSize;
- *OutputBuffer = DstBuffer;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Updates the Stack HOB passed to DXE phase.
-
- This function traverses the whole HOB list and update the stack HOB to
- reflect the real stack that is used by DXE core.
-
- @param BaseAddress The lower address of stack used by DxeCore.
- @param Length The length of stack used by DxeCore.
-
-**/
-VOID
-UpdateStackHob (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress,
- IN UINT64 Length
- )
-{
- EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS Hob;
-
- Hob.Raw = GetHobList ();
- while ((Hob.Raw = GetNextHob (EFI_HOB_TYPE_MEMORY_ALLOCATION, Hob.Raw)) != NULL) {
- if (CompareGuid (&gEfiHobMemoryAllocStackGuid, &(Hob.MemoryAllocationStack->AllocDescriptor.Name))) {
- //
- // Build a new memory allocation HOB with old stack info with EfiBootServicesData type. Need to
- // avoid this region be reclaimed by DXE core as the IDT built in SEC might be on stack, and some
- // PEIMs may also keep key information on stack
- //
- BuildMemoryAllocationHob (
- Hob.MemoryAllocationStack->AllocDescriptor.MemoryBaseAddress,
- Hob.MemoryAllocationStack->AllocDescriptor.MemoryLength,
- EfiBootServicesData
- );
- //
- // Update the BSP Stack Hob to reflect the new stack info.
- //
- Hob.MemoryAllocationStack->AllocDescriptor.MemoryBaseAddress = BaseAddress;
- Hob.MemoryAllocationStack->AllocDescriptor.MemoryLength = Length;
- break;
- }
- Hob.Raw = GET_NEXT_HOB (Hob);
- }
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/Ebc/DxeLoadFunc.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/Ebc/DxeLoadFunc.c deleted file mode 100644 index f06bd75891..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/Ebc/DxeLoadFunc.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,73 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- EBC-specific functionality for DxeLoad.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "DxeIpl.h"
-
-
-
-/**
- Transfers control to DxeCore.
-
- This function performs a CPU architecture specific operations to execute
- the entry point of DxeCore with the parameters of HobList.
- It also installs EFI_END_OF_PEI_PPI to signal the end of PEI phase.
-
- @param DxeCoreEntryPoint The entry point of DxeCore.
- @param HobList The start of HobList passed to DxeCore.
-
-**/
-VOID
-HandOffToDxeCore (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS DxeCoreEntryPoint,
- IN EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS HobList
- )
-{
- VOID *BaseOfStack;
- VOID *TopOfStack;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- //
- // Allocate 128KB for the Stack
- //
- BaseOfStack = AllocatePages (EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (STACK_SIZE));
- ASSERT (BaseOfStack != NULL);
-
- //
- // Compute the top of the stack we were allocated. Pre-allocate a UINTN
- // for safety.
- //
- TopOfStack = (VOID *) ((UINTN) BaseOfStack + EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (STACK_SIZE) * EFI_PAGE_SIZE - CPU_STACK_ALIGNMENT);
- TopOfStack = ALIGN_POINTER (TopOfStack, CPU_STACK_ALIGNMENT);
-
- //
- // End of PEI phase signal
- //
- Status = PeiServicesInstallPpi (&gEndOfPeiSignalPpi);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Update the contents of BSP stack HOB to reflect the real stack info passed to DxeCore.
- //
- UpdateStackHob ((EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN) BaseOfStack, STACK_SIZE);
-
- //
- // Transfer the control to the entry point of DxeCore.
- //
- SwitchStack (
- (SWITCH_STACK_ENTRY_POINT)(UINTN)DxeCoreEntryPoint,
- HobList.Raw,
- NULL,
- TopOfStack
- );
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/Ia32/DxeLoadFunc.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/Ia32/DxeLoadFunc.c deleted file mode 100644 index 1957326caf..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/Ia32/DxeLoadFunc.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,435 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Ia32-specific functionality for DxeLoad.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-Copyright (c) 2017, AMD Incorporated. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "DxeIpl.h"
-#include "VirtualMemory.h"
-
-#define IDT_ENTRY_COUNT 32
-
-typedef struct _X64_IDT_TABLE {
- //
- // Reserved 4 bytes preceding PeiService and IdtTable,
- // since IDT base address should be 8-byte alignment.
- //
- UINT32 Reserved;
- CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiService;
- X64_IDT_GATE_DESCRIPTOR IdtTable[IDT_ENTRY_COUNT];
-} X64_IDT_TABLE;
-
-//
-// Global Descriptor Table (GDT)
-//
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED IA32_GDT gGdtEntries[] = {
-/* selector { Global Segment Descriptor } */
-/* 0x00 */ {{0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}}, //null descriptor
-/* 0x08 */ {{0xffff, 0, 0, 0x2, 1, 0, 1, 0xf, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0}}, //linear data segment descriptor
-/* 0x10 */ {{0xffff, 0, 0, 0xf, 1, 0, 1, 0xf, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0}}, //linear code segment descriptor
-/* 0x18 */ {{0xffff, 0, 0, 0x3, 1, 0, 1, 0xf, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0}}, //system data segment descriptor
-/* 0x20 */ {{0xffff, 0, 0, 0xa, 1, 0, 1, 0xf, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0}}, //system code segment descriptor
-/* 0x28 */ {{0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}}, //spare segment descriptor
-/* 0x30 */ {{0xffff, 0, 0, 0x2, 1, 0, 1, 0xf, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0}}, //system data segment descriptor
-/* 0x38 */ {{0xffff, 0, 0, 0xa, 1, 0, 1, 0xf, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0}}, //system code segment descriptor
-/* 0x40 */ {{0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}}, //spare segment descriptor
-};
-
-//
-// IA32 Gdt register
-//
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED CONST IA32_DESCRIPTOR gGdt = {
- sizeof (gGdtEntries) - 1,
- (UINTN) gGdtEntries
- };
-
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED IA32_DESCRIPTOR gLidtDescriptor = {
- sizeof (X64_IDT_GATE_DESCRIPTOR) * IDT_ENTRY_COUNT - 1,
- 0
-};
-
-/**
- Allocates and fills in the Page Directory and Page Table Entries to
- establish a 4G page table.
-
- @param[in] StackBase Stack base address.
- @param[in] StackSize Stack size.
-
- @return The address of page table.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-Create4GPageTablesIa32Pae (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS StackBase,
- IN UINTN StackSize
- )
-{
- UINT8 PhysicalAddressBits;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS PhysicalAddress;
- UINTN IndexOfPdpEntries;
- UINTN IndexOfPageDirectoryEntries;
- UINT32 NumberOfPdpEntriesNeeded;
- PAGE_MAP_AND_DIRECTORY_POINTER *PageMap;
- PAGE_MAP_AND_DIRECTORY_POINTER *PageDirectoryPointerEntry;
- PAGE_TABLE_ENTRY *PageDirectoryEntry;
- UINTN TotalPagesNum;
- UINTN PageAddress;
- UINT64 AddressEncMask;
-
- //
- // Make sure AddressEncMask is contained to smallest supported address field
- //
- AddressEncMask = PcdGet64 (PcdPteMemoryEncryptionAddressOrMask) & PAGING_1G_ADDRESS_MASK_64;
-
- PhysicalAddressBits = 32;
-
- //
- // Calculate the table entries needed.
- //
- NumberOfPdpEntriesNeeded = (UINT32) LShiftU64 (1, (PhysicalAddressBits - 30));
-
- TotalPagesNum = NumberOfPdpEntriesNeeded + 1;
- PageAddress = (UINTN) AllocatePages (TotalPagesNum);
- ASSERT (PageAddress != 0);
-
- PageMap = (VOID *) PageAddress;
- PageAddress += SIZE_4KB;
-
- PageDirectoryPointerEntry = PageMap;
- PhysicalAddress = 0;
-
- for (IndexOfPdpEntries = 0; IndexOfPdpEntries < NumberOfPdpEntriesNeeded; IndexOfPdpEntries++, PageDirectoryPointerEntry++) {
- //
- // Each Directory Pointer entries points to a page of Page Directory entires.
- // So allocate space for them and fill them in in the IndexOfPageDirectoryEntries loop.
- //
- PageDirectoryEntry = (VOID *) PageAddress;
- PageAddress += SIZE_4KB;
-
- //
- // Fill in a Page Directory Pointer Entries
- //
- PageDirectoryPointerEntry->Uint64 = (UINT64) (UINTN) PageDirectoryEntry | AddressEncMask;
- PageDirectoryPointerEntry->Bits.Present = 1;
-
- for (IndexOfPageDirectoryEntries = 0; IndexOfPageDirectoryEntries < 512; IndexOfPageDirectoryEntries++, PageDirectoryEntry++, PhysicalAddress += SIZE_2MB) {
- if ((PhysicalAddress < StackBase + StackSize) && ((PhysicalAddress + SIZE_2MB) > StackBase)) {
- //
- // Need to split this 2M page that covers stack range.
- //
- Split2MPageTo4K (PhysicalAddress, (UINT64 *) PageDirectoryEntry, StackBase, StackSize);
- } else {
- //
- // Fill in the Page Directory entries
- //
- PageDirectoryEntry->Uint64 = (UINT64) PhysicalAddress | AddressEncMask;
- PageDirectoryEntry->Bits.ReadWrite = 1;
- PageDirectoryEntry->Bits.Present = 1;
- PageDirectoryEntry->Bits.MustBe1 = 1;
- }
- }
- }
-
- for (; IndexOfPdpEntries < 512; IndexOfPdpEntries++, PageDirectoryPointerEntry++) {
- ZeroMem (
- PageDirectoryPointerEntry,
- sizeof (PAGE_MAP_AND_DIRECTORY_POINTER)
- );
- }
-
- return (UINTN) PageMap;
-}
-
-/**
- The function will check if IA32 PAE is supported.
-
- @retval TRUE IA32 PAE is supported.
- @retval FALSE IA32 PAE is not supported.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsIa32PaeSupport (
- VOID
- )
-{
- UINT32 RegEax;
- UINT32 RegEdx;
- BOOLEAN Ia32PaeSupport;
-
- Ia32PaeSupport = FALSE;
- AsmCpuid (0x0, &RegEax, NULL, NULL, NULL);
- if (RegEax >= 0x1) {
- AsmCpuid (0x1, NULL, NULL, NULL, &RegEdx);
- if ((RegEdx & BIT6) != 0) {
- Ia32PaeSupport = TRUE;
- }
- }
-
- return Ia32PaeSupport;
-}
-
-/**
- The function will check if Execute Disable Bit is available.
-
- @retval TRUE Execute Disable Bit is available.
- @retval FALSE Execute Disable Bit is not available.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsExecuteDisableBitAvailable (
- VOID
- )
-{
- UINT32 RegEax;
- UINT32 RegEdx;
- BOOLEAN Available;
-
- Available = FALSE;
- AsmCpuid (0x80000000, &RegEax, NULL, NULL, NULL);
- if (RegEax >= 0x80000001) {
- AsmCpuid (0x80000001, NULL, NULL, NULL, &RegEdx);
- if ((RegEdx & BIT20) != 0) {
- //
- // Bit 20: Execute Disable Bit available.
- //
- Available = TRUE;
- }
- }
-
- return Available;
-}
-
-/**
- Transfers control to DxeCore.
-
- This function performs a CPU architecture specific operations to execute
- the entry point of DxeCore with the parameters of HobList.
- It also installs EFI_END_OF_PEI_PPI to signal the end of PEI phase.
-
- @param DxeCoreEntryPoint The entry point of DxeCore.
- @param HobList The start of HobList passed to DxeCore.
-
-**/
-VOID
-HandOffToDxeCore (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS DxeCoreEntryPoint,
- IN EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS HobList
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseOfStack;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS TopOfStack;
- UINTN PageTables;
- X64_IDT_GATE_DESCRIPTOR *IdtTable;
- UINTN SizeOfTemplate;
- VOID *TemplateBase;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS VectorAddress;
- UINT32 Index;
- X64_IDT_TABLE *IdtTableForX64;
- EFI_VECTOR_HANDOFF_INFO *VectorInfo;
- EFI_PEI_VECTOR_HANDOFF_INFO_PPI *VectorHandoffInfoPpi;
- BOOLEAN BuildPageTablesIa32Pae;
-
- Status = PeiServicesAllocatePages (EfiBootServicesData, EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (STACK_SIZE), &BaseOfStack);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- if (FeaturePcdGet(PcdDxeIplSwitchToLongMode)) {
- //
- // Compute the top of the stack we were allocated, which is used to load X64 dxe core.
- // Pre-allocate a 32 bytes which confroms to x64 calling convention.
- //
- // The first four parameters to a function are passed in rcx, rdx, r8 and r9.
- // Any further parameters are pushed on the stack. Furthermore, space (4 * 8bytes) for the
- // register parameters is reserved on the stack, in case the called function
- // wants to spill them; this is important if the function is variadic.
- //
- TopOfStack = BaseOfStack + EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (STACK_SIZE) * EFI_PAGE_SIZE - 32;
-
- //
- // x64 Calling Conventions requires that the stack must be aligned to 16 bytes
- //
- TopOfStack = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) ALIGN_POINTER (TopOfStack, 16);
-
- //
- // Load the GDT of Go64. Since the GDT of 32-bit Tiano locates in the BS_DATA
- // memory, it may be corrupted when copying FV to high-end memory
- //
- AsmWriteGdtr (&gGdt);
- //
- // Create page table and save PageMapLevel4 to CR3
- //
- PageTables = CreateIdentityMappingPageTables (BaseOfStack, STACK_SIZE);
-
- //
- // End of PEI phase signal
- //
- Status = PeiServicesInstallPpi (&gEndOfPeiSignalPpi);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- AsmWriteCr3 (PageTables);
-
- //
- // Update the contents of BSP stack HOB to reflect the real stack info passed to DxeCore.
- //
- UpdateStackHob (BaseOfStack, STACK_SIZE);
-
- SizeOfTemplate = AsmGetVectorTemplatInfo (&TemplateBase);
-
- Status = PeiServicesAllocatePages (
- EfiBootServicesData,
- EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES(sizeof (X64_IDT_TABLE) + SizeOfTemplate * IDT_ENTRY_COUNT),
- &VectorAddress
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Store EFI_PEI_SERVICES** in the 4 bytes immediately preceding IDT to avoid that
- // it may not be gotten correctly after IDT register is re-written.
- //
- IdtTableForX64 = (X64_IDT_TABLE *) (UINTN) VectorAddress;
- IdtTableForX64->PeiService = GetPeiServicesTablePointer ();
-
- VectorAddress = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) (IdtTableForX64 + 1);
- IdtTable = IdtTableForX64->IdtTable;
- for (Index = 0; Index < IDT_ENTRY_COUNT; Index++) {
- IdtTable[Index].Ia32IdtEntry.Bits.GateType = 0x8e;
- IdtTable[Index].Ia32IdtEntry.Bits.Reserved_0 = 0;
- IdtTable[Index].Ia32IdtEntry.Bits.Selector = SYS_CODE64_SEL;
-
- IdtTable[Index].Ia32IdtEntry.Bits.OffsetLow = (UINT16) VectorAddress;
- IdtTable[Index].Ia32IdtEntry.Bits.OffsetHigh = (UINT16) (RShiftU64 (VectorAddress, 16));
- IdtTable[Index].Offset32To63 = (UINT32) (RShiftU64 (VectorAddress, 32));
- IdtTable[Index].Reserved = 0;
-
- CopyMem ((VOID *) (UINTN) VectorAddress, TemplateBase, SizeOfTemplate);
- AsmVectorFixup ((VOID *) (UINTN) VectorAddress, (UINT8) Index);
-
- VectorAddress += SizeOfTemplate;
- }
-
- gLidtDescriptor.Base = (UINTN) IdtTable;
-
- //
- // Disable interrupt of Debug timer, since new IDT table cannot handle it.
- //
- SaveAndSetDebugTimerInterrupt (FALSE);
-
- AsmWriteIdtr (&gLidtDescriptor);
-
- DEBUG ((
- DEBUG_INFO,
- "%a() Stack Base: 0x%lx, Stack Size: 0x%x\n",
- __FUNCTION__,
- BaseOfStack,
- STACK_SIZE
- ));
-
- //
- // Go to Long Mode and transfer control to DxeCore.
- // Interrupts will not get turned on until the CPU AP is loaded.
- // Call x64 drivers passing in single argument, a pointer to the HOBs.
- //
- AsmEnablePaging64 (
- SYS_CODE64_SEL,
- DxeCoreEntryPoint,
- (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)(HobList.Raw),
- 0,
- TopOfStack
- );
- } else {
- //
- // Get Vector Hand-off Info PPI and build Guided HOB
- //
- Status = PeiServicesLocatePpi (
- &gEfiVectorHandoffInfoPpiGuid,
- 0,
- NULL,
- (VOID **)&VectorHandoffInfoPpi
- );
- if (Status == EFI_SUCCESS) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "Vector Hand-off Info PPI is gotten, GUIDed HOB is created!\n"));
- VectorInfo = VectorHandoffInfoPpi->Info;
- Index = 1;
- while (VectorInfo->Attribute != EFI_VECTOR_HANDOFF_LAST_ENTRY) {
- VectorInfo ++;
- Index ++;
- }
- BuildGuidDataHob (
- &gEfiVectorHandoffInfoPpiGuid,
- VectorHandoffInfoPpi->Info,
- sizeof (EFI_VECTOR_HANDOFF_INFO) * Index
- );
- }
-
- //
- // Compute the top of the stack we were allocated. Pre-allocate a UINTN
- // for safety.
- //
- TopOfStack = BaseOfStack + EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (STACK_SIZE) * EFI_PAGE_SIZE - CPU_STACK_ALIGNMENT;
- TopOfStack = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) ALIGN_POINTER (TopOfStack, CPU_STACK_ALIGNMENT);
-
- PageTables = 0;
- BuildPageTablesIa32Pae = (BOOLEAN) (PcdGetBool (PcdSetNxForStack) && IsIa32PaeSupport () && IsExecuteDisableBitAvailable ());
- if (BuildPageTablesIa32Pae) {
- PageTables = Create4GPageTablesIa32Pae (BaseOfStack, STACK_SIZE);
- EnableExecuteDisableBit ();
- }
-
- //
- // End of PEI phase signal
- //
- Status = PeiServicesInstallPpi (&gEndOfPeiSignalPpi);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- if (BuildPageTablesIa32Pae) {
- AsmWriteCr3 (PageTables);
- //
- // Set Physical Address Extension (bit 5 of CR4).
- //
- AsmWriteCr4 (AsmReadCr4 () | BIT5);
- }
-
- //
- // Update the contents of BSP stack HOB to reflect the real stack info passed to DxeCore.
- //
- UpdateStackHob (BaseOfStack, STACK_SIZE);
-
- DEBUG ((
- DEBUG_INFO,
- "%a() Stack Base: 0x%lx, Stack Size: 0x%x\n",
- __FUNCTION__,
- BaseOfStack,
- STACK_SIZE
- ));
-
- //
- // Transfer the control to the entry point of DxeCore.
- //
- if (BuildPageTablesIa32Pae) {
- AsmEnablePaging32 (
- (SWITCH_STACK_ENTRY_POINT)(UINTN)DxeCoreEntryPoint,
- HobList.Raw,
- NULL,
- (VOID *) (UINTN) TopOfStack
- );
- } else {
- SwitchStack (
- (SWITCH_STACK_ENTRY_POINT)(UINTN)DxeCoreEntryPoint,
- HobList.Raw,
- NULL,
- (VOID *) (UINTN) TopOfStack
- );
- }
- }
-}
-
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/Ia32/IdtVectorAsm.S b/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/Ia32/IdtVectorAsm.S deleted file mode 100644 index 96a3acbac1..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/Ia32/IdtVectorAsm.S +++ /dev/null @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ -#/** @file
-#
-# IDT vector entry.
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2007 - 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-#**/
-
- .text
- .code32
-
-
- .p2align 3
- ASM_GLOBAL ASM_PFX(AsmGetVectorTemplatInfo)
- ASM_GLOBAL ASM_PFX(AsmVectorFixup)
-/*
-;
-;-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-; Template of IDT Vector Handlers.
-;
-;-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-*/
-VectorTemplateBase:
- pushl %eax
- .byte 0x6a # push #VectorNum
-VectorNum:
- .byte 0
- movl CommonInterruptEntry, %eax
- jmp *%eax
-VectorTemplateEnd:
-
-
-ASM_PFX(AsmGetVectorTemplatInfo):
- movl 4(%esp), %ecx
- movl $VectorTemplateBase, (%ecx)
- movl $(VectorTemplateEnd - VectorTemplateBase), %eax
- ret
-
-ASM_PFX(AsmVectorFixup):
- movl 8(%esp), %eax
- movl 4(%esp), %ecx
- movb %al, (VectorNum - VectorTemplateBase)(%ecx)
- ret
-
-/*
-; The follow algorithm is used for the common interrupt routine.
-
-;
-; +---------------------+ <-- 16-byte aligned ensured by processor
-; + Old SS +
-; +---------------------+
-; + Old RSP +
-; +---------------------+
-; + RFlags +
-; +---------------------+
-; + CS +
-; +---------------------+
-; + RIP +
-; +---------------------+
-; + Error Code +
-; +---------------------+
-; + Vector Number +
-; +---------------------+
-*/
-
-CommonInterruptEntry:
- cli
-1:
- jmp 1b
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/Ia32/IdtVectorAsm.asm b/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/Ia32/IdtVectorAsm.asm deleted file mode 100644 index 69fb9a15e7..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/Ia32/IdtVectorAsm.asm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,88 +0,0 @@ -;/** @file
-;
-; IDT vector entry.
-;
-; Copyright (c) 2007 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-; This program and the accompanying materials
-; are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-; which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-; http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-;
-; THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-; WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-;
-;**/
-
- .686p
- .model flat,C
- .code
-
-;
-;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-; Generic IDT Vector Handlers for the Host.
-;
-;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-ALIGN 8
-PUBLIC AsmGetVectorTemplatInfo
-PUBLIC AsmVectorFixup
-
-PUBLIC AsmVectorFixup
-
-@VectorTemplateBase:
- push eax
- db 6ah ; push #VectorNumber
-@VectorNum:
- db 0
- mov eax, CommonInterruptEntry
- jmp eax
-@VectorTemplateEnd:
-
-
-AsmGetVectorTemplatInfo PROC
- mov ecx, [esp + 4]
- mov [ecx], @VectorTemplateBase
- mov eax, (@VectorTemplateEnd - @VectorTemplateBase)
- ret
-AsmGetVectorTemplatInfo ENDP
-
-
-AsmVectorFixup PROC
- mov eax, dword ptr [esp + 8]
- mov ecx, [esp + 4]
- mov [ecx + (@VectorNum - @VectorTemplateBase)], al
- ret
-AsmVectorFixup ENDP
-
-
-;---------------------------------------;
-; CommonInterruptEntry ;
-;---------------------------------------;
-; The follow algorithm is used for the common interrupt routine.
-
-;
-; +---------------------+ <-- 16-byte aligned ensured by processor
-; + Old SS +
-; +---------------------+
-; + Old RSP +
-; +---------------------+
-; + RFlags +
-; +---------------------+
-; + CS +
-; +---------------------+
-; + RIP +
-; +---------------------+
-; + Error Code +
-; +---------------------+
-; + Vector Number +
-; +---------------------+
-
-CommonInterruptEntry PROC
- cli
-
- jmp $
-CommonInterruptEntry ENDP
-
-END
-
-
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/Ia32/IdtVectorAsm.nasm b/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/Ia32/IdtVectorAsm.nasm deleted file mode 100644 index 99a0bbeea8..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/Ia32/IdtVectorAsm.nasm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ -;/** @file
-;
-; IDT vector entry.
-;
-; Copyright (c) 2007 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-; This program and the accompanying materials
-; are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-; which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-; http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-;
-; THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-; WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-;
-;**/
-
- SECTION .text
-
-;
-;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-; Generic IDT Vector Handlers for the Host.
-;
-;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-ALIGN 8
-global ASM_PFX(AsmGetVectorTemplatInfo)
-global ASM_PFX(AsmVectorFixup)
-
-@VectorTemplateBase:
- push eax
- db 0x6a ; push #VectorNumber
-@VectorNum:
- db 0
- mov eax, CommonInterruptEntry
- jmp eax
-@VectorTemplateEnd:
-
-global ASM_PFX(AsmGetVectorTemplatInfo)
-ASM_PFX(AsmGetVectorTemplatInfo):
- mov ecx, [esp + 4]
- mov dword [ecx], @VectorTemplateBase
- mov eax, (@VectorTemplateEnd - @VectorTemplateBase)
- ret
-
-global ASM_PFX(AsmVectorFixup)
-ASM_PFX(AsmVectorFixup):
- mov eax, dword [esp + 8]
- mov ecx, [esp + 4]
- mov [ecx + (@VectorNum - @VectorTemplateBase)], al
- ret
-
-;---------------------------------------;
-; CommonInterruptEntry ;
-;---------------------------------------;
-; The follow algorithm is used for the common interrupt routine.
-
-;
-; +---------------------+ <-- 16-byte aligned ensured by processor
-; + Old SS +
-; +---------------------+
-; + Old RSP +
-; +---------------------+
-; + RFlags +
-; +---------------------+
-; + CS +
-; +---------------------+
-; + RIP +
-; +---------------------+
-; + Error Code +
-; +---------------------+
-; + Vector Number +
-; +---------------------+
-
-CommonInterruptEntry:
- cli
-
- jmp $
-
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/Ipf/DxeLoadFunc.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/Ipf/DxeLoadFunc.c deleted file mode 100644 index 7443648017..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/Ipf/DxeLoadFunc.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,85 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Ipf-specific functionality for DxeLoad.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "DxeIpl.h"
-
-
-
-/**
- Transfers control to DxeCore.
-
- This function performs a CPU architecture specific operations to execute
- the entry point of DxeCore with the parameters of HobList.
- It also installs EFI_END_OF_PEI_PPI to signal the end of PEI phase.
-
- @param DxeCoreEntryPoint The entry point of DxeCore.
- @param HobList The start of HobList passed to DxeCore.
-
-**/
-VOID
-HandOffToDxeCore (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS DxeCoreEntryPoint,
- IN EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS HobList
- )
-{
- VOID *BaseOfStack;
- VOID *TopOfStack;
- VOID *BspStore;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- //
- // Allocate 128KB for the Stack
- //
- BaseOfStack = AllocatePages (EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (STACK_SIZE));
- ASSERT (BaseOfStack != NULL);
-
- //
- // Allocate 16KB for the BspStore
- //
- BspStore = AllocatePages (EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (BSP_STORE_SIZE));
- ASSERT (BspStore != NULL);
- //
- // Build BspStoreHob
- //
- BuildBspStoreHob ((EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) BspStore, BSP_STORE_SIZE, EfiBootServicesData);
-
- //
- // Compute the top of the stack we were allocated. Pre-allocate a UINTN
- // for safety.
- //
- TopOfStack = (VOID *) ((UINTN) BaseOfStack + EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (STACK_SIZE) * EFI_PAGE_SIZE - CPU_STACK_ALIGNMENT);
- TopOfStack = ALIGN_POINTER (TopOfStack, CPU_STACK_ALIGNMENT);
-
- //
- // End of PEI phase signal
- //
- Status = PeiServicesInstallPpi (&gEndOfPeiSignalPpi);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Update the contents of BSP stack HOB to reflect the real stack info passed to DxeCore.
- //
- UpdateStackHob ((EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN) BaseOfStack, STACK_SIZE);
-
- //
- // Transfer the control to the entry point of DxeCore.
- //
- SwitchStack (
- (SWITCH_STACK_ENTRY_POINT)(UINTN)DxeCoreEntryPoint,
- HobList.Raw,
- NULL,
- TopOfStack,
- BspStore
- );
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/X64/DxeLoadFunc.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/X64/DxeLoadFunc.c deleted file mode 100644 index 6488880eab..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/X64/DxeLoadFunc.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,120 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- x64-specifc functionality for DxeLoad.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "DxeIpl.h"
-#include "X64/VirtualMemory.h"
-
-
-
-/**
- Transfers control to DxeCore.
-
- This function performs a CPU architecture specific operations to execute
- the entry point of DxeCore with the parameters of HobList.
- It also installs EFI_END_OF_PEI_PPI to signal the end of PEI phase.
-
- @param DxeCoreEntryPoint The entry point of DxeCore.
- @param HobList The start of HobList passed to DxeCore.
-
-**/
-VOID
-HandOffToDxeCore (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS DxeCoreEntryPoint,
- IN EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS HobList
- )
-{
- VOID *BaseOfStack;
- VOID *TopOfStack;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN PageTables;
- UINT32 Index;
- EFI_VECTOR_HANDOFF_INFO *VectorInfo;
- EFI_PEI_VECTOR_HANDOFF_INFO_PPI *VectorHandoffInfoPpi;
-
- //
- // Get Vector Hand-off Info PPI and build Guided HOB
- //
- Status = PeiServicesLocatePpi (
- &gEfiVectorHandoffInfoPpiGuid,
- 0,
- NULL,
- (VOID **)&VectorHandoffInfoPpi
- );
- if (Status == EFI_SUCCESS) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "Vector Hand-off Info PPI is gotten, GUIDed HOB is created!\n"));
- VectorInfo = VectorHandoffInfoPpi->Info;
- Index = 1;
- while (VectorInfo->Attribute != EFI_VECTOR_HANDOFF_LAST_ENTRY) {
- VectorInfo ++;
- Index ++;
- }
- BuildGuidDataHob (
- &gEfiVectorHandoffInfoPpiGuid,
- VectorHandoffInfoPpi->Info,
- sizeof (EFI_VECTOR_HANDOFF_INFO) * Index
- );
- }
-
- //
- // Allocate 128KB for the Stack
- //
- BaseOfStack = AllocatePages (EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (STACK_SIZE));
- ASSERT (BaseOfStack != NULL);
-
- //
- // Compute the top of the stack we were allocated. Pre-allocate a UINTN
- // for safety.
- //
- TopOfStack = (VOID *) ((UINTN) BaseOfStack + EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (STACK_SIZE) * EFI_PAGE_SIZE - CPU_STACK_ALIGNMENT);
- TopOfStack = ALIGN_POINTER (TopOfStack, CPU_STACK_ALIGNMENT);
-
- PageTables = 0;
- if (FeaturePcdGet (PcdDxeIplBuildPageTables)) {
- //
- // Create page table and save PageMapLevel4 to CR3
- //
- PageTables = CreateIdentityMappingPageTables ((EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) BaseOfStack, STACK_SIZE);
- } else {
- //
- // Set NX for stack feature also require PcdDxeIplBuildPageTables be TRUE
- // for the DxeIpl and the DxeCore are both X64.
- //
- ASSERT (PcdGetBool (PcdSetNxForStack) == FALSE);
- }
-
- //
- // End of PEI phase signal
- //
- Status = PeiServicesInstallPpi (&gEndOfPeiSignalPpi);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- if (FeaturePcdGet (PcdDxeIplBuildPageTables)) {
- AsmWriteCr3 (PageTables);
- }
-
- //
- // Update the contents of BSP stack HOB to reflect the real stack info passed to DxeCore.
- //
- UpdateStackHob ((EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN) BaseOfStack, STACK_SIZE);
-
- //
- // Transfer the control to the entry point of DxeCore.
- //
- SwitchStack (
- (SWITCH_STACK_ENTRY_POINT)(UINTN)DxeCoreEntryPoint,
- HobList.Raw,
- NULL,
- TopOfStack
- );
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/X64/VirtualMemory.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/X64/VirtualMemory.c deleted file mode 100644 index 48150be4e1..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/X64/VirtualMemory.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,353 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- x64 Virtual Memory Management Services in the form of an IA-32 driver.
- Used to establish a 1:1 Virtual to Physical Mapping that is required to
- enter Long Mode (x64 64-bit mode).
-
- While we make a 1:1 mapping (identity mapping) for all physical pages
- we still need to use the MTRR's to ensure that the cachability attributes
- for all memory regions is correct.
-
- The basic idea is to use 2MB page table entries where ever possible. If
- more granularity of cachability is required then 4K page tables are used.
-
- References:
- 1) IA-32 Intel(R) Architecture Software Developer's Manual Volume 1:Basic Architecture, Intel
- 2) IA-32 Intel(R) Architecture Software Developer's Manual Volume 2:Instruction Set Reference, Intel
- 3) IA-32 Intel(R) Architecture Software Developer's Manual Volume 3:System Programmer's Guide, Intel
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-Copyright (c) 2017, AMD Incorporated. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "DxeIpl.h"
-#include "VirtualMemory.h"
-
-
-/**
- Enable Execute Disable Bit.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EnableExecuteDisableBit (
- VOID
- )
-{
- UINT64 MsrRegisters;
-
- MsrRegisters = AsmReadMsr64 (0xC0000080);
- MsrRegisters |= BIT11;
- AsmWriteMsr64 (0xC0000080, MsrRegisters);
-}
-
-/**
- Split 2M page to 4K.
-
- @param[in] PhysicalAddress Start physical address the 2M page covered.
- @param[in, out] PageEntry2M Pointer to 2M page entry.
- @param[in] StackBase Stack base address.
- @param[in] StackSize Stack size.
-
-**/
-VOID
-Split2MPageTo4K (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS PhysicalAddress,
- IN OUT UINT64 *PageEntry2M,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS StackBase,
- IN UINTN StackSize
- )
-{
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS PhysicalAddress4K;
- UINTN IndexOfPageTableEntries;
- PAGE_TABLE_4K_ENTRY *PageTableEntry;
- UINT64 AddressEncMask;
-
- //
- // Make sure AddressEncMask is contained to smallest supported address field
- //
- AddressEncMask = PcdGet64 (PcdPteMemoryEncryptionAddressOrMask) & PAGING_1G_ADDRESS_MASK_64;
-
- PageTableEntry = AllocatePages (1);
- ASSERT (PageTableEntry != NULL);
-
- //
- // Fill in 2M page entry.
- //
- *PageEntry2M = (UINT64) (UINTN) PageTableEntry | AddressEncMask | IA32_PG_P | IA32_PG_RW;
-
- PhysicalAddress4K = PhysicalAddress;
- for (IndexOfPageTableEntries = 0; IndexOfPageTableEntries < 512; IndexOfPageTableEntries++, PageTableEntry++, PhysicalAddress4K += SIZE_4KB) {
- //
- // Fill in the Page Table entries
- //
- PageTableEntry->Uint64 = (UINT64) PhysicalAddress4K | AddressEncMask;
- PageTableEntry->Bits.ReadWrite = 1;
- PageTableEntry->Bits.Present = 1;
- if ((PhysicalAddress4K >= StackBase) && (PhysicalAddress4K < StackBase + StackSize)) {
- //
- // Set Nx bit for stack.
- //
- PageTableEntry->Bits.Nx = 1;
- }
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Split 1G page to 2M.
-
- @param[in] PhysicalAddress Start physical address the 1G page covered.
- @param[in, out] PageEntry1G Pointer to 1G page entry.
- @param[in] StackBase Stack base address.
- @param[in] StackSize Stack size.
-
-**/
-VOID
-Split1GPageTo2M (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS PhysicalAddress,
- IN OUT UINT64 *PageEntry1G,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS StackBase,
- IN UINTN StackSize
- )
-{
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS PhysicalAddress2M;
- UINTN IndexOfPageDirectoryEntries;
- PAGE_TABLE_ENTRY *PageDirectoryEntry;
- UINT64 AddressEncMask;
-
- //
- // Make sure AddressEncMask is contained to smallest supported address field
- //
- AddressEncMask = PcdGet64 (PcdPteMemoryEncryptionAddressOrMask) & PAGING_1G_ADDRESS_MASK_64;
-
- PageDirectoryEntry = AllocatePages (1);
- ASSERT (PageDirectoryEntry != NULL);
-
- //
- // Fill in 1G page entry.
- //
- *PageEntry1G = (UINT64) (UINTN) PageDirectoryEntry | AddressEncMask | IA32_PG_P | IA32_PG_RW;
-
- PhysicalAddress2M = PhysicalAddress;
- for (IndexOfPageDirectoryEntries = 0; IndexOfPageDirectoryEntries < 512; IndexOfPageDirectoryEntries++, PageDirectoryEntry++, PhysicalAddress2M += SIZE_2MB) {
- if ((PhysicalAddress2M < StackBase + StackSize) && ((PhysicalAddress2M + SIZE_2MB) > StackBase)) {
- //
- // Need to split this 2M page that covers stack range.
- //
- Split2MPageTo4K (PhysicalAddress2M, (UINT64 *) PageDirectoryEntry, StackBase, StackSize);
- } else {
- //
- // Fill in the Page Directory entries
- //
- PageDirectoryEntry->Uint64 = (UINT64) PhysicalAddress2M | AddressEncMask;
- PageDirectoryEntry->Bits.ReadWrite = 1;
- PageDirectoryEntry->Bits.Present = 1;
- PageDirectoryEntry->Bits.MustBe1 = 1;
- }
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Allocates and fills in the Page Directory and Page Table Entries to
- establish a 1:1 Virtual to Physical mapping.
-
- @param[in] StackBase Stack base address.
- @param[in] StackSize Stack size.
-
- @return The address of 4 level page map.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-CreateIdentityMappingPageTables (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS StackBase,
- IN UINTN StackSize
- )
-{
- UINT32 RegEax;
- UINT32 RegEdx;
- UINT8 PhysicalAddressBits;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS PageAddress;
- UINTN IndexOfPml4Entries;
- UINTN IndexOfPdpEntries;
- UINTN IndexOfPageDirectoryEntries;
- UINT32 NumberOfPml4EntriesNeeded;
- UINT32 NumberOfPdpEntriesNeeded;
- PAGE_MAP_AND_DIRECTORY_POINTER *PageMapLevel4Entry;
- PAGE_MAP_AND_DIRECTORY_POINTER *PageMap;
- PAGE_MAP_AND_DIRECTORY_POINTER *PageDirectoryPointerEntry;
- PAGE_TABLE_ENTRY *PageDirectoryEntry;
- UINTN TotalPagesNum;
- UINTN BigPageAddress;
- VOID *Hob;
- BOOLEAN Page1GSupport;
- PAGE_TABLE_1G_ENTRY *PageDirectory1GEntry;
- UINT64 AddressEncMask;
-
- //
- // Make sure AddressEncMask is contained to smallest supported address field
- //
- AddressEncMask = PcdGet64 (PcdPteMemoryEncryptionAddressOrMask) & PAGING_1G_ADDRESS_MASK_64;
-
- Page1GSupport = FALSE;
- if (PcdGetBool(PcdUse1GPageTable)) {
- AsmCpuid (0x80000000, &RegEax, NULL, NULL, NULL);
- if (RegEax >= 0x80000001) {
- AsmCpuid (0x80000001, NULL, NULL, NULL, &RegEdx);
- if ((RegEdx & BIT26) != 0) {
- Page1GSupport = TRUE;
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Get physical address bits supported.
- //
- Hob = GetFirstHob (EFI_HOB_TYPE_CPU);
- if (Hob != NULL) {
- PhysicalAddressBits = ((EFI_HOB_CPU *) Hob)->SizeOfMemorySpace;
- } else {
- AsmCpuid (0x80000000, &RegEax, NULL, NULL, NULL);
- if (RegEax >= 0x80000008) {
- AsmCpuid (0x80000008, &RegEax, NULL, NULL, NULL);
- PhysicalAddressBits = (UINT8) RegEax;
- } else {
- PhysicalAddressBits = 36;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // IA-32e paging translates 48-bit linear addresses to 52-bit physical addresses.
- //
- ASSERT (PhysicalAddressBits <= 52);
- if (PhysicalAddressBits > 48) {
- PhysicalAddressBits = 48;
- }
-
- //
- // Calculate the table entries needed.
- //
- if (PhysicalAddressBits <= 39 ) {
- NumberOfPml4EntriesNeeded = 1;
- NumberOfPdpEntriesNeeded = (UINT32)LShiftU64 (1, (PhysicalAddressBits - 30));
- } else {
- NumberOfPml4EntriesNeeded = (UINT32)LShiftU64 (1, (PhysicalAddressBits - 39));
- NumberOfPdpEntriesNeeded = 512;
- }
-
- //
- // Pre-allocate big pages to avoid later allocations.
- //
- if (!Page1GSupport) {
- TotalPagesNum = (NumberOfPdpEntriesNeeded + 1) * NumberOfPml4EntriesNeeded + 1;
- } else {
- TotalPagesNum = NumberOfPml4EntriesNeeded + 1;
- }
- BigPageAddress = (UINTN) AllocatePages (TotalPagesNum);
- ASSERT (BigPageAddress != 0);
-
- //
- // By architecture only one PageMapLevel4 exists - so lets allocate storage for it.
- //
- PageMap = (VOID *) BigPageAddress;
- BigPageAddress += SIZE_4KB;
-
- PageMapLevel4Entry = PageMap;
- PageAddress = 0;
- for (IndexOfPml4Entries = 0; IndexOfPml4Entries < NumberOfPml4EntriesNeeded; IndexOfPml4Entries++, PageMapLevel4Entry++) {
- //
- // Each PML4 entry points to a page of Page Directory Pointer entires.
- // So lets allocate space for them and fill them in in the IndexOfPdpEntries loop.
- //
- PageDirectoryPointerEntry = (VOID *) BigPageAddress;
- BigPageAddress += SIZE_4KB;
-
- //
- // Make a PML4 Entry
- //
- PageMapLevel4Entry->Uint64 = (UINT64)(UINTN)PageDirectoryPointerEntry | AddressEncMask;
- PageMapLevel4Entry->Bits.ReadWrite = 1;
- PageMapLevel4Entry->Bits.Present = 1;
-
- if (Page1GSupport) {
- PageDirectory1GEntry = (VOID *) PageDirectoryPointerEntry;
-
- for (IndexOfPageDirectoryEntries = 0; IndexOfPageDirectoryEntries < 512; IndexOfPageDirectoryEntries++, PageDirectory1GEntry++, PageAddress += SIZE_1GB) {
- if (PcdGetBool (PcdSetNxForStack) && (PageAddress < StackBase + StackSize) && ((PageAddress + SIZE_1GB) > StackBase)) {
- Split1GPageTo2M (PageAddress, (UINT64 *) PageDirectory1GEntry, StackBase, StackSize);
- } else {
- //
- // Fill in the Page Directory entries
- //
- PageDirectory1GEntry->Uint64 = (UINT64)PageAddress | AddressEncMask;
- PageDirectory1GEntry->Bits.ReadWrite = 1;
- PageDirectory1GEntry->Bits.Present = 1;
- PageDirectory1GEntry->Bits.MustBe1 = 1;
- }
- }
- } else {
- for (IndexOfPdpEntries = 0; IndexOfPdpEntries < NumberOfPdpEntriesNeeded; IndexOfPdpEntries++, PageDirectoryPointerEntry++) {
- //
- // Each Directory Pointer entries points to a page of Page Directory entires.
- // So allocate space for them and fill them in in the IndexOfPageDirectoryEntries loop.
- //
- PageDirectoryEntry = (VOID *) BigPageAddress;
- BigPageAddress += SIZE_4KB;
-
- //
- // Fill in a Page Directory Pointer Entries
- //
- PageDirectoryPointerEntry->Uint64 = (UINT64)(UINTN)PageDirectoryEntry | AddressEncMask;
- PageDirectoryPointerEntry->Bits.ReadWrite = 1;
- PageDirectoryPointerEntry->Bits.Present = 1;
-
- for (IndexOfPageDirectoryEntries = 0; IndexOfPageDirectoryEntries < 512; IndexOfPageDirectoryEntries++, PageDirectoryEntry++, PageAddress += SIZE_2MB) {
- if (PcdGetBool (PcdSetNxForStack) && (PageAddress < StackBase + StackSize) && ((PageAddress + SIZE_2MB) > StackBase)) {
- //
- // Need to split this 2M page that covers stack range.
- //
- Split2MPageTo4K (PageAddress, (UINT64 *) PageDirectoryEntry, StackBase, StackSize);
- } else {
- //
- // Fill in the Page Directory entries
- //
- PageDirectoryEntry->Uint64 = (UINT64)PageAddress | AddressEncMask;
- PageDirectoryEntry->Bits.ReadWrite = 1;
- PageDirectoryEntry->Bits.Present = 1;
- PageDirectoryEntry->Bits.MustBe1 = 1;
- }
- }
- }
-
- for (; IndexOfPdpEntries < 512; IndexOfPdpEntries++, PageDirectoryPointerEntry++) {
- ZeroMem (
- PageDirectoryPointerEntry,
- sizeof(PAGE_MAP_AND_DIRECTORY_POINTER)
- );
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // For the PML4 entries we are not using fill in a null entry.
- //
- for (; IndexOfPml4Entries < 512; IndexOfPml4Entries++, PageMapLevel4Entry++) {
- ZeroMem (
- PageMapLevel4Entry,
- sizeof (PAGE_MAP_AND_DIRECTORY_POINTER)
- );
- }
-
- if (PcdGetBool (PcdSetNxForStack)) {
- EnableExecuteDisableBit ();
- }
-
- return (UINTN)PageMap;
-}
-
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/X64/VirtualMemory.h b/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/X64/VirtualMemory.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7c9bb49e3e..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/DxeIplPeim/X64/VirtualMemory.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,231 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- x64 Long Mode Virtual Memory Management Definitions
-
- References:
- 1) IA-32 Intel(R) Architecture Software Developer's Manual Volume 1:Basic Architecture, Intel
- 2) IA-32 Intel(R) Architecture Software Developer's Manual Volume 2:Instruction Set Reference, Intel
- 3) IA-32 Intel(R) Architecture Software Developer's Manual Volume 3:System Programmer's Guide, Intel
- 4) AMD64 Architecture Programmer's Manual Volume 2: System Programming
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-Copyright (c) 2017, AMD Incorporated. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-#ifndef _VIRTUAL_MEMORY_H_
-#define _VIRTUAL_MEMORY_H_
-
-
-#define SYS_CODE64_SEL 0x38
-
-
-#pragma pack(1)
-
-typedef union {
- struct {
- UINT32 LimitLow : 16;
- UINT32 BaseLow : 16;
- UINT32 BaseMid : 8;
- UINT32 Type : 4;
- UINT32 System : 1;
- UINT32 Dpl : 2;
- UINT32 Present : 1;
- UINT32 LimitHigh : 4;
- UINT32 Software : 1;
- UINT32 Reserved : 1;
- UINT32 DefaultSize : 1;
- UINT32 Granularity : 1;
- UINT32 BaseHigh : 8;
- } Bits;
- UINT64 Uint64;
-} IA32_GDT;
-
-typedef struct {
- IA32_IDT_GATE_DESCRIPTOR Ia32IdtEntry;
- UINT32 Offset32To63;
- UINT32 Reserved;
-} X64_IDT_GATE_DESCRIPTOR;
-
-//
-// Page-Map Level-4 Offset (PML4) and
-// Page-Directory-Pointer Offset (PDPE) entries 4K & 2MB
-//
-
-typedef union {
- struct {
- UINT64 Present:1; // 0 = Not present in memory, 1 = Present in memory
- UINT64 ReadWrite:1; // 0 = Read-Only, 1= Read/Write
- UINT64 UserSupervisor:1; // 0 = Supervisor, 1=User
- UINT64 WriteThrough:1; // 0 = Write-Back caching, 1=Write-Through caching
- UINT64 CacheDisabled:1; // 0 = Cached, 1=Non-Cached
- UINT64 Accessed:1; // 0 = Not accessed, 1 = Accessed (set by CPU)
- UINT64 Reserved:1; // Reserved
- UINT64 MustBeZero:2; // Must Be Zero
- UINT64 Available:3; // Available for use by system software
- UINT64 PageTableBaseAddress:40; // Page Table Base Address
- UINT64 AvabilableHigh:11; // Available for use by system software
- UINT64 Nx:1; // No Execute bit
- } Bits;
- UINT64 Uint64;
-} PAGE_MAP_AND_DIRECTORY_POINTER;
-
-//
-// Page Table Entry 4KB
-//
-typedef union {
- struct {
- UINT64 Present:1; // 0 = Not present in memory, 1 = Present in memory
- UINT64 ReadWrite:1; // 0 = Read-Only, 1= Read/Write
- UINT64 UserSupervisor:1; // 0 = Supervisor, 1=User
- UINT64 WriteThrough:1; // 0 = Write-Back caching, 1=Write-Through caching
- UINT64 CacheDisabled:1; // 0 = Cached, 1=Non-Cached
- UINT64 Accessed:1; // 0 = Not accessed, 1 = Accessed (set by CPU)
- UINT64 Dirty:1; // 0 = Not Dirty, 1 = written by processor on access to page
- UINT64 PAT:1; //
- UINT64 Global:1; // 0 = Not global page, 1 = global page TLB not cleared on CR3 write
- UINT64 Available:3; // Available for use by system software
- UINT64 PageTableBaseAddress:40; // Page Table Base Address
- UINT64 AvabilableHigh:11; // Available for use by system software
- UINT64 Nx:1; // 0 = Execute Code, 1 = No Code Execution
- } Bits;
- UINT64 Uint64;
-} PAGE_TABLE_4K_ENTRY;
-
-//
-// Page Table Entry 2MB
-//
-typedef union {
- struct {
- UINT64 Present:1; // 0 = Not present in memory, 1 = Present in memory
- UINT64 ReadWrite:1; // 0 = Read-Only, 1= Read/Write
- UINT64 UserSupervisor:1; // 0 = Supervisor, 1=User
- UINT64 WriteThrough:1; // 0 = Write-Back caching, 1=Write-Through caching
- UINT64 CacheDisabled:1; // 0 = Cached, 1=Non-Cached
- UINT64 Accessed:1; // 0 = Not accessed, 1 = Accessed (set by CPU)
- UINT64 Dirty:1; // 0 = Not Dirty, 1 = written by processor on access to page
- UINT64 MustBe1:1; // Must be 1
- UINT64 Global:1; // 0 = Not global page, 1 = global page TLB not cleared on CR3 write
- UINT64 Available:3; // Available for use by system software
- UINT64 PAT:1; //
- UINT64 MustBeZero:8; // Must be zero;
- UINT64 PageTableBaseAddress:31; // Page Table Base Address
- UINT64 AvabilableHigh:11; // Available for use by system software
- UINT64 Nx:1; // 0 = Execute Code, 1 = No Code Execution
- } Bits;
- UINT64 Uint64;
-} PAGE_TABLE_ENTRY;
-
-//
-// Page Table Entry 1GB
-//
-typedef union {
- struct {
- UINT64 Present:1; // 0 = Not present in memory, 1 = Present in memory
- UINT64 ReadWrite:1; // 0 = Read-Only, 1= Read/Write
- UINT64 UserSupervisor:1; // 0 = Supervisor, 1=User
- UINT64 WriteThrough:1; // 0 = Write-Back caching, 1=Write-Through caching
- UINT64 CacheDisabled:1; // 0 = Cached, 1=Non-Cached
- UINT64 Accessed:1; // 0 = Not accessed, 1 = Accessed (set by CPU)
- UINT64 Dirty:1; // 0 = Not Dirty, 1 = written by processor on access to page
- UINT64 MustBe1:1; // Must be 1
- UINT64 Global:1; // 0 = Not global page, 1 = global page TLB not cleared on CR3 write
- UINT64 Available:3; // Available for use by system software
- UINT64 PAT:1; //
- UINT64 MustBeZero:17; // Must be zero;
- UINT64 PageTableBaseAddress:22; // Page Table Base Address
- UINT64 AvabilableHigh:11; // Available for use by system software
- UINT64 Nx:1; // 0 = Execute Code, 1 = No Code Execution
- } Bits;
- UINT64 Uint64;
-} PAGE_TABLE_1G_ENTRY;
-
-#pragma pack()
-
-#define IA32_PG_P BIT0
-#define IA32_PG_RW BIT1
-
-#define PAGING_1G_ADDRESS_MASK_64 0x000FFFFFC0000000ull
-
-/**
- Enable Execute Disable Bit.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EnableExecuteDisableBit (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- Split 2M page to 4K.
-
- @param[in] PhysicalAddress Start physical address the 2M page covered.
- @param[in, out] PageEntry2M Pointer to 2M page entry.
- @param[in] StackBase Stack base address.
- @param[in] StackSize Stack size.
-
-**/
-VOID
-Split2MPageTo4K (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS PhysicalAddress,
- IN OUT UINT64 *PageEntry2M,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS StackBase,
- IN UINTN StackSize
- );
-
-/**
- Allocates and fills in the Page Directory and Page Table Entries to
- establish a 1:1 Virtual to Physical mapping.
-
- @param[in] StackBase Stack base address.
- @param[in] StackSize Stack size.
-
- @return The address of 4 level page map.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-CreateIdentityMappingPageTables (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS StackBase,
- IN UINTN StackSize
- );
-
-
-/**
-
- Fix up the vector number in the vector code.
-
- @param VectorBase Base address of the vector handler.
- @param VectorNum Index of vector.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-AsmVectorFixup (
- VOID *VectorBase,
- UINT8 VectorNum
- );
-
-
-/**
-
- Get the information of vector template.
-
- @param TemplateBase Base address of the template code.
-
- @return Size of the Template code.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-EFIAPI
-AsmGetVectorTemplatInfo (
- OUT VOID **TemplateBase
- );
-
-
-#endif
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/BootMode/BootMode.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/BootMode/BootMode.c deleted file mode 100644 index 39afeba838..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/BootMode/BootMode.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- This module provide function for ascertaining and updating the boot mode:
- GetBootMode()
- SetBootMode()
- See PI Specification volume I, chapter 9 Boot Paths for additional information
- on the boot mode.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "PeiMain.h"
-
-/**
- This service enables PEIMs to ascertain the present value of the boot mode.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param BootMode A pointer to contain the value of the boot mode.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The boot mode was returned successfully.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER BootMode is NULL.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiGetBootMode (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN OUT EFI_BOOT_MODE *BootMode
- )
-{
- PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData;
- EFI_HOB_HANDOFF_INFO_TABLE *HandOffHob;
-
-
- if (BootMode == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- PrivateData = PEI_CORE_INSTANCE_FROM_PS_THIS(PeiServices);
-
- HandOffHob = (PrivateData->HobList.HandoffInformationTable);
-
- *BootMode = HandOffHob->BootMode;
-
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- This service enables PEIMs to update the boot mode variable.
-
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param BootMode The value of the boot mode to set.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS The value was successfully updated
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiSetBootMode (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN EFI_BOOT_MODE BootMode
- )
-{
- PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData;
- EFI_HOB_HANDOFF_INFO_TABLE *HandOffHob;
-
-
- PrivateData = PEI_CORE_INSTANCE_FROM_PS_THIS(PeiServices);
-
- HandOffHob = (PrivateData->HobList.HandoffInformationTable);
-
- HandOffHob->BootMode = BootMode;
-
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/CpuIo/CpuIo.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/CpuIo/CpuIo.c deleted file mode 100644 index c82c221540..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/CpuIo/CpuIo.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,541 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- The default version of EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI support published by PeiServices in
- PeiCore initialization phase.
-
- EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI is installed by some platform or chipset-specific PEIM that
- abstracts the processor-visible I/O operations. When PeiCore is started, the
- default version of EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI will be assigned to PeiServices table.
-
-Copyright (c) 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "PeiMain.h"
-
-///
-/// This default instance of EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI install assigned to EFI_PEI_SERVICE.CpuIo
-/// when PeiCore's initialization.
-///
-EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI gPeiDefaultCpuIoPpi = {
- {
- PeiDefaultMemRead,
- PeiDefaultMemWrite
- },
- {
- PeiDefaultIoRead,
- PeiDefaultIoWrite
- },
- PeiDefaultIoRead8,
- PeiDefaultIoRead16,
- PeiDefaultIoRead32,
- PeiDefaultIoRead64,
- PeiDefaultIoWrite8,
- PeiDefaultIoWrite16,
- PeiDefaultIoWrite32,
- PeiDefaultIoWrite64,
- PeiDefaultMemRead8,
- PeiDefaultMemRead16,
- PeiDefaultMemRead32,
- PeiDefaultMemRead64,
- PeiDefaultMemWrite8,
- PeiDefaultMemWrite16,
- PeiDefaultMemWrite32,
- PeiDefaultMemWrite64
-};
-
-/**
- Memory-based read services.
-
- This function is to perform the Memory Access Read service based on installed
- instance of the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI.
- If the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM, then
- return EFI_NOT_YET_AVAILABLE.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table
- published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Width The width of the access. Enumerated in bytes.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
- @param Count The number of accesses to perform.
- @param Buffer A pointer to the buffer of data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- @retval EFI_NOT_YET_AVAILABLE The service has not been installed.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultMemRead (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI_WIDTH Width,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN UINTN Count,
- IN OUT VOID *Buffer
- )
-{
- return EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET;
-}
-
-/**
- Memory-based write services.
-
- This function is to perform the Memory Access Write service based on installed
- instance of the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI.
- If the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM, then
- return EFI_NOT_YET_AVAILABLE.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table
- published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Width The width of the access. Enumerated in bytes.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
- @param Count The number of accesses to perform.
- @param Buffer A pointer to the buffer of data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- @retval EFI_NOT_YET_AVAILABLE The service has not been installed.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultMemWrite (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI_WIDTH Width,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN UINTN Count,
- IN OUT VOID *Buffer
- )
-{
- return EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET;
-}
-
-/**
- IO-based read services.
-
- This function is to perform the IO-base read service for the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI.
- If the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM, then
- return EFI_NOT_YET_AVAILABLE.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table
- published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Width The width of the access. Enumerated in bytes.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
- @param Count The number of accesses to perform.
- @param Buffer A pointer to the buffer of data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- @retval EFI_NOT_YET_AVAILABLE The service has not been installed.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultIoRead (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI_WIDTH Width,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN UINTN Count,
- IN OUT VOID *Buffer
- )
-{
- return EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET;
-}
-
-/**
- IO-based write services.
-
- This function is to perform the IO-base write service for the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI.
- If the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM, then
- return EFI_NOT_YET_AVAILABLE.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table
- published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Width The width of the access. Enumerated in bytes.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
- @param Count The number of accesses to perform.
- @param Buffer A pointer to the buffer of data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- @retval EFI_NOT_YET_AVAILABLE The service has not been installed.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultIoWrite (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI_WIDTH Width,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN UINTN Count,
- IN OUT VOID *Buffer
- )
-{
- return EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET;
-}
-
-/**
- 8-bit I/O read operations.
-
- If the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM, then
- return 0.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
-
- @return An 8-bit value returned from the I/O space.
-**/
-UINT8
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultIoRead8 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN UINT64 Address
- )
-{
- return 0;
-}
-
-/**
- Reads an 16-bit I/O port.
-
- If the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM, then
- return 0.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
-
- @return A 16-bit value returned from the I/O space.
-**/
-UINT16
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultIoRead16 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN UINT64 Address
- )
-{
- return 0;
-}
-
-/**
- Reads an 32-bit I/O port.
-
- If the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM, then
- return 0.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
-
- @return A 32-bit value returned from the I/O space.
-**/
-UINT32
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultIoRead32 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN UINT64 Address
- )
-{
- return 0;
-}
-
-/**
- Reads an 64-bit I/O port.
-
- If the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM, then
- return 0.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
-
- @return A 64-bit value returned from the I/O space.
-**/
-UINT64
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultIoRead64 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN UINT64 Address
- )
-{
- return 0;
-}
-
-/**
- 8-bit I/O write operations.
- If the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM, then do
- nothing.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
- @param Data The data to write.
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultIoWrite8 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN UINT8 Data
- )
-{
-}
-
-/**
- 16-bit I/O write operations.
- If the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM, then do
- nothing.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
- @param Data The data to write.
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultIoWrite16 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN UINT16 Data
- )
-{
-}
-
-/**
- 32-bit I/O write operations.
- If the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM, then do
- nothing.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
- @param Data The data to write.
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultIoWrite32 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN UINT32 Data
- )
-{
-}
-
-/**
- 64-bit I/O write operations.
- If the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM, then do
- nothing.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
- @param Data The data to write.
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultIoWrite64 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN UINT64 Data
- )
-{
-}
-
-/**
- 8-bit memory read operations.
-
- If the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM, then
- return 0.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
-
- @return An 8-bit value returned from the memory space.
-
-**/
-UINT8
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultMemRead8 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN UINT64 Address
- )
-{
- return 0;
-}
-
-/**
- 16-bit memory read operations.
-
- If the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM, then
- return 0.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
-
- @return An 16-bit value returned from the memory space.
-
-**/
-UINT16
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultMemRead16 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN UINT64 Address
- )
-{
- return 0;
-}
-
-/**
- 32-bit memory read operations.
-
- If the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM, then
- return 0.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
-
- @return An 32-bit value returned from the memory space.
-
-**/
-UINT32
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultMemRead32 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN UINT64 Address
- )
-{
- return 0;
-}
-
-/**
- 64-bit memory read operations.
-
- If the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM, then
- return 0.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
-
- @return An 64-bit value returned from the memory space.
-
-**/
-UINT64
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultMemRead64 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN UINT64 Address
- )
-{
- return 0;
-}
-
-/**
- 8-bit memory write operations.
- If the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM, then do
- nothing.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
- @param Data The data to write.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultMemWrite8 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN UINT8 Data
- )
-{
-}
-
-/**
- 16-bit memory write operations.
- If the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM, then do
- nothing.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
- @param Data The data to write.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultMemWrite16 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN UINT16 Data
- )
-{
-}
-
-/**
- 32-bit memory write operations.
- If the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM, then do
- nothing.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
- @param Data The data to write.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultMemWrite32 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN UINT32 Data
- )
-{
-}
-
-/**
- 64-bit memory write operations.
- If the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM, then do
- nothing.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
- @param Data The data to write.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultMemWrite64 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN UINT64 Data
- )
-{
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/Dependency/Dependency.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/Dependency/Dependency.c deleted file mode 100644 index e71566b5a7..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/Dependency/Dependency.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,253 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- PEI Dispatcher Dependency Evaluator
-
- This routine evaluates a dependency expression (DEPENDENCY_EXPRESSION) to determine
- if a driver can be scheduled for execution. The criteria for
- schedulability is that the dependency expression is satisfied.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "PeiMain.h"
-#include "Dependency.h"
-
-/**
-
- This routine determines if a PPI has been installed.
- The truth value of a GUID is determined by if the PPI has
- been published and can be queried from the PPI database.
-
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation
- @param Stack Reference to EVAL_STACK_ENTRY that contains PPI GUID to check
-
- @retval TRUE if the PPI is already installed.
- @retval FALSE if the PPI has yet to be installed.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsPpiInstalled (
- IN EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN EVAL_STACK_ENTRY *Stack
- )
-{
- VOID *PeiInstance;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_GUID PpiGuid;
-
- //
- // If there is no GUID to evaluate, just return current result on stack.
- //
- if (Stack->Operator == NULL) {
- return Stack->Result;
- }
-
- //
- // Copy the Guid into a locale variable so that there are no
- // possibilities of alignment faults for cross-compilation
- // environments such as Intel?Itanium(TM).
- //
- CopyMem(&PpiGuid, Stack->Operator, sizeof(EFI_GUID));
-
- //
- // Check if the PPI is installed.
- //
- Status = PeiServicesLocatePpi(
- &PpiGuid, // GUID
- 0, // INSTANCE
- NULL, // EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR
- &PeiInstance // PPI
- );
-
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
-
- This is the POSTFIX version of the dependency evaluator. When a
- PUSH [PPI GUID] is encountered, a pointer to the GUID is stored on
- the evaluation stack. When that entry is poped from the evaluation
- stack, the PPI is checked if it is installed. This method allows
- some time savings as not all PPIs must be checked for certain
- operation types (AND, OR).
-
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation
- @param DependencyExpression Pointer to a dependency expression. The Grammar adheres to
- the BNF described above and is stored in postfix notation.
-
- @retval TRUE if it is a well-formed Grammar
- @retval FALSE if the dependency expression overflows the evaluation stack
- if the dependency expression underflows the evaluation stack
- if the dependency expression is not a well-formed Grammar.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-PeimDispatchReadiness (
- IN EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN VOID *DependencyExpression
- )
-{
- DEPENDENCY_EXPRESSION_OPERAND *Iterator;
- EVAL_STACK_ENTRY *StackPtr;
- EVAL_STACK_ENTRY EvalStack[MAX_GRAMMAR_SIZE];
-
- Iterator = DependencyExpression;
-
- StackPtr = EvalStack;
-
- while (TRUE) {
-
- switch (*(Iterator++)) {
-
- //
- // For performance reason we put the frequently used items in front of
- // the rarely used items
- //
-
- case (EFI_DEP_PUSH):
- //
- // Check to make sure the dependency grammar doesn't overflow the
- // EvalStack on the push
- //
- if (StackPtr > &EvalStack[MAX_GRAMMAR_SIZE-1]) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Underflow Error)\n"));
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- //
- // Push the pointer to the PUSH opcode operator (pointer to PPI GUID)
- // We will evaluate if the PPI is insalled on the POP operation.
- //
- StackPtr->Operator = (VOID *) Iterator;
- Iterator = Iterator + sizeof (EFI_GUID);
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " PUSH GUID(%g) = %a\n", StackPtr->Operator, IsPpiInstalled (PeiServices, StackPtr) ? "TRUE" : "FALSE"));
- StackPtr++;
- break;
-
- case (EFI_DEP_AND):
- case (EFI_DEP_OR):
- if (*(Iterator - 1) == EFI_DEP_AND) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " AND\n"));
- } else {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " OR\n"));
- }
- //
- // Check to make sure the dependency grammar doesn't underflow the
- // EvalStack on the two POPs for the AND operation. Don't need to
- // check for the overflow on PUSHing the result since we already
- // did two POPs.
- //
- if (StackPtr < &EvalStack[2]) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Underflow Error)\n"));
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- //
- // Evaluate the first POPed operator only. If the operand is
- // EFI_DEP_AND and the POPed operator evaluates to FALSE, or the
- // operand is EFI_DEP_OR and the POPed operator evaluates to TRUE,
- // we don't need to check the second operator, and the result will be
- // evaluation of the POPed operator. Otherwise, don't POP the second
- // operator since it will now evaluate to the final result on the
- // next operand that causes a POP.
- //
- StackPtr--;
- //
- // Iterator has increased by 1 after we retrieve the operand, so here we
- // should get the value pointed by (Iterator - 1), in order to obtain the
- // same operand.
- //
- if (*(Iterator - 1) == EFI_DEP_AND) {
- if (!(IsPpiInstalled (PeiServices, StackPtr))) {
- (StackPtr-1)->Result = FALSE;
- (StackPtr-1)->Operator = NULL;
- }
- } else {
- if (IsPpiInstalled (PeiServices, StackPtr)) {
- (StackPtr-1)->Result = TRUE;
- (StackPtr-1)->Operator = NULL;
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case (EFI_DEP_END):
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " END\n"));
- StackPtr--;
- //
- // Check to make sure EvalStack is balanced. If not, then there is
- // an error in the dependency grammar, so return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER.
- //
- if (StackPtr != &EvalStack[0]) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Underflow Error)\n"));
- return FALSE;
- }
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = %a\n", IsPpiInstalled (PeiServices, StackPtr) ? "TRUE" : "FALSE"));
- return IsPpiInstalled (PeiServices, StackPtr);
-
- case (EFI_DEP_NOT):
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " NOT\n"));
- //
- // Check to make sure the dependency grammar doesn't underflow the
- // EvalStack on the POP for the NOT operation. Don't need to
- // check for the overflow on PUSHing the result since we already
- // did a POP.
- //
- if (StackPtr < &EvalStack[1]) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Underflow Error)\n"));
- return FALSE;
- }
- (StackPtr-1)->Result = (BOOLEAN) !IsPpiInstalled (PeiServices, (StackPtr-1));
- (StackPtr-1)->Operator = NULL;
- break;
-
- case (EFI_DEP_TRUE):
- case (EFI_DEP_FALSE):
- if (*(Iterator - 1) == EFI_DEP_TRUE) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " TRUE\n"));
- } else {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " FALSE\n"));
- }
- //
- // Check to make sure the dependency grammar doesn't overflow the
- // EvalStack on the push
- //
- if (StackPtr > &EvalStack[MAX_GRAMMAR_SIZE-1]) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Underflow Error)\n"));
- return FALSE;
- }
- //
- // Iterator has increased by 1 after we retrieve the operand, so here we
- // should get the value pointed by (Iterator - 1), in order to obtain the
- // same operand.
- //
- if (*(Iterator - 1) == EFI_DEP_TRUE) {
- StackPtr->Result = TRUE;
- } else {
- StackPtr->Result = FALSE;
- }
- StackPtr->Operator = NULL;
- StackPtr++;
- break;
-
- default:
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Invalid opcode)\n"));
- //
- // The grammar should never arrive here
- //
- return FALSE;
- }
- }
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/Dependency/Dependency.h b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/Dependency/Dependency.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5021ce056b..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/Dependency/Dependency.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- This module contains data specific to dependency expressions
- and local function prototypes.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _PEI_DEPENDENCY_H_
-#define _PEI_DEPENDENCY_H_
-
-
-#define MAX_GRAMMAR_SIZE 64
-
-//
-// type definitions
-//
-typedef UINT8 DEPENDENCY_EXPRESSION_OPERAND;
-
-typedef struct {
- BOOLEAN Result;
- VOID *Operator;
-} EVAL_STACK_ENTRY;
-
-#endif
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/Dispatcher/Dispatcher.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/Dispatcher/Dispatcher.c deleted file mode 100644 index ff43a90ba5..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/Dispatcher/Dispatcher.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1353 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- EFI PEI Core dispatch services
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-(C) Copyright 2016 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "PeiMain.h"
-
-///
-/// temporary memory is filled with this initial value during SEC phase
-///
-#define INIT_CAR_VALUE 0x5AA55AA5
-
-/**
-
- Discover all Peims and optional Apriori file in one FV. There is at most one
- Apriori file in one FV.
-
-
- @param Private Pointer to the private data passed in from caller
- @param CoreFileHandle The instance of PEI_CORE_FV_HANDLE.
-
-**/
-VOID
-DiscoverPeimsAndOrderWithApriori (
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *Private,
- IN PEI_CORE_FV_HANDLE *CoreFileHandle
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle;
- EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE AprioriFileHandle;
- EFI_GUID *Apriori;
- UINTN Index;
- UINTN Index2;
- UINTN PeimIndex;
- UINTN PeimCount;
- EFI_GUID *Guid;
- EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE *TempFileHandles;
- EFI_GUID *FileGuid;
- EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI *FvPpi;
- EFI_FV_FILE_INFO FileInfo;
-
- FvPpi = CoreFileHandle->FvPpi;
-
- //
- // Walk the FV and find all the PEIMs and the Apriori file.
- //
- AprioriFileHandle = NULL;
- Private->CurrentFvFileHandles[0] = NULL;
- Guid = NULL;
- FileHandle = NULL;
- TempFileHandles = Private->FileHandles;
- FileGuid = Private->FileGuid;
-
- //
- // If the current Fv has been scanned, directly get its cachable record.
- //
- if (Private->Fv[Private->CurrentPeimFvCount].ScanFv) {
- CopyMem (Private->CurrentFvFileHandles, Private->Fv[Private->CurrentPeimFvCount].FvFileHandles, sizeof (EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE) * PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxPeimPerFv));
- return;
- }
-
- //
- // Go ahead to scan this Fv, and cache FileHandles within it.
- //
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- for (PeimCount = 0; PeimCount <= PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxPeimPerFv); PeimCount++) {
- Status = FvPpi->FindFileByType (FvPpi, PEI_CORE_INTERNAL_FFS_FILE_DISPATCH_TYPE, CoreFileHandle->FvHandle, &FileHandle);
- if (Status != EFI_SUCCESS || PeimCount == PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxPeimPerFv)) {
- break;
- }
-
- Private->CurrentFvFileHandles[PeimCount] = FileHandle;
- }
-
- //
- // Check whether the count of files exceeds the max support files in a FV image
- // If more files are required in a FV image, PcdPeiCoreMaxPeimPerFv can be set to a larger value in DSC file.
- //
- ASSERT ((Status != EFI_SUCCESS) || (PeimCount < PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxPeimPerFv)));
-
- //
- // Get Apriori File handle
- //
- Private->AprioriCount = 0;
- Status = FvPpi->FindFileByName (FvPpi, &gPeiAprioriFileNameGuid, &CoreFileHandle->FvHandle, &AprioriFileHandle);
- if (!EFI_ERROR(Status) && AprioriFileHandle != NULL) {
- //
- // Read the Apriori file
- //
- Status = FvPpi->FindSectionByType (FvPpi, EFI_SECTION_RAW, AprioriFileHandle, (VOID **) &Apriori);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Calculate the number of PEIMs in the A Priori list
- //
- Status = FvPpi->GetFileInfo (FvPpi, AprioriFileHandle, &FileInfo);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- Private->AprioriCount = FileInfo.BufferSize;
- if (IS_SECTION2 (FileInfo.Buffer)) {
- Private->AprioriCount -= sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER2);
- } else {
- Private->AprioriCount -= sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER);
- }
- Private->AprioriCount /= sizeof (EFI_GUID);
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < PeimCount; Index++) {
- //
- // Make an array of file name guids that matches the FileHandle array so we can convert
- // quickly from file name to file handle
- //
- Status = FvPpi->GetFileInfo (FvPpi, Private->CurrentFvFileHandles[Index], &FileInfo);
- CopyMem (&FileGuid[Index], &FileInfo.FileName, sizeof(EFI_GUID));
- }
-
- //
- // Walk through FileGuid array to find out who is invalid PEIM guid in Apriori file.
- // Add available PEIMs in Apriori file into TempFileHandles array at first.
- //
- Index2 = 0;
- for (Index = 0; Index2 < Private->AprioriCount; Index++) {
- while (Index2 < Private->AprioriCount) {
- Guid = ScanGuid (FileGuid, PeimCount * sizeof (EFI_GUID), &Apriori[Index2++]);
- if (Guid != NULL) {
- break;
- }
- }
- if (Guid == NULL) {
- break;
- }
- PeimIndex = ((UINTN)Guid - (UINTN)&FileGuid[0])/sizeof (EFI_GUID);
- TempFileHandles[Index] = Private->CurrentFvFileHandles[PeimIndex];
-
- //
- // Since we have copied the file handle we can remove it from this list.
- //
- Private->CurrentFvFileHandles[PeimIndex] = NULL;
- }
-
- //
- // Update valid Aprioricount
- //
- Private->AprioriCount = Index;
-
- //
- // Add in any PEIMs not in the Apriori file
- //
- for (;Index < PeimCount; Index++) {
- for (Index2 = 0; Index2 < PeimCount; Index2++) {
- if (Private->CurrentFvFileHandles[Index2] != NULL) {
- TempFileHandles[Index] = Private->CurrentFvFileHandles[Index2];
- Private->CurrentFvFileHandles[Index2] = NULL;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- //
- //Index the end of array contains re-range Pei moudle.
- //
- TempFileHandles[Index] = NULL;
-
- //
- // Private->CurrentFvFileHandles is currently in PEIM in the FV order.
- // We need to update it to start with files in the A Priori list and
- // then the remaining files in PEIM order.
- //
- CopyMem (Private->CurrentFvFileHandles, TempFileHandles, sizeof (EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE) * PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxPeimPerFv));
- }
- }
- //
- // Cache the current Fv File Handle. So that we don't have to scan the Fv again.
- // Instead, we can retrieve the file handles within this Fv from cachable data.
- //
- Private->Fv[Private->CurrentPeimFvCount].ScanFv = TRUE;
- CopyMem (Private->Fv[Private->CurrentPeimFvCount].FvFileHandles, Private->CurrentFvFileHandles, sizeof (EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE) * PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxPeimPerFv));
-
-}
-
-//
-// This is the minimum memory required by DxeCore initialization. When LMFA feature enabled,
-// This part of memory still need reserved on the very top of memory so that the DXE Core could
-// use these memory for data initialization. This macro should be sync with the same marco
-// defined in DXE Core.
-//
-#define MINIMUM_INITIAL_MEMORY_SIZE 0x10000
-/**
- This function is to test if the memory range described in resource HOB is available or not.
-
- This function should only be invoked when Loading Module at Fixed Address(LMFA) feature is enabled. Some platform may allocate the
- memory before PeiLoadFixAddressHook in invoked. so this function is to test if the memory range described by the input resource HOB is
- available or not.
-
- @param PrivateData Pointer to the private data passed in from caller
- @param ResourceHob Pointer to a resource HOB which described the memory range described by the input resource HOB
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-PeiLoadFixAddressIsMemoryRangeAvailable (
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData,
- IN EFI_HOB_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR *ResourceHob
- )
-{
- EFI_HOB_MEMORY_ALLOCATION *MemoryHob;
- BOOLEAN IsAvailable;
- EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS Hob;
-
- IsAvailable = TRUE;
- if (PrivateData == NULL || ResourceHob == NULL) {
- return FALSE;
- }
- //
- // test if the memory range describe in the HOB is already allocated.
- //
- for (Hob.Raw = PrivateData->HobList.Raw; !END_OF_HOB_LIST(Hob); Hob.Raw = GET_NEXT_HOB(Hob)) {
- //
- // See if this is a memory allocation HOB
- //
- if (GET_HOB_TYPE (Hob) == EFI_HOB_TYPE_MEMORY_ALLOCATION) {
- MemoryHob = Hob.MemoryAllocation;
- if(MemoryHob->AllocDescriptor.MemoryBaseAddress == ResourceHob->PhysicalStart &&
- MemoryHob->AllocDescriptor.MemoryBaseAddress + MemoryHob->AllocDescriptor.MemoryLength == ResourceHob->PhysicalStart + ResourceHob->ResourceLength) {
- IsAvailable = FALSE;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- return IsAvailable;
-
-}
-/**
- Hook function for Loading Module at Fixed Address feature
-
- This function should only be invoked when Loading Module at Fixed Address(LMFA) feature is enabled. When feature is
- configured as Load Modules at Fix Absolute Address, this function is to validate the top address assigned by user. When
- feature is configured as Load Modules at Fixed Offset, the functino is to find the top address which is TOLM-TSEG in general.
- And also the function will re-install PEI memory.
-
- @param PrivateData Pointer to the private data passed in from caller
-
-**/
-VOID
-PeiLoadFixAddressHook(
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData
- )
-{
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS TopLoadingAddress;
- UINT64 PeiMemorySize;
- UINT64 TotalReservedMemorySize;
- UINT64 MemoryRangeEnd;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS HighAddress;
- EFI_HOB_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR *ResourceHob;
- EFI_HOB_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR *NextResourceHob;
- EFI_HOB_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR *CurrentResourceHob;
- EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS CurrentHob;
- EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS Hob;
- EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS NextHob;
- EFI_HOB_MEMORY_ALLOCATION *MemoryHob;
- //
- // Initialize Local Variables
- //
- CurrentResourceHob = NULL;
- ResourceHob = NULL;
- NextResourceHob = NULL;
- HighAddress = 0;
- TopLoadingAddress = 0;
- MemoryRangeEnd = 0;
- CurrentHob.Raw = PrivateData->HobList.Raw;
- PeiMemorySize = PrivateData->PhysicalMemoryLength;
- //
- // The top reserved memory include 3 parts: the topest range is for DXE core initialization with the size MINIMUM_INITIAL_MEMORY_SIZE
- // then RuntimeCodePage range and Boot time code range.
- //
- TotalReservedMemorySize = MINIMUM_INITIAL_MEMORY_SIZE + EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE(PcdGet32(PcdLoadFixAddressRuntimeCodePageNumber));
- TotalReservedMemorySize+= EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE(PcdGet32(PcdLoadFixAddressBootTimeCodePageNumber)) ;
- //
- // PEI memory range lies below the top reserved memory
- //
- TotalReservedMemorySize += PeiMemorySize;
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "LOADING MODULE FIXED INFO: PcdLoadFixAddressRuntimeCodePageNumber= 0x%x.\n", PcdGet32(PcdLoadFixAddressRuntimeCodePageNumber)));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "LOADING MODULE FIXED INFO: PcdLoadFixAddressBootTimeCodePageNumber= 0x%x.\n", PcdGet32(PcdLoadFixAddressBootTimeCodePageNumber)));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "LOADING MODULE FIXED INFO: PcdLoadFixAddressPeiCodePageNumber= 0x%x.\n", PcdGet32(PcdLoadFixAddressPeiCodePageNumber)));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "LOADING MODULE FIXED INFO: Total Reserved Memory Size = 0x%lx.\n", TotalReservedMemorySize));
- //
- // Loop through the system memory typed hob to merge the adjacent memory range
- //
- for (Hob.Raw = PrivateData->HobList.Raw; !END_OF_HOB_LIST(Hob); Hob.Raw = GET_NEXT_HOB(Hob)) {
- //
- // See if this is a resource descriptor HOB
- //
- if (GET_HOB_TYPE (Hob) == EFI_HOB_TYPE_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR) {
-
- ResourceHob = Hob.ResourceDescriptor;
- //
- // If range described in this hob is not system memory or heigher than MAX_ADDRESS, ignored.
- //
- if (ResourceHob->ResourceType != EFI_RESOURCE_SYSTEM_MEMORY ||
- ResourceHob->PhysicalStart + ResourceHob->ResourceLength > MAX_ADDRESS) {
- continue;
- }
-
- for (NextHob.Raw = PrivateData->HobList.Raw; !END_OF_HOB_LIST(NextHob); NextHob.Raw = GET_NEXT_HOB(NextHob)) {
- if (NextHob.Raw == Hob.Raw){
- continue;
- }
- //
- // See if this is a resource descriptor HOB
- //
- if (GET_HOB_TYPE (NextHob) == EFI_HOB_TYPE_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR) {
-
- NextResourceHob = NextHob.ResourceDescriptor;
- //
- // test if range described in this NextResourceHob is system memory and have the same attribute.
- // Note: Here is a assumption that system memory should always be healthy even without test.
- //
- if (NextResourceHob->ResourceType == EFI_RESOURCE_SYSTEM_MEMORY &&
- (((NextResourceHob->ResourceAttribute^ResourceHob->ResourceAttribute)&(~EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_TESTED)) == 0)){
-
- //
- // See if the memory range described in ResourceHob and NextResourceHob is adjacent
- //
- if ((ResourceHob->PhysicalStart <= NextResourceHob->PhysicalStart &&
- ResourceHob->PhysicalStart + ResourceHob->ResourceLength >= NextResourceHob->PhysicalStart)||
- (ResourceHob->PhysicalStart >= NextResourceHob->PhysicalStart&&
- ResourceHob->PhysicalStart <= NextResourceHob->PhysicalStart + NextResourceHob->ResourceLength)) {
-
- MemoryRangeEnd = ((ResourceHob->PhysicalStart + ResourceHob->ResourceLength)>(NextResourceHob->PhysicalStart + NextResourceHob->ResourceLength)) ?
- (ResourceHob->PhysicalStart + ResourceHob->ResourceLength):(NextResourceHob->PhysicalStart + NextResourceHob->ResourceLength);
-
- ResourceHob->PhysicalStart = (ResourceHob->PhysicalStart < NextResourceHob->PhysicalStart) ?
- ResourceHob->PhysicalStart : NextResourceHob->PhysicalStart;
-
-
- ResourceHob->ResourceLength = (MemoryRangeEnd - ResourceHob->PhysicalStart);
-
- ResourceHob->ResourceAttribute = ResourceHob->ResourceAttribute & (~EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_TESTED);
- //
- // Delete the NextResourceHob by marking it as unused.
- //
- GET_HOB_TYPE (NextHob) = EFI_HOB_TYPE_UNUSED;
-
- }
- }
- }
- }
- }
- }
- //
- // Some platform is already allocated pages before the HOB re-org. Here to build dedicated resource HOB to describe
- // the allocated memory range
- //
- for (Hob.Raw = PrivateData->HobList.Raw; !END_OF_HOB_LIST(Hob); Hob.Raw = GET_NEXT_HOB(Hob)) {
- //
- // See if this is a memory allocation HOB
- //
- if (GET_HOB_TYPE (Hob) == EFI_HOB_TYPE_MEMORY_ALLOCATION) {
- MemoryHob = Hob.MemoryAllocation;
- for (NextHob.Raw = PrivateData->HobList.Raw; !END_OF_HOB_LIST(NextHob); NextHob.Raw = GET_NEXT_HOB(NextHob)) {
- //
- // See if this is a resource descriptor HOB
- //
- if (GET_HOB_TYPE (NextHob) == EFI_HOB_TYPE_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR) {
- NextResourceHob = NextHob.ResourceDescriptor;
- //
- // If range described in this hob is not system memory or heigher than MAX_ADDRESS, ignored.
- //
- if (NextResourceHob->ResourceType != EFI_RESOURCE_SYSTEM_MEMORY || NextResourceHob->PhysicalStart + NextResourceHob->ResourceLength > MAX_ADDRESS) {
- continue;
- }
- //
- // If the range describe in memory allocation HOB belongs to the memroy range described by the resource hob
- //
- if (MemoryHob->AllocDescriptor.MemoryBaseAddress >= NextResourceHob->PhysicalStart &&
- MemoryHob->AllocDescriptor.MemoryBaseAddress + MemoryHob->AllocDescriptor.MemoryLength <= NextResourceHob->PhysicalStart + NextResourceHob->ResourceLength) {
- //
- // Build seperate resource hob for this allocated range
- //
- if (MemoryHob->AllocDescriptor.MemoryBaseAddress > NextResourceHob->PhysicalStart) {
- BuildResourceDescriptorHob (
- EFI_RESOURCE_SYSTEM_MEMORY,
- NextResourceHob->ResourceAttribute,
- NextResourceHob->PhysicalStart,
- (MemoryHob->AllocDescriptor.MemoryBaseAddress - NextResourceHob->PhysicalStart)
- );
- }
- if (MemoryHob->AllocDescriptor.MemoryBaseAddress + MemoryHob->AllocDescriptor.MemoryLength < NextResourceHob->PhysicalStart + NextResourceHob->ResourceLength) {
- BuildResourceDescriptorHob (
- EFI_RESOURCE_SYSTEM_MEMORY,
- NextResourceHob->ResourceAttribute,
- MemoryHob->AllocDescriptor.MemoryBaseAddress + MemoryHob->AllocDescriptor.MemoryLength,
- (NextResourceHob->PhysicalStart + NextResourceHob->ResourceLength -(MemoryHob->AllocDescriptor.MemoryBaseAddress + MemoryHob->AllocDescriptor.MemoryLength))
- );
- }
- NextResourceHob->PhysicalStart = MemoryHob->AllocDescriptor.MemoryBaseAddress;
- NextResourceHob->ResourceLength = MemoryHob->AllocDescriptor.MemoryLength;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Try to find and validate the TOP address.
- //
- if ((INT64)PcdGet64(PcdLoadModuleAtFixAddressEnable) > 0 ) {
- //
- // The LMFA feature is enabled as load module at fixed absolute address.
- //
- TopLoadingAddress = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)PcdGet64(PcdLoadModuleAtFixAddressEnable);
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "LOADING MODULE FIXED INFO: Loading module at fixed absolute address.\n"));
- //
- // validate the Address. Loop the resource descriptor HOB to make sure the address is in valid memory range
- //
- if ((TopLoadingAddress & EFI_PAGE_MASK) != 0) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "LOADING MODULE FIXED ERROR:Top Address 0x%lx is invalid since top address should be page align. \n", TopLoadingAddress));
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- }
- //
- // Search for a memory region that is below MAX_ADDRESS and in which TopLoadingAddress lies
- //
- for (Hob.Raw = PrivateData->HobList.Raw; !END_OF_HOB_LIST(Hob); Hob.Raw = GET_NEXT_HOB(Hob)) {
- //
- // See if this is a resource descriptor HOB
- //
- if (GET_HOB_TYPE (Hob) == EFI_HOB_TYPE_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR) {
-
- ResourceHob = Hob.ResourceDescriptor;
- //
- // See if this resource descrior HOB describes tested system memory below MAX_ADDRESS
- //
- if (ResourceHob->ResourceType == EFI_RESOURCE_SYSTEM_MEMORY &&
- ResourceHob->PhysicalStart + ResourceHob->ResourceLength <= MAX_ADDRESS) {
- //
- // See if Top address specified by user is valid.
- //
- if (ResourceHob->PhysicalStart + TotalReservedMemorySize < TopLoadingAddress &&
- (ResourceHob->PhysicalStart + ResourceHob->ResourceLength - MINIMUM_INITIAL_MEMORY_SIZE) >= TopLoadingAddress &&
- PeiLoadFixAddressIsMemoryRangeAvailable(PrivateData, ResourceHob)) {
- CurrentResourceHob = ResourceHob;
- CurrentHob = Hob;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- if (CurrentResourceHob != NULL) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "LOADING MODULE FIXED INFO:Top Address 0x%lx is valid \n", TopLoadingAddress));
- TopLoadingAddress += MINIMUM_INITIAL_MEMORY_SIZE;
- } else {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "LOADING MODULE FIXED ERROR:Top Address 0x%lx is invalid \n", TopLoadingAddress));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "LOADING MODULE FIXED ERROR:The recommended Top Address for the platform is: \n"));
- //
- // Print the recomended Top address range.
- //
- for (Hob.Raw = PrivateData->HobList.Raw; !END_OF_HOB_LIST(Hob); Hob.Raw = GET_NEXT_HOB(Hob)) {
- //
- // See if this is a resource descriptor HOB
- //
- if (GET_HOB_TYPE (Hob) == EFI_HOB_TYPE_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR) {
-
- ResourceHob = Hob.ResourceDescriptor;
- //
- // See if this resource descrior HOB describes tested system memory below MAX_ADDRESS
- //
- if (ResourceHob->ResourceType == EFI_RESOURCE_SYSTEM_MEMORY &&
- ResourceHob->PhysicalStart + ResourceHob->ResourceLength <= MAX_ADDRESS) {
- //
- // See if Top address specified by user is valid.
- //
- if (ResourceHob->ResourceLength > TotalReservedMemorySize && PeiLoadFixAddressIsMemoryRangeAvailable(PrivateData, ResourceHob)) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "(0x%lx, 0x%lx)\n",
- (ResourceHob->PhysicalStart + TotalReservedMemorySize -MINIMUM_INITIAL_MEMORY_SIZE),
- (ResourceHob->PhysicalStart + ResourceHob->ResourceLength -MINIMUM_INITIAL_MEMORY_SIZE)
- ));
- }
- }
- }
- }
- //
- // Assert here
- //
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- return;
- }
- } else {
- //
- // The LMFA feature is enabled as load module at fixed offset relative to TOLM
- // Parse the Hob list to find the topest available memory. Generally it is (TOLM - TSEG)
- //
- //
- // Search for a tested memory region that is below MAX_ADDRESS
- //
- for (Hob.Raw = PrivateData->HobList.Raw; !END_OF_HOB_LIST(Hob); Hob.Raw = GET_NEXT_HOB(Hob)) {
- //
- // See if this is a resource descriptor HOB
- //
- if (GET_HOB_TYPE (Hob) == EFI_HOB_TYPE_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR) {
-
- ResourceHob = Hob.ResourceDescriptor;
- //
- // See if this resource descrior HOB describes tested system memory below MAX_ADDRESS
- //
- if (ResourceHob->ResourceType == EFI_RESOURCE_SYSTEM_MEMORY &&
- ResourceHob->PhysicalStart + ResourceHob->ResourceLength <= MAX_ADDRESS &&
- ResourceHob->ResourceLength > TotalReservedMemorySize && PeiLoadFixAddressIsMemoryRangeAvailable(PrivateData, ResourceHob)) {
- //
- // See if this is the highest largest system memory region below MaxAddress
- //
- if (ResourceHob->PhysicalStart > HighAddress) {
- CurrentResourceHob = ResourceHob;
- CurrentHob = Hob;
- HighAddress = CurrentResourceHob->PhysicalStart;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- if (CurrentResourceHob == NULL) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "LOADING MODULE FIXED ERROR:The System Memory is too small\n"));
- //
- // Assert here
- //
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- return;
- } else {
- TopLoadingAddress = CurrentResourceHob->PhysicalStart + CurrentResourceHob->ResourceLength ;
- }
- }
-
- if (CurrentResourceHob != NULL) {
- //
- // rebuild resource HOB for PEI memmory and reserved memory
- //
- BuildResourceDescriptorHob (
- EFI_RESOURCE_SYSTEM_MEMORY,
- (
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_PRESENT |
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_INITIALIZED |
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_TESTED |
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_UNCACHEABLE |
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_WRITE_COMBINEABLE |
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_WRITE_THROUGH_CACHEABLE |
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_WRITE_BACK_CACHEABLE
- ),
- (TopLoadingAddress - TotalReservedMemorySize),
- TotalReservedMemorySize
- );
- //
- // rebuild resource for the remain memory if necessary
- //
- if (CurrentResourceHob->PhysicalStart < TopLoadingAddress - TotalReservedMemorySize) {
- BuildResourceDescriptorHob (
- EFI_RESOURCE_SYSTEM_MEMORY,
- (
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_PRESENT |
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_INITIALIZED |
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_UNCACHEABLE |
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_WRITE_COMBINEABLE |
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_WRITE_THROUGH_CACHEABLE |
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_WRITE_BACK_CACHEABLE
- ),
- CurrentResourceHob->PhysicalStart,
- (TopLoadingAddress - TotalReservedMemorySize - CurrentResourceHob->PhysicalStart)
- );
- }
- if (CurrentResourceHob->PhysicalStart + CurrentResourceHob->ResourceLength > TopLoadingAddress ) {
- BuildResourceDescriptorHob (
- EFI_RESOURCE_SYSTEM_MEMORY,
- (
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_PRESENT |
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_INITIALIZED |
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_UNCACHEABLE |
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_WRITE_COMBINEABLE |
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_WRITE_THROUGH_CACHEABLE |
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_WRITE_BACK_CACHEABLE
- ),
- TopLoadingAddress,
- (CurrentResourceHob->PhysicalStart + CurrentResourceHob->ResourceLength - TopLoadingAddress)
- );
- }
- //
- // Delete CurrentHob by marking it as unused since the the memory range described by is rebuilt.
- //
- GET_HOB_TYPE (CurrentHob) = EFI_HOB_TYPE_UNUSED;
- }
-
- //
- // Cache the top address for Loading Module at Fixed Address feature
- //
- PrivateData->LoadModuleAtFixAddressTopAddress = TopLoadingAddress - MINIMUM_INITIAL_MEMORY_SIZE;
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "LOADING MODULE FIXED INFO: Top address = 0x%lx\n", PrivateData->LoadModuleAtFixAddressTopAddress));
- //
- // reinstall the PEI memory relative to TopLoadingAddress
- //
- PrivateData->PhysicalMemoryBegin = TopLoadingAddress - TotalReservedMemorySize;
- PrivateData->FreePhysicalMemoryTop = PrivateData->PhysicalMemoryBegin + PeiMemorySize;
-}
-
-/**
- This routine is invoked in switch stack as PeiCore Entry.
-
- @param SecCoreData Points to a data structure containing information about the PEI core's operating
- environment, such as the size and location of temporary RAM, the stack location and
- the BFV location.
- @param Private Pointer to old core data that is used to initialize the
- core's data areas.
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-PeiCoreEntry (
- IN CONST EFI_SEC_PEI_HAND_OFF *SecCoreData,
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *Private
- )
-{
- //
- // Entry PEI Phase 2
- //
- PeiCore (SecCoreData, NULL, Private);
-}
-
-/**
- Check SwitchStackSignal and switch stack if SwitchStackSignal is TRUE.
-
- @param[in] SecCoreData Points to a data structure containing information about the PEI core's operating
- environment, such as the size and location of temporary RAM, the stack location and
- the BFV location.
- @param[in] Private Pointer to the private data passed in from caller.
-
-**/
-VOID
-PeiCheckAndSwitchStack (
- IN CONST EFI_SEC_PEI_HAND_OFF *SecCoreData,
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *Private
- )
-{
- VOID *LoadFixPeiCodeBegin;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices;
- UINT64 NewStackSize;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS TopOfOldStack;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS TopOfNewStack;
- UINTN StackOffset;
- BOOLEAN StackOffsetPositive;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS TemporaryRamBase;
- UINTN TemporaryRamSize;
- UINTN TemporaryStackSize;
- VOID *TemporaryStackBase;
- UINTN PeiTemporaryRamSize;
- VOID *PeiTemporaryRamBase;
- EFI_PEI_TEMPORARY_RAM_SUPPORT_PPI *TemporaryRamSupportPpi;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseOfNewHeap;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS HoleMemBase;
- UINTN HoleMemSize;
- UINTN HeapTemporaryRamSize;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS TempBase1;
- UINTN TempSize1;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS TempBase2;
- UINTN TempSize2;
- UINTN Index;
-
- PeiServices = (CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **) &Private->Ps;
-
- if (Private->SwitchStackSignal) {
- //
- // Before switch stack from temporary memory to permanent memory, calculate the heap and stack
- // usage in temporary memory for debugging.
- //
- DEBUG_CODE_BEGIN ();
- UINT32 *StackPointer;
-
- for (StackPointer = (UINT32*)SecCoreData->StackBase;
- (StackPointer < (UINT32*)((UINTN)SecCoreData->StackBase + SecCoreData->StackSize)) \
- && (*StackPointer == INIT_CAR_VALUE);
- StackPointer ++);
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "Temp Stack : BaseAddress=0x%p Length=0x%X\n", SecCoreData->StackBase, (UINT32)SecCoreData->StackSize));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "Temp Heap : BaseAddress=0x%p Length=0x%X\n", Private->HobList.Raw, (UINT32)((UINTN) Private->HobList.HandoffInformationTable->EfiFreeMemoryTop - (UINTN) Private->HobList.Raw)));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "Total temporary memory: %d bytes.\n", (UINT32)SecCoreData->TemporaryRamSize));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " temporary memory stack ever used: %d bytes.\n",
- (UINT32)(SecCoreData->StackSize - ((UINTN) StackPointer - (UINTN)SecCoreData->StackBase))
- ));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " temporary memory heap used: %d bytes.\n",
- (UINT32)((UINTN)Private->HobList.HandoffInformationTable->EfiFreeMemoryBottom - (UINTN)Private->HobList.Raw)
- ));
- DEBUG_CODE_END ();
-
- if (PcdGet64(PcdLoadModuleAtFixAddressEnable) != 0 && (Private->HobList.HandoffInformationTable->BootMode != BOOT_ON_S3_RESUME)) {
- //
- // Loading Module at Fixed Address is enabled
- //
- PeiLoadFixAddressHook (Private);
-
- //
- // If Loading Module at Fixed Address is enabled, Allocating memory range for Pei code range.
- //
- LoadFixPeiCodeBegin = AllocatePages((UINTN)PcdGet32(PcdLoadFixAddressPeiCodePageNumber));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "LOADING MODULE FIXED INFO: PeiCodeBegin = 0x%lX, PeiCodeTop= 0x%lX\n", (UINT64)(UINTN)LoadFixPeiCodeBegin, (UINT64)((UINTN)LoadFixPeiCodeBegin + PcdGet32(PcdLoadFixAddressPeiCodePageNumber) * EFI_PAGE_SIZE)));
- }
-
- //
- // Reserve the size of new stack at bottom of physical memory
- //
- // The size of new stack in permanent memory must be the same size
- // or larger than the size of old stack in temporary memory.
- // But if new stack is smaller than the size of old stack, we also reserve
- // the size of old stack at bottom of permanent memory.
- //
- NewStackSize = RShiftU64 (Private->PhysicalMemoryLength, 1);
- NewStackSize = ALIGN_VALUE (NewStackSize, EFI_PAGE_SIZE);
- NewStackSize = MIN (PcdGet32(PcdPeiCoreMaxPeiStackSize), NewStackSize);
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "Old Stack size %d, New stack size %d\n", (UINT32)SecCoreData->StackSize, (UINT32)NewStackSize));
- ASSERT (NewStackSize >= SecCoreData->StackSize);
-
- //
- // Calculate stack offset and heap offset between temporary memory and new permement
- // memory seperately.
- //
- TopOfOldStack = (UINTN)SecCoreData->StackBase + SecCoreData->StackSize;
- TopOfNewStack = Private->PhysicalMemoryBegin + NewStackSize;
- if (TopOfNewStack >= TopOfOldStack) {
- StackOffsetPositive = TRUE;
- StackOffset = (UINTN)(TopOfNewStack - TopOfOldStack);
- } else {
- StackOffsetPositive = FALSE;
- StackOffset = (UINTN)(TopOfOldStack - TopOfNewStack);
- }
- Private->StackOffsetPositive = StackOffsetPositive;
- Private->StackOffset = StackOffset;
-
- //
- // Build Stack HOB that describes the permanent memory stack
- //
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "Stack Hob: BaseAddress=0x%lX Length=0x%lX\n", TopOfNewStack - NewStackSize, NewStackSize));
- BuildStackHob (TopOfNewStack - NewStackSize, NewStackSize);
-
- //
- // Cache information from SecCoreData into locals before SecCoreData is converted to a permanent memory address
- //
- TemporaryRamBase = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)SecCoreData->TemporaryRamBase;
- TemporaryRamSize = SecCoreData->TemporaryRamSize;
- TemporaryStackSize = SecCoreData->StackSize;
- TemporaryStackBase = SecCoreData->StackBase;
- PeiTemporaryRamSize = SecCoreData->PeiTemporaryRamSize;
- PeiTemporaryRamBase = SecCoreData->PeiTemporaryRamBase;
-
- //
- // TemporaryRamSupportPpi is produced by platform's SEC
- //
- Status = PeiServicesLocatePpi (
- &gEfiTemporaryRamSupportPpiGuid,
- 0,
- NULL,
- (VOID**)&TemporaryRamSupportPpi
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Heap Offset
- //
- BaseOfNewHeap = TopOfNewStack;
- if (BaseOfNewHeap >= (UINTN)SecCoreData->PeiTemporaryRamBase) {
- Private->HeapOffsetPositive = TRUE;
- Private->HeapOffset = (UINTN)(BaseOfNewHeap - (UINTN)SecCoreData->PeiTemporaryRamBase);
- } else {
- Private->HeapOffsetPositive = FALSE;
- Private->HeapOffset = (UINTN)((UINTN)SecCoreData->PeiTemporaryRamBase - BaseOfNewHeap);
- }
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "Heap Offset = 0x%lX Stack Offset = 0x%lX\n", (UINT64) Private->HeapOffset, (UINT64) Private->StackOffset));
-
- //
- // Calculate new HandOffTable and PrivateData address in permanent memory's stack
- //
- if (StackOffsetPositive) {
- SecCoreData = (CONST EFI_SEC_PEI_HAND_OFF *)((UINTN)(VOID *)SecCoreData + StackOffset);
- Private = (PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *)((UINTN)(VOID *)Private + StackOffset);
- } else {
- SecCoreData = (CONST EFI_SEC_PEI_HAND_OFF *)((UINTN)(VOID *)SecCoreData - StackOffset);
- Private = (PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *)((UINTN)(VOID *)Private - StackOffset);
- }
-
- //
- // Temporary Ram Support PPI is provided by platform, it will copy
- // temporary memory to permanent memory and do stack switching.
- // After invoking Temporary Ram Support PPI, the following code's
- // stack is in permanent memory.
- //
- TemporaryRamSupportPpi->TemporaryRamMigration (
- PeiServices,
- TemporaryRamBase,
- (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)(TopOfNewStack - TemporaryStackSize),
- TemporaryRamSize
- );
-
- //
- // Entry PEI Phase 2
- //
- PeiCore (SecCoreData, NULL, Private);
- } else {
- //
- // Migrate the PEI Services Table pointer from temporary RAM to permanent RAM.
- //
- MigratePeiServicesTablePointer ();
-
- //
- // Heap Offset
- //
- BaseOfNewHeap = TopOfNewStack;
- HoleMemBase = TopOfNewStack;
- HoleMemSize = TemporaryRamSize - PeiTemporaryRamSize - TemporaryStackSize;
- if (HoleMemSize != 0) {
- //
- // Make sure HOB List start address is 8 byte alignment.
- //
- BaseOfNewHeap = ALIGN_VALUE (BaseOfNewHeap + HoleMemSize, 8);
- }
- if (BaseOfNewHeap >= (UINTN)SecCoreData->PeiTemporaryRamBase) {
- Private->HeapOffsetPositive = TRUE;
- Private->HeapOffset = (UINTN)(BaseOfNewHeap - (UINTN)SecCoreData->PeiTemporaryRamBase);
- } else {
- Private->HeapOffsetPositive = FALSE;
- Private->HeapOffset = (UINTN)((UINTN)SecCoreData->PeiTemporaryRamBase - BaseOfNewHeap);
- }
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "Heap Offset = 0x%lX Stack Offset = 0x%lX\n", (UINT64) Private->HeapOffset, (UINT64) Private->StackOffset));
-
- //
- // Migrate Heap
- //
- HeapTemporaryRamSize = (UINTN) (Private->HobList.HandoffInformationTable->EfiFreeMemoryBottom - Private->HobList.HandoffInformationTable->EfiMemoryBottom);
- ASSERT (BaseOfNewHeap + HeapTemporaryRamSize <= Private->FreePhysicalMemoryTop);
- CopyMem ((UINT8 *) (UINTN) BaseOfNewHeap, (UINT8 *) PeiTemporaryRamBase, HeapTemporaryRamSize);
-
- //
- // Migrate Stack
- //
- CopyMem ((UINT8 *) (UINTN) (TopOfNewStack - TemporaryStackSize), TemporaryStackBase, TemporaryStackSize);
-
- //
- // Copy Hole Range Data
- // Convert PPI from Hole.
- //
- if (HoleMemSize != 0) {
- //
- // Prepare Hole
- //
- if (PeiTemporaryRamBase < TemporaryStackBase) {
- TempBase1 = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) PeiTemporaryRamBase;
- TempSize1 = PeiTemporaryRamSize;
- TempBase2 = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) TemporaryStackBase;
- TempSize2 = TemporaryStackSize;
- } else {
- TempBase1 = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) TemporaryStackBase;
- TempSize1 = TemporaryStackSize;
- TempBase2 =(EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) PeiTemporaryRamBase;
- TempSize2 = PeiTemporaryRamSize;
- }
- if (TemporaryRamBase < TempBase1) {
- Private->HoleData[0].Base = TemporaryRamBase;
- Private->HoleData[0].Size = (UINTN) (TempBase1 - TemporaryRamBase);
- }
- if (TempBase1 + TempSize1 < TempBase2) {
- Private->HoleData[1].Base = TempBase1 + TempSize1;
- Private->HoleData[1].Size = (UINTN) (TempBase2 - TempBase1 - TempSize1);
- }
- if (TempBase2 + TempSize2 < TemporaryRamBase + TemporaryRamSize) {
- Private->HoleData[2].Base = TempBase2 + TempSize2;
- Private->HoleData[2].Size = (UINTN) (TemporaryRamBase + TemporaryRamSize - TempBase2 - TempSize2);
- }
-
- //
- // Copy Hole Range data.
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < HOLE_MAX_NUMBER; Index ++) {
- if (Private->HoleData[Index].Size > 0) {
- if (HoleMemBase > Private->HoleData[Index].Base) {
- Private->HoleData[Index].OffsetPositive = TRUE;
- Private->HoleData[Index].Offset = (UINTN) (HoleMemBase - Private->HoleData[Index].Base);
- } else {
- Private->HoleData[Index].OffsetPositive = FALSE;
- Private->HoleData[Index].Offset = (UINTN) (Private->HoleData[Index].Base - HoleMemBase);
- }
- CopyMem ((VOID *) (UINTN) HoleMemBase, (VOID *) (UINTN) Private->HoleData[Index].Base, Private->HoleData[Index].Size);
- HoleMemBase = HoleMemBase + Private->HoleData[Index].Size;
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Switch new stack
- //
- SwitchStack (
- (SWITCH_STACK_ENTRY_POINT)(UINTN)PeiCoreEntry,
- (VOID *) SecCoreData,
- (VOID *) Private,
- (VOID *) (UINTN) TopOfNewStack
- );
- }
-
- //
- // Code should not come here
- //
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Conduct PEIM dispatch.
-
- @param SecCoreData Points to a data structure containing information about the PEI core's operating
- environment, such as the size and location of temporary RAM, the stack location and
- the BFV location.
- @param Private Pointer to the private data passed in from caller
-
-**/
-VOID
-PeiDispatcher (
- IN CONST EFI_SEC_PEI_HAND_OFF *SecCoreData,
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *Private
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT32 Index1;
- UINT32 Index2;
- CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices;
- EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE PeimFileHandle;
- UINTN FvCount;
- UINTN PeimCount;
- UINT32 AuthenticationState;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS EntryPoint;
- EFI_PEIM_ENTRY_POINT2 PeimEntryPoint;
- UINTN SaveCurrentPeimCount;
- UINTN SaveCurrentFvCount;
- EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE SaveCurrentFileHandle;
- EFI_FV_FILE_INFO FvFileInfo;
- PEI_CORE_FV_HANDLE *CoreFvHandle;
-
- PeiServices = (CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **) &Private->Ps;
- PeimEntryPoint = NULL;
- PeimFileHandle = NULL;
- EntryPoint = 0;
-
- if ((Private->PeiMemoryInstalled) && (Private->HobList.HandoffInformationTable->BootMode != BOOT_ON_S3_RESUME || PcdGetBool (PcdShadowPeimOnS3Boot))) {
- //
- // Once real memory is available, shadow the RegisterForShadow modules. And meanwhile
- // update the modules' status from PEIM_STATE_REGISITER_FOR_SHADOW to PEIM_STATE_DONE.
- //
- SaveCurrentPeimCount = Private->CurrentPeimCount;
- SaveCurrentFvCount = Private->CurrentPeimFvCount;
- SaveCurrentFileHandle = Private->CurrentFileHandle;
-
- for (Index1 = 0; Index1 <= SaveCurrentFvCount; Index1++) {
- for (Index2 = 0; (Index2 < PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxPeimPerFv)) && (Private->Fv[Index1].FvFileHandles[Index2] != NULL); Index2++) {
- if (Private->Fv[Index1].PeimState[Index2] == PEIM_STATE_REGISITER_FOR_SHADOW) {
- PeimFileHandle = Private->Fv[Index1].FvFileHandles[Index2];
- Private->CurrentFileHandle = PeimFileHandle;
- Private->CurrentPeimFvCount = Index1;
- Private->CurrentPeimCount = Index2;
- Status = PeiLoadImage (
- (CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **) &Private->Ps,
- PeimFileHandle,
- PEIM_STATE_REGISITER_FOR_SHADOW,
- &EntryPoint,
- &AuthenticationState
- );
- if (Status == EFI_SUCCESS) {
- //
- // PEIM_STATE_REGISITER_FOR_SHADOW move to PEIM_STATE_DONE
- //
- Private->Fv[Index1].PeimState[Index2]++;
- //
- // Call the PEIM entry point
- //
- PeimEntryPoint = (EFI_PEIM_ENTRY_POINT2)(UINTN)EntryPoint;
-
- PERF_START (PeimFileHandle, "PEIM", NULL, 0);
- PeimEntryPoint(PeimFileHandle, (const EFI_PEI_SERVICES **) &Private->Ps);
- PERF_END (PeimFileHandle, "PEIM", NULL, 0);
- }
-
- //
- // Process the Notify list and dispatch any notifies for
- // newly installed PPIs.
- //
- ProcessNotifyList (Private);
- }
- }
- }
- Private->CurrentFileHandle = SaveCurrentFileHandle;
- Private->CurrentPeimFvCount = SaveCurrentFvCount;
- Private->CurrentPeimCount = SaveCurrentPeimCount;
- }
-
- //
- // This is the main dispatch loop. It will search known FVs for PEIMs and
- // attempt to dispatch them. If any PEIM gets dispatched through a single
- // pass of the dispatcher, it will start over from the Bfv again to see
- // if any new PEIMs dependencies got satisfied. With a well ordered
- // FV where PEIMs are found in the order their dependencies are also
- // satisfied, this dipatcher should run only once.
- //
- do {
- //
- // In case that reenter PeiCore happens, the last pass record is still available.
- //
- if (!Private->PeimDispatcherReenter) {
- Private->PeimNeedingDispatch = FALSE;
- Private->PeimDispatchOnThisPass = FALSE;
- } else {
- Private->PeimDispatcherReenter = FALSE;
- }
-
- for (FvCount = Private->CurrentPeimFvCount; FvCount < Private->FvCount; FvCount++) {
- CoreFvHandle = FindNextCoreFvHandle (Private, FvCount);
- ASSERT (CoreFvHandle != NULL);
-
- //
- // If the FV has corresponding EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI instance, then dispatch it.
- //
- if (CoreFvHandle->FvPpi == NULL) {
- continue;
- }
-
- Private->CurrentPeimFvCount = FvCount;
-
- if (Private->CurrentPeimCount == 0) {
- //
- // When going through each FV, at first, search Apriori file to
- // reorder all PEIMs to ensure the PEIMs in Apriori file to get
- // dispatch at first.
- //
- DiscoverPeimsAndOrderWithApriori (Private, CoreFvHandle);
- }
-
- //
- // Start to dispatch all modules within the current Fv.
- //
- for (PeimCount = Private->CurrentPeimCount;
- (PeimCount < PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxPeimPerFv)) && (Private->CurrentFvFileHandles[PeimCount] != NULL);
- PeimCount++) {
- Private->CurrentPeimCount = PeimCount;
- PeimFileHandle = Private->CurrentFileHandle = Private->CurrentFvFileHandles[PeimCount];
-
- if (Private->Fv[FvCount].PeimState[PeimCount] == PEIM_STATE_NOT_DISPATCHED) {
- if (!DepexSatisfied (Private, PeimFileHandle, PeimCount)) {
- Private->PeimNeedingDispatch = TRUE;
- } else {
- Status = CoreFvHandle->FvPpi->GetFileInfo (CoreFvHandle->FvPpi, PeimFileHandle, &FvFileInfo);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- if (FvFileInfo.FileType == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_IMAGE) {
- //
- // For Fv type file, Produce new FvInfo PPI and FV hob
- //
- Status = ProcessFvFile (Private, &Private->Fv[FvCount], PeimFileHandle);
- if (Status == EFI_SUCCESS) {
- //
- // PEIM_STATE_NOT_DISPATCHED move to PEIM_STATE_DISPATCHED
- //
- Private->Fv[FvCount].PeimState[PeimCount]++;
- Private->PeimDispatchOnThisPass = TRUE;
- } else {
- //
- // The related GuidedSectionExtraction/Decompress PPI for the
- // encapsulated FV image section may be installed in the rest
- // of this do-while loop, so need to make another pass.
- //
- Private->PeimNeedingDispatch = TRUE;
- }
- } else {
- //
- // For PEIM driver, Load its entry point
- //
- Status = PeiLoadImage (
- PeiServices,
- PeimFileHandle,
- PEIM_STATE_NOT_DISPATCHED,
- &EntryPoint,
- &AuthenticationState
- );
- if (Status == EFI_SUCCESS) {
- //
- // The PEIM has its dependencies satisfied, and its entry point
- // has been found, so invoke it.
- //
- PERF_START (PeimFileHandle, "PEIM", NULL, 0);
-
- REPORT_STATUS_CODE_WITH_EXTENDED_DATA (
- EFI_PROGRESS_CODE,
- (EFI_SOFTWARE_PEI_CORE | EFI_SW_PC_INIT_BEGIN),
- (VOID *)(&PeimFileHandle),
- sizeof (PeimFileHandle)
- );
-
- Status = VerifyPeim (Private, CoreFvHandle->FvHandle, PeimFileHandle, AuthenticationState);
- if (Status != EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION) {
- //
- // PEIM_STATE_NOT_DISPATCHED move to PEIM_STATE_DISPATCHED
- //
- Private->Fv[FvCount].PeimState[PeimCount]++;
- //
- // Call the PEIM entry point for PEIM driver
- //
- PeimEntryPoint = (EFI_PEIM_ENTRY_POINT2)(UINTN)EntryPoint;
- PeimEntryPoint (PeimFileHandle, (const EFI_PEI_SERVICES **) PeiServices);
- Private->PeimDispatchOnThisPass = TRUE;
- } else {
- //
- // The related GuidedSectionExtraction PPI for the
- // signed PEIM image section may be installed in the rest
- // of this do-while loop, so need to make another pass.
- //
- Private->PeimNeedingDispatch = TRUE;
- }
-
- REPORT_STATUS_CODE_WITH_EXTENDED_DATA (
- EFI_PROGRESS_CODE,
- (EFI_SOFTWARE_PEI_CORE | EFI_SW_PC_INIT_END),
- (VOID *)(&PeimFileHandle),
- sizeof (PeimFileHandle)
- );
- PERF_END (PeimFileHandle, "PEIM", NULL, 0);
-
- }
- }
-
- PeiCheckAndSwitchStack (SecCoreData, Private);
-
- //
- // Process the Notify list and dispatch any notifies for
- // newly installed PPIs.
- //
- ProcessNotifyList (Private);
-
- //
- // Recheck SwitchStackSignal after ProcessNotifyList()
- // in case PeiInstallPeiMemory() is done in a callback with
- // EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_NOTIFY_DISPATCH.
- //
- PeiCheckAndSwitchStack (SecCoreData, Private);
-
- if ((Private->PeiMemoryInstalled) && (Private->Fv[FvCount].PeimState[PeimCount] == PEIM_STATE_REGISITER_FOR_SHADOW) && \
- (Private->HobList.HandoffInformationTable->BootMode != BOOT_ON_S3_RESUME || PcdGetBool (PcdShadowPeimOnS3Boot))) {
- //
- // If memory is available we shadow images by default for performance reasons.
- // We call the entry point a 2nd time so the module knows it's shadowed.
- //
- //PERF_START (PeiServices, L"PEIM", PeimFileHandle, 0);
- if ((Private->HobList.HandoffInformationTable->BootMode != BOOT_ON_S3_RESUME) && !PcdGetBool (PcdShadowPeimOnBoot)) {
- //
- // Load PEIM into Memory for Register for shadow PEIM.
- //
- Status = PeiLoadImage (
- PeiServices,
- PeimFileHandle,
- PEIM_STATE_REGISITER_FOR_SHADOW,
- &EntryPoint,
- &AuthenticationState
- );
- if (Status == EFI_SUCCESS) {
- PeimEntryPoint = (EFI_PEIM_ENTRY_POINT2)(UINTN)EntryPoint;
- }
- }
- ASSERT (PeimEntryPoint != NULL);
- PeimEntryPoint (PeimFileHandle, (const EFI_PEI_SERVICES **) PeiServices);
- //PERF_END (PeiServices, L"PEIM", PeimFileHandle, 0);
-
- //
- // PEIM_STATE_REGISITER_FOR_SHADOW move to PEIM_STATE_DONE
- //
- Private->Fv[FvCount].PeimState[PeimCount]++;
-
- //
- // Process the Notify list and dispatch any notifies for
- // newly installed PPIs.
- //
- ProcessNotifyList (Private);
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // We set to NULL here to optimize the 2nd entry to this routine after
- // memory is found. This reprevents rescanning of the FV. We set to
- // NULL here so we start at the begining of the next FV
- //
- Private->CurrentFileHandle = NULL;
- Private->CurrentPeimCount = 0;
- //
- // Before walking through the next FV,Private->CurrentFvFileHandles[]should set to NULL
- //
- SetMem (Private->CurrentFvFileHandles, sizeof (EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE) * PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxPeimPerFv), 0);
- }
-
- //
- // Before making another pass, we should set Private->CurrentPeimFvCount =0 to go
- // through all the FV.
- //
- Private->CurrentPeimFvCount = 0;
-
- //
- // PeimNeedingDispatch being TRUE means we found a PEIM/FV that did not get
- // dispatched. So we need to make another pass
- //
- // PeimDispatchOnThisPass being TRUE means we dispatched a PEIM/FV on this
- // pass. If we did not dispatch a PEIM/FV there is no point in trying again
- // as it will fail the next time too (nothing has changed).
- //
- } while (Private->PeimNeedingDispatch && Private->PeimDispatchOnThisPass);
-
-}
-
-/**
- Initialize the Dispatcher's data members
-
- @param PrivateData PeiCore's private data structure
- @param OldCoreData Old data from SecCore
- NULL if being run in non-permament memory mode.
- @param SecCoreData Points to a data structure containing information about the PEI core's operating
- environment, such as the size and location of temporary RAM, the stack location and
- the BFV location.
-
- @return None.
-
-**/
-VOID
-InitializeDispatcherData (
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData,
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *OldCoreData,
- IN CONST EFI_SEC_PEI_HAND_OFF *SecCoreData
- )
-{
- if (OldCoreData == NULL) {
- PrivateData->PeimDispatcherReenter = FALSE;
- PeiInitializeFv (PrivateData, SecCoreData);
- } else {
- PeiReinitializeFv (PrivateData);
- }
-
- return;
-}
-
-/**
- This routine parses the Dependency Expression, if available, and
- decides if the module can be executed.
-
-
- @param Private PeiCore's private data structure
- @param FileHandle PEIM's file handle
- @param PeimCount Peim count in all dispatched PEIMs.
-
- @retval TRUE Can be dispatched
- @retval FALSE Cannot be dispatched
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-DepexSatisfied (
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *Private,
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle,
- IN UINTN PeimCount
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- VOID *DepexData;
- EFI_FV_FILE_INFO FileInfo;
-
- Status = PeiServicesFfsGetFileInfo (FileHandle, &FileInfo);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, "Evaluate PEI DEPEX for FFS(Unknown)\n"));
- } else {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, "Evaluate PEI DEPEX for FFS(%g)\n", &FileInfo.FileName));
- }
-
- if (PeimCount < Private->AprioriCount) {
- //
- // If its in the A priori file then we set Depex to TRUE
- //
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = TRUE (Apriori)\n"));
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- //
- // Depex section not in the encapsulated section.
- //
- Status = PeiServicesFfsFindSectionData (
- EFI_SECTION_PEI_DEPEX,
- FileHandle,
- (VOID **)&DepexData
- );
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // If there is no DEPEX, assume the module can be executed
- //
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = TRUE (No DEPEX)\n"));
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- //
- // Evaluate a given DEPEX
- //
- return PeimDispatchReadiness (&Private->Ps, DepexData);
-}
-
-/**
- This routine enable a PEIM to register itself to shadow when PEI Foundation
- discovery permanent memory.
-
- @param FileHandle File handle of a PEIM.
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The file handle doesn't point to PEIM itself.
- @retval EFI_ALREADY_STARTED Indicate that the PEIM has been registered itself.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully to register itself.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiRegisterForShadow (
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle
- )
-{
- PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *Private;
- Private = PEI_CORE_INSTANCE_FROM_PS_THIS (GetPeiServicesTablePointer ());
-
- if (Private->CurrentFileHandle != FileHandle) {
- //
- // The FileHandle must be for the current PEIM
- //
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- if (Private->Fv[Private->CurrentPeimFvCount].PeimState[Private->CurrentPeimCount] >= PEIM_STATE_REGISITER_FOR_SHADOW) {
- //
- // If the PEIM has already entered the PEIM_STATE_REGISTER_FOR_SHADOW or PEIM_STATE_DONE then it's already been started
- //
- return EFI_ALREADY_STARTED;
- }
-
- Private->Fv[Private->CurrentPeimFvCount].PeimState[Private->CurrentPeimCount] = PEIM_STATE_REGISITER_FOR_SHADOW;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/FwVol/FwVol.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/FwVol/FwVol.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0bbb86d958..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/FwVol/FwVol.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2329 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Pei Core Firmware File System service routines.
-
-Copyright (c) 2015 HP Development Company, L.P.
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "FwVol.h"
-
-EFI_PEI_NOTIFY_DESCRIPTOR mNotifyOnFvInfoList[] = {
- {
- EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_NOTIFY_CALLBACK,
- &gEfiPeiFirmwareVolumeInfoPpiGuid,
- FirmwareVolmeInfoPpiNotifyCallback
- },
- {
- (EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_NOTIFY_CALLBACK | EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_TERMINATE_LIST),
- &gEfiPeiFirmwareVolumeInfo2PpiGuid,
- FirmwareVolmeInfoPpiNotifyCallback
- }
-};
-
-PEI_FW_VOL_INSTANCE mPeiFfs2FwVol = {
- PEI_FW_VOL_SIGNATURE,
- FALSE,
- {
- PeiFfsFvPpiProcessVolume,
- PeiFfsFvPpiFindFileByType,
- PeiFfsFvPpiFindFileByName,
- PeiFfsFvPpiGetFileInfo,
- PeiFfsFvPpiGetVolumeInfo,
- PeiFfsFvPpiFindSectionByType,
- PeiFfsFvPpiGetFileInfo2,
- PeiFfsFvPpiFindSectionByType2,
- EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI_SIGNATURE,
- EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI_REVISION
- }
-};
-
-PEI_FW_VOL_INSTANCE mPeiFfs3FwVol = {
- PEI_FW_VOL_SIGNATURE,
- TRUE,
- {
- PeiFfsFvPpiProcessVolume,
- PeiFfsFvPpiFindFileByType,
- PeiFfsFvPpiFindFileByName,
- PeiFfsFvPpiGetFileInfo,
- PeiFfsFvPpiGetVolumeInfo,
- PeiFfsFvPpiFindSectionByType,
- PeiFfsFvPpiGetFileInfo2,
- PeiFfsFvPpiFindSectionByType2,
- EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI_SIGNATURE,
- EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI_REVISION
- }
-};
-
-EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR mPeiFfs2FvPpiList = {
- (EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_PPI | EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_TERMINATE_LIST),
- &gEfiFirmwareFileSystem2Guid,
- &mPeiFfs2FwVol.Fv
-};
-
-EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR mPeiFfs3FvPpiList = {
- (EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_PPI | EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_TERMINATE_LIST),
- &gEfiFirmwareFileSystem3Guid,
- &mPeiFfs3FwVol.Fv
-};
-
-/**
-Required Alignment Alignment Value in FFS Alignment Value in
-(bytes) Attributes Field Firmware Volume Interfaces
-1 0 0
-16 1 4
-128 2 7
-512 3 9
-1 KB 4 10
-4 KB 5 12
-32 KB 6 15
-64 KB 7 16
-**/
-UINT8 mFvAttributes[] = {0, 4, 7, 9, 10, 12, 15, 16};
-
-/**
- Convert the FFS File Attributes to FV File Attributes
-
- @param FfsAttributes The attributes of UINT8 type.
-
- @return The attributes of EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES
-
-**/
-EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES
-FfsAttributes2FvFileAttributes (
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_ATTRIBUTES FfsAttributes
- )
-{
- UINT8 DataAlignment;
- EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES FileAttribute;
-
- DataAlignment = (UINT8) ((FfsAttributes & FFS_ATTRIB_DATA_ALIGNMENT) >> 3);
- ASSERT (DataAlignment < 8);
-
- FileAttribute = (EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES) mFvAttributes[DataAlignment];
-
- if ((FfsAttributes & FFS_ATTRIB_FIXED) == FFS_ATTRIB_FIXED) {
- FileAttribute |= EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIB_FIXED;
- }
-
- return FileAttribute;
-}
-
-/**
- Returns the file state set by the highest zero bit in the State field
-
- @param ErasePolarity Erase Polarity as defined by EFI_FVB2_ERASE_POLARITY
- in the Attributes field.
- @param FfsHeader Pointer to FFS File Header.
-
- @retval EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE File state is set by the highest none zero bit
- in the header State field.
-**/
-EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE
-GetFileState(
- IN UINT8 ErasePolarity,
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader
- )
-{
- EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE FileState;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE HighestBit;
-
- FileState = FfsHeader->State;
-
- if (ErasePolarity != 0) {
- FileState = (EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE)~FileState;
- }
-
- //
- // Get file state set by its highest none zero bit.
- //
- HighestBit = 0x80;
- while (HighestBit != 0 && (HighestBit & FileState) == 0) {
- HighestBit >>= 1;
- }
-
- return HighestBit;
-}
-
-/**
- Calculates the checksum of the header of a file.
-
- @param FileHeader Pointer to FFS File Header.
-
- @return Checksum of the header.
- Zero means the header is good.
- Non-zero means the header is bad.
-**/
-UINT8
-CalculateHeaderChecksum (
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FileHeader
- )
-{
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2 TestFileHeader;
-
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (FileHeader)) {
- CopyMem (&TestFileHeader, FileHeader, sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2));
- //
- // Ingore State and File field in FFS header.
- //
- TestFileHeader.State = 0;
- TestFileHeader.IntegrityCheck.Checksum.File = 0;
-
- return CalculateSum8 ((CONST UINT8 *) &TestFileHeader, sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2));
- } else {
- CopyMem (&TestFileHeader, FileHeader, sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER));
- //
- // Ingore State and File field in FFS header.
- //
- TestFileHeader.State = 0;
- TestFileHeader.IntegrityCheck.Checksum.File = 0;
-
- return CalculateSum8 ((CONST UINT8 *) &TestFileHeader, sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER));
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Find FV handler according to FileHandle in that FV.
-
- @param FileHandle Handle of file image
-
- @return Pointer to instance of PEI_CORE_FV_HANDLE.
-**/
-PEI_CORE_FV_HANDLE*
-FileHandleToVolume (
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
- PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *FwVolHeader;
- UINTN BestIndex;
-
- PrivateData = PEI_CORE_INSTANCE_FROM_PS_THIS (GetPeiServicesTablePointer ());
- BestIndex = PrivateData->FvCount;
-
- //
- // Find the best matched FV image that includes this FileHandle.
- // FV may include the child FV, and they are in the same continuous space.
- // If FileHandle is from the child FV, the updated logic can find its matched FV.
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < PrivateData->FvCount; Index++) {
- FwVolHeader = PrivateData->Fv[Index].FvHeader;
- if (((UINT64) (UINTN) FileHandle > (UINT64) (UINTN) FwVolHeader ) && \
- ((UINT64) (UINTN) FileHandle <= ((UINT64) (UINTN) FwVolHeader + FwVolHeader->FvLength - 1))) {
- if (BestIndex == PrivateData->FvCount) {
- BestIndex = Index;
- } else {
- if ((UINT64) (UINTN) PrivateData->Fv[BestIndex].FvHeader < (UINT64) (UINTN) FwVolHeader) {
- BestIndex = Index;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (BestIndex < PrivateData->FvCount) {
- return &PrivateData->Fv[BestIndex];
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- Given the input file pointer, search for the first matching file in the
- FFS volume as defined by SearchType. The search starts from FileHeader inside
- the Firmware Volume defined by FwVolHeader.
- If SearchType is EFI_FV_FILETYPE_ALL, the first FFS file will return without check its file type.
- If SearchType is PEI_CORE_INTERNAL_FFS_FILE_DISPATCH_TYPE,
- the first PEIM, or COMBINED PEIM or FV file type FFS file will return.
-
- @param FvHandle Pointer to the FV header of the volume to search
- @param FileName File name
- @param SearchType Filter to find only files of this type.
- Type EFI_FV_FILETYPE_ALL causes no filtering to be done.
- @param FileHandle This parameter must point to a valid FFS volume.
- @param AprioriFile Pointer to AprioriFile image in this FV if has
-
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND No files matching the search criteria were found
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Success to search given file
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FindFileEx (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE FvHandle,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *FileName, OPTIONAL
- IN EFI_FV_FILETYPE SearchType,
- IN OUT EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE *FileHandle,
- IN OUT EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE *AprioriFile OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *FwVolHeader;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_EXT_HEADER *FwVolExtHeader;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER **FileHeader;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsFileHeader;
- UINT32 FileLength;
- UINT32 FileOccupiedSize;
- UINT32 FileOffset;
- UINT64 FvLength;
- UINT8 ErasePolarity;
- UINT8 FileState;
- UINT8 DataCheckSum;
- BOOLEAN IsFfs3Fv;
-
- //
- // Convert the handle of FV to FV header for memory-mapped firmware volume
- //
- FwVolHeader = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *) FvHandle;
- FileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER **)FileHandle;
-
- IsFfs3Fv = CompareGuid (&FwVolHeader->FileSystemGuid, &gEfiFirmwareFileSystem3Guid);
-
- FvLength = FwVolHeader->FvLength;
- if ((FwVolHeader->Attributes & EFI_FVB2_ERASE_POLARITY) != 0) {
- ErasePolarity = 1;
- } else {
- ErasePolarity = 0;
- }
-
- //
- // If FileHeader is not specified (NULL) or FileName is not NULL,
- // start with the first file in the firmware volume. Otherwise,
- // start from the FileHeader.
- //
- if ((*FileHeader == NULL) || (FileName != NULL)) {
- if (FwVolHeader->ExtHeaderOffset != 0) {
- //
- // Searching for files starts on an 8 byte aligned boundary after the end of the Extended Header if it exists.
- //
- FwVolExtHeader = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_EXT_HEADER *) ((UINT8 *) FwVolHeader + FwVolHeader->ExtHeaderOffset);
- FfsFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) ((UINT8 *) FwVolExtHeader + FwVolExtHeader->ExtHeaderSize);
- FfsFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) ALIGN_POINTER (FfsFileHeader, 8);
- } else {
- FfsFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *)((UINT8 *) FwVolHeader + FwVolHeader->HeaderLength);
- }
- } else {
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (*FileHeader)) {
- if (!IsFfs3Fv) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "It is a FFS3 formatted file: %g in a non-FFS3 formatted FV.\n", &(*FileHeader)->Name));
- }
- FileLength = FFS_FILE2_SIZE (*FileHeader);
- ASSERT (FileLength > 0x00FFFFFF);
- } else {
- FileLength = FFS_FILE_SIZE (*FileHeader);
- }
- //
- // FileLength is adjusted to FileOccupiedSize as it is 8 byte aligned.
- //
- FileOccupiedSize = GET_OCCUPIED_SIZE (FileLength, 8);
- FfsFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *)((UINT8 *)*FileHeader + FileOccupiedSize);
- }
-
- FileOffset = (UINT32) ((UINT8 *)FfsFileHeader - (UINT8 *)FwVolHeader);
- ASSERT (FileOffset <= 0xFFFFFFFF);
-
- while (FileOffset < (FvLength - sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER))) {
- //
- // Get FileState which is the highest bit of the State
- //
- FileState = GetFileState (ErasePolarity, FfsFileHeader);
- switch (FileState) {
-
- case EFI_FILE_HEADER_CONSTRUCTION:
- case EFI_FILE_HEADER_INVALID:
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (FfsFileHeader)) {
- if (!IsFfs3Fv) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "Found a FFS3 formatted file: %g in a non-FFS3 formatted FV.\n", &FfsFileHeader->Name));
- }
- FileOffset += sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2);
- FfsFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) ((UINT8 *) FfsFileHeader + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2));
- } else {
- FileOffset += sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
- FfsFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) ((UINT8 *) FfsFileHeader + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER));
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_FILE_DATA_VALID:
- case EFI_FILE_MARKED_FOR_UPDATE:
- if (CalculateHeaderChecksum (FfsFileHeader) != 0) {
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- *FileHeader = NULL;
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (FfsFileHeader)) {
- FileLength = FFS_FILE2_SIZE (FfsFileHeader);
- ASSERT (FileLength > 0x00FFFFFF);
- FileOccupiedSize = GET_OCCUPIED_SIZE (FileLength, 8);
- if (!IsFfs3Fv) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "Found a FFS3 formatted file: %g in a non-FFS3 formatted FV.\n", &FfsFileHeader->Name));
- FileOffset += FileOccupiedSize;
- FfsFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) ((UINT8 *) FfsFileHeader + FileOccupiedSize);
- break;
- }
- } else {
- FileLength = FFS_FILE_SIZE (FfsFileHeader);
- FileOccupiedSize = GET_OCCUPIED_SIZE (FileLength, 8);
- }
-
- DataCheckSum = FFS_FIXED_CHECKSUM;
- if ((FfsFileHeader->Attributes & FFS_ATTRIB_CHECKSUM) == FFS_ATTRIB_CHECKSUM) {
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (FfsFileHeader)) {
- DataCheckSum = CalculateCheckSum8 ((CONST UINT8 *) FfsFileHeader + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2), FileLength - sizeof(EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2));
- } else {
- DataCheckSum = CalculateCheckSum8 ((CONST UINT8 *) FfsFileHeader + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER), FileLength - sizeof(EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER));
- }
- }
- if (FfsFileHeader->IntegrityCheck.Checksum.File != DataCheckSum) {
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- *FileHeader = NULL;
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- if (FileName != NULL) {
- if (CompareGuid (&FfsFileHeader->Name, (EFI_GUID*)FileName)) {
- *FileHeader = FfsFileHeader;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- } else if (SearchType == PEI_CORE_INTERNAL_FFS_FILE_DISPATCH_TYPE) {
- if ((FfsFileHeader->Type == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_PEIM) ||
- (FfsFileHeader->Type == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_COMBINED_PEIM_DRIVER) ||
- (FfsFileHeader->Type == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_IMAGE)) {
-
- *FileHeader = FfsFileHeader;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- } else if (AprioriFile != NULL) {
- if (FfsFileHeader->Type == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FREEFORM) {
- if (CompareGuid (&FfsFileHeader->Name, &gPeiAprioriFileNameGuid)) {
- *AprioriFile = FfsFileHeader;
- }
- }
- }
- } else if (((SearchType == FfsFileHeader->Type) || (SearchType == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_ALL)) &&
- (FfsFileHeader->Type != EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FFS_PAD)) {
- *FileHeader = FfsFileHeader;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- FileOffset += FileOccupiedSize;
- FfsFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *)((UINT8 *)FfsFileHeader + FileOccupiedSize);
- break;
-
- case EFI_FILE_DELETED:
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (FfsFileHeader)) {
- if (!IsFfs3Fv) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "Found a FFS3 formatted file: %g in a non-FFS3 formatted FV.\n", &FfsFileHeader->Name));
- }
- FileLength = FFS_FILE2_SIZE (FfsFileHeader);
- ASSERT (FileLength > 0x00FFFFFF);
- } else {
- FileLength = FFS_FILE_SIZE (FfsFileHeader);
- }
- FileOccupiedSize = GET_OCCUPIED_SIZE(FileLength, 8);
- FileOffset += FileOccupiedSize;
- FfsFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *)((UINT8 *)FfsFileHeader + FileOccupiedSize);
- break;
-
- default:
- *FileHeader = NULL;
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- }
-
- *FileHeader = NULL;
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-}
-
-/**
- Initialize PeiCore Fv List.
-
- @param PrivateData - Pointer to PEI_CORE_INSTANCE.
- @param SecCoreData - Pointer to EFI_SEC_PEI_HAND_OFF.
-**/
-VOID
-PeiInitializeFv (
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData,
- IN CONST EFI_SEC_PEI_HAND_OFF *SecCoreData
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI *FvPpi;
- EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE FvHandle;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *BfvHeader;
-
- //
- // Install FV_PPI for FFS2 file system.
- //
- PeiServicesInstallPpi (&mPeiFfs2FvPpiList);
-
- //
- // Install FV_PPI for FFS3 file system.
- //
- PeiServicesInstallPpi (&mPeiFfs3FvPpiList);
-
- BfvHeader = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *)SecCoreData->BootFirmwareVolumeBase;
-
- //
- // The FV_PPI in BFV's format should be installed.
- //
- Status = PeiServicesLocatePpi (
- &BfvHeader->FileSystemGuid,
- 0,
- NULL,
- (VOID**)&FvPpi
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Get handle of BFV
- //
- FvPpi->ProcessVolume (
- FvPpi,
- SecCoreData->BootFirmwareVolumeBase,
- (UINTN)BfvHeader->FvLength,
- &FvHandle
- );
-
- //
- // Update internal PEI_CORE_FV array.
- //
- PrivateData->Fv[PrivateData->FvCount].FvHeader = BfvHeader;
- PrivateData->Fv[PrivateData->FvCount].FvPpi = FvPpi;
- PrivateData->Fv[PrivateData->FvCount].FvHandle = FvHandle;
- PrivateData->Fv[PrivateData->FvCount].AuthenticationStatus = 0;
- DEBUG ((
- EFI_D_INFO,
- "The %dth FV start address is 0x%11p, size is 0x%08x, handle is 0x%p\n",
- (UINT32) PrivateData->FvCount,
- (VOID *) BfvHeader,
- BfvHeader->FvLength,
- FvHandle
- ));
- PrivateData->FvCount ++;
-
- //
- // Post a call-back for the FvInfoPPI and FvInfo2PPI services to expose
- // additional Fvs to PeiCore.
- //
- Status = PeiServicesNotifyPpi (mNotifyOnFvInfoList);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
-}
-
-/**
- Process Firmware Volum Information once FvInfoPPI or FvInfo2PPI install.
- The FV Info will be registered into PeiCore private data structure.
- And search the inside FV image, if found, the new FV INFO(2) PPI will be installed.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation
- @param NotifyDescriptor Address of the notification descriptor data structure.
- @param Ppi Address of the PPI that was installed.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The FV Info is registered into PeiCore private data structure.
- @return if not EFI_SUCESS, fail to verify FV.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FirmwareVolmeInfoPpiNotifyCallback (
- IN EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN EFI_PEI_NOTIFY_DESCRIPTOR *NotifyDescriptor,
- IN VOID *Ppi
- )
-{
- EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_INFO2_PPI FvInfo2Ppi;
- EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI *FvPpi;
- PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE FvHandle;
- UINTN FvIndex;
- EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle;
- VOID *DepexData;
- BOOLEAN IsFvInfo2;
- UINTN CurFvCount;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- PrivateData = PEI_CORE_INSTANCE_FROM_PS_THIS (PeiServices);
-
- if (CompareGuid (NotifyDescriptor->Guid, &gEfiPeiFirmwareVolumeInfo2PpiGuid)) {
- //
- // It is FvInfo2PPI.
- //
- CopyMem (&FvInfo2Ppi, Ppi, sizeof (EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_INFO2_PPI));
- IsFvInfo2 = TRUE;
- } else {
- //
- // It is FvInfoPPI.
- //
- CopyMem (&FvInfo2Ppi, Ppi, sizeof (EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_INFO_PPI));
- FvInfo2Ppi.AuthenticationStatus = 0;
- IsFvInfo2 = FALSE;
- }
-
- if (CompareGuid (&FvInfo2Ppi.FvFormat, &gEfiFirmwareFileSystem2Guid)) {
- //
- // gEfiFirmwareFileSystem2Guid is specified for FvFormat, then here to check the
- // FileSystemGuid pointed by FvInfo against gEfiFirmwareFileSystem2Guid to make sure
- // FvInfo has the firmware file system 2 format.
- //
- // If the ASSERT really appears, FvFormat needs to be specified correctly, for example,
- // gEfiFirmwareFileSystem3Guid can be used for firmware file system 3 format, or
- // ((EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *) FvInfo)->FileSystemGuid can be just used for both
- // firmware file system 2 and 3 format.
- //
- ASSERT (CompareGuid (&(((EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *) FvInfo2Ppi.FvInfo)->FileSystemGuid), &gEfiFirmwareFileSystem2Guid));
- }
-
- //
- // Locate the corresponding FV_PPI according to founded FV's format guid
- //
- Status = PeiServicesLocatePpi (
- &FvInfo2Ppi.FvFormat,
- 0,
- NULL,
- (VOID**)&FvPpi
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Process new found FV and get FV handle.
- //
- Status = FvPpi->ProcessVolume (FvPpi, FvInfo2Ppi.FvInfo, FvInfo2Ppi.FvInfoSize, &FvHandle);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "Fail to process new found FV, FV may be corrupted!\n"));
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Check whether the FV has already been processed.
- //
- for (FvIndex = 0; FvIndex < PrivateData->FvCount; FvIndex ++) {
- if (PrivateData->Fv[FvIndex].FvHandle == FvHandle) {
- if (IsFvInfo2 && (FvInfo2Ppi.AuthenticationStatus != PrivateData->Fv[FvIndex].AuthenticationStatus)) {
- PrivateData->Fv[FvIndex].AuthenticationStatus = FvInfo2Ppi.AuthenticationStatus;
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "Update AuthenticationStatus of the %dth FV to 0x%x!\n", FvIndex, FvInfo2Ppi.AuthenticationStatus));
- }
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "The Fv %p has already been processed!\n", FvInfo2Ppi.FvInfo));
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
-
- if (PrivateData->FvCount >= PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxFvSupported)) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "The number of Fv Images (%d) exceed the max supported FVs (%d) in Pei", PrivateData->FvCount + 1, PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxFvSupported)));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "PcdPeiCoreMaxFvSupported value need be reconfigurated in DSC"));
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- }
-
- //
- // Update internal PEI_CORE_FV array.
- //
- PrivateData->Fv[PrivateData->FvCount].FvHeader = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER*) FvInfo2Ppi.FvInfo;
- PrivateData->Fv[PrivateData->FvCount].FvPpi = FvPpi;
- PrivateData->Fv[PrivateData->FvCount].FvHandle = FvHandle;
- PrivateData->Fv[PrivateData->FvCount].AuthenticationStatus = FvInfo2Ppi.AuthenticationStatus;
- CurFvCount = PrivateData->FvCount;
- DEBUG ((
- EFI_D_INFO,
- "The %dth FV start address is 0x%11p, size is 0x%08x, handle is 0x%p\n",
- (UINT32) CurFvCount,
- (VOID *) FvInfo2Ppi.FvInfo,
- FvInfo2Ppi.FvInfoSize,
- FvHandle
- ));
- PrivateData->FvCount ++;
-
- //
- // Scan and process the new discoveried FV for EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_IMAGE
- //
- FileHandle = NULL;
- do {
- Status = FvPpi->FindFileByType (
- FvPpi,
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_IMAGE,
- FvHandle,
- &FileHandle
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = FvPpi->FindSectionByType (
- FvPpi,
- EFI_SECTION_PEI_DEPEX,
- FileHandle,
- (VOID**)&DepexData
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- if (!PeimDispatchReadiness (PeiServices, DepexData)) {
- //
- // Dependency is not satisfied.
- //
- continue;
- }
- }
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "Found firmware volume Image File %p in FV[%d] %p\n", FileHandle, CurFvCount, FvHandle));
- ProcessFvFile (PrivateData, &PrivateData->Fv[CurFvCount], FileHandle);
- }
- } while (FileHandle != NULL);
- } else {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "Fail to process FV %p because no corresponding EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI is found!\n", FvInfo2Ppi.FvInfo));
-
- AddUnknownFormatFvInfo (PrivateData, &FvInfo2Ppi);
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Verify the Guided Section GUID by checking if there is the Guided Section GUID HOB recorded the GUID itself.
-
- @param GuidedSectionGuid The Guided Section GUID.
- @param GuidedSectionExtraction A pointer to the pointer to the supported Guided Section Extraction Ppi
- for the Guided Section.
-
- @return TRUE The GuidedSectionGuid could be identified, and the pointer to
- the Guided Section Extraction Ppi will be returned to *GuidedSectionExtraction.
- @return FALSE The GuidedSectionGuid could not be identified, or
- the Guided Section Extraction Ppi has not been installed yet.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-VerifyGuidedSectionGuid (
- IN EFI_GUID *GuidedSectionGuid,
- OUT EFI_PEI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PPI **GuidedSectionExtraction
- )
-{
- EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS Hob;
- EFI_GUID *GuidRecorded;
- VOID *Interface;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- //
- // Check if there is the Guided Section GUID HOB recorded the GUID itself.
- //
- Hob.Raw = GetFirstGuidHob (GuidedSectionGuid);
- if (Hob.Raw != NULL) {
- GuidRecorded = (EFI_GUID *) GET_GUID_HOB_DATA (Hob);
- if (CompareGuid (GuidRecorded, GuidedSectionGuid)) {
- //
- // Found the recorded GuidedSectionGuid.
- //
- Status = PeiServicesLocatePpi (GuidedSectionGuid, 0, NULL, (VOID **) &Interface);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status) && Interface != NULL) {
- //
- // Found the supported Guided Section Extraction Ppi for the Guided Section.
- //
- *GuidedSectionExtraction = (EFI_PEI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PPI *) Interface;
- return TRUE;
- }
- return FALSE;
- }
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/**
- Go through the file to search SectionType section.
- Search within encapsulation sections (compression and GUIDed) recursively,
- until the match section is found.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param SectionType Filter to find only section of this type.
- @param SectionInstance Pointer to the filter to find the specific instance of section.
- @param Section From where to search.
- @param SectionSize The file size to search.
- @param OutputBuffer A pointer to the discovered section, if successful.
- NULL if section not found
- @param AuthenticationStatus Updated upon return to point to the authentication status for this section.
- @param IsFfs3Fv Indicates the FV format.
-
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND The match section is not found.
- @return EFI_SUCCESS The match section is found.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-ProcessSection (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN EFI_SECTION_TYPE SectionType,
- IN OUT UINTN *SectionInstance,
- IN EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *Section,
- IN UINTN SectionSize,
- OUT VOID **OutputBuffer,
- OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationStatus,
- IN BOOLEAN IsFfs3Fv
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT32 SectionLength;
- UINT32 ParsedLength;
- EFI_PEI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PPI *GuidSectionPpi;
- EFI_PEI_DECOMPRESS_PPI *DecompressPpi;
- VOID *PpiOutput;
- UINTN PpiOutputSize;
- UINTN Index;
- UINT32 Authentication;
- PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData;
- EFI_GUID *SectionDefinitionGuid;
- BOOLEAN SectionCached;
- VOID *TempOutputBuffer;
- UINT32 TempAuthenticationStatus;
- UINT16 GuidedSectionAttributes;
-
- PrivateData = PEI_CORE_INSTANCE_FROM_PS_THIS (PeiServices);
- *OutputBuffer = NULL;
- ParsedLength = 0;
- Index = 0;
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- PpiOutput = NULL;
- PpiOutputSize = 0;
- while (ParsedLength < SectionSize) {
-
- if (IS_SECTION2 (Section)) {
- ASSERT (SECTION2_SIZE (Section) > 0x00FFFFFF);
- if (!IsFfs3Fv) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "Found a FFS3 formatted section in a non-FFS3 formatted FV.\n"));
- SectionLength = SECTION2_SIZE (Section);
- //
- // SectionLength is adjusted it is 4 byte aligned.
- // Go to the next section
- //
- SectionLength = GET_OCCUPIED_SIZE (SectionLength, 4);
- ASSERT (SectionLength != 0);
- ParsedLength += SectionLength;
- Section = (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *) ((UINT8 *) Section + SectionLength);
- continue;
- }
- }
-
- if (Section->Type == SectionType) {
- //
- // The type matches, so check the instance count to see if it's the one we want.
- //
- (*SectionInstance)--;
- if (*SectionInstance == 0) {
- //
- // Got it!
- //
- if (IS_SECTION2 (Section)) {
- *OutputBuffer = (VOID *)((UINT8 *) Section + sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER2));
- } else {
- *OutputBuffer = (VOID *)((UINT8 *) Section + sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER));
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- } else {
- if (IS_SECTION2 (Section)) {
- SectionLength = SECTION2_SIZE (Section);
- } else {
- SectionLength = SECTION_SIZE (Section);
- }
- //
- // SectionLength is adjusted it is 4 byte aligned.
- // Go to the next section
- //
- SectionLength = GET_OCCUPIED_SIZE (SectionLength, 4);
- ASSERT (SectionLength != 0);
- ParsedLength += SectionLength;
- Section = (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *)((UINT8 *)Section + SectionLength);
- continue;
- }
- } else if ((Section->Type == EFI_SECTION_GUID_DEFINED) || (Section->Type == EFI_SECTION_COMPRESSION)) {
- //
- // Check the encapsulated section is extracted into the cache data.
- //
- SectionCached = FALSE;
- for (Index = 0; Index < PrivateData->CacheSection.AllSectionCount; Index ++) {
- if (Section == PrivateData->CacheSection.Section[Index]) {
- SectionCached = TRUE;
- PpiOutput = PrivateData->CacheSection.SectionData[Index];
- PpiOutputSize = PrivateData->CacheSection.SectionSize[Index];
- Authentication = PrivateData->CacheSection.AuthenticationStatus[Index];
- //
- // Search section directly from the cache data.
- //
- TempAuthenticationStatus = 0;
- Status = ProcessSection (
- PeiServices,
- SectionType,
- SectionInstance,
- PpiOutput,
- PpiOutputSize,
- &TempOutputBuffer,
- &TempAuthenticationStatus,
- IsFfs3Fv
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- *OutputBuffer = TempOutputBuffer;
- *AuthenticationStatus = TempAuthenticationStatus | Authentication;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // If SectionCached is TRUE, the section data has been cached and scanned.
- //
- if (!SectionCached) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- Authentication = 0;
- if (Section->Type == EFI_SECTION_GUID_DEFINED) {
- if (IS_SECTION2 (Section)) {
- SectionDefinitionGuid = &((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION2 *)Section)->SectionDefinitionGuid;
- GuidedSectionAttributes = ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION2 *)Section)->Attributes;
- } else {
- SectionDefinitionGuid = &((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *)Section)->SectionDefinitionGuid;
- GuidedSectionAttributes = ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *)Section)->Attributes;
- }
- if (VerifyGuidedSectionGuid (SectionDefinitionGuid, &GuidSectionPpi)) {
- Status = GuidSectionPpi->ExtractSection (
- GuidSectionPpi,
- Section,
- &PpiOutput,
- &PpiOutputSize,
- &Authentication
- );
- } else if ((GuidedSectionAttributes & EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_PROCESSING_REQUIRED) == 0) {
- //
- // Figure out the proper authentication status for GUIDED section without processing required
- //
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- if ((GuidedSectionAttributes & EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_AUTH_STATUS_VALID) == EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_AUTH_STATUS_VALID) {
- Authentication |= EFI_AUTH_STATUS_IMAGE_SIGNED | EFI_AUTH_STATUS_NOT_TESTED;
- }
- if (IS_SECTION2 (Section)) {
- PpiOutputSize = SECTION2_SIZE (Section) - ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION2 *) Section)->DataOffset;
- PpiOutput = (UINT8 *) Section + ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION2 *) Section)->DataOffset;
- } else {
- PpiOutputSize = SECTION_SIZE (Section) - ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) Section)->DataOffset;
- PpiOutput = (UINT8 *) Section + ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) Section)->DataOffset;
- }
- }
- } else if (Section->Type == EFI_SECTION_COMPRESSION) {
- Status = PeiServicesLocatePpi (&gEfiPeiDecompressPpiGuid, 0, NULL, (VOID **) &DecompressPpi);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = DecompressPpi->Decompress (
- DecompressPpi,
- (CONST EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION*) Section,
- &PpiOutput,
- &PpiOutputSize
- );
- }
- }
-
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- if ((Authentication & EFI_AUTH_STATUS_NOT_TESTED) == 0) {
- //
- // Update cache section data.
- //
- if (PrivateData->CacheSection.AllSectionCount < CACHE_SETION_MAX_NUMBER) {
- PrivateData->CacheSection.AllSectionCount ++;
- }
- PrivateData->CacheSection.Section [PrivateData->CacheSection.SectionIndex] = Section;
- PrivateData->CacheSection.SectionData [PrivateData->CacheSection.SectionIndex] = PpiOutput;
- PrivateData->CacheSection.SectionSize [PrivateData->CacheSection.SectionIndex] = PpiOutputSize;
- PrivateData->CacheSection.AuthenticationStatus [PrivateData->CacheSection.SectionIndex] = Authentication;
- PrivateData->CacheSection.SectionIndex = (PrivateData->CacheSection.SectionIndex + 1)%CACHE_SETION_MAX_NUMBER;
- }
-
- TempAuthenticationStatus = 0;
- Status = ProcessSection (
- PeiServices,
- SectionType,
- SectionInstance,
- PpiOutput,
- PpiOutputSize,
- &TempOutputBuffer,
- &TempAuthenticationStatus,
- IsFfs3Fv
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- *OutputBuffer = TempOutputBuffer;
- *AuthenticationStatus = TempAuthenticationStatus | Authentication;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (IS_SECTION2 (Section)) {
- SectionLength = SECTION2_SIZE (Section);
- } else {
- SectionLength = SECTION_SIZE (Section);
- }
- //
- // SectionLength is adjusted it is 4 byte aligned.
- // Go to the next section
- //
- SectionLength = GET_OCCUPIED_SIZE (SectionLength, 4);
- ASSERT (SectionLength != 0);
- ParsedLength += SectionLength;
- Section = (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *)((UINT8 *)Section + SectionLength);
- }
-
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Searches for the next matching section within the specified file.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation
- @param SectionType Filter to find only sections of this type.
- @param FileHandle Pointer to the current file to search.
- @param SectionData A pointer to the discovered section, if successful.
- NULL if section not found
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The section was not found.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The section was found.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiFfsFindSectionData (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN EFI_SECTION_TYPE SectionType,
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle,
- OUT VOID **SectionData
- )
-{
- PEI_CORE_FV_HANDLE *CoreFvHandle;
-
- CoreFvHandle = FileHandleToVolume (FileHandle);
- if ((CoreFvHandle == NULL) || (CoreFvHandle->FvPpi == NULL)) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- return CoreFvHandle->FvPpi->FindSectionByType (CoreFvHandle->FvPpi, SectionType, FileHandle, SectionData);
-}
-
-/**
- Searches for the next matching section within the specified file.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param SectionType The value of the section type to find.
- @param SectionInstance Section instance to find.
- @param FileHandle Handle of the firmware file to search.
- @param SectionData A pointer to the discovered section, if successful.
- @param AuthenticationStatus A pointer to the authentication status for this section.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The section was found.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The section was not found.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiFfsFindSectionData3 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN EFI_SECTION_TYPE SectionType,
- IN UINTN SectionInstance,
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle,
- OUT VOID **SectionData,
- OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationStatus
- )
-{
- PEI_CORE_FV_HANDLE *CoreFvHandle;
-
- CoreFvHandle = FileHandleToVolume (FileHandle);
- if ((CoreFvHandle == NULL) || (CoreFvHandle->FvPpi == NULL)) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- if ((CoreFvHandle->FvPpi->Signature == EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI_SIGNATURE) &&
- (CoreFvHandle->FvPpi->Revision == EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI_REVISION)) {
- return CoreFvHandle->FvPpi->FindSectionByType2 (CoreFvHandle->FvPpi, SectionType, SectionInstance, FileHandle, SectionData, AuthenticationStatus);
- }
- //
- // The old FvPpi doesn't support to find section by section instance
- // and return authentication status, so return EFI_UNSUPPORTED.
- //
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
-}
-
-/**
- Searches for the next matching file in the firmware volume.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param SearchType Filter to find only files of this type.
- Type EFI_FV_FILETYPE_ALL causes no filtering to be done.
- @param FvHandle Handle of firmware volume in which to search.
- @param FileHandle On entry, points to the current handle from which to begin searching or NULL to start
- at the beginning of the firmware volume. On exit, points the file handle of the next file
- in the volume or NULL if there are no more files.
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The file was not found.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The header checksum was not zero.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The file was found.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiFfsFindNextFile (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN UINT8 SearchType,
- IN EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE FvHandle,
- IN OUT EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE *FileHandle
- )
-{
- PEI_CORE_FV_HANDLE *CoreFvHandle;
-
- CoreFvHandle = FvHandleToCoreHandle (FvHandle);
-
- //
- // To make backward compatiblity, if can not find corresponding the handle of FV
- // then treat FV as build-in FFS2/FFS3 format and memory mapped FV that FV handle is pointed
- // to the address of first byte of FV.
- //
- if ((CoreFvHandle == NULL) && FeaturePcdGet (PcdFrameworkCompatibilitySupport)) {
- return FindFileEx (FvHandle, NULL, SearchType, FileHandle, NULL);
- }
-
- if ((CoreFvHandle == NULL) || CoreFvHandle->FvPpi == NULL) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- return CoreFvHandle->FvPpi->FindFileByType (CoreFvHandle->FvPpi, SearchType, FvHandle, FileHandle);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Search the firmware volumes by index
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation
- @param Instance This instance of the firmware volume to find. The value 0 is the Boot Firmware
- Volume (BFV).
- @param VolumeHandle On exit, points to the next volume handle or NULL if it does not exist.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER VolumeHandle is NULL
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The volume was not found.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The volume was found.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiFfsFindNextVolume (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN UINTN Instance,
- IN OUT EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE *VolumeHandle
- )
-{
- PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *Private;
- PEI_CORE_FV_HANDLE *CoreFvHandle;
-
- if (VolumeHandle == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- Private = PEI_CORE_INSTANCE_FROM_PS_THIS (PeiServices);
-
- CoreFvHandle = FindNextCoreFvHandle (Private, Instance);
- if (CoreFvHandle == NULL) {
- *VolumeHandle = NULL;
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- *VolumeHandle = CoreFvHandle->FvHandle;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Find a file within a volume by its name.
-
- @param FileName A pointer to the name of the file to find within the firmware volume.
- @param VolumeHandle The firmware volume to search
- @param FileHandle Upon exit, points to the found file's handle
- or NULL if it could not be found.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS File was found.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND File was not found.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER VolumeHandle or FileHandle or FileName was NULL.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiFfsFindFileByName (
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *FileName,
- IN EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE VolumeHandle,
- OUT EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE *FileHandle
- )
-{
- PEI_CORE_FV_HANDLE *CoreFvHandle;
-
- if ((VolumeHandle == NULL) || (FileName == NULL) || (FileHandle == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- CoreFvHandle = FvHandleToCoreHandle (VolumeHandle);
- if ((CoreFvHandle == NULL) || (CoreFvHandle->FvPpi == NULL)) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- return CoreFvHandle->FvPpi->FindFileByName (CoreFvHandle->FvPpi, FileName, &VolumeHandle, FileHandle);
-}
-
-/**
- Returns information about a specific file.
-
- @param FileHandle Handle of the file.
- @param FileInfo Upon exit, points to the file's information.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If FileInfo is NULL.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If FileHandle does not represent a valid file.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS File information returned.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiFfsGetFileInfo (
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle,
- OUT EFI_FV_FILE_INFO *FileInfo
- )
-{
- PEI_CORE_FV_HANDLE *CoreFvHandle;
-
- if ((FileHandle == NULL) || (FileInfo == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Retrieve the FirmwareVolume which the file resides in.
- //
- CoreFvHandle = FileHandleToVolume (FileHandle);
- if ((CoreFvHandle == NULL) || (CoreFvHandle->FvPpi == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- return CoreFvHandle->FvPpi->GetFileInfo (CoreFvHandle->FvPpi, FileHandle, FileInfo);
-}
-
-/**
- Returns information about a specific file.
-
- @param FileHandle Handle of the file.
- @param FileInfo Upon exit, points to the file's information.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If FileInfo is NULL.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If FileHandle does not represent a valid file.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS File information returned.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiFfsGetFileInfo2 (
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle,
- OUT EFI_FV_FILE_INFO2 *FileInfo
- )
-{
- PEI_CORE_FV_HANDLE *CoreFvHandle;
-
- if ((FileHandle == NULL) || (FileInfo == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Retrieve the FirmwareVolume which the file resides in.
- //
- CoreFvHandle = FileHandleToVolume (FileHandle);
- if ((CoreFvHandle == NULL) || (CoreFvHandle->FvPpi == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if ((CoreFvHandle->FvPpi->Signature == EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI_SIGNATURE) &&
- (CoreFvHandle->FvPpi->Revision == EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI_REVISION)) {
- return CoreFvHandle->FvPpi->GetFileInfo2 (CoreFvHandle->FvPpi, FileHandle, FileInfo);
- }
- //
- // The old FvPpi doesn't support to return file info with authentication status,
- // so return EFI_UNSUPPORTED.
- //
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
-}
-
-/**
- Returns information about the specified volume.
-
- This function returns information about a specific firmware
- volume, including its name, type, attributes, starting address
- and size.
-
- @param VolumeHandle Handle of the volume.
- @param VolumeInfo Upon exit, points to the volume's information.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Volume information returned.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If VolumeHandle does not represent a valid volume.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If VolumeHandle is NULL.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Information successfully returned.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The volume designated by the VolumeHandle is not available.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiFfsGetVolumeInfo (
- IN EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE VolumeHandle,
- OUT EFI_FV_INFO *VolumeInfo
- )
-{
- PEI_CORE_FV_HANDLE *CoreHandle;
-
- if ((VolumeInfo == NULL) || (VolumeHandle == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- CoreHandle = FvHandleToCoreHandle (VolumeHandle);
-
- if ((CoreHandle == NULL) || (CoreHandle->FvPpi == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- return CoreHandle->FvPpi->GetVolumeInfo (CoreHandle->FvPpi, VolumeHandle, VolumeInfo);
-}
-
-/**
- Get Fv image from the FV type file, then install FV INFO(2) ppi, Build FV hob.
-
- @param PrivateData PeiCore's private data structure
- @param ParentFvCoreHandle Pointer of EFI_CORE_FV_HANDLE to parent Fv image that contain this Fv image.
- @param ParentFvFileHandle File handle of a Fv type file that contain this Fv image.
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND FV image can't be found.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully to process it.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Can not allocate page when aligning FV image
- @retval EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION Image is illegal
- @retval Others Can not find EFI_SECTION_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_IMAGE section
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-ProcessFvFile (
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData,
- IN PEI_CORE_FV_HANDLE *ParentFvCoreHandle,
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE ParentFvFileHandle
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_FV_INFO ParentFvImageInfo;
- UINT32 FvAlignment;
- VOID *NewFvBuffer;
- EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS HobPtr;
- EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI *ParentFvPpi;
- EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE ParentFvHandle;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *FvHeader;
- EFI_FV_FILE_INFO FileInfo;
- UINT64 FvLength;
- UINT32 AuthenticationStatus;
-
- //
- // Check if this EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_IMAGE file has already
- // been extracted.
- //
- HobPtr.Raw = GetHobList ();
- while ((HobPtr.Raw = GetNextHob (EFI_HOB_TYPE_FV2, HobPtr.Raw)) != NULL) {
- if (CompareGuid (&(((EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *)ParentFvFileHandle)->Name), &HobPtr.FirmwareVolume2->FileName)) {
- //
- // this FILE has been dispatched, it will not be dispatched again.
- //
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "FV file %p has been dispatched!\r\n", ParentFvFileHandle));
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- HobPtr.Raw = GET_NEXT_HOB (HobPtr);
- }
-
- ParentFvHandle = ParentFvCoreHandle->FvHandle;
- ParentFvPpi = ParentFvCoreHandle->FvPpi;
-
- //
- // Find FvImage in FvFile
- //
- AuthenticationStatus = 0;
- if ((ParentFvPpi->Signature == EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI_SIGNATURE) &&
- (ParentFvPpi->Revision == EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI_REVISION)) {
- Status = ParentFvPpi->FindSectionByType2 (
- ParentFvPpi,
- EFI_SECTION_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_IMAGE,
- 0,
- ParentFvFileHandle,
- (VOID **)&FvHeader,
- &AuthenticationStatus
- );
- } else {
- Status = ParentFvPpi->FindSectionByType (
- ParentFvPpi,
- EFI_SECTION_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_IMAGE,
- ParentFvFileHandle,
- (VOID **)&FvHeader
- );
- }
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- Status = VerifyPeim (PrivateData, ParentFvHandle, ParentFvFileHandle, AuthenticationStatus);
- if (Status == EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // If EFI_FVB2_WEAK_ALIGNMENT is set in the volume header then the first byte of the volume
- // can be aligned on any power-of-two boundary. A weakly aligned volume can not be moved from
- // its initial linked location and maintain its alignment.
- //
- if ((ReadUnaligned32 (&FvHeader->Attributes) & EFI_FVB2_WEAK_ALIGNMENT) != EFI_FVB2_WEAK_ALIGNMENT) {
- //
- // FvAlignment must be greater than or equal to 8 bytes of the minimum FFS alignment value.
- //
- FvAlignment = 1 << ((ReadUnaligned32 (&FvHeader->Attributes) & EFI_FVB2_ALIGNMENT) >> 16);
- if (FvAlignment < 8) {
- FvAlignment = 8;
- }
-
- //
- // Check FvImage
- //
- if ((UINTN) FvHeader % FvAlignment != 0) {
- FvLength = ReadUnaligned64 (&FvHeader->FvLength);
- NewFvBuffer = AllocateAlignedPages (EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES ((UINT32) FvLength), FvAlignment);
- if (NewFvBuffer == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- CopyMem (NewFvBuffer, FvHeader, (UINTN) FvLength);
- FvHeader = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER*) NewFvBuffer;
- }
- }
-
- Status = ParentFvPpi->GetVolumeInfo (ParentFvPpi, ParentFvHandle, &ParentFvImageInfo);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- Status = ParentFvPpi->GetFileInfo (ParentFvPpi, ParentFvFileHandle, &FileInfo);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Install FvInfo(2) Ppi
- // NOTE: FvInfo2 must be installed before FvInfo so that recursive processing of encapsulated
- // FVs inherit the proper AuthenticationStatus.
- //
- PeiServicesInstallFvInfo2Ppi(
- &FvHeader->FileSystemGuid,
- (VOID**)FvHeader,
- (UINT32)FvHeader->FvLength,
- &ParentFvImageInfo.FvName,
- &FileInfo.FileName,
- AuthenticationStatus
- );
-
- PeiServicesInstallFvInfoPpi (
- &FvHeader->FileSystemGuid,
- (VOID**) FvHeader,
- (UINT32) FvHeader->FvLength,
- &ParentFvImageInfo.FvName,
- &FileInfo.FileName
- );
-
- //
- // Inform the extracted FvImage to Fv HOB consumer phase, i.e. DXE phase
- //
- BuildFvHob (
- (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) FvHeader,
- FvHeader->FvLength
- );
-
- //
- // Makes the encapsulated volume show up in DXE phase to skip processing of
- // encapsulated file again.
- //
- BuildFv2Hob (
- (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) FvHeader,
- FvHeader->FvLength,
- &ParentFvImageInfo.FvName,
- &FileInfo.FileName
- );
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Process a firmware volume and create a volume handle.
-
- Create a volume handle from the information in the buffer. For
- memory-mapped firmware volumes, Buffer and BufferSize refer to
- the start of the firmware volume and the firmware volume size.
- For non memory-mapped firmware volumes, this points to a
- buffer which contains the necessary information for creating
- the firmware volume handle. Normally, these values are derived
- from the EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_INFO_PPI.
-
-
- @param This Points to this instance of the
- EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI.
- @param Buffer Points to the start of the buffer.
- @param BufferSize Size of the buffer.
- @param FvHandle Points to the returned firmware volume
- handle. The firmware volume handle must
- be unique within the system.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Firmware volume handle created.
- @retval EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED Volume was corrupt.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiFfsFvPpiProcessVolume (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI *This,
- IN VOID *Buffer,
- IN UINTN BufferSize,
- OUT EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE *FvHandle
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- ASSERT (FvHandle != NULL);
-
- if (Buffer == NULL) {
- return EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED;
- }
-
- //
- // The build-in EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI for FFS2/FFS3 support memory-mapped
- // FV image and the handle is pointed to Fv image's buffer.
- //
- *FvHandle = (EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE) Buffer;
-
- //
- // Do verify for given FV buffer.
- //
- Status = VerifyFv ((EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER*) Buffer);
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "Fail to verify FV which address is 0x%11p", Buffer));
- return EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED;
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Finds the next file of the specified type.
-
- This service enables PEI modules to discover additional firmware files.
- The FileHandle must be unique within the system.
-
- @param This Points to this instance of the
- EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI.
- @param SearchType A filter to find only files of this type. Type
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE_ALL causes no filtering to be
- done.
- @param FvHandle Handle of firmware volume in which to
- search.
- @param FileHandle Points to the current handle from which to
- begin searching or NULL to start at the
- beginning of the firmware volume. Updated
- upon return to reflect the file found.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The file was found.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The file was not found. FileHandle contains NULL.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiFfsFvPpiFindFileByType (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI *This,
- IN EFI_FV_FILETYPE SearchType,
- IN EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE FvHandle,
- IN OUT EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE *FileHandle
- )
-{
- return FindFileEx (FvHandle, NULL, SearchType, FileHandle, NULL);
-}
-
-/**
- Find a file within a volume by its name.
-
- This service searches for files with a specific name, within
- either the specified firmware volume or all firmware volumes.
-
- @param This Points to this instance of the
- EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI.
- @param FileName A pointer to the name of the file to find
- within the firmware volume.
- @param FvHandle Upon entry, the pointer to the firmware
- volume to search or NULL if all firmware
- volumes should be searched. Upon exit, the
- actual firmware volume in which the file was
- found.
- @param FileHandle Upon exit, points to the found file's
- handle or NULL if it could not be found.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS File was found.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND File was not found.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER FvHandle or FileHandle or
- FileName was NULL.
-
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiFfsFvPpiFindFileByName (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI *This,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *FileName,
- IN EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE *FvHandle,
- OUT EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE *FileHandle
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData;
- UINTN Index;
-
- if ((FvHandle == NULL) || (FileName == NULL) || (FileHandle == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (*FvHandle != NULL) {
- Status = FindFileEx (*FvHandle, FileName, 0, FileHandle, NULL);
- if (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND) {
- *FileHandle = NULL;
- }
- } else {
- //
- // If *FvHandle = NULL, so search all FV for given filename
- //
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-
- PrivateData = PEI_CORE_INSTANCE_FROM_PS_THIS (GetPeiServicesTablePointer());
- for (Index = 0; Index < PrivateData->FvCount; Index ++) {
- //
- // Only search the FV which is associated with a EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI instance.
- //
- if (PrivateData->Fv[Index].FvPpi != NULL) {
- Status = FindFileEx (PrivateData->Fv[Index].FvHandle, FileName, 0, FileHandle, NULL);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- *FvHandle = PrivateData->Fv[Index].FvHandle;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Returns information about a specific file.
-
- This function returns information about a specific
- file, including its file name, type, attributes, starting
- address and size.
-
- @param This Points to this instance of the
- EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI.
- @param FileHandle Handle of the file.
- @param FileInfo Upon exit, points to the file's
- information.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS File information returned.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If FileHandle does not
- represent a valid file.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If FileInfo is NULL.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiFfsFvPpiGetFileInfo (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI *This,
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle,
- OUT EFI_FV_FILE_INFO *FileInfo
- )
-{
- UINT8 FileState;
- UINT8 ErasePolarity;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FileHeader;
- PEI_CORE_FV_HANDLE *CoreFvHandle;
- PEI_FW_VOL_INSTANCE *FwVolInstance;
-
- if ((FileHandle == NULL) || (FileInfo == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Retrieve the FirmwareVolume which the file resides in.
- //
- CoreFvHandle = FileHandleToVolume (FileHandle);
- if (CoreFvHandle == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- FwVolInstance = PEI_FW_VOL_INSTANCE_FROM_FV_THIS (This);
-
- if ((CoreFvHandle->FvHeader->Attributes & EFI_FVB2_ERASE_POLARITY) != 0) {
- ErasePolarity = 1;
- } else {
- ErasePolarity = 0;
- }
-
- //
- // Get FileState which is the highest bit of the State
- //
- FileState = GetFileState (ErasePolarity, (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER*)FileHandle);
-
- switch (FileState) {
- case EFI_FILE_DATA_VALID:
- case EFI_FILE_MARKED_FOR_UPDATE:
- break;
- default:
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- FileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *)FileHandle;
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (FileHeader)) {
- ASSERT (FFS_FILE2_SIZE (FileHeader) > 0x00FFFFFF);
- if (!FwVolInstance->IsFfs3Fv) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "It is a FFS3 formatted file: %g in a non-FFS3 formatted FV.\n", &FileHeader->Name));
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- FileInfo->BufferSize = FFS_FILE2_SIZE (FileHeader) - sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2);
- FileInfo->Buffer = (UINT8 *) FileHeader + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2);
- } else {
- FileInfo->BufferSize = FFS_FILE_SIZE (FileHeader) - sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
- FileInfo->Buffer = (UINT8 *) FileHeader + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
- }
- CopyMem (&FileInfo->FileName, &FileHeader->Name, sizeof(EFI_GUID));
- FileInfo->FileType = FileHeader->Type;
- FileInfo->FileAttributes = FfsAttributes2FvFileAttributes (FileHeader->Attributes);
- if ((CoreFvHandle->FvHeader->Attributes & EFI_FVB2_MEMORY_MAPPED) == EFI_FVB2_MEMORY_MAPPED) {
- FileInfo->FileAttributes |= EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIB_MEMORY_MAPPED;
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Returns information about a specific file.
-
- This function returns information about a specific
- file, including its file name, type, attributes, starting
- address, size and authentication status.
-
- @param This Points to this instance of the
- EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI.
- @param FileHandle Handle of the file.
- @param FileInfo Upon exit, points to the file's
- information.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS File information returned.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If FileHandle does not
- represent a valid file.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If FileInfo is NULL.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiFfsFvPpiGetFileInfo2 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI *This,
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle,
- OUT EFI_FV_FILE_INFO2 *FileInfo
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- PEI_CORE_FV_HANDLE *CoreFvHandle;
-
- if ((FileHandle == NULL) || (FileInfo == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Retrieve the FirmwareVolume which the file resides in.
- //
- CoreFvHandle = FileHandleToVolume (FileHandle);
- if (CoreFvHandle == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- Status = PeiFfsFvPpiGetFileInfo (This, FileHandle, (EFI_FV_FILE_INFO *) FileInfo);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FileInfo->AuthenticationStatus = CoreFvHandle->AuthenticationStatus;
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- This function returns information about the firmware volume.
-
- @param This Points to this instance of the
- EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI.
- @param FvHandle Handle to the firmware handle.
- @param VolumeInfo Points to the returned firmware volume
- information.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Information returned successfully.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER FvHandle does not indicate a valid
- firmware volume or VolumeInfo is NULL.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiFfsFvPpiGetVolumeInfo (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI *This,
- IN EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE FvHandle,
- OUT EFI_FV_INFO *VolumeInfo
- )
-{
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER FwVolHeader;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_EXT_HEADER *FwVolExHeaderInfo;
-
- if ((VolumeInfo == NULL) || (FvHandle == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // VolumeHandle may not align at 8 byte,
- // but FvLength is UINT64 type, which requires FvHeader align at least 8 byte.
- // So, Copy FvHeader into the local FvHeader structure.
- //
- CopyMem (&FwVolHeader, FvHandle, sizeof (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER));
-
- //
- // Check Fv Image Signature
- //
- if (FwVolHeader.Signature != EFI_FVH_SIGNATURE) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- ZeroMem (VolumeInfo, sizeof (EFI_FV_INFO));
- VolumeInfo->FvAttributes = FwVolHeader.Attributes;
- VolumeInfo->FvStart = (VOID *) FvHandle;
- VolumeInfo->FvSize = FwVolHeader.FvLength;
- CopyMem (&VolumeInfo->FvFormat, &FwVolHeader.FileSystemGuid, sizeof(EFI_GUID));
-
- if (FwVolHeader.ExtHeaderOffset != 0) {
- FwVolExHeaderInfo = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_EXT_HEADER*)(((UINT8 *)FvHandle) + FwVolHeader.ExtHeaderOffset);
- CopyMem (&VolumeInfo->FvName, &FwVolExHeaderInfo->FvName, sizeof(EFI_GUID));
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Find the next matching section in the firmware file.
-
- This service enables PEI modules to discover sections
- of a given type within a valid file.
-
- @param This Points to this instance of the
- EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI.
- @param SearchType A filter to find only sections of this
- type.
- @param FileHandle Handle of firmware file in which to
- search.
- @param SectionData Updated upon return to point to the
- section found.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Section was found.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Section of the specified type was not
- found. SectionData contains NULL.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiFfsFvPpiFindSectionByType (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI *This,
- IN EFI_SECTION_TYPE SearchType,
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle,
- OUT VOID **SectionData
- )
-{
- UINT32 AuthenticationStatus;
- return PeiFfsFvPpiFindSectionByType2 (This, SearchType, 0, FileHandle, SectionData, &AuthenticationStatus);
-}
-
-/**
- Find the next matching section in the firmware file.
-
- This service enables PEI modules to discover sections
- of a given instance and type within a valid file.
-
- @param This Points to this instance of the
- EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI.
- @param SearchType A filter to find only sections of this
- type.
- @param SearchInstance A filter to find the specific instance
- of sections.
- @param FileHandle Handle of firmware file in which to
- search.
- @param SectionData Updated upon return to point to the
- section found.
- @param AuthenticationStatus Updated upon return to point to the
- authentication status for this section.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Section was found.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Section of the specified type was not
- found. SectionData contains NULL.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiFfsFvPpiFindSectionByType2 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI *This,
- IN EFI_SECTION_TYPE SearchType,
- IN UINTN SearchInstance,
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle,
- OUT VOID **SectionData,
- OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationStatus
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsFileHeader;
- UINT32 FileSize;
- EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *Section;
- PEI_FW_VOL_INSTANCE *FwVolInstance;
- PEI_CORE_FV_HANDLE *CoreFvHandle;
- UINTN Instance;
- UINT32 ExtractedAuthenticationStatus;
-
- if (SectionData == NULL) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- FwVolInstance = PEI_FW_VOL_INSTANCE_FROM_FV_THIS (This);
-
- //
- // Retrieve the FirmwareVolume which the file resides in.
- //
- CoreFvHandle = FileHandleToVolume (FileHandle);
- if (CoreFvHandle == NULL) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- FfsFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *)(FileHandle);
-
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (FfsFileHeader)) {
- ASSERT (FFS_FILE2_SIZE (FfsFileHeader) > 0x00FFFFFF);
- if (!FwVolInstance->IsFfs3Fv) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "It is a FFS3 formatted file: %g in a non-FFS3 formatted FV.\n", &FfsFileHeader->Name));
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- Section = (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *) ((UINT8 *) FfsFileHeader + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2));
- FileSize = FFS_FILE2_SIZE (FfsFileHeader) - sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2);
- } else {
- Section = (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *) ((UINT8 *) FfsFileHeader + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER));
- FileSize = FFS_FILE_SIZE (FfsFileHeader) - sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
- }
-
- Instance = SearchInstance + 1;
- ExtractedAuthenticationStatus = 0;
- Status = ProcessSection (
- GetPeiServicesTablePointer (),
- SearchType,
- &Instance,
- Section,
- FileSize,
- SectionData,
- &ExtractedAuthenticationStatus,
- FwVolInstance->IsFfs3Fv
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Inherit the authentication status.
- //
- *AuthenticationStatus = ExtractedAuthenticationStatus | CoreFvHandle->AuthenticationStatus;
- }
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Convert the handle of FV to pointer of corresponding PEI_CORE_FV_HANDLE.
-
- @param FvHandle The handle of a FV.
-
- @retval NULL if can not find.
- @return Pointer of corresponding PEI_CORE_FV_HANDLE.
-**/
-PEI_CORE_FV_HANDLE *
-FvHandleToCoreHandle (
- IN EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE FvHandle
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
- PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData;
-
- PrivateData = PEI_CORE_INSTANCE_FROM_PS_THIS (GetPeiServicesTablePointer());
- for (Index = 0; Index < PrivateData->FvCount; Index ++) {
- if (FvHandle == PrivateData->Fv[Index].FvHandle) {
- return &PrivateData->Fv[Index];
- }
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- Get instance of PEI_CORE_FV_HANDLE for next volume according to given index.
-
- This routine also will install FvInfo ppi for FV hob in PI ways.
-
- @param Private Pointer of PEI_CORE_INSTANCE
- @param Instance The index of FV want to be searched.
-
- @return Instance of PEI_CORE_FV_HANDLE.
-**/
-PEI_CORE_FV_HANDLE *
-FindNextCoreFvHandle (
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *Private,
- IN UINTN Instance
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
- BOOLEAN Match;
- EFI_HOB_FIRMWARE_VOLUME *FvHob;
-
- //
- // Handle Framework FvHob and Install FvInfo Ppi for it.
- //
- if (FeaturePcdGet (PcdFrameworkCompatibilitySupport)) {
- //
- // Loop to search the wanted FirmwareVolume which supports FFS
- //
- FvHob = (EFI_HOB_FIRMWARE_VOLUME *)GetFirstHob (EFI_HOB_TYPE_FV);
- while (FvHob != NULL) {
- //
- // Search whether FvHob has been installed into PeiCore's FV database.
- // If found, no need install new FvInfoPpi for it.
- //
- for (Index = 0, Match = FALSE; Index < Private->FvCount; Index++) {
- if ((EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE)(UINTN)FvHob->BaseAddress == Private->Fv[Index].FvHeader) {
- Match = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Search whether FvHob has been cached into PeiCore's Unknown FV database.
- // If found, no need install new FvInfoPpi for it.
- //
- if (!Match) {
- for (Index = 0; Index < Private->UnknownFvInfoCount; Index ++) {
- if ((UINTN)FvHob->BaseAddress == (UINTN)Private->UnknownFvInfo[Index].FvInfo) {
- Match = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // If the Fv in FvHob has not been installed into PeiCore's FV database and has
- // not been cached into PeiCore's Unknown FV database, install a new FvInfoPpi
- // for it then PeiCore will dispatch it in callback of FvInfoPpi.
- //
- if (!Match) {
- PeiServicesInstallFvInfoPpi (
- &(((EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *)(UINTN)FvHob->BaseAddress)->FileSystemGuid),
- (VOID *)(UINTN)FvHob->BaseAddress,
- (UINT32)FvHob->Length,
- NULL,
- NULL
- );
- }
-
- FvHob = (EFI_HOB_FIRMWARE_VOLUME *)GetNextHob (EFI_HOB_TYPE_FV, (VOID *)((UINTN)FvHob + FvHob->Header.HobLength));
- }
- }
-
- ASSERT (Private->FvCount <= PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxFvSupported));
- if (Instance >= Private->FvCount) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- return &Private->Fv[Instance];
-}
-
-/**
- After PeiCore image is shadowed into permanent memory, all build-in FvPpi should
- be re-installed with the instance in permanent memory and all cached FvPpi pointers in
- PrivateData->Fv[] array should be fixed up to be pointed to the one in permanent
- memory.
-
- @param PrivateData Pointer to PEI_CORE_INSTANCE.
-**/
-VOID
-PeiReinitializeFv (
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData
- )
-{
- VOID *OldFfsFvPpi;
- EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR *OldDescriptor;
- UINTN Index;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- //
- // Locate old build-in Ffs2 EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI which
- // in flash.
- //
- Status = PeiServicesLocatePpi (
- &gEfiFirmwareFileSystem2Guid,
- 0,
- &OldDescriptor,
- &OldFfsFvPpi
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Re-install the EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI for build-in Ffs2
- // which is shadowed from flash to permanent memory within PeiCore image.
- //
- Status = PeiServicesReInstallPpi (OldDescriptor, &mPeiFfs2FvPpiList);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Fixup all FvPpi pointers for the implementation in flash to permanent memory.
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxFvSupported); Index ++) {
- if (PrivateData->Fv[Index].FvPpi == OldFfsFvPpi) {
- PrivateData->Fv[Index].FvPpi = &mPeiFfs2FwVol.Fv;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Locate old build-in Ffs3 EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI which
- // in flash.
- //
- Status = PeiServicesLocatePpi (
- &gEfiFirmwareFileSystem3Guid,
- 0,
- &OldDescriptor,
- &OldFfsFvPpi
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Re-install the EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI for build-in Ffs3
- // which is shadowed from flash to permanent memory within PeiCore image.
- //
- Status = PeiServicesReInstallPpi (OldDescriptor, &mPeiFfs3FvPpiList);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Fixup all FvPpi pointers for the implementation in flash to permanent memory.
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxFvSupported); Index ++) {
- if (PrivateData->Fv[Index].FvPpi == OldFfsFvPpi) {
- PrivateData->Fv[Index].FvPpi = &mPeiFfs3FwVol.Fv;
- }
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Report the information for a new discoveried FV in unknown third-party format.
-
- If the EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI has not been installed for third-party FV format, but
- the FV in this format has been discoveried, then this FV's information will be cached into
- PEI_CORE_INSTANCE's UnknownFvInfo array.
- Also a notification would be installed for unknown third-party FV format guid, if EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI
- is installed later by platform's PEIM, the original unknown third-party FV will be processed by
- using new installed EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI.
-
- @param PrivateData Point to instance of PEI_CORE_INSTANCE
- @param FvInfo2Ppi Point to FvInfo2 PPI.
-
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The FV info array in PEI_CORE_INSTANCE has no more spaces.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Success to add the information for unknown FV.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-AddUnknownFormatFvInfo (
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData,
- IN EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_INFO2_PPI *FvInfo2Ppi
- )
-{
- PEI_CORE_UNKNOW_FORMAT_FV_INFO *NewUnknownFv;
-
- if (PrivateData->UnknownFvInfoCount + 1 >= PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxFvSupported)) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- NewUnknownFv = &PrivateData->UnknownFvInfo[PrivateData->UnknownFvInfoCount];
- PrivateData->UnknownFvInfoCount ++;
-
- CopyGuid (&NewUnknownFv->FvFormat, &FvInfo2Ppi->FvFormat);
- NewUnknownFv->FvInfo = FvInfo2Ppi->FvInfo;
- NewUnknownFv->FvInfoSize = FvInfo2Ppi->FvInfoSize;
- NewUnknownFv->AuthenticationStatus = FvInfo2Ppi->AuthenticationStatus;
- NewUnknownFv->NotifyDescriptor.Flags = (EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_NOTIFY_CALLBACK | EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_TERMINATE_LIST);
- NewUnknownFv->NotifyDescriptor.Guid = &NewUnknownFv->FvFormat;
- NewUnknownFv->NotifyDescriptor.Notify = ThirdPartyFvPpiNotifyCallback;
-
- PeiServicesNotifyPpi (&NewUnknownFv->NotifyDescriptor);
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Find the FV information according to third-party FV format guid.
-
- This routine also will remove the FV information found by given FV format guid from
- PrivateData->UnknownFvInfo[].
-
- @param PrivateData Point to instance of PEI_CORE_INSTANCE
- @param Format Point to given FV format guid
- @param FvInfo On return, the pointer of FV information buffer
- @param FvInfoSize On return, the size of FV information buffer.
- @param AuthenticationStatus On return, the authentication status of FV information buffer.
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The FV is not found for new installed EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Success to find a FV which could be processed by new installed EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FindUnknownFormatFvInfo (
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData,
- IN EFI_GUID *Format,
- OUT VOID **FvInfo,
- OUT UINT32 *FvInfoSize,
- OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationStatus
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
- UINTN Index2;
-
- Index = 0;
- for (; Index < PrivateData->UnknownFvInfoCount; Index ++) {
- if (CompareGuid (Format, &PrivateData->UnknownFvInfo[Index].FvFormat)) {
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (Index == PrivateData->UnknownFvInfoCount) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- *FvInfo = PrivateData->UnknownFvInfo[Index].FvInfo;
- *FvInfoSize = PrivateData->UnknownFvInfo[Index].FvInfoSize;
- *AuthenticationStatus = PrivateData->UnknownFvInfo[Index].AuthenticationStatus;
-
- //
- // Remove an entry from UnknownFvInfo array.
- //
- Index2 = Index + 1;
- for (;Index2 < PrivateData->UnknownFvInfoCount; Index2 ++, Index ++) {
- CopyMem (&PrivateData->UnknownFvInfo[Index], &PrivateData->UnknownFvInfo[Index2], sizeof (PEI_CORE_UNKNOW_FORMAT_FV_INFO));
- }
- PrivateData->UnknownFvInfoCount --;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Notification callback function for EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI.
-
- When a EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI is installed to support new FV format, this
- routine is called to process all discoveried FVs in this format.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation
- @param NotifyDescriptor Address of the notification descriptor data structure.
- @param Ppi Address of the PPI that was installed.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The notification callback is processed correctly.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-ThirdPartyFvPpiNotifyCallback (
- IN EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN EFI_PEI_NOTIFY_DESCRIPTOR *NotifyDescriptor,
- IN VOID *Ppi
- )
-{
- PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData;
- EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI *FvPpi;
- VOID *FvInfo;
- UINT32 FvInfoSize;
- UINT32 AuthenticationStatus;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE FvHandle;
- BOOLEAN IsProcessed;
- UINTN FvIndex;
- EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle;
- VOID *DepexData;
- UINTN CurFvCount;
-
- PrivateData = PEI_CORE_INSTANCE_FROM_PS_THIS (PeiServices);
- FvPpi = (EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI*) Ppi;
-
- do {
- Status = FindUnknownFormatFvInfo (PrivateData, NotifyDescriptor->Guid, &FvInfo, &FvInfoSize, &AuthenticationStatus);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- //
- // Process new found FV and get FV handle.
- //
- Status = FvPpi->ProcessVolume (FvPpi, FvInfo, FvInfoSize, &FvHandle);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "Fail to process the FV 0x%p, FV may be corrupted!\n", FvInfo));
- continue;
- }
-
- //
- // Check whether the FV has already been processed.
- //
- IsProcessed = FALSE;
- for (FvIndex = 0; FvIndex < PrivateData->FvCount; FvIndex ++) {
- if (PrivateData->Fv[FvIndex].FvHandle == FvHandle) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "The Fv %p has already been processed!\n", FvInfo));
- IsProcessed = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (IsProcessed) {
- continue;
- }
-
- if (PrivateData->FvCount >= PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxFvSupported)) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "The number of Fv Images (%d) exceed the max supported FVs (%d) in Pei", PrivateData->FvCount + 1, PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxFvSupported)));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "PcdPeiCoreMaxFvSupported value need be reconfigurated in DSC"));
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- }
-
- //
- // Update internal PEI_CORE_FV array.
- //
- PrivateData->Fv[PrivateData->FvCount].FvHeader = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER*) FvInfo;
- PrivateData->Fv[PrivateData->FvCount].FvPpi = FvPpi;
- PrivateData->Fv[PrivateData->FvCount].FvHandle = FvHandle;
- PrivateData->Fv[PrivateData->FvCount].AuthenticationStatus = AuthenticationStatus;
- CurFvCount = PrivateData->FvCount;
- DEBUG ((
- EFI_D_INFO,
- "The %dth FV start address is 0x%11p, size is 0x%08x, handle is 0x%p\n",
- (UINT32) CurFvCount,
- (VOID *) FvInfo,
- FvInfoSize,
- FvHandle
- ));
- PrivateData->FvCount ++;
-
- //
- // Scan and process the new discoveried FV for EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_IMAGE
- //
- FileHandle = NULL;
- do {
- Status = FvPpi->FindFileByType (
- FvPpi,
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_IMAGE,
- FvHandle,
- &FileHandle
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = FvPpi->FindSectionByType (
- FvPpi,
- EFI_SECTION_PEI_DEPEX,
- FileHandle,
- (VOID**)&DepexData
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- if (!PeimDispatchReadiness (PeiServices, DepexData)) {
- //
- // Dependency is not satisfied.
- //
- continue;
- }
- }
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "Found firmware volume Image File %p in FV[%d] %p\n", FileHandle, CurFvCount, FvHandle));
- ProcessFvFile (PrivateData, &PrivateData->Fv[CurFvCount], FileHandle);
- }
- } while (FileHandle != NULL);
- } while (TRUE);
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/FwVol/FwVol.h b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/FwVol/FwVol.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1daeb6d97b..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/FwVol/FwVol.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,377 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- The internal header file for firmware volume related definitions.
-
-Copyright (c) 2009 - 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _FWVOL_H_
-#define _FWVOL_H_
-
-#include "PeiMain.h"
-
-#define GET_OCCUPIED_SIZE(ActualSize, Alignment) \
- ((ActualSize) + (((Alignment) - ((ActualSize) & ((Alignment) - 1))) & ((Alignment) - 1)))
-
-
-#define PEI_FW_VOL_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32('P','F','W','V')
-
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- BOOLEAN IsFfs3Fv;
- EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI Fv;
-} PEI_FW_VOL_INSTANCE;
-
-#define PEI_FW_VOL_INSTANCE_FROM_FV_THIS(a) \
- CR(a, PEI_FW_VOL_INSTANCE, Fv, PEI_FW_VOL_SIGNATURE)
-
-
-/**
- Process a firmware volume and create a volume handle.
-
- Create a volume handle from the information in the buffer. For
- memory-mapped firmware volumes, Buffer and BufferSize refer to
- the start of the firmware volume and the firmware volume size.
- For non memory-mapped firmware volumes, this points to a
- buffer which contains the necessary information for creating
- the firmware volume handle. Normally, these values are derived
- from the EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_INFO_PPI.
-
-
- @param This Points to this instance of the
- EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI.
- @param Buffer Points to the start of the buffer.
- @param BufferSize Size of the buffer.
- @param FvHandle Points to the returned firmware volume
- handle. The firmware volume handle must
- be unique within the system.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Firmware volume handle created.
- @retval EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED Volume was corrupt.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiFfsFvPpiProcessVolume (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI *This,
- IN VOID *Buffer,
- IN UINTN BufferSize,
- OUT EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE *FvHandle
- );
-
-/**
- Finds the next file of the specified type.
-
- This service enables PEI modules to discover additional firmware files.
- The FileHandle must be unique within the system.
-
- @param This Points to this instance of the
- EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI.
- @param SearchType A filter to find only files of this type. Type
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE_ALL causes no filtering to be
- done.
- @param FvHandle Handle of firmware volume in which to
- search.
- @param FileHandle Points to the current handle from which to
- begin searching or NULL to start at the
- beginning of the firmware volume. Updated
- upon return to reflect the file found.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The file was found.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The file was not found. FileHandle contains NULL.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiFfsFvPpiFindFileByType (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI *This,
- IN EFI_FV_FILETYPE SearchType,
- IN EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE FvHandle,
- IN OUT EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE *FileHandle
- );
-
-/**
- Find a file within a volume by its name.
-
- This service searches for files with a specific name, within
- either the specified firmware volume or all firmware volumes.
-
- @param This Points to this instance of the
- EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI.
- @param FileName A pointer to the name of the file to find
- within the firmware volume.
- @param FvHandle Upon entry, the pointer to the firmware
- volume to search or NULL if all firmware
- volumes should be searched. Upon exit, the
- actual firmware volume in which the file was
- found.
- @param FileHandle Upon exit, points to the found file's
- handle or NULL if it could not be found.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS File was found.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND File was not found.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER FvHandle or FileHandle or
- FileName was NULL.
-
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiFfsFvPpiFindFileByName (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI *This,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *FileName,
- IN EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE *FvHandle,
- OUT EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE *FileHandle
- );
-
-/**
- Find the next matching section in the firmware file.
-
- This service enables PEI modules to discover sections
- of a given type within a valid file.
-
- @param This Points to this instance of the
- EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI.
- @param SearchType A filter to find only sections of this
- type.
- @param FileHandle Handle of firmware file in which to
- search.
- @param SectionData Updated upon return to point to the
- section found.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Section was found.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Section of the specified type was not
- found. SectionData contains NULL.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiFfsFvPpiFindSectionByType (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI *This,
- IN EFI_SECTION_TYPE SearchType,
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle,
- OUT VOID **SectionData
- );
-
-/**
- Find the next matching section in the firmware file.
-
- This service enables PEI modules to discover sections
- of a given instance and type within a valid file.
-
- @param This Points to this instance of the
- EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI.
- @param SearchType A filter to find only sections of this
- type.
- @param SearchInstance A filter to find the specific instance
- of sections.
- @param FileHandle Handle of firmware file in which to
- search.
- @param SectionData Updated upon return to point to the
- section found.
- @param AuthenticationStatus Updated upon return to point to the
- authentication status for this section.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Section was found.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Section of the specified type was not
- found. SectionData contains NULL.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiFfsFvPpiFindSectionByType2 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI *This,
- IN EFI_SECTION_TYPE SearchType,
- IN UINTN SearchInstance,
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle,
- OUT VOID **SectionData,
- OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationStatus
- );
-
-/**
- Returns information about a specific file.
-
- This function returns information about a specific
- file, including its file name, type, attributes, starting
- address and size.
-
- @param This Points to this instance of the
- EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI.
- @param FileHandle Handle of the file.
- @param FileInfo Upon exit, points to the file's
- information.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS File information returned.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If FileHandle does not
- represent a valid file.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If FileInfo is NULL.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiFfsFvPpiGetFileInfo (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI *This,
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle,
- OUT EFI_FV_FILE_INFO *FileInfo
- );
-
-/**
- Returns information about a specific file.
-
- This function returns information about a specific
- file, including its file name, type, attributes, starting
- address, size and authentication status.
-
- @param This Points to this instance of the
- EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI.
- @param FileHandle Handle of the file.
- @param FileInfo Upon exit, points to the file's
- information.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS File information returned.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If FileHandle does not
- represent a valid file.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If FileInfo is NULL.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiFfsFvPpiGetFileInfo2 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI *This,
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle,
- OUT EFI_FV_FILE_INFO2 *FileInfo
- );
-
-/**
- This function returns information about the firmware volume.
-
- @param This Points to this instance of the
- EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI.
- @param FvHandle Handle to the firmware handle.
- @param VolumeInfo Points to the returned firmware volume
- information.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Information returned successfully.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER FvHandle does not indicate a valid
- firmware volume or VolumeInfo is NULL.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiFfsFvPpiGetVolumeInfo (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI *This,
- IN EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE FvHandle,
- OUT EFI_FV_INFO *VolumeInfo
- );
-
-/**
- Convert the handle of FV to pointer of corresponding PEI_CORE_FV_HANDLE.
-
- @param FvHandle The handle of a FV.
-
- @retval NULL if can not find.
- @return Pointer of corresponding PEI_CORE_FV_HANDLE.
-**/
-PEI_CORE_FV_HANDLE *
-FvHandleToCoreHandle (
- IN EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE FvHandle
- );
-
-/**
- Given the input file pointer, search for the next matching file in the
- FFS volume as defined by SearchType. The search starts from FileHeader inside
- the Firmware Volume defined by FwVolHeader.
-
-
- @param FvHandle Pointer to the FV header of the volume to search
- @param FileName File name
- @param SearchType Filter to find only files of this type.
- Type EFI_FV_FILETYPE_ALL causes no filtering to be done.
- @param FileHandle This parameter must point to a valid FFS volume.
- @param AprioriFile Pointer to AprioriFile image in this FV if has
-
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND No files matching the search criteria were found
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Success to search given file
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FindFileEx (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE FvHandle,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *FileName, OPTIONAL
- IN EFI_FV_FILETYPE SearchType,
- IN OUT EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE *FileHandle,
- IN OUT EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE *AprioriFile OPTIONAL
- );
-
-/**
- Report the information for a new discoveried FV in unknown format.
-
- If the EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI has not been installed for specifical FV format, but
- the FV in this FV format has been discoveried, then the information of this FV
- will be cached into PEI_CORE_INSTANCE's UnknownFvInfo array.
- Also a notification would be installed for unknown FV format guid, if EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI
- is installed later by platform's PEIM, the original unknown FV will be processed by
- using new installed EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI.
-
- @param PrivateData Point to instance of PEI_CORE_INSTANCE
- @param FvInfo2Ppi Point to FvInfo2 PPI.
-
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The FV info array in PEI_CORE_INSTANCE has no more spaces.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Success to add the information for unknown FV.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-AddUnknownFormatFvInfo (
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData,
- IN EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_INFO2_PPI *FvInfo2Ppi
- );
-
-/**
- Find the FV information according to FV format guid.
-
- This routine also will remove the FV information found by given FV format guid from
- PrivateData->UnknownFvInfo[].
-
- @param PrivateData Point to instance of PEI_CORE_INSTANCE
- @param Format Point to given FV format guid
- @param FvInfo On return, the pointer of FV information buffer in given FV format guid
- @param FvInfoSize On return, the size of FV information buffer.
- @param AuthenticationStatus On return, the authentication status of FV information buffer.
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The FV is not found for new installed EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Success to find a FV which could be processed by new installed EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FindUnknownFormatFvInfo (
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData,
- IN EFI_GUID *Format,
- OUT VOID **FvInfo,
- OUT UINT32 *FvInfoSize,
- OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationStatus
- );
-
-/**
- Notification callback function for EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI.
-
- When a EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI is installed to support new FV format, this
- routine is called to process all discoveried FVs in this format.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation
- @param NotifyDescriptor Address of the notification descriptor data structure.
- @param Ppi Address of the PPI that was installed.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The notification callback is processed correctly.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-ThirdPartyFvPpiNotifyCallback (
- IN EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN EFI_PEI_NOTIFY_DESCRIPTOR *NotifyDescriptor,
- IN VOID *Ppi
- );
-
-#endif
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/Hob/Hob.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/Hob/Hob.c deleted file mode 100644 index e0ee8e7f10..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/Hob/Hob.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,168 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- This module provide Hand-Off Block manupulation.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "PeiMain.h"
-
-/**
-
- Gets the pointer to the HOB List.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param HobList Pointer to the HOB List.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Get the pointer of HOB List
- @retval EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET the HOB List is not yet published
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER HobList is NULL (in debug mode)
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiGetHobList (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN OUT VOID **HobList
- )
-{
- PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData;
-
- //
- // Only check this parameter in debug mode
- //
-
- DEBUG_CODE_BEGIN ();
- if (HobList == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- DEBUG_CODE_END ();
-
- PrivateData = PEI_CORE_INSTANCE_FROM_PS_THIS(PeiServices);
-
- *HobList = PrivateData->HobList.Raw;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Add a new HOB to the HOB List.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param Type Type of the new HOB.
- @param Length Length of the new HOB to allocate.
- @param Hob Pointer to the new HOB.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Success to create hob.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER if Hob is NULL
- @retval EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET if HobList is still not available.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES if there is no more memory to grow the Hoblist.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiCreateHob (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN UINT16 Type,
- IN UINT16 Length,
- IN OUT VOID **Hob
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_HOB_HANDOFF_INFO_TABLE *HandOffHob;
- EFI_HOB_GENERIC_HEADER *HobEnd;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS FreeMemory;
-
-
- Status = PeiGetHobList (PeiServices, Hob);
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- HandOffHob = *Hob;
-
- //
- // Check Length to avoid data overflow.
- //
- if (0x10000 - Length <= 0x7) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- Length = (UINT16)((Length + 0x7) & (~0x7));
-
- FreeMemory = HandOffHob->EfiFreeMemoryTop -
- HandOffHob->EfiFreeMemoryBottom;
-
- if (FreeMemory < Length) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "PeiCreateHob fail: Length - 0x%08x\n", (UINTN)Length));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, " FreeMemoryTop - 0x%08x\n", (UINTN)HandOffHob->EfiFreeMemoryTop));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, " FreeMemoryBottom - 0x%08x\n", (UINTN)HandOffHob->EfiFreeMemoryBottom));
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- *Hob = (VOID*) (UINTN) HandOffHob->EfiEndOfHobList;
- ((EFI_HOB_GENERIC_HEADER*) *Hob)->HobType = Type;
- ((EFI_HOB_GENERIC_HEADER*) *Hob)->HobLength = Length;
- ((EFI_HOB_GENERIC_HEADER*) *Hob)->Reserved = 0;
-
- HobEnd = (EFI_HOB_GENERIC_HEADER*) ((UINTN) *Hob + Length);
- HandOffHob->EfiEndOfHobList = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) HobEnd;
-
- HobEnd->HobType = EFI_HOB_TYPE_END_OF_HOB_LIST;
- HobEnd->HobLength = (UINT16) sizeof (EFI_HOB_GENERIC_HEADER);
- HobEnd->Reserved = 0;
- HobEnd++;
- HandOffHob->EfiFreeMemoryBottom = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) HobEnd;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
-
- Builds a Handoff Information Table HOB
-
- @param BootMode - Current Bootmode
- @param MemoryBegin - Start Memory Address.
- @param MemoryLength - Length of Memory.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Always success to initialize HOB.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-PeiCoreBuildHobHandoffInfoTable (
- IN EFI_BOOT_MODE BootMode,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS MemoryBegin,
- IN UINT64 MemoryLength
- )
-{
- EFI_HOB_HANDOFF_INFO_TABLE *Hob;
- EFI_HOB_GENERIC_HEADER *HobEnd;
-
- Hob = (VOID *)(UINTN)MemoryBegin;
- HobEnd = (EFI_HOB_GENERIC_HEADER*) (Hob+1);
- Hob->Header.HobType = EFI_HOB_TYPE_HANDOFF;
- Hob->Header.HobLength = (UINT16) sizeof (EFI_HOB_HANDOFF_INFO_TABLE);
- Hob->Header.Reserved = 0;
-
- HobEnd->HobType = EFI_HOB_TYPE_END_OF_HOB_LIST;
- HobEnd->HobLength = (UINT16) sizeof (EFI_HOB_GENERIC_HEADER);
- HobEnd->Reserved = 0;
-
- Hob->Version = EFI_HOB_HANDOFF_TABLE_VERSION;
- Hob->BootMode = BootMode;
-
- Hob->EfiMemoryTop = MemoryBegin + MemoryLength;
- Hob->EfiMemoryBottom = MemoryBegin;
- Hob->EfiFreeMemoryTop = MemoryBegin + MemoryLength;
- Hob->EfiFreeMemoryBottom = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) (HobEnd + 1);
- Hob->EfiEndOfHobList = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) HobEnd;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/Image/Image.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/Image/Image.c deleted file mode 100644 index 1985411285..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/Image/Image.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,932 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Pei Core Load Image Support
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "PeiMain.h"
-
-
-EFI_PEI_LOAD_FILE_PPI mPeiLoadImagePpi = {
- PeiLoadImageLoadImageWrapper
-};
-
-
-EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR gPpiLoadFilePpiList = {
- (EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_PPI | EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_TERMINATE_LIST),
- &gEfiPeiLoadFilePpiGuid,
- &mPeiLoadImagePpi
-};
-
-/**
-
- Support routine for the PE/COFF Loader that reads a buffer from a PE/COFF file.
- The function is used for XIP code to have optimized memory copy.
-
- @param FileHandle - The handle to the PE/COFF file
- @param FileOffset - The offset, in bytes, into the file to read
- @param ReadSize - The number of bytes to read from the file starting at FileOffset
- @param Buffer - A pointer to the buffer to read the data into.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS - ReadSize bytes of data were read into Buffer from the PE/COFF file starting at FileOffset
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiImageRead (
- IN VOID *FileHandle,
- IN UINTN FileOffset,
- IN UINTN *ReadSize,
- OUT VOID *Buffer
- )
-{
- CHAR8 *Destination8;
- CHAR8 *Source8;
-
- Destination8 = Buffer;
- Source8 = (CHAR8 *) ((UINTN) FileHandle + FileOffset);
- if (Destination8 != Source8) {
- CopyMem (Destination8, Source8, *ReadSize);
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
-
- Support routine for the PE/COFF Loader that reads a buffer from a PE/COFF file.
- The function is implemented as PIC so as to support shadowing.
-
- @param FileHandle - The handle to the PE/COFF file
- @param FileOffset - The offset, in bytes, into the file to read
- @param ReadSize - The number of bytes to read from the file starting at FileOffset
- @param Buffer - A pointer to the buffer to read the data into.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS - ReadSize bytes of data were read into Buffer from the PE/COFF file starting at FileOffset
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiImageReadForShadow (
- IN VOID *FileHandle,
- IN UINTN FileOffset,
- IN UINTN *ReadSize,
- OUT VOID *Buffer
- )
-{
- volatile CHAR8 *Destination8;
- CHAR8 *Source8;
- UINTN Length;
-
- Destination8 = Buffer;
- Source8 = (CHAR8 *) ((UINTN) FileHandle + FileOffset);
- if (Destination8 != Source8) {
- Length = *ReadSize;
- while ((Length--) > 0) {
- *(Destination8++) = *(Source8++);
- }
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
-
- Support routine to get the Image read file function.
-
- @param ImageContext - The context of the image being loaded
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS - If Image function location is found
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GetImageReadFunction (
- IN PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT *ImageContext
- )
-{
-#if defined (MDE_CPU_IA32) || defined (MDE_CPU_X64)
- PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *Private;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS MemoryBuffer;
-
- Private = PEI_CORE_INSTANCE_FROM_PS_THIS (GetPeiServicesTablePointer ());
- MemoryBuffer = 0;
-
- if (Private->PeiMemoryInstalled && (((Private->HobList.HandoffInformationTable->BootMode != BOOT_ON_S3_RESUME) && PcdGetBool (PcdShadowPeimOnBoot)) ||
- ((Private->HobList.HandoffInformationTable->BootMode == BOOT_ON_S3_RESUME) && PcdGetBool (PcdShadowPeimOnS3Boot)))) {
- //
- // Shadow algorithm makes lots of non ANSI C assumptions and only works for IA32 and X64
- // compilers that have been tested
- //
- if (Private->ShadowedImageRead == NULL) {
- PeiServicesAllocatePages (EfiBootServicesCode, 0x400 / EFI_PAGE_SIZE + 1, &MemoryBuffer);
- ASSERT (MemoryBuffer != 0);
- CopyMem ((VOID *)(UINTN)MemoryBuffer, (CONST VOID *) (UINTN) PeiImageReadForShadow, 0x400);
- Private->ShadowedImageRead = (PE_COFF_LOADER_READ_FILE) (UINTN) MemoryBuffer;
- }
-
- ImageContext->ImageRead = Private->ShadowedImageRead;
- } else {
- ImageContext->ImageRead = PeiImageRead;
- }
-#else
- ImageContext->ImageRead = PeiImageRead;
-#endif
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-/**
- To check memory usage bit map array to figure out if the memory range the image will be loaded in is available or not. If
- memory range is available, the function will mark the corresponding bits to 1 which indicates the memory range is used.
- The function is only invoked when load modules at fixed address feature is enabled.
-
- @param Private Pointer to the private data passed in from caller
- @param ImageBase The base address the image will be loaded at.
- @param ImageSize The size of the image
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The memory range the image will be loaded in is available
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The memory range the image will be loaded in is not available
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CheckAndMarkFixLoadingMemoryUsageBitMap (
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *Private,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ImageBase,
- IN UINT32 ImageSize
- )
-{
- UINT32 DxeCodePageNumber;
- UINT64 ReservedCodeSize;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS PeiCodeBase;
- UINT32 BaseOffsetPageNumber;
- UINT32 TopOffsetPageNumber;
- UINT32 Index;
- UINT64 *MemoryUsageBitMap;
-
-
- //
- // The reserved code range includes RuntimeCodePage range, Boot time code range and PEI code range.
- //
- DxeCodePageNumber = PcdGet32(PcdLoadFixAddressBootTimeCodePageNumber);
- DxeCodePageNumber += PcdGet32(PcdLoadFixAddressRuntimeCodePageNumber);
- ReservedCodeSize = EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE(DxeCodePageNumber + PcdGet32(PcdLoadFixAddressPeiCodePageNumber));
- PeiCodeBase = Private->LoadModuleAtFixAddressTopAddress - ReservedCodeSize;
-
- //
- // Test the memory range for loading the image in the PEI code range.
- //
- if ((Private->LoadModuleAtFixAddressTopAddress - EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE(DxeCodePageNumber)) < (ImageBase + ImageSize) ||
- (PeiCodeBase > ImageBase)) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- //
- // Test if the memory is avalaible or not.
- //
- MemoryUsageBitMap = Private->PeiCodeMemoryRangeUsageBitMap;
- BaseOffsetPageNumber = EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES((UINT32)(ImageBase - PeiCodeBase));
- TopOffsetPageNumber = EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES((UINT32)(ImageBase + ImageSize - PeiCodeBase));
- for (Index = BaseOffsetPageNumber; Index < TopOffsetPageNumber; Index ++) {
- if ((MemoryUsageBitMap[Index / 64] & LShiftU64(1, (Index % 64))) != 0) {
- //
- // This page is already used.
- //
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Being here means the memory range is available. So mark the bits for the memory range
- //
- for (Index = BaseOffsetPageNumber; Index < TopOffsetPageNumber; Index ++) {
- MemoryUsageBitMap[Index / 64] |= LShiftU64(1, (Index % 64));
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-/**
-
- Get the fixed loading address from image header assigned by build tool. This function only be called
- when Loading module at Fixed address feature enabled.
-
- @param ImageContext Pointer to the image context structure that describes the PE/COFF
- image that needs to be examined by this function.
- @param Private Pointer to the private data passed in from caller
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS An fixed loading address is assigned to this image by build tools .
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The image has no assigned fixed loading address.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GetPeCoffImageFixLoadingAssignedAddress(
- IN OUT PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT *ImageContext,
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *Private
- )
-{
- UINTN SectionHeaderOffset;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_IMAGE_SECTION_HEADER SectionHeader;
- EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_UNION *ImgHdr;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS FixLoadingAddress;
- UINT16 Index;
- UINTN Size;
- UINT16 NumberOfSections;
- UINT64 ValueInSectionHeader;
-
-
- FixLoadingAddress = 0;
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-
- //
- // Get PeHeader pointer
- //
- ImgHdr = (EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_UNION *)((CHAR8* )ImageContext->Handle + ImageContext->PeCoffHeaderOffset);
- if (ImageContext->IsTeImage) {
- //
- // for TE image, the fix loading address is saved in first section header that doesn't point
- // to code section.
- //
- SectionHeaderOffset = sizeof (EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER);
- NumberOfSections = ImgHdr->Te.NumberOfSections;
- } else {
- SectionHeaderOffset = ImageContext->PeCoffHeaderOffset +
- sizeof (UINT32) +
- sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_FILE_HEADER) +
- ImgHdr->Pe32.FileHeader.SizeOfOptionalHeader;
- NumberOfSections = ImgHdr->Pe32.FileHeader.NumberOfSections;
- }
- //
- // Get base address from the first section header that doesn't point to code section.
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < NumberOfSections; Index++) {
- //
- // Read section header from file
- //
- Size = sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_SECTION_HEADER);
- Status = ImageContext->ImageRead (
- ImageContext->Handle,
- SectionHeaderOffset,
- &Size,
- &SectionHeader
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-
- if ((SectionHeader.Characteristics & EFI_IMAGE_SCN_CNT_CODE) == 0) {
- //
- // Build tool will save the address in PointerToRelocations & PointerToLineNumbers fields in the first section header
- // that doesn't point to code section in image header, as well as ImageBase field of image header. A notable thing is
- // that for PEIM, the value in ImageBase field may not be equal to the value in PointerToRelocations & PointerToLineNumbers because
- // for XIP PEIM, ImageBase field holds the image base address running on the Flash. And PointerToRelocations & PointerToLineNumbers
- // hold the image base address when it is shadow to the memory. And there is an assumption that when the feature is enabled, if a
- // module is assigned a loading address by tools, PointerToRelocations & PointerToLineNumbers fields should NOT be Zero, or
- // else, these 2 fields should be set to Zero
- //
- ValueInSectionHeader = ReadUnaligned64((UINT64*)&SectionHeader.PointerToRelocations);
- if (ValueInSectionHeader != 0) {
- //
- // Found first section header that doesn't point to code section.
- //
- if ((INT64)PcdGet64(PcdLoadModuleAtFixAddressEnable) > 0) {
- //
- // When LMFA feature is configured as Load Module at Fixed Absolute Address mode, PointerToRelocations & PointerToLineNumbers field
- // hold the absolute address of image base running in memory
- //
- FixLoadingAddress = ValueInSectionHeader;
- } else {
- //
- // When LMFA feature is configured as Load Module at Fixed offset mode, PointerToRelocations & PointerToLineNumbers field
- // hold the offset relative to a platform-specific top address.
- //
- FixLoadingAddress = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(Private->LoadModuleAtFixAddressTopAddress + (INT64)ValueInSectionHeader);
- }
- //
- // Check if the memory range is available.
- //
- Status = CheckAndMarkFixLoadingMemoryUsageBitMap (Private, FixLoadingAddress, (UINT32) ImageContext->ImageSize);
- if (!EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- //
- // The assigned address is valid. Return the specified loading address
- //
- ImageContext->ImageAddress = FixLoadingAddress;
- }
- }
- break;
- }
- SectionHeaderOffset += sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_SECTION_HEADER);
- }
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO|EFI_D_LOAD, "LOADING MODULE FIXED INFO: Loading module at fixed address 0x%11p. Status= %r \n", (VOID *)(UINTN)FixLoadingAddress, Status));
- return Status;
-}
-/**
-
- Loads and relocates a PE/COFF image into memory.
- If the image is not relocatable, it will not be loaded into memory and be loaded as XIP image.
-
- @param FileHandle - Pointer to the FFS file header of the image.
- @param Pe32Data - The base address of the PE/COFF file that is to be loaded and relocated
- @param ImageAddress - The base address of the relocated PE/COFF image
- @param ImageSize - The size of the relocated PE/COFF image
- @param EntryPoint - The entry point of the relocated PE/COFF image
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The file was loaded and relocated
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There was not enough memory to load and relocate the PE/COFF file
- @retval EFI_WARN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL
- There is not enough heap to allocate the requested size.
- This will not prevent the XIP image from being invoked.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-LoadAndRelocatePeCoffImage (
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle,
- IN VOID *Pe32Data,
- OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *ImageAddress,
- OUT UINT64 *ImageSize,
- OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *EntryPoint
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT ImageContext;
- PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *Private;
- UINT64 AlignImageSize;
- BOOLEAN IsXipImage;
- EFI_STATUS ReturnStatus;
- BOOLEAN IsS3Boot;
- BOOLEAN IsPeiModule;
- BOOLEAN IsRegisterForShadow;
- EFI_FV_FILE_INFO FileInfo;
-
- Private = PEI_CORE_INSTANCE_FROM_PS_THIS (GetPeiServicesTablePointer ());
-
- ReturnStatus = EFI_SUCCESS;
- IsXipImage = FALSE;
- ZeroMem (&ImageContext, sizeof (ImageContext));
- ImageContext.Handle = Pe32Data;
- Status = GetImageReadFunction (&ImageContext);
-
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- Status = PeCoffLoaderGetImageInfo (&ImageContext);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Initilize local IsS3Boot and IsRegisterForShadow variable
- //
- IsS3Boot = FALSE;
- if (Private->HobList.HandoffInformationTable->BootMode == BOOT_ON_S3_RESUME) {
- IsS3Boot = TRUE;
- }
- IsRegisterForShadow = FALSE;
- if ((Private->CurrentFileHandle == FileHandle)
- && (Private->Fv[Private->CurrentPeimFvCount].PeimState[Private->CurrentPeimCount] == PEIM_STATE_REGISITER_FOR_SHADOW)) {
- IsRegisterForShadow = TRUE;
- }
-
- //
- // XIP image that ImageAddress is same to Image handle.
- //
- if (ImageContext.ImageAddress == (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN) Pe32Data) {
- IsXipImage = TRUE;
- }
-
- //
- // Get file type first
- //
- Status = PeiServicesFfsGetFileInfo (FileHandle, &FileInfo);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Check whether the file type is PEI module.
- //
- IsPeiModule = FALSE;
- if (FileInfo.FileType == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_PEI_CORE ||
- FileInfo.FileType == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_PEIM ||
- FileInfo.FileType == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_COMBINED_PEIM_DRIVER) {
- IsPeiModule = TRUE;
- }
-
- //
- // When Image has no reloc section, it can't be relocated into memory.
- //
- if (ImageContext.RelocationsStripped && (Private->PeiMemoryInstalled) && ((!IsPeiModule) ||
- (!IsS3Boot && (PcdGetBool (PcdShadowPeimOnBoot) || IsRegisterForShadow)) || (IsS3Boot && PcdGetBool (PcdShadowPeimOnS3Boot)))) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO|EFI_D_LOAD, "The image at 0x%08x without reloc section can't be loaded into memory\n", (UINTN) Pe32Data));
- }
-
- //
- // Set default base address to current image address.
- //
- ImageContext.ImageAddress = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN) Pe32Data;
-
- //
- // Allocate Memory for the image when memory is ready, and image is relocatable.
- // On normal boot, PcdShadowPeimOnBoot decides whether load PEIM or PeiCore into memory.
- // On S3 boot, PcdShadowPeimOnS3Boot decides whether load PEIM or PeiCore into memory.
- //
- if ((!ImageContext.RelocationsStripped) && (Private->PeiMemoryInstalled) && ((!IsPeiModule) ||
- (!IsS3Boot && (PcdGetBool (PcdShadowPeimOnBoot) || IsRegisterForShadow)) || (IsS3Boot && PcdGetBool (PcdShadowPeimOnS3Boot)))) {
- //
- // Allocate more buffer to avoid buffer overflow.
- //
- if (ImageContext.IsTeImage) {
- AlignImageSize = ImageContext.ImageSize + ((EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER *) Pe32Data)->StrippedSize - sizeof (EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER);
- } else {
- AlignImageSize = ImageContext.ImageSize;
- }
-
- if (ImageContext.SectionAlignment > EFI_PAGE_SIZE) {
- AlignImageSize += ImageContext.SectionAlignment;
- }
-
- if (PcdGet64(PcdLoadModuleAtFixAddressEnable) != 0 && (Private->HobList.HandoffInformationTable->BootMode != BOOT_ON_S3_RESUME)) {
- Status = GetPeCoffImageFixLoadingAssignedAddress(&ImageContext, Private);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)){
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO|EFI_D_LOAD, "LOADING MODULE FIXED ERROR: Failed to load module at fixed address. \n"));
- //
- // The PEIM is not assiged valid address, try to allocate page to load it.
- //
- Status = PeiServicesAllocatePages (EfiBootServicesCode,
- EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES ((UINT32) AlignImageSize),
- &ImageContext.ImageAddress);
- }
- } else {
- Status = PeiServicesAllocatePages (EfiBootServicesCode,
- EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES ((UINT32) AlignImageSize),
- &ImageContext.ImageAddress);
- }
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Adjust the Image Address to make sure it is section alignment.
- //
- if (ImageContext.SectionAlignment > EFI_PAGE_SIZE) {
- ImageContext.ImageAddress =
- (ImageContext.ImageAddress + ImageContext.SectionAlignment - 1) &
- ~((UINTN)ImageContext.SectionAlignment - 1);
- }
- //
- // Fix alignment requirement when Load IPF TeImage into memory.
- // Skip the reserved space for the stripped PeHeader when load TeImage into memory.
- //
- if (ImageContext.IsTeImage) {
- ImageContext.ImageAddress = ImageContext.ImageAddress +
- ((EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER *) Pe32Data)->StrippedSize -
- sizeof (EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER);
- }
- } else {
- //
- // No enough memory resource.
- //
- if (IsXipImage) {
- //
- // XIP image can still be invoked.
- //
- ImageContext.ImageAddress = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN) Pe32Data;
- ReturnStatus = EFI_WARN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
- } else {
- //
- // Non XIP image can't be loaded because no enough memory is allocated.
- //
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Load the image to our new buffer
- //
- Status = PeCoffLoaderLoadImage (&ImageContext);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- //
- // Relocate the image in our new buffer
- //
- Status = PeCoffLoaderRelocateImage (&ImageContext);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Flush the instruction cache so the image data is written before we execute it
- //
- if (ImageContext.ImageAddress != (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN) Pe32Data) {
- InvalidateInstructionCacheRange ((VOID *)(UINTN)ImageContext.ImageAddress, (UINTN)ImageContext.ImageSize);
- }
-
- *ImageAddress = ImageContext.ImageAddress;
- *ImageSize = ImageContext.ImageSize;
- *EntryPoint = ImageContext.EntryPoint;
-
- return ReturnStatus;
-}
-
-/**
- Loads a PEIM into memory for subsequent execution. If there are compressed
- images or images that need to be relocated into memory for performance reasons,
- this service performs that transformation.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation
- @param FileHandle Pointer to the FFS file header of the image.
- @param ImageAddressArg Pointer to PE/TE image.
- @param ImageSizeArg Size of PE/TE image.
- @param EntryPoint Pointer to entry point of specified image file for output.
- @param AuthenticationState - Pointer to attestation authentication state of image.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Image is successfully loaded.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Fail to locate necessary PPI.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Image Machine Type is not supported.
- @retval EFI_WARN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL
- There is not enough heap to allocate the requested size.
- This will not prevent the XIP image from being invoked.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-PeiLoadImageLoadImage (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle,
- OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *ImageAddressArg, OPTIONAL
- OUT UINT64 *ImageSizeArg, OPTIONAL
- OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *EntryPoint,
- OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationState
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- VOID *Pe32Data;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ImageAddress;
- UINT64 ImageSize;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ImageEntryPoint;
- UINT16 Machine;
- EFI_SECTION_TYPE SearchType1;
- EFI_SECTION_TYPE SearchType2;
-
- *EntryPoint = 0;
- ImageSize = 0;
- *AuthenticationState = 0;
-
- if (FeaturePcdGet (PcdPeiCoreImageLoaderSearchTeSectionFirst)) {
- SearchType1 = EFI_SECTION_TE;
- SearchType2 = EFI_SECTION_PE32;
- } else {
- SearchType1 = EFI_SECTION_PE32;
- SearchType2 = EFI_SECTION_TE;
- }
-
- //
- // Try to find a first exe section (if PcdPeiCoreImageLoaderSearchTeSectionFirst
- // is true, TE will be searched first).
- //
- Status = PeiServicesFfsFindSectionData3 (
- SearchType1,
- 0,
- FileHandle,
- &Pe32Data,
- AuthenticationState
- );
- //
- // If we didn't find a first exe section, try to find the second exe section.
- //
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = PeiServicesFfsFindSectionData3 (
- SearchType2,
- 0,
- FileHandle,
- &Pe32Data,
- AuthenticationState
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // PEI core only carry the loader function for TE and PE32 executables
- // If this two section does not exist, just return.
- //
- return Status;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // If memory is installed, perform the shadow operations
- //
- Status = LoadAndRelocatePeCoffImage (
- FileHandle,
- Pe32Data,
- &ImageAddress,
- &ImageSize,
- &ImageEntryPoint
- );
-
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Got the entry point from the loaded Pe32Data
- //
- Pe32Data = (VOID *) ((UINTN) ImageAddress);
- *EntryPoint = ImageEntryPoint;
-
- Machine = PeCoffLoaderGetMachineType (Pe32Data);
-
- if (!EFI_IMAGE_MACHINE_TYPE_SUPPORTED (Machine)) {
- if (!EFI_IMAGE_MACHINE_CROSS_TYPE_SUPPORTED (Machine)) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- }
-
- if (ImageAddressArg != NULL) {
- *ImageAddressArg = ImageAddress;
- }
-
- if (ImageSizeArg != NULL) {
- *ImageSizeArg = ImageSize;
- }
-
- DEBUG_CODE_BEGIN ();
- CHAR8 *AsciiString;
- CHAR8 EfiFileName[512];
- INT32 Index;
- INT32 StartIndex;
-
- //
- // Print debug message: Loading PEIM at 0x12345678 EntryPoint=0x12345688 Driver.efi
- //
- if (Machine != EFI_IMAGE_MACHINE_IA64) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO | EFI_D_LOAD, "Loading PEIM at 0x%11p EntryPoint=0x%11p ", (VOID *)(UINTN)ImageAddress, (VOID *)(UINTN)*EntryPoint));
- } else {
- //
- // For IPF Image, the real entry point should be print.
- //
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO | EFI_D_LOAD, "Loading PEIM at 0x%11p EntryPoint=0x%11p ", (VOID *)(UINTN)ImageAddress, (VOID *)(UINTN)(*(UINT64 *)(UINTN)*EntryPoint)));
- }
-
- //
- // Print Module Name by PeImage PDB file name.
- //
- AsciiString = PeCoffLoaderGetPdbPointer (Pe32Data);
-
- if (AsciiString != NULL) {
- StartIndex = 0;
- for (Index = 0; AsciiString[Index] != 0; Index++) {
- if (AsciiString[Index] == '\\' || AsciiString[Index] == '/') {
- StartIndex = Index + 1;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Copy the PDB file name to our temporary string, and replace .pdb with .efi
- // The PDB file name is limited in the range of 0~511.
- // If the length is bigger than 511, trim the redudant characters to avoid overflow in array boundary.
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < sizeof (EfiFileName) - 4; Index++) {
- EfiFileName[Index] = AsciiString[Index + StartIndex];
- if (EfiFileName[Index] == 0) {
- EfiFileName[Index] = '.';
- }
- if (EfiFileName[Index] == '.') {
- EfiFileName[Index + 1] = 'e';
- EfiFileName[Index + 2] = 'f';
- EfiFileName[Index + 3] = 'i';
- EfiFileName[Index + 4] = 0;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (Index == sizeof (EfiFileName) - 4) {
- EfiFileName[Index] = 0;
- }
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO | EFI_D_LOAD, "%a", EfiFileName));
- }
-
- DEBUG_CODE_END ();
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO | EFI_D_LOAD, "\n"));
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-
-}
-
-
-/**
- The wrapper function of PeiLoadImageLoadImage().
-
- @param This - Pointer to EFI_PEI_LOAD_FILE_PPI.
- @param FileHandle - Pointer to the FFS file header of the image.
- @param ImageAddressArg - Pointer to PE/TE image.
- @param ImageSizeArg - Size of PE/TE image.
- @param EntryPoint - Pointer to entry point of specified image file for output.
- @param AuthenticationState - Pointer to attestation authentication state of image.
-
- @return Status of PeiLoadImageLoadImage().
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiLoadImageLoadImageWrapper (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_LOAD_FILE_PPI *This,
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle,
- OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *ImageAddressArg, OPTIONAL
- OUT UINT64 *ImageSizeArg, OPTIONAL
- OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *EntryPoint,
- OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationState
- )
-{
- return PeiLoadImageLoadImage (
- GetPeiServicesTablePointer (),
- FileHandle,
- ImageAddressArg,
- ImageSizeArg,
- EntryPoint,
- AuthenticationState
- );
-}
-
-/**
- Check whether the input image has the relocation.
-
- @param Pe32Data Pointer to the PE/COFF or TE image.
-
- @retval TRUE Relocation is stripped.
- @retval FALSE Relocation is not stripped.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-RelocationIsStrip (
- IN VOID *Pe32Data
- )
-{
- EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_PTR_UNION Hdr;
- EFI_IMAGE_DOS_HEADER *DosHdr;
-
- ASSERT (Pe32Data != NULL);
-
- DosHdr = (EFI_IMAGE_DOS_HEADER *)Pe32Data;
- if (DosHdr->e_magic == EFI_IMAGE_DOS_SIGNATURE) {
- //
- // DOS image header is present, so read the PE header after the DOS image header.
- //
- Hdr.Pe32 = (EFI_IMAGE_NT_HEADERS32 *)((UINTN) Pe32Data + (UINTN) ((DosHdr->e_lfanew) & 0x0ffff));
- } else {
- //
- // DOS image header is not present, so PE header is at the image base.
- //
- Hdr.Pe32 = (EFI_IMAGE_NT_HEADERS32 *)Pe32Data;
- }
-
- //
- // Three cases with regards to relocations:
- // - Image has base relocs, RELOCS_STRIPPED==0 => image is relocatable
- // - Image has no base relocs, RELOCS_STRIPPED==1 => Image is not relocatable
- // - Image has no base relocs, RELOCS_STRIPPED==0 => Image is relocatable but
- // has no base relocs to apply
- // Obviously having base relocations with RELOCS_STRIPPED==1 is invalid.
- //
- // Look at the file header to determine if relocations have been stripped, and
- // save this info in the image context for later use.
- //
- if (Hdr.Te->Signature == EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER_SIGNATURE) {
- if ((Hdr.Te->DataDirectory[0].Size == 0) && (Hdr.Te->DataDirectory[0].VirtualAddress == 0)) {
- return TRUE;
- } else {
- return FALSE;
- }
- } else if (Hdr.Pe32->Signature == EFI_IMAGE_NT_SIGNATURE) {
- if ((Hdr.Pe32->FileHeader.Characteristics & EFI_IMAGE_FILE_RELOCS_STRIPPED) != 0) {
- return TRUE;
- } else {
- return FALSE;
- }
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/**
- Routine to load image file for subsequent execution by LoadFile Ppi.
- If any LoadFile Ppi is not found, the build-in support function for the PE32+/TE
- XIP image format is used.
-
- @param PeiServices - An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation
- @param FileHandle - Pointer to the FFS file header of the image.
- @param PeimState - The dispatch state of the input PEIM handle.
- @param EntryPoint - Pointer to entry point of specified image file for output.
- @param AuthenticationState - Pointer to attestation authentication state of image.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS - Image is successfully loaded.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND - Fail to locate necessary PPI
- @retval Others - Fail to load file.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-PeiLoadImage (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle,
- IN UINT8 PeimState,
- OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *EntryPoint,
- OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationState
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS PpiStatus;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN Index;
- EFI_PEI_LOAD_FILE_PPI *LoadFile;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ImageAddress;
- UINT64 ImageSize;
- BOOLEAN IsStrip;
-
- IsStrip = FALSE;
- //
- // If any instances of PEI_LOAD_FILE_PPI are installed, they are called.
- // one at a time, until one reports EFI_SUCCESS.
- //
- Index = 0;
- do {
- PpiStatus = PeiServicesLocatePpi (
- &gEfiPeiLoadFilePpiGuid,
- Index,
- NULL,
- (VOID **)&LoadFile
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (PpiStatus)) {
- Status = LoadFile->LoadFile (
- LoadFile,
- FileHandle,
- &ImageAddress,
- &ImageSize,
- EntryPoint,
- AuthenticationState
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status) || Status == EFI_WARN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) {
- //
- // The shadowed PEIM must be relocatable.
- //
- if (PeimState == PEIM_STATE_REGISITER_FOR_SHADOW) {
- IsStrip = RelocationIsStrip ((VOID *) (UINTN) ImageAddress);
- ASSERT (!IsStrip);
- if (IsStrip) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // The image to be started must have the machine type supported by PeiCore.
- //
- ASSERT (EFI_IMAGE_MACHINE_TYPE_SUPPORTED (PeCoffLoaderGetMachineType ((VOID *) (UINTN) ImageAddress)));
- if (!EFI_IMAGE_MACHINE_TYPE_SUPPORTED (PeCoffLoaderGetMachineType ((VOID *) (UINTN) ImageAddress))) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
- Index++;
- } while (!EFI_ERROR (PpiStatus));
-
- return PpiStatus;
-}
-
-
-/**
-
- Install Pei Load File PPI.
-
-
- @param PrivateData - Pointer to PEI_CORE_INSTANCE.
- @param OldCoreData - Pointer to PEI_CORE_INSTANCE.
-
-**/
-VOID
-InitializeImageServices (
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData,
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *OldCoreData
- )
-{
- if (OldCoreData == NULL) {
- //
- // The first time we are XIP (running from FLASH). We need to remember the
- // FLASH address so we can reinstall the memory version that runs faster
- //
- PrivateData->XipLoadFile = &gPpiLoadFilePpiList;
- PeiServicesInstallPpi (PrivateData->XipLoadFile);
- } else {
- //
- // 2nd time we are running from memory so replace the XIP version with the
- // new memory version.
- //
- PeiServicesReInstallPpi (PrivateData->XipLoadFile, &gPpiLoadFilePpiList);
- }
-}
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/Memory/MemoryServices.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/Memory/MemoryServices.c deleted file mode 100644 index 719372e061..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/Memory/MemoryServices.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,307 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- EFI PEI Core memory services
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "PeiMain.h"
-
-/**
-
- Initialize the memory services.
-
- @param PrivateData Points to PeiCore's private instance data.
- @param SecCoreData Points to a data structure containing information about the PEI core's operating
- environment, such as the size and location of temporary RAM, the stack location and
- the BFV location.
- @param OldCoreData Pointer to the PEI Core data.
- NULL if being run in non-permament memory mode.
-
-**/
-VOID
-InitializeMemoryServices (
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData,
- IN CONST EFI_SEC_PEI_HAND_OFF *SecCoreData,
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *OldCoreData
- )
-{
-
- PrivateData->SwitchStackSignal = FALSE;
-
- //
- // First entering PeiCore, following code will initialized some field
- // in PeiCore's private data according to hand off data from sec core.
- //
- if (OldCoreData == NULL) {
-
- PrivateData->PeiMemoryInstalled = FALSE;
- PrivateData->HobList.Raw = SecCoreData->PeiTemporaryRamBase;
-
- PeiCoreBuildHobHandoffInfoTable (
- BOOT_WITH_FULL_CONFIGURATION,
- (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) SecCoreData->PeiTemporaryRamBase,
- (UINTN) SecCoreData->PeiTemporaryRamSize
- );
-
- //
- // Set Ps to point to ServiceTableShadow in Cache
- //
- PrivateData->Ps = &(PrivateData->ServiceTableShadow);
- }
-
- return;
-}
-
-/**
-
- This function registers the found memory configuration with the PEI Foundation.
-
- The usage model is that the PEIM that discovers the permanent memory shall invoke this service.
- This routine will hold discoveried memory information into PeiCore's private data,
- and set SwitchStackSignal flag. After PEIM who discovery memory is dispatched,
- PeiDispatcher will migrate temporary memory to permenement memory.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param MemoryBegin Start of memory address.
- @param MemoryLength Length of memory.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Always success.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiInstallPeiMemory (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS MemoryBegin,
- IN UINT64 MemoryLength
- )
-{
- PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData;
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "PeiInstallPeiMemory MemoryBegin 0x%LX, MemoryLength 0x%LX\n", MemoryBegin, MemoryLength));
- PrivateData = PEI_CORE_INSTANCE_FROM_PS_THIS (PeiServices);
-
- //
- // PEI_SERVICE.InstallPeiMemory should only be called one time during whole PEI phase.
- // If it is invoked more than one time, ASSERT information is given for developer debugging in debug tip and
- // simply return EFI_SUCESS in release tip to ignore it.
- //
- if (PrivateData->PeiMemoryInstalled) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "ERROR: PeiInstallPeiMemory is called more than once!\n"));
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- PrivateData->PhysicalMemoryBegin = MemoryBegin;
- PrivateData->PhysicalMemoryLength = MemoryLength;
- PrivateData->FreePhysicalMemoryTop = MemoryBegin + MemoryLength;
-
- PrivateData->SwitchStackSignal = TRUE;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- The purpose of the service is to publish an interface that allows
- PEIMs to allocate memory ranges that are managed by the PEI Foundation.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param MemoryType The type of memory to allocate.
- @param Pages The number of contiguous 4 KB pages to allocate.
- @param Memory Pointer to a physical address. On output, the address is set to the base
- of the page range that was allocated.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The memory range was successfully allocated.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The pages could not be allocated.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Type is not equal to EfiLoaderCode, EfiLoaderData, EfiRuntimeServicesCode,
- EfiRuntimeServicesData, EfiBootServicesCode, EfiBootServicesData,
- EfiACPIReclaimMemory, EfiReservedMemoryType, or EfiACPIMemoryNVS.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiAllocatePages (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
- IN UINTN Pages,
- OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *Memory
- )
-{
- PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData;
- EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS Hob;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *FreeMemoryTop;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *FreeMemoryBottom;
- UINTN RemainingPages;
- UINTN Granularity;
- UINTN Padding;
-
- if ((MemoryType != EfiLoaderCode) &&
- (MemoryType != EfiLoaderData) &&
- (MemoryType != EfiRuntimeServicesCode) &&
- (MemoryType != EfiRuntimeServicesData) &&
- (MemoryType != EfiBootServicesCode) &&
- (MemoryType != EfiBootServicesData) &&
- (MemoryType != EfiACPIReclaimMemory) &&
- (MemoryType != EfiReservedMemoryType) &&
- (MemoryType != EfiACPIMemoryNVS)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- Granularity = DEFAULT_PAGE_ALLOCATION_GRANULARITY;
-
- if (RUNTIME_PAGE_ALLOCATION_GRANULARITY > DEFAULT_PAGE_ALLOCATION_GRANULARITY &&
- (MemoryType == EfiACPIReclaimMemory ||
- MemoryType == EfiACPIMemoryNVS ||
- MemoryType == EfiRuntimeServicesCode ||
- MemoryType == EfiRuntimeServicesData)) {
-
- Granularity = RUNTIME_PAGE_ALLOCATION_GRANULARITY;
-
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "AllocatePages: aligning allocation to %d KB\n",
- Granularity / SIZE_1KB));
- }
-
- PrivateData = PEI_CORE_INSTANCE_FROM_PS_THIS (PeiServices);
- Hob.Raw = PrivateData->HobList.Raw;
-
- //
- // Check if Hob already available
- //
- if (!PrivateData->PeiMemoryInstalled) {
- //
- // When PeiInstallMemory is called but temporary memory has *not* been moved to temporary memory,
- // the AllocatePage will depend on the field of PEI_CORE_INSTANCE structure.
- //
- if (!PrivateData->SwitchStackSignal) {
- return EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET;
- } else {
- FreeMemoryTop = &(PrivateData->FreePhysicalMemoryTop);
- FreeMemoryBottom = &(PrivateData->PhysicalMemoryBegin);
- }
- } else {
- FreeMemoryTop = &(Hob.HandoffInformationTable->EfiFreeMemoryTop);
- FreeMemoryBottom = &(Hob.HandoffInformationTable->EfiFreeMemoryBottom);
- }
-
- //
- // Check to see if on correct boundary for the memory type.
- // If not aligned, make the allocation aligned.
- //
- Padding = *(FreeMemoryTop) & (Granularity - 1);
- if ((UINTN) (*FreeMemoryTop - *FreeMemoryBottom) < Padding) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "AllocatePages failed: Out of space after padding.\n"));
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- *(FreeMemoryTop) -= Padding;
- if (Padding >= EFI_PAGE_SIZE) {
- //
- // Create a memory allocation HOB to cover
- // the pages that we will lose to rounding
- //
- BuildMemoryAllocationHob (
- *(FreeMemoryTop),
- Padding & ~(UINTN)EFI_PAGE_MASK,
- EfiConventionalMemory
- );
- }
-
- //
- // Verify that there is sufficient memory to satisfy the allocation.
- // For page allocation, the overhead sizeof (EFI_HOB_MEMORY_ALLOCATION) needs to be considered.
- //
- if ((UINTN) (*FreeMemoryTop - *FreeMemoryBottom) < (UINTN) ALIGN_VALUE (sizeof (EFI_HOB_MEMORY_ALLOCATION), 8)) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "AllocatePages failed: No space to build memory allocation hob.\n"));
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- RemainingPages = (UINTN)(*FreeMemoryTop - *FreeMemoryBottom - ALIGN_VALUE (sizeof (EFI_HOB_MEMORY_ALLOCATION), 8)) >> EFI_PAGE_SHIFT;
- //
- // The number of remaining pages needs to be greater than or equal to that of the request pages.
- //
- Pages = ALIGN_VALUE (Pages, EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Granularity));
- if (RemainingPages < Pages) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "AllocatePages failed: No 0x%lx Pages is available.\n", (UINT64) Pages));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "There is only left 0x%lx pages memory resource to be allocated.\n", (UINT64) RemainingPages));
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- } else {
- //
- // Update the PHIT to reflect the memory usage
- //
- *(FreeMemoryTop) -= Pages * EFI_PAGE_SIZE;
-
- //
- // Update the value for the caller
- //
- *Memory = *(FreeMemoryTop);
-
- //
- // Create a memory allocation HOB.
- //
- BuildMemoryAllocationHob (
- *(FreeMemoryTop),
- Pages * EFI_PAGE_SIZE,
- MemoryType
- );
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-}
-
-/**
-
- Pool allocation service. Before permanent memory is discoveried, the pool will
- be allocated the heap in the temporary memory. Genenrally, the size of heap in temporary
- memory does not exceed to 64K, so the biggest pool size could be allocated is
- 64K.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param Size Amount of memory required
- @param Buffer Address of pointer to the buffer
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The allocation was successful
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is not enough heap to satisfy the requirement
- to allocate the requested size.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiAllocatePool (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN UINTN Size,
- OUT VOID **Buffer
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_HOB_MEMORY_POOL *Hob;
-
- //
- // If some "post-memory" PEIM wishes to allocate larger pool,
- // it should use AllocatePages service instead.
- //
-
- //
- // Generally, the size of heap in temporary memory does not exceed to 64K,
- // HobLength is multiples of 8 bytes, so the maxmium size of pool is 0xFFF8 - sizeof (EFI_HOB_MEMORY_POOL)
- //
- if (Size > (0xFFF8 - sizeof (EFI_HOB_MEMORY_POOL))) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- Status = PeiServicesCreateHob (
- EFI_HOB_TYPE_MEMORY_POOL,
- (UINT16)(sizeof (EFI_HOB_MEMORY_POOL) + Size),
- (VOID **)&Hob
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- *Buffer = Hob+1;
-
- return Status;
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/PciCfg2/PciCfg2.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/PciCfg2/PciCfg2.c deleted file mode 100644 index a20e7c00c5..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/PciCfg2/PciCfg2.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,128 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- The default version of EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG2_PPI support published by PeiServices in
- PeiCore initialization phase.
-
- EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG2_PPI is installed by the PEIM which supports a PCI root bridge.
- When PeiCore is started, the default version of EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG2_PPI will be assigned
- to PeiServices table.
-
-Copyright (c) 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "PeiMain.h"
-
-///
-/// This default instance of EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG2_PPI install assigned to EFI_PEI_SERVICE.PciCfg
-/// when PeiCore's initialization.
-///
-EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG2_PPI gPeiDefaultPciCfg2Ppi = {
- PeiDefaultPciCfg2Read,
- PeiDefaultPciCfg2Write,
- PeiDefaultPciCfg2Modify
-};
-
-/**
- Reads from a given location in the PCI configuration space.
-
- If the EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG2_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM, then
- return EFI_NOT_YET_AVAILABLE.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Width The width of the access. Enumerated in bytes.
- See EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG_PPI_WIDTH above.
- @param Address The physical address of the access. The format of
- the address is described by EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG_PPI_PCI_ADDRESS.
- @param Buffer A pointer to the buffer of data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The invalid access width.
- @retval EFI_NOT_YET_AVAILABLE If the EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG2_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultPciCfg2Read (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG2_PPI *This,
- IN EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG_PPI_WIDTH Width,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN OUT VOID *Buffer
- )
-{
- return EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET;
-}
-
-/**
- Write to a given location in the PCI configuration space.
-
- If the EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG2_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM, then
- return EFI_NOT_YET_AVAILABLE.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Width The width of the access. Enumerated in bytes.
- See EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG_PPI_WIDTH above.
- @param Address The physical address of the access. The format of
- the address is described by EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG_PPI_PCI_ADDRESS.
- @param Buffer A pointer to the buffer of data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The invalid access width.
- @retval EFI_NOT_YET_AVAILABLE If the EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG2_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultPciCfg2Write (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG2_PPI *This,
- IN EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG_PPI_WIDTH Width,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN OUT VOID *Buffer
- )
-{
- return EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET;
-}
-
-/**
- This function performs a read-modify-write operation on the contents from a given
- location in the PCI configuration space.
- If the EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG2_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM, then
- return EFI_NOT_YET_AVAILABLE.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table
- published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Width The width of the access. Enumerated in bytes. Type
- EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG_PPI_WIDTH is defined in Read().
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
- @param SetBits Points to value to bitwise-OR with the read configuration value.
- The size of the value is determined by Width.
- @param ClearBits Points to the value to negate and bitwise-AND with the read configuration value.
- The size of the value is determined by Width.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The invalid access width.
- @retval EFI_NOT_YET_AVAILABLE If the EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG2_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultPciCfg2Modify (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG2_PPI *This,
- IN EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG_PPI_WIDTH Width,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN VOID *SetBits,
- IN VOID *ClearBits
- )
-{
- return EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET;
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/PeiCore.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/PeiCore.uni deleted file mode 100644 index 79db0cc791..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/PeiCore.uni +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -// /** @file
-// PeiMain module is core module in PEI phase.
-//
-// It takes responsibilities of:
-// 1) Initialize memory, PPI, image services etc, to establish PEIM runtime environment.
-// 2) Dispatch PEIM from discovered FV.
-// 3) Handoff control to DxeIpl to load DXE core and enter DXE phase.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-//
-// This program and the accompanying materials
-// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-//
-// **/
-
-
-#string STR_MODULE_ABSTRACT #language en-US "Core module in PEI phase"
-
-#string STR_MODULE_DESCRIPTION #language en-US "It takes responsibilities of:<BR>\n"
- "1) Initializing memory, PPI, image services etc., to establish the PEIM runtime environment.<BR>\n"
- "2) Dispatches PEIM from discovered FV.<BR>\n"
- "3) Handsoff control to DxeIpl to load DXE core and enters DXE phase.<BR>"
-
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/PeiCoreExtra.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/PeiCoreExtra.uni deleted file mode 100644 index ec430fccae..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/PeiCoreExtra.uni +++ /dev/null @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ -// /** @file
-// PeiCore Localized Strings and Content
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2013 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-//
-// This program and the accompanying materials
-// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-//
-// **/
-
-#string STR_PROPERTIES_MODULE_NAME
-#language en-US
-"Core PEI Services Module"
-
-
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/PeiMain.h b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/PeiMain.h deleted file mode 100644 index 69eea51492..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/PeiMain.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1745 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Definition of Pei Core Structures and Services
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _PEI_MAIN_H_
-#define _PEI_MAIN_H_
-
-#include <PiPei.h>
-#include <Ppi/DxeIpl.h>
-#include <Ppi/MemoryDiscovered.h>
-#include <Ppi/StatusCode.h>
-#include <Ppi/Reset.h>
-#include <Ppi/Reset2.h>
-#include <Ppi/FirmwareVolume.h>
-#include <Ppi/FirmwareVolumeInfo.h>
-#include <Ppi/FirmwareVolumeInfo2.h>
-#include <Ppi/Decompress.h>
-#include <Ppi/GuidedSectionExtraction.h>
-#include <Ppi/LoadFile.h>
-#include <Ppi/Security2.h>
-#include <Ppi/TemporaryRamSupport.h>
-#include <Ppi/TemporaryRamDone.h>
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Library/PeiCoreEntryPoint.h>
-#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
-#include <Library/HobLib.h>
-#include <Library/PerformanceLib.h>
-#include <Library/PeiServicesLib.h>
-#include <Library/ReportStatusCodeLib.h>
-#include <Library/PeCoffLib.h>
-#include <Library/PeCoffGetEntryPointLib.h>
-#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
-#include <Library/CacheMaintenanceLib.h>
-#include <Library/PcdLib.h>
-#include <IndustryStandard/PeImage.h>
-#include <Library/PeiServicesTablePointerLib.h>
-#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>
-#include <Guid/FirmwareFileSystem2.h>
-#include <Guid/FirmwareFileSystem3.h>
-#include <Guid/AprioriFileName.h>
-
-///
-/// It is an FFS type extension used for PeiFindFileEx. It indicates current
-/// Ffs searching is for all PEIMs can be dispatched by PeiCore.
-///
-#define PEI_CORE_INTERNAL_FFS_FILE_DISPATCH_TYPE 0xff
-
-///
-/// Pei Core private data structures
-///
-typedef union {
- EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR *Ppi;
- EFI_PEI_NOTIFY_DESCRIPTOR *Notify;
- VOID *Raw;
-} PEI_PPI_LIST_POINTERS;
-
-///
-/// PPI database structure which contains two link: PpiList and NotifyList. PpiList
-/// is in head of PpiListPtrs array and notify is in end of PpiListPtrs.
-///
-typedef struct {
- ///
- /// index of end of PpiList link list.
- ///
- INTN PpiListEnd;
- ///
- /// index of end of notify link list.
- ///
- INTN NotifyListEnd;
- ///
- /// index of the dispatched notify list.
- ///
- INTN DispatchListEnd;
- ///
- /// index of last installed Ppi description in PpiList link list.
- ///
- INTN LastDispatchedInstall;
- ///
- /// index of last dispatched notify in Notify link list.
- ///
- INTN LastDispatchedNotify;
- ///
- /// Ppi database has the PcdPeiCoreMaxPpiSupported number of entries.
- ///
- PEI_PPI_LIST_POINTERS *PpiListPtrs;
-} PEI_PPI_DATABASE;
-
-
-//
-// PEI_CORE_FV_HANDE.PeimState
-// Do not change these values as there is code doing math to change states.
-// Look for Private->Fv[FvCount].PeimState[PeimCount]++;
-//
-#define PEIM_STATE_NOT_DISPATCHED 0x00
-#define PEIM_STATE_DISPATCHED 0x01
-#define PEIM_STATE_REGISITER_FOR_SHADOW 0x02
-#define PEIM_STATE_DONE 0x03
-
-typedef struct {
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *FvHeader;
- EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI *FvPpi;
- EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE FvHandle;
- //
- // Ponter to the buffer with the PcdPeiCoreMaxPeimPerFv number of Entries.
- //
- UINT8 *PeimState;
- //
- // Ponter to the buffer with the PcdPeiCoreMaxPeimPerFv number of Entries.
- //
- EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE *FvFileHandles;
- BOOLEAN ScanFv;
- UINT32 AuthenticationStatus;
-} PEI_CORE_FV_HANDLE;
-
-typedef struct {
- EFI_GUID FvFormat;
- VOID *FvInfo;
- UINT32 FvInfoSize;
- UINT32 AuthenticationStatus;
- EFI_PEI_NOTIFY_DESCRIPTOR NotifyDescriptor;
-} PEI_CORE_UNKNOW_FORMAT_FV_INFO;
-
-#define CACHE_SETION_MAX_NUMBER 0x10
-typedef struct {
- EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER* Section[CACHE_SETION_MAX_NUMBER];
- VOID* SectionData[CACHE_SETION_MAX_NUMBER];
- UINTN SectionSize[CACHE_SETION_MAX_NUMBER];
- UINT32 AuthenticationStatus[CACHE_SETION_MAX_NUMBER];
- UINTN AllSectionCount;
- UINTN SectionIndex;
-} CACHE_SECTION_DATA;
-
-#define HOLE_MAX_NUMBER 0x3
-typedef struct {
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Base;
- UINTN Size;
- UINTN Offset;
- BOOLEAN OffsetPositive;
-} HOLE_MEMORY_DATA;
-
-///
-/// Forward declaration for PEI_CORE_INSTANCE
-///
-typedef struct _PEI_CORE_INSTANCE PEI_CORE_INSTANCE;
-
-
-/**
- Function Pointer type for PeiCore function.
- @param SecCoreData Points to a data structure containing SEC to PEI handoff data, such as the size
- and location of temporary RAM, the stack location and the BFV location.
- @param PpiList Points to a list of one or more PPI descriptors to be installed initially by the PEI core.
- An empty PPI list consists of a single descriptor with the end-tag
- EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_TERMINATE_LIST. As part of its initialization
- phase, the PEI Foundation will add these SEC-hosted PPIs to its PPI database such
- that both the PEI Foundation and any modules can leverage the associated service
- calls and/or code in these early PPIs
- @param OldCoreData Pointer to old core data that is used to initialize the
- core's data areas.
-**/
-typedef
-EFI_STATUS
-(EFIAPI *PEICORE_FUNCTION_POINTER)(
- IN CONST EFI_SEC_PEI_HAND_OFF *SecCoreData,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR *PpiList,
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *OldCoreData
- );
-
-#define PEI_CORE_HANDLE_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32('P','e','i','C')
-
-///
-/// Pei Core private data structure instance
-///
-struct _PEI_CORE_INSTANCE {
- UINTN Signature;
-
- ///
- /// Point to ServiceTableShadow
- ///
- EFI_PEI_SERVICES *Ps;
- PEI_PPI_DATABASE PpiData;
-
- ///
- /// The count of FVs which contains FFS and could be dispatched by PeiCore.
- ///
- UINTN FvCount;
-
- ///
- /// Pointer to the buffer with the PcdPeiCoreMaxFvSupported number of entries.
- /// Each entry is for one FV which contains FFS and could be dispatched by PeiCore.
- ///
- PEI_CORE_FV_HANDLE *Fv;
-
- ///
- /// Pointer to the buffer with the PcdPeiCoreMaxFvSupported number of entries.
- /// Each entry is for one FV which could not be dispatched by PeiCore.
- ///
- PEI_CORE_UNKNOW_FORMAT_FV_INFO *UnknownFvInfo;
- UINTN UnknownFvInfoCount;
-
- ///
- /// Pointer to the buffer with the PcdPeiCoreMaxPeimPerFv number of entries.
- ///
- EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE *CurrentFvFileHandles;
- UINTN AprioriCount;
- UINTN CurrentPeimFvCount;
- UINTN CurrentPeimCount;
- EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE CurrentFileHandle;
- BOOLEAN PeimNeedingDispatch;
- BOOLEAN PeimDispatchOnThisPass;
- BOOLEAN PeimDispatcherReenter;
- EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS HobList;
- BOOLEAN SwitchStackSignal;
- BOOLEAN PeiMemoryInstalled;
- VOID *CpuIo;
- EFI_PEI_SECURITY2_PPI *PrivateSecurityPpi;
- EFI_PEI_SERVICES ServiceTableShadow;
- EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR *XipLoadFile;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS PhysicalMemoryBegin;
- UINT64 PhysicalMemoryLength;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS FreePhysicalMemoryTop;
- UINTN HeapOffset;
- BOOLEAN HeapOffsetPositive;
- UINTN StackOffset;
- BOOLEAN StackOffsetPositive;
- PEICORE_FUNCTION_POINTER ShadowedPeiCore;
- CACHE_SECTION_DATA CacheSection;
- //
- // For Loading modules at fixed address feature to cache the top address below which the
- // Runtime code, boot time code and PEI memory will be placed. Please note that the offset between this field
- // and Ps should not be changed since maybe user could get this top address by using the offet to Ps.
- //
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS LoadModuleAtFixAddressTopAddress;
- //
- // The field is define for Loading modules at fixed address feature to tracker the PEI code
- // memory range usage. It is a bit mapped array in which every bit indicates the correspoding memory page
- // available or not.
- //
- UINT64 *PeiCodeMemoryRangeUsageBitMap;
- //
- // This field points to the shadowed image read function
- //
- PE_COFF_LOADER_READ_FILE ShadowedImageRead;
-
- //
- // Pointer to the temp buffer with the PcdPeiCoreMaxPeimPerFv + 1 number of entries.
- //
- EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE *FileHandles;
- //
- // Pointer to the temp buffer with the PcdPeiCoreMaxPeimPerFv number of entries.
- //
- EFI_GUID *FileGuid;
-
- //
- // Temp Memory Range is not covered by PeiTempMem and Stack.
- // Those Memory Range will be migrated into phisical memory.
- //
- HOLE_MEMORY_DATA HoleData[HOLE_MAX_NUMBER];
-};
-
-///
-/// Pei Core Instance Data Macros
-///
-#define PEI_CORE_INSTANCE_FROM_PS_THIS(a) \
- CR(a, PEI_CORE_INSTANCE, Ps, PEI_CORE_HANDLE_SIGNATURE)
-
-///
-/// Union of temporarily used function pointers (to save stack space)
-///
-typedef union {
- PEICORE_FUNCTION_POINTER PeiCore;
- EFI_PEIM_ENTRY_POINT2 PeimEntry;
- EFI_PEIM_NOTIFY_ENTRY_POINT PeimNotifyEntry;
- EFI_DXE_IPL_PPI *DxeIpl;
- EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR *PpiDescriptor;
- EFI_PEI_NOTIFY_DESCRIPTOR *NotifyDescriptor;
- VOID *Raw;
-} PEI_CORE_TEMP_POINTERS;
-
-typedef struct {
- CONST EFI_SEC_PEI_HAND_OFF *SecCoreData;
- EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR *PpiList;
- VOID *Data;
-} PEI_CORE_PARAMETERS;
-
-//
-// PeiCore function
-//
-/**
-
- The entry routine to Pei Core, invoked by PeiMain during transition
- from SEC to PEI. After switching stack in the PEI core, it will restart
- with the old core data.
-
-
- @param SecCoreData Points to a data structure containing SEC to PEI handoff data, such as the size
- and location of temporary RAM, the stack location and the BFV location.
- @param PpiList Points to a list of one or more PPI descriptors to be installed initially by the PEI core.
- An empty PPI list consists of a single descriptor with the end-tag
- EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_TERMINATE_LIST. As part of its initialization
- phase, the PEI Foundation will add these SEC-hosted PPIs to its PPI database such
- that both the PEI Foundation and any modules can leverage the associated service
- calls and/or code in these early PPIs
- @param Data Pointer to old core data that is used to initialize the
- core's data areas.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-PeiCore (
- IN CONST EFI_SEC_PEI_HAND_OFF *SecCoreData,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR *PpiList,
- IN VOID *Data
- );
-
-//
-// Dispatcher support functions
-//
-
-/**
-
- This is the POSTFIX version of the dependency evaluator. When a
- PUSH [PPI GUID] is encountered, a pointer to the GUID is stored on
- the evaluation stack. When that entry is poped from the evaluation
- stack, the PPI is checked if it is installed. This method allows
- some time savings as not all PPIs must be checked for certain
- operation types (AND, OR).
-
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param DependencyExpression Pointer to a dependency expression. The Grammar adheres to
- the BNF described above and is stored in postfix notation.
-
- @retval TRUE if it is a well-formed Grammar
- @retval FALSE if the dependency expression overflows the evaluation stack
- if the dependency expression underflows the evaluation stack
- if the dependency expression is not a well-formed Grammar.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-PeimDispatchReadiness (
- IN EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN VOID *DependencyExpression
- );
-
-/**
- Conduct PEIM dispatch.
-
- @param SecCoreData Pointer to the data structure containing SEC to PEI handoff data
- @param PrivateData Pointer to the private data passed in from caller
-
-**/
-VOID
-PeiDispatcher (
- IN CONST EFI_SEC_PEI_HAND_OFF *SecCoreData,
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData
- );
-
-/**
- Initialize the Dispatcher's data members
-
- @param PrivateData PeiCore's private data structure
- @param OldCoreData Old data from SecCore
- NULL if being run in non-permament memory mode.
- @param SecCoreData Points to a data structure containing SEC to PEI handoff data, such as the size
- and location of temporary RAM, the stack location and the BFV location.
-
-**/
-VOID
-InitializeDispatcherData (
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData,
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *OldCoreData,
- IN CONST EFI_SEC_PEI_HAND_OFF *SecCoreData
- );
-
-/**
- This routine parses the Dependency Expression, if available, and
- decides if the module can be executed.
-
-
- @param Private PeiCore's private data structure
- @param FileHandle PEIM's file handle
- @param PeimCount The index of last dispatched PEIM.
-
- @retval TRUE Can be dispatched
- @retval FALSE Cannot be dispatched
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-DepexSatisfied (
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *Private,
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle,
- IN UINTN PeimCount
- );
-
-//
-// PPI support functions
-//
-/**
-
- Initialize PPI services.
-
- @param PrivateData Pointer to the PEI Core data.
- @param OldCoreData Pointer to old PEI Core data.
- NULL if being run in non-permament memory mode.
-
-**/
-VOID
-InitializePpiServices (
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData,
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *OldCoreData
- );
-
-/**
-
- Migrate the Hob list from the temporary memory stack to PEI installed memory.
-
- @param SecCoreData Points to a data structure containing SEC to PEI handoff data, such as the size
- and location of temporary RAM, the stack location and the BFV location.
- @param PrivateData Pointer to PeiCore's private data structure.
-
-**/
-VOID
-ConvertPpiPointers (
- IN CONST EFI_SEC_PEI_HAND_OFF *SecCoreData,
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData
- );
-
-/**
-
- Install PPI services. It is implementation of EFI_PEI_SERVICE.InstallPpi.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param PpiList Pointer to ppi array that want to be installed.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS if all PPIs in PpiList are successfully installed.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER if PpiList is NULL pointer
- if any PPI in PpiList is not valid
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES if there is no more memory resource to install PPI
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiInstallPpi (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR *PpiList
- );
-
-/**
-
- Re-Install PPI services.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param OldPpi Pointer to the old PEI PPI Descriptors.
- @param NewPpi Pointer to the new PEI PPI Descriptors.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS if the operation was successful
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER if OldPpi or NewPpi is NULL
- if NewPpi is not valid
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND if the PPI was not in the database
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiReInstallPpi (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR *OldPpi,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR *NewPpi
- );
-
-/**
-
- Locate a given named PPI.
-
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param Guid Pointer to GUID of the PPI.
- @param Instance Instance Number to discover.
- @param PpiDescriptor Pointer to reference the found descriptor. If not NULL,
- returns a pointer to the descriptor (includes flags, etc)
- @param Ppi Pointer to reference the found PPI
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS if the PPI is in the database
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND if the PPI is not in the database
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiLocatePpi (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *Guid,
- IN UINTN Instance,
- IN OUT EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR **PpiDescriptor,
- IN OUT VOID **Ppi
- );
-
-/**
-
- Install a notification for a given PPI.
-
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param NotifyList Pointer to list of Descriptors to notify upon.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS if successful
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES if no space in the database
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER if not a good decriptor
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiNotifyPpi (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_NOTIFY_DESCRIPTOR *NotifyList
- );
-
-/**
-
- Process the Notify List at dispatch level.
-
- @param PrivateData PeiCore's private data structure.
-
-**/
-VOID
-ProcessNotifyList (
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData
- );
-
-/**
-
- Dispatch notifications.
-
- @param PrivateData PeiCore's private data structure
- @param NotifyType Type of notify to fire.
- @param InstallStartIndex Install Beginning index.
- @param InstallStopIndex Install Ending index.
- @param NotifyStartIndex Notify Beginning index.
- @param NotifyStopIndex Notify Ending index.
-
-**/
-VOID
-DispatchNotify (
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData,
- IN UINTN NotifyType,
- IN INTN InstallStartIndex,
- IN INTN InstallStopIndex,
- IN INTN NotifyStartIndex,
- IN INTN NotifyStopIndex
- );
-
-//
-// Boot mode support functions
-//
-/**
- This service enables PEIMs to ascertain the present value of the boot mode.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param BootMode A pointer to contain the value of the boot mode.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The boot mode was returned successfully.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER BootMode is NULL.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiGetBootMode (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN OUT EFI_BOOT_MODE *BootMode
- );
-
-/**
- This service enables PEIMs to update the boot mode variable.
-
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param BootMode The value of the boot mode to set.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS The value was successfully updated
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiSetBootMode (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN EFI_BOOT_MODE BootMode
- );
-
-//
-// Security support functions
-//
-/**
-
- Initialize the security services.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param OldCoreData Pointer to the old core data.
- NULL if being run in non-permament memory mode.
-
-**/
-VOID
-InitializeSecurityServices (
- IN EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *OldCoreData
- );
-
-/**
- Verify a Firmware volume.
-
- @param CurrentFvAddress Pointer to the current Firmware Volume under consideration
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Firmware Volume is legal
- @retval EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION Firmware Volume fails integrity test
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-VerifyFv (
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *CurrentFvAddress
- );
-
-/**
- Provide a callout to the security verification service.
-
- @param PrivateData PeiCore's private data structure
- @param VolumeHandle Handle of FV
- @param FileHandle Handle of PEIM's ffs
- @param AuthenticationStatus Authentication status
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Image is OK
- @retval EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION Image is illegal
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND If security PPI is not installed.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-VerifyPeim (
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData,
- IN EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE VolumeHandle,
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle,
- IN UINT32 AuthenticationStatus
- );
-
-/**
-
- Gets the pointer to the HOB List.
-
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param HobList Pointer to the HOB List.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Get the pointer of HOB List
- @retval EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET the HOB List is not yet published
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER HobList is NULL (in debug mode)
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiGetHobList (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN OUT VOID **HobList
- );
-
-/**
- Add a new HOB to the HOB List.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param Type Type of the new HOB.
- @param Length Length of the new HOB to allocate.
- @param Hob Pointer to the new HOB.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Success to create hob.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER if Hob is NULL
- @retval EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET if HobList is still not available.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES if there is no more memory to grow the Hoblist.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiCreateHob (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN UINT16 Type,
- IN UINT16 Length,
- IN OUT VOID **Hob
- );
-
-/**
-
- Builds a Handoff Information Table HOB
-
- @param BootMode - Current Bootmode
- @param MemoryBegin - Start Memory Address.
- @param MemoryLength - Length of Memory.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Always success to initialize HOB.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-PeiCoreBuildHobHandoffInfoTable (
- IN EFI_BOOT_MODE BootMode,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS MemoryBegin,
- IN UINT64 MemoryLength
- );
-
-
-//
-// FFS Fw Volume support functions
-//
-/**
- Searches for the next matching file in the firmware volume.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param SearchType Filter to find only files of this type.
- Type EFI_FV_FILETYPE_ALL causes no filtering to be done.
- @param FvHandle Handle of firmware volume in which to search.
- @param FileHandle On entry, points to the current handle from which to begin searching or NULL to start
- at the beginning of the firmware volume. On exit, points the file handle of the next file
- in the volume or NULL if there are no more files.
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The file was not found.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The header checksum was not zero.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The file was found.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiFfsFindNextFile (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN UINT8 SearchType,
- IN EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE FvHandle,
- IN OUT EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE *FileHandle
- );
-
-/**
- Searches for the next matching section within the specified file.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation
- @param SectionType Filter to find only sections of this type.
- @param FileHandle Pointer to the current file to search.
- @param SectionData A pointer to the discovered section, if successful.
- NULL if section not found
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The section was not found.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The section was found.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiFfsFindSectionData (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN EFI_SECTION_TYPE SectionType,
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle,
- OUT VOID **SectionData
- );
-
-/**
- Searches for the next matching section within the specified file.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param SectionType The value of the section type to find.
- @param SectionInstance Section instance to find.
- @param FileHandle Handle of the firmware file to search.
- @param SectionData A pointer to the discovered section, if successful.
- @param AuthenticationStatus A pointer to the authentication status for this section.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The section was found.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The section was not found.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiFfsFindSectionData3 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN EFI_SECTION_TYPE SectionType,
- IN UINTN SectionInstance,
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle,
- OUT VOID **SectionData,
- OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationStatus
- );
-
-/**
- Search the firmware volumes by index
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation
- @param Instance This instance of the firmware volume to find. The value 0 is the Boot Firmware
- Volume (BFV).
- @param VolumeHandle On exit, points to the next volume handle or NULL if it does not exist.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER VolumeHandle is NULL
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The volume was not found.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The volume was found.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiFfsFindNextVolume (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN UINTN Instance,
- IN OUT EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE *VolumeHandle
- );
-
-//
-// Memory support functions
-//
-/**
-
- Initialize the memory services.
-
- @param PrivateData PeiCore's private data structure
- @param SecCoreData Points to a data structure containing SEC to PEI handoff data, such as the size
- and location of temporary RAM, the stack location and the BFV location.
- @param OldCoreData Pointer to the PEI Core data.
- NULL if being run in non-permament memory mode.
-
-**/
-VOID
-InitializeMemoryServices (
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData,
- IN CONST EFI_SEC_PEI_HAND_OFF *SecCoreData,
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *OldCoreData
- );
-
-/**
-
- Install the permanent memory is now available.
- Creates HOB (PHIT and Stack).
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param MemoryBegin Start of memory address.
- @param MemoryLength Length of memory.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Always success.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiInstallPeiMemory (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS MemoryBegin,
- IN UINT64 MemoryLength
- );
-
-/**
-
- Memory allocation service on permanent memory,
- not usable prior to the memory installation.
-
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param MemoryType Type of memory to allocate.
- @param Pages Number of pages to allocate.
- @param Memory Pointer of memory allocated.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The allocation was successful
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Only AllocateAnyAddress is supported.
- @retval EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET Called with permanent memory not available
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is not enough HOB heap to satisfy the requirement
- to allocate the number of pages.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiAllocatePages (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
- IN UINTN Pages,
- OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *Memory
- );
-
-/**
-
- Memory allocation service on the temporary memory.
-
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param Size Amount of memory required
- @param Buffer Address of pointer to the buffer
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The allocation was successful
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is not enough heap to satisfy the requirement
- to allocate the requested size.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiAllocatePool (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN UINTN Size,
- OUT VOID **Buffer
- );
-
-/**
-
- Routine for load image file.
-
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param FileHandle Pointer to the FFS file header of the image.
- @param PeimState The dispatch state of the input PEIM handle.
- @param EntryPoint Pointer to entry point of specified image file for output.
- @param AuthenticationState Pointer to attestation authentication state of image.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Image is successfully loaded.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Fail to locate necessary PPI
- @retval Others Fail to load file.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-PeiLoadImage (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle,
- IN UINT8 PeimState,
- OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *EntryPoint,
- OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationState
- );
-
-/**
-
- Core version of the Status Code reporter
-
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param CodeType Type of Status Code.
- @param Value Value to output for Status Code.
- @param Instance Instance Number of this status code.
- @param CallerId ID of the caller of this status code.
- @param Data Optional data associated with this status code.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS if status code is successfully reported
- @retval EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET if StatusCodePpi has not been installed
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiReportStatusCode (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE CodeType,
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
- IN UINT32 Instance,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *CallerId,
- IN CONST EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA *Data OPTIONAL
- );
-
-/**
-
- Core version of the Reset System
-
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET PPI not available yet.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Did not reset system.
- Otherwise, resets the system.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiResetSystem (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices
- );
-
-/**
- Resets the entire platform.
-
- @param[in] ResetType The type of reset to perform.
- @param[in] ResetStatus The status code for the reset.
- @param[in] DataSize The size, in bytes, of WatchdogData.
- @param[in] ResetData For a ResetType of EfiResetCold, EfiResetWarm, or EfiResetShutdown
- the data buffer starts with a Null-terminated string, optionally
- followed by additional binary data. The string is a description
- that the caller may use to further indicate the reason for the
- system reset. ResetData is only valid if ResetStatus is something
- other than EFI_SUCCESS unless the ResetType is EfiResetPlatformSpecific
- where a minimum amount of ResetData is always required.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-PeiResetSystem2 (
- IN EFI_RESET_TYPE ResetType,
- IN EFI_STATUS ResetStatus,
- IN UINTN DataSize,
- IN VOID *ResetData OPTIONAL
- );
-
-/**
-
- Initialize PeiCore Fv List.
-
-
- @param PrivateData - Pointer to PEI_CORE_INSTANCE.
- @param SecCoreData - Pointer to EFI_SEC_PEI_HAND_OFF.
-
-**/
-VOID
-PeiInitializeFv (
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData,
- IN CONST EFI_SEC_PEI_HAND_OFF *SecCoreData
- );
-
-/**
- Process Firmware Volum Information once FvInfoPPI install.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param NotifyDescriptor Address of the notification descriptor data structure.
- @param Ppi Address of the PPI that was installed.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS if the interface could be successfully installed
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FirmwareVolmeInfoPpiNotifyCallback (
- IN EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN EFI_PEI_NOTIFY_DESCRIPTOR *NotifyDescriptor,
- IN VOID *Ppi
- );
-
-/**
-
- Given the input VolumeHandle, search for the next matching name file.
-
- @param FileName File name to search.
- @param VolumeHandle The current FV to search.
- @param FileHandle Pointer to the file matching name in VolumeHandle.
- NULL if file not found
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND No files matching the search criteria were found
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Success to search given file
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiFfsFindFileByName (
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *FileName,
- IN EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE VolumeHandle,
- OUT EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE *FileHandle
- );
-
-/**
- Returns information about a specific file.
-
- @param FileHandle Handle of the file.
- @param FileInfo Upon exit, points to the file's information.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If FileInfo is NULL.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If FileHandle does not represent a valid file.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS File information returned.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiFfsGetFileInfo (
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle,
- OUT EFI_FV_FILE_INFO *FileInfo
- );
-
-/**
- Returns information about a specific file.
-
- @param FileHandle Handle of the file.
- @param FileInfo Upon exit, points to the file's information.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If FileInfo is NULL.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If FileHandle does not represent a valid file.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS File information returned.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiFfsGetFileInfo2 (
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle,
- OUT EFI_FV_FILE_INFO2 *FileInfo
- );
-
-/**
- Returns information about the specified volume.
-
- @param VolumeHandle Handle of the volume.
- @param VolumeInfo Upon exit, points to the volume's information.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If VolumeHandle does not represent a valid volume.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If VolumeInfo is NULL.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Volume information returned.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiFfsGetVolumeInfo (
- IN EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE VolumeHandle,
- OUT EFI_FV_INFO *VolumeInfo
- );
-
-/**
- This routine enable a PEIM to register itself to shadow when PEI Foundation
- discovery permanent memory.
-
- @param FileHandle File handle of a PEIM.
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The file handle doesn't point to PEIM itself.
- @retval EFI_ALREADY_STARTED Indicate that the PEIM has been registered itself.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully to register itself.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiRegisterForShadow (
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle
- );
-
-/**
- Initialize image service that install PeiLoadFilePpi.
-
- @param PrivateData Pointer to PeiCore's private data structure PEI_CORE_INSTANCE.
- @param OldCoreData Pointer to Old PeiCore's private data.
- If NULL, PeiCore is entered at first time, stack/heap in temporary memory.
- If not NULL, PeiCore is entered at second time, stack/heap has been moved
- to permanent memory.
-
-**/
-VOID
-InitializeImageServices (
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData,
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *OldCoreData
- );
-
-/**
- The wrapper function of PeiLoadImageLoadImage().
-
- @param This Pointer to EFI_PEI_LOAD_FILE_PPI.
- @param FileHandle Pointer to the FFS file header of the image.
- @param ImageAddressArg Pointer to PE/TE image.
- @param ImageSizeArg Size of PE/TE image.
- @param EntryPoint Pointer to entry point of specified image file for output.
- @param AuthenticationState Pointer to attestation authentication state of image.
-
- @return Status of PeiLoadImageLoadImage().
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiLoadImageLoadImageWrapper (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_LOAD_FILE_PPI *This,
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle,
- OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *ImageAddressArg, OPTIONAL
- OUT UINT64 *ImageSizeArg, OPTIONAL
- OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *EntryPoint,
- OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationState
- );
-
-/**
-
- Provide a callback for when the security PPI is installed.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param NotifyDescriptor The descriptor for the notification event.
- @param Ppi Pointer to the PPI in question.
-
- @return Always success
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SecurityPpiNotifyCallback (
- IN EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN EFI_PEI_NOTIFY_DESCRIPTOR *NotifyDescriptor,
- IN VOID *Ppi
- );
-
-/**
- Get Fv image from the FV type file, then install FV INFO(2) ppi, Build FV hob.
-
- @param PrivateData PeiCore's private data structure
- @param ParentFvCoreHandle Pointer of EFI_CORE_FV_HANDLE to parent Fv image that contain this Fv image.
- @param ParentFvFileHandle File handle of a Fv type file that contain this Fv image.
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND FV image can't be found.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully to process it.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Can not allocate page when aligning FV image
- @retval EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION Image is illegal
- @retval Others Can not find EFI_SECTION_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_IMAGE section
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-ProcessFvFile (
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData,
- IN PEI_CORE_FV_HANDLE *ParentFvCoreHandle,
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE ParentFvFileHandle
- );
-
-/**
- Get instance of PEI_CORE_FV_HANDLE for next volume according to given index.
-
- This routine also will install FvInfo ppi for FV hob in PI ways.
-
- @param Private Pointer of PEI_CORE_INSTANCE
- @param Instance The index of FV want to be searched.
-
- @return Instance of PEI_CORE_FV_HANDLE.
-**/
-PEI_CORE_FV_HANDLE *
-FindNextCoreFvHandle (
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *Private,
- IN UINTN Instance
- );
-
-//
-// Default EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI support for EFI_PEI_SERVICES table when PeiCore initialization.
-//
-
-/**
- Memory-based read services.
-
- This function is to perform the Memory Access Read service based on installed
- instance of the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI.
- If the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM, then
- return EFI_NOT_YET_AVAILABLE.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table
- published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Width The width of the access. Enumerated in bytes.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
- @param Count The number of accesses to perform.
- @param Buffer A pointer to the buffer of data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- @retval EFI_NOT_YET_AVAILABLE The service has not been installed.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultMemRead (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI_WIDTH Width,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN UINTN Count,
- IN OUT VOID *Buffer
- );
-
-/**
- Memory-based write services.
-
- This function is to perform the Memory Access Write service based on installed
- instance of the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI.
- If the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM, then
- return EFI_NOT_YET_AVAILABLE.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table
- published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Width The width of the access. Enumerated in bytes.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
- @param Count The number of accesses to perform.
- @param Buffer A pointer to the buffer of data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- @retval EFI_NOT_YET_AVAILABLE The service has not been installed.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultMemWrite (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI_WIDTH Width,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN UINTN Count,
- IN OUT VOID *Buffer
- );
-
-/**
- IO-based read services.
-
- This function is to perform the IO-base read service for the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI.
- If the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM, then
- return EFI_NOT_YET_AVAILABLE.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table
- published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Width The width of the access. Enumerated in bytes.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
- @param Count The number of accesses to perform.
- @param Buffer A pointer to the buffer of data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- @retval EFI_NOT_YET_AVAILABLE The service has not been installed.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultIoRead (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI_WIDTH Width,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN UINTN Count,
- IN OUT VOID *Buffer
- );
-
-/**
- IO-based write services.
-
- This function is to perform the IO-base write service for the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI.
- If the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM, then
- return EFI_NOT_YET_AVAILABLE.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table
- published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Width The width of the access. Enumerated in bytes.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
- @param Count The number of accesses to perform.
- @param Buffer A pointer to the buffer of data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- @retval EFI_NOT_YET_AVAILABLE The service has not been installed.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultIoWrite (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI_WIDTH Width,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN UINTN Count,
- IN OUT VOID *Buffer
- );
-
-/**
- 8-bit I/O read operations.
-
- If the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM, then
- return 0.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
-
- @return An 8-bit value returned from the I/O space.
-**/
-UINT8
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultIoRead8 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN UINT64 Address
- );
-
-/**
- Reads an 16-bit I/O port.
-
- If the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM, then
- return 0.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
-
- @return A 16-bit value returned from the I/O space.
-**/
-UINT16
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultIoRead16 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN UINT64 Address
- );
-
-/**
- Reads an 32-bit I/O port.
-
- If the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM, then
- return 0.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
-
- @return A 32-bit value returned from the I/O space.
-**/
-UINT32
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultIoRead32 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN UINT64 Address
- );
-
-/**
- Reads an 64-bit I/O port.
-
- If the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM, then
- return 0.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
-
- @return A 64-bit value returned from the I/O space.
-**/
-UINT64
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultIoRead64 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN UINT64 Address
- );
-
-/**
- 8-bit I/O write operations.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
- @param Data The data to write.
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultIoWrite8 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN UINT8 Data
- );
-
-/**
- 16-bit I/O write operations.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
- @param Data The data to write.
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultIoWrite16 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN UINT16 Data
- );
-
-/**
- 32-bit I/O write operations.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
- @param Data The data to write.
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultIoWrite32 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN UINT32 Data
- );
-
-/**
- 64-bit I/O write operations.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
- @param Data The data to write.
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultIoWrite64 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN UINT64 Data
- );
-
-/**
- 8-bit memory read operations.
-
- If the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM, then
- return 0.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
-
- @return An 8-bit value returned from the memory space.
-
-**/
-UINT8
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultMemRead8 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN UINT64 Address
- );
-
-/**
- 16-bit memory read operations.
-
- If the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM, then
- return 0.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
-
- @return An 16-bit value returned from the memory space.
-
-**/
-UINT16
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultMemRead16 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN UINT64 Address
- );
-
-/**
- 32-bit memory read operations.
-
- If the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM, then
- return 0.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
-
- @return An 32-bit value returned from the memory space.
-
-**/
-UINT32
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultMemRead32 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN UINT64 Address
- );
-
-/**
- 64-bit memory read operations.
-
- If the EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM, then
- return 0.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
-
- @return An 64-bit value returned from the memory space.
-
-**/
-UINT64
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultMemRead64 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN UINT64 Address
- );
-
-/**
- 8-bit memory write operations.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
- @param Data The data to write.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultMemWrite8 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN UINT8 Data
- );
-
-/**
- 16-bit memory write operations.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
- @param Data The data to write.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultMemWrite16 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN UINT16 Data
- );
-
-/**
- 32-bit memory write operations.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
- @param Data The data to write.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultMemWrite32 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN UINT32 Data
- );
-
-/**
- 64-bit memory write operations.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
- @param Data The data to write.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultMemWrite64 (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *This,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN UINT64 Data
- );
-
-extern EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI gPeiDefaultCpuIoPpi;
-
-//
-// Default EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG2_PPI support for EFI_PEI_SERVICES table when PeiCore initialization.
-//
-
-/**
- Reads from a given location in the PCI configuration space.
-
- If the EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG2_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM, then
- return EFI_NOT_YET_AVAILABLE.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Width The width of the access. Enumerated in bytes.
- See EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG_PPI_WIDTH above.
- @param Address The physical address of the access. The format of
- the address is described by EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG_PPI_PCI_ADDRESS.
- @param Buffer A pointer to the buffer of data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The invalid access width.
- @retval EFI_NOT_YET_AVAILABLE If the EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG2_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultPciCfg2Read (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG2_PPI *This,
- IN EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG_PPI_WIDTH Width,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN OUT VOID *Buffer
- );
-
-/**
- Write to a given location in the PCI configuration space.
-
- If the EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG2_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM, then
- return EFI_NOT_YET_AVAILABLE.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Width The width of the access. Enumerated in bytes.
- See EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG_PPI_WIDTH above.
- @param Address The physical address of the access. The format of
- the address is described by EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG_PPI_PCI_ADDRESS.
- @param Buffer A pointer to the buffer of data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The invalid access width.
- @retval EFI_NOT_YET_AVAILABLE If the EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG2_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultPciCfg2Write (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG2_PPI *This,
- IN EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG_PPI_WIDTH Width,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN OUT VOID *Buffer
- );
-
-/**
- This function performs a read-modify-write operation on the contents from a given
- location in the PCI configuration space.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the PEI Services Table
- published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param This Pointer to local data for the interface.
- @param Width The width of the access. Enumerated in bytes. Type
- EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG_PPI_WIDTH is defined in Read().
- @param Address The physical address of the access.
- @param SetBits Points to value to bitwise-OR with the read configuration value.
- The size of the value is determined by Width.
- @param ClearBits Points to the value to negate and bitwise-AND with the read configuration value.
- The size of the value is determined by Width.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The invalid access width.
- @retval EFI_NOT_YET_AVAILABLE If the EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG2_PPI is not installed by platform/chipset PEIM.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiDefaultPciCfg2Modify (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG2_PPI *This,
- IN EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG_PPI_WIDTH Width,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN VOID *SetBits,
- IN VOID *ClearBits
- );
-
-extern EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG2_PPI gPeiDefaultPciCfg2Ppi;
-
-/**
- After PeiCore image is shadowed into permanent memory, all build-in FvPpi should
- be re-installed with the instance in permanent memory and all cached FvPpi pointers in
- PrivateData->Fv[] array should be fixed up to be pointed to the one in permanent
- memory.
-
- @param PrivateData Pointer to PEI_CORE_INSTANCE.
-**/
-VOID
-PeiReinitializeFv (
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData
- );
-
-#endif
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/PeiMain.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/PeiMain.inf deleted file mode 100644 index 39a464f326..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/PeiMain.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,134 +0,0 @@ -## @file
-# PeiMain module is core module in PEI phase.
-#
-# It takes responsibilities of:
-# 1) Initialize memory, PPI, image services etc, to establish PEIM runtime environment.
-# 2) Dispatch PEIM from discovered FV.
-# 3) Handoff control to DxeIpl to load DXE core and enter DXE phase.
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-#
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-#
-##
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = PeiCore
- MODULE_UNI_FILE = PeiCore.uni
- FILE_GUID = 52C05B14-0B98-496c-BC3B-04B50211D680
- MODULE_TYPE = PEI_CORE
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- ENTRY_POINT = PeiCore
-
-#
-# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
-#
-# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64 IPF EBC (EBC is for build only)
-#
-
-[Sources]
- StatusCode/StatusCode.c
- Security/Security.c
- Reset/Reset.c
- Ppi/Ppi.c
- PeiMain/PeiMain.c
- Memory/MemoryServices.c
- Image/Image.c
- Hob/Hob.c
- FwVol/FwVol.c
- FwVol/FwVol.h
- Dispatcher/Dispatcher.c
- Dependency/Dependency.c
- Dependency/Dependency.h
- BootMode/BootMode.c
- CpuIo/CpuIo.c
- PciCfg2/PciCfg2.c
- PeiMain.h
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
-
-[LibraryClasses]
- BaseMemoryLib
- PeCoffGetEntryPointLib
- ReportStatusCodeLib
- PeiServicesLib
- PerformanceLib
- HobLib
- BaseLib
- PeiCoreEntryPoint
- DebugLib
- MemoryAllocationLib
- CacheMaintenanceLib
- PeCoffLib
- PeiServicesTablePointerLib
- PcdLib
-
-[Guids]
- gPeiAprioriFileNameGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## File
- ## PRODUCES ## UNDEFINED # Install ppi
- ## CONSUMES ## UNDEFINED # Locate ppi
- gEfiFirmwareFileSystem2Guid
- ## PRODUCES ## UNDEFINED # Install ppi
- ## CONSUMES ## UNDEFINED # Locate ppi
- ## CONSUMES ## GUID # Used to compare with FV's file system guid and get the FV's file system format
- gEfiFirmwareFileSystem3Guid
-
-[Ppis]
- gEfiPeiStatusCodePpiGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES # PeiReportStatusService is not ready if this PPI doesn't exist
- gEfiPeiResetPpiGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES # PeiResetService is not ready if this PPI doesn't exist
- gEfiDxeIplPpiGuid ## CONSUMES
- gEfiPeiMemoryDiscoveredPpiGuid ## PRODUCES
- gEfiPeiDecompressPpiGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- ## NOTIFY
- ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES # Produce FvInfoPpi if the encapsulated FvImage is found
- gEfiPeiFirmwareVolumeInfoPpiGuid
- ## NOTIFY
- ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES # Produce FvInfoPpi2 if the encapsulated FvImage is found
- gEfiPeiFirmwareVolumeInfo2PpiGuid
- ## PRODUCES
- ## CONSUMES
- gEfiPeiLoadFilePpiGuid
- gEfiPeiSecurity2PpiGuid ## NOTIFY
- gEfiTemporaryRamSupportPpiGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiTemporaryRamDonePpiGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiPeiReset2PpiGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
-
-[Pcd]
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdPeiCoreMaxFvSupported ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdPeiCoreMaxPeimPerFv ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdPeiCoreMaxPpiSupported ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdPeiCoreMaxPeiStackSize ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdPeiCoreImageLoaderSearchTeSectionFirst ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdFrameworkCompatibilitySupport ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdLoadFixAddressPeiCodePageNumber ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdLoadFixAddressBootTimeCodePageNumber ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdLoadFixAddressRuntimeCodePageNumber ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdLoadModuleAtFixAddressEnable ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdShadowPeimOnS3Boot ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdShadowPeimOnBoot ## CONSUMES
-
-# [BootMode]
-# S3_RESUME ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
-
-# [Hob]
-# PHIT ## PRODUCES
-# RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES
-# RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
-# MEMORY_ALLOCATION ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
-# FIRMWARE_VOLUME ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES
-# FIRMWARE_VOLUME ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
-# MEMORY_ALLOCATION ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES
-# MEMORY_ALLOCATION ## PRODUCES # MEMORY_ALLOCATION_STACK
-# UNDEFINED ## PRODUCES # MEMORY_POOL
-
-[UserExtensions.TianoCore."ExtraFiles"]
- PeiCoreExtra.uni
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/PeiMain/PeiMain.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/PeiMain/PeiMain.c deleted file mode 100644 index 27484bafc5..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/PeiMain/PeiMain.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,475 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Pei Core Main Entry Point
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "PeiMain.h"
-
-EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR mMemoryDiscoveredPpi = {
- (EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_PPI | EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_TERMINATE_LIST),
- &gEfiPeiMemoryDiscoveredPpiGuid,
- NULL
-};
-
-///
-/// Pei service instance
-///
-EFI_PEI_SERVICES gPs = {
- {
- PEI_SERVICES_SIGNATURE,
- PEI_SERVICES_REVISION,
- sizeof (EFI_PEI_SERVICES),
- 0,
- 0
- },
- PeiInstallPpi,
- PeiReInstallPpi,
- PeiLocatePpi,
- PeiNotifyPpi,
-
- PeiGetBootMode,
- PeiSetBootMode,
-
- PeiGetHobList,
- PeiCreateHob,
-
- PeiFfsFindNextVolume,
- PeiFfsFindNextFile,
- PeiFfsFindSectionData,
-
- PeiInstallPeiMemory,
- PeiAllocatePages,
- PeiAllocatePool,
- (EFI_PEI_COPY_MEM)CopyMem,
- (EFI_PEI_SET_MEM)SetMem,
-
- PeiReportStatusCode,
- PeiResetSystem,
-
- &gPeiDefaultCpuIoPpi,
- &gPeiDefaultPciCfg2Ppi,
-
- PeiFfsFindFileByName,
- PeiFfsGetFileInfo,
- PeiFfsGetVolumeInfo,
- PeiRegisterForShadow,
- PeiFfsFindSectionData3,
- PeiFfsGetFileInfo2,
- PeiResetSystem2
-};
-
-/**
- Shadow PeiCore module from flash to installed memory.
-
- @param PrivateData PeiCore's private data structure
-
- @return PeiCore function address after shadowing.
-**/
-PEICORE_FUNCTION_POINTER
-ShadowPeiCore (
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData
- )
-{
- EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE PeiCoreFileHandle;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS EntryPoint;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT32 AuthenticationState;
-
- PeiCoreFileHandle = NULL;
-
- //
- // Find the PEI Core in the BFV
- //
- Status = PrivateData->Fv[0].FvPpi->FindFileByType (
- PrivateData->Fv[0].FvPpi,
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE_PEI_CORE,
- PrivateData->Fv[0].FvHandle,
- &PeiCoreFileHandle
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Shadow PEI Core into memory so it will run faster
- //
- Status = PeiLoadImage (
- GetPeiServicesTablePointer (),
- *((EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE*)&PeiCoreFileHandle),
- PEIM_STATE_REGISITER_FOR_SHADOW,
- &EntryPoint,
- &AuthenticationState
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Compute the PeiCore's function address after shaowed PeiCore.
- // _ModuleEntryPoint is PeiCore main function entry
- //
- return (PEICORE_FUNCTION_POINTER)((UINTN) EntryPoint + (UINTN) PeiCore - (UINTN) _ModuleEntryPoint);
-}
-
-/**
- This routine is invoked by main entry of PeiMain module during transition
- from SEC to PEI. After switching stack in the PEI core, it will restart
- with the old core data.
-
- @param SecCoreDataPtr Points to a data structure containing information about the PEI core's operating
- environment, such as the size and location of temporary RAM, the stack location and
- the BFV location.
- @param PpiList Points to a list of one or more PPI descriptors to be installed initially by the PEI core.
- An empty PPI list consists of a single descriptor with the end-tag
- EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_TERMINATE_LIST. As part of its initialization
- phase, the PEI Foundation will add these SEC-hosted PPIs to its PPI database such
- that both the PEI Foundation and any modules can leverage the associated service
- calls and/or code in these early PPIs
- @param Data Pointer to old core data that is used to initialize the
- core's data areas.
- If NULL, it is first PeiCore entering.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-PeiCore (
- IN CONST EFI_SEC_PEI_HAND_OFF *SecCoreDataPtr,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR *PpiList,
- IN VOID *Data
- )
-{
- PEI_CORE_INSTANCE PrivateData;
- EFI_SEC_PEI_HAND_OFF *SecCoreData;
- EFI_SEC_PEI_HAND_OFF NewSecCoreData;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- PEI_CORE_TEMP_POINTERS TempPtr;
- PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *OldCoreData;
- EFI_PEI_CPU_IO_PPI *CpuIo;
- EFI_PEI_PCI_CFG2_PPI *PciCfg;
- EFI_HOB_HANDOFF_INFO_TABLE *HandoffInformationTable;
- EFI_PEI_TEMPORARY_RAM_DONE_PPI *TemporaryRamDonePpi;
- UINTN Index;
-
- //
- // Retrieve context passed into PEI Core
- //
- OldCoreData = (PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *) Data;
- SecCoreData = (EFI_SEC_PEI_HAND_OFF *) SecCoreDataPtr;
-
- //
- // Perform PEI Core phase specific actions.
- //
- if (OldCoreData == NULL) {
- //
- // If OldCoreData is NULL, means current is the first entry into the PEI Core before memory is available.
- //
- ZeroMem (&PrivateData, sizeof (PEI_CORE_INSTANCE));
- PrivateData.Signature = PEI_CORE_HANDLE_SIGNATURE;
- CopyMem (&PrivateData.ServiceTableShadow, &gPs, sizeof (gPs));
- } else {
- //
- // Memory is available to the PEI Core. See if the PEI Core has been shadowed to memory yet.
- //
- if (OldCoreData->ShadowedPeiCore == NULL) {
- //
- // Fixup the PeiCore's private data
- //
- OldCoreData->Ps = &OldCoreData->ServiceTableShadow;
- OldCoreData->CpuIo = &OldCoreData->ServiceTableShadow.CpuIo;
- if (OldCoreData->HeapOffsetPositive) {
- OldCoreData->HobList.Raw = (VOID *)(OldCoreData->HobList.Raw + OldCoreData->HeapOffset);
- OldCoreData->UnknownFvInfo = (PEI_CORE_UNKNOW_FORMAT_FV_INFO *) ((UINT8 *) OldCoreData->UnknownFvInfo + OldCoreData->HeapOffset);
- OldCoreData->CurrentFvFileHandles = (EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE *) ((UINT8 *) OldCoreData->CurrentFvFileHandles + OldCoreData->HeapOffset);
- OldCoreData->PpiData.PpiListPtrs = (PEI_PPI_LIST_POINTERS *) ((UINT8 *) OldCoreData->PpiData.PpiListPtrs + OldCoreData->HeapOffset);
- OldCoreData->Fv = (PEI_CORE_FV_HANDLE *) ((UINT8 *) OldCoreData->Fv + OldCoreData->HeapOffset);
- for (Index = 0; Index < PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxFvSupported); Index ++) {
- OldCoreData->Fv[Index].PeimState = (UINT8 *) OldCoreData->Fv[Index].PeimState + OldCoreData->HeapOffset;
- OldCoreData->Fv[Index].FvFileHandles = (EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE *) ((UINT8 *) OldCoreData->Fv[Index].FvFileHandles + OldCoreData->HeapOffset);
- }
- OldCoreData->FileGuid = (EFI_GUID *) ((UINT8 *) OldCoreData->FileGuid + OldCoreData->HeapOffset);
- OldCoreData->FileHandles = (EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE *) ((UINT8 *) OldCoreData->FileHandles + OldCoreData->HeapOffset);
- } else {
- OldCoreData->HobList.Raw = (VOID *)(OldCoreData->HobList.Raw - OldCoreData->HeapOffset);
- OldCoreData->UnknownFvInfo = (PEI_CORE_UNKNOW_FORMAT_FV_INFO *) ((UINT8 *) OldCoreData->UnknownFvInfo - OldCoreData->HeapOffset);
- OldCoreData->CurrentFvFileHandles = (EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE *) ((UINT8 *) OldCoreData->CurrentFvFileHandles - OldCoreData->HeapOffset);
- OldCoreData->PpiData.PpiListPtrs = (PEI_PPI_LIST_POINTERS *) ((UINT8 *) OldCoreData->PpiData.PpiListPtrs - OldCoreData->HeapOffset);
- OldCoreData->Fv = (PEI_CORE_FV_HANDLE *) ((UINT8 *) OldCoreData->Fv - OldCoreData->HeapOffset);
- for (Index = 0; Index < PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxFvSupported); Index ++) {
- OldCoreData->Fv[Index].PeimState = (UINT8 *) OldCoreData->Fv[Index].PeimState - OldCoreData->HeapOffset;
- OldCoreData->Fv[Index].FvFileHandles = (EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE *) ((UINT8 *) OldCoreData->Fv[Index].FvFileHandles - OldCoreData->HeapOffset);
- }
- OldCoreData->FileGuid = (EFI_GUID *) ((UINT8 *) OldCoreData->FileGuid - OldCoreData->HeapOffset);
- OldCoreData->FileHandles = (EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE *) ((UINT8 *) OldCoreData->FileHandles - OldCoreData->HeapOffset);
- }
-
- //
- // Fixup for PeiService's address
- //
- SetPeiServicesTablePointer ((CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **)&OldCoreData->Ps);
-
- //
- // Initialize libraries that the PEI Core is linked against
- //
- ProcessLibraryConstructorList (NULL, (CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **)&OldCoreData->Ps);
-
- //
- // Update HandOffHob for new installed permanent memory
- //
- HandoffInformationTable = OldCoreData->HobList.HandoffInformationTable;
- if (OldCoreData->HeapOffsetPositive) {
- HandoffInformationTable->EfiEndOfHobList = HandoffInformationTable->EfiEndOfHobList + OldCoreData->HeapOffset;
- } else {
- HandoffInformationTable->EfiEndOfHobList = HandoffInformationTable->EfiEndOfHobList - OldCoreData->HeapOffset;
- }
- HandoffInformationTable->EfiMemoryTop = OldCoreData->PhysicalMemoryBegin + OldCoreData->PhysicalMemoryLength;
- HandoffInformationTable->EfiMemoryBottom = OldCoreData->PhysicalMemoryBegin;
- HandoffInformationTable->EfiFreeMemoryTop = OldCoreData->FreePhysicalMemoryTop;
- HandoffInformationTable->EfiFreeMemoryBottom = HandoffInformationTable->EfiEndOfHobList + sizeof (EFI_HOB_GENERIC_HEADER);
-
- //
- // We need convert the PPI descriptor's pointer
- //
- ConvertPpiPointers (SecCoreData, OldCoreData);
-
- //
- // After the whole temporary memory is migrated, then we can allocate page in
- // permanent memory.
- //
- OldCoreData->PeiMemoryInstalled = TRUE;
-
- //
- // Indicate that PeiCore reenter
- //
- OldCoreData->PeimDispatcherReenter = TRUE;
-
- if (PcdGet64(PcdLoadModuleAtFixAddressEnable) != 0 && (OldCoreData->HobList.HandoffInformationTable->BootMode != BOOT_ON_S3_RESUME)) {
- //
- // if Loading Module at Fixed Address is enabled, allocate the PEI code memory range usage bit map array.
- // Every bit in the array indicate the status of the corresponding memory page available or not
- //
- OldCoreData->PeiCodeMemoryRangeUsageBitMap = AllocateZeroPool (((PcdGet32(PcdLoadFixAddressPeiCodePageNumber)>>6) + 1)*sizeof(UINT64));
- }
-
- //
- // Shadow PEI Core. When permanent memory is avaiable, shadow
- // PEI Core and PEIMs to get high performance.
- //
- OldCoreData->ShadowedPeiCore = (PEICORE_FUNCTION_POINTER) (UINTN) PeiCore;
- if ((HandoffInformationTable->BootMode == BOOT_ON_S3_RESUME && PcdGetBool (PcdShadowPeimOnS3Boot))
- || (HandoffInformationTable->BootMode != BOOT_ON_S3_RESUME && PcdGetBool (PcdShadowPeimOnBoot))) {
- OldCoreData->ShadowedPeiCore = ShadowPeiCore (OldCoreData);
- }
-
- //
- // PEI Core has now been shadowed to memory. Restart PEI Core in memory.
- //
- OldCoreData->ShadowedPeiCore (SecCoreData, PpiList, OldCoreData);
-
- //
- // Should never reach here.
- //
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- CpuDeadLoop();
-
- UNREACHABLE ();
- }
-
- //
- // Memory is available to the PEI Core and the PEI Core has been shadowed to memory.
- //
- CopyMem (&NewSecCoreData, SecCoreDataPtr, sizeof (NewSecCoreData));
- SecCoreData = &NewSecCoreData;
-
- CopyMem (&PrivateData, OldCoreData, sizeof (PrivateData));
-
- CpuIo = (VOID*)PrivateData.ServiceTableShadow.CpuIo;
- PciCfg = (VOID*)PrivateData.ServiceTableShadow.PciCfg;
-
- CopyMem (&PrivateData.ServiceTableShadow, &gPs, sizeof (gPs));
-
- PrivateData.ServiceTableShadow.CpuIo = CpuIo;
- PrivateData.ServiceTableShadow.PciCfg = PciCfg;
- }
-
- //
- // Cache a pointer to the PEI Services Table that is either in temporary memory or permanent memory
- //
- PrivateData.Ps = &PrivateData.ServiceTableShadow;
-
- //
- // Save PeiServicePointer so that it can be retrieved anywhere.
- //
- SetPeiServicesTablePointer ((CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **)&PrivateData.Ps);
-
- //
- // Initialize libraries that the PEI Core is linked against
- //
- ProcessLibraryConstructorList (NULL, (CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **)&PrivateData.Ps);
-
- //
- // Initialize PEI Core Services
- //
- InitializeMemoryServices (&PrivateData, SecCoreData, OldCoreData);
- if (OldCoreData == NULL) {
- //
- // Initialize PEI Core Private Data Buffer
- //
- PrivateData.PpiData.PpiListPtrs = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (PEI_PPI_LIST_POINTERS) * PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxPpiSupported));
- ASSERT (PrivateData.PpiData.PpiListPtrs != NULL);
- PrivateData.Fv = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (PEI_CORE_FV_HANDLE) * PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxFvSupported));
- ASSERT (PrivateData.Fv != NULL);
- PrivateData.Fv[0].PeimState = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (UINT8) * PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxPeimPerFv) * PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxFvSupported));
- ASSERT (PrivateData.Fv[0].PeimState != NULL);
- PrivateData.Fv[0].FvFileHandles = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE) * PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxPeimPerFv) * PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxFvSupported));
- ASSERT (PrivateData.Fv[0].FvFileHandles != NULL);
- for (Index = 1; Index < PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxFvSupported); Index ++) {
- PrivateData.Fv[Index].PeimState = PrivateData.Fv[Index - 1].PeimState + PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxPeimPerFv);
- PrivateData.Fv[Index].FvFileHandles = PrivateData.Fv[Index - 1].FvFileHandles + PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxPeimPerFv);
- }
- PrivateData.UnknownFvInfo = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (PEI_CORE_UNKNOW_FORMAT_FV_INFO) * PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxFvSupported));
- ASSERT (PrivateData.UnknownFvInfo != NULL);
- PrivateData.CurrentFvFileHandles = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE) * PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxPeimPerFv));
- ASSERT (PrivateData.CurrentFvFileHandles != NULL);
- PrivateData.FileGuid = AllocatePool (sizeof (EFI_GUID) * PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxPeimPerFv));
- ASSERT (PrivateData.FileGuid != NULL);
- PrivateData.FileHandles = AllocatePool (sizeof (EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE) * (PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxPeimPerFv) + 1));
- ASSERT (PrivateData.FileHandles != NULL);
- }
- InitializePpiServices (&PrivateData, OldCoreData);
-
- //
- // Update performance measurements
- //
- if (OldCoreData == NULL) {
- PERF_START (NULL, "SEC", NULL, 1);
- PERF_END (NULL, "SEC", NULL, 0);
-
- //
- // If first pass, start performance measurement.
- //
- PERF_START (NULL,"PEI", NULL, 0);
- PERF_START (NULL,"PreMem", NULL, 0);
-
- } else {
- PERF_END (NULL,"PreMem", NULL, 0);
- PERF_START (NULL,"PostMem", NULL, 0);
- }
-
- //
- // Complete PEI Core Service initialization
- //
- InitializeSecurityServices (&PrivateData.Ps, OldCoreData);
- InitializeDispatcherData (&PrivateData, OldCoreData, SecCoreData);
- InitializeImageServices (&PrivateData, OldCoreData);
-
- //
- // Perform PEI Core Phase specific actions
- //
- if (OldCoreData == NULL) {
- //
- // Report Status Code EFI_SW_PC_INIT
- //
- REPORT_STATUS_CODE (
- EFI_PROGRESS_CODE,
- (EFI_SOFTWARE_PEI_CORE | EFI_SW_PC_INIT)
- );
-
- //
- // If SEC provided any PPI services to PEI, install them.
- //
- if (PpiList != NULL) {
- Status = PeiServicesInstallPpi (PpiList);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
- } else {
- //
- // Try to locate Temporary RAM Done Ppi.
- //
- Status = PeiServicesLocatePpi (
- &gEfiTemporaryRamDonePpiGuid,
- 0,
- NULL,
- (VOID**)&TemporaryRamDonePpi
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Disable the use of Temporary RAM after the transition from Temporary RAM to Permanent RAM is complete.
- //
- TemporaryRamDonePpi->TemporaryRamDone ();
- }
-
- //
- // Alert any listeners that there is permanent memory available
- //
- PERF_START (NULL,"DisMem", NULL, 0);
- Status = PeiServicesInstallPpi (&mMemoryDiscoveredPpi);
-
- //
- // Process the Notify list and dispatch any notifies for the Memory Discovered PPI
- //
- ProcessNotifyList (&PrivateData);
-
- PERF_END (NULL,"DisMem", NULL, 0);
- }
-
- //
- // Call PEIM dispatcher
- //
- PeiDispatcher (SecCoreData, &PrivateData);
-
- if (PrivateData.HobList.HandoffInformationTable->BootMode != BOOT_ON_S3_RESUME) {
- //
- // Check if InstallPeiMemory service was called on non-S3 resume boot path.
- //
- ASSERT(PrivateData.PeiMemoryInstalled == TRUE);
- }
-
- //
- // Measure PEI Core execution time.
- //
- PERF_END (NULL, "PostMem", NULL, 0);
-
- //
- // Lookup DXE IPL PPI
- //
- Status = PeiServicesLocatePpi (
- &gEfiDxeIplPpiGuid,
- 0,
- NULL,
- (VOID **)&TempPtr.DxeIpl
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Report status code to indicate DXE IPL PPI could not be found.
- //
- REPORT_STATUS_CODE (
- EFI_ERROR_CODE | EFI_ERROR_MAJOR,
- (EFI_SOFTWARE_PEI_CORE | EFI_SW_PEI_CORE_EC_DXEIPL_NOT_FOUND)
- );
- CpuDeadLoop ();
- }
-
- //
- // Enter DxeIpl to load Dxe core.
- //
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "DXE IPL Entry\n"));
- Status = TempPtr.DxeIpl->Entry (
- TempPtr.DxeIpl,
- &PrivateData.Ps,
- PrivateData.HobList
- );
- //
- // Should never reach here.
- //
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- CpuDeadLoop();
-
- UNREACHABLE ();
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/Ppi/Ppi.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/Ppi/Ppi.c deleted file mode 100644 index db6eded6d6..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/Ppi/Ppi.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,646 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- EFI PEI Core PPI services
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "PeiMain.h"
-
-/**
-
- Initialize PPI services.
-
- @param PrivateData Pointer to the PEI Core data.
- @param OldCoreData Pointer to old PEI Core data.
- NULL if being run in non-permament memory mode.
-
-**/
-VOID
-InitializePpiServices (
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData,
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *OldCoreData
- )
-{
- if (OldCoreData == NULL) {
- PrivateData->PpiData.NotifyListEnd = PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxPpiSupported)-1;
- PrivateData->PpiData.DispatchListEnd = PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxPpiSupported)-1;
- PrivateData->PpiData.LastDispatchedNotify = PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxPpiSupported)-1;
- }
-}
-
-/**
-
- Migrate Single PPI Pointer from the temporary memory to PEI installed memory.
-
- @param PpiPointer Pointer to Ppi
- @param TempBottom Base of old temporary memory
- @param TempTop Top of old temporary memory
- @param Offset Offset of new memory to old temporary memory.
- @param OffsetPositive Positive flag of Offset value.
-
-**/
-VOID
-ConvertSinglePpiPointer (
- IN PEI_PPI_LIST_POINTERS *PpiPointer,
- IN UINTN TempBottom,
- IN UINTN TempTop,
- IN UINTN Offset,
- IN BOOLEAN OffsetPositive
- )
-{
- if (((UINTN)PpiPointer->Raw < TempTop) &&
- ((UINTN)PpiPointer->Raw >= TempBottom)) {
- //
- // Convert the pointer to the PPI descriptor from the old TempRam
- // to the relocated physical memory.
- //
- if (OffsetPositive) {
- PpiPointer->Raw = (VOID *) ((UINTN)PpiPointer->Raw + Offset);
- } else {
- PpiPointer->Raw = (VOID *) ((UINTN)PpiPointer->Raw - Offset);
- }
-
- //
- // Only when the PEIM descriptor is in the old TempRam should it be necessary
- // to try to convert the pointers in the PEIM descriptor
- //
-
- if (((UINTN)PpiPointer->Ppi->Guid < TempTop) &&
- ((UINTN)PpiPointer->Ppi->Guid >= TempBottom)) {
- //
- // Convert the pointer to the GUID in the PPI or NOTIFY descriptor
- // from the old TempRam to the relocated physical memory.
- //
- if (OffsetPositive) {
- PpiPointer->Ppi->Guid = (VOID *) ((UINTN)PpiPointer->Ppi->Guid + Offset);
- } else {
- PpiPointer->Ppi->Guid = (VOID *) ((UINTN)PpiPointer->Ppi->Guid - Offset);
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Convert the pointer to the PPI interface structure in the PPI descriptor
- // from the old TempRam to the relocated physical memory.
- //
- if ((UINTN)PpiPointer->Ppi->Ppi < TempTop &&
- (UINTN)PpiPointer->Ppi->Ppi >= TempBottom) {
- if (OffsetPositive) {
- PpiPointer->Ppi->Ppi = (VOID *) ((UINTN)PpiPointer->Ppi->Ppi + Offset);
- } else {
- PpiPointer->Ppi->Ppi = (VOID *) ((UINTN)PpiPointer->Ppi->Ppi - Offset);
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-/**
-
- Migrate PPI Pointers from the temporary memory stack to PEI installed memory.
-
- @param SecCoreData Points to a data structure containing SEC to PEI handoff data, such as the size
- and location of temporary RAM, the stack location and the BFV location.
- @param PrivateData Pointer to PeiCore's private data structure.
-
-**/
-VOID
-ConvertPpiPointers (
- IN CONST EFI_SEC_PEI_HAND_OFF *SecCoreData,
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData
- )
-{
- UINT8 Index;
- UINT8 IndexHole;
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxPpiSupported); Index++) {
- if (Index < PrivateData->PpiData.PpiListEnd || Index > PrivateData->PpiData.NotifyListEnd) {
- //
- // Convert PPI pointer in old Heap
- //
- ConvertSinglePpiPointer (
- &PrivateData->PpiData.PpiListPtrs[Index],
- (UINTN)SecCoreData->PeiTemporaryRamBase,
- (UINTN)SecCoreData->PeiTemporaryRamBase + SecCoreData->PeiTemporaryRamSize,
- PrivateData->HeapOffset,
- PrivateData->HeapOffsetPositive
- );
-
- //
- // Convert PPI pointer in old Stack
- //
- ConvertSinglePpiPointer (
- &PrivateData->PpiData.PpiListPtrs[Index],
- (UINTN)SecCoreData->StackBase,
- (UINTN)SecCoreData->StackBase + SecCoreData->StackSize,
- PrivateData->StackOffset,
- PrivateData->StackOffsetPositive
- );
-
- //
- // Convert PPI pointer in old TempRam Hole
- //
- for (IndexHole = 0; IndexHole < HOLE_MAX_NUMBER; IndexHole ++) {
- if (PrivateData->HoleData[IndexHole].Size == 0) {
- continue;
- }
-
- ConvertSinglePpiPointer (
- &PrivateData->PpiData.PpiListPtrs[Index],
- (UINTN)PrivateData->HoleData[IndexHole].Base,
- (UINTN)PrivateData->HoleData[IndexHole].Base + PrivateData->HoleData[IndexHole].Size,
- PrivateData->HoleData[IndexHole].Offset,
- PrivateData->HoleData[IndexHole].OffsetPositive
- );
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-/**
-
- This function installs an interface in the PEI PPI database by GUID.
- The purpose of the service is to publish an interface that other parties
- can use to call additional PEIMs.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param PpiList Pointer to a list of PEI PPI Descriptors.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS if all PPIs in PpiList are successfully installed.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER if PpiList is NULL pointer
- if any PPI in PpiList is not valid
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES if there is no more memory resource to install PPI
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiInstallPpi (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR *PpiList
- )
-{
- PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData;
- INTN Index;
- INTN LastCallbackInstall;
-
-
- if (PpiList == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- PrivateData = PEI_CORE_INSTANCE_FROM_PS_THIS(PeiServices);
-
- Index = PrivateData->PpiData.PpiListEnd;
- LastCallbackInstall = Index;
-
- //
- // This is loop installs all PPI descriptors in the PpiList. It is terminated
- // by the EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_TERMINATE_LIST being set in the last
- // EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR in the list.
- //
-
- for (;;) {
- //
- // Since PpiData is used for NotifyList and PpiList, max resource
- // is reached if the Install reaches the NotifyList
- // PcdPeiCoreMaxPpiSupported can be set to a larger value in DSC to satisfy more PPI requirement.
- //
- if (Index == PrivateData->PpiData.NotifyListEnd + 1) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- //
- // Check if it is a valid PPI.
- // If not, rollback list to exclude all in this list.
- // Try to indicate which item failed.
- //
- if ((PpiList->Flags & EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_PPI) == 0) {
- PrivateData->PpiData.PpiListEnd = LastCallbackInstall;
- DEBUG((EFI_D_ERROR, "ERROR -> InstallPpi: %g %p\n", PpiList->Guid, PpiList->Ppi));
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- DEBUG((EFI_D_INFO, "Install PPI: %g\n", PpiList->Guid));
- PrivateData->PpiData.PpiListPtrs[Index].Ppi = (EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR*) PpiList;
- PrivateData->PpiData.PpiListEnd++;
-
- //
- // Continue until the end of the PPI List.
- //
- if ((PpiList->Flags & EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_TERMINATE_LIST) ==
- EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_TERMINATE_LIST) {
- break;
- }
- PpiList++;
- Index++;
- }
-
- //
- // Dispatch any callback level notifies for newly installed PPIs.
- //
- DispatchNotify (
- PrivateData,
- EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_NOTIFY_CALLBACK,
- LastCallbackInstall,
- PrivateData->PpiData.PpiListEnd,
- PrivateData->PpiData.DispatchListEnd,
- PrivateData->PpiData.NotifyListEnd
- );
-
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
-
- This function reinstalls an interface in the PEI PPI database by GUID.
- The purpose of the service is to publish an interface that other parties can
- use to replace an interface of the same name in the protocol database with a
- different interface.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param OldPpi Pointer to the old PEI PPI Descriptors.
- @param NewPpi Pointer to the new PEI PPI Descriptors.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS if the operation was successful
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER if OldPpi or NewPpi is NULL
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER if NewPpi is not valid
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND if the PPI was not in the database
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiReInstallPpi (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR *OldPpi,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR *NewPpi
- )
-{
- PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData;
- INTN Index;
-
-
- if ((OldPpi == NULL) || (NewPpi == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if ((NewPpi->Flags & EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_PPI) == 0) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- PrivateData = PEI_CORE_INSTANCE_FROM_PS_THIS(PeiServices);
-
- //
- // Find the old PPI instance in the database. If we can not find it,
- // return the EFI_NOT_FOUND error.
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < PrivateData->PpiData.PpiListEnd; Index++) {
- if (OldPpi == PrivateData->PpiData.PpiListPtrs[Index].Ppi) {
- break;
- }
- }
- if (Index == PrivateData->PpiData.PpiListEnd) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- //
- // Remove the old PPI from the database, add the new one.
- //
- DEBUG((EFI_D_INFO, "Reinstall PPI: %g\n", NewPpi->Guid));
- ASSERT (Index < (INTN)(PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxPpiSupported)));
- PrivateData->PpiData.PpiListPtrs[Index].Ppi = (EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR *) NewPpi;
-
- //
- // Dispatch any callback level notifies for the newly installed PPI.
- //
- DispatchNotify (
- PrivateData,
- EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_NOTIFY_CALLBACK,
- Index,
- Index+1,
- PrivateData->PpiData.DispatchListEnd,
- PrivateData->PpiData.NotifyListEnd
- );
-
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
-
- Locate a given named PPI.
-
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param Guid Pointer to GUID of the PPI.
- @param Instance Instance Number to discover.
- @param PpiDescriptor Pointer to reference the found descriptor. If not NULL,
- returns a pointer to the descriptor (includes flags, etc)
- @param Ppi Pointer to reference the found PPI
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS if the PPI is in the database
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND if the PPI is not in the database
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiLocatePpi (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *Guid,
- IN UINTN Instance,
- IN OUT EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR **PpiDescriptor,
- IN OUT VOID **Ppi
- )
-{
- PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData;
- INTN Index;
- EFI_GUID *CheckGuid;
- EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR *TempPtr;
-
-
- PrivateData = PEI_CORE_INSTANCE_FROM_PS_THIS(PeiServices);
-
- //
- // Search the data base for the matching instance of the GUIDed PPI.
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < PrivateData->PpiData.PpiListEnd; Index++) {
- TempPtr = PrivateData->PpiData.PpiListPtrs[Index].Ppi;
- CheckGuid = TempPtr->Guid;
-
- //
- // Don't use CompareGuid function here for performance reasons.
- // Instead we compare the GUID as INT32 at a time and branch
- // on the first failed comparison.
- //
- if ((((INT32 *)Guid)[0] == ((INT32 *)CheckGuid)[0]) &&
- (((INT32 *)Guid)[1] == ((INT32 *)CheckGuid)[1]) &&
- (((INT32 *)Guid)[2] == ((INT32 *)CheckGuid)[2]) &&
- (((INT32 *)Guid)[3] == ((INT32 *)CheckGuid)[3])) {
- if (Instance == 0) {
-
- if (PpiDescriptor != NULL) {
- *PpiDescriptor = TempPtr;
- }
-
- if (Ppi != NULL) {
- *Ppi = TempPtr->Ppi;
- }
-
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- Instance--;
- }
- }
-
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-}
-
-/**
-
- This function installs a notification service to be called back when a given
- interface is installed or reinstalled. The purpose of the service is to publish
- an interface that other parties can use to call additional PPIs that may materialize later.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param NotifyList Pointer to list of Descriptors to notify upon.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS if successful
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES if no space in the database
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER if not a good decriptor
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiNotifyPpi (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_NOTIFY_DESCRIPTOR *NotifyList
- )
-{
- PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData;
- INTN Index;
- INTN NotifyIndex;
- INTN LastCallbackNotify;
- EFI_PEI_NOTIFY_DESCRIPTOR *NotifyPtr;
- UINTN NotifyDispatchCount;
-
-
- NotifyDispatchCount = 0;
-
- if (NotifyList == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- PrivateData = PEI_CORE_INSTANCE_FROM_PS_THIS(PeiServices);
-
- Index = PrivateData->PpiData.NotifyListEnd;
- LastCallbackNotify = Index;
-
- //
- // This is loop installs all Notify descriptors in the NotifyList. It is
- // terminated by the EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_TERMINATE_LIST being set in the last
- // EFI_PEI_NOTIFY_DESCRIPTOR in the list.
- //
-
- for (;;) {
- //
- // Since PpiData is used for NotifyList and InstallList, max resource
- // is reached if the Install reaches the PpiList
- // PcdPeiCoreMaxPpiSupported can be set to a larger value in DSC to satisfy more Notify PPIs requirement.
- //
- if (Index == PrivateData->PpiData.PpiListEnd - 1) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- //
- // If some of the PPI data is invalid restore original Notify PPI database value
- //
- if ((NotifyList->Flags & EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_NOTIFY_TYPES) == 0) {
- PrivateData->PpiData.NotifyListEnd = LastCallbackNotify;
- DEBUG((EFI_D_ERROR, "ERROR -> InstallNotify: %g %p\n", NotifyList->Guid, NotifyList->Notify));
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if ((NotifyList->Flags & EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_NOTIFY_DISPATCH) != 0) {
- NotifyDispatchCount ++;
- }
-
- PrivateData->PpiData.PpiListPtrs[Index].Notify = (EFI_PEI_NOTIFY_DESCRIPTOR *) NotifyList;
-
- PrivateData->PpiData.NotifyListEnd--;
- DEBUG((EFI_D_INFO, "Register PPI Notify: %g\n", NotifyList->Guid));
- if ((NotifyList->Flags & EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_TERMINATE_LIST) ==
- EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_TERMINATE_LIST) {
- break;
- }
- //
- // Go the next descriptor. Remember the NotifyList moves down.
- //
- NotifyList++;
- Index--;
- }
-
- //
- // If there is Dispatch Notify PPI installed put them on the bottom
- //
- if (NotifyDispatchCount > 0) {
- for (NotifyIndex = LastCallbackNotify; NotifyIndex > PrivateData->PpiData.NotifyListEnd; NotifyIndex--) {
- if ((PrivateData->PpiData.PpiListPtrs[NotifyIndex].Notify->Flags & EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_NOTIFY_DISPATCH) != 0) {
- NotifyPtr = PrivateData->PpiData.PpiListPtrs[NotifyIndex].Notify;
-
- for (Index = NotifyIndex; Index < PrivateData->PpiData.DispatchListEnd; Index++){
- PrivateData->PpiData.PpiListPtrs[Index].Notify = PrivateData->PpiData.PpiListPtrs[Index + 1].Notify;
- }
- PrivateData->PpiData.PpiListPtrs[Index].Notify = NotifyPtr;
- PrivateData->PpiData.DispatchListEnd--;
- }
- }
-
- LastCallbackNotify -= NotifyDispatchCount;
- }
-
- //
- // Dispatch any callback level notifies for all previously installed PPIs.
- //
- DispatchNotify (
- PrivateData,
- EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_NOTIFY_CALLBACK,
- 0,
- PrivateData->PpiData.PpiListEnd,
- LastCallbackNotify,
- PrivateData->PpiData.NotifyListEnd
- );
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
-
- Process the Notify List at dispatch level.
-
- @param PrivateData PeiCore's private data structure.
-
-**/
-VOID
-ProcessNotifyList (
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData
- )
-{
- INTN TempValue;
-
- while (TRUE) {
- //
- // Check if the PEIM that was just dispatched resulted in any
- // Notifies getting installed. If so, go process any dispatch
- // level Notifies that match the previouly installed PPIs.
- // Use "while" instead of "if" since DispatchNotify can modify
- // DispatchListEnd (with NotifyPpi) so we have to iterate until the same.
- //
- while (PrivateData->PpiData.LastDispatchedNotify != PrivateData->PpiData.DispatchListEnd) {
- TempValue = PrivateData->PpiData.DispatchListEnd;
- DispatchNotify (
- PrivateData,
- EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_NOTIFY_DISPATCH,
- 0,
- PrivateData->PpiData.LastDispatchedInstall,
- PrivateData->PpiData.LastDispatchedNotify,
- PrivateData->PpiData.DispatchListEnd
- );
- PrivateData->PpiData.LastDispatchedNotify = TempValue;
- }
-
-
- //
- // Check if the PEIM that was just dispatched resulted in any
- // PPIs getting installed. If so, go process any dispatch
- // level Notifies that match the installed PPIs.
- // Use "while" instead of "if" since DispatchNotify can modify
- // PpiListEnd (with InstallPpi) so we have to iterate until the same.
- //
- while (PrivateData->PpiData.LastDispatchedInstall != PrivateData->PpiData.PpiListEnd) {
- TempValue = PrivateData->PpiData.PpiListEnd;
- DispatchNotify (
- PrivateData,
- EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_NOTIFY_DISPATCH,
- PrivateData->PpiData.LastDispatchedInstall,
- PrivateData->PpiData.PpiListEnd,
- PcdGet32 (PcdPeiCoreMaxPpiSupported)-1,
- PrivateData->PpiData.DispatchListEnd
- );
- PrivateData->PpiData.LastDispatchedInstall = TempValue;
- }
-
- if (PrivateData->PpiData.LastDispatchedNotify == PrivateData->PpiData.DispatchListEnd) {
- break;
- }
- }
- return;
-}
-
-/**
-
- Dispatch notifications.
-
- @param PrivateData PeiCore's private data structure
- @param NotifyType Type of notify to fire.
- @param InstallStartIndex Install Beginning index.
- @param InstallStopIndex Install Ending index.
- @param NotifyStartIndex Notify Beginning index.
- @param NotifyStopIndex Notify Ending index.
-
-**/
-VOID
-DispatchNotify (
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData,
- IN UINTN NotifyType,
- IN INTN InstallStartIndex,
- IN INTN InstallStopIndex,
- IN INTN NotifyStartIndex,
- IN INTN NotifyStopIndex
- )
-{
- INTN Index1;
- INTN Index2;
- EFI_GUID *SearchGuid;
- EFI_GUID *CheckGuid;
- EFI_PEI_NOTIFY_DESCRIPTOR *NotifyDescriptor;
-
- //
- // Remember that Installs moves up and Notifies moves down.
- //
- for (Index1 = NotifyStartIndex; Index1 > NotifyStopIndex; Index1--) {
- NotifyDescriptor = PrivateData->PpiData.PpiListPtrs[Index1].Notify;
-
- CheckGuid = NotifyDescriptor->Guid;
-
- for (Index2 = InstallStartIndex; Index2 < InstallStopIndex; Index2++) {
- SearchGuid = PrivateData->PpiData.PpiListPtrs[Index2].Ppi->Guid;
- //
- // Don't use CompareGuid function here for performance reasons.
- // Instead we compare the GUID as INT32 at a time and branch
- // on the first failed comparison.
- //
- if ((((INT32 *)SearchGuid)[0] == ((INT32 *)CheckGuid)[0]) &&
- (((INT32 *)SearchGuid)[1] == ((INT32 *)CheckGuid)[1]) &&
- (((INT32 *)SearchGuid)[2] == ((INT32 *)CheckGuid)[2]) &&
- (((INT32 *)SearchGuid)[3] == ((INT32 *)CheckGuid)[3])) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "Notify: PPI Guid: %g, Peim notify entry point: %p\n",
- SearchGuid,
- NotifyDescriptor->Notify
- ));
- NotifyDescriptor->Notify (
- (EFI_PEI_SERVICES **) GetPeiServicesTablePointer (),
- NotifyDescriptor,
- (PrivateData->PpiData.PpiListPtrs[Index2].Ppi)->Ppi
- );
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/Reset/Reset.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/Reset/Reset.c deleted file mode 100644 index 2e9ac8215b..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/Reset/Reset.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,108 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Pei Core Reset System Support
-
-Copyright (c) 2006, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "PeiMain.h"
-
-/**
-
- Core version of the Reset System
-
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET PPI not available yet.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Did not reset system.
- Otherwise, resets the system.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiResetSystem (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_PEI_RESET_PPI *ResetPpi;
-
- Status = PeiServicesLocatePpi (
- &gEfiPeiResetPpiGuid,
- 0,
- NULL,
- (VOID **)&ResetPpi
- );
-
- //
- // LocatePpi returns EFI_NOT_FOUND on error
- //
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return ResetPpi->ResetSystem (PeiServices);
- }
- //
- // Report Status Code that Reset PPI is not available
- //
- REPORT_STATUS_CODE (
- EFI_ERROR_CODE | EFI_ERROR_MINOR,
- (EFI_SOFTWARE_PEI_CORE | EFI_SW_PS_EC_RESET_NOT_AVAILABLE)
- );
- return EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET;
-}
-
-/**
- Resets the entire platform.
-
- @param[in] ResetType The type of reset to perform.
- @param[in] ResetStatus The status code for the reset.
- @param[in] DataSize The size, in bytes, of WatchdogData.
- @param[in] ResetData For a ResetType of EfiResetCold, EfiResetWarm, or EfiResetShutdown
- the data buffer starts with a Null-terminated string, optionally
- followed by additional binary data. The string is a description
- that the caller may use to further indicate the reason for the
- system reset. ResetData is only valid if ResetStatus is something
- other than EFI_SUCCESS unless the ResetType is EfiResetPlatformSpecific
- where a minimum amount of ResetData is always required.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-PeiResetSystem2 (
- IN EFI_RESET_TYPE ResetType,
- IN EFI_STATUS ResetStatus,
- IN UINTN DataSize,
- IN VOID *ResetData OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_PEI_RESET2_PPI *Reset2Ppi;
-
- Status = PeiServicesLocatePpi (
- &gEfiPeiReset2PpiGuid,
- 0,
- NULL,
- (VOID **)&Reset2Ppi
- );
-
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Reset2Ppi->ResetSystem (ResetType, ResetStatus, DataSize, ResetData);
- return;
- }
-
- //
- // Report Status Code that Reset2 PPI is not available.
- //
- REPORT_STATUS_CODE (
- EFI_ERROR_CODE | EFI_ERROR_MINOR,
- (EFI_SOFTWARE_PEI_CORE | EFI_SW_PS_EC_RESET_NOT_AVAILABLE)
- );
-}
-
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/Security/Security.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/Security/Security.c deleted file mode 100644 index 763126057d..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/Security/Security.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,151 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- EFI PEI Core Security services
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "PeiMain.h"
-
-
-EFI_PEI_NOTIFY_DESCRIPTOR mNotifyList = {
- EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_NOTIFY_DISPATCH | EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_TERMINATE_LIST,
- &gEfiPeiSecurity2PpiGuid,
- SecurityPpiNotifyCallback
-};
-
-/**
- Initialize the security services.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param OldCoreData Pointer to the old core data.
- NULL if being run in non-permament memory mode.
-
-**/
-VOID
-InitializeSecurityServices (
- IN EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *OldCoreData
- )
-{
- if (OldCoreData == NULL) {
- PeiServicesNotifyPpi (&mNotifyList);
- }
- return;
-}
-
-/**
-
- Provide a callback for when the security PPI is installed.
- This routine will cache installed security PPI into PeiCore's private data.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param NotifyDescriptor The descriptor for the notification event.
- @param Ppi Pointer to the PPI in question.
-
- @return Always success
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SecurityPpiNotifyCallback (
- IN EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN EFI_PEI_NOTIFY_DESCRIPTOR *NotifyDescriptor,
- IN VOID *Ppi
- )
-{
- PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData;
-
- //
- // Get PEI Core private data
- //
- PrivateData = PEI_CORE_INSTANCE_FROM_PS_THIS (PeiServices);
-
- //
- // If there isn't a security PPI installed, use the one from notification
- //
- if (PrivateData->PrivateSecurityPpi == NULL) {
- PrivateData->PrivateSecurityPpi = (EFI_PEI_SECURITY2_PPI *)Ppi;
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Provide a callout to the security verification service.
-
- @param PrivateData PeiCore's private data structure
- @param VolumeHandle Handle of FV
- @param FileHandle Handle of PEIM's ffs
- @param AuthenticationStatus Authentication status
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Image is OK
- @retval EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION Image is illegal
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND If security PPI is not installed.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-VerifyPeim (
- IN PEI_CORE_INSTANCE *PrivateData,
- IN EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE VolumeHandle,
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle,
- IN UINT32 AuthenticationStatus
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- BOOLEAN DeferExection;
-
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- if (PrivateData->PrivateSecurityPpi == NULL) {
- //
- // Check AuthenticationStatus first.
- //
- if ((AuthenticationStatus & EFI_AUTH_STATUS_IMAGE_SIGNED) != 0) {
- if ((AuthenticationStatus & (EFI_AUTH_STATUS_TEST_FAILED | EFI_AUTH_STATUS_NOT_TESTED)) != 0) {
- Status = EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION;
- }
- }
- } else {
- //
- // Check to see if the image is OK
- //
- Status = PrivateData->PrivateSecurityPpi->AuthenticationState (
- (CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **) &PrivateData->Ps,
- PrivateData->PrivateSecurityPpi,
- AuthenticationStatus,
- VolumeHandle,
- FileHandle,
- &DeferExection
- );
- if (DeferExection) {
- Status = EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION;
- }
- }
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Verify a Firmware volume.
-
- @param CurrentFvAddress Pointer to the current Firmware Volume under consideration
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Firmware Volume is legal
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-VerifyFv (
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *CurrentFvAddress
- )
-{
- //
- // Right now just pass the test. Future can authenticate and/or check the
- // FV-header or other metric for goodness of binary.
- //
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/StatusCode/StatusCode.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/StatusCode/StatusCode.c deleted file mode 100644 index a7fb524ff4..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/Pei/StatusCode/StatusCode.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Pei Core Status Code Support
-
-Copyright (c) 2006, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "PeiMain.h"
-
-/**
-
- Core version of the Status Code reporter
-
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param CodeType Type of Status Code.
- @param Value Value to output for Status Code.
- @param Instance Instance Number of this status code.
- @param CallerId ID of the caller of this status code.
- @param Data Optional data associated with this status code.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS if status code is successfully reported
- @retval EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET if StatusCodePpi has not been installed
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiReportStatusCode (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE CodeType,
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
- IN UINT32 Instance,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *CallerId,
- IN CONST EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA *Data OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_PEI_PROGRESS_CODE_PPI *StatusCodePpi;
-
- //
- // Locate StatusCode Ppi.
- //
- Status = PeiServicesLocatePpi (
- &gEfiPeiStatusCodePpiGuid,
- 0,
- NULL,
- (VOID **)&StatusCodePpi
- );
-
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = StatusCodePpi->ReportStatusCode (
- PeiServices,
- CodeType,
- Value,
- Instance,
- CallerId,
- Data
- );
-
- return Status;
- }
-
- return EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET;
-}
-
-
-
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/Dependency.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/Dependency.c deleted file mode 100644 index deaf4b445e..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/Dependency.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,388 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- SMM Driver Dispatcher Dependency Evaluator
-
- This routine evaluates a dependency expression (DEPENDENCY_EXPRESSION) to determine
- if a driver can be scheduled for execution. The criteria for
- schedulability is that the dependency expression is satisfied.
-
- Copyright (c) 2009 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available
- under the terms and conditions of the BSD License which accompanies this
- distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "PiSmmCore.h"
-
-///
-/// EFI_DEP_REPLACE_TRUE - Used to dynamically patch the dependency expression
-/// to save time. A EFI_DEP_PUSH is evaluated one an
-/// replaced with EFI_DEP_REPLACE_TRUE. If PI spec's Vol 2
-/// Driver Execution Environment Core Interface use 0xff
-/// as new DEPEX opcode. EFI_DEP_REPLACE_TRUE should be
-/// defined to a new value that is not conflicting with PI spec.
-///
-#define EFI_DEP_REPLACE_TRUE 0xff
-
-///
-/// Define the initial size of the dependency expression evaluation stack
-///
-#define DEPEX_STACK_SIZE_INCREMENT 0x1000
-
-//
-// Global stack used to evaluate dependency expressions
-//
-BOOLEAN *mDepexEvaluationStack = NULL;
-BOOLEAN *mDepexEvaluationStackEnd = NULL;
-BOOLEAN *mDepexEvaluationStackPointer = NULL;
-
-/**
- Grow size of the Depex stack
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Stack successfully growed.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is not enough system memory to grow the stack.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GrowDepexStack (
- VOID
- )
-{
- BOOLEAN *NewStack;
- UINTN Size;
-
- Size = DEPEX_STACK_SIZE_INCREMENT;
- if (mDepexEvaluationStack != NULL) {
- Size = Size + (mDepexEvaluationStackEnd - mDepexEvaluationStack);
- }
-
- NewStack = AllocatePool (Size * sizeof (BOOLEAN));
- if (NewStack == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- if (mDepexEvaluationStack != NULL) {
- //
- // Copy to Old Stack to the New Stack
- //
- CopyMem (
- NewStack,
- mDepexEvaluationStack,
- (mDepexEvaluationStackEnd - mDepexEvaluationStack) * sizeof (BOOLEAN)
- );
-
- //
- // Free The Old Stack
- //
- FreePool (mDepexEvaluationStack);
- }
-
- //
- // Make the Stack pointer point to the old data in the new stack
- //
- mDepexEvaluationStackPointer = NewStack + (mDepexEvaluationStackPointer - mDepexEvaluationStack);
- mDepexEvaluationStack = NewStack;
- mDepexEvaluationStackEnd = NewStack + Size;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Push an element onto the Boolean Stack.
-
- @param Value BOOLEAN to push.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The value was pushed onto the stack.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is not enough system memory to grow the stack.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-PushBool (
- IN BOOLEAN Value
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- //
- // Check for a stack overflow condition
- //
- if (mDepexEvaluationStackPointer == mDepexEvaluationStackEnd) {
- //
- // Grow the stack
- //
- Status = GrowDepexStack ();
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Push the item onto the stack
- //
- *mDepexEvaluationStackPointer = Value;
- mDepexEvaluationStackPointer++;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Pop an element from the Boolean stack.
-
- @param Value BOOLEAN to pop.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The value was popped onto the stack.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED The pop operation underflowed the stack.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-PopBool (
- OUT BOOLEAN *Value
- )
-{
- //
- // Check for a stack underflow condition
- //
- if (mDepexEvaluationStackPointer == mDepexEvaluationStack) {
- return EFI_ACCESS_DENIED;
- }
-
- //
- // Pop the item off the stack
- //
- mDepexEvaluationStackPointer--;
- *Value = *mDepexEvaluationStackPointer;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- This is the POSTFIX version of the dependency evaluator. This code does
- not need to handle Before or After, as it is not valid to call this
- routine in this case. POSTFIX means all the math is done on top of the stack.
-
- @param DriverEntry DriverEntry element to update.
-
- @retval TRUE If driver is ready to run.
- @retval FALSE If driver is not ready to run or some fatal error
- was found.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-SmmIsSchedulable (
- IN EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY *DriverEntry
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT8 *Iterator;
- BOOLEAN Operator;
- BOOLEAN Operator2;
- EFI_GUID DriverGuid;
- VOID *Interface;
-
- Operator = FALSE;
- Operator2 = FALSE;
-
- if (DriverEntry->After || DriverEntry->Before) {
- //
- // If Before or After Depex skip as SmmInsertOnScheduledQueueWhileProcessingBeforeAndAfter ()
- // processes them.
- //
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, "Evaluate SMM DEPEX for FFS(%g)\n", &DriverEntry->FileName));
-
- if (DriverEntry->Depex == NULL) {
- //
- // A NULL Depex means that the SMM driver is not built correctly.
- // All SMM drivers must have a valid depex expressiion.
- //
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Depex is empty)\n"));
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- //
- // Clean out memory leaks in Depex Boolean stack. Leaks are only caused by
- // incorrectly formed DEPEX expressions
- //
- mDepexEvaluationStackPointer = mDepexEvaluationStack;
-
-
- Iterator = DriverEntry->Depex;
-
- while (TRUE) {
- //
- // Check to see if we are attempting to fetch dependency expression instructions
- // past the end of the dependency expression.
- //
- if (((UINTN)Iterator - (UINTN)DriverEntry->Depex) >= DriverEntry->DepexSize) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Attempt to fetch past end of depex)\n"));
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- //
- // Look at the opcode of the dependency expression instruction.
- //
- switch (*Iterator) {
- case EFI_DEP_BEFORE:
- case EFI_DEP_AFTER:
- //
- // For a well-formed Dependency Expression, the code should never get here.
- // The BEFORE and AFTER are processed prior to this routine's invocation.
- // If the code flow arrives at this point, there was a BEFORE or AFTER
- // that were not the first opcodes.
- //
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Unexpected BEFORE or AFTER opcode)\n"));
- ASSERT (FALSE);
-
- case EFI_DEP_PUSH:
- //
- // Push operator is followed by a GUID. Test to see if the GUID protocol
- // is installed and push the boolean result on the stack.
- //
- CopyMem (&DriverGuid, Iterator + 1, sizeof (EFI_GUID));
-
- Status = SmmLocateProtocol (&DriverGuid, NULL, &Interface);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // For SMM Driver, it may depend on uefi protocols
- //
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&DriverGuid, NULL, &Interface);
- }
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " PUSH GUID(%g) = FALSE\n", &DriverGuid));
- Status = PushBool (FALSE);
- } else {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " PUSH GUID(%g) = TRUE\n", &DriverGuid));
- *Iterator = EFI_DEP_REPLACE_TRUE;
- Status = PushBool (TRUE);
- }
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Unexpected error)\n"));
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- Iterator += sizeof (EFI_GUID);
- break;
-
- case EFI_DEP_AND:
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " AND\n"));
- Status = PopBool (&Operator);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Unexpected error)\n"));
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- Status = PopBool (&Operator2);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Unexpected error)\n"));
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- Status = PushBool ((BOOLEAN)(Operator && Operator2));
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Unexpected error)\n"));
- return FALSE;
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_DEP_OR:
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " OR\n"));
- Status = PopBool (&Operator);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Unexpected error)\n"));
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- Status = PopBool (&Operator2);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Unexpected error)\n"));
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- Status = PushBool ((BOOLEAN)(Operator || Operator2));
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Unexpected error)\n"));
- return FALSE;
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_DEP_NOT:
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " NOT\n"));
- Status = PopBool (&Operator);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Unexpected error)\n"));
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- Status = PushBool ((BOOLEAN)(!Operator));
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Unexpected error)\n"));
- return FALSE;
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_DEP_TRUE:
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " TRUE\n"));
- Status = PushBool (TRUE);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Unexpected error)\n"));
- return FALSE;
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_DEP_FALSE:
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " FALSE\n"));
- Status = PushBool (FALSE);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Unexpected error)\n"));
- return FALSE;
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_DEP_END:
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " END\n"));
- Status = PopBool (&Operator);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Unexpected error)\n"));
- return FALSE;
- }
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = %a\n", Operator ? "TRUE" : "FALSE"));
- return Operator;
-
- case EFI_DEP_REPLACE_TRUE:
- CopyMem (&DriverGuid, Iterator + 1, sizeof (EFI_GUID));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " PUSH GUID(%g) = TRUE\n", &DriverGuid));
- Status = PushBool (TRUE);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Unexpected error)\n"));
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- Iterator += sizeof (EFI_GUID);
- break;
-
- default:
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = FALSE (Unknown opcode)\n"));
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Skip over the Dependency Op Code we just processed in the switch.
- // The math is done out of order, but it should not matter. That is
- // we may add in the sizeof (EFI_GUID) before we account for the OP Code.
- // This is not an issue, since we just need the correct end result. You
- // need to be careful using Iterator in the loop as it's intermediate value
- // may be strange.
- //
- Iterator++;
- }
-
-Done:
- return FALSE;
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/Dispatcher.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/Dispatcher.c deleted file mode 100644 index b2a6822048..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/Dispatcher.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1504 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- SMM Driver Dispatcher.
-
- Step #1 - When a FV protocol is added to the system every driver in the FV
- is added to the mDiscoveredList. The Before, and After Depex are
- pre-processed as drivers are added to the mDiscoveredList. If an Apriori
- file exists in the FV those drivers are addeded to the
- mScheduledQueue. The mFvHandleList is used to make sure a
- FV is only processed once.
-
- Step #2 - Dispatch. Remove driver from the mScheduledQueue and load and
- start it. After mScheduledQueue is drained check the
- mDiscoveredList to see if any item has a Depex that is ready to
- be placed on the mScheduledQueue.
-
- Step #3 - Adding to the mScheduledQueue requires that you process Before
- and After dependencies. This is done recursively as the call to add
- to the mScheduledQueue checks for Before and recursively adds
- all Befores. It then addes the item that was passed in and then
- processess the After dependecies by recursively calling the routine.
-
- Dispatcher Rules:
- The rules for the dispatcher are similar to the DXE dispatcher.
-
- The rules for DXE dispatcher are in chapter 10 of the DXE CIS. Figure 10-3
- is the state diagram for the DXE dispatcher
-
- Depex - Dependency Expresion.
-
- Copyright (c) 2014, Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
- Copyright (c) 2009 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available
- under the terms and conditions of the BSD License which accompanies this
- distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "PiSmmCore.h"
-
-//
-// SMM Dispatcher Data structures
-//
-#define KNOWN_HANDLE_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32('k','n','o','w')
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- LIST_ENTRY Link; // mFvHandleList
- EFI_HANDLE Handle;
-} KNOWN_HANDLE;
-
-//
-// Function Prototypes
-//
-
-/**
- Insert InsertedDriverEntry onto the mScheduledQueue. To do this you
- must add any driver with a before dependency on InsertedDriverEntry first.
- You do this by recursively calling this routine. After all the Befores are
- processed you can add InsertedDriverEntry to the mScheduledQueue.
- Then you can add any driver with an After dependency on InsertedDriverEntry
- by recursively calling this routine.
-
- @param InsertedDriverEntry The driver to insert on the ScheduledLink Queue
-
-**/
-VOID
-SmmInsertOnScheduledQueueWhileProcessingBeforeAndAfter (
- IN EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY *InsertedDriverEntry
- );
-
-//
-// The Driver List contains one copy of every driver that has been discovered.
-// Items are never removed from the driver list. List of EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY
-//
-LIST_ENTRY mDiscoveredList = INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (mDiscoveredList);
-
-//
-// Queue of drivers that are ready to dispatch. This queue is a subset of the
-// mDiscoveredList.list of EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY.
-//
-LIST_ENTRY mScheduledQueue = INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (mScheduledQueue);
-
-//
-// List of handles who's Fv's have been parsed and added to the mFwDriverList.
-//
-LIST_ENTRY mFvHandleList = INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (mFvHandleList);
-
-//
-// Flag for the SMM Dispacher. TRUE if dispatcher is execuing.
-//
-BOOLEAN gDispatcherRunning = FALSE;
-
-//
-// Flag for the SMM Dispacher. TRUE if there is one or more SMM drivers ready to be dispatched
-//
-BOOLEAN gRequestDispatch = FALSE;
-
-//
-// List of file types supported by dispatcher
-//
-EFI_FV_FILETYPE mSmmFileTypes[] = {
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE_SMM,
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE_COMBINED_SMM_DXE,
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE_SMM_CORE,
- //
- // Note: DXE core will process the FV image file, so skip it in SMM core
- // EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_IMAGE
- //
-};
-
-typedef struct {
- MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH File;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL End;
-} FV_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH;
-
-FV_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH mFvDevicePath;
-
-//
-// DXE Architecture Protocols
-//
-EFI_SECURITY_ARCH_PROTOCOL *mSecurity = NULL;
-EFI_SECURITY2_ARCH_PROTOCOL *mSecurity2 = NULL;
-
-//
-// The global variable is defined for Loading modules at fixed address feature to track the SMM code
-// memory range usage. It is a bit mapped array in which every bit indicates the corresponding
-// memory page available or not.
-//
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED UINT64 *mSmmCodeMemoryRangeUsageBitMap=NULL;
-
-/**
- To check memory usage bit map array to figure out if the memory range in which the image will be loaded is available or not. If
- memory range is available, the function will mark the corresponding bits to 1 which indicates the memory range is used.
- The function is only invoked when load modules at fixed address feature is enabled.
-
- @param ImageBase The base address the image will be loaded at.
- @param ImageSize The size of the image
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The memory range the image will be loaded in is available
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The memory range the image will be loaded in is not available
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CheckAndMarkFixLoadingMemoryUsageBitMap (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ImageBase,
- IN UINTN ImageSize
- )
-{
- UINT32 SmmCodePageNumber;
- UINT64 SmmCodeSize;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS SmmCodeBase;
- UINTN BaseOffsetPageNumber;
- UINTN TopOffsetPageNumber;
- UINTN Index;
- //
- // Build tool will calculate the smm code size and then patch the PcdLoadFixAddressSmmCodePageNumber
- //
- SmmCodePageNumber = PcdGet32(PcdLoadFixAddressSmmCodePageNumber);
- SmmCodeSize = EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (SmmCodePageNumber);
- SmmCodeBase = gLoadModuleAtFixAddressSmramBase;
-
- //
- // If the memory usage bit map is not initialized, do it. Every bit in the array
- // indicate the status of the corresponding memory page, available or not
- //
- if (mSmmCodeMemoryRangeUsageBitMap == NULL) {
- mSmmCodeMemoryRangeUsageBitMap = AllocateZeroPool(((SmmCodePageNumber / 64) + 1)*sizeof(UINT64));
- }
- //
- // If the Dxe code memory range is not allocated or the bit map array allocation failed, return EFI_NOT_FOUND
- //
- if (mSmmCodeMemoryRangeUsageBitMap == NULL) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- //
- // see if the memory range for loading the image is in the SMM code range.
- //
- if (SmmCodeBase + SmmCodeSize < ImageBase + ImageSize || SmmCodeBase > ImageBase) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- //
- // Test if the memory is avalaible or not.
- //
- BaseOffsetPageNumber = EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES((UINT32)(ImageBase - SmmCodeBase));
- TopOffsetPageNumber = EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES((UINT32)(ImageBase + ImageSize - SmmCodeBase));
- for (Index = BaseOffsetPageNumber; Index < TopOffsetPageNumber; Index ++) {
- if ((mSmmCodeMemoryRangeUsageBitMap[Index / 64] & LShiftU64(1, (Index % 64))) != 0) {
- //
- // This page is already used.
- //
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Being here means the memory range is available. So mark the bits for the memory range
- //
- for (Index = BaseOffsetPageNumber; Index < TopOffsetPageNumber; Index ++) {
- mSmmCodeMemoryRangeUsageBitMap[Index / 64] |= LShiftU64(1, (Index % 64));
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-/**
- Get the fixed loading address from image header assigned by build tool. This function only be called
- when Loading module at Fixed address feature enabled.
-
- @param ImageContext Pointer to the image context structure that describes the PE/COFF
- image that needs to be examined by this function.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS An fixed loading address is assigned to this image by build tools .
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The image has no assigned fixed loading address.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GetPeCoffImageFixLoadingAssignedAddress(
- IN OUT PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT *ImageContext
- )
-{
- UINTN SectionHeaderOffset;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_IMAGE_SECTION_HEADER SectionHeader;
- EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_UNION *ImgHdr;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS FixLoadingAddress;
- UINT16 Index;
- UINTN Size;
- UINT16 NumberOfSections;
- UINT64 ValueInSectionHeader;
-
- FixLoadingAddress = 0;
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-
- //
- // Get PeHeader pointer
- //
- ImgHdr = (EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_UNION *)((CHAR8* )ImageContext->Handle + ImageContext->PeCoffHeaderOffset);
- SectionHeaderOffset = ImageContext->PeCoffHeaderOffset +
- sizeof (UINT32) +
- sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_FILE_HEADER) +
- ImgHdr->Pe32.FileHeader.SizeOfOptionalHeader;
- NumberOfSections = ImgHdr->Pe32.FileHeader.NumberOfSections;
-
- //
- // Get base address from the first section header that doesn't point to code section.
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < NumberOfSections; Index++) {
- //
- // Read section header from file
- //
- Size = sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_SECTION_HEADER);
- Status = ImageContext->ImageRead (
- ImageContext->Handle,
- SectionHeaderOffset,
- &Size,
- &SectionHeader
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-
- if ((SectionHeader.Characteristics & EFI_IMAGE_SCN_CNT_CODE) == 0) {
- //
- // Build tool will save the address in PointerToRelocations & PointerToLineNumbers fields in the first section header
- // that doesn't point to code section in image header.So there is an assumption that when the feature is enabled,
- // if a module with a loading address assigned by tools, the PointerToRelocations & PointerToLineNumbers fields
- // should not be Zero, or else, these 2 fields should be set to Zero
- //
- ValueInSectionHeader = ReadUnaligned64((UINT64*)&SectionHeader.PointerToRelocations);
- if (ValueInSectionHeader != 0) {
- //
- // Found first section header that doesn't point to code section in which build tool saves the
- // offset to SMRAM base as image base in PointerToRelocations & PointerToLineNumbers fields
- //
- FixLoadingAddress = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(gLoadModuleAtFixAddressSmramBase + (INT64)ValueInSectionHeader);
- //
- // Check if the memory range is available.
- //
- Status = CheckAndMarkFixLoadingMemoryUsageBitMap (FixLoadingAddress, (UINTN)(ImageContext->ImageSize + ImageContext->SectionAlignment));
- if (!EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- //
- // The assigned address is valid. Return the specified loading address
- //
- ImageContext->ImageAddress = FixLoadingAddress;
- }
- }
- break;
- }
- SectionHeaderOffset += sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_SECTION_HEADER);
- }
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO|EFI_D_LOAD, "LOADING MODULE FIXED INFO: Loading module at fixed address %x, Status = %r\n", FixLoadingAddress, Status));
- return Status;
-}
-/**
- Loads an EFI image into SMRAM.
-
- @param DriverEntry EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY instance
-
- @return EFI_STATUS
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmLoadImage (
- IN OUT EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY *DriverEntry
- )
-{
- UINT32 AuthenticationStatus;
- UINTN FilePathSize;
- VOID *Buffer;
- UINTN Size;
- UINTN PageCount;
- EFI_GUID *NameGuid;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_STATUS SecurityStatus;
- EFI_HANDLE DeviceHandle;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS DstBuffer;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FilePath;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *OriginalFilePath;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *HandleFilePath;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *Fv;
- PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT ImageContext;
- UINT64 Tick;
-
- Tick = 0;
- PERF_CODE (
- Tick = GetPerformanceCounter ();
- );
-
- Buffer = NULL;
- Size = 0;
- Fv = DriverEntry->Fv;
- NameGuid = &DriverEntry->FileName;
- FilePath = DriverEntry->FvFileDevicePath;
-
- OriginalFilePath = FilePath;
- HandleFilePath = FilePath;
- DeviceHandle = NULL;
- SecurityStatus = EFI_SUCCESS;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- AuthenticationStatus = 0;
-
- //
- // Try to get the image device handle by checking the match protocol.
- //
- Status = gBS->LocateDevicePath (&gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid, &HandleFilePath, &DeviceHandle);
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // If the Security2 and Security Architectural Protocol has not been located yet, then attempt to locate it
- //
- if (mSecurity2 == NULL) {
- gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiSecurity2ArchProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID**)&mSecurity2);
- }
- if (mSecurity == NULL) {
- gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiSecurityArchProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID**)&mSecurity);
- }
- //
- // When Security2 is installed, Security Architectural Protocol must be published.
- //
- ASSERT (mSecurity2 == NULL || mSecurity != NULL);
-
- //
- // Pull out just the file portion of the DevicePath for the LoadedImage FilePath
- //
- FilePath = OriginalFilePath;
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (DeviceHandle, &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid, (VOID **)&HandleFilePath);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FilePathSize = GetDevicePathSize (HandleFilePath) - sizeof(EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL);
- FilePath = (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) (((UINT8 *)FilePath) + FilePathSize );
- }
-
- //
- // Try reading PE32 section firstly
- //
- Status = Fv->ReadSection (
- Fv,
- NameGuid,
- EFI_SECTION_PE32,
- 0,
- &Buffer,
- &Size,
- &AuthenticationStatus
- );
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Try reading TE section secondly
- //
- Buffer = NULL;
- Size = 0;
- Status = Fv->ReadSection (
- Fv,
- NameGuid,
- EFI_SECTION_TE,
- 0,
- &Buffer,
- &Size,
- &AuthenticationStatus
- );
- }
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- if (Buffer != NULL) {
- gBS->FreePool (Buffer);
- }
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Verify File Authentication through the Security2 Architectural Protocol
- //
- if (mSecurity2 != NULL) {
- SecurityStatus = mSecurity2->FileAuthentication (
- mSecurity2,
- OriginalFilePath,
- Buffer,
- Size,
- FALSE
- );
- }
-
- //
- // Verify the Authentication Status through the Security Architectural Protocol
- // Only on images that have been read using Firmware Volume protocol.
- // All SMM images are from FV protocol.
- //
- if (!EFI_ERROR (SecurityStatus) && (mSecurity != NULL)) {
- SecurityStatus = mSecurity->FileAuthenticationState (
- mSecurity,
- AuthenticationStatus,
- OriginalFilePath
- );
- }
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (SecurityStatus) && SecurityStatus != EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION) {
- Status = SecurityStatus;
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Initialize ImageContext
- //
- ImageContext.Handle = Buffer;
- ImageContext.ImageRead = PeCoffLoaderImageReadFromMemory;
-
- //
- // Get information about the image being loaded
- //
- Status = PeCoffLoaderGetImageInfo (&ImageContext);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- if (Buffer != NULL) {
- gBS->FreePool (Buffer);
- }
- return Status;
- }
- //
- // if Loading module at Fixed Address feature is enabled, then cut out a memory range started from TESG BASE
- // to hold the Smm driver code
- //
- if (PcdGet64(PcdLoadModuleAtFixAddressEnable) != 0) {
- //
- // Get the fixed loading address assigned by Build tool
- //
- Status = GetPeCoffImageFixLoadingAssignedAddress (&ImageContext);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Since the memory range to load Smm core alreay been cut out, so no need to allocate and free this range
- // following statements is to bypass SmmFreePages
- //
- PageCount = 0;
- DstBuffer = (UINTN)gLoadModuleAtFixAddressSmramBase;
- } else {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO|EFI_D_LOAD, "LOADING MODULE FIXED ERROR: Failed to load module at fixed address. \n"));
- //
- // allocate the memory to load the SMM driver
- //
- PageCount = (UINTN)EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES((UINTN)ImageContext.ImageSize + ImageContext.SectionAlignment);
- DstBuffer = (UINTN)(-1);
-
- Status = SmmAllocatePages (
- AllocateMaxAddress,
- EfiRuntimeServicesCode,
- PageCount,
- &DstBuffer
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- if (Buffer != NULL) {
- gBS->FreePool (Buffer);
- }
- return Status;
- }
- ImageContext.ImageAddress = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)DstBuffer;
- }
- } else {
- PageCount = (UINTN)EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES((UINTN)ImageContext.ImageSize + ImageContext.SectionAlignment);
- DstBuffer = (UINTN)(-1);
-
- Status = SmmAllocatePages (
- AllocateMaxAddress,
- EfiRuntimeServicesCode,
- PageCount,
- &DstBuffer
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- if (Buffer != NULL) {
- gBS->FreePool (Buffer);
- }
- return Status;
- }
-
- ImageContext.ImageAddress = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)DstBuffer;
- }
- //
- // Align buffer on section boundary
- //
- ImageContext.ImageAddress += ImageContext.SectionAlignment - 1;
- ImageContext.ImageAddress &= ~((EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)ImageContext.SectionAlignment - 1);
-
- //
- // Load the image to our new buffer
- //
- Status = PeCoffLoaderLoadImage (&ImageContext);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- if (Buffer != NULL) {
- gBS->FreePool (Buffer);
- }
- SmmFreePages (DstBuffer, PageCount);
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Relocate the image in our new buffer
- //
- Status = PeCoffLoaderRelocateImage (&ImageContext);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- if (Buffer != NULL) {
- gBS->FreePool (Buffer);
- }
- SmmFreePages (DstBuffer, PageCount);
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Flush the instruction cache so the image data are written before we execute it
- //
- InvalidateInstructionCacheRange ((VOID *)(UINTN) ImageContext.ImageAddress, (UINTN) ImageContext.ImageSize);
-
- //
- // Save Image EntryPoint in DriverEntry
- //
- DriverEntry->ImageEntryPoint = ImageContext.EntryPoint;
- DriverEntry->ImageBuffer = DstBuffer;
- DriverEntry->NumberOfPage = PageCount;
-
- //
- // Allocate a Loaded Image Protocol in EfiBootServicesData
- //
- Status = gBS->AllocatePool (EfiBootServicesData, sizeof (EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL), (VOID **)&DriverEntry->LoadedImage);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- if (Buffer != NULL) {
- gBS->FreePool (Buffer);
- }
- SmmFreePages (DstBuffer, PageCount);
- return Status;
- }
-
- ZeroMem (DriverEntry->LoadedImage, sizeof (EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL));
- //
- // Fill in the remaining fields of the Loaded Image Protocol instance.
- // Note: ImageBase is an SMRAM address that can not be accessed outside of SMRAM if SMRAM window is closed.
- //
- DriverEntry->LoadedImage->Revision = EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL_REVISION;
- DriverEntry->LoadedImage->ParentHandle = gSmmCorePrivate->SmmIplImageHandle;
- DriverEntry->LoadedImage->SystemTable = gST;
- DriverEntry->LoadedImage->DeviceHandle = DeviceHandle;
-
- DriverEntry->SmmLoadedImage.Revision = EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL_REVISION;
- DriverEntry->SmmLoadedImage.ParentHandle = gSmmCorePrivate->SmmIplImageHandle;
- DriverEntry->SmmLoadedImage.SystemTable = gST;
- DriverEntry->SmmLoadedImage.DeviceHandle = DeviceHandle;
-
- //
- // Make an EfiBootServicesData buffer copy of FilePath
- //
- Status = gBS->AllocatePool (EfiBootServicesData, GetDevicePathSize (FilePath), (VOID **)&DriverEntry->LoadedImage->FilePath);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- if (Buffer != NULL) {
- gBS->FreePool (Buffer);
- }
- SmmFreePages (DstBuffer, PageCount);
- return Status;
- }
- CopyMem (DriverEntry->LoadedImage->FilePath, FilePath, GetDevicePathSize (FilePath));
-
- DriverEntry->LoadedImage->ImageBase = (VOID *)(UINTN)DriverEntry->ImageBuffer;
- DriverEntry->LoadedImage->ImageSize = ImageContext.ImageSize;
- DriverEntry->LoadedImage->ImageCodeType = EfiRuntimeServicesCode;
- DriverEntry->LoadedImage->ImageDataType = EfiRuntimeServicesData;
-
- //
- // Make a buffer copy of FilePath
- //
- Status = SmmAllocatePool (EfiRuntimeServicesData, GetDevicePathSize(FilePath), (VOID **)&DriverEntry->SmmLoadedImage.FilePath);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- if (Buffer != NULL) {
- gBS->FreePool (Buffer);
- }
- gBS->FreePool (DriverEntry->LoadedImage->FilePath);
- SmmFreePages (DstBuffer, PageCount);
- return Status;
- }
- CopyMem (DriverEntry->SmmLoadedImage.FilePath, FilePath, GetDevicePathSize(FilePath));
-
- DriverEntry->SmmLoadedImage.ImageBase = (VOID *)(UINTN)DriverEntry->ImageBuffer;
- DriverEntry->SmmLoadedImage.ImageSize = ImageContext.ImageSize;
- DriverEntry->SmmLoadedImage.ImageCodeType = EfiRuntimeServicesCode;
- DriverEntry->SmmLoadedImage.ImageDataType = EfiRuntimeServicesData;
-
- //
- // Create a new image handle in the UEFI handle database for the SMM Driver
- //
- DriverEntry->ImageHandle = NULL;
- Status = gBS->InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
- &DriverEntry->ImageHandle,
- &gEfiLoadedImageProtocolGuid, DriverEntry->LoadedImage,
- NULL
- );
-
- //
- // Create a new image handle in the SMM handle database for the SMM Driver
- //
- DriverEntry->SmmImageHandle = NULL;
- Status = SmmInstallProtocolInterface (
- &DriverEntry->SmmImageHandle,
- &gEfiLoadedImageProtocolGuid,
- EFI_NATIVE_INTERFACE,
- &DriverEntry->SmmLoadedImage
- );
-
- PERF_START (DriverEntry->ImageHandle, "LoadImage:", NULL, Tick);
- PERF_END (DriverEntry->ImageHandle, "LoadImage:", NULL, 0);
-
- //
- // Print the load address and the PDB file name if it is available
- //
-
- DEBUG_CODE_BEGIN ();
-
- UINTN Index;
- UINTN StartIndex;
- CHAR8 EfiFileName[256];
-
-
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO | DEBUG_LOAD,
- "Loading SMM driver at 0x%11p EntryPoint=0x%11p ",
- (VOID *)(UINTN) ImageContext.ImageAddress,
- FUNCTION_ENTRY_POINT (ImageContext.EntryPoint)));
-
-
- //
- // Print Module Name by Pdb file path.
- // Windows and Unix style file path are all trimmed correctly.
- //
- if (ImageContext.PdbPointer != NULL) {
- StartIndex = 0;
- for (Index = 0; ImageContext.PdbPointer[Index] != 0; Index++) {
- if ((ImageContext.PdbPointer[Index] == '\\') || (ImageContext.PdbPointer[Index] == '/')) {
- StartIndex = Index + 1;
- }
- }
- //
- // Copy the PDB file name to our temporary string, and replace .pdb with .efi
- // The PDB file name is limited in the range of 0~255.
- // If the length is bigger than 255, trim the redudant characters to avoid overflow in array boundary.
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < sizeof (EfiFileName) - 4; Index++) {
- EfiFileName[Index] = ImageContext.PdbPointer[Index + StartIndex];
- if (EfiFileName[Index] == 0) {
- EfiFileName[Index] = '.';
- }
- if (EfiFileName[Index] == '.') {
- EfiFileName[Index + 1] = 'e';
- EfiFileName[Index + 2] = 'f';
- EfiFileName[Index + 3] = 'i';
- EfiFileName[Index + 4] = 0;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (Index == sizeof (EfiFileName) - 4) {
- EfiFileName[Index] = 0;
- }
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO | DEBUG_LOAD, "%a", EfiFileName)); // &Image->ImageContext.PdbPointer[StartIndex]));
- }
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO | DEBUG_LOAD, "\n"));
-
- DEBUG_CODE_END ();
-
- //
- // Free buffer allocated by Fv->ReadSection.
- //
- // The UEFI Boot Services FreePool() function must be used because Fv->ReadSection
- // used the UEFI Boot Services AllocatePool() function
- //
- Status = gBS->FreePool(Buffer);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status) && EFI_ERROR (SecurityStatus)) {
- Status = SecurityStatus;
- }
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Preprocess dependency expression and update DriverEntry to reflect the
- state of Before and After dependencies. If DriverEntry->Before
- or DriverEntry->After is set it will never be cleared.
-
- @param DriverEntry DriverEntry element to update .
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS It always works.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-SmmPreProcessDepex (
- IN EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY *DriverEntry
- )
-{
- UINT8 *Iterator;
-
- Iterator = DriverEntry->Depex;
- DriverEntry->Dependent = TRUE;
-
- if (*Iterator == EFI_DEP_BEFORE) {
- DriverEntry->Before = TRUE;
- } else if (*Iterator == EFI_DEP_AFTER) {
- DriverEntry->After = TRUE;
- }
-
- if (DriverEntry->Before || DriverEntry->After) {
- CopyMem (&DriverEntry->BeforeAfterGuid, Iterator + 1, sizeof (EFI_GUID));
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Read Depex and pre-process the Depex for Before and After. If Section Extraction
- protocol returns an error via ReadSection defer the reading of the Depex.
-
- @param DriverEntry Driver to work on.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Depex read and preprossesed
- @retval EFI_PROTOCOL_ERROR The section extraction protocol returned an error
- and Depex reading needs to be retried.
- @retval Error DEPEX not found.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-SmmGetDepexSectionAndPreProccess (
- IN EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY *DriverEntry
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_SECTION_TYPE SectionType;
- UINT32 AuthenticationStatus;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *Fv;
-
- Fv = DriverEntry->Fv;
-
- //
- // Grab Depex info, it will never be free'ed.
- // (Note: DriverEntry->Depex is in DXE memory)
- //
- SectionType = EFI_SECTION_SMM_DEPEX;
- Status = Fv->ReadSection (
- DriverEntry->Fv,
- &DriverEntry->FileName,
- SectionType,
- 0,
- &DriverEntry->Depex,
- (UINTN *)&DriverEntry->DepexSize,
- &AuthenticationStatus
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- if (Status == EFI_PROTOCOL_ERROR) {
- //
- // The section extraction protocol failed so set protocol error flag
- //
- DriverEntry->DepexProtocolError = TRUE;
- } else {
- //
- // If no Depex assume depend on all architectural protocols
- //
- DriverEntry->Depex = NULL;
- DriverEntry->Dependent = TRUE;
- DriverEntry->DepexProtocolError = FALSE;
- }
- } else {
- //
- // Set Before and After state information based on Depex
- // Driver will be put in Dependent state
- //
- SmmPreProcessDepex (DriverEntry);
- DriverEntry->DepexProtocolError = FALSE;
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- This is the main Dispatcher for SMM and it exits when there are no more
- drivers to run. Drain the mScheduledQueue and load and start a PE
- image for each driver. Search the mDiscoveredList to see if any driver can
- be placed on the mScheduledQueue. If no drivers are placed on the
- mScheduledQueue exit the function.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS All of the SMM Drivers that could be dispatched
- have been run and the SMM Entry Point has been
- registered.
- @retval EFI_NOT_READY The SMM Driver that registered the SMM Entry Point
- was just dispatched.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND There are no SMM Drivers available to be dispatched.
- @retval EFI_ALREADY_STARTED The SMM Dispatcher is already running
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-SmmDispatcher (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY *DriverEntry;
- BOOLEAN ReadyToRun;
- BOOLEAN PreviousSmmEntryPointRegistered;
-
- if (!gRequestDispatch) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- if (gDispatcherRunning) {
- //
- // If the dispatcher is running don't let it be restarted.
- //
- return EFI_ALREADY_STARTED;
- }
-
- gDispatcherRunning = TRUE;
-
- do {
- //
- // Drain the Scheduled Queue
- //
- while (!IsListEmpty (&mScheduledQueue)) {
- DriverEntry = CR (
- mScheduledQueue.ForwardLink,
- EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY,
- ScheduledLink,
- EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY_SIGNATURE
- );
-
- //
- // Load the SMM Driver image into memory. If the Driver was transitioned from
- // Untrused to Scheduled it would have already been loaded so we may need to
- // skip the LoadImage
- //
- if (DriverEntry->ImageHandle == NULL) {
- Status = SmmLoadImage (DriverEntry);
-
- //
- // Update the driver state to reflect that it's been loaded
- //
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // The SMM Driver could not be loaded, and do not attempt to load or start it again.
- // Take driver from Scheduled to Initialized.
- //
- DriverEntry->Initialized = TRUE;
- DriverEntry->Scheduled = FALSE;
- RemoveEntryList (&DriverEntry->ScheduledLink);
-
- //
- // If it's an error don't try the StartImage
- //
- continue;
- }
- }
-
- DriverEntry->Scheduled = FALSE;
- DriverEntry->Initialized = TRUE;
- RemoveEntryList (&DriverEntry->ScheduledLink);
-
- REPORT_STATUS_CODE_WITH_EXTENDED_DATA (
- EFI_PROGRESS_CODE,
- EFI_SOFTWARE_SMM_DRIVER | EFI_SW_PC_INIT_BEGIN,
- &DriverEntry->ImageHandle,
- sizeof (DriverEntry->ImageHandle)
- );
-
- //
- // Cache state of SmmEntryPointRegistered before calling entry point
- //
- PreviousSmmEntryPointRegistered = gSmmCorePrivate->SmmEntryPointRegistered;
-
- //
- // For each SMM driver, pass NULL as ImageHandle
- //
- RegisterSmramProfileImage (DriverEntry, TRUE);
- PERF_START (DriverEntry->ImageHandle, "StartImage:", NULL, 0);
- Status = ((EFI_IMAGE_ENTRY_POINT)(UINTN)DriverEntry->ImageEntryPoint)(DriverEntry->ImageHandle, gST);
- PERF_END (DriverEntry->ImageHandle, "StartImage:", NULL, 0);
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)){
- UnregisterSmramProfileImage (DriverEntry, TRUE);
- SmmFreePages(DriverEntry->ImageBuffer, DriverEntry->NumberOfPage);
- //
- // Uninstall LoadedImage
- //
- Status = gBS->UninstallProtocolInterface (
- DriverEntry->ImageHandle,
- &gEfiLoadedImageProtocolGuid,
- DriverEntry->LoadedImage
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- if (DriverEntry->LoadedImage->FilePath != NULL) {
- gBS->FreePool (DriverEntry->LoadedImage->FilePath);
- }
- gBS->FreePool (DriverEntry->LoadedImage);
- }
- Status = SmmUninstallProtocolInterface (
- DriverEntry->SmmImageHandle,
- &gEfiLoadedImageProtocolGuid,
- &DriverEntry->SmmLoadedImage
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- if (DriverEntry->SmmLoadedImage.FilePath != NULL) {
- SmmFreePool (DriverEntry->SmmLoadedImage.FilePath);
- }
- }
- }
-
- REPORT_STATUS_CODE_WITH_EXTENDED_DATA (
- EFI_PROGRESS_CODE,
- EFI_SOFTWARE_SMM_DRIVER | EFI_SW_PC_INIT_END,
- &DriverEntry->ImageHandle,
- sizeof (DriverEntry->ImageHandle)
- );
-
- if (!PreviousSmmEntryPointRegistered && gSmmCorePrivate->SmmEntryPointRegistered) {
- //
- // Return immediately if the SMM Entry Point was registered by the SMM
- // Driver that was just dispatched. The SMM IPL will reinvoke the SMM
- // Core Dispatcher. This is required so SMM Mode may be enabled as soon
- // as all the dependent SMM Drivers for SMM Mode have been dispatched.
- // Once the SMM Entry Point has been registered, then SMM Mode will be
- // used.
- //
- gRequestDispatch = TRUE;
- gDispatcherRunning = FALSE;
- return EFI_NOT_READY;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Search DriverList for items to place on Scheduled Queue
- //
- ReadyToRun = FALSE;
- for (Link = mDiscoveredList.ForwardLink; Link != &mDiscoveredList; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- DriverEntry = CR (Link, EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY, Link, EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY_SIGNATURE);
-
- if (DriverEntry->DepexProtocolError){
- //
- // If Section Extraction Protocol did not let the Depex be read before retry the read
- //
- Status = SmmGetDepexSectionAndPreProccess (DriverEntry);
- }
-
- if (DriverEntry->Dependent) {
- if (SmmIsSchedulable (DriverEntry)) {
- SmmInsertOnScheduledQueueWhileProcessingBeforeAndAfter (DriverEntry);
- ReadyToRun = TRUE;
- }
- }
- }
- } while (ReadyToRun);
-
- //
- // If there is no more SMM driver to dispatch, stop the dispatch request
- //
- gRequestDispatch = FALSE;
- for (Link = mDiscoveredList.ForwardLink; Link != &mDiscoveredList; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- DriverEntry = CR (Link, EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY, Link, EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY_SIGNATURE);
-
- if (!DriverEntry->Initialized){
- //
- // We have SMM driver pending to dispatch
- //
- gRequestDispatch = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- gDispatcherRunning = FALSE;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Insert InsertedDriverEntry onto the mScheduledQueue. To do this you
- must add any driver with a before dependency on InsertedDriverEntry first.
- You do this by recursively calling this routine. After all the Befores are
- processed you can add InsertedDriverEntry to the mScheduledQueue.
- Then you can add any driver with an After dependency on InsertedDriverEntry
- by recursively calling this routine.
-
- @param InsertedDriverEntry The driver to insert on the ScheduledLink Queue
-
-**/
-VOID
-SmmInsertOnScheduledQueueWhileProcessingBeforeAndAfter (
- IN EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY *InsertedDriverEntry
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY *DriverEntry;
-
- //
- // Process Before Dependency
- //
- for (Link = mDiscoveredList.ForwardLink; Link != &mDiscoveredList; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- DriverEntry = CR(Link, EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY, Link, EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY_SIGNATURE);
- if (DriverEntry->Before && DriverEntry->Dependent && DriverEntry != InsertedDriverEntry) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, "Evaluate SMM DEPEX for FFS(%g)\n", &DriverEntry->FileName));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " BEFORE FFS(%g) = ", &DriverEntry->BeforeAfterGuid));
- if (CompareGuid (&InsertedDriverEntry->FileName, &DriverEntry->BeforeAfterGuid)) {
- //
- // Recursively process BEFORE
- //
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, "TRUE\n END\n RESULT = TRUE\n"));
- SmmInsertOnScheduledQueueWhileProcessingBeforeAndAfter (DriverEntry);
- } else {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, "FALSE\n END\n RESULT = FALSE\n"));
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Convert driver from Dependent to Scheduled state
- //
-
- InsertedDriverEntry->Dependent = FALSE;
- InsertedDriverEntry->Scheduled = TRUE;
- InsertTailList (&mScheduledQueue, &InsertedDriverEntry->ScheduledLink);
-
-
- //
- // Process After Dependency
- //
- for (Link = mDiscoveredList.ForwardLink; Link != &mDiscoveredList; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- DriverEntry = CR(Link, EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY, Link, EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY_SIGNATURE);
- if (DriverEntry->After && DriverEntry->Dependent && DriverEntry != InsertedDriverEntry) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, "Evaluate SMM DEPEX for FFS(%g)\n", &DriverEntry->FileName));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " AFTER FFS(%g) = ", &DriverEntry->BeforeAfterGuid));
- if (CompareGuid (&InsertedDriverEntry->FileName, &DriverEntry->BeforeAfterGuid)) {
- //
- // Recursively process AFTER
- //
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, "TRUE\n END\n RESULT = TRUE\n"));
- SmmInsertOnScheduledQueueWhileProcessingBeforeAndAfter (DriverEntry);
- } else {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, "FALSE\n END\n RESULT = FALSE\n"));
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Return TRUE if the Fv has been processed, FALSE if not.
-
- @param FvHandle The handle of a FV that's being tested
-
- @retval TRUE Fv protocol on FvHandle has been processed
- @retval FALSE Fv protocol on FvHandle has not yet been
- processed
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-FvHasBeenProcessed (
- IN EFI_HANDLE FvHandle
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- KNOWN_HANDLE *KnownHandle;
-
- for (Link = mFvHandleList.ForwardLink; Link != &mFvHandleList; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- KnownHandle = CR(Link, KNOWN_HANDLE, Link, KNOWN_HANDLE_SIGNATURE);
- if (KnownHandle->Handle == FvHandle) {
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/**
- Remember that Fv protocol on FvHandle has had it's drivers placed on the
- mDiscoveredList. This fucntion adds entries on the mFvHandleList. Items are
- never removed/freed from the mFvHandleList.
-
- @param FvHandle The handle of a FV that has been processed
-
-**/
-VOID
-FvIsBeingProcesssed (
- IN EFI_HANDLE FvHandle
- )
-{
- KNOWN_HANDLE *KnownHandle;
-
- KnownHandle = AllocatePool (sizeof (KNOWN_HANDLE));
- ASSERT (KnownHandle != NULL);
-
- KnownHandle->Signature = KNOWN_HANDLE_SIGNATURE;
- KnownHandle->Handle = FvHandle;
- InsertTailList (&mFvHandleList, &KnownHandle->Link);
-}
-
-/**
- Convert FvHandle and DriverName into an EFI device path
-
- @param Fv Fv protocol, needed to read Depex info out of
- FLASH.
- @param FvHandle Handle for Fv, needed in the
- EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY so that the PE image can be
- read out of the FV at a later time.
- @param DriverName Name of driver to add to mDiscoveredList.
-
- @return Pointer to device path constructed from FvHandle and DriverName
-
-**/
-EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *
-SmmFvToDevicePath (
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *Fv,
- IN EFI_HANDLE FvHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *DriverName
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FvDevicePath;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FileNameDevicePath;
-
- //
- // Remember the device path of the FV
- //
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (FvHandle, &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid, (VOID **)&FvDevicePath);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FileNameDevicePath = NULL;
- } else {
- //
- // Build a device path to the file in the FV to pass into gBS->LoadImage
- //
- EfiInitializeFwVolDevicepathNode (&mFvDevicePath.File, DriverName);
- SetDevicePathEndNode (&mFvDevicePath.End);
-
- //
- // Note: FileNameDevicePath is in DXE memory
- //
- FileNameDevicePath = AppendDevicePath (
- FvDevicePath,
- (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *)&mFvDevicePath
- );
- }
- return FileNameDevicePath;
-}
-
-/**
- Add an entry to the mDiscoveredList. Allocate memory to store the DriverEntry,
- and initilize any state variables. Read the Depex from the FV and store it
- in DriverEntry. Pre-process the Depex to set the Before and After state.
- The Discovered list is never free'ed and contains booleans that represent the
- other possible SMM driver states.
-
- @param Fv Fv protocol, needed to read Depex info out of
- FLASH.
- @param FvHandle Handle for Fv, needed in the
- EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY so that the PE image can be
- read out of the FV at a later time.
- @param DriverName Name of driver to add to mDiscoveredList.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS If driver was added to the mDiscoveredList.
- @retval EFI_ALREADY_STARTED The driver has already been started. Only one
- DriverName may be active in the system at any one
- time.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-SmmAddToDriverList (
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *Fv,
- IN EFI_HANDLE FvHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *DriverName
- )
-{
- EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY *DriverEntry;
-
- //
- // Create the Driver Entry for the list. ZeroPool initializes lots of variables to
- // NULL or FALSE.
- //
- DriverEntry = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY));
- ASSERT (DriverEntry != NULL);
-
- DriverEntry->Signature = EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY_SIGNATURE;
- CopyGuid (&DriverEntry->FileName, DriverName);
- DriverEntry->FvHandle = FvHandle;
- DriverEntry->Fv = Fv;
- DriverEntry->FvFileDevicePath = SmmFvToDevicePath (Fv, FvHandle, DriverName);
-
- SmmGetDepexSectionAndPreProccess (DriverEntry);
-
- InsertTailList (&mDiscoveredList, &DriverEntry->Link);
- gRequestDispatch = TRUE;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- This function is the main entry point for an SMM handler dispatch
- or communicate-based callback.
-
- Event notification that is fired every time a FV dispatch protocol is added.
- More than one protocol may have been added when this event is fired, so you
- must loop on SmmLocateHandle () to see how many protocols were added and
- do the following to each FV:
- If the Fv has already been processed, skip it. If the Fv has not been
- processed then mark it as being processed, as we are about to process it.
- Read the Fv and add any driver in the Fv to the mDiscoveredList.The
- mDiscoveredList is never free'ed and contains variables that define
- the other states the SMM driver transitions to..
- While you are at it read the A Priori file into memory.
- Place drivers in the A Priori list onto the mScheduledQueue.
-
- @param DispatchHandle The unique handle assigned to this handler by SmiHandlerRegister().
- @param Context Points to an optional handler context which was specified when the handler was registered.
- @param CommBuffer A pointer to a collection of data in memory that will
- be conveyed from a non-SMM environment into an SMM environment.
- @param CommBufferSize The size of the CommBuffer.
-
- @return Status Code
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmDriverDispatchHandler (
- IN EFI_HANDLE DispatchHandle,
- IN CONST VOID *Context, OPTIONAL
- IN OUT VOID *CommBuffer, OPTIONAL
- IN OUT UINTN *CommBufferSize OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN HandleCount;
- EFI_HANDLE *HandleBuffer;
- EFI_STATUS GetNextFileStatus;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *Fv;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FvDevicePath;
- EFI_HANDLE FvHandle;
- EFI_GUID NameGuid;
- UINTN Key;
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE Type;
- EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES Attributes;
- UINTN Size;
- EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY *DriverEntry;
- EFI_GUID *AprioriFile;
- UINTN AprioriEntryCount;
- UINTN HandleIndex;
- UINTN SmmTypeIndex;
- UINTN AprioriIndex;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- UINT32 AuthenticationStatus;
- UINTN SizeOfBuffer;
-
- HandleBuffer = NULL;
- Status = gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (
- ByProtocol,
- &gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- &HandleCount,
- &HandleBuffer
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- for (HandleIndex = 0; HandleIndex < HandleCount; HandleIndex++) {
- FvHandle = HandleBuffer[HandleIndex];
-
- if (FvHasBeenProcessed (FvHandle)) {
- //
- // This Fv has already been processed so lets skip it!
- //
- continue;
- }
-
- //
- // Since we are about to process this Fv mark it as processed.
- //
- FvIsBeingProcesssed (FvHandle);
-
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (FvHandle, &gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid, (VOID **)&Fv);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // FvHandle must have a Firmware Volume2 Protocol thus we should never get here.
- //
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- continue;
- }
-
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (FvHandle, &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid, (VOID **)&FvDevicePath);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // The Firmware volume doesn't have device path, can't be dispatched.
- //
- continue;
- }
-
- //
- // Discover Drivers in FV and add them to the Discovered Driver List.
- // Process EFI_FV_FILETYPE_SMM type and then EFI_FV_FILETYPE_COMBINED_SMM_DXE
- // EFI_FV_FILETYPE_SMM_CORE is processed to produce a Loaded Image protocol for the core
- //
- for (SmmTypeIndex = 0; SmmTypeIndex < sizeof (mSmmFileTypes)/sizeof (EFI_FV_FILETYPE); SmmTypeIndex++) {
- //
- // Initialize the search key
- //
- Key = 0;
- do {
- Type = mSmmFileTypes[SmmTypeIndex];
- GetNextFileStatus = Fv->GetNextFile (
- Fv,
- &Key,
- &Type,
- &NameGuid,
- &Attributes,
- &Size
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (GetNextFileStatus)) {
- if (Type == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_SMM_CORE) {
- //
- // If this is the SMM core fill in it's DevicePath & DeviceHandle
- //
- if (mSmmCoreLoadedImage->FilePath == NULL) {
- //
- // Maybe one special FV contains only one SMM_CORE module, so its device path must
- // be initialized completely.
- //
- EfiInitializeFwVolDevicepathNode (&mFvDevicePath.File, &NameGuid);
- SetDevicePathEndNode (&mFvDevicePath.End);
-
- //
- // Make an EfiBootServicesData buffer copy of FilePath
- //
- Status = gBS->AllocatePool (
- EfiBootServicesData,
- GetDevicePathSize ((EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *)&mFvDevicePath),
- (VOID **)&mSmmCoreLoadedImage->FilePath
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- CopyMem (mSmmCoreLoadedImage->FilePath, &mFvDevicePath, GetDevicePathSize ((EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *)&mFvDevicePath));
-
- mSmmCoreLoadedImage->DeviceHandle = FvHandle;
- }
- if (mSmmCoreDriverEntry->SmmLoadedImage.FilePath == NULL) {
- //
- // Maybe one special FV contains only one SMM_CORE module, so its device path must
- // be initialized completely.
- //
- EfiInitializeFwVolDevicepathNode (&mFvDevicePath.File, &NameGuid);
- SetDevicePathEndNode (&mFvDevicePath.End);
-
- //
- // Make a buffer copy FilePath
- //
- Status = SmmAllocatePool (
- EfiRuntimeServicesData,
- GetDevicePathSize ((EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *)&mFvDevicePath),
- (VOID **)&mSmmCoreDriverEntry->SmmLoadedImage.FilePath
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- CopyMem (mSmmCoreDriverEntry->SmmLoadedImage.FilePath, &mFvDevicePath, GetDevicePathSize((EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *)&mFvDevicePath));
-
- mSmmCoreDriverEntry->SmmLoadedImage.DeviceHandle = FvHandle;
- }
- } else {
- SmmAddToDriverList (Fv, FvHandle, &NameGuid);
- }
- }
- } while (!EFI_ERROR (GetNextFileStatus));
- }
-
- //
- // Read the array of GUIDs from the Apriori file if it is present in the firmware volume
- // (Note: AprioriFile is in DXE memory)
- //
- AprioriFile = NULL;
- Status = Fv->ReadSection (
- Fv,
- &gAprioriGuid,
- EFI_SECTION_RAW,
- 0,
- (VOID **)&AprioriFile,
- &SizeOfBuffer,
- &AuthenticationStatus
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- AprioriEntryCount = SizeOfBuffer / sizeof (EFI_GUID);
- } else {
- AprioriEntryCount = 0;
- }
-
- //
- // Put drivers on Apriori List on the Scheduled queue. The Discovered List includes
- // drivers not in the current FV and these must be skipped since the a priori list
- // is only valid for the FV that it resided in.
- //
-
- for (AprioriIndex = 0; AprioriIndex < AprioriEntryCount; AprioriIndex++) {
- for (Link = mDiscoveredList.ForwardLink; Link != &mDiscoveredList; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- DriverEntry = CR(Link, EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY, Link, EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY_SIGNATURE);
- if (CompareGuid (&DriverEntry->FileName, &AprioriFile[AprioriIndex]) &&
- (FvHandle == DriverEntry->FvHandle)) {
- DriverEntry->Dependent = FALSE;
- DriverEntry->Scheduled = TRUE;
- InsertTailList (&mScheduledQueue, &DriverEntry->ScheduledLink);
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, "Evaluate SMM DEPEX for FFS(%g)\n", &DriverEntry->FileName));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_DISPATCH, " RESULT = TRUE (Apriori)\n"));
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Free data allocated by Fv->ReadSection ()
- //
- // The UEFI Boot Services FreePool() function must be used because Fv->ReadSection
- // used the UEFI Boot Services AllocatePool() function
- //
- gBS->FreePool (AprioriFile);
- }
-
- //
- // Execute the SMM Dispatcher on any newly discovered FVs and previously
- // discovered SMM drivers that have been discovered but not dispatched.
- //
- Status = SmmDispatcher ();
-
- //
- // Check to see if CommBuffer and CommBufferSize are valid
- //
- if (CommBuffer != NULL && CommBufferSize != NULL) {
- if (*CommBufferSize > 0) {
- if (Status == EFI_NOT_READY) {
- //
- // If a the SMM Core Entry Point was just registered, then set flag to
- // request the SMM Dispatcher to be restarted.
- //
- *(UINT8 *)CommBuffer = COMM_BUFFER_SMM_DISPATCH_RESTART;
- } else if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Set the flag to show that the SMM Dispatcher executed without errors
- //
- *(UINT8 *)CommBuffer = COMM_BUFFER_SMM_DISPATCH_SUCCESS;
- } else {
- //
- // Set the flag to show that the SMM Dispatcher encountered an error
- //
- *(UINT8 *)CommBuffer = COMM_BUFFER_SMM_DISPATCH_ERROR;
- }
- }
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Traverse the discovered list for any drivers that were discovered but not loaded
- because the dependency experessions evaluated to false.
-
-**/
-VOID
-SmmDisplayDiscoveredNotDispatched (
- VOID
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY *DriverEntry;
-
- for (Link = mDiscoveredList.ForwardLink;Link !=&mDiscoveredList; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- DriverEntry = CR(Link, EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY, Link, EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY_SIGNATURE);
- if (DriverEntry->Dependent) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_LOAD, "SMM Driver %g was discovered but not loaded!!\n", &DriverEntry->FileName));
- }
- }
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/Handle.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/Handle.c deleted file mode 100644 index 9cedb2aeb5..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/Handle.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,532 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- SMM handle & protocol handling.
-
- Copyright (c) 2009 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available
- under the terms and conditions of the BSD License which accompanies this
- distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "PiSmmCore.h"
-
-//
-// mProtocolDatabase - A list of all protocols in the system. (simple list for now)
-// gHandleList - A list of all the handles in the system
-//
-LIST_ENTRY mProtocolDatabase = INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (mProtocolDatabase);
-LIST_ENTRY gHandleList = INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (gHandleList);
-
-/**
- Check whether a handle is a valid EFI_HANDLE
-
- @param UserHandle The handle to check
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The handle is NULL or not a valid EFI_HANDLE.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The handle is valid EFI_HANDLE.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-SmmValidateHandle (
- IN EFI_HANDLE UserHandle
- )
-{
- IHANDLE *Handle;
-
- Handle = (IHANDLE *)UserHandle;
- if (Handle == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- if (Handle->Signature != EFI_HANDLE_SIGNATURE) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Finds the protocol entry for the requested protocol.
-
- @param Protocol The ID of the protocol
- @param Create Create a new entry if not found
-
- @return Protocol entry
-
-**/
-PROTOCOL_ENTRY *
-SmmFindProtocolEntry (
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN BOOLEAN Create
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- PROTOCOL_ENTRY *Item;
- PROTOCOL_ENTRY *ProtEntry;
-
- //
- // Search the database for the matching GUID
- //
-
- ProtEntry = NULL;
- for (Link = mProtocolDatabase.ForwardLink;
- Link != &mProtocolDatabase;
- Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
-
- Item = CR(Link, PROTOCOL_ENTRY, AllEntries, PROTOCOL_ENTRY_SIGNATURE);
- if (CompareGuid (&Item->ProtocolID, Protocol)) {
- //
- // This is the protocol entry
- //
- ProtEntry = Item;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // If the protocol entry was not found and Create is TRUE, then
- // allocate a new entry
- //
- if ((ProtEntry == NULL) && Create) {
- ProtEntry = AllocatePool (sizeof(PROTOCOL_ENTRY));
- if (ProtEntry != NULL) {
- //
- // Initialize new protocol entry structure
- //
- ProtEntry->Signature = PROTOCOL_ENTRY_SIGNATURE;
- CopyGuid ((VOID *)&ProtEntry->ProtocolID, Protocol);
- InitializeListHead (&ProtEntry->Protocols);
- InitializeListHead (&ProtEntry->Notify);
-
- //
- // Add it to protocol database
- //
- InsertTailList (&mProtocolDatabase, &ProtEntry->AllEntries);
- }
- }
- return ProtEntry;
-}
-
-/**
- Finds the protocol instance for the requested handle and protocol.
- Note: This function doesn't do parameters checking, it's caller's responsibility
- to pass in valid parameters.
-
- @param Handle The handle to search the protocol on
- @param Protocol GUID of the protocol
- @param Interface The interface for the protocol being searched
-
- @return Protocol instance (NULL: Not found)
-
-**/
-PROTOCOL_INTERFACE *
-SmmFindProtocolInterface (
- IN IHANDLE *Handle,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN VOID *Interface
- )
-{
- PROTOCOL_INTERFACE *Prot;
- PROTOCOL_ENTRY *ProtEntry;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
-
- Prot = NULL;
-
- //
- // Lookup the protocol entry for this protocol ID
- //
- ProtEntry = SmmFindProtocolEntry (Protocol, FALSE);
- if (ProtEntry != NULL) {
- //
- // Look at each protocol interface for any matches
- //
- for (Link = Handle->Protocols.ForwardLink; Link != &Handle->Protocols; Link=Link->ForwardLink) {
- //
- // If this protocol interface matches, remove it
- //
- Prot = CR(Link, PROTOCOL_INTERFACE, Link, PROTOCOL_INTERFACE_SIGNATURE);
- if (Prot->Interface == Interface && Prot->Protocol == ProtEntry) {
- break;
- }
- Prot = NULL;
- }
- }
- return Prot;
-}
-
-/**
- Wrapper function to SmmInstallProtocolInterfaceNotify. This is the public API which
- Calls the private one which contains a BOOLEAN parameter for notifications
-
- @param UserHandle The handle to install the protocol handler on,
- or NULL if a new handle is to be allocated
- @param Protocol The protocol to add to the handle
- @param InterfaceType Indicates whether Interface is supplied in
- native form.
- @param Interface The interface for the protocol being added
-
- @return Status code
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmInstallProtocolInterface (
- IN OUT EFI_HANDLE *UserHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN EFI_INTERFACE_TYPE InterfaceType,
- IN VOID *Interface
- )
-{
- return SmmInstallProtocolInterfaceNotify (
- UserHandle,
- Protocol,
- InterfaceType,
- Interface,
- TRUE
- );
-}
-
-/**
- Installs a protocol interface into the boot services environment.
-
- @param UserHandle The handle to install the protocol handler on,
- or NULL if a new handle is to be allocated
- @param Protocol The protocol to add to the handle
- @param InterfaceType Indicates whether Interface is supplied in
- native form.
- @param Interface The interface for the protocol being added
- @param Notify indicates whether notify the notification list
- for this protocol
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough buffer to allocate
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Protocol interface successfully installed
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-SmmInstallProtocolInterfaceNotify (
- IN OUT EFI_HANDLE *UserHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN EFI_INTERFACE_TYPE InterfaceType,
- IN VOID *Interface,
- IN BOOLEAN Notify
- )
-{
- PROTOCOL_INTERFACE *Prot;
- PROTOCOL_ENTRY *ProtEntry;
- IHANDLE *Handle;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- VOID *ExistingInterface;
-
- //
- // returns EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER if InterfaceType is invalid.
- // Also added check for invalid UserHandle and Protocol pointers.
- //
- if (UserHandle == NULL || Protocol == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (InterfaceType != EFI_NATIVE_INTERFACE) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Print debug message
- //
- DEBUG((DEBUG_LOAD | DEBUG_INFO, "SmmInstallProtocolInterface: %g %p\n", Protocol, Interface));
-
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- Prot = NULL;
- Handle = NULL;
-
- if (*UserHandle != NULL) {
- Status = SmmHandleProtocol (*UserHandle, Protocol, (VOID **)&ExistingInterface);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Lookup the Protocol Entry for the requested protocol
- //
- ProtEntry = SmmFindProtocolEntry (Protocol, TRUE);
- if (ProtEntry == NULL) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Allocate a new protocol interface structure
- //
- Prot = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof(PROTOCOL_INTERFACE));
- if (Prot == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // If caller didn't supply a handle, allocate a new one
- //
- Handle = (IHANDLE *)*UserHandle;
- if (Handle == NULL) {
- Handle = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof(IHANDLE));
- if (Handle == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Initialize new handler structure
- //
- Handle->Signature = EFI_HANDLE_SIGNATURE;
- InitializeListHead (&Handle->Protocols);
-
- //
- // Add this handle to the list global list of all handles
- // in the system
- //
- InsertTailList (&gHandleList, &Handle->AllHandles);
- }
-
- Status = SmmValidateHandle (Handle);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Each interface that is added must be unique
- //
- ASSERT (SmmFindProtocolInterface (Handle, Protocol, Interface) == NULL);
-
- //
- // Initialize the protocol interface structure
- //
- Prot->Signature = PROTOCOL_INTERFACE_SIGNATURE;
- Prot->Handle = Handle;
- Prot->Protocol = ProtEntry;
- Prot->Interface = Interface;
-
- //
- // Add this protocol interface to the head of the supported
- // protocol list for this handle
- //
- InsertHeadList (&Handle->Protocols, &Prot->Link);
-
- //
- // Add this protocol interface to the tail of the
- // protocol entry
- //
- InsertTailList (&ProtEntry->Protocols, &Prot->ByProtocol);
-
- //
- // Notify the notification list for this protocol
- //
- if (Notify) {
- SmmNotifyProtocol (Prot);
- }
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
-
-Done:
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Return the new handle back to the caller
- //
- *UserHandle = Handle;
- } else {
- //
- // There was an error, clean up
- //
- if (Prot != NULL) {
- FreePool (Prot);
- }
- }
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Uninstalls all instances of a protocol:interfacer from a handle.
- If the last protocol interface is remove from the handle, the
- handle is freed.
-
- @param UserHandle The handle to remove the protocol handler from
- @param Protocol The protocol, of protocol:interface, to remove
- @param Interface The interface, of protocol:interface, to remove
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Protocol is NULL.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Protocol interface successfully uninstalled.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmUninstallProtocolInterface (
- IN EFI_HANDLE UserHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN VOID *Interface
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- IHANDLE *Handle;
- PROTOCOL_INTERFACE *Prot;
-
- //
- // Check that Protocol is valid
- //
- if (Protocol == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Check that UserHandle is a valid handle
- //
- Status = SmmValidateHandle (UserHandle);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Check that Protocol exists on UserHandle, and Interface matches the interface in the database
- //
- Prot = SmmFindProtocolInterface (UserHandle, Protocol, Interface);
- if (Prot == NULL) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- //
- // Remove the protocol interface from the protocol
- //
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- Handle = (IHANDLE *)UserHandle;
- Prot = SmmRemoveInterfaceFromProtocol (Handle, Protocol, Interface);
-
- if (Prot != NULL) {
- //
- // Remove the protocol interface from the handle
- //
- RemoveEntryList (&Prot->Link);
-
- //
- // Free the memory
- //
- Prot->Signature = 0;
- FreePool (Prot);
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- //
- // If there are no more handlers for the handle, free the handle
- //
- if (IsListEmpty (&Handle->Protocols)) {
- Handle->Signature = 0;
- RemoveEntryList (&Handle->AllHandles);
- FreePool (Handle);
- }
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Locate a certain GUID protocol interface in a Handle's protocols.
-
- @param UserHandle The handle to obtain the protocol interface on
- @param Protocol The GUID of the protocol
-
- @return The requested protocol interface for the handle
-
-**/
-PROTOCOL_INTERFACE *
-SmmGetProtocolInterface (
- IN EFI_HANDLE UserHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- PROTOCOL_ENTRY *ProtEntry;
- PROTOCOL_INTERFACE *Prot;
- IHANDLE *Handle;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
-
- Status = SmmValidateHandle (UserHandle);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- Handle = (IHANDLE *)UserHandle;
-
- //
- // Look at each protocol interface for a match
- //
- for (Link = Handle->Protocols.ForwardLink; Link != &Handle->Protocols; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- Prot = CR(Link, PROTOCOL_INTERFACE, Link, PROTOCOL_INTERFACE_SIGNATURE);
- ProtEntry = Prot->Protocol;
- if (CompareGuid (&ProtEntry->ProtocolID, Protocol)) {
- return Prot;
- }
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- Queries a handle to determine if it supports a specified protocol.
-
- @param UserHandle The handle being queried.
- @param Protocol The published unique identifier of the protocol.
- @param Interface Supplies the address where a pointer to the
- corresponding Protocol Interface is returned.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The interface information for the specified protocol was returned.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The device does not support the specified protocol.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Handle is not a valid EFI_HANDLE..
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Protocol is NULL.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Interface is NULL.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmHandleProtocol (
- IN EFI_HANDLE UserHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- OUT VOID **Interface
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- PROTOCOL_INTERFACE *Prot;
-
- //
- // Check for invalid Protocol
- //
- if (Protocol == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Check for invalid Interface
- //
- if (Interface == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- } else {
- *Interface = NULL;
- }
-
- //
- // Check for invalid UserHandle
- //
- Status = SmmValidateHandle (UserHandle);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Look at each protocol interface for a match
- //
- Prot = SmmGetProtocolInterface (UserHandle, Protocol);
- if (Prot == NULL) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- //
- // This is the protocol interface entry for this protocol
- //
- *Interface = Prot->Interface;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/InstallConfigurationTable.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/InstallConfigurationTable.c deleted file mode 100644 index b2f6769c10..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/InstallConfigurationTable.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,161 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- System Management System Table Services SmmInstallConfigurationTable service
-
- Copyright (c) 2009 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available
- under the terms and conditions of the BSD License which accompanies this
- distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "PiSmmCore.h"
-
-#define CONFIG_TABLE_SIZE_INCREASED 0x10
-
-UINTN mSmmSystemTableAllocateSize = 0;
-
-/**
- The SmmInstallConfigurationTable() function is used to maintain the list
- of configuration tables that are stored in the System Management System
- Table. The list is stored as an array of (GUID, Pointer) pairs. The list
- must be allocated from pool memory with PoolType set to EfiRuntimeServicesData.
-
- @param SystemTable A pointer to the SMM System Table (SMST).
- @param Guid A pointer to the GUID for the entry to add, update, or remove.
- @param Table A pointer to the buffer of the table to add.
- @param TableSize The size of the table to install.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The (Guid, Table) pair was added, updated, or removed.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Guid is not valid.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND An attempt was made to delete a non-existent entry.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is not enough memory available to complete the operation.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmInstallConfigurationTable (
- IN CONST EFI_SMM_SYSTEM_TABLE2 *SystemTable,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *Guid,
- IN VOID *Table,
- IN UINTN TableSize
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
- EFI_CONFIGURATION_TABLE *ConfigurationTable;
-
- //
- // If Guid is NULL, then this operation cannot be performed
- //
- if (Guid == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- ConfigurationTable = gSmmCoreSmst.SmmConfigurationTable;
-
- //
- // Search all the table for an entry that matches Guid
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < gSmmCoreSmst.NumberOfTableEntries; Index++) {
- if (CompareGuid (Guid, &(ConfigurationTable[Index].VendorGuid))) {
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (Index < gSmmCoreSmst.NumberOfTableEntries) {
- //
- // A match was found, so this is either a modify or a delete operation
- //
- if (Table != NULL) {
- //
- // If Table is not NULL, then this is a modify operation.
- // Modify the table enty and return.
- //
- ConfigurationTable[Index].VendorTable = Table;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- //
- // A match was found and Table is NULL, so this is a delete operation.
- //
- gSmmCoreSmst.NumberOfTableEntries--;
-
- //
- // Copy over deleted entry
- //
- CopyMem (
- &(ConfigurationTable[Index]),
- &(ConfigurationTable[Index + 1]),
- (gSmmCoreSmst.NumberOfTableEntries - Index) * sizeof (EFI_CONFIGURATION_TABLE)
- );
-
- } else {
- //
- // No matching GUIDs were found, so this is an add operation.
- //
- if (Table == NULL) {
- //
- // If Table is NULL on an add operation, then return an error.
- //
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- //
- // Assume that Index == gSmmCoreSmst.NumberOfTableEntries
- //
- if ((Index * sizeof (EFI_CONFIGURATION_TABLE)) >= mSmmSystemTableAllocateSize) {
- //
- // Allocate a table with one additional entry.
- //
- mSmmSystemTableAllocateSize += (CONFIG_TABLE_SIZE_INCREASED * sizeof (EFI_CONFIGURATION_TABLE));
- ConfigurationTable = AllocatePool (mSmmSystemTableAllocateSize);
- if (ConfigurationTable == NULL) {
- //
- // If a new table could not be allocated, then return an error.
- //
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- if (gSmmCoreSmst.SmmConfigurationTable != NULL) {
- //
- // Copy the old table to the new table.
- //
- CopyMem (
- ConfigurationTable,
- gSmmCoreSmst.SmmConfigurationTable,
- Index * sizeof (EFI_CONFIGURATION_TABLE)
- );
-
- //
- // Free Old Table
- //
- FreePool (gSmmCoreSmst.SmmConfigurationTable);
- }
-
- //
- // Update System Table
- //
- gSmmCoreSmst.SmmConfigurationTable = ConfigurationTable;
- }
-
- //
- // Fill in the new entry
- //
- CopyGuid ((VOID *)&ConfigurationTable[Index].VendorGuid, Guid);
- ConfigurationTable[Index].VendorTable = Table;
-
- //
- // This is an add operation, so increment the number of table entries
- //
- gSmmCoreSmst.NumberOfTableEntries++;
- }
-
- //
- // CRC-32 field is ignorable for SMM System Table and should be set to zero
- //
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/Locate.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/Locate.c deleted file mode 100644 index a7220bae86..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/Locate.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,499 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Locate handle functions
-
- Copyright (c) 2009 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available
- under the terms and conditions of the BSD License which accompanies this
- distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "PiSmmCore.h"
-
-//
-// ProtocolRequest - Last LocateHandle request ID
-//
-UINTN mEfiLocateHandleRequest = 0;
-
-//
-// Internal prototypes
-//
-
-typedef struct {
- EFI_GUID *Protocol;
- VOID *SearchKey;
- LIST_ENTRY *Position;
- PROTOCOL_ENTRY *ProtEntry;
-} LOCATE_POSITION;
-
-typedef
-IHANDLE *
-(* CORE_GET_NEXT) (
- IN OUT LOCATE_POSITION *Position,
- OUT VOID **Interface
- );
-
-/**
- Routine to get the next Handle, when you are searching for all handles.
-
- @param Position Information about which Handle to seach for.
- @param Interface Return the interface structure for the matching
- protocol.
-
- @return An pointer to IHANDLE if the next Position is not the end of the list.
- Otherwise,NULL is returned.
-
-**/
-IHANDLE *
-SmmGetNextLocateAllHandles (
- IN OUT LOCATE_POSITION *Position,
- OUT VOID **Interface
- )
-{
- IHANDLE *Handle;
-
- //
- // Next handle
- //
- Position->Position = Position->Position->ForwardLink;
-
- //
- // If not at the end of the list, get the handle
- //
- Handle = NULL;
- *Interface = NULL;
- if (Position->Position != &gHandleList) {
- Handle = CR (Position->Position, IHANDLE, AllHandles, EFI_HANDLE_SIGNATURE);
- }
- return Handle;
-}
-
-/**
- Routine to get the next Handle, when you are searching for register protocol
- notifies.
-
- @param Position Information about which Handle to seach for.
- @param Interface Return the interface structure for the matching
- protocol.
-
- @return An pointer to IHANDLE if the next Position is not the end of the list.
- Otherwise,NULL is returned.
-
-**/
-IHANDLE *
-SmmGetNextLocateByRegisterNotify (
- IN OUT LOCATE_POSITION *Position,
- OUT VOID **Interface
- )
-{
- IHANDLE *Handle;
- PROTOCOL_NOTIFY *ProtNotify;
- PROTOCOL_INTERFACE *Prot;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
-
- Handle = NULL;
- *Interface = NULL;
- ProtNotify = Position->SearchKey;
-
- //
- // If this is the first request, get the next handle
- //
- if (ProtNotify != NULL) {
- ASSERT(ProtNotify->Signature == PROTOCOL_NOTIFY_SIGNATURE);
- Position->SearchKey = NULL;
-
- //
- // If not at the end of the list, get the next handle
- //
- Link = ProtNotify->Position->ForwardLink;
- if (Link != &ProtNotify->Protocol->Protocols) {
- Prot = CR (Link, PROTOCOL_INTERFACE, ByProtocol, PROTOCOL_INTERFACE_SIGNATURE);
- Handle = Prot->Handle;
- *Interface = Prot->Interface;
- }
- }
- return Handle;
-}
-
-/**
- Routine to get the next Handle, when you are searching for a given protocol.
-
- @param Position Information about which Handle to seach for.
- @param Interface Return the interface structure for the matching
- protocol.
-
- @return An pointer to IHANDLE if the next Position is not the end of the list.
- Otherwise,NULL is returned.
-
-**/
-IHANDLE *
-SmmGetNextLocateByProtocol (
- IN OUT LOCATE_POSITION *Position,
- OUT VOID **Interface
- )
-{
- IHANDLE *Handle;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- PROTOCOL_INTERFACE *Prot;
-
- Handle = NULL;
- *Interface = NULL;
- for (; ;) {
- //
- // Next entry
- //
- Link = Position->Position->ForwardLink;
- Position->Position = Link;
-
- //
- // If not at the end, return the handle
- //
- if (Link == &Position->ProtEntry->Protocols) {
- Handle = NULL;
- break;
- }
-
- //
- // Get the handle
- //
- Prot = CR(Link, PROTOCOL_INTERFACE, ByProtocol, PROTOCOL_INTERFACE_SIGNATURE);
- Handle = Prot->Handle;
- *Interface = Prot->Interface;
-
- //
- // If this handle has not been returned this request, then
- // return it now
- //
- if (Handle->LocateRequest != mEfiLocateHandleRequest) {
- Handle->LocateRequest = mEfiLocateHandleRequest;
- break;
- }
- }
- return Handle;
-}
-
-/**
- Return the first Protocol Interface that matches the Protocol GUID. If
- Registration is pasased in return a Protocol Instance that was just add
- to the system. If Retistration is NULL return the first Protocol Interface
- you find.
-
- @param Protocol The protocol to search for
- @param Registration Optional Registration Key returned from
- RegisterProtocolNotify()
- @param Interface Return the Protocol interface (instance).
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS If a valid Interface is returned
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Protocol interface not found
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmLocateProtocol (
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN VOID *Registration OPTIONAL,
- OUT VOID **Interface
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- LOCATE_POSITION Position;
- PROTOCOL_NOTIFY *ProtNotify;
- IHANDLE *Handle;
-
- if (Interface == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (Protocol == NULL) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- *Interface = NULL;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
-
- //
- // Set initial position
- //
- Position.Protocol = Protocol;
- Position.SearchKey = Registration;
- Position.Position = &gHandleList;
-
- mEfiLocateHandleRequest += 1;
-
- if (Registration == NULL) {
- //
- // Look up the protocol entry and set the head pointer
- //
- Position.ProtEntry = SmmFindProtocolEntry (Protocol, FALSE);
- if (Position.ProtEntry == NULL) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- Position.Position = &Position.ProtEntry->Protocols;
-
- Handle = SmmGetNextLocateByProtocol (&Position, Interface);
- } else {
- Handle = SmmGetNextLocateByRegisterNotify (&Position, Interface);
- }
-
- if (Handle == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- } else if (Registration != NULL) {
- //
- // If this is a search by register notify and a handle was
- // returned, update the register notification position
- //
- ProtNotify = Registration;
- ProtNotify->Position = ProtNotify->Position->ForwardLink;
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Locates the requested handle(s) and returns them in Buffer.
-
- @param SearchType The type of search to perform to locate the
- handles
- @param Protocol The protocol to search for
- @param SearchKey Dependant on SearchType
- @param BufferSize On input the size of Buffer. On output the
- size of data returned.
- @param Buffer The buffer to return the results in
-
- @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL Buffer too small, required buffer size is
- returned in BufferSize.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully found the requested handle(s) and
- returns them in Buffer.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmLocateHandle (
- IN EFI_LOCATE_SEARCH_TYPE SearchType,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol OPTIONAL,
- IN VOID *SearchKey OPTIONAL,
- IN OUT UINTN *BufferSize,
- OUT EFI_HANDLE *Buffer
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- LOCATE_POSITION Position;
- PROTOCOL_NOTIFY *ProtNotify;
- CORE_GET_NEXT GetNext;
- UINTN ResultSize;
- IHANDLE *Handle;
- IHANDLE **ResultBuffer;
- VOID *Interface;
-
- if (BufferSize == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if ((*BufferSize > 0) && (Buffer == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- GetNext = NULL;
-
- //
- // Set initial position
- //
- Position.Protocol = Protocol;
- Position.SearchKey = SearchKey;
- Position.Position = &gHandleList;
-
- ResultSize = 0;
- ResultBuffer = (IHANDLE **) Buffer;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
-
- //
- // Get the search function based on type
- //
- switch (SearchType) {
- case AllHandles:
- GetNext = SmmGetNextLocateAllHandles;
- break;
-
- case ByRegisterNotify:
- GetNext = SmmGetNextLocateByRegisterNotify;
- //
- // Must have SearchKey for locate ByRegisterNotify
- //
- if (SearchKey == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- break;
-
- case ByProtocol:
- GetNext = SmmGetNextLocateByProtocol;
- if (Protocol == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- break;
- }
- //
- // Look up the protocol entry and set the head pointer
- //
- Position.ProtEntry = SmmFindProtocolEntry (Protocol, FALSE);
- if (Position.ProtEntry == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- break;
- }
- Position.Position = &Position.ProtEntry->Protocols;
- break;
-
- default:
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- break;
- }
-
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Enumerate out the matching handles
- //
- mEfiLocateHandleRequest += 1;
- for (; ;) {
- //
- // Get the next handle. If no more handles, stop
- //
- Handle = GetNext (&Position, &Interface);
- if (NULL == Handle) {
- break;
- }
-
- //
- // Increase the resulting buffer size, and if this handle
- // fits return it
- //
- ResultSize += sizeof(Handle);
- if (ResultSize <= *BufferSize) {
- *ResultBuffer = Handle;
- ResultBuffer += 1;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // If the result is a zero length buffer, then there were no
- // matching handles
- //
- if (ResultSize == 0) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- } else {
- //
- // Return the resulting buffer size. If it's larger than what
- // was passed, then set the error code
- //
- if (ResultSize > *BufferSize) {
- Status = EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
- }
-
- *BufferSize = ResultSize;
-
- if (SearchType == ByRegisterNotify && !EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- ASSERT (SearchKey != NULL);
- //
- // If this is a search by register notify and a handle was
- // returned, update the register notification position
- //
- ProtNotify = SearchKey;
- ProtNotify->Position = ProtNotify->Position->ForwardLink;
- }
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Function returns an array of handles that support the requested protocol
- in a buffer allocated from pool. This is a version of SmmLocateHandle()
- that allocates a buffer for the caller.
-
- @param SearchType Specifies which handle(s) are to be returned.
- @param Protocol Provides the protocol to search by. This
- parameter is only valid for SearchType
- ByProtocol.
- @param SearchKey Supplies the search key depending on the
- SearchType.
- @param NumberHandles The number of handles returned in Buffer.
- @param Buffer A pointer to the buffer to return the requested
- array of handles that support Protocol.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The result array of handles was returned.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND No handles match the search.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is not enough pool memory to store the
- matching results.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One or more parameters are not valid.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmLocateHandleBuffer (
- IN EFI_LOCATE_SEARCH_TYPE SearchType,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol OPTIONAL,
- IN VOID *SearchKey OPTIONAL,
- IN OUT UINTN *NumberHandles,
- OUT EFI_HANDLE **Buffer
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN BufferSize;
-
- if (NumberHandles == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (Buffer == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- BufferSize = 0;
- *NumberHandles = 0;
- *Buffer = NULL;
- Status = SmmLocateHandle (
- SearchType,
- Protocol,
- SearchKey,
- &BufferSize,
- *Buffer
- );
- //
- // LocateHandleBuffer() returns incorrect status code if SearchType is
- // invalid.
- //
- // Add code to correctly handle expected errors from SmmLocateHandle().
- //
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status) && Status != EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) {
- if (Status != EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- return Status;
- }
-
- *Buffer = AllocatePool (BufferSize);
- if (*Buffer == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- Status = SmmLocateHandle (
- SearchType,
- Protocol,
- SearchKey,
- &BufferSize,
- *Buffer
- );
-
- *NumberHandles = BufferSize / sizeof(EFI_HANDLE);
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- *NumberHandles = 0;
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/MemoryAttributesTable.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/MemoryAttributesTable.c deleted file mode 100644 index e3c505ef18..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/MemoryAttributesTable.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1520 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- PI SMM MemoryAttributes support
-
-Copyright (c) 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include <PiDxe.h>
-#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
-#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
-#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
-#include <Library/SmmServicesTableLib.h>
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Library/PcdLib.h>
-
-#include <Library/PeCoffLib.h>
-#include <Library/PeCoffGetEntryPointLib.h>
-
-#include <Guid/PiSmmMemoryAttributesTable.h>
-
-#include "PiSmmCore.h"
-
-#define PREVIOUS_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR(MemoryDescriptor, Size) \
- ((EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *)((UINT8 *)(MemoryDescriptor) - (Size)))
-
-#define IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('I','P','R','C')
-
-typedef struct {
- UINT32 Signature;
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS CodeSegmentBase;
- UINT64 CodeSegmentSize;
-} IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION;
-
-#define IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('I','P','R','D')
-
-typedef struct {
- UINT32 Signature;
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ImageBase;
- UINT64 ImageSize;
- UINTN CodeSegmentCount;
- LIST_ENTRY CodeSegmentList;
-} IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD;
-
-#define IMAGE_PROPERTIES_PRIVATE_DATA_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('I','P','P','D')
-
-typedef struct {
- UINT32 Signature;
- UINTN ImageRecordCount;
- UINTN CodeSegmentCountMax;
- LIST_ENTRY ImageRecordList;
-} IMAGE_PROPERTIES_PRIVATE_DATA;
-
-IMAGE_PROPERTIES_PRIVATE_DATA mImagePropertiesPrivateData = {
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_PRIVATE_DATA_SIGNATURE,
- 0,
- 0,
- INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (mImagePropertiesPrivateData.ImageRecordList)
-};
-
-#define EFI_MEMORY_ATTRIBUTES_RUNTIME_MEMORY_PROTECTION_NON_EXECUTABLE_PE_DATA BIT0
-
-UINT64 mMemoryProtectionAttribute = EFI_MEMORY_ATTRIBUTES_RUNTIME_MEMORY_PROTECTION_NON_EXECUTABLE_PE_DATA;
-
-//
-// Below functions are for MemoryMap
-//
-
-/**
- Converts a number of EFI_PAGEs to a size in bytes.
-
- NOTE: Do not use EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE because it handles UINTN only.
-
- @param[in] Pages The number of EFI_PAGES.
-
- @return The number of bytes associated with the number of EFI_PAGEs specified
- by Pages.
-**/
-STATIC
-UINT64
-EfiPagesToSize (
- IN UINT64 Pages
- )
-{
- return LShiftU64 (Pages, EFI_PAGE_SHIFT);
-}
-
-/**
- Converts a size, in bytes, to a number of EFI_PAGESs.
-
- NOTE: Do not use EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES because it handles UINTN only.
-
- @param[in] Size A size in bytes.
-
- @return The number of EFI_PAGESs associated with the number of bytes specified
- by Size.
-
-**/
-STATIC
-UINT64
-EfiSizeToPages (
- IN UINT64 Size
- )
-{
- return RShiftU64 (Size, EFI_PAGE_SHIFT) + ((((UINTN)Size) & EFI_PAGE_MASK) ? 1 : 0);
-}
-
-/**
- Check the consistency of Smm memory attributes table.
-
- @param[in] MemoryAttributesTable PI SMM memory attributes table
-**/
-VOID
-SmmMemoryAttributesTableConsistencyCheck (
- IN EDKII_PI_SMM_MEMORY_ATTRIBUTES_TABLE *MemoryAttributesTable
- )
-{
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMap;
- UINTN MemoryMapEntryCount;
- UINTN DescriptorSize;
- UINTN Index;
- UINT64 Address;
-
- Address = 0;
- MemoryMapEntryCount = MemoryAttributesTable->NumberOfEntries;
- DescriptorSize = MemoryAttributesTable->DescriptorSize;
- MemoryMap = (EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *)(MemoryAttributesTable + 1);
- for (Index = 0; Index < MemoryMapEntryCount; Index++) {
- if (Address != 0) {
- ASSERT (Address == MemoryMap->PhysicalStart);
- }
- Address = MemoryMap->PhysicalStart + EfiPagesToSize(MemoryMap->NumberOfPages);
- MemoryMap = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR(MemoryMap, DescriptorSize);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Sort memory map entries based upon PhysicalStart, from low to high.
-
- @param[in,out] MemoryMap A pointer to the buffer in which firmware places
- the current memory map.
- @param[in] MemoryMapSize Size, in bytes, of the MemoryMap buffer.
- @param[in] DescriptorSize Size, in bytes, of an individual EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR.
-**/
-STATIC
-VOID
-SortMemoryMap (
- IN OUT EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMap,
- IN UINTN MemoryMapSize,
- IN UINTN DescriptorSize
- )
-{
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMapEntry;
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *NextMemoryMapEntry;
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMapEnd;
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR TempMemoryMap;
-
- MemoryMapEntry = MemoryMap;
- NextMemoryMapEntry = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (MemoryMapEntry, DescriptorSize);
- MemoryMapEnd = (EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *) ((UINT8 *) MemoryMap + MemoryMapSize);
- while (MemoryMapEntry < MemoryMapEnd) {
- while (NextMemoryMapEntry < MemoryMapEnd) {
- if (MemoryMapEntry->PhysicalStart > NextMemoryMapEntry->PhysicalStart) {
- CopyMem (&TempMemoryMap, MemoryMapEntry, sizeof(EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR));
- CopyMem (MemoryMapEntry, NextMemoryMapEntry, sizeof(EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR));
- CopyMem (NextMemoryMapEntry, &TempMemoryMap, sizeof(EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR));
- }
-
- NextMemoryMapEntry = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (NextMemoryMapEntry, DescriptorSize);
- }
-
- MemoryMapEntry = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (MemoryMapEntry, DescriptorSize);
- NextMemoryMapEntry = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (MemoryMapEntry, DescriptorSize);
- }
-
- return ;
-}
-
-/**
- Merge continous memory map entries whose have same attributes.
-
- @param[in, out] MemoryMap A pointer to the buffer in which firmware places
- the current memory map.
- @param[in, out] MemoryMapSize A pointer to the size, in bytes, of the
- MemoryMap buffer. On input, this is the size of
- the current memory map. On output,
- it is the size of new memory map after merge.
- @param[in] DescriptorSize Size, in bytes, of an individual EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR.
-**/
-STATIC
-VOID
-MergeMemoryMap (
- IN OUT EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMap,
- IN OUT UINTN *MemoryMapSize,
- IN UINTN DescriptorSize
- )
-{
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMapEntry;
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMapEnd;
- UINT64 MemoryBlockLength;
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *NewMemoryMapEntry;
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *NextMemoryMapEntry;
-
- MemoryMapEntry = MemoryMap;
- NewMemoryMapEntry = MemoryMap;
- MemoryMapEnd = (EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *) ((UINT8 *) MemoryMap + *MemoryMapSize);
- while ((UINTN)MemoryMapEntry < (UINTN)MemoryMapEnd) {
- CopyMem (NewMemoryMapEntry, MemoryMapEntry, sizeof(EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR));
- NextMemoryMapEntry = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (MemoryMapEntry, DescriptorSize);
-
- do {
- MemoryBlockLength = (UINT64) (EfiPagesToSize (MemoryMapEntry->NumberOfPages));
- if (((UINTN)NextMemoryMapEntry < (UINTN)MemoryMapEnd) &&
- (MemoryMapEntry->Type == NextMemoryMapEntry->Type) &&
- (MemoryMapEntry->Attribute == NextMemoryMapEntry->Attribute) &&
- ((MemoryMapEntry->PhysicalStart + MemoryBlockLength) == NextMemoryMapEntry->PhysicalStart)) {
- MemoryMapEntry->NumberOfPages += NextMemoryMapEntry->NumberOfPages;
- if (NewMemoryMapEntry != MemoryMapEntry) {
- NewMemoryMapEntry->NumberOfPages += NextMemoryMapEntry->NumberOfPages;
- }
-
- NextMemoryMapEntry = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (NextMemoryMapEntry, DescriptorSize);
- continue;
- } else {
- MemoryMapEntry = PREVIOUS_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (NextMemoryMapEntry, DescriptorSize);
- break;
- }
- } while (TRUE);
-
- MemoryMapEntry = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (MemoryMapEntry, DescriptorSize);
- NewMemoryMapEntry = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (NewMemoryMapEntry, DescriptorSize);
- }
-
- *MemoryMapSize = (UINTN)NewMemoryMapEntry - (UINTN)MemoryMap;
-
- return ;
-}
-
-/**
- Enforce memory map attributes.
- This function will set EfiRuntimeServicesData/EfiMemoryMappedIO/EfiMemoryMappedIOPortSpace to be EFI_MEMORY_XP.
-
- @param[in, out] MemoryMap A pointer to the buffer in which firmware places
- the current memory map.
- @param[in] MemoryMapSize Size, in bytes, of the MemoryMap buffer.
- @param[in] DescriptorSize Size, in bytes, of an individual EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR.
-**/
-STATIC
-VOID
-EnforceMemoryMapAttribute (
- IN OUT EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMap,
- IN UINTN MemoryMapSize,
- IN UINTN DescriptorSize
- )
-{
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMapEntry;
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMapEnd;
-
- MemoryMapEntry = MemoryMap;
- MemoryMapEnd = (EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *) ((UINT8 *) MemoryMap + MemoryMapSize);
- while ((UINTN)MemoryMapEntry < (UINTN)MemoryMapEnd) {
- if (MemoryMapEntry->Attribute != 0) {
- // It is PE image, the attribute is already set.
- } else {
- switch (MemoryMapEntry->Type) {
- case EfiRuntimeServicesCode:
- MemoryMapEntry->Attribute = EFI_MEMORY_RO;
- break;
- case EfiRuntimeServicesData:
- default:
- MemoryMapEntry->Attribute |= EFI_MEMORY_XP;
- break;
- }
- }
- MemoryMapEntry = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (MemoryMapEntry, DescriptorSize);
- }
-
- return ;
-}
-
-/**
- Return the first image record, whose [ImageBase, ImageSize] covered by [Buffer, Length].
-
- @param[in] Buffer Start Address
- @param[in] Length Address length
-
- @return first image record covered by [buffer, length]
-**/
-STATIC
-IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *
-GetImageRecordByAddress (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Buffer,
- IN UINT64 Length
- )
-{
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *ImageRecord;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordList;
-
- ImageRecordList = &mImagePropertiesPrivateData.ImageRecordList;
-
- for (ImageRecordLink = ImageRecordList->ForwardLink;
- ImageRecordLink != ImageRecordList;
- ImageRecordLink = ImageRecordLink->ForwardLink) {
- ImageRecord = CR (
- ImageRecordLink,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD,
- Link,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_SIGNATURE
- );
-
- if ((Buffer <= ImageRecord->ImageBase) &&
- (Buffer + Length >= ImageRecord->ImageBase + ImageRecord->ImageSize)) {
- return ImageRecord;
- }
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- Set the memory map to new entries, according to one old entry,
- based upon PE code section and data section in image record
-
- @param[in] ImageRecord An image record whose [ImageBase, ImageSize] covered
- by old memory map entry.
- @param[in, out] NewRecord A pointer to several new memory map entries.
- The caller gurantee the buffer size be 1 +
- (SplitRecordCount * DescriptorSize) calculated
- below.
- @param[in] OldRecord A pointer to one old memory map entry.
- @param[in] DescriptorSize Size, in bytes, of an individual EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR.
-**/
-STATIC
-UINTN
-SetNewRecord (
- IN IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *ImageRecord,
- IN OUT EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *NewRecord,
- IN EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *OldRecord,
- IN UINTN DescriptorSize
- )
-{
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR TempRecord;
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION *ImageRecordCodeSection;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordCodeSectionLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordCodeSectionEndLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordCodeSectionList;
- UINTN NewRecordCount;
- UINT64 PhysicalEnd;
- UINT64 ImageEnd;
-
- CopyMem (&TempRecord, OldRecord, sizeof(EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR));
- PhysicalEnd = TempRecord.PhysicalStart + EfiPagesToSize(TempRecord.NumberOfPages);
- NewRecordCount = 0;
-
- //
- // Always create a new entry for non-PE image record
- //
- if (ImageRecord->ImageBase > TempRecord.PhysicalStart) {
- NewRecord->Type = TempRecord.Type;
- NewRecord->PhysicalStart = TempRecord.PhysicalStart;
- NewRecord->VirtualStart = 0;
- NewRecord->NumberOfPages = EfiSizeToPages(ImageRecord->ImageBase - TempRecord.PhysicalStart);
- NewRecord->Attribute = TempRecord.Attribute;
- NewRecord = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (NewRecord, DescriptorSize);
- NewRecordCount ++;
- TempRecord.PhysicalStart = ImageRecord->ImageBase;
- TempRecord.NumberOfPages = EfiSizeToPages(PhysicalEnd - TempRecord.PhysicalStart);
- }
-
- ImageRecordCodeSectionList = &ImageRecord->CodeSegmentList;
-
- ImageRecordCodeSectionLink = ImageRecordCodeSectionList->ForwardLink;
- ImageRecordCodeSectionEndLink = ImageRecordCodeSectionList;
- while (ImageRecordCodeSectionLink != ImageRecordCodeSectionEndLink) {
- ImageRecordCodeSection = CR (
- ImageRecordCodeSectionLink,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION,
- Link,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION_SIGNATURE
- );
- ImageRecordCodeSectionLink = ImageRecordCodeSectionLink->ForwardLink;
-
- if (TempRecord.PhysicalStart <= ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase) {
- //
- // DATA
- //
- NewRecord->Type = EfiRuntimeServicesData;
- NewRecord->PhysicalStart = TempRecord.PhysicalStart;
- NewRecord->VirtualStart = 0;
- NewRecord->NumberOfPages = EfiSizeToPages(ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase - NewRecord->PhysicalStart);
- NewRecord->Attribute = TempRecord.Attribute | EFI_MEMORY_XP;
- if (NewRecord->NumberOfPages != 0) {
- NewRecord = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (NewRecord, DescriptorSize);
- NewRecordCount ++;
- }
-
- //
- // CODE
- //
- NewRecord->Type = EfiRuntimeServicesCode;
- NewRecord->PhysicalStart = ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase;
- NewRecord->VirtualStart = 0;
- NewRecord->NumberOfPages = EfiSizeToPages(ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentSize);
- NewRecord->Attribute = (TempRecord.Attribute & (~EFI_MEMORY_XP)) | EFI_MEMORY_RO;
- if (NewRecord->NumberOfPages != 0) {
- NewRecord = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (NewRecord, DescriptorSize);
- NewRecordCount ++;
- }
-
- TempRecord.PhysicalStart = ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase + EfiPagesToSize (EfiSizeToPages(ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentSize));
- TempRecord.NumberOfPages = EfiSizeToPages(PhysicalEnd - TempRecord.PhysicalStart);
- if (TempRecord.NumberOfPages == 0) {
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- ImageEnd = ImageRecord->ImageBase + ImageRecord->ImageSize;
-
- //
- // Final DATA
- //
- if (TempRecord.PhysicalStart < ImageEnd) {
- NewRecord->Type = EfiRuntimeServicesData;
- NewRecord->PhysicalStart = TempRecord.PhysicalStart;
- NewRecord->VirtualStart = 0;
- NewRecord->NumberOfPages = EfiSizeToPages (ImageEnd - TempRecord.PhysicalStart);
- NewRecord->Attribute = TempRecord.Attribute | EFI_MEMORY_XP;
- NewRecordCount ++;
- }
-
- return NewRecordCount;
-}
-
-/**
- Return the max number of new splitted entries, according to one old entry,
- based upon PE code section and data section.
-
- @param[in] OldRecord A pointer to one old memory map entry.
-
- @retval 0 no entry need to be splitted.
- @return the max number of new splitted entries
-**/
-STATIC
-UINTN
-GetMaxSplitRecordCount (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *OldRecord
- )
-{
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *ImageRecord;
- UINTN SplitRecordCount;
- UINT64 PhysicalStart;
- UINT64 PhysicalEnd;
-
- SplitRecordCount = 0;
- PhysicalStart = OldRecord->PhysicalStart;
- PhysicalEnd = OldRecord->PhysicalStart + EfiPagesToSize(OldRecord->NumberOfPages);
-
- do {
- ImageRecord = GetImageRecordByAddress (PhysicalStart, PhysicalEnd - PhysicalStart);
- if (ImageRecord == NULL) {
- break;
- }
- SplitRecordCount += (2 * ImageRecord->CodeSegmentCount + 2);
- PhysicalStart = ImageRecord->ImageBase + ImageRecord->ImageSize;
- } while ((ImageRecord != NULL) && (PhysicalStart < PhysicalEnd));
-
- return SplitRecordCount;
-}
-
-/**
- Split the memory map to new entries, according to one old entry,
- based upon PE code section and data section.
-
- @param[in] OldRecord A pointer to one old memory map entry.
- @param[in, out] NewRecord A pointer to several new memory map entries.
- The caller gurantee the buffer size be 1 +
- (SplitRecordCount * DescriptorSize) calculated
- below.
- @param[in] MaxSplitRecordCount The max number of splitted entries
- @param[in] DescriptorSize Size, in bytes, of an individual EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR.
-
- @retval 0 no entry is splitted.
- @return the real number of splitted record.
-**/
-STATIC
-UINTN
-SplitRecord (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *OldRecord,
- IN OUT EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *NewRecord,
- IN UINTN MaxSplitRecordCount,
- IN UINTN DescriptorSize
- )
-{
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR TempRecord;
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *ImageRecord;
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *NewImageRecord;
- UINT64 PhysicalStart;
- UINT64 PhysicalEnd;
- UINTN NewRecordCount;
- UINTN TotalNewRecordCount;
-
- if (MaxSplitRecordCount == 0) {
- CopyMem (NewRecord, OldRecord, DescriptorSize);
- return 0;
- }
-
- TotalNewRecordCount = 0;
-
- //
- // Override previous record
- //
- CopyMem (&TempRecord, OldRecord, sizeof(EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR));
- PhysicalStart = TempRecord.PhysicalStart;
- PhysicalEnd = TempRecord.PhysicalStart + EfiPagesToSize(TempRecord.NumberOfPages);
-
- ImageRecord = NULL;
- do {
- NewImageRecord = GetImageRecordByAddress (PhysicalStart, PhysicalEnd - PhysicalStart);
- if (NewImageRecord == NULL) {
- //
- // No more image covered by this range, stop
- //
- if (PhysicalEnd > PhysicalStart) {
- //
- // Always create a new entry for non-PE image record
- //
- NewRecord->Type = TempRecord.Type;
- NewRecord->PhysicalStart = TempRecord.PhysicalStart;
- NewRecord->VirtualStart = 0;
- NewRecord->NumberOfPages = TempRecord.NumberOfPages;
- NewRecord->Attribute = TempRecord.Attribute;
- TotalNewRecordCount ++;
- }
- break;
- }
- ImageRecord = NewImageRecord;
-
- //
- // Set new record
- //
- NewRecordCount = SetNewRecord (ImageRecord, NewRecord, &TempRecord, DescriptorSize);
- TotalNewRecordCount += NewRecordCount;
- NewRecord = (EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *)((UINT8 *)NewRecord + NewRecordCount * DescriptorSize);
-
- //
- // Update PhysicalStart, in order to exclude the image buffer already splitted.
- //
- PhysicalStart = ImageRecord->ImageBase + ImageRecord->ImageSize;
- TempRecord.PhysicalStart = PhysicalStart;
- TempRecord.NumberOfPages = EfiSizeToPages (PhysicalEnd - PhysicalStart);
- } while ((ImageRecord != NULL) && (PhysicalStart < PhysicalEnd));
-
- return TotalNewRecordCount - 1;
-}
-
-/**
- Split the original memory map, and add more entries to describe PE code section and data section.
- This function will set EfiRuntimeServicesData to be EFI_MEMORY_XP.
- This function will merge entries with same attributes finally.
-
- NOTE: It assumes PE code/data section are page aligned.
- NOTE: It assumes enough entry is prepared for new memory map.
-
- Split table:
- +---------------+
- | Record X |
- +---------------+
- | Record RtCode |
- +---------------+
- | Record Y |
- +---------------+
- ==>
- +---------------+
- | Record X |
- +---------------+
- | Record RtCode |
- +---------------+ ----
- | Record RtData | |
- +---------------+ |
- | Record RtCode | |-> PE/COFF1
- +---------------+ |
- | Record RtData | |
- +---------------+ ----
- | Record RtCode |
- +---------------+ ----
- | Record RtData | |
- +---------------+ |
- | Record RtCode | |-> PE/COFF2
- +---------------+ |
- | Record RtData | |
- +---------------+ ----
- | Record RtCode |
- +---------------+
- | Record Y |
- +---------------+
-
- @param[in, out] MemoryMapSize A pointer to the size, in bytes, of the
- MemoryMap buffer. On input, this is the size of
- old MemoryMap before split. The actual buffer
- size of MemoryMap is MemoryMapSize +
- (AdditionalRecordCount * DescriptorSize) calculated
- below. On output, it is the size of new MemoryMap
- after split.
- @param[in, out] MemoryMap A pointer to the buffer in which firmware places
- the current memory map.
- @param[in] DescriptorSize Size, in bytes, of an individual EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR.
-**/
-STATIC
-VOID
-SplitTable (
- IN OUT UINTN *MemoryMapSize,
- IN OUT EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMap,
- IN UINTN DescriptorSize
- )
-{
- INTN IndexOld;
- INTN IndexNew;
- UINTN MaxSplitRecordCount;
- UINTN RealSplitRecordCount;
- UINTN TotalSplitRecordCount;
- UINTN AdditionalRecordCount;
-
- AdditionalRecordCount = (2 * mImagePropertiesPrivateData.CodeSegmentCountMax + 2) * mImagePropertiesPrivateData.ImageRecordCount;
-
- TotalSplitRecordCount = 0;
- //
- // Let old record point to end of valid MemoryMap buffer.
- //
- IndexOld = ((*MemoryMapSize) / DescriptorSize) - 1;
- //
- // Let new record point to end of full MemoryMap buffer.
- //
- IndexNew = ((*MemoryMapSize) / DescriptorSize) - 1 + AdditionalRecordCount;
- for (; IndexOld >= 0; IndexOld--) {
- MaxSplitRecordCount = GetMaxSplitRecordCount ((EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *)((UINT8 *)MemoryMap + IndexOld * DescriptorSize));
- //
- // Split this MemoryMap record
- //
- IndexNew -= MaxSplitRecordCount;
- RealSplitRecordCount = SplitRecord (
- (EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *)((UINT8 *)MemoryMap + IndexOld * DescriptorSize),
- (EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *)((UINT8 *)MemoryMap + IndexNew * DescriptorSize),
- MaxSplitRecordCount,
- DescriptorSize
- );
- //
- // Adjust IndexNew according to real split.
- //
- if (MaxSplitRecordCount != RealSplitRecordCount) {
- CopyMem (
- ((UINT8 *)MemoryMap + (IndexNew + MaxSplitRecordCount - RealSplitRecordCount) * DescriptorSize),
- ((UINT8 *)MemoryMap + IndexNew * DescriptorSize),
- (RealSplitRecordCount + 1) * DescriptorSize
- );
- }
- IndexNew = IndexNew + MaxSplitRecordCount - RealSplitRecordCount;
- TotalSplitRecordCount += RealSplitRecordCount;
- IndexNew --;
- }
- //
- // Move all records to the beginning.
- //
- CopyMem (
- MemoryMap,
- (UINT8 *)MemoryMap + (AdditionalRecordCount - TotalSplitRecordCount) * DescriptorSize,
- (*MemoryMapSize) + TotalSplitRecordCount * DescriptorSize
- );
-
- *MemoryMapSize = (*MemoryMapSize) + DescriptorSize * TotalSplitRecordCount;
-
- //
- // Sort from low to high (Just in case)
- //
- SortMemoryMap (MemoryMap, *MemoryMapSize, DescriptorSize);
-
- //
- // Set RuntimeData to XP
- //
- EnforceMemoryMapAttribute (MemoryMap, *MemoryMapSize, DescriptorSize);
-
- //
- // Merge same type to save entry size
- //
- MergeMemoryMap (MemoryMap, MemoryMapSize, DescriptorSize);
-
- return ;
-}
-
-/**
- This function for GetMemoryMap() with memory attributes table.
-
- It calls original GetMemoryMap() to get the original memory map information. Then
- plus the additional memory map entries for PE Code/Data seperation.
-
- @param[in, out] MemoryMapSize A pointer to the size, in bytes, of the
- MemoryMap buffer. On input, this is the size of
- the buffer allocated by the caller. On output,
- it is the size of the buffer returned by the
- firmware if the buffer was large enough, or the
- size of the buffer needed to contain the map if
- the buffer was too small.
- @param[in, out] MemoryMap A pointer to the buffer in which firmware places
- the current memory map.
- @param[out] MapKey A pointer to the location in which firmware
- returns the key for the current memory map.
- @param[out] DescriptorSize A pointer to the location in which firmware
- returns the size, in bytes, of an individual
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR.
- @param[out] DescriptorVersion A pointer to the location in which firmware
- returns the version number associated with the
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The memory map was returned in the MemoryMap
- buffer.
- @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL The MemoryMap buffer was too small. The current
- buffer size needed to hold the memory map is
- returned in MemoryMapSize.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One of the parameters has an invalid value.
-
-**/
-STATIC
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmCoreGetMemoryMapMemoryAttributesTable (
- IN OUT UINTN *MemoryMapSize,
- IN OUT EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMap,
- OUT UINTN *MapKey,
- OUT UINTN *DescriptorSize,
- OUT UINT32 *DescriptorVersion
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN OldMemoryMapSize;
- UINTN AdditionalRecordCount;
-
- //
- // If PE code/data is not aligned, just return.
- //
- if ((mMemoryProtectionAttribute & EFI_MEMORY_ATTRIBUTES_RUNTIME_MEMORY_PROTECTION_NON_EXECUTABLE_PE_DATA) == 0) {
- return SmmCoreGetMemoryMap (MemoryMapSize, MemoryMap, MapKey, DescriptorSize, DescriptorVersion);
- }
-
- if (MemoryMapSize == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- AdditionalRecordCount = (2 * mImagePropertiesPrivateData.CodeSegmentCountMax + 2) * mImagePropertiesPrivateData.ImageRecordCount;
-
- OldMemoryMapSize = *MemoryMapSize;
- Status = SmmCoreGetMemoryMap (MemoryMapSize, MemoryMap, MapKey, DescriptorSize, DescriptorVersion);
- if (Status == EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) {
- *MemoryMapSize = *MemoryMapSize + (*DescriptorSize) * AdditionalRecordCount;
- } else if (Status == EFI_SUCCESS) {
- if (OldMemoryMapSize - *MemoryMapSize < (*DescriptorSize) * AdditionalRecordCount) {
- *MemoryMapSize = *MemoryMapSize + (*DescriptorSize) * AdditionalRecordCount;
- //
- // Need update status to buffer too small
- //
- Status = EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
- } else {
- //
- // Split PE code/data
- //
- ASSERT(MemoryMap != NULL);
- SplitTable (MemoryMapSize, MemoryMap, *DescriptorSize);
- }
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-//
-// Below functions are for ImageRecord
-//
-
-/**
- Set MemoryProtectionAttribute according to PE/COFF image section alignment.
-
- @param[in] SectionAlignment PE/COFF section alignment
-**/
-STATIC
-VOID
-SetMemoryAttributesTableSectionAlignment (
- IN UINT32 SectionAlignment
- )
-{
- if (((SectionAlignment & (RUNTIME_PAGE_ALLOCATION_GRANULARITY - 1)) != 0) &&
- ((mMemoryProtectionAttribute & EFI_MEMORY_ATTRIBUTES_RUNTIME_MEMORY_PROTECTION_NON_EXECUTABLE_PE_DATA) != 0)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, "SMM SetMemoryAttributesTableSectionAlignment - Clear\n"));
- mMemoryProtectionAttribute &= ~((UINT64)EFI_MEMORY_ATTRIBUTES_RUNTIME_MEMORY_PROTECTION_NON_EXECUTABLE_PE_DATA);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Swap two code sections in image record.
-
- @param[in] FirstImageRecordCodeSection first code section in image record
- @param[in] SecondImageRecordCodeSection second code section in image record
-**/
-STATIC
-VOID
-SwapImageRecordCodeSection (
- IN IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION *FirstImageRecordCodeSection,
- IN IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION *SecondImageRecordCodeSection
- )
-{
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION TempImageRecordCodeSection;
-
- TempImageRecordCodeSection.CodeSegmentBase = FirstImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase;
- TempImageRecordCodeSection.CodeSegmentSize = FirstImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentSize;
-
- FirstImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase = SecondImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase;
- FirstImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentSize = SecondImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentSize;
-
- SecondImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase = TempImageRecordCodeSection.CodeSegmentBase;
- SecondImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentSize = TempImageRecordCodeSection.CodeSegmentSize;
-}
-
-/**
- Sort code section in image record, based upon CodeSegmentBase from low to high.
-
- @param[in] ImageRecord image record to be sorted
-**/
-STATIC
-VOID
-SortImageRecordCodeSection (
- IN IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *ImageRecord
- )
-{
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION *ImageRecordCodeSection;
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION *NextImageRecordCodeSection;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordCodeSectionLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *NextImageRecordCodeSectionLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordCodeSectionEndLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordCodeSectionList;
-
- ImageRecordCodeSectionList = &ImageRecord->CodeSegmentList;
-
- ImageRecordCodeSectionLink = ImageRecordCodeSectionList->ForwardLink;
- NextImageRecordCodeSectionLink = ImageRecordCodeSectionLink->ForwardLink;
- ImageRecordCodeSectionEndLink = ImageRecordCodeSectionList;
- while (ImageRecordCodeSectionLink != ImageRecordCodeSectionEndLink) {
- ImageRecordCodeSection = CR (
- ImageRecordCodeSectionLink,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION,
- Link,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION_SIGNATURE
- );
- while (NextImageRecordCodeSectionLink != ImageRecordCodeSectionEndLink) {
- NextImageRecordCodeSection = CR (
- NextImageRecordCodeSectionLink,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION,
- Link,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION_SIGNATURE
- );
- if (ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase > NextImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase) {
- SwapImageRecordCodeSection (ImageRecordCodeSection, NextImageRecordCodeSection);
- }
- NextImageRecordCodeSectionLink = NextImageRecordCodeSectionLink->ForwardLink;
- }
-
- ImageRecordCodeSectionLink = ImageRecordCodeSectionLink->ForwardLink;
- NextImageRecordCodeSectionLink = ImageRecordCodeSectionLink->ForwardLink;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Check if code section in image record is valid.
-
- @param[in] ImageRecord image record to be checked
-
- @retval TRUE image record is valid
- @retval FALSE image record is invalid
-**/
-STATIC
-BOOLEAN
-IsImageRecordCodeSectionValid (
- IN IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *ImageRecord
- )
-{
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION *ImageRecordCodeSection;
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION *LastImageRecordCodeSection;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordCodeSectionLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordCodeSectionEndLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordCodeSectionList;
-
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, "SMM ImageCode SegmentCount - 0x%x\n", ImageRecord->CodeSegmentCount));
-
- ImageRecordCodeSectionList = &ImageRecord->CodeSegmentList;
-
- ImageRecordCodeSectionLink = ImageRecordCodeSectionList->ForwardLink;
- ImageRecordCodeSectionEndLink = ImageRecordCodeSectionList;
- LastImageRecordCodeSection = NULL;
- while (ImageRecordCodeSectionLink != ImageRecordCodeSectionEndLink) {
- ImageRecordCodeSection = CR (
- ImageRecordCodeSectionLink,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION,
- Link,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION_SIGNATURE
- );
- if (ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentSize == 0) {
- return FALSE;
- }
- if (ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase < ImageRecord->ImageBase) {
- return FALSE;
- }
- if (ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase >= MAX_ADDRESS - ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentSize) {
- return FALSE;
- }
- if ((ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase + ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentSize) > (ImageRecord->ImageBase + ImageRecord->ImageSize)) {
- return FALSE;
- }
- if (LastImageRecordCodeSection != NULL) {
- if ((LastImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase + LastImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentSize) > ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase) {
- return FALSE;
- }
- }
-
- LastImageRecordCodeSection = ImageRecordCodeSection;
- ImageRecordCodeSectionLink = ImageRecordCodeSectionLink->ForwardLink;
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- Swap two image records.
-
- @param[in] FirstImageRecord first image record.
- @param[in] SecondImageRecord second image record.
-**/
-STATIC
-VOID
-SwapImageRecord (
- IN IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *FirstImageRecord,
- IN IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *SecondImageRecord
- )
-{
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD TempImageRecord;
-
- TempImageRecord.ImageBase = FirstImageRecord->ImageBase;
- TempImageRecord.ImageSize = FirstImageRecord->ImageSize;
- TempImageRecord.CodeSegmentCount = FirstImageRecord->CodeSegmentCount;
-
- FirstImageRecord->ImageBase = SecondImageRecord->ImageBase;
- FirstImageRecord->ImageSize = SecondImageRecord->ImageSize;
- FirstImageRecord->CodeSegmentCount = SecondImageRecord->CodeSegmentCount;
-
- SecondImageRecord->ImageBase = TempImageRecord.ImageBase;
- SecondImageRecord->ImageSize = TempImageRecord.ImageSize;
- SecondImageRecord->CodeSegmentCount = TempImageRecord.CodeSegmentCount;
-
- SwapListEntries (&FirstImageRecord->CodeSegmentList, &SecondImageRecord->CodeSegmentList);
-}
-
-/**
- Sort image record based upon the ImageBase from low to high.
-**/
-STATIC
-VOID
-SortImageRecord (
- VOID
- )
-{
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *ImageRecord;
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *NextImageRecord;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *NextImageRecordLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordEndLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordList;
-
- ImageRecordList = &mImagePropertiesPrivateData.ImageRecordList;
-
- ImageRecordLink = ImageRecordList->ForwardLink;
- NextImageRecordLink = ImageRecordLink->ForwardLink;
- ImageRecordEndLink = ImageRecordList;
- while (ImageRecordLink != ImageRecordEndLink) {
- ImageRecord = CR (
- ImageRecordLink,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD,
- Link,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_SIGNATURE
- );
- while (NextImageRecordLink != ImageRecordEndLink) {
- NextImageRecord = CR (
- NextImageRecordLink,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD,
- Link,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_SIGNATURE
- );
- if (ImageRecord->ImageBase > NextImageRecord->ImageBase) {
- SwapImageRecord (ImageRecord, NextImageRecord);
- }
- NextImageRecordLink = NextImageRecordLink->ForwardLink;
- }
-
- ImageRecordLink = ImageRecordLink->ForwardLink;
- NextImageRecordLink = ImageRecordLink->ForwardLink;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Dump image record.
-**/
-STATIC
-VOID
-DumpImageRecord (
- VOID
- )
-{
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *ImageRecord;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordList;
- UINTN Index;
-
- ImageRecordList = &mImagePropertiesPrivateData.ImageRecordList;
-
- for (ImageRecordLink = ImageRecordList->ForwardLink, Index= 0;
- ImageRecordLink != ImageRecordList;
- ImageRecordLink = ImageRecordLink->ForwardLink, Index++) {
- ImageRecord = CR (
- ImageRecordLink,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD,
- Link,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_SIGNATURE
- );
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, "SMM Image[%d]: 0x%016lx - 0x%016lx\n", Index, ImageRecord->ImageBase, ImageRecord->ImageSize));
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Insert image record.
-
- @param[in] DriverEntry Driver information
-**/
-VOID
-SmmInsertImageRecord (
- IN EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY *DriverEntry
- )
-{
- VOID *ImageAddress;
- EFI_IMAGE_DOS_HEADER *DosHdr;
- UINT32 PeCoffHeaderOffset;
- UINT32 SectionAlignment;
- EFI_IMAGE_SECTION_HEADER *Section;
- EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_PTR_UNION Hdr;
- UINT8 *Name;
- UINTN Index;
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *ImageRecord;
- CHAR8 *PdbPointer;
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION *ImageRecordCodeSection;
- UINT16 Magic;
-
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, "SMM InsertImageRecord - 0x%x\n", DriverEntry));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, "SMM InsertImageRecord - 0x%016lx - 0x%08x\n", DriverEntry->ImageBuffer, DriverEntry->NumberOfPage));
-
- ImageRecord = AllocatePool (sizeof(*ImageRecord));
- if (ImageRecord == NULL) {
- return ;
- }
- ImageRecord->Signature = IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_SIGNATURE;
-
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, "SMM ImageRecordCount - 0x%x\n", mImagePropertiesPrivateData.ImageRecordCount));
-
- //
- // Step 1: record whole region
- //
- ImageRecord->ImageBase = DriverEntry->ImageBuffer;
- ImageRecord->ImageSize = EfiPagesToSize(DriverEntry->NumberOfPage);
-
- ImageAddress = (VOID *)(UINTN)DriverEntry->ImageBuffer;
-
- PdbPointer = PeCoffLoaderGetPdbPointer ((VOID*) (UINTN) ImageAddress);
- if (PdbPointer != NULL) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, "SMM Image - %a\n", PdbPointer));
- }
-
- //
- // Check PE/COFF image
- //
- DosHdr = (EFI_IMAGE_DOS_HEADER *) (UINTN) ImageAddress;
- PeCoffHeaderOffset = 0;
- if (DosHdr->e_magic == EFI_IMAGE_DOS_SIGNATURE) {
- PeCoffHeaderOffset = DosHdr->e_lfanew;
- }
-
- Hdr.Pe32 = (EFI_IMAGE_NT_HEADERS32 *)((UINT8 *) (UINTN) ImageAddress + PeCoffHeaderOffset);
- if (Hdr.Pe32->Signature != EFI_IMAGE_NT_SIGNATURE) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, "SMM Hdr.Pe32->Signature invalid - 0x%x\n", Hdr.Pe32->Signature));
- goto Finish;
- }
-
- //
- // Get SectionAlignment
- //
- if (Hdr.Pe32->FileHeader.Machine == IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_IA64 && Hdr.Pe32->OptionalHeader.Magic == EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR32_MAGIC) {
- //
- // NOTE: Some versions of Linux ELILO for Itanium have an incorrect magic value
- // in the PE/COFF Header. If the MachineType is Itanium(IA64) and the
- // Magic value in the OptionalHeader is EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR32_MAGIC
- // then override the magic value to EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR64_MAGIC
- //
- Magic = EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR64_MAGIC;
- } else {
- //
- // Get the magic value from the PE/COFF Optional Header
- //
- Magic = Hdr.Pe32->OptionalHeader.Magic;
- }
- if (Magic == EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR32_MAGIC) {
- SectionAlignment = Hdr.Pe32->OptionalHeader.SectionAlignment;
- } else {
- SectionAlignment = Hdr.Pe32Plus->OptionalHeader.SectionAlignment;
- }
-
- SetMemoryAttributesTableSectionAlignment (SectionAlignment);
- if ((SectionAlignment & (RUNTIME_PAGE_ALLOCATION_GRANULARITY - 1)) != 0) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_WARN, "SMM !!!!!!!! InsertImageRecord - Section Alignment(0x%x) is not %dK !!!!!!!!\n",
- SectionAlignment, RUNTIME_PAGE_ALLOCATION_GRANULARITY >> 10));
- PdbPointer = PeCoffLoaderGetPdbPointer ((VOID*) (UINTN) ImageAddress);
- if (PdbPointer != NULL) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_WARN, "SMM !!!!!!!! Image - %a !!!!!!!!\n", PdbPointer));
- }
- goto Finish;
- }
-
- Section = (EFI_IMAGE_SECTION_HEADER *) (
- (UINT8 *) (UINTN) ImageAddress +
- PeCoffHeaderOffset +
- sizeof(UINT32) +
- sizeof(EFI_IMAGE_FILE_HEADER) +
- Hdr.Pe32->FileHeader.SizeOfOptionalHeader
- );
- ImageRecord->CodeSegmentCount = 0;
- InitializeListHead (&ImageRecord->CodeSegmentList);
- for (Index = 0; Index < Hdr.Pe32->FileHeader.NumberOfSections; Index++) {
- Name = Section[Index].Name;
- DEBUG ((
- DEBUG_VERBOSE,
- "SMM Section - '%c%c%c%c%c%c%c%c'\n",
- Name[0],
- Name[1],
- Name[2],
- Name[3],
- Name[4],
- Name[5],
- Name[6],
- Name[7]
- ));
-
- if ((Section[Index].Characteristics & EFI_IMAGE_SCN_CNT_CODE) != 0) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, "SMM VirtualSize - 0x%08x\n", Section[Index].Misc.VirtualSize));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, "SMM VirtualAddress - 0x%08x\n", Section[Index].VirtualAddress));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, "SMM SizeOfRawData - 0x%08x\n", Section[Index].SizeOfRawData));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, "SMM PointerToRawData - 0x%08x\n", Section[Index].PointerToRawData));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, "SMM PointerToRelocations - 0x%08x\n", Section[Index].PointerToRelocations));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, "SMM PointerToLinenumbers - 0x%08x\n", Section[Index].PointerToLinenumbers));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, "SMM NumberOfRelocations - 0x%08x\n", Section[Index].NumberOfRelocations));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, "SMM NumberOfLinenumbers - 0x%08x\n", Section[Index].NumberOfLinenumbers));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, "SMM Characteristics - 0x%08x\n", Section[Index].Characteristics));
-
- //
- // Step 2: record code section
- //
- ImageRecordCodeSection = AllocatePool (sizeof(*ImageRecordCodeSection));
- if (ImageRecordCodeSection == NULL) {
- return ;
- }
- ImageRecordCodeSection->Signature = IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION_SIGNATURE;
-
- ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase = (UINTN)ImageAddress + Section[Index].VirtualAddress;
- ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentSize = Section[Index].SizeOfRawData;
-
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, "SMM ImageCode: 0x%016lx - 0x%016lx\n", ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentBase, ImageRecordCodeSection->CodeSegmentSize));
-
- InsertTailList (&ImageRecord->CodeSegmentList, &ImageRecordCodeSection->Link);
- ImageRecord->CodeSegmentCount++;
- }
- }
-
- if (ImageRecord->CodeSegmentCount == 0) {
- SetMemoryAttributesTableSectionAlignment (1);
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SMM !!!!!!!! InsertImageRecord - CodeSegmentCount is 0 !!!!!!!!\n"));
- PdbPointer = PeCoffLoaderGetPdbPointer ((VOID*) (UINTN) ImageAddress);
- if (PdbPointer != NULL) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SMM !!!!!!!! Image - %a !!!!!!!!\n", PdbPointer));
- }
- goto Finish;
- }
-
- //
- // Final
- //
- SortImageRecordCodeSection (ImageRecord);
- //
- // Check overlap all section in ImageBase/Size
- //
- if (!IsImageRecordCodeSectionValid (ImageRecord)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SMM IsImageRecordCodeSectionValid - FAIL\n"));
- goto Finish;
- }
-
- InsertTailList (&mImagePropertiesPrivateData.ImageRecordList, &ImageRecord->Link);
- mImagePropertiesPrivateData.ImageRecordCount++;
-
- SortImageRecord ();
-
- if (mImagePropertiesPrivateData.CodeSegmentCountMax < ImageRecord->CodeSegmentCount) {
- mImagePropertiesPrivateData.CodeSegmentCountMax = ImageRecord->CodeSegmentCount;
- }
-
-Finish:
- return ;
-}
-
-/**
- Find image record according to image base and size.
-
- @param[in] ImageBase Base of PE image
- @param[in] ImageSize Size of PE image
-
- @return image record
-**/
-STATIC
-IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *
-FindImageRecord (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ImageBase,
- IN UINT64 ImageSize
- )
-{
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *ImageRecord;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *ImageRecordList;
-
- ImageRecordList = &mImagePropertiesPrivateData.ImageRecordList;
-
- for (ImageRecordLink = ImageRecordList->ForwardLink;
- ImageRecordLink != ImageRecordList;
- ImageRecordLink = ImageRecordLink->ForwardLink) {
- ImageRecord = CR (
- ImageRecordLink,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD,
- Link,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_SIGNATURE
- );
-
- if ((ImageBase == ImageRecord->ImageBase) &&
- (ImageSize == ImageRecord->ImageSize)) {
- return ImageRecord;
- }
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- Remove Image record.
-
- @param[in] DriverEntry Driver information
-**/
-VOID
-SmmRemoveImageRecord (
- IN EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY *DriverEntry
- )
-{
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD *ImageRecord;
- LIST_ENTRY *CodeSegmentListHead;
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION *ImageRecordCodeSection;
-
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, "SMM RemoveImageRecord - 0x%x\n", DriverEntry));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, "SMM RemoveImageRecord - 0x%016lx - 0x%016lx\n", DriverEntry->ImageBuffer, DriverEntry->NumberOfPage));
-
- ImageRecord = FindImageRecord (DriverEntry->ImageBuffer, EfiPagesToSize(DriverEntry->NumberOfPage));
- if (ImageRecord == NULL) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SMM !!!!!!!! ImageRecord not found !!!!!!!!\n"));
- return ;
- }
-
- CodeSegmentListHead = &ImageRecord->CodeSegmentList;
- while (!IsListEmpty (CodeSegmentListHead)) {
- ImageRecordCodeSection = CR (
- CodeSegmentListHead->ForwardLink,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION,
- Link,
- IMAGE_PROPERTIES_RECORD_CODE_SECTION_SIGNATURE
- );
- RemoveEntryList (&ImageRecordCodeSection->Link);
- FreePool (ImageRecordCodeSection);
- }
-
- RemoveEntryList (&ImageRecord->Link);
- FreePool (ImageRecord);
- mImagePropertiesPrivateData.ImageRecordCount--;
-}
-
-/**
- Publish MemoryAttributesTable to SMM configuration table.
-**/
-VOID
-PublishMemoryAttributesTable (
- VOID
- )
-{
- UINTN MemoryMapSize;
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMap;
- UINTN MapKey;
- UINTN DescriptorSize;
- UINT32 DescriptorVersion;
- UINTN Index;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN RuntimeEntryCount;
- EDKII_PI_SMM_MEMORY_ATTRIBUTES_TABLE *MemoryAttributesTable;
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryAttributesEntry;
- UINTN MemoryAttributesTableSize;
-
- MemoryMapSize = 0;
- MemoryMap = NULL;
- Status = SmmCoreGetMemoryMapMemoryAttributesTable (
- &MemoryMapSize,
- MemoryMap,
- &MapKey,
- &DescriptorSize,
- &DescriptorVersion
- );
- ASSERT (Status == EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL);
-
- do {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "MemoryMapSize - 0x%x\n", MemoryMapSize));
- MemoryMap = AllocatePool (MemoryMapSize);
- ASSERT (MemoryMap != NULL);
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "MemoryMap - 0x%x\n", MemoryMap));
-
- Status = SmmCoreGetMemoryMapMemoryAttributesTable (
- &MemoryMapSize,
- MemoryMap,
- &MapKey,
- &DescriptorSize,
- &DescriptorVersion
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreePool (MemoryMap);
- }
- } while (Status == EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL);
-
- //
- // Allocate MemoryAttributesTable
- //
- RuntimeEntryCount = MemoryMapSize/DescriptorSize;
- MemoryAttributesTableSize = sizeof(EDKII_PI_SMM_MEMORY_ATTRIBUTES_TABLE) + DescriptorSize * RuntimeEntryCount;
- MemoryAttributesTable = AllocatePool (sizeof(EDKII_PI_SMM_MEMORY_ATTRIBUTES_TABLE) + DescriptorSize * RuntimeEntryCount);
- ASSERT (MemoryAttributesTable != NULL);
- MemoryAttributesTable->Version = EDKII_PI_SMM_MEMORY_ATTRIBUTES_TABLE_VERSION;
- MemoryAttributesTable->NumberOfEntries = (UINT32)RuntimeEntryCount;
- MemoryAttributesTable->DescriptorSize = (UINT32)DescriptorSize;
- MemoryAttributesTable->Reserved = 0;
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "MemoryAttributesTable:\n"));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " Version - 0x%08x\n", MemoryAttributesTable->Version));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " NumberOfEntries - 0x%08x\n", MemoryAttributesTable->NumberOfEntries));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " DescriptorSize - 0x%08x\n", MemoryAttributesTable->DescriptorSize));
- MemoryAttributesEntry = (EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *)(MemoryAttributesTable + 1);
- for (Index = 0; Index < MemoryMapSize/DescriptorSize; Index++) {
- CopyMem (MemoryAttributesEntry, MemoryMap, DescriptorSize);
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "Entry (0x%x)\n", MemoryAttributesEntry));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " Type - 0x%x\n", MemoryAttributesEntry->Type));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " PhysicalStart - 0x%016lx\n", MemoryAttributesEntry->PhysicalStart));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " VirtualStart - 0x%016lx\n", MemoryAttributesEntry->VirtualStart));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " NumberOfPages - 0x%016lx\n", MemoryAttributesEntry->NumberOfPages));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " Attribute - 0x%016lx\n", MemoryAttributesEntry->Attribute));
- MemoryAttributesEntry = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR(MemoryAttributesEntry, DescriptorSize);
-
- MemoryMap = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR(MemoryMap, DescriptorSize);
- }
-
- Status = gSmst->SmmInstallConfigurationTable (gSmst, &gEdkiiPiSmmMemoryAttributesTableGuid, MemoryAttributesTable, MemoryAttributesTableSize);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-}
-
-/**
- This function returns if image is inside SMRAM.
-
- @param[in] LoadedImage LoadedImage protocol instance for an image.
-
- @retval TRUE the image is inside SMRAM.
- @retval FALSE the image is outside SMRAM.
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsImageInsideSmram (
- IN EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL *LoadedImage
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < mFullSmramRangeCount; Index++) {
- if ((mFullSmramRanges[Index].PhysicalStart <= (UINTN)LoadedImage->ImageBase)&&
- (mFullSmramRanges[Index].PhysicalStart + mFullSmramRanges[Index].PhysicalSize >= (UINTN)LoadedImage->ImageBase + LoadedImage->ImageSize)) {
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/**
- This function installs all SMM image record information.
-**/
-VOID
-SmmInstallImageRecord (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN NoHandles;
- EFI_HANDLE *HandleBuffer;
- EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL *LoadedImage;
- UINTN Index;
- EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY DriverEntry;
-
- Status = SmmLocateHandleBuffer (
- ByProtocol,
- &gEfiLoadedImageProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- &NoHandles,
- &HandleBuffer
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return ;
- }
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < NoHandles; Index++) {
- Status = gSmst->SmmHandleProtocol (
- HandleBuffer[Index],
- &gEfiLoadedImageProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **)&LoadedImage
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- continue;
- }
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, "LoadedImage - 0x%x 0x%x ", LoadedImage->ImageBase, LoadedImage->ImageSize));
- {
- VOID *PdbPointer;
- PdbPointer = PeCoffLoaderGetPdbPointer (LoadedImage->ImageBase);
- if (PdbPointer != NULL) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, "(%a) ", PdbPointer));
- }
- }
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, "\n"));
- ZeroMem (&DriverEntry, sizeof(DriverEntry));
- DriverEntry.ImageBuffer = (UINTN)LoadedImage->ImageBase;
- DriverEntry.NumberOfPage = EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES((UINTN)LoadedImage->ImageSize);
- SmmInsertImageRecord (&DriverEntry);
- }
-
- FreePool (HandleBuffer);
-}
-
-/**
- Install MemoryAttributesTable.
-
- @param[in] Protocol Points to the protocol's unique identifier.
- @param[in] Interface Points to the interface instance.
- @param[in] Handle The handle on which the interface was installed.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Notification runs successfully.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmInstallMemoryAttributesTable (
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN VOID *Interface,
- IN EFI_HANDLE Handle
- )
-{
- SmmInstallImageRecord ();
-
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "SMM MemoryProtectionAttribute - 0x%016lx\n", mMemoryProtectionAttribute));
- if ((mMemoryProtectionAttribute & EFI_MEMORY_ATTRIBUTES_RUNTIME_MEMORY_PROTECTION_NON_EXECUTABLE_PE_DATA) == 0) {
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, "SMM Total Image Count - 0x%x\n", mImagePropertiesPrivateData.ImageRecordCount));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_VERBOSE, "SMM Dump ImageRecord:\n"));
- DumpImageRecord ();
-
- PublishMemoryAttributesTable ();
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Initialize MemoryAttributesTable support.
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-SmmCoreInitializeMemoryAttributesTable (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- VOID *Registration;
-
- Status = gSmst->SmmRegisterProtocolNotify (
- &gEfiSmmEndOfDxeProtocolGuid,
- SmmInstallMemoryAttributesTable,
- &Registration
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- return ;
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/Notify.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/Notify.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0054fe66aa..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/Notify.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,202 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Support functions for UEFI protocol notification infrastructure.
-
- Copyright (c) 2009 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available
- under the terms and conditions of the BSD License which accompanies this
- distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "PiSmmCore.h"
-
-/**
- Signal event for every protocol in protocol entry.
-
- @param Prot Protocol interface
-
-**/
-VOID
-SmmNotifyProtocol (
- IN PROTOCOL_INTERFACE *Prot
- )
-{
- PROTOCOL_ENTRY *ProtEntry;
- PROTOCOL_NOTIFY *ProtNotify;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
-
- ProtEntry = Prot->Protocol;
- for (Link=ProtEntry->Notify.ForwardLink; Link != &ProtEntry->Notify; Link=Link->ForwardLink) {
- ProtNotify = CR(Link, PROTOCOL_NOTIFY, Link, PROTOCOL_NOTIFY_SIGNATURE);
- ProtNotify->Function (&ProtEntry->ProtocolID, Prot->Interface, Prot->Handle);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Removes Protocol from the protocol list (but not the handle list).
-
- @param Handle The handle to remove protocol on.
- @param Protocol GUID of the protocol to be moved
- @param Interface The interface of the protocol
-
- @return Protocol Entry
-
-**/
-PROTOCOL_INTERFACE *
-SmmRemoveInterfaceFromProtocol (
- IN IHANDLE *Handle,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN VOID *Interface
- )
-{
- PROTOCOL_INTERFACE *Prot;
- PROTOCOL_NOTIFY *ProtNotify;
- PROTOCOL_ENTRY *ProtEntry;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
-
- Prot = SmmFindProtocolInterface (Handle, Protocol, Interface);
- if (Prot != NULL) {
-
- ProtEntry = Prot->Protocol;
-
- //
- // If there's a protocol notify location pointing to this entry, back it up one
- //
- for(Link = ProtEntry->Notify.ForwardLink; Link != &ProtEntry->Notify; Link=Link->ForwardLink) {
- ProtNotify = CR(Link, PROTOCOL_NOTIFY, Link, PROTOCOL_NOTIFY_SIGNATURE);
-
- if (ProtNotify->Position == &Prot->ByProtocol) {
- ProtNotify->Position = Prot->ByProtocol.BackLink;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Remove the protocol interface entry
- //
- RemoveEntryList (&Prot->ByProtocol);
- }
-
- return Prot;
-}
-
-/**
- Add a new protocol notification record for the request protocol.
-
- @param Protocol The requested protocol to add the notify
- registration
- @param Function Points to the notification function
- @param Registration Returns the registration record
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully returned the registration record
- that has been added or unhooked
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Protocol is NULL or Registration is NULL
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory resource to finish the request
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND If the registration is not found when Function == NULL
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmRegisterProtocolNotify (
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN EFI_SMM_NOTIFY_FN Function,
- OUT VOID **Registration
- )
-{
- PROTOCOL_ENTRY *ProtEntry;
- PROTOCOL_NOTIFY *ProtNotify;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- if (Protocol == NULL || Registration == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (Function == NULL) {
- //
- // Get the protocol entry per Protocol
- //
- ProtEntry = SmmFindProtocolEntry ((EFI_GUID *) Protocol, FALSE);
- if (ProtEntry != NULL) {
- ProtNotify = (PROTOCOL_NOTIFY * )*Registration;
- for (Link = ProtEntry->Notify.ForwardLink;
- Link != &ProtEntry->Notify;
- Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- //
- // Compare the notification record
- //
- if (ProtNotify == (CR(Link, PROTOCOL_NOTIFY, Link, PROTOCOL_NOTIFY_SIGNATURE))){
- //
- // If Registration is an existing registration, then unhook it
- //
- ProtNotify->Signature = 0;
- RemoveEntryList (&ProtNotify->Link);
- FreePool (ProtNotify);
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
- }
- //
- // If the registration is not found
- //
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- ProtNotify = NULL;
-
- //
- // Get the protocol entry to add the notification too
- //
- ProtEntry = SmmFindProtocolEntry ((EFI_GUID *) Protocol, TRUE);
- if (ProtEntry != NULL) {
- //
- // Find whether notification already exist
- //
- for (Link = ProtEntry->Notify.ForwardLink;
- Link != &ProtEntry->Notify;
- Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
-
- ProtNotify = CR(Link, PROTOCOL_NOTIFY, Link, PROTOCOL_NOTIFY_SIGNATURE);
- if (CompareGuid (&ProtNotify->Protocol->ProtocolID, Protocol) &&
- (ProtNotify->Function == Function)) {
-
- //
- // Notification already exist
- //
- *Registration = ProtNotify;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Allocate a new notification record
- //
- ProtNotify = AllocatePool (sizeof(PROTOCOL_NOTIFY));
- if (ProtNotify != NULL) {
- ProtNotify->Signature = PROTOCOL_NOTIFY_SIGNATURE;
- ProtNotify->Protocol = ProtEntry;
- ProtNotify->Function = Function;
- //
- // Start at the ending
- //
- ProtNotify->Position = ProtEntry->Protocols.BackLink;
-
- InsertTailList (&ProtEntry->Notify, &ProtNotify->Link);
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Done. If we have a protocol notify entry, then return it.
- // Otherwise, we must have run out of resources trying to add one
- //
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- if (ProtNotify != NULL) {
- *Registration = ProtNotify;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- return Status;
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/Page.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/Page.c deleted file mode 100644 index 4154c2e6a1..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/Page.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1121 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- SMM Memory page management functions.
-
- Copyright (c) 2009 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available
- under the terms and conditions of the BSD License which accompanies this
- distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "PiSmmCore.h"
-#include <Library/SmmServicesTableLib.h>
-
-#define TRUNCATE_TO_PAGES(a) ((a) >> EFI_PAGE_SHIFT)
-
-LIST_ENTRY mSmmMemoryMap = INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (mSmmMemoryMap);
-
-//
-// For GetMemoryMap()
-//
-
-#define MEMORY_MAP_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32('m','m','a','p')
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
-
- BOOLEAN FromStack;
- EFI_MEMORY_TYPE Type;
- UINT64 Start;
- UINT64 End;
-
-} MEMORY_MAP;
-
-LIST_ENTRY gMemoryMap = INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (gMemoryMap);
-
-
-#define MAX_MAP_DEPTH 6
-
-///
-/// mMapDepth - depth of new descriptor stack
-///
-UINTN mMapDepth = 0;
-///
-/// mMapStack - space to use as temp storage to build new map descriptors
-///
-MEMORY_MAP mMapStack[MAX_MAP_DEPTH];
-UINTN mFreeMapStack = 0;
-///
-/// This list maintain the free memory map list
-///
-LIST_ENTRY mFreeMemoryMapEntryList = INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (mFreeMemoryMapEntryList);
-
-/**
- Allocates pages from the memory map.
-
- @param[in] Type The type of allocation to perform.
- @param[in] MemoryType The type of memory to turn the allocated pages
- into.
- @param[in] NumberOfPages The number of pages to allocate.
- @param[out] Memory A pointer to receive the base allocated memory
- address.
- @param[in] AddRegion If this memory is new added region.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Parameters violate checking rules defined in spec.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Could not allocate pages match the requirement.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough pages to allocate.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Pages successfully allocated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-SmmInternalAllocatePagesEx (
- IN EFI_ALLOCATE_TYPE Type,
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
- IN UINTN NumberOfPages,
- OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *Memory,
- IN BOOLEAN AddRegion
- );
-
-/**
- Internal function. Deque a descriptor entry from the mFreeMemoryMapEntryList.
- If the list is emtry, then allocate a new page to refuel the list.
- Please Note this algorithm to allocate the memory map descriptor has a property
- that the memory allocated for memory entries always grows, and will never really be freed.
-
- @return The Memory map descriptor dequed from the mFreeMemoryMapEntryList
-
-**/
-MEMORY_MAP *
-AllocateMemoryMapEntry (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Mem;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- MEMORY_MAP* FreeDescriptorEntries;
- MEMORY_MAP* Entry;
- UINTN Index;
-
- //DEBUG((DEBUG_INFO, "AllocateMemoryMapEntry\n"));
-
- if (IsListEmpty (&mFreeMemoryMapEntryList)) {
- //DEBUG((DEBUG_INFO, "mFreeMemoryMapEntryList is empty\n"));
- //
- // The list is empty, to allocate one page to refuel the list
- //
- Status = SmmInternalAllocatePagesEx (
- AllocateAnyPages,
- EfiRuntimeServicesData,
- EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (RUNTIME_PAGE_ALLOCATION_GRANULARITY),
- &Mem,
- TRUE
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- if(!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreeDescriptorEntries = (MEMORY_MAP *)(UINTN)Mem;
- //DEBUG((DEBUG_INFO, "New FreeDescriptorEntries - 0x%x\n", FreeDescriptorEntries));
- //
- // Enque the free memmory map entries into the list
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index< RUNTIME_PAGE_ALLOCATION_GRANULARITY / sizeof(MEMORY_MAP); Index++) {
- FreeDescriptorEntries[Index].Signature = MEMORY_MAP_SIGNATURE;
- InsertTailList (&mFreeMemoryMapEntryList, &FreeDescriptorEntries[Index].Link);
- }
- } else {
- return NULL;
- }
- }
- //
- // dequeue the first descriptor from the list
- //
- Entry = CR (mFreeMemoryMapEntryList.ForwardLink, MEMORY_MAP, Link, MEMORY_MAP_SIGNATURE);
- RemoveEntryList (&Entry->Link);
-
- return Entry;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Internal function. Moves any memory descriptors that are on the
- temporary descriptor stack to heap.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CoreFreeMemoryMapStack (
- VOID
- )
-{
- MEMORY_MAP *Entry;
-
- //
- // If already freeing the map stack, then return
- //
- if (mFreeMapStack != 0) {
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- return ;
- }
-
- //
- // Move the temporary memory descriptor stack into pool
- //
- mFreeMapStack += 1;
-
- while (mMapDepth != 0) {
- //
- // Deque an memory map entry from mFreeMemoryMapEntryList
- //
- Entry = AllocateMemoryMapEntry ();
- ASSERT (Entry);
-
- //
- // Update to proper entry
- //
- mMapDepth -= 1;
-
- if (mMapStack[mMapDepth].Link.ForwardLink != NULL) {
-
- CopyMem (Entry , &mMapStack[mMapDepth], sizeof (MEMORY_MAP));
- Entry->FromStack = FALSE;
-
- //
- // Move this entry to general memory
- //
- InsertTailList (&mMapStack[mMapDepth].Link, &Entry->Link);
- RemoveEntryList (&mMapStack[mMapDepth].Link);
- mMapStack[mMapDepth].Link.ForwardLink = NULL;
- }
- }
-
- mFreeMapStack -= 1;
-}
-
-/**
- Insert new entry from memory map.
-
- @param[in] Link The old memory map entry to be linked.
- @param[in] Start The start address of new memory map entry.
- @param[in] End The end address of new memory map entry.
- @param[in] Type The type of new memory map entry.
- @param[in] Next If new entry is inserted to the next of old entry.
- @param[in] AddRegion If this memory is new added region.
-**/
-VOID
-InsertNewEntry (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *Link,
- IN UINT64 Start,
- IN UINT64 End,
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE Type,
- IN BOOLEAN Next,
- IN BOOLEAN AddRegion
- )
-{
- MEMORY_MAP *Entry;
-
- Entry = &mMapStack[mMapDepth];
- mMapDepth += 1;
- ASSERT (mMapDepth < MAX_MAP_DEPTH);
- Entry->FromStack = TRUE;
-
- Entry->Signature = MEMORY_MAP_SIGNATURE;
- Entry->Type = Type;
- Entry->Start = Start;
- Entry->End = End;
- if (Next) {
- InsertHeadList (Link, &Entry->Link);
- } else {
- InsertTailList (Link, &Entry->Link);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Remove old entry from memory map.
-
- @param[in] Entry Memory map entry to be removed.
-**/
-VOID
-RemoveOldEntry (
- IN MEMORY_MAP *Entry
- )
-{
- RemoveEntryList (&Entry->Link);
- if (!Entry->FromStack) {
- InsertTailList (&mFreeMemoryMapEntryList, &Entry->Link);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Update SMM memory map entry.
-
- @param[in] Type The type of allocation to perform.
- @param[in] Memory The base of memory address.
- @param[in] NumberOfPages The number of pages to allocate.
- @param[in] AddRegion If this memory is new added region.
-**/
-VOID
-ConvertSmmMemoryMapEntry (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE Type,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Memory,
- IN UINTN NumberOfPages,
- IN BOOLEAN AddRegion
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- MEMORY_MAP *Entry;
- MEMORY_MAP *NextEntry;
- LIST_ENTRY *NextLink;
- MEMORY_MAP *PreviousEntry;
- LIST_ENTRY *PreviousLink;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Start;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS End;
-
- Start = Memory;
- End = Memory + EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE(NumberOfPages) - 1;
-
- //
- // Exclude memory region
- //
- Link = gMemoryMap.ForwardLink;
- while (Link != &gMemoryMap) {
- Entry = CR (Link, MEMORY_MAP, Link, MEMORY_MAP_SIGNATURE);
- Link = Link->ForwardLink;
-
- //
- // ---------------------------------------------------
- // | +----------+ +------+ +------+ +------+ |
- // ---|gMemoryMep|---|Entry1|---|Entry2|---|Entry3|---
- // +----------+ ^ +------+ +------+ +------+
- // |
- // +------+
- // |EntryX|
- // +------+
- //
- if (Entry->Start > End) {
- if ((Entry->Start == End + 1) && (Entry->Type == Type)) {
- Entry->Start = Start;
- return ;
- }
- InsertNewEntry (
- &Entry->Link,
- Start,
- End,
- Type,
- FALSE,
- AddRegion
- );
- return ;
- }
-
- if ((Entry->Start <= Start) && (Entry->End >= End)) {
- if (Entry->Type != Type) {
- if (Entry->Start < Start) {
- //
- // ---------------------------------------------------
- // | +----------+ +------+ +------+ +------+ |
- // ---|gMemoryMep|---|Entry1|---|EntryX|---|Entry3|---
- // +----------+ +------+ ^ +------+ +------+
- // |
- // +------+
- // |EntryA|
- // +------+
- //
- InsertNewEntry (
- &Entry->Link,
- Entry->Start,
- Start - 1,
- Entry->Type,
- FALSE,
- AddRegion
- );
- }
- if (Entry->End > End) {
- //
- // ---------------------------------------------------
- // | +----------+ +------+ +------+ +------+ |
- // ---|gMemoryMep|---|Entry1|---|EntryX|---|Entry3|---
- // +----------+ +------+ +------+ ^ +------+
- // |
- // +------+
- // |EntryZ|
- // +------+
- //
- InsertNewEntry (
- &Entry->Link,
- End + 1,
- Entry->End,
- Entry->Type,
- TRUE,
- AddRegion
- );
- }
- //
- // Update this node
- //
- Entry->Start = Start;
- Entry->End = End;
- Entry->Type = Type;
-
- //
- // Check adjacent
- //
- NextLink = Entry->Link.ForwardLink;
- if (NextLink != &gMemoryMap) {
- NextEntry = CR (NextLink, MEMORY_MAP, Link, MEMORY_MAP_SIGNATURE);
- //
- // ---------------------------------------------------
- // | +----------+ +------+ +-----------------+ |
- // ---|gMemoryMep|---|Entry1|---|EntryX Entry3|---
- // +----------+ +------+ +-----------------+
- //
- if ((Entry->Type == NextEntry->Type) && (Entry->End + 1 == NextEntry->Start)) {
- Entry->End = NextEntry->End;
- RemoveOldEntry (NextEntry);
- }
- }
- PreviousLink = Entry->Link.BackLink;
- if (PreviousLink != &gMemoryMap) {
- PreviousEntry = CR (PreviousLink, MEMORY_MAP, Link, MEMORY_MAP_SIGNATURE);
- //
- // ---------------------------------------------------
- // | +----------+ +-----------------+ +------+ |
- // ---|gMemoryMep|---|Entry1 EntryX|---|Entry3|---
- // +----------+ +-----------------+ +------+
- //
- if ((PreviousEntry->Type == Entry->Type) && (PreviousEntry->End + 1 == Entry->Start)) {
- PreviousEntry->End = Entry->End;
- RemoveOldEntry (Entry);
- }
- }
- }
- return ;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // ---------------------------------------------------
- // | +----------+ +------+ +------+ +------+ |
- // ---|gMemoryMep|---|Entry1|---|Entry2|---|Entry3|---
- // +----------+ +------+ +------+ +------+ ^
- // |
- // +------+
- // |EntryX|
- // +------+
- //
- Link = gMemoryMap.BackLink;
- if (Link != &gMemoryMap) {
- Entry = CR (Link, MEMORY_MAP, Link, MEMORY_MAP_SIGNATURE);
- if ((Entry->End + 1 == Start) && (Entry->Type == Type)) {
- Entry->End = End;
- return ;
- }
- }
- InsertNewEntry (
- &gMemoryMap,
- Start,
- End,
- Type,
- FALSE,
- AddRegion
- );
- return ;
-}
-
-/**
- Return the count of Smm memory map entry.
-
- @return The count of Smm memory map entry.
-**/
-UINTN
-GetSmmMemoryMapEntryCount (
- VOID
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- UINTN Count;
-
- Count = 0;
- Link = gMemoryMap.ForwardLink;
- while (Link != &gMemoryMap) {
- Link = Link->ForwardLink;
- Count++;
- }
- return Count;
-}
-
-/**
- Dump Smm memory map entry.
-**/
-VOID
-DumpSmmMemoryMapEntry (
- VOID
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- MEMORY_MAP *Entry;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Last;
-
- Last = 0;
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "DumpSmmMemoryMapEntry:\n"));
- Link = gMemoryMap.ForwardLink;
- while (Link != &gMemoryMap) {
- Entry = CR (Link, MEMORY_MAP, Link, MEMORY_MAP_SIGNATURE);
- Link = Link->ForwardLink;
-
- if ((Last != 0) && (Last != (UINT64)-1)) {
- if (Last + 1 != Entry->Start) {
- Last = (UINT64)-1;
- } else {
- Last = Entry->End;
- }
- } else if (Last == 0) {
- Last = Entry->End;
- }
-
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "Entry (Link - 0x%x)\n", &Entry->Link));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " Signature - 0x%x\n", Entry->Signature));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " Link.ForwardLink - 0x%x\n", Entry->Link.ForwardLink));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " Link.BackLink - 0x%x\n", Entry->Link.BackLink));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " Type - 0x%x\n", Entry->Type));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " Start - 0x%016lx\n", Entry->Start));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " End - 0x%016lx\n", Entry->End));
- }
-
- ASSERT (Last != (UINT64)-1);
-}
-
-/**
- Dump Smm memory map.
-**/
-VOID
-DumpSmmMemoryMap (
- VOID
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Node;
- FREE_PAGE_LIST *Pages;
-
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "DumpSmmMemoryMap\n"));
-
- Pages = NULL;
- Node = mSmmMemoryMap.ForwardLink;
- while (Node != &mSmmMemoryMap) {
- Pages = BASE_CR (Node, FREE_PAGE_LIST, Link);
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "Pages - 0x%x\n", Pages));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "Pages->NumberOfPages - 0x%x\n", Pages->NumberOfPages));
- Node = Node->ForwardLink;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Check if a Smm base~length is in Smm memory map.
-
- @param[in] Base The base address of Smm memory to be checked.
- @param[in] Length THe length of Smm memory to be checked.
-
- @retval TRUE Smm base~length is in smm memory map.
- @retval FALSE Smm base~length is in smm memory map.
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-SmmMemoryMapConsistencyCheckRange (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Base,
- IN UINTN Length
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- MEMORY_MAP *Entry;
- BOOLEAN Result;
-
- Result = FALSE;
- Link = gMemoryMap.ForwardLink;
- while (Link != &gMemoryMap) {
- Entry = CR (Link, MEMORY_MAP, Link, MEMORY_MAP_SIGNATURE);
- Link = Link->ForwardLink;
-
- if (Entry->Type != EfiConventionalMemory) {
- continue;
- }
- if (Entry->Start == Base && Entry->End == Base + Length - 1) {
- Result = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- return Result;
-}
-
-/**
- Check the consistency of Smm memory map.
-**/
-VOID
-SmmMemoryMapConsistencyCheck (
- VOID
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Node;
- FREE_PAGE_LIST *Pages;
- BOOLEAN Result;
-
- Pages = NULL;
- Node = mSmmMemoryMap.ForwardLink;
- while (Node != &mSmmMemoryMap) {
- Pages = BASE_CR (Node, FREE_PAGE_LIST, Link);
- Result = SmmMemoryMapConsistencyCheckRange ((EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)Pages, (UINTN)EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE(Pages->NumberOfPages));
- ASSERT (Result);
- Node = Node->ForwardLink;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Internal Function. Allocate n pages from given free page node.
-
- @param Pages The free page node.
- @param NumberOfPages Number of pages to be allocated.
- @param MaxAddress Request to allocate memory below this address.
-
- @return Memory address of allocated pages.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-InternalAllocPagesOnOneNode (
- IN OUT FREE_PAGE_LIST *Pages,
- IN UINTN NumberOfPages,
- IN UINTN MaxAddress
- )
-{
- UINTN Top;
- UINTN Bottom;
- FREE_PAGE_LIST *Node;
-
- Top = TRUNCATE_TO_PAGES (MaxAddress + 1 - (UINTN)Pages);
- if (Top > Pages->NumberOfPages) {
- Top = Pages->NumberOfPages;
- }
- Bottom = Top - NumberOfPages;
-
- if (Top < Pages->NumberOfPages) {
- Node = (FREE_PAGE_LIST*)((UINTN)Pages + EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (Top));
- Node->NumberOfPages = Pages->NumberOfPages - Top;
- InsertHeadList (&Pages->Link, &Node->Link);
- }
-
- if (Bottom > 0) {
- Pages->NumberOfPages = Bottom;
- } else {
- RemoveEntryList (&Pages->Link);
- }
-
- return (UINTN)Pages + EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (Bottom);
-}
-
-/**
- Internal Function. Allocate n pages from free page list below MaxAddress.
-
- @param FreePageList The free page node.
- @param NumberOfPages Number of pages to be allocated.
- @param MaxAddress Request to allocate memory below this address.
-
- @return Memory address of allocated pages.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-InternalAllocMaxAddress (
- IN OUT LIST_ENTRY *FreePageList,
- IN UINTN NumberOfPages,
- IN UINTN MaxAddress
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Node;
- FREE_PAGE_LIST *Pages;
-
- for (Node = FreePageList->BackLink; Node != FreePageList; Node = Node->BackLink) {
- Pages = BASE_CR (Node, FREE_PAGE_LIST, Link);
- if (Pages->NumberOfPages >= NumberOfPages &&
- (UINTN)Pages + EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (NumberOfPages) - 1 <= MaxAddress) {
- return InternalAllocPagesOnOneNode (Pages, NumberOfPages, MaxAddress);
- }
- }
- return (UINTN)(-1);
-}
-
-/**
- Internal Function. Allocate n pages from free page list at given address.
-
- @param FreePageList The free page node.
- @param NumberOfPages Number of pages to be allocated.
- @param MaxAddress Request to allocate memory below this address.
-
- @return Memory address of allocated pages.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-InternalAllocAddress (
- IN OUT LIST_ENTRY *FreePageList,
- IN UINTN NumberOfPages,
- IN UINTN Address
- )
-{
- UINTN EndAddress;
- LIST_ENTRY *Node;
- FREE_PAGE_LIST *Pages;
-
- if ((Address & EFI_PAGE_MASK) != 0) {
- return ~Address;
- }
-
- EndAddress = Address + EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (NumberOfPages);
- for (Node = FreePageList->BackLink; Node!= FreePageList; Node = Node->BackLink) {
- Pages = BASE_CR (Node, FREE_PAGE_LIST, Link);
- if ((UINTN)Pages <= Address) {
- if ((UINTN)Pages + EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (Pages->NumberOfPages) < EndAddress) {
- break;
- }
- return InternalAllocPagesOnOneNode (Pages, NumberOfPages, EndAddress);
- }
- }
- return ~Address;
-}
-
-/**
- Allocates pages from the memory map.
-
- @param[in] Type The type of allocation to perform.
- @param[in] MemoryType The type of memory to turn the allocated pages
- into.
- @param[in] NumberOfPages The number of pages to allocate.
- @param[out] Memory A pointer to receive the base allocated memory
- address.
- @param[in] AddRegion If this memory is new added region.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Parameters violate checking rules defined in spec.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Could not allocate pages match the requirement.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough pages to allocate.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Pages successfully allocated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-SmmInternalAllocatePagesEx (
- IN EFI_ALLOCATE_TYPE Type,
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
- IN UINTN NumberOfPages,
- OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *Memory,
- IN BOOLEAN AddRegion
- )
-{
- UINTN RequestedAddress;
-
- if (MemoryType != EfiRuntimeServicesCode &&
- MemoryType != EfiRuntimeServicesData) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (NumberOfPages > TRUNCATE_TO_PAGES ((UINTN)-1) + 1) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- //
- // We don't track memory type in SMM
- //
- RequestedAddress = (UINTN)*Memory;
- switch (Type) {
- case AllocateAnyPages:
- RequestedAddress = (UINTN)(-1);
- case AllocateMaxAddress:
- *Memory = InternalAllocMaxAddress (
- &mSmmMemoryMap,
- NumberOfPages,
- RequestedAddress
- );
- if (*Memory == (UINTN)-1) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- break;
- case AllocateAddress:
- *Memory = InternalAllocAddress (
- &mSmmMemoryMap,
- NumberOfPages,
- RequestedAddress
- );
- if (*Memory != RequestedAddress) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- break;
- default:
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Update SmmMemoryMap here.
- //
- ConvertSmmMemoryMapEntry (MemoryType, *Memory, NumberOfPages, AddRegion);
- if (!AddRegion) {
- CoreFreeMemoryMapStack();
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Allocates pages from the memory map.
-
- @param[in] Type The type of allocation to perform.
- @param[in] MemoryType The type of memory to turn the allocated pages
- into.
- @param[in] NumberOfPages The number of pages to allocate.
- @param[out] Memory A pointer to receive the base allocated memory
- address.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Parameters violate checking rules defined in spec.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Could not allocate pages match the requirement.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough pages to allocate.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Pages successfully allocated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmInternalAllocatePages (
- IN EFI_ALLOCATE_TYPE Type,
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
- IN UINTN NumberOfPages,
- OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *Memory
- )
-{
- return SmmInternalAllocatePagesEx (Type, MemoryType, NumberOfPages, Memory, FALSE);
-}
-
-/**
- Allocates pages from the memory map.
-
- @param Type The type of allocation to perform.
- @param MemoryType The type of memory to turn the allocated pages
- into.
- @param NumberOfPages The number of pages to allocate.
- @param Memory A pointer to receive the base allocated memory
- address.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Parameters violate checking rules defined in spec.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Could not allocate pages match the requirement.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough pages to allocate.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Pages successfully allocated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmAllocatePages (
- IN EFI_ALLOCATE_TYPE Type,
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
- IN UINTN NumberOfPages,
- OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *Memory
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- Status = SmmInternalAllocatePages (Type, MemoryType, NumberOfPages, Memory);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- SmmCoreUpdateProfile (
- (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) RETURN_ADDRESS (0),
- MemoryProfileActionAllocatePages,
- MemoryType,
- EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (NumberOfPages),
- (VOID *) (UINTN) *Memory,
- NULL
- );
- }
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Internal Function. Merge two adjacent nodes.
-
- @param First The first of two nodes to merge.
-
- @return Pointer to node after merge (if success) or pointer to next node (if fail).
-
-**/
-FREE_PAGE_LIST *
-InternalMergeNodes (
- IN FREE_PAGE_LIST *First
- )
-{
- FREE_PAGE_LIST *Next;
-
- Next = BASE_CR (First->Link.ForwardLink, FREE_PAGE_LIST, Link);
- ASSERT (
- TRUNCATE_TO_PAGES ((UINTN)Next - (UINTN)First) >= First->NumberOfPages);
-
- if (TRUNCATE_TO_PAGES ((UINTN)Next - (UINTN)First) == First->NumberOfPages) {
- First->NumberOfPages += Next->NumberOfPages;
- RemoveEntryList (&Next->Link);
- Next = First;
- }
- return Next;
-}
-
-/**
- Frees previous allocated pages.
-
- @param[in] Memory Base address of memory being freed.
- @param[in] NumberOfPages The number of pages to free.
- @param[in] AddRegion If this memory is new added region.
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Could not find the entry that covers the range.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Address not aligned, Address is zero or NumberOfPages is zero.
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Pages successfully freed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-SmmInternalFreePagesEx (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Memory,
- IN UINTN NumberOfPages,
- IN BOOLEAN AddRegion
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Node;
- FREE_PAGE_LIST *Pages;
-
- if (((Memory & EFI_PAGE_MASK) != 0) || (Memory == 0) || (NumberOfPages == 0)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- Pages = NULL;
- Node = mSmmMemoryMap.ForwardLink;
- while (Node != &mSmmMemoryMap) {
- Pages = BASE_CR (Node, FREE_PAGE_LIST, Link);
- if (Memory < (UINTN)Pages) {
- break;
- }
- Node = Node->ForwardLink;
- }
-
- if (Node != &mSmmMemoryMap &&
- Memory + EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (NumberOfPages) > (UINTN)Pages) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (Node->BackLink != &mSmmMemoryMap) {
- Pages = BASE_CR (Node->BackLink, FREE_PAGE_LIST, Link);
- if ((UINTN)Pages + EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (Pages->NumberOfPages) > Memory) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- }
-
- Pages = (FREE_PAGE_LIST*)(UINTN)Memory;
- Pages->NumberOfPages = NumberOfPages;
- InsertTailList (Node, &Pages->Link);
-
- if (Pages->Link.BackLink != &mSmmMemoryMap) {
- Pages = InternalMergeNodes (
- BASE_CR (Pages->Link.BackLink, FREE_PAGE_LIST, Link)
- );
- }
-
- if (Node != &mSmmMemoryMap) {
- InternalMergeNodes (Pages);
- }
-
- //
- // Update SmmMemoryMap here.
- //
- ConvertSmmMemoryMapEntry (EfiConventionalMemory, Memory, NumberOfPages, AddRegion);
- if (!AddRegion) {
- CoreFreeMemoryMapStack();
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Frees previous allocated pages.
-
- @param[in] Memory Base address of memory being freed.
- @param[in] NumberOfPages The number of pages to free.
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Could not find the entry that covers the range.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Address not aligned, Address is zero or NumberOfPages is zero.
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Pages successfully freed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmInternalFreePages (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Memory,
- IN UINTN NumberOfPages
- )
-{
- return SmmInternalFreePagesEx (Memory, NumberOfPages, FALSE);
-}
-
-/**
- Frees previous allocated pages.
-
- @param Memory Base address of memory being freed.
- @param NumberOfPages The number of pages to free.
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Could not find the entry that covers the range.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Address not aligned, Address is zero or NumberOfPages is zero.
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Pages successfully freed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmFreePages (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Memory,
- IN UINTN NumberOfPages
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- Status = SmmInternalFreePages (Memory, NumberOfPages);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- SmmCoreUpdateProfile (
- (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) RETURN_ADDRESS (0),
- MemoryProfileActionFreePages,
- EfiMaxMemoryType,
- EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (NumberOfPages),
- (VOID *) (UINTN) Memory,
- NULL
- );
- }
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Add free SMRAM region for use by memory service.
-
- @param MemBase Base address of memory region.
- @param MemLength Length of the memory region.
- @param Type Memory type.
- @param Attributes Memory region state.
-
-**/
-VOID
-SmmAddMemoryRegion (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS MemBase,
- IN UINT64 MemLength,
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE Type,
- IN UINT64 Attributes
- )
-{
- UINTN AlignedMemBase;
-
- //
- // Add EfiRuntimeServicesData for memory regions that is already allocated, needs testing, or needs ECC initialization
- //
- if ((Attributes & (EFI_ALLOCATED | EFI_NEEDS_TESTING | EFI_NEEDS_ECC_INITIALIZATION)) != 0) {
- Type = EfiRuntimeServicesData;
- } else {
- Type = EfiConventionalMemory;
- }
-
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "SmmAddMemoryRegion\n"));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " MemBase - 0x%lx\n", MemBase));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " MemLength - 0x%lx\n", MemLength));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " Type - 0x%x\n", Type));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " Attributes - 0x%lx\n", Attributes));
-
- //
- // Align range on an EFI_PAGE_SIZE boundary
- //
- AlignedMemBase = (UINTN)(MemBase + EFI_PAGE_MASK) & ~EFI_PAGE_MASK;
- MemLength -= AlignedMemBase - MemBase;
- if (Type == EfiConventionalMemory) {
- SmmInternalFreePagesEx (AlignedMemBase, TRUNCATE_TO_PAGES ((UINTN)MemLength), TRUE);
- } else {
- ConvertSmmMemoryMapEntry (EfiRuntimeServicesData, AlignedMemBase, TRUNCATE_TO_PAGES ((UINTN)MemLength), TRUE);
- }
-
- CoreFreeMemoryMapStack ();
-}
-
-/**
- This function returns a copy of the current memory map. The map is an array of
- memory descriptors, each of which describes a contiguous block of memory.
-
- @param[in, out] MemoryMapSize A pointer to the size, in bytes, of the
- MemoryMap buffer. On input, this is the size of
- the buffer allocated by the caller. On output,
- it is the size of the buffer returned by the
- firmware if the buffer was large enough, or the
- size of the buffer needed to contain the map if
- the buffer was too small.
- @param[in, out] MemoryMap A pointer to the buffer in which firmware places
- the current memory map.
- @param[out] MapKey A pointer to the location in which firmware
- returns the key for the current memory map.
- @param[out] DescriptorSize A pointer to the location in which firmware
- returns the size, in bytes, of an individual
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR.
- @param[out] DescriptorVersion A pointer to the location in which firmware
- returns the version number associated with the
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The memory map was returned in the MemoryMap
- buffer.
- @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL The MemoryMap buffer was too small. The current
- buffer size needed to hold the memory map is
- returned in MemoryMapSize.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One of the parameters has an invalid value.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmCoreGetMemoryMap (
- IN OUT UINTN *MemoryMapSize,
- IN OUT EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMap,
- OUT UINTN *MapKey,
- OUT UINTN *DescriptorSize,
- OUT UINT32 *DescriptorVersion
- )
-{
- UINTN Count;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- MEMORY_MAP *Entry;
- UINTN Size;
- UINTN BufferSize;
-
- Size = sizeof (EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR);
-
- //
- // Make sure Size != sizeof(EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR). This will
- // prevent people from having pointer math bugs in their code.
- // now you have to use *DescriptorSize to make things work.
- //
- Size += sizeof(UINT64) - (Size % sizeof (UINT64));
-
- if (DescriptorSize != NULL) {
- *DescriptorSize = Size;
- }
-
- if (DescriptorVersion != NULL) {
- *DescriptorVersion = EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR_VERSION;
- }
-
- Count = GetSmmMemoryMapEntryCount ();
- BufferSize = Size * Count;
- if (*MemoryMapSize < BufferSize) {
- *MemoryMapSize = BufferSize;
- return EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
- }
-
- *MemoryMapSize = BufferSize;
- if (MemoryMap == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- ZeroMem (MemoryMap, BufferSize);
- Link = gMemoryMap.ForwardLink;
- while (Link != &gMemoryMap) {
- Entry = CR (Link, MEMORY_MAP, Link, MEMORY_MAP_SIGNATURE);
- Link = Link->ForwardLink;
-
- MemoryMap->Type = Entry->Type;
- MemoryMap->PhysicalStart = Entry->Start;
- MemoryMap->NumberOfPages = RShiftU64 (Entry->End - Entry->Start + 1, EFI_PAGE_SHIFT);
-
- MemoryMap = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (MemoryMap, Size);
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/PiSmmCore.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/PiSmmCore.c deleted file mode 100644 index 9e4390e15a..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/PiSmmCore.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,686 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- SMM Core Main Entry Point
-
- Copyright (c) 2009 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available
- under the terms and conditions of the BSD License which accompanies this
- distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "PiSmmCore.h"
-
-//
-// Physical pointer to private structure shared between SMM IPL and the SMM Core
-//
-SMM_CORE_PRIVATE_DATA *gSmmCorePrivate;
-
-//
-// SMM Core global variable for SMM System Table. Only accessed as a physical structure in SMRAM.
-//
-EFI_SMM_SYSTEM_TABLE2 gSmmCoreSmst = {
- {
- SMM_SMST_SIGNATURE,
- EFI_SMM_SYSTEM_TABLE2_REVISION,
- sizeof (gSmmCoreSmst.Hdr)
- },
- NULL, // SmmFirmwareVendor
- 0, // SmmFirmwareRevision
- SmmInstallConfigurationTable,
- {
- {
- (EFI_SMM_CPU_IO2) SmmEfiNotAvailableYetArg5, // SmmMemRead
- (EFI_SMM_CPU_IO2) SmmEfiNotAvailableYetArg5 // SmmMemWrite
- },
- {
- (EFI_SMM_CPU_IO2) SmmEfiNotAvailableYetArg5, // SmmIoRead
- (EFI_SMM_CPU_IO2) SmmEfiNotAvailableYetArg5 // SmmIoWrite
- }
- },
- SmmAllocatePool,
- SmmFreePool,
- SmmAllocatePages,
- SmmFreePages,
- NULL, // SmmStartupThisAp
- 0, // CurrentlyExecutingCpu
- 0, // NumberOfCpus
- NULL, // CpuSaveStateSize
- NULL, // CpuSaveState
- 0, // NumberOfTableEntries
- NULL, // SmmConfigurationTable
- SmmInstallProtocolInterface,
- SmmUninstallProtocolInterface,
- SmmHandleProtocol,
- SmmRegisterProtocolNotify,
- SmmLocateHandle,
- SmmLocateProtocol,
- SmiManage,
- SmiHandlerRegister,
- SmiHandlerUnRegister
-};
-
-//
-// Flag to determine if the platform has performed a legacy boot.
-// If this flag is TRUE, then the runtime code and runtime data associated with the
-// SMM IPL are converted to free memory, so the SMM Core must guarantee that is
-// does not touch of the code/data associated with the SMM IPL if this flag is TRUE.
-//
-BOOLEAN mInLegacyBoot = FALSE;
-
-//
-// Table of SMI Handlers that are registered by the SMM Core when it is initialized
-//
-SMM_CORE_SMI_HANDLERS mSmmCoreSmiHandlers[] = {
- { SmmDriverDispatchHandler, &gEfiEventDxeDispatchGuid, NULL, TRUE },
- { SmmReadyToLockHandler, &gEfiDxeSmmReadyToLockProtocolGuid, NULL, TRUE },
- { SmmLegacyBootHandler, &gEfiEventLegacyBootGuid, NULL, FALSE },
- { SmmExitBootServicesHandler, &gEfiEventExitBootServicesGuid, NULL, FALSE },
- { SmmReadyToBootHandler, &gEfiEventReadyToBootGuid, NULL, FALSE },
- { SmmEndOfDxeHandler, &gEfiEndOfDxeEventGroupGuid, NULL, TRUE },
- { NULL, NULL, NULL, FALSE }
-};
-
-UINTN mFullSmramRangeCount;
-EFI_SMRAM_DESCRIPTOR *mFullSmramRanges;
-
-EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY *mSmmCoreDriverEntry;
-
-EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL *mSmmCoreLoadedImage;
-
-/**
- Place holder function until all the SMM System Table Service are available.
-
- Note: This function is only used by SMRAM invocation. It is never used by DXE invocation.
-
- @param Arg1 Undefined
- @param Arg2 Undefined
- @param Arg3 Undefined
- @param Arg4 Undefined
- @param Arg5 Undefined
-
- @return EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmEfiNotAvailableYetArg5 (
- UINTN Arg1,
- UINTN Arg2,
- UINTN Arg3,
- UINTN Arg4,
- UINTN Arg5
- )
-{
- //
- // This function should never be executed. If it does, then the architectural protocols
- // have not been designed correctly.
- //
- return EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET;
-}
-
-/**
- Software SMI handler that is called when a Legacy Boot event is signalled. The SMM
- Core uses this signal to know that a Legacy Boot has been performed and that
- gSmmCorePrivate that is shared between the UEFI and SMM execution environments can
- not be accessed from SMM anymore since that structure is considered free memory by
- a legacy OS. Then the SMM Core also install SMM Legacy Boot protocol to notify SMM
- driver that system enter legacy boot.
-
- @param DispatchHandle The unique handle assigned to this handler by SmiHandlerRegister().
- @param Context Points to an optional handler context which was specified when the handler was registered.
- @param CommBuffer A pointer to a collection of data in memory that will
- be conveyed from a non-SMM environment into an SMM environment.
- @param CommBufferSize The size of the CommBuffer.
-
- @return Status Code
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmLegacyBootHandler (
- IN EFI_HANDLE DispatchHandle,
- IN CONST VOID *Context, OPTIONAL
- IN OUT VOID *CommBuffer, OPTIONAL
- IN OUT UINTN *CommBufferSize OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_HANDLE SmmHandle;
-
- //
- // Install SMM Legacy Boot protocol.
- //
- SmmHandle = NULL;
- Status = SmmInstallProtocolInterface (
- &SmmHandle,
- &gEdkiiSmmLegacyBootProtocolGuid,
- EFI_NATIVE_INTERFACE,
- NULL
- );
-
- mInLegacyBoot = TRUE;
-
- SmiHandlerUnRegister (DispatchHandle);
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Software SMI handler that is called when an Exit Boot Services event is signalled.
- Then the SMM Core also install SMM Exit Boot Services protocol to notify SMM driver
- that system enter exit boot services.
-
- @param DispatchHandle The unique handle assigned to this handler by SmiHandlerRegister().
- @param Context Points to an optional handler context which was specified when the handler was registered.
- @param CommBuffer A pointer to a collection of data in memory that will
- be conveyed from a non-SMM environment into an SMM environment.
- @param CommBufferSize The size of the CommBuffer.
-
- @return Status Code
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmExitBootServicesHandler (
- IN EFI_HANDLE DispatchHandle,
- IN CONST VOID *Context, OPTIONAL
- IN OUT VOID *CommBuffer, OPTIONAL
- IN OUT UINTN *CommBufferSize OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_HANDLE SmmHandle;
-
- //
- // Install SMM Exit Boot Services protocol.
- //
- SmmHandle = NULL;
- Status = SmmInstallProtocolInterface (
- &SmmHandle,
- &gEdkiiSmmExitBootServicesProtocolGuid,
- EFI_NATIVE_INTERFACE,
- NULL
- );
-
- SmiHandlerUnRegister (DispatchHandle);
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Software SMI handler that is called when an Ready To Boot event is signalled.
- Then the SMM Core also install SMM Ready To Boot protocol to notify SMM driver
- that system enter ready to boot.
-
- @param DispatchHandle The unique handle assigned to this handler by SmiHandlerRegister().
- @param Context Points to an optional handler context which was specified when the handler was registered.
- @param CommBuffer A pointer to a collection of data in memory that will
- be conveyed from a non-SMM environment into an SMM environment.
- @param CommBufferSize The size of the CommBuffer.
-
- @return Status Code
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmReadyToBootHandler (
- IN EFI_HANDLE DispatchHandle,
- IN CONST VOID *Context, OPTIONAL
- IN OUT VOID *CommBuffer, OPTIONAL
- IN OUT UINTN *CommBufferSize OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_HANDLE SmmHandle;
-
- //
- // Install SMM Ready To Boot protocol.
- //
- SmmHandle = NULL;
- Status = SmmInstallProtocolInterface (
- &SmmHandle,
- &gEdkiiSmmReadyToBootProtocolGuid,
- EFI_NATIVE_INTERFACE,
- NULL
- );
-
- SmiHandlerUnRegister (DispatchHandle);
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Software SMI handler that is called when the DxeSmmReadyToLock protocol is added
- or if gEfiEventReadyToBootGuid is signalled. This function unregisters the
- Software SMIs that are nor required after SMRAM is locked and installs the
- SMM Ready To Lock Protocol so SMM Drivers are informed that SMRAM is about
- to be locked. It also verifies the SMM CPU I/O 2 Protocol has been installed
- and NULLs gBS and gST because they can not longer be used after SMRAM is locked.
-
- @param DispatchHandle The unique handle assigned to this handler by SmiHandlerRegister().
- @param Context Points to an optional handler context which was specified when the handler was registered.
- @param CommBuffer A pointer to a collection of data in memory that will
- be conveyed from a non-SMM environment into an SMM environment.
- @param CommBufferSize The size of the CommBuffer.
-
- @return Status Code
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmReadyToLockHandler (
- IN EFI_HANDLE DispatchHandle,
- IN CONST VOID *Context, OPTIONAL
- IN OUT VOID *CommBuffer, OPTIONAL
- IN OUT UINTN *CommBufferSize OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN Index;
- EFI_HANDLE SmmHandle;
- VOID *Interface;
-
- //
- // Unregister SMI Handlers that are no required after the SMM driver dispatch is stopped
- //
- for (Index = 0; mSmmCoreSmiHandlers[Index].HandlerType != NULL; Index++) {
- if (mSmmCoreSmiHandlers[Index].UnRegister) {
- SmiHandlerUnRegister (mSmmCoreSmiHandlers[Index].DispatchHandle);
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Install SMM Ready to lock protocol
- //
- SmmHandle = NULL;
- Status = SmmInstallProtocolInterface (
- &SmmHandle,
- &gEfiSmmReadyToLockProtocolGuid,
- EFI_NATIVE_INTERFACE,
- NULL
- );
-
- //
- // Make sure SMM CPU I/O 2 Procol has been installed into the handle database
- //
- Status = SmmLocateProtocol (&gEfiSmmCpuIo2ProtocolGuid, NULL, &Interface);
-
- //
- // Print a message on a debug build if the SMM CPU I/O 2 Protocol is not installed
- //
- DEBUG_CODE_BEGIN ();
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "\nSMM: SmmCpuIo Arch Protocol not present!!\n"));
- }
- DEBUG_CODE_END ();
-
- //
- // Assert if the CPU I/O 2 Protocol is not installed
- //
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Display any drivers that were not dispatched because dependency expression
- // evaluated to false if this is a debug build
- //
- DEBUG_CODE_BEGIN ();
- SmmDisplayDiscoveredNotDispatched ();
- DEBUG_CODE_END ();
-
- //
- // Not allowed to use gST or gBS after lock
- //
- gST = NULL;
- gBS = NULL;
-
- SmramProfileReadyToLock ();
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Software SMI handler that is called when the EndOfDxe event is signalled.
- This function installs the SMM EndOfDxe Protocol so SMM Drivers are informed that
- platform code will invoke 3rd part code.
-
- @param DispatchHandle The unique handle assigned to this handler by SmiHandlerRegister().
- @param Context Points to an optional handler context which was specified when the handler was registered.
- @param CommBuffer A pointer to a collection of data in memory that will
- be conveyed from a non-SMM environment into an SMM environment.
- @param CommBufferSize The size of the CommBuffer.
-
- @return Status Code
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmEndOfDxeHandler (
- IN EFI_HANDLE DispatchHandle,
- IN CONST VOID *Context, OPTIONAL
- IN OUT VOID *CommBuffer, OPTIONAL
- IN OUT UINTN *CommBufferSize OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_HANDLE SmmHandle;
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "SmmEndOfDxeHandler\n"));
- //
- // Install SMM EndOfDxe protocol
- //
- SmmHandle = NULL;
- Status = SmmInstallProtocolInterface (
- &SmmHandle,
- &gEfiSmmEndOfDxeProtocolGuid,
- EFI_NATIVE_INTERFACE,
- NULL
- );
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Determine if two buffers overlap in memory.
-
- @param[in] Buff1 Pointer to first buffer
- @param[in] Size1 Size of Buff1
- @param[in] Buff2 Pointer to second buffer
- @param[in] Size2 Size of Buff2
-
- @retval TRUE Buffers overlap in memory.
- @retval FALSE Buffer doesn't overlap.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-InternalIsBufferOverlapped (
- IN UINT8 *Buff1,
- IN UINTN Size1,
- IN UINT8 *Buff2,
- IN UINTN Size2
- )
-{
- //
- // If buff1's end is less than the start of buff2, then it's ok.
- // Also, if buff1's start is beyond buff2's end, then it's ok.
- //
- if (((Buff1 + Size1) <= Buff2) || (Buff1 >= (Buff2 + Size2))) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- The main entry point to SMM Foundation.
-
- Note: This function is only used by SMRAM invocation. It is never used by DXE invocation.
-
- @param SmmEntryContext Processor information and functionality
- needed by SMM Foundation.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-SmmEntryPoint (
- IN CONST EFI_SMM_ENTRY_CONTEXT *SmmEntryContext
-)
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_SMM_COMMUNICATE_HEADER *CommunicateHeader;
- BOOLEAN InLegacyBoot;
- BOOLEAN IsOverlapped;
- VOID *CommunicationBuffer;
- UINTN BufferSize;
-
- PERF_START (NULL, "SMM", NULL, 0) ;
-
- //
- // Update SMST with contents of the SmmEntryContext structure
- //
- gSmmCoreSmst.SmmStartupThisAp = SmmEntryContext->SmmStartupThisAp;
- gSmmCoreSmst.CurrentlyExecutingCpu = SmmEntryContext->CurrentlyExecutingCpu;
- gSmmCoreSmst.NumberOfCpus = SmmEntryContext->NumberOfCpus;
- gSmmCoreSmst.CpuSaveStateSize = SmmEntryContext->CpuSaveStateSize;
- gSmmCoreSmst.CpuSaveState = SmmEntryContext->CpuSaveState;
-
- //
- // Call platform hook before Smm Dispatch
- //
- PlatformHookBeforeSmmDispatch ();
-
- //
- // If a legacy boot has occured, then make sure gSmmCorePrivate is not accessed
- //
- InLegacyBoot = mInLegacyBoot;
- if (!InLegacyBoot) {
- //
- // Mark the InSmm flag as TRUE, it will be used by SmmBase2 protocol
- //
- gSmmCorePrivate->InSmm = TRUE;
-
- //
- // Check to see if this is a Synchronous SMI sent through the SMM Communication
- // Protocol or an Asynchronous SMI
- //
- CommunicationBuffer = gSmmCorePrivate->CommunicationBuffer;
- BufferSize = gSmmCorePrivate->BufferSize;
- if (CommunicationBuffer != NULL) {
- //
- // Synchronous SMI for SMM Core or request from Communicate protocol
- //
- IsOverlapped = InternalIsBufferOverlapped (
- (UINT8 *) CommunicationBuffer,
- BufferSize,
- (UINT8 *) gSmmCorePrivate,
- sizeof (*gSmmCorePrivate)
- );
- if (!SmmIsBufferOutsideSmmValid ((UINTN)CommunicationBuffer, BufferSize) || IsOverlapped) {
- //
- // If CommunicationBuffer is not in valid address scope,
- // or there is overlap between gSmmCorePrivate and CommunicationBuffer,
- // return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER
- //
- gSmmCorePrivate->CommunicationBuffer = NULL;
- gSmmCorePrivate->ReturnStatus = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- } else {
- CommunicateHeader = (EFI_SMM_COMMUNICATE_HEADER *)CommunicationBuffer;
- BufferSize -= OFFSET_OF (EFI_SMM_COMMUNICATE_HEADER, Data);
- Status = SmiManage (
- &CommunicateHeader->HeaderGuid,
- NULL,
- CommunicateHeader->Data,
- &BufferSize
- );
- //
- // Update CommunicationBuffer, BufferSize and ReturnStatus
- // Communicate service finished, reset the pointer to CommBuffer to NULL
- //
- gSmmCorePrivate->BufferSize = BufferSize + OFFSET_OF (EFI_SMM_COMMUNICATE_HEADER, Data);
- gSmmCorePrivate->CommunicationBuffer = NULL;
- gSmmCorePrivate->ReturnStatus = (Status == EFI_SUCCESS) ? EFI_SUCCESS : EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Process Asynchronous SMI sources
- //
- SmiManage (NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
-
- //
- // Call platform hook after Smm Dispatch
- //
- PlatformHookAfterSmmDispatch ();
-
- //
- // If a legacy boot has occured, then make sure gSmmCorePrivate is not accessed
- //
- if (!InLegacyBoot) {
- //
- // Clear the InSmm flag as we are going to leave SMM
- //
- gSmmCorePrivate->InSmm = FALSE;
- }
-
- PERF_END (NULL, "SMM", NULL, 0) ;
-}
-
-/**
- Install LoadedImage protocol for SMM Core.
-**/
-VOID
-SmmCoreInstallLoadedImage (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_HANDLE Handle;
-
- //
- // Allocate a Loaded Image Protocol in EfiBootServicesData
- //
- Status = gBS->AllocatePool (EfiBootServicesData, sizeof(EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL), (VOID **)&mSmmCoreLoadedImage);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- ZeroMem (mSmmCoreLoadedImage, sizeof (EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL));
- //
- // Fill in the remaining fields of the Loaded Image Protocol instance.
- // Note: ImageBase is an SMRAM address that can not be accessed outside of SMRAM if SMRAM window is closed.
- //
- mSmmCoreLoadedImage->Revision = EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL_REVISION;
- mSmmCoreLoadedImage->ParentHandle = gSmmCorePrivate->SmmIplImageHandle;
- mSmmCoreLoadedImage->SystemTable = gST;
-
- mSmmCoreLoadedImage->ImageBase = (VOID *)(UINTN)gSmmCorePrivate->PiSmmCoreImageBase;
- mSmmCoreLoadedImage->ImageSize = gSmmCorePrivate->PiSmmCoreImageSize;
- mSmmCoreLoadedImage->ImageCodeType = EfiRuntimeServicesCode;
- mSmmCoreLoadedImage->ImageDataType = EfiRuntimeServicesData;
-
- //
- // Create a new image handle in the UEFI handle database for the SMM Driver
- //
- Handle = NULL;
- Status = gBS->InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
- &Handle,
- &gEfiLoadedImageProtocolGuid, mSmmCoreLoadedImage,
- NULL
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Allocate a Loaded Image Protocol in SMM
- //
- Status = SmmAllocatePool (EfiRuntimeServicesData, sizeof(EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY), (VOID **)&mSmmCoreDriverEntry);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR(Status);
-
- ZeroMem (mSmmCoreDriverEntry, sizeof(EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY));
- //
- // Fill in the remaining fields of the Loaded Image Protocol instance.
- //
- mSmmCoreDriverEntry->Signature = EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY_SIGNATURE;
- mSmmCoreDriverEntry->SmmLoadedImage.Revision = EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL_REVISION;
- mSmmCoreDriverEntry->SmmLoadedImage.ParentHandle = gSmmCorePrivate->SmmIplImageHandle;
- mSmmCoreDriverEntry->SmmLoadedImage.SystemTable = gST;
-
- mSmmCoreDriverEntry->SmmLoadedImage.ImageBase = (VOID *)(UINTN)gSmmCorePrivate->PiSmmCoreImageBase;
- mSmmCoreDriverEntry->SmmLoadedImage.ImageSize = gSmmCorePrivate->PiSmmCoreImageSize;
- mSmmCoreDriverEntry->SmmLoadedImage.ImageCodeType = EfiRuntimeServicesCode;
- mSmmCoreDriverEntry->SmmLoadedImage.ImageDataType = EfiRuntimeServicesData;
-
- mSmmCoreDriverEntry->ImageEntryPoint = gSmmCorePrivate->PiSmmCoreEntryPoint;
- mSmmCoreDriverEntry->ImageBuffer = gSmmCorePrivate->PiSmmCoreImageBase;
- mSmmCoreDriverEntry->NumberOfPage = EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES((UINTN)gSmmCorePrivate->PiSmmCoreImageSize);
-
- //
- // Create a new image handle in the SMM handle database for the SMM Driver
- //
- mSmmCoreDriverEntry->SmmImageHandle = NULL;
- Status = SmmInstallProtocolInterface (
- &mSmmCoreDriverEntry->SmmImageHandle,
- &gEfiLoadedImageProtocolGuid,
- EFI_NATIVE_INTERFACE,
- &mSmmCoreDriverEntry->SmmLoadedImage
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR(Status);
-
- return ;
-}
-
-/**
- The Entry Point for SMM Core
-
- Install DXE Protocols and reload SMM Core into SMRAM and register SMM Core
- EntryPoint on the SMI vector.
-
- Note: This function is called for both DXE invocation and SMRAM invocation.
-
- @param ImageHandle The firmware allocated handle for the EFI image.
- @param SystemTable A pointer to the EFI System Table.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The entry point is executed successfully.
- @retval Other Some error occurred when executing this entry point.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmMain (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN Index;
-
- //
- // Get SMM Core Private context passed in from SMM IPL in ImageHandle.
- //
- gSmmCorePrivate = (SMM_CORE_PRIVATE_DATA *)ImageHandle;
-
- //
- // Fill in SMRAM physical address for the SMM Services Table and the SMM Entry Point.
- //
- gSmmCorePrivate->Smst = &gSmmCoreSmst;
- gSmmCorePrivate->SmmEntryPoint = SmmEntryPoint;
-
- //
- // No need to initialize memory service.
- // It is done in constructor of PiSmmCoreMemoryAllocationLib(),
- // so that the library linked with PiSmmCore can use AllocatePool() in constuctor.
- //
-
- SmramProfileInit ();
-
- //
- // Copy FullSmramRanges to SMRAM
- //
- mFullSmramRangeCount = gSmmCorePrivate->SmramRangeCount;
- mFullSmramRanges = AllocatePool (mFullSmramRangeCount * sizeof (EFI_SMRAM_DESCRIPTOR));
- ASSERT (mFullSmramRanges != NULL);
- CopyMem (mFullSmramRanges, gSmmCorePrivate->SmramRanges, mFullSmramRangeCount * sizeof (EFI_SMRAM_DESCRIPTOR));
-
- //
- // Register all SMI Handlers required by the SMM Core
- //
- for (Index = 0; mSmmCoreSmiHandlers[Index].HandlerType != NULL; Index++) {
- Status = SmiHandlerRegister (
- mSmmCoreSmiHandlers[Index].Handler,
- mSmmCoreSmiHandlers[Index].HandlerType,
- &mSmmCoreSmiHandlers[Index].DispatchHandle
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
-
- RegisterSmramProfileHandler ();
- SmramProfileInstallProtocol ();
-
- SmmCoreInstallLoadedImage ();
-
- SmmCoreInitializeMemoryAttributesTable ();
-
- SmmCoreInitializeSmiHandlerProfile ();
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/PiSmmCore.h b/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/PiSmmCore.h deleted file mode 100644 index c12805a2dd..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/PiSmmCore.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1218 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- The internal header file includes the common header files, defines
- internal structure and functions used by SmmCore module.
-
- Copyright (c) 2009 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available
- under the terms and conditions of the BSD License which accompanies this
- distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _SMM_CORE_H_
-#define _SMM_CORE_H_
-
-#include <PiSmm.h>
-
-#include <Protocol/DxeSmmReadyToLock.h>
-#include <Protocol/SmmReadyToLock.h>
-#include <Protocol/SmmEndOfDxe.h>
-#include <Protocol/CpuIo2.h>
-#include <Protocol/SmmCommunication.h>
-#include <Protocol/SmmAccess2.h>
-#include <Protocol/FirmwareVolume2.h>
-#include <Protocol/LoadedImage.h>
-#include <Protocol/DevicePath.h>
-#include <Protocol/Security.h>
-#include <Protocol/Security2.h>
-#include <Protocol/SmmExitBootServices.h>
-#include <Protocol/SmmLegacyBoot.h>
-#include <Protocol/SmmReadyToBoot.h>
-
-#include <Guid/Apriori.h>
-#include <Guid/EventGroup.h>
-#include <Guid/EventLegacyBios.h>
-#include <Guid/MemoryProfile.h>
-#include <Guid/LoadModuleAtFixedAddress.h>
-#include <Guid/SmiHandlerProfile.h>
-
-#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
-#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
-#include <Library/PeCoffLib.h>
-#include <Library/PeCoffGetEntryPointLib.h>
-#include <Library/CacheMaintenanceLib.h>
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Library/ReportStatusCodeLib.h>
-#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>
-#include <Library/DevicePathLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
-#include <Library/PcdLib.h>
-#include <Library/SmmCorePlatformHookLib.h>
-#include <Library/PerformanceLib.h>
-#include <Library/TimerLib.h>
-#include <Library/HobLib.h>
-#include <Library/SmmMemLib.h>
-
-#include "PiSmmCorePrivateData.h"
-
-//
-// Used to build a table of SMI Handlers that the SMM Core registers
-//
-typedef struct {
- EFI_SMM_HANDLER_ENTRY_POINT2 Handler;
- EFI_GUID *HandlerType;
- EFI_HANDLE DispatchHandle;
- BOOLEAN UnRegister;
-} SMM_CORE_SMI_HANDLERS;
-
-//
-// SMM_HANDLER - used for each SMM handler
-//
-
-#define SMI_ENTRY_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32('s','m','i','e')
-
- typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- LIST_ENTRY AllEntries; // All entries
-
- EFI_GUID HandlerType; // Type of interrupt
- LIST_ENTRY SmiHandlers; // All handlers
-} SMI_ENTRY;
-
-#define SMI_HANDLER_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32('s','m','i','h')
-
- typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- LIST_ENTRY Link; // Link on SMI_ENTRY.SmiHandlers
- EFI_SMM_HANDLER_ENTRY_POINT2 Handler; // The smm handler's entry point
- UINTN CallerAddr; // The address of caller who register the SMI handler.
- SMI_ENTRY *SmiEntry;
- VOID *Context; // for profile
- UINTN ContextSize; // for profile
-} SMI_HANDLER;
-
-//
-// Structure for recording the state of an SMM Driver
-//
-#define EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32('s', 'd','r','v')
-
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- LIST_ENTRY Link; // mDriverList
-
- LIST_ENTRY ScheduledLink; // mScheduledQueue
-
- EFI_HANDLE FvHandle;
- EFI_GUID FileName;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FvFileDevicePath;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *Fv;
-
- VOID *Depex;
- UINTN DepexSize;
-
- BOOLEAN Before;
- BOOLEAN After;
- EFI_GUID BeforeAfterGuid;
-
- BOOLEAN Dependent;
- BOOLEAN Scheduled;
- BOOLEAN Initialized;
- BOOLEAN DepexProtocolError;
-
- EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle;
- EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL *LoadedImage;
- //
- // Image EntryPoint in SMRAM
- //
- PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ImageEntryPoint;
- //
- // Image Buffer in SMRAM
- //
- PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ImageBuffer;
- //
- // Image Page Number
- //
- UINTN NumberOfPage;
- EFI_HANDLE SmmImageHandle;
- EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL SmmLoadedImage;
-} EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY;
-
-#define EFI_HANDLE_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32('h','n','d','l')
-
-///
-/// IHANDLE - contains a list of protocol handles
-///
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- /// All handles list of IHANDLE
- LIST_ENTRY AllHandles;
- /// List of PROTOCOL_INTERFACE's for this handle
- LIST_ENTRY Protocols;
- UINTN LocateRequest;
-} IHANDLE;
-
-#define ASSERT_IS_HANDLE(a) ASSERT((a)->Signature == EFI_HANDLE_SIGNATURE)
-
-#define PROTOCOL_ENTRY_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32('p','r','t','e')
-
-///
-/// PROTOCOL_ENTRY - each different protocol has 1 entry in the protocol
-/// database. Each handler that supports this protocol is listed, along
-/// with a list of registered notifies.
-///
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- /// Link Entry inserted to mProtocolDatabase
- LIST_ENTRY AllEntries;
- /// ID of the protocol
- EFI_GUID ProtocolID;
- /// All protocol interfaces
- LIST_ENTRY Protocols;
- /// Registerd notification handlers
- LIST_ENTRY Notify;
-} PROTOCOL_ENTRY;
-
-#define PROTOCOL_INTERFACE_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32('p','i','f','c')
-
-///
-/// PROTOCOL_INTERFACE - each protocol installed on a handle is tracked
-/// with a protocol interface structure
-///
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- /// Link on IHANDLE.Protocols
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
- /// Back pointer
- IHANDLE *Handle;
- /// Link on PROTOCOL_ENTRY.Protocols
- LIST_ENTRY ByProtocol;
- /// The protocol ID
- PROTOCOL_ENTRY *Protocol;
- /// The interface value
- VOID *Interface;
-} PROTOCOL_INTERFACE;
-
-#define PROTOCOL_NOTIFY_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32('p','r','t','n')
-
-///
-/// PROTOCOL_NOTIFY - used for each register notification for a protocol
-///
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- PROTOCOL_ENTRY *Protocol;
- /// All notifications for this protocol
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
- /// Notification function
- EFI_SMM_NOTIFY_FN Function;
- /// Last position notified
- LIST_ENTRY *Position;
-} PROTOCOL_NOTIFY;
-
-//
-// SMM Core Global Variables
-//
-extern SMM_CORE_PRIVATE_DATA *gSmmCorePrivate;
-extern EFI_SMM_SYSTEM_TABLE2 gSmmCoreSmst;
-extern LIST_ENTRY gHandleList;
-extern EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS gLoadModuleAtFixAddressSmramBase;
-
-/**
- Called to initialize the memory service.
-
- @param SmramRangeCount Number of SMRAM Regions
- @param SmramRanges Pointer to SMRAM Descriptors
-
-**/
-VOID
-SmmInitializeMemoryServices (
- IN UINTN SmramRangeCount,
- IN EFI_SMRAM_DESCRIPTOR *SmramRanges
- );
-
-/**
- The SmmInstallConfigurationTable() function is used to maintain the list
- of configuration tables that are stored in the System Management System
- Table. The list is stored as an array of (GUID, Pointer) pairs. The list
- must be allocated from pool memory with PoolType set to EfiRuntimeServicesData.
-
- @param SystemTable A pointer to the SMM System Table (SMST).
- @param Guid A pointer to the GUID for the entry to add, update, or remove.
- @param Table A pointer to the buffer of the table to add.
- @param TableSize The size of the table to install.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The (Guid, Table) pair was added, updated, or removed.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Guid is not valid.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND An attempt was made to delete a non-existent entry.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is not enough memory available to complete the operation.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmInstallConfigurationTable (
- IN CONST EFI_SMM_SYSTEM_TABLE2 *SystemTable,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *Guid,
- IN VOID *Table,
- IN UINTN TableSize
- );
-
-/**
- Wrapper function to SmmInstallProtocolInterfaceNotify. This is the public API which
- Calls the private one which contains a BOOLEAN parameter for notifications
-
- @param UserHandle The handle to install the protocol handler on,
- or NULL if a new handle is to be allocated
- @param Protocol The protocol to add to the handle
- @param InterfaceType Indicates whether Interface is supplied in
- native form.
- @param Interface The interface for the protocol being added
-
- @return Status code
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmInstallProtocolInterface (
- IN OUT EFI_HANDLE *UserHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN EFI_INTERFACE_TYPE InterfaceType,
- IN VOID *Interface
- );
-
-/**
- Allocates pages from the memory map.
-
- @param Type The type of allocation to perform
- @param MemoryType The type of memory to turn the allocated pages
- into
- @param NumberOfPages The number of pages to allocate
- @param Memory A pointer to receive the base allocated memory
- address
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Parameters violate checking rules defined in spec.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Could not allocate pages match the requirement.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough pages to allocate.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Pages successfully allocated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmAllocatePages (
- IN EFI_ALLOCATE_TYPE Type,
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
- IN UINTN NumberOfPages,
- OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *Memory
- );
-
-/**
- Allocates pages from the memory map.
-
- @param Type The type of allocation to perform
- @param MemoryType The type of memory to turn the allocated pages
- into
- @param NumberOfPages The number of pages to allocate
- @param Memory A pointer to receive the base allocated memory
- address
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Parameters violate checking rules defined in spec.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Could not allocate pages match the requirement.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough pages to allocate.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Pages successfully allocated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmInternalAllocatePages (
- IN EFI_ALLOCATE_TYPE Type,
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
- IN UINTN NumberOfPages,
- OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *Memory
- );
-
-/**
- Frees previous allocated pages.
-
- @param Memory Base address of memory being freed
- @param NumberOfPages The number of pages to free
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Could not find the entry that covers the range
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Address not aligned, Address is zero or NumberOfPages is zero.
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Pages successfully freed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmFreePages (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Memory,
- IN UINTN NumberOfPages
- );
-
-/**
- Frees previous allocated pages.
-
- @param Memory Base address of memory being freed
- @param NumberOfPages The number of pages to free
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Could not find the entry that covers the range
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Address not aligned, Address is zero or NumberOfPages is zero.
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Pages successfully freed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmInternalFreePages (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Memory,
- IN UINTN NumberOfPages
- );
-
-/**
- Allocate pool of a particular type.
-
- @param PoolType Type of pool to allocate
- @param Size The amount of pool to allocate
- @param Buffer The address to return a pointer to the allocated
- pool
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER PoolType not valid
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Size exceeds max pool size or allocation failed.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Pool successfully allocated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmAllocatePool (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
- IN UINTN Size,
- OUT VOID **Buffer
- );
-
-/**
- Allocate pool of a particular type.
-
- @param PoolType Type of pool to allocate
- @param Size The amount of pool to allocate
- @param Buffer The address to return a pointer to the allocated
- pool
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER PoolType not valid
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Size exceeds max pool size or allocation failed.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Pool successfully allocated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmInternalAllocatePool (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
- IN UINTN Size,
- OUT VOID **Buffer
- );
-
-/**
- Frees pool.
-
- @param Buffer The allocated pool entry to free
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Buffer is not a valid value.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Pool successfully freed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmFreePool (
- IN VOID *Buffer
- );
-
-/**
- Frees pool.
-
- @param Buffer The allocated pool entry to free
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Buffer is not a valid value.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Pool successfully freed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmInternalFreePool (
- IN VOID *Buffer
- );
-
-/**
- Installs a protocol interface into the boot services environment.
-
- @param UserHandle The handle to install the protocol handler on,
- or NULL if a new handle is to be allocated
- @param Protocol The protocol to add to the handle
- @param InterfaceType Indicates whether Interface is supplied in
- native form.
- @param Interface The interface for the protocol being added
- @param Notify indicates whether notify the notification list
- for this protocol
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough buffer to allocate
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Protocol interface successfully installed
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-SmmInstallProtocolInterfaceNotify (
- IN OUT EFI_HANDLE *UserHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN EFI_INTERFACE_TYPE InterfaceType,
- IN VOID *Interface,
- IN BOOLEAN Notify
- );
-
-/**
- Uninstalls all instances of a protocol:interfacer from a handle.
- If the last protocol interface is remove from the handle, the
- handle is freed.
-
- @param UserHandle The handle to remove the protocol handler from
- @param Protocol The protocol, of protocol:interface, to remove
- @param Interface The interface, of protocol:interface, to remove
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Protocol is NULL.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Protocol interface successfully uninstalled.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmUninstallProtocolInterface (
- IN EFI_HANDLE UserHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN VOID *Interface
- );
-
-/**
- Queries a handle to determine if it supports a specified protocol.
-
- @param UserHandle The handle being queried.
- @param Protocol The published unique identifier of the protocol.
- @param Interface Supplies the address where a pointer to the
- corresponding Protocol Interface is returned.
-
- @return The requested protocol interface for the handle
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmHandleProtocol (
- IN EFI_HANDLE UserHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- OUT VOID **Interface
- );
-
-/**
- Add a new protocol notification record for the request protocol.
-
- @param Protocol The requested protocol to add the notify
- registration
- @param Function Points to the notification function
- @param Registration Returns the registration record
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully returned the registration record
- that has been added
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmRegisterProtocolNotify (
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN EFI_SMM_NOTIFY_FN Function,
- OUT VOID **Registration
- );
-
-/**
- Locates the requested handle(s) and returns them in Buffer.
-
- @param SearchType The type of search to perform to locate the
- handles
- @param Protocol The protocol to search for
- @param SearchKey Dependant on SearchType
- @param BufferSize On input the size of Buffer. On output the
- size of data returned.
- @param Buffer The buffer to return the results in
-
- @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL Buffer too small, required buffer size is
- returned in BufferSize.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully found the requested handle(s) and
- returns them in Buffer.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmLocateHandle (
- IN EFI_LOCATE_SEARCH_TYPE SearchType,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol OPTIONAL,
- IN VOID *SearchKey OPTIONAL,
- IN OUT UINTN *BufferSize,
- OUT EFI_HANDLE *Buffer
- );
-
-/**
- Return the first Protocol Interface that matches the Protocol GUID. If
- Registration is pasased in return a Protocol Instance that was just add
- to the system. If Retistration is NULL return the first Protocol Interface
- you find.
-
- @param Protocol The protocol to search for
- @param Registration Optional Registration Key returned from
- RegisterProtocolNotify()
- @param Interface Return the Protocol interface (instance).
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS If a valid Interface is returned
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Protocol interface not found
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmLocateProtocol (
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN VOID *Registration OPTIONAL,
- OUT VOID **Interface
- );
-
-/**
- Function returns an array of handles that support the requested protocol
- in a buffer allocated from pool. This is a version of SmmLocateHandle()
- that allocates a buffer for the caller.
-
- @param SearchType Specifies which handle(s) are to be returned.
- @param Protocol Provides the protocol to search by. This
- parameter is only valid for SearchType
- ByProtocol.
- @param SearchKey Supplies the search key depending on the
- SearchType.
- @param NumberHandles The number of handles returned in Buffer.
- @param Buffer A pointer to the buffer to return the requested
- array of handles that support Protocol.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The result array of handles was returned.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND No handles match the search.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is not enough pool memory to store the
- matching results.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One or more paramters are not valid.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmLocateHandleBuffer (
- IN EFI_LOCATE_SEARCH_TYPE SearchType,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol OPTIONAL,
- IN VOID *SearchKey OPTIONAL,
- IN OUT UINTN *NumberHandles,
- OUT EFI_HANDLE **Buffer
- );
-
-/**
- Manage SMI of a particular type.
-
- @param HandlerType Points to the handler type or NULL for root SMI handlers.
- @param Context Points to an optional context buffer.
- @param CommBuffer Points to the optional communication buffer.
- @param CommBufferSize Points to the size of the optional communication buffer.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Interrupt source was processed successfully but not quiesced.
- @retval EFI_INTERRUPT_PENDING One or more SMI sources could not be quiesced.
- @retval EFI_WARN_INTERRUPT_SOURCE_PENDING Interrupt source was not handled or quiesced.
- @retval EFI_WARN_INTERRUPT_SOURCE_QUIESCED Interrupt source was handled and quiesced.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmiManage (
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *HandlerType,
- IN CONST VOID *Context OPTIONAL,
- IN OUT VOID *CommBuffer OPTIONAL,
- IN OUT UINTN *CommBufferSize OPTIONAL
- );
-
-/**
- Registers a handler to execute within SMM.
-
- @param Handler Handler service funtion pointer.
- @param HandlerType Points to the handler type or NULL for root SMI handlers.
- @param DispatchHandle On return, contains a unique handle which can be used to later unregister the handler function.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Handler register success.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Handler or DispatchHandle is NULL.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmiHandlerRegister (
- IN EFI_SMM_HANDLER_ENTRY_POINT2 Handler,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *HandlerType OPTIONAL,
- OUT EFI_HANDLE *DispatchHandle
- );
-
-/**
- Unregister a handler in SMM.
-
- @param DispatchHandle The handle that was specified when the handler was registered.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Handler function was successfully unregistered.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER DispatchHandle does not refer to a valid handle.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmiHandlerUnRegister (
- IN EFI_HANDLE DispatchHandle
- );
-
-/**
- This function is the main entry point for an SMM handler dispatch
- or communicate-based callback.
-
- @param DispatchHandle The unique handle assigned to this handler by SmiHandlerRegister().
- @param Context Points to an optional handler context which was specified when the handler was registered.
- @param CommBuffer A pointer to a collection of data in memory that will
- be conveyed from a non-SMM environment into an SMM environment.
- @param CommBufferSize The size of the CommBuffer.
-
- @return Status Code
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmDriverDispatchHandler (
- IN EFI_HANDLE DispatchHandle,
- IN CONST VOID *Context, OPTIONAL
- IN OUT VOID *CommBuffer, OPTIONAL
- IN OUT UINTN *CommBufferSize OPTIONAL
- );
-
-/**
- This function is the main entry point for an SMM handler dispatch
- or communicate-based callback.
-
- @param DispatchHandle The unique handle assigned to this handler by SmiHandlerRegister().
- @param Context Points to an optional handler context which was specified when the handler was registered.
- @param CommBuffer A pointer to a collection of data in memory that will
- be conveyed from a non-SMM environment into an SMM environment.
- @param CommBufferSize The size of the CommBuffer.
-
- @return Status Code
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmLegacyBootHandler (
- IN EFI_HANDLE DispatchHandle,
- IN CONST VOID *Context, OPTIONAL
- IN OUT VOID *CommBuffer, OPTIONAL
- IN OUT UINTN *CommBufferSize OPTIONAL
- );
-
-/**
- This function is the main entry point for an SMM handler dispatch
- or communicate-based callback.
-
- @param DispatchHandle The unique handle assigned to this handler by SmiHandlerRegister().
- @param Context Points to an optional handler context which was specified when the handler was registered.
- @param CommBuffer A pointer to a collection of data in memory that will
- be conveyed from a non-SMM environment into an SMM environment.
- @param CommBufferSize The size of the CommBuffer.
-
- @return Status Code
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmReadyToLockHandler (
- IN EFI_HANDLE DispatchHandle,
- IN CONST VOID *Context, OPTIONAL
- IN OUT VOID *CommBuffer, OPTIONAL
- IN OUT UINTN *CommBufferSize OPTIONAL
- );
-
-/**
- This function is the main entry point for an SMM handler dispatch
- or communicate-based callback.
-
- @param DispatchHandle The unique handle assigned to this handler by SmiHandlerRegister().
- @param Context Points to an optional handler context which was specified when the handler was registered.
- @param CommBuffer A pointer to a collection of data in memory that will
- be conveyed from a non-SMM environment into an SMM environment.
- @param CommBufferSize The size of the CommBuffer.
-
- @return Status Code
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmEndOfDxeHandler (
- IN EFI_HANDLE DispatchHandle,
- IN CONST VOID *Context, OPTIONAL
- IN OUT VOID *CommBuffer, OPTIONAL
- IN OUT UINTN *CommBufferSize OPTIONAL
- );
-
-/**
- This function is the main entry point for an SMM handler dispatch
- or communicate-based callback.
-
- @param DispatchHandle The unique handle assigned to this handler by SmiHandlerRegister().
- @param Context Points to an optional handler context which was specified when the handler was registered.
- @param CommBuffer A pointer to a collection of data in memory that will
- be conveyed from a non-SMM environment into an SMM environment.
- @param CommBufferSize The size of the CommBuffer.
-
- @return Status Code
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmExitBootServicesHandler (
- IN EFI_HANDLE DispatchHandle,
- IN CONST VOID *Context, OPTIONAL
- IN OUT VOID *CommBuffer, OPTIONAL
- IN OUT UINTN *CommBufferSize OPTIONAL
- );
-
-/**
- This function is the main entry point for an SMM handler dispatch
- or communicate-based callback.
-
- @param DispatchHandle The unique handle assigned to this handler by SmiHandlerRegister().
- @param Context Points to an optional handler context which was specified when the handler was registered.
- @param CommBuffer A pointer to a collection of data in memory that will
- be conveyed from a non-SMM environment into an SMM environment.
- @param CommBufferSize The size of the CommBuffer.
-
- @return Status Code
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmReadyToBootHandler (
- IN EFI_HANDLE DispatchHandle,
- IN CONST VOID *Context, OPTIONAL
- IN OUT VOID *CommBuffer, OPTIONAL
- IN OUT UINTN *CommBufferSize OPTIONAL
- );
-
-/**
- Place holder function until all the SMM System Table Service are available.
-
- @param Arg1 Undefined
- @param Arg2 Undefined
- @param Arg3 Undefined
- @param Arg4 Undefined
- @param Arg5 Undefined
-
- @return EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmEfiNotAvailableYetArg5 (
- UINTN Arg1,
- UINTN Arg2,
- UINTN Arg3,
- UINTN Arg4,
- UINTN Arg5
- );
-
-//
-//Functions used during debug buils
-//
-
-/**
- Traverse the discovered list for any drivers that were discovered but not loaded
- because the dependency experessions evaluated to false.
-
-**/
-VOID
-SmmDisplayDiscoveredNotDispatched (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- Add free SMRAM region for use by memory service.
-
- @param MemBase Base address of memory region.
- @param MemLength Length of the memory region.
- @param Type Memory type.
- @param Attributes Memory region state.
-
-**/
-VOID
-SmmAddMemoryRegion (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS MemBase,
- IN UINT64 MemLength,
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE Type,
- IN UINT64 Attributes
- );
-
-/**
- Finds the protocol entry for the requested protocol.
-
- @param Protocol The ID of the protocol
- @param Create Create a new entry if not found
-
- @return Protocol entry
-
-**/
-PROTOCOL_ENTRY *
-SmmFindProtocolEntry (
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN BOOLEAN Create
- );
-
-/**
- Signal event for every protocol in protocol entry.
-
- @param Prot Protocol interface
-
-**/
-VOID
-SmmNotifyProtocol (
- IN PROTOCOL_INTERFACE *Prot
- );
-
-/**
- Finds the protocol instance for the requested handle and protocol.
- Note: This function doesn't do parameters checking, it's caller's responsibility
- to pass in valid parameters.
-
- @param Handle The handle to search the protocol on
- @param Protocol GUID of the protocol
- @param Interface The interface for the protocol being searched
-
- @return Protocol instance (NULL: Not found)
-
-**/
-PROTOCOL_INTERFACE *
-SmmFindProtocolInterface (
- IN IHANDLE *Handle,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN VOID *Interface
- );
-
-/**
- Removes Protocol from the protocol list (but not the handle list).
-
- @param Handle The handle to remove protocol on.
- @param Protocol GUID of the protocol to be moved
- @param Interface The interface of the protocol
-
- @return Protocol Entry
-
-**/
-PROTOCOL_INTERFACE *
-SmmRemoveInterfaceFromProtocol (
- IN IHANDLE *Handle,
- IN EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN VOID *Interface
- );
-
-/**
- This is the POSTFIX version of the dependency evaluator. This code does
- not need to handle Before or After, as it is not valid to call this
- routine in this case. POSTFIX means all the math is done on top of the stack.
-
- @param DriverEntry DriverEntry element to update.
-
- @retval TRUE If driver is ready to run.
- @retval FALSE If driver is not ready to run or some fatal error
- was found.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-SmmIsSchedulable (
- IN EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY *DriverEntry
- );
-
-//
-// SmramProfile
-//
-
-/**
- Initialize SMRAM profile.
-
-**/
-VOID
-SmramProfileInit (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- Install SMRAM profile protocol.
-
-**/
-VOID
-SmramProfileInstallProtocol (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- Register SMM image to SMRAM profile.
-
- @param DriverEntry SMM image info.
- @param RegisterToDxe Register image to DXE.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Register successfully.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile unsupported,
- or memory profile for the image is not required.
- @return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough resource for this register.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-RegisterSmramProfileImage (
- IN EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY *DriverEntry,
- IN BOOLEAN RegisterToDxe
- );
-
-/**
- Unregister image from SMRAM profile.
-
- @param DriverEntry SMM image info.
- @param UnregisterToDxe Unregister image from DXE.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Unregister successfully.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile unsupported,
- or memory profile for the image is not required.
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND The image is not found.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-UnregisterSmramProfileImage (
- IN EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY *DriverEntry,
- IN BOOLEAN UnregisterToDxe
- );
-
-/**
- Update SMRAM profile information.
-
- @param CallerAddress Address of caller who call Allocate or Free.
- @param Action This Allocate or Free action.
- @param MemoryType Memory type.
- EfiMaxMemoryType means the MemoryType is unknown.
- @param Size Buffer size.
- @param Buffer Buffer address.
- @param ActionString String for memory profile action.
- Only needed for user defined allocate action.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Memory profile is updated.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile is unsupported,
- or memory profile for the image is not required,
- or memory profile for the memory type is not required.
- @return EFI_ACCESS_DENIED It is during memory profile data getting.
- @return EFI_ABORTED Memory profile recording is not enabled.
- @return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough resource to update memory profile for allocate action.
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND No matched allocate info found for free action.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmCoreUpdateProfile (
- IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS CallerAddress,
- IN MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION Action,
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType, // Valid for AllocatePages/AllocatePool
- IN UINTN Size, // Valid for AllocatePages/FreePages/AllocatePool
- IN VOID *Buffer,
- IN CHAR8 *ActionString OPTIONAL
- );
-
-/**
- Register SMRAM profile handler.
-
-**/
-VOID
-RegisterSmramProfileHandler (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- SMRAM profile ready to lock callback function.
-
-**/
-VOID
-SmramProfileReadyToLock (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- Initialize MemoryAttributes support.
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-SmmCoreInitializeMemoryAttributesTable (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- This function returns a copy of the current memory map. The map is an array of
- memory descriptors, each of which describes a contiguous block of memory.
-
- @param[in, out] MemoryMapSize A pointer to the size, in bytes, of the
- MemoryMap buffer. On input, this is the size of
- the buffer allocated by the caller. On output,
- it is the size of the buffer returned by the
- firmware if the buffer was large enough, or the
- size of the buffer needed to contain the map if
- the buffer was too small.
- @param[in, out] MemoryMap A pointer to the buffer in which firmware places
- the current memory map.
- @param[out] MapKey A pointer to the location in which firmware
- returns the key for the current memory map.
- @param[out] DescriptorSize A pointer to the location in which firmware
- returns the size, in bytes, of an individual
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR.
- @param[out] DescriptorVersion A pointer to the location in which firmware
- returns the version number associated with the
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The memory map was returned in the MemoryMap
- buffer.
- @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL The MemoryMap buffer was too small. The current
- buffer size needed to hold the memory map is
- returned in MemoryMapSize.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One of the parameters has an invalid value.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmCoreGetMemoryMap (
- IN OUT UINTN *MemoryMapSize,
- IN OUT EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryMap,
- OUT UINTN *MapKey,
- OUT UINTN *DescriptorSize,
- OUT UINT32 *DescriptorVersion
- );
-
-/**
- Initialize SmiHandler profile feature.
-**/
-VOID
-SmmCoreInitializeSmiHandlerProfile (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- This function is called by SmmChildDispatcher module to report
- a new SMI handler is registered, to SmmCore.
-
- @param This The protocol instance
- @param HandlerGuid The GUID to identify the type of the handler.
- For the SmmChildDispatch protocol, the HandlerGuid
- must be the GUID of SmmChildDispatch protocol.
- @param Handler The SMI handler.
- @param CallerAddress The address of the module who registers the SMI handler.
- @param Context The context of the SMI handler.
- For the SmmChildDispatch protocol, the Context
- must match the one defined for SmmChildDispatch protocol.
- @param ContextSize The size of the context in bytes.
- For the SmmChildDispatch protocol, the Context
- must match the one defined for SmmChildDispatch protocol.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The information is recorded.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is no enough resource to record the information.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmiHandlerProfileRegisterHandler (
- IN SMI_HANDLER_PROFILE_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_GUID *HandlerGuid,
- IN EFI_SMM_HANDLER_ENTRY_POINT2 Handler,
- IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS CallerAddress,
- IN VOID *Context, OPTIONAL
- IN UINTN ContextSize OPTIONAL
- );
-
-/**
- This function is called by SmmChildDispatcher module to report
- an existing SMI handler is unregistered, to SmmCore.
-
- @param This The protocol instance
- @param HandlerGuid The GUID to identify the type of the handler.
- For the SmmChildDispatch protocol, the HandlerGuid
- must be the GUID of SmmChildDispatch protocol.
- @param Handler The SMI handler.
- @param Context The context of the SMI handler.
- If it is NOT NULL, it will be used to check what is registered.
- @param ContextSize The size of the context in bytes.
- If Context is NOT NULL, it will be used to check what is registered.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The original record is removed.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND There is no record for the HandlerGuid and handler.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmiHandlerProfileUnregisterHandler (
- IN SMI_HANDLER_PROFILE_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_GUID *HandlerGuid,
- IN EFI_SMM_HANDLER_ENTRY_POINT2 Handler,
- IN VOID *Context, OPTIONAL
- IN UINTN ContextSize OPTIONAL
- );
-
-extern UINTN mFullSmramRangeCount;
-extern EFI_SMRAM_DESCRIPTOR *mFullSmramRanges;
-
-extern EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY *mSmmCoreDriverEntry;
-
-extern EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL *mSmmCoreLoadedImage;
-
-//
-// Page management
-//
-
-typedef struct {
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
- UINTN NumberOfPages;
-} FREE_PAGE_LIST;
-
-extern LIST_ENTRY mSmmMemoryMap;
-
-//
-// Pool management
-//
-
-//
-// MIN_POOL_SHIFT must not be less than 5
-//
-#define MIN_POOL_SHIFT 6
-#define MIN_POOL_SIZE (1 << MIN_POOL_SHIFT)
-
-//
-// MAX_POOL_SHIFT must not be less than EFI_PAGE_SHIFT - 1
-//
-#define MAX_POOL_SHIFT (EFI_PAGE_SHIFT - 1)
-#define MAX_POOL_SIZE (1 << MAX_POOL_SHIFT)
-
-//
-// MAX_POOL_INDEX are calculated by maximum and minimum pool sizes
-//
-#define MAX_POOL_INDEX (MAX_POOL_SHIFT - MIN_POOL_SHIFT + 1)
-
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Size;
- BOOLEAN Available;
- EFI_MEMORY_TYPE Type;
-} POOL_HEADER;
-
-typedef struct {
- POOL_HEADER Header;
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
-} FREE_POOL_HEADER;
-
-typedef enum {
- SmmPoolTypeCode,
- SmmPoolTypeData,
- SmmPoolTypeMax,
-} SMM_POOL_TYPE;
-
-extern LIST_ENTRY mSmmPoolLists[SmmPoolTypeMax][MAX_POOL_INDEX];
-
-#endif
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/PiSmmCore.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/PiSmmCore.inf deleted file mode 100644 index 95e34bd683..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/PiSmmCore.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,120 +0,0 @@ -## @file
-# This module provide an SMM CIS compliant implementation of SMM Core.
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2009 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-#
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-##
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = PiSmmCore
- MODULE_UNI_FILE = PiSmmCore.uni
- FILE_GUID = E94F54CD-81EB-47ed-AEC3-856F5DC157A9
- MODULE_TYPE = SMM_CORE
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- PI_SPECIFICATION_VERSION = 0x0001000A
- ENTRY_POINT = SmmMain
-
-# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64
-
-[Sources]
- PiSmmCore.c
- PiSmmCore.h
- PiSmmCorePrivateData.h
- Page.c
- Pool.c
- Handle.c
- Locate.c
- Notify.c
- Dependency.c
- Dispatcher.c
- Smi.c
- InstallConfigurationTable.c
- SmramProfileRecord.c
- MemoryAttributesTable.c
- SmiHandlerProfile.c
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
-
-[LibraryClasses]
- UefiDriverEntryPoint
- BaseLib
- BaseMemoryLib
- PeCoffLib
- PeCoffGetEntryPointLib
- CacheMaintenanceLib
- DebugLib
- ReportStatusCodeLib
- DevicePathLib
- UefiLib
- UefiBootServicesTableLib
- MemoryAllocationLib
- PcdLib
- SmmCorePlatformHookLib
- PerformanceLib
- TimerLib
- HobLib
- SmmMemLib
- DxeServicesLib
-
-[Protocols]
- gEfiDxeSmmReadyToLockProtocolGuid ## UNDEFINED # SmiHandlerRegister
- gEfiSmmReadyToLockProtocolGuid ## PRODUCES
- gEfiSmmCpuIo2ProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
- gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
- gEfiSmmEndOfDxeProtocolGuid ## PRODUCES
- gEfiSecurityArchProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiSecurity2ArchProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiLoadedImageProtocolGuid ## PRODUCES
- gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
- gEdkiiSmmExitBootServicesProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES
- gEdkiiSmmLegacyBootProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES
- gEdkiiSmmReadyToBootProtocolGuid ## PRODUCES
-
- gEfiSmmSwDispatch2ProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiSmmSxDispatch2ProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiSmmPowerButtonDispatch2ProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiSmmStandbyButtonDispatch2ProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiSmmPeriodicTimerDispatch2ProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiSmmGpiDispatch2ProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiSmmIoTrapDispatch2ProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiSmmUsbDispatch2ProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
-
-[Pcd]
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdLoadFixAddressSmmCodePageNumber ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdLoadModuleAtFixAddressEnable ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdMemoryProfileMemoryType ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdMemoryProfilePropertyMask ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdMemoryProfileDriverPath ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdSmiHandlerProfilePropertyMask ## CONSUMES
-
-[Guids]
- gAprioriGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## File
- gEfiEventDxeDispatchGuid ## PRODUCES ## GUID # SmiHandlerRegister
- gEfiEventLegacyBootGuid ## PRODUCES ## GUID # SmiHandlerRegister
- gEfiEventExitBootServicesGuid ## PRODUCES ## GUID # SmiHandlerRegister
- gEfiEventReadyToBootGuid ## PRODUCES ## GUID # SmiHandlerRegister
- gEfiEndOfDxeEventGroupGuid ## PRODUCES ## GUID # SmiHandlerRegister
- ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## GUID # Locate protocol
- ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## GUID # SmiHandlerRegister
- gEdkiiMemoryProfileGuid
- ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## GUID # Install protocol
- gEdkiiSmmMemoryProfileGuid
- gEdkiiPiSmmMemoryAttributesTableGuid ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## SystemTable
- ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## SystemTable
- gLoadFixedAddressConfigurationTableGuid
- ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## GUID # Install protocol
- ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## GUID # SmiHandlerRegister
- gSmiHandlerProfileGuid
-
-[UserExtensions.TianoCore."ExtraFiles"]
- PiSmmCoreExtra.uni
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/PiSmmCore.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/PiSmmCore.uni deleted file mode 100644 index 5b02e71e07..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/PiSmmCore.uni +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -// /** @file
-// This module provide an SMM CIS compliant implementation of SMM Core.
-//
-// This module provide an SMM CIS compliant implementation of SMM Core.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2009 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-//
-// This program and the accompanying materials
-// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-//
-// **/
-
-
-#string STR_MODULE_ABSTRACT #language en-US "Provides an SMM CIS compliant implementation of SMM Core"
-
-#string STR_MODULE_DESCRIPTION #language en-US "This module provide an SMM CIS compliant implementation of SMM Core."
-
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/PiSmmCoreExtra.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/PiSmmCoreExtra.uni deleted file mode 100644 index c1ed17534c..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/PiSmmCoreExtra.uni +++ /dev/null @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ -// /** @file
-// PiSmmCore Localized Strings and Content
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2013 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-//
-// This program and the accompanying materials
-// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-//
-// **/
-
-#string STR_PROPERTIES_MODULE_NAME
-#language en-US
-"Core SMM Services Driver"
-
-
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/PiSmmCorePrivateData.h b/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/PiSmmCorePrivateData.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8aec7a6568..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/PiSmmCorePrivateData.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,125 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- The internal header file that declared a data structure that is shared
- between the SMM IPL and the SMM Core.
-
- Copyright (c) 2009 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available
- under the terms and conditions of the BSD License which accompanies this
- distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _PI_SMM_CORE_PRIVATE_DATA_H_
-#define _PI_SMM_CORE_PRIVATE_DATA_H_
-
-///
-/// Define values for the communications buffer used when gEfiEventDxeDispatchGuid is
-/// event signaled. This event is signaled by the DXE Core each time the DXE Core
-/// dispatcher has completed its work. When this event is signaled, the SMM Core
-/// if notified, so the SMM Core can dispatch SMM drivers. If COMM_BUFFER_SMM_DISPATCH_ERROR
-/// is returned in the communication buffer, then an error occurred dispatching SMM
-/// Drivers. If COMM_BUFFER_SMM_DISPATCH_SUCCESS is returned, then the SMM Core
-/// dispatched all the drivers it could. If COMM_BUFFER_SMM_DISPATCH_RESTART is
-/// returned, then the SMM Core just dispatched the SMM Driver that registered
-/// the SMM Entry Point enabling the use of SMM Mode. In this case, the SMM Core
-/// should be notified again to dispatch more SMM Drivers using SMM Mode.
-///
-#define COMM_BUFFER_SMM_DISPATCH_ERROR 0x00
-#define COMM_BUFFER_SMM_DISPATCH_SUCCESS 0x01
-#define COMM_BUFFER_SMM_DISPATCH_RESTART 0x02
-
-///
-/// Signature for the private structure shared between the SMM IPL and the SMM Core
-///
-#define SMM_CORE_PRIVATE_DATA_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('s', 'm', 'm', 'c')
-
-///
-/// Private structure that is used to share information between the SMM IPL and
-/// the SMM Core. This structure is allocated from memory of type EfiRuntimeServicesData.
-/// Since runtime memory types are converted to available memory when a legacy boot
-/// is performed, the SMM Core must not access any fields of this structure if a legacy
-/// boot is performed. As a result, the SMM IPL must create an event notification
-/// for the Legacy Boot event and notify the SMM Core that a legacy boot is being
-/// performed. The SMM Core can then use this information to filter accesses to
-/// thos structure.
-///
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
-
- ///
- /// The ImageHandle passed into the entry point of the SMM IPL. This ImageHandle
- /// is used by the SMM Core to fill in the ParentImageHandle field of the Loaded
- /// Image Protocol for each SMM Driver that is dispatched by the SMM Core.
- ///
- EFI_HANDLE SmmIplImageHandle;
-
- ///
- /// The number of SMRAM ranges passed from the SMM IPL to the SMM Core. The SMM
- /// Core uses these ranges of SMRAM to initialize the SMM Core memory manager.
- ///
- UINTN SmramRangeCount;
-
- ///
- /// A table of SMRAM ranges passed from the SMM IPL to the SMM Core. The SMM
- /// Core uses these ranges of SMRAM to initialize the SMM Core memory manager.
- ///
- EFI_SMRAM_DESCRIPTOR *SmramRanges;
-
- ///
- /// The SMM Foundation Entry Point. The SMM Core fills in this field when the
- /// SMM Core is initialized. The SMM IPL is responsbile for registering this entry
- /// point with the SMM Configuration Protocol. The SMM Configuration Protocol may
- /// not be available at the time the SMM IPL and SMM Core are started, so the SMM IPL
- /// sets up a protocol notification on the SMM Configuration Protocol and registers
- /// the SMM Foundation Entry Point as soon as the SMM Configuration Protocol is
- /// available.
- ///
- EFI_SMM_ENTRY_POINT SmmEntryPoint;
-
- ///
- /// Boolean flag set to TRUE while an SMI is being processed by the SMM Core.
- ///
- BOOLEAN SmmEntryPointRegistered;
-
- ///
- /// Boolean flag set to TRUE while an SMI is being processed by the SMM Core.
- ///
- BOOLEAN InSmm;
-
- ///
- /// This field is set by the SMM Core then the SMM Core is initialized. This field is
- /// used by the SMM Base 2 Protocol and SMM Communication Protocol implementations in
- /// the SMM IPL.
- ///
- EFI_SMM_SYSTEM_TABLE2 *Smst;
-
- ///
- /// This field is used by the SMM Communicatioon Protocol to pass a buffer into
- /// a software SMI handler and for the software SMI handler to pass a buffer back to
- /// the caller of the SMM Communication Protocol.
- ///
- VOID *CommunicationBuffer;
-
- ///
- /// This field is used by the SMM Communicatioon Protocol to pass the size of a buffer,
- /// in bytes, into a software SMI handler and for the software SMI handler to pass the
- /// size, in bytes, of a buffer back to the caller of the SMM Communication Protocol.
- ///
- UINTN BufferSize;
-
- ///
- /// This field is used by the SMM Communication Protocol to pass the return status from
- /// a software SMI handler back to the caller of the SMM Communication Protocol.
- ///
- EFI_STATUS ReturnStatus;
-
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS PiSmmCoreImageBase;
- UINT64 PiSmmCoreImageSize;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS PiSmmCoreEntryPoint;
-} SMM_CORE_PRIVATE_DATA;
-
-#endif
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/PiSmmIpl.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/PiSmmIpl.c deleted file mode 100644 index feb846ee9e..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/PiSmmIpl.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1745 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- SMM IPL that produces SMM related runtime protocols and load the SMM Core into SMRAM
-
- Copyright (c) 2009 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available
- under the terms and conditions of the BSD License which accompanies this
- distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include <PiDxe.h>
-
-#include <Protocol/SmmBase2.h>
-#include <Protocol/SmmCommunication.h>
-#include <Protocol/SmmAccess2.h>
-#include <Protocol/SmmConfiguration.h>
-#include <Protocol/SmmControl2.h>
-#include <Protocol/DxeSmmReadyToLock.h>
-#include <Protocol/Cpu.h>
-
-#include <Guid/EventGroup.h>
-#include <Guid/EventLegacyBios.h>
-#include <Guid/LoadModuleAtFixedAddress.h>
-
-#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
-#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
-#include <Library/PeCoffLib.h>
-#include <Library/CacheMaintenanceLib.h>
-#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
-#include <Library/DxeServicesTableLib.h>
-#include <Library/DxeServicesLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiRuntimeLib.h>
-#include <Library/PcdLib.h>
-#include <Library/ReportStatusCodeLib.h>
-
-#include "PiSmmCorePrivateData.h"
-
-//
-// Function prototypes from produced protocols
-//
-
-/**
- Indicate whether the driver is currently executing in the SMM Initialization phase.
-
- @param This The EFI_SMM_BASE2_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param InSmram Pointer to a Boolean which, on return, indicates that the driver is currently executing
- inside of SMRAM (TRUE) or outside of SMRAM (FALSE).
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER InSmram was NULL.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The call returned successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmBase2InSmram (
- IN CONST EFI_SMM_BASE2_PROTOCOL *This,
- OUT BOOLEAN *InSmram
- );
-
-/**
- Retrieves the location of the System Management System Table (SMST).
-
- @param This The EFI_SMM_BASE2_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param Smst On return, points to a pointer to the System Management Service Table (SMST).
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Smst or This was invalid.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The memory was returned to the system.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Not in SMM.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmBase2GetSmstLocation (
- IN CONST EFI_SMM_BASE2_PROTOCOL *This,
- OUT EFI_SMM_SYSTEM_TABLE2 **Smst
- );
-
-/**
- Communicates with a registered handler.
-
- This function provides a service to send and receive messages from a registered
- UEFI service. This function is part of the SMM Communication Protocol that may
- be called in physical mode prior to SetVirtualAddressMap() and in virtual mode
- after SetVirtualAddressMap().
-
- @param[in] This The EFI_SMM_COMMUNICATION_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param[in, out] CommBuffer A pointer to the buffer to convey into SMRAM.
- @param[in, out] CommSize The size of the data buffer being passed in.On exit, the size of data
- being returned. Zero if the handler does not wish to reply with any data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The message was successfully posted.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The CommBuffer was NULL.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmCommunicationCommunicate (
- IN CONST EFI_SMM_COMMUNICATION_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN OUT VOID *CommBuffer,
- IN OUT UINTN *CommSize
- );
-
-/**
- Event notification that is fired every time a gEfiSmmConfigurationProtocol installs.
-
- @param Event The Event that is being processed, not used.
- @param Context Event Context, not used.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-SmmIplSmmConfigurationEventNotify (
- IN EFI_EVENT Event,
- IN VOID *Context
- );
-
-/**
- Event notification that is fired every time a DxeSmmReadyToLock protocol is added
- or if gEfiEventReadyToBootGuid is signalled.
-
- @param Event The Event that is being processed, not used.
- @param Context Event Context, not used.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-SmmIplReadyToLockEventNotify (
- IN EFI_EVENT Event,
- IN VOID *Context
- );
-
-/**
- Event notification that is fired when DxeDispatch Event Group is signaled.
-
- @param Event The Event that is being processed, not used.
- @param Context Event Context, not used.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-SmmIplDxeDispatchEventNotify (
- IN EFI_EVENT Event,
- IN VOID *Context
- );
-
-/**
- Event notification that is fired when a GUIDed Event Group is signaled.
-
- @param Event The Event that is being processed, not used.
- @param Context Event Context, not used.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-SmmIplGuidedEventNotify (
- IN EFI_EVENT Event,
- IN VOID *Context
- );
-
-/**
- Event notification that is fired when EndOfDxe Event Group is signaled.
-
- @param Event The Event that is being processed, not used.
- @param Context Event Context, not used.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-SmmIplEndOfDxeEventNotify (
- IN EFI_EVENT Event,
- IN VOID *Context
- );
-
-/**
- Notification function of EVT_SIGNAL_VIRTUAL_ADDRESS_CHANGE.
-
- This is a notification function registered on EVT_SIGNAL_VIRTUAL_ADDRESS_CHANGE event.
- It convers pointer to new virtual address.
-
- @param Event Event whose notification function is being invoked.
- @param Context Pointer to the notification function's context.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-SmmIplSetVirtualAddressNotify (
- IN EFI_EVENT Event,
- IN VOID *Context
- );
-
-//
-// Data structure used to declare a table of protocol notifications and event
-// notifications required by the SMM IPL
-//
-typedef struct {
- BOOLEAN Protocol;
- BOOLEAN CloseOnLock;
- EFI_GUID *Guid;
- EFI_EVENT_NOTIFY NotifyFunction;
- VOID *NotifyContext;
- EFI_TPL NotifyTpl;
- EFI_EVENT Event;
-} SMM_IPL_EVENT_NOTIFICATION;
-
-//
-// Handle to install the SMM Base2 Protocol and the SMM Communication Protocol
-//
-EFI_HANDLE mSmmIplHandle = NULL;
-
-//
-// SMM Base 2 Protocol instance
-//
-EFI_SMM_BASE2_PROTOCOL mSmmBase2 = {
- SmmBase2InSmram,
- SmmBase2GetSmstLocation
-};
-
-//
-// SMM Communication Protocol instance
-//
-EFI_SMM_COMMUNICATION_PROTOCOL mSmmCommunication = {
- SmmCommunicationCommunicate
-};
-
-//
-// SMM Core Private Data structure that contains the data shared between
-// the SMM IPL and the SMM Core.
-//
-SMM_CORE_PRIVATE_DATA mSmmCorePrivateData = {
- SMM_CORE_PRIVATE_DATA_SIGNATURE, // Signature
- NULL, // SmmIplImageHandle
- 0, // SmramRangeCount
- NULL, // SmramRanges
- NULL, // SmmEntryPoint
- FALSE, // SmmEntryPointRegistered
- FALSE, // InSmm
- NULL, // Smst
- NULL, // CommunicationBuffer
- 0, // BufferSize
- EFI_SUCCESS // ReturnStatus
-};
-
-//
-// Global pointer used to access mSmmCorePrivateData from outside and inside SMM
-//
-SMM_CORE_PRIVATE_DATA *gSmmCorePrivate = &mSmmCorePrivateData;
-
-//
-// SMM IPL global variables
-//
-EFI_SMM_CONTROL2_PROTOCOL *mSmmControl2;
-EFI_SMM_ACCESS2_PROTOCOL *mSmmAccess;
-EFI_SMRAM_DESCRIPTOR *mCurrentSmramRange;
-BOOLEAN mSmmLocked = FALSE;
-BOOLEAN mEndOfDxe = FALSE;
-EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS mSmramCacheBase;
-UINT64 mSmramCacheSize;
-
-EFI_SMM_COMMUNICATE_HEADER mCommunicateHeader;
-
-//
-// Table of Protocol notification and GUIDed Event notifications that the SMM IPL requires
-//
-SMM_IPL_EVENT_NOTIFICATION mSmmIplEvents[] = {
- //
- // Declare protocol notification on the SMM Configuration protocol. When this notification is established,
- // the associated event is immediately signalled, so the notification function will be executed and the
- // SMM Configuration Protocol will be found if it is already in the handle database.
- //
- { TRUE, FALSE, &gEfiSmmConfigurationProtocolGuid, SmmIplSmmConfigurationEventNotify, &gEfiSmmConfigurationProtocolGuid, TPL_NOTIFY, NULL },
- //
- // Declare protocol notification on DxeSmmReadyToLock protocols. When this notification is established,
- // the associated event is immediately signalled, so the notification function will be executed and the
- // DXE SMM Ready To Lock Protocol will be found if it is already in the handle database.
- //
- { TRUE, TRUE, &gEfiDxeSmmReadyToLockProtocolGuid, SmmIplReadyToLockEventNotify, &gEfiDxeSmmReadyToLockProtocolGuid, TPL_CALLBACK, NULL },
- //
- // Declare event notification on EndOfDxe event. When this notification is established,
- // the associated event is immediately signalled, so the notification function will be executed and the
- // SMM End Of Dxe Protocol will be found if it is already in the handle database.
- //
- { FALSE, TRUE, &gEfiEndOfDxeEventGroupGuid, SmmIplGuidedEventNotify, &gEfiEndOfDxeEventGroupGuid, TPL_CALLBACK, NULL },
- //
- // Declare event notification on EndOfDxe event. This is used to set EndOfDxe event signaled flag.
- //
- { FALSE, TRUE, &gEfiEndOfDxeEventGroupGuid, SmmIplEndOfDxeEventNotify, &gEfiEndOfDxeEventGroupGuid, TPL_CALLBACK, NULL },
- //
- // Declare event notification on the DXE Dispatch Event Group. This event is signaled by the DXE Core
- // each time the DXE Core dispatcher has completed its work. When this event is signalled, the SMM Core
- // if notified, so the SMM Core can dispatch SMM drivers.
- //
- { FALSE, TRUE, &gEfiEventDxeDispatchGuid, SmmIplDxeDispatchEventNotify, &gEfiEventDxeDispatchGuid, TPL_CALLBACK, NULL },
- //
- // Declare event notification on Ready To Boot Event Group. This is an extra event notification that is
- // used to make sure SMRAM is locked before any boot options are processed.
- //
- { FALSE, TRUE, &gEfiEventReadyToBootGuid, SmmIplReadyToLockEventNotify, &gEfiEventReadyToBootGuid, TPL_CALLBACK, NULL },
- //
- // Declare event notification on Legacy Boot Event Group. This is used to inform the SMM Core that the platform
- // is performing a legacy boot operation, and that the UEFI environment is no longer available and the SMM Core
- // must guarantee that it does not access any UEFI related structures outside of SMRAM.
- // It is also to inform the SMM Core to notify SMM driver that system enter legacy boot.
- //
- { FALSE, FALSE, &gEfiEventLegacyBootGuid, SmmIplGuidedEventNotify, &gEfiEventLegacyBootGuid, TPL_CALLBACK, NULL },
- //
- // Declare event notification on Exit Boot Services Event Group. This is used to inform the SMM Core
- // to notify SMM driver that system enter exit boot services.
- //
- { FALSE, FALSE, &gEfiEventExitBootServicesGuid, SmmIplGuidedEventNotify, &gEfiEventExitBootServicesGuid, TPL_CALLBACK, NULL },
- //
- // Declare event notification on Ready To Boot Event Group. This is used to inform the SMM Core
- // to notify SMM driver that system enter ready to boot.
- //
- { FALSE, FALSE, &gEfiEventReadyToBootGuid, SmmIplGuidedEventNotify, &gEfiEventReadyToBootGuid, TPL_CALLBACK, NULL },
- //
- // Declare event notification on SetVirtualAddressMap() Event Group. This is used to convert gSmmCorePrivate
- // and mSmmControl2 from physical addresses to virtual addresses.
- //
- { FALSE, FALSE, &gEfiEventVirtualAddressChangeGuid, SmmIplSetVirtualAddressNotify, NULL, TPL_CALLBACK, NULL },
- //
- // Terminate the table of event notifications
- //
- { FALSE, FALSE, NULL, NULL, NULL, TPL_CALLBACK, NULL }
-};
-
-/**
- Find the maximum SMRAM cache range that covers the range specified by SmramRange.
-
- This function searches and joins all adjacent ranges of SmramRange into a range to be cached.
-
- @param SmramRange The SMRAM range to search from.
- @param SmramCacheBase The returned cache range base.
- @param SmramCacheSize The returned cache range size.
-
-**/
-VOID
-GetSmramCacheRange (
- IN EFI_SMRAM_DESCRIPTOR *SmramRange,
- OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *SmramCacheBase,
- OUT UINT64 *SmramCacheSize
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS RangeCpuStart;
- UINT64 RangePhysicalSize;
- BOOLEAN FoundAjacentRange;
-
- *SmramCacheBase = SmramRange->CpuStart;
- *SmramCacheSize = SmramRange->PhysicalSize;
-
- do {
- FoundAjacentRange = FALSE;
- for (Index = 0; Index < gSmmCorePrivate->SmramRangeCount; Index++) {
- RangeCpuStart = gSmmCorePrivate->SmramRanges[Index].CpuStart;
- RangePhysicalSize = gSmmCorePrivate->SmramRanges[Index].PhysicalSize;
- if (RangeCpuStart < *SmramCacheBase && *SmramCacheBase == (RangeCpuStart + RangePhysicalSize)) {
- *SmramCacheBase = RangeCpuStart;
- *SmramCacheSize += RangePhysicalSize;
- FoundAjacentRange = TRUE;
- } else if ((*SmramCacheBase + *SmramCacheSize) == RangeCpuStart && RangePhysicalSize > 0) {
- *SmramCacheSize += RangePhysicalSize;
- FoundAjacentRange = TRUE;
- }
- }
- } while (FoundAjacentRange);
-
-}
-
-/**
- Indicate whether the driver is currently executing in the SMM Initialization phase.
-
- @param This The EFI_SMM_BASE2_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param InSmram Pointer to a Boolean which, on return, indicates that the driver is currently executing
- inside of SMRAM (TRUE) or outside of SMRAM (FALSE).
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER InSmram was NULL.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The call returned successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmBase2InSmram (
- IN CONST EFI_SMM_BASE2_PROTOCOL *This,
- OUT BOOLEAN *InSmram
- )
-{
- if (InSmram == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- *InSmram = gSmmCorePrivate->InSmm;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Retrieves the location of the System Management System Table (SMST).
-
- @param This The EFI_SMM_BASE2_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param Smst On return, points to a pointer to the System Management Service Table (SMST).
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Smst or This was invalid.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The memory was returned to the system.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Not in SMM.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmBase2GetSmstLocation (
- IN CONST EFI_SMM_BASE2_PROTOCOL *This,
- OUT EFI_SMM_SYSTEM_TABLE2 **Smst
- )
-{
- if ((This == NULL) ||(Smst == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (!gSmmCorePrivate->InSmm) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- *Smst = gSmmCorePrivate->Smst;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Communicates with a registered handler.
-
- This function provides a service to send and receive messages from a registered
- UEFI service. This function is part of the SMM Communication Protocol that may
- be called in physical mode prior to SetVirtualAddressMap() and in virtual mode
- after SetVirtualAddressMap().
-
- @param[in] This The EFI_SMM_COMMUNICATION_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param[in, out] CommBuffer A pointer to the buffer to convey into SMRAM.
- @param[in, out] CommSize The size of the data buffer being passed in.On exit, the size of data
- being returned. Zero if the handler does not wish to reply with any data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The message was successfully posted.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The CommBuffer was NULL.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmCommunicationCommunicate (
- IN CONST EFI_SMM_COMMUNICATION_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN OUT VOID *CommBuffer,
- IN OUT UINTN *CommSize
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_SMM_COMMUNICATE_HEADER *CommunicateHeader;
- BOOLEAN OldInSmm;
-
- //
- // Check parameters
- //
- if ((CommBuffer == NULL) || (CommSize == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // CommSize must hold HeaderGuid and MessageLength
- //
- if (*CommSize < OFFSET_OF (EFI_SMM_COMMUNICATE_HEADER, Data)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // If not already in SMM, then generate a Software SMI
- //
- if (!gSmmCorePrivate->InSmm && gSmmCorePrivate->SmmEntryPointRegistered) {
- //
- // Put arguments for Software SMI in gSmmCorePrivate
- //
- gSmmCorePrivate->CommunicationBuffer = CommBuffer;
- gSmmCorePrivate->BufferSize = *CommSize;
-
- //
- // Generate Software SMI
- //
- Status = mSmmControl2->Trigger (mSmmControl2, NULL, NULL, FALSE, 0);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- //
- // Return status from software SMI
- //
- *CommSize = gSmmCorePrivate->BufferSize;
- return gSmmCorePrivate->ReturnStatus;
- }
-
- //
- // If we are in SMM, then the execution mode must be physical, which means that
- // OS established virtual addresses can not be used. If SetVirtualAddressMap()
- // has been called, then a direct invocation of the Software SMI is not
- // not allowed so return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER.
- //
- if (EfiGoneVirtual()) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // If we are not in SMM, don't allow call SmiManage() directly when SMRAM is closed or locked.
- //
- if ((!gSmmCorePrivate->InSmm) && (!mSmmAccess->OpenState || mSmmAccess->LockState)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Save current InSmm state and set InSmm state to TRUE
- //
- OldInSmm = gSmmCorePrivate->InSmm;
- gSmmCorePrivate->InSmm = TRUE;
-
- //
- // Before SetVirtualAddressMap(), we are in SMM or SMRAM is open and unlocked, call SmiManage() directly.
- //
- CommunicateHeader = (EFI_SMM_COMMUNICATE_HEADER *)CommBuffer;
- *CommSize -= OFFSET_OF (EFI_SMM_COMMUNICATE_HEADER, Data);
- Status = gSmmCorePrivate->Smst->SmiManage (
- &CommunicateHeader->HeaderGuid,
- NULL,
- CommunicateHeader->Data,
- CommSize
- );
-
- //
- // Update CommunicationBuffer, BufferSize and ReturnStatus
- // Communicate service finished, reset the pointer to CommBuffer to NULL
- //
- *CommSize += OFFSET_OF (EFI_SMM_COMMUNICATE_HEADER, Data);
-
- //
- // Restore original InSmm state
- //
- gSmmCorePrivate->InSmm = OldInSmm;
-
- return (Status == EFI_SUCCESS) ? EFI_SUCCESS : EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-}
-
-/**
- Event notification that is fired when GUIDed Event Group is signaled.
-
- @param Event The Event that is being processed, not used.
- @param Context Event Context, not used.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-SmmIplGuidedEventNotify (
- IN EFI_EVENT Event,
- IN VOID *Context
- )
-{
- UINTN Size;
-
- //
- // Use Guid to initialize EFI_SMM_COMMUNICATE_HEADER structure
- //
- CopyGuid (&mCommunicateHeader.HeaderGuid, (EFI_GUID *)Context);
- mCommunicateHeader.MessageLength = 1;
- mCommunicateHeader.Data[0] = 0;
-
- //
- // Generate the Software SMI and return the result
- //
- Size = sizeof (mCommunicateHeader);
- SmmCommunicationCommunicate (&mSmmCommunication, &mCommunicateHeader, &Size);
-}
-
-/**
- Event notification that is fired when EndOfDxe Event Group is signaled.
-
- @param Event The Event that is being processed, not used.
- @param Context Event Context, not used.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-SmmIplEndOfDxeEventNotify (
- IN EFI_EVENT Event,
- IN VOID *Context
- )
-{
- mEndOfDxe = TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- Event notification that is fired when DxeDispatch Event Group is signaled.
-
- @param Event The Event that is being processed, not used.
- @param Context Event Context, not used.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-SmmIplDxeDispatchEventNotify (
- IN EFI_EVENT Event,
- IN VOID *Context
- )
-{
- UINTN Size;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- //
- // Keep calling the SMM Core Dispatcher until there is no request to restart it.
- //
- while (TRUE) {
- //
- // Use Guid to initialize EFI_SMM_COMMUNICATE_HEADER structure
- // Clear the buffer passed into the Software SMI. This buffer will return
- // the status of the SMM Core Dispatcher.
- //
- CopyGuid (&mCommunicateHeader.HeaderGuid, (EFI_GUID *)Context);
- mCommunicateHeader.MessageLength = 1;
- mCommunicateHeader.Data[0] = 0;
-
- //
- // Generate the Software SMI and return the result
- //
- Size = sizeof (mCommunicateHeader);
- SmmCommunicationCommunicate (&mSmmCommunication, &mCommunicateHeader, &Size);
-
- //
- // Return if there is no request to restart the SMM Core Dispatcher
- //
- if (mCommunicateHeader.Data[0] != COMM_BUFFER_SMM_DISPATCH_RESTART) {
- return;
- }
-
- //
- // Attempt to reset SMRAM cacheability to UC
- // Assume CPU AP is available at this time
- //
- Status = gDS->SetMemorySpaceAttributes(
- mSmramCacheBase,
- mSmramCacheSize,
- EFI_MEMORY_UC
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_WARN, "SMM IPL failed to reset SMRAM window to EFI_MEMORY_UC\n"));
- }
-
- //
- // Close all SMRAM ranges to protect SMRAM
- //
- Status = mSmmAccess->Close (mSmmAccess);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Print debug message that the SMRAM window is now closed.
- //
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "SMM IPL closed SMRAM window\n"));
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Event notification that is fired every time a gEfiSmmConfigurationProtocol installs.
-
- @param Event The Event that is being processed, not used.
- @param Context Event Context, not used.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-SmmIplSmmConfigurationEventNotify (
- IN EFI_EVENT Event,
- IN VOID *Context
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_SMM_CONFIGURATION_PROTOCOL *SmmConfiguration;
-
- //
- // Make sure this notification is for this handler
- //
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (Context, NULL, (VOID **)&SmmConfiguration);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return;
- }
-
- //
- // Register the SMM Entry Point provided by the SMM Core with the SMM COnfiguration protocol
- //
- Status = SmmConfiguration->RegisterSmmEntry (SmmConfiguration, gSmmCorePrivate->SmmEntryPoint);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Set flag to indicate that the SMM Entry Point has been registered which
- // means that SMIs are now fully operational.
- //
- gSmmCorePrivate->SmmEntryPointRegistered = TRUE;
-
- //
- // Print debug message showing SMM Core entry point address.
- //
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "SMM IPL registered SMM Entry Point address %p\n", (VOID *)(UINTN)gSmmCorePrivate->SmmEntryPoint));
-}
-
-/**
- Event notification that is fired every time a DxeSmmReadyToLock protocol is added
- or if gEfiEventReadyToBootGuid is signaled.
-
- @param Event The Event that is being processed, not used.
- @param Context Event Context, not used.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-SmmIplReadyToLockEventNotify (
- IN EFI_EVENT Event,
- IN VOID *Context
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- VOID *Interface;
- UINTN Index;
-
- //
- // See if we are already locked
- //
- if (mSmmLocked) {
- return;
- }
-
- //
- // Make sure this notification is for this handler
- //
- if (CompareGuid ((EFI_GUID *)Context, &gEfiDxeSmmReadyToLockProtocolGuid)) {
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiDxeSmmReadyToLockProtocolGuid, NULL, &Interface);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return;
- }
- } else {
- //
- // If SMM is not locked yet and we got here from gEfiEventReadyToBootGuid being
- // signaled, then gEfiDxeSmmReadyToLockProtocolGuid was not installed as expected.
- // Print a warning on debug builds.
- //
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_WARN, "SMM IPL! DXE SMM Ready To Lock Protocol not installed before Ready To Boot signal\n"));
- }
-
- if (!mEndOfDxe) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "EndOfDxe Event must be signaled before DxeSmmReadyToLock Protocol installation!\n"));
- REPORT_STATUS_CODE (
- EFI_ERROR_CODE | EFI_ERROR_UNRECOVERED,
- (EFI_SOFTWARE_SMM_DRIVER | EFI_SW_EC_ILLEGAL_SOFTWARE_STATE)
- );
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- }
-
- //
- // Lock the SMRAM (Note: Locking SMRAM may not be supported on all platforms)
- //
- mSmmAccess->Lock (mSmmAccess);
-
- //
- // Close protocol and event notification events that do not apply after the
- // DXE SMM Ready To Lock Protocol has been installed or the Ready To Boot
- // event has been signalled.
- //
- for (Index = 0; mSmmIplEvents[Index].NotifyFunction != NULL; Index++) {
- if (mSmmIplEvents[Index].CloseOnLock) {
- gBS->CloseEvent (mSmmIplEvents[Index].Event);
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Inform SMM Core that the DxeSmmReadyToLock protocol was installed
- //
- SmmIplGuidedEventNotify (Event, (VOID *)&gEfiDxeSmmReadyToLockProtocolGuid);
-
- //
- // Print debug message that the SMRAM window is now locked.
- //
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "SMM IPL locked SMRAM window\n"));
-
- //
- // Set flag so this operation will not be performed again
- //
- mSmmLocked = TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- Notification function of EVT_SIGNAL_VIRTUAL_ADDRESS_CHANGE.
-
- This is a notification function registered on EVT_SIGNAL_VIRTUAL_ADDRESS_CHANGE event.
- It convers pointer to new virtual address.
-
- @param Event Event whose notification function is being invoked.
- @param Context Pointer to the notification function's context.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-SmmIplSetVirtualAddressNotify (
- IN EFI_EVENT Event,
- IN VOID *Context
- )
-{
- EfiConvertPointer (0x0, (VOID **)&mSmmControl2);
-}
-
-/**
- Get the fixed loading address from image header assigned by build tool. This function only be called
- when Loading module at Fixed address feature enabled.
-
- @param ImageContext Pointer to the image context structure that describes the PE/COFF
- image that needs to be examined by this function.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS An fixed loading address is assigned to this image by build tools .
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The image has no assigned fixed loading address.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GetPeCoffImageFixLoadingAssignedAddress(
- IN OUT PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT *ImageContext
- )
-{
- UINTN SectionHeaderOffset;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_IMAGE_SECTION_HEADER SectionHeader;
- EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_UNION *ImgHdr;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS FixLoadingAddress;
- UINT16 Index;
- UINTN Size;
- UINT16 NumberOfSections;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS SmramBase;
- UINT64 SmmCodeSize;
- UINT64 ValueInSectionHeader;
- //
- // Build tool will calculate the smm code size and then patch the PcdLoadFixAddressSmmCodePageNumber
- //
- SmmCodeSize = EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (PcdGet32(PcdLoadFixAddressSmmCodePageNumber));
-
- FixLoadingAddress = 0;
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- SmramBase = mCurrentSmramRange->CpuStart;
- //
- // Get PeHeader pointer
- //
- ImgHdr = (EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_UNION *)((CHAR8* )ImageContext->Handle + ImageContext->PeCoffHeaderOffset);
- SectionHeaderOffset = ImageContext->PeCoffHeaderOffset +
- sizeof (UINT32) +
- sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_FILE_HEADER) +
- ImgHdr->Pe32.FileHeader.SizeOfOptionalHeader;
- NumberOfSections = ImgHdr->Pe32.FileHeader.NumberOfSections;
-
- //
- // Get base address from the first section header that doesn't point to code section.
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < NumberOfSections; Index++) {
- //
- // Read section header from file
- //
- Size = sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_SECTION_HEADER);
- Status = ImageContext->ImageRead (
- ImageContext->Handle,
- SectionHeaderOffset,
- &Size,
- &SectionHeader
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-
- if ((SectionHeader.Characteristics & EFI_IMAGE_SCN_CNT_CODE) == 0) {
- //
- // Build tool saves the offset to SMRAM base as image base in PointerToRelocations & PointerToLineNumbers fields in the
- // first section header that doesn't point to code section in image header. And there is an assumption that when the
- // feature is enabled, if a module is assigned a loading address by tools, PointerToRelocations & PointerToLineNumbers
- // fields should NOT be Zero, or else, these 2 fields should be set to Zero
- //
- ValueInSectionHeader = ReadUnaligned64((UINT64*)&SectionHeader.PointerToRelocations);
- if (ValueInSectionHeader != 0) {
- //
- // Found first section header that doesn't point to code section in which build tool saves the
- // offset to SMRAM base as image base in PointerToRelocations & PointerToLineNumbers fields
- //
- FixLoadingAddress = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(SmramBase + (INT64)ValueInSectionHeader);
-
- if (SmramBase + SmmCodeSize > FixLoadingAddress && SmramBase <= FixLoadingAddress) {
- //
- // The assigned address is valid. Return the specified loading address
- //
- ImageContext->ImageAddress = FixLoadingAddress;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
- break;
- }
- SectionHeaderOffset += sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_SECTION_HEADER);
- }
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO|EFI_D_LOAD, "LOADING MODULE FIXED INFO: Loading module at fixed address %x, Status = %r \n", FixLoadingAddress, Status));
- return Status;
-}
-/**
- Load the SMM Core image into SMRAM and executes the SMM Core from SMRAM.
-
- @param[in, out] SmramRange Descriptor for the range of SMRAM to reload the
- currently executing image, the rang of SMRAM to
- hold SMM Core will be excluded.
- @param[in, out] SmramRangeSmmCore Descriptor for the range of SMRAM to hold SMM Core.
-
- @param[in] Context Context to pass into SMM Core
-
- @return EFI_STATUS
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-ExecuteSmmCoreFromSmram (
- IN OUT EFI_SMRAM_DESCRIPTOR *SmramRange,
- IN OUT EFI_SMRAM_DESCRIPTOR *SmramRangeSmmCore,
- IN VOID *Context
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- VOID *SourceBuffer;
- UINTN SourceSize;
- PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT ImageContext;
- UINTN PageCount;
- EFI_IMAGE_ENTRY_POINT EntryPoint;
-
- //
- // Search all Firmware Volumes for a PE/COFF image in a file of type SMM_CORE
- //
- Status = GetSectionFromAnyFvByFileType (
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE_SMM_CORE,
- 0,
- EFI_SECTION_PE32,
- 0,
- &SourceBuffer,
- &SourceSize
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Initilize ImageContext
- //
- ImageContext.Handle = SourceBuffer;
- ImageContext.ImageRead = PeCoffLoaderImageReadFromMemory;
-
- //
- // Get information about the image being loaded
- //
- Status = PeCoffLoaderGetImageInfo (&ImageContext);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- //
- // if Loading module at Fixed Address feature is enabled, the SMM core driver will be loaded to
- // the address assigned by build tool.
- //
- if (PcdGet64(PcdLoadModuleAtFixAddressEnable) != 0) {
- //
- // Get the fixed loading address assigned by Build tool
- //
- Status = GetPeCoffImageFixLoadingAssignedAddress (&ImageContext);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Since the memory range to load SMM CORE will be cut out in SMM core, so no need to allocate and free this range
- //
- PageCount = 0;
- //
- // Reserved Smram Region for SmmCore is not used, and remove it from SmramRangeCount.
- //
- gSmmCorePrivate->SmramRangeCount --;
- } else {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "LOADING MODULE FIXED ERROR: Loading module at fixed address at address failed\n"));
- //
- // Allocate memory for the image being loaded from the EFI_SRAM_DESCRIPTOR
- // specified by SmramRange
- //
- PageCount = (UINTN)EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES((UINTN)ImageContext.ImageSize + ImageContext.SectionAlignment);
-
- ASSERT ((SmramRange->PhysicalSize & EFI_PAGE_MASK) == 0);
- ASSERT (SmramRange->PhysicalSize > EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (PageCount));
-
- SmramRange->PhysicalSize -= EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (PageCount);
- SmramRangeSmmCore->CpuStart = SmramRange->CpuStart + SmramRange->PhysicalSize;
- SmramRangeSmmCore->PhysicalStart = SmramRange->PhysicalStart + SmramRange->PhysicalSize;
- SmramRangeSmmCore->RegionState = SmramRange->RegionState | EFI_ALLOCATED;
- SmramRangeSmmCore->PhysicalSize = EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (PageCount);
-
- //
- // Align buffer on section boundary
- //
- ImageContext.ImageAddress = SmramRangeSmmCore->CpuStart;
- }
- } else {
- //
- // Allocate memory for the image being loaded from the EFI_SRAM_DESCRIPTOR
- // specified by SmramRange
- //
- PageCount = (UINTN)EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES((UINTN)ImageContext.ImageSize + ImageContext.SectionAlignment);
-
- ASSERT ((SmramRange->PhysicalSize & EFI_PAGE_MASK) == 0);
- ASSERT (SmramRange->PhysicalSize > EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (PageCount));
-
- SmramRange->PhysicalSize -= EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (PageCount);
- SmramRangeSmmCore->CpuStart = SmramRange->CpuStart + SmramRange->PhysicalSize;
- SmramRangeSmmCore->PhysicalStart = SmramRange->PhysicalStart + SmramRange->PhysicalSize;
- SmramRangeSmmCore->RegionState = SmramRange->RegionState | EFI_ALLOCATED;
- SmramRangeSmmCore->PhysicalSize = EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (PageCount);
-
- //
- // Align buffer on section boundary
- //
- ImageContext.ImageAddress = SmramRangeSmmCore->CpuStart;
- }
-
- ImageContext.ImageAddress += ImageContext.SectionAlignment - 1;
- ImageContext.ImageAddress &= ~((EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)ImageContext.SectionAlignment - 1);
-
- //
- // Print debug message showing SMM Core load address.
- //
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "SMM IPL loading SMM Core at SMRAM address %p\n", (VOID *)(UINTN)ImageContext.ImageAddress));
-
- //
- // Load the image to our new buffer
- //
- Status = PeCoffLoaderLoadImage (&ImageContext);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Relocate the image in our new buffer
- //
- Status = PeCoffLoaderRelocateImage (&ImageContext);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Flush the instruction cache so the image data are written before we execute it
- //
- InvalidateInstructionCacheRange ((VOID *)(UINTN)ImageContext.ImageAddress, (UINTN)ImageContext.ImageSize);
-
- //
- // Print debug message showing SMM Core entry point address.
- //
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "SMM IPL calling SMM Core at SMRAM address %p\n", (VOID *)(UINTN)ImageContext.EntryPoint));
-
- gSmmCorePrivate->PiSmmCoreImageBase = ImageContext.ImageAddress;
- gSmmCorePrivate->PiSmmCoreImageSize = ImageContext.ImageSize;
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "PiSmmCoreImageBase - 0x%016lx\n", gSmmCorePrivate->PiSmmCoreImageBase));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "PiSmmCoreImageSize - 0x%016lx\n", gSmmCorePrivate->PiSmmCoreImageSize));
-
- gSmmCorePrivate->PiSmmCoreEntryPoint = ImageContext.EntryPoint;
-
- //
- // Execute image
- //
- EntryPoint = (EFI_IMAGE_ENTRY_POINT)(UINTN)ImageContext.EntryPoint;
- Status = EntryPoint ((EFI_HANDLE)Context, gST);
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Always free memory allocted by GetFileBufferByFilePath ()
- //
- FreePool (SourceBuffer);
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- SMM split SMRAM entry.
-
- @param[in, out] RangeToCompare Pointer to EFI_SMRAM_DESCRIPTOR to compare.
- @param[in, out] ReservedRangeToCompare Pointer to EFI_SMM_RESERVED_SMRAM_REGION to compare.
- @param[out] Ranges Output pointer to hold split EFI_SMRAM_DESCRIPTOR entry.
- @param[in, out] RangeCount Pointer to range count.
- @param[out] ReservedRanges Output pointer to hold split EFI_SMM_RESERVED_SMRAM_REGION entry.
- @param[in, out] ReservedRangeCount Pointer to reserved range count.
- @param[out] FinalRanges Output pointer to hold split final EFI_SMRAM_DESCRIPTOR entry
- that no need to be split anymore.
- @param[in, out] FinalRangeCount Pointer to final range count.
-
-**/
-VOID
-SmmSplitSmramEntry (
- IN OUT EFI_SMRAM_DESCRIPTOR *RangeToCompare,
- IN OUT EFI_SMM_RESERVED_SMRAM_REGION *ReservedRangeToCompare,
- OUT EFI_SMRAM_DESCRIPTOR *Ranges,
- IN OUT UINTN *RangeCount,
- OUT EFI_SMM_RESERVED_SMRAM_REGION *ReservedRanges,
- IN OUT UINTN *ReservedRangeCount,
- OUT EFI_SMRAM_DESCRIPTOR *FinalRanges,
- IN OUT UINTN *FinalRangeCount
- )
-{
- UINT64 RangeToCompareEnd;
- UINT64 ReservedRangeToCompareEnd;
-
- RangeToCompareEnd = RangeToCompare->CpuStart + RangeToCompare->PhysicalSize;
- ReservedRangeToCompareEnd = ReservedRangeToCompare->SmramReservedStart + ReservedRangeToCompare->SmramReservedSize;
-
- if ((RangeToCompare->CpuStart >= ReservedRangeToCompare->SmramReservedStart) &&
- (RangeToCompare->CpuStart < ReservedRangeToCompareEnd)) {
- if (RangeToCompareEnd < ReservedRangeToCompareEnd) {
- //
- // RangeToCompare ReservedRangeToCompare
- // ---- ---- --------------------------------------
- // | | | | -> 1. ReservedRangeToCompare
- // ---- | | |--| --------------------------------------
- // | | | | | |
- // | | | | | | -> 2. FinalRanges[*FinalRangeCount] and increment *FinalRangeCount
- // | | | | | | RangeToCompare->PhysicalSize = 0
- // ---- | | |--| --------------------------------------
- // | | | | -> 3. ReservedRanges[*ReservedRangeCount] and increment *ReservedRangeCount
- // ---- ---- --------------------------------------
- //
-
- //
- // 1. Update ReservedRangeToCompare.
- //
- ReservedRangeToCompare->SmramReservedSize = RangeToCompare->CpuStart - ReservedRangeToCompare->SmramReservedStart;
- //
- // 2. Update FinalRanges[FinalRangeCount] and increment *FinalRangeCount.
- // Zero RangeToCompare->PhysicalSize.
- //
- FinalRanges[*FinalRangeCount].CpuStart = RangeToCompare->CpuStart;
- FinalRanges[*FinalRangeCount].PhysicalStart = RangeToCompare->PhysicalStart;
- FinalRanges[*FinalRangeCount].RegionState = RangeToCompare->RegionState | EFI_ALLOCATED;
- FinalRanges[*FinalRangeCount].PhysicalSize = RangeToCompare->PhysicalSize;
- *FinalRangeCount += 1;
- RangeToCompare->PhysicalSize = 0;
- //
- // 3. Update ReservedRanges[*ReservedRangeCount] and increment *ReservedRangeCount.
- //
- ReservedRanges[*ReservedRangeCount].SmramReservedStart = FinalRanges[*FinalRangeCount - 1].CpuStart + FinalRanges[*FinalRangeCount - 1].PhysicalSize;
- ReservedRanges[*ReservedRangeCount].SmramReservedSize = ReservedRangeToCompareEnd - RangeToCompareEnd;
- *ReservedRangeCount += 1;
- } else {
- //
- // RangeToCompare ReservedRangeToCompare
- // ---- ---- --------------------------------------
- // | | | | -> 1. ReservedRangeToCompare
- // ---- | | |--| --------------------------------------
- // | | | | | |
- // | | | | | | -> 2. FinalRanges[*FinalRangeCount] and increment *FinalRangeCount
- // | | | | | |
- // | | ---- |--| --------------------------------------
- // | | | | -> 3. RangeToCompare
- // ---- ---- --------------------------------------
- //
-
- //
- // 1. Update ReservedRangeToCompare.
- //
- ReservedRangeToCompare->SmramReservedSize = RangeToCompare->CpuStart - ReservedRangeToCompare->SmramReservedStart;
- //
- // 2. Update FinalRanges[FinalRangeCount] and increment *FinalRangeCount.
- //
- FinalRanges[*FinalRangeCount].CpuStart = RangeToCompare->CpuStart;
- FinalRanges[*FinalRangeCount].PhysicalStart = RangeToCompare->PhysicalStart;
- FinalRanges[*FinalRangeCount].RegionState = RangeToCompare->RegionState | EFI_ALLOCATED;
- FinalRanges[*FinalRangeCount].PhysicalSize = ReservedRangeToCompareEnd - RangeToCompare->CpuStart;
- *FinalRangeCount += 1;
- //
- // 3. Update RangeToCompare.
- //
- RangeToCompare->CpuStart += FinalRanges[*FinalRangeCount - 1].PhysicalSize;
- RangeToCompare->PhysicalStart += FinalRanges[*FinalRangeCount - 1].PhysicalSize;
- RangeToCompare->PhysicalSize -= FinalRanges[*FinalRangeCount - 1].PhysicalSize;
- }
- } else if ((ReservedRangeToCompare->SmramReservedStart >= RangeToCompare->CpuStart) &&
- (ReservedRangeToCompare->SmramReservedStart < RangeToCompareEnd)) {
- if (ReservedRangeToCompareEnd < RangeToCompareEnd) {
- //
- // RangeToCompare ReservedRangeToCompare
- // ---- ---- --------------------------------------
- // | | | | -> 1. RangeToCompare
- // | | ---- |--| --------------------------------------
- // | | | | | |
- // | | | | | | -> 2. FinalRanges[*FinalRangeCount] and increment *FinalRangeCount
- // | | | | | | ReservedRangeToCompare->SmramReservedSize = 0
- // | | ---- |--| --------------------------------------
- // | | | | -> 3. Ranges[*RangeCount] and increment *RangeCount
- // ---- ---- --------------------------------------
- //
-
- //
- // 1. Update RangeToCompare.
- //
- RangeToCompare->PhysicalSize = ReservedRangeToCompare->SmramReservedStart - RangeToCompare->CpuStart;
- //
- // 2. Update FinalRanges[FinalRangeCount] and increment *FinalRangeCount.
- // ReservedRangeToCompare->SmramReservedSize = 0
- //
- FinalRanges[*FinalRangeCount].CpuStart = ReservedRangeToCompare->SmramReservedStart;
- FinalRanges[*FinalRangeCount].PhysicalStart = RangeToCompare->PhysicalStart + RangeToCompare->PhysicalSize;
- FinalRanges[*FinalRangeCount].RegionState = RangeToCompare->RegionState | EFI_ALLOCATED;
- FinalRanges[*FinalRangeCount].PhysicalSize = ReservedRangeToCompare->SmramReservedSize;
- *FinalRangeCount += 1;
- ReservedRangeToCompare->SmramReservedSize = 0;
- //
- // 3. Update Ranges[*RangeCount] and increment *RangeCount.
- //
- Ranges[*RangeCount].CpuStart = FinalRanges[*FinalRangeCount - 1].CpuStart + FinalRanges[*FinalRangeCount - 1].PhysicalSize;
- Ranges[*RangeCount].PhysicalStart = FinalRanges[*FinalRangeCount - 1].PhysicalStart + FinalRanges[*FinalRangeCount - 1].PhysicalSize;
- Ranges[*RangeCount].RegionState = RangeToCompare->RegionState;
- Ranges[*RangeCount].PhysicalSize = RangeToCompareEnd - ReservedRangeToCompareEnd;
- *RangeCount += 1;
- } else {
- //
- // RangeToCompare ReservedRangeToCompare
- // ---- ---- --------------------------------------
- // | | | | -> 1. RangeToCompare
- // | | ---- |--| --------------------------------------
- // | | | | | |
- // | | | | | | -> 2. FinalRanges[*FinalRangeCount] and increment *FinalRangeCount
- // | | | | | |
- // ---- | | |--| --------------------------------------
- // | | | | -> 3. ReservedRangeToCompare
- // ---- ---- --------------------------------------
- //
-
- //
- // 1. Update RangeToCompare.
- //
- RangeToCompare->PhysicalSize = ReservedRangeToCompare->SmramReservedStart - RangeToCompare->CpuStart;
- //
- // 2. Update FinalRanges[FinalRangeCount] and increment *FinalRangeCount.
- // ReservedRangeToCompare->SmramReservedSize = 0
- //
- FinalRanges[*FinalRangeCount].CpuStart = ReservedRangeToCompare->SmramReservedStart;
- FinalRanges[*FinalRangeCount].PhysicalStart = RangeToCompare->PhysicalStart + RangeToCompare->PhysicalSize;
- FinalRanges[*FinalRangeCount].RegionState = RangeToCompare->RegionState | EFI_ALLOCATED;
- FinalRanges[*FinalRangeCount].PhysicalSize = RangeToCompareEnd - ReservedRangeToCompare->SmramReservedStart;
- *FinalRangeCount += 1;
- //
- // 3. Update ReservedRangeToCompare.
- //
- ReservedRangeToCompare->SmramReservedStart += FinalRanges[*FinalRangeCount - 1].PhysicalSize;
- ReservedRangeToCompare->SmramReservedSize -= FinalRanges[*FinalRangeCount - 1].PhysicalSize;
- }
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Returns if SMRAM range and SMRAM reserved range are overlapped.
-
- @param[in] RangeToCompare Pointer to EFI_SMRAM_DESCRIPTOR to compare.
- @param[in] ReservedRangeToCompare Pointer to EFI_SMM_RESERVED_SMRAM_REGION to compare.
-
- @retval TRUE There is overlap.
- @retval FALSE There is no overlap.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-SmmIsSmramOverlap (
- IN EFI_SMRAM_DESCRIPTOR *RangeToCompare,
- IN EFI_SMM_RESERVED_SMRAM_REGION *ReservedRangeToCompare
- )
-{
- UINT64 RangeToCompareEnd;
- UINT64 ReservedRangeToCompareEnd;
-
- RangeToCompareEnd = RangeToCompare->CpuStart + RangeToCompare->PhysicalSize;
- ReservedRangeToCompareEnd = ReservedRangeToCompare->SmramReservedStart + ReservedRangeToCompare->SmramReservedSize;
-
- if ((RangeToCompare->CpuStart >= ReservedRangeToCompare->SmramReservedStart) &&
- (RangeToCompare->CpuStart < ReservedRangeToCompareEnd)) {
- return TRUE;
- } else if ((ReservedRangeToCompare->SmramReservedStart >= RangeToCompare->CpuStart) &&
- (ReservedRangeToCompare->SmramReservedStart < RangeToCompareEnd)) {
- return TRUE;
- }
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/**
- Get full SMRAM ranges.
-
- It will get SMRAM ranges from SmmAccess protocol and SMRAM reserved ranges from
- SmmConfiguration protocol, split the entries if there is overlap between them.
- It will also reserve one entry for SMM core.
-
- @param[out] FullSmramRangeCount Output pointer to full SMRAM range count.
-
- @return Pointer to full SMRAM ranges.
-
-**/
-EFI_SMRAM_DESCRIPTOR *
-GetFullSmramRanges (
- OUT UINTN *FullSmramRangeCount
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_SMM_CONFIGURATION_PROTOCOL *SmmConfiguration;
- UINTN Size;
- UINTN Index;
- UINTN Index2;
- EFI_SMRAM_DESCRIPTOR *FullSmramRanges;
- UINTN TempSmramRangeCount;
- UINTN AdditionSmramRangeCount;
- EFI_SMRAM_DESCRIPTOR *TempSmramRanges;
- UINTN SmramRangeCount;
- EFI_SMRAM_DESCRIPTOR *SmramRanges;
- UINTN SmramReservedCount;
- EFI_SMM_RESERVED_SMRAM_REGION *SmramReservedRanges;
- UINTN MaxCount;
- BOOLEAN Rescan;
-
- //
- // Get SMM Configuration Protocol if it is present.
- //
- SmmConfiguration = NULL;
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiSmmConfigurationProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **) &SmmConfiguration);
-
- //
- // Get SMRAM information.
- //
- Size = 0;
- Status = mSmmAccess->GetCapabilities (mSmmAccess, &Size, NULL);
- ASSERT (Status == EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL);
-
- SmramRangeCount = Size / sizeof (EFI_SMRAM_DESCRIPTOR);
-
- //
- // Get SMRAM reserved region count.
- //
- SmramReservedCount = 0;
- if (SmmConfiguration != NULL) {
- while (SmmConfiguration->SmramReservedRegions[SmramReservedCount].SmramReservedSize != 0) {
- SmramReservedCount++;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Reserve one entry for SMM Core in the full SMRAM ranges.
- //
- AdditionSmramRangeCount = 1;
- if (PcdGet64(PcdLoadModuleAtFixAddressEnable) != 0) {
- //
- // Reserve two entries for all SMM drivers and SMM Core in the full SMRAM ranges.
- //
- AdditionSmramRangeCount = 2;
- }
-
- if (SmramReservedCount == 0) {
- //
- // No reserved SMRAM entry from SMM Configuration Protocol.
- //
- *FullSmramRangeCount = SmramRangeCount + AdditionSmramRangeCount;
- Size = (*FullSmramRangeCount) * sizeof (EFI_SMRAM_DESCRIPTOR);
- FullSmramRanges = (EFI_SMRAM_DESCRIPTOR *) AllocateZeroPool (Size);
- ASSERT (FullSmramRanges != NULL);
-
- Status = mSmmAccess->GetCapabilities (mSmmAccess, &Size, FullSmramRanges);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- return FullSmramRanges;
- }
-
- //
- // Why MaxCount = X + 2 * Y?
- // Take Y = 1 as example below, Y > 1 case is just the iteration of Y = 1.
- //
- // X = 1 Y = 1 MaxCount = 3 = 1 + 2 * 1
- // ---- ----
- // | | ---- |--|
- // | | | | -> | |
- // | | ---- |--|
- // ---- ----
- //
- // X = 2 Y = 1 MaxCount = 4 = 2 + 2 * 1
- // ---- ----
- // | | | |
- // | | ---- |--|
- // | | | | | |
- // |--| | | -> |--|
- // | | | | | |
- // | | ---- |--|
- // | | | |
- // ---- ----
- //
- // X = 3 Y = 1 MaxCount = 5 = 3 + 2 * 1
- // ---- ----
- // | | | |
- // | | ---- |--|
- // |--| | | |--|
- // | | | | -> | |
- // |--| | | |--|
- // | | ---- |--|
- // | | | |
- // ---- ----
- //
- // ......
- //
- MaxCount = SmramRangeCount + 2 * SmramReservedCount;
-
- Size = MaxCount * sizeof (EFI_SMM_RESERVED_SMRAM_REGION);
- SmramReservedRanges = (EFI_SMM_RESERVED_SMRAM_REGION *) AllocatePool (Size);
- ASSERT (SmramReservedRanges != NULL);
- for (Index = 0; Index < SmramReservedCount; Index++) {
- CopyMem (&SmramReservedRanges[Index], &SmmConfiguration->SmramReservedRegions[Index], sizeof (EFI_SMM_RESERVED_SMRAM_REGION));
- }
-
- Size = MaxCount * sizeof (EFI_SMRAM_DESCRIPTOR);
- TempSmramRanges = (EFI_SMRAM_DESCRIPTOR *) AllocatePool (Size);
- ASSERT (TempSmramRanges != NULL);
- TempSmramRangeCount = 0;
-
- SmramRanges = (EFI_SMRAM_DESCRIPTOR *) AllocatePool (Size);
- ASSERT (SmramRanges != NULL);
- Status = mSmmAccess->GetCapabilities (mSmmAccess, &Size, SmramRanges);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- do {
- Rescan = FALSE;
- for (Index = 0; (Index < SmramRangeCount) && !Rescan; Index++) {
- //
- // Skip zero size entry.
- //
- if (SmramRanges[Index].PhysicalSize != 0) {
- for (Index2 = 0; (Index2 < SmramReservedCount) && !Rescan; Index2++) {
- //
- // Skip zero size entry.
- //
- if (SmramReservedRanges[Index2].SmramReservedSize != 0) {
- if (SmmIsSmramOverlap (
- &SmramRanges[Index],
- &SmramReservedRanges[Index2]
- )) {
- //
- // There is overlap, need to split entry and then rescan.
- //
- SmmSplitSmramEntry (
- &SmramRanges[Index],
- &SmramReservedRanges[Index2],
- SmramRanges,
- &SmramRangeCount,
- SmramReservedRanges,
- &SmramReservedCount,
- TempSmramRanges,
- &TempSmramRangeCount
- );
- Rescan = TRUE;
- }
- }
- }
- if (!Rescan) {
- //
- // No any overlap, copy the entry to the temp SMRAM ranges.
- // Zero SmramRanges[Index].PhysicalSize = 0;
- //
- CopyMem (&TempSmramRanges[TempSmramRangeCount++], &SmramRanges[Index], sizeof (EFI_SMRAM_DESCRIPTOR));
- SmramRanges[Index].PhysicalSize = 0;
- }
- }
- }
- } while (Rescan);
- ASSERT (TempSmramRangeCount <= MaxCount);
-
- //
- // Sort the entries
- //
- FullSmramRanges = AllocateZeroPool ((TempSmramRangeCount + AdditionSmramRangeCount) * sizeof (EFI_SMRAM_DESCRIPTOR));
- ASSERT (FullSmramRanges != NULL);
- *FullSmramRangeCount = 0;
- do {
- for (Index = 0; Index < TempSmramRangeCount; Index++) {
- if (TempSmramRanges[Index].PhysicalSize != 0) {
- break;
- }
- }
- ASSERT (Index < TempSmramRangeCount);
- for (Index2 = 0; Index2 < TempSmramRangeCount; Index2++) {
- if ((Index2 != Index) && (TempSmramRanges[Index2].PhysicalSize != 0) && (TempSmramRanges[Index2].CpuStart < TempSmramRanges[Index].CpuStart)) {
- Index = Index2;
- }
- }
- CopyMem (&FullSmramRanges[*FullSmramRangeCount], &TempSmramRanges[Index], sizeof (EFI_SMRAM_DESCRIPTOR));
- *FullSmramRangeCount += 1;
- TempSmramRanges[Index].PhysicalSize = 0;
- } while (*FullSmramRangeCount < TempSmramRangeCount);
- ASSERT (*FullSmramRangeCount == TempSmramRangeCount);
- *FullSmramRangeCount += AdditionSmramRangeCount;
-
- FreePool (SmramRanges);
- FreePool (SmramReservedRanges);
- FreePool (TempSmramRanges);
-
- return FullSmramRanges;
-}
-
-/**
- The Entry Point for SMM IPL
-
- Load SMM Core into SMRAM, register SMM Core entry point for SMIs, install
- SMM Base 2 Protocol and SMM Communication Protocol, and register for the
- critical events required to coordinate between DXE and SMM environments.
-
- @param ImageHandle The firmware allocated handle for the EFI image.
- @param SystemTable A pointer to the EFI System Table.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The entry point is executed successfully.
- @retval Other Some error occurred when executing this entry point.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmIplEntry (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN Index;
- UINT64 MaxSize;
- VOID *Registration;
- UINT64 SmmCodeSize;
- EFI_LOAD_FIXED_ADDRESS_CONFIGURATION_TABLE *LMFAConfigurationTable;
- EFI_CPU_ARCH_PROTOCOL *CpuArch;
- EFI_STATUS SetAttrStatus;
- EFI_SMRAM_DESCRIPTOR *SmramRangeSmmDriver;
-
- //
- // Fill in the image handle of the SMM IPL so the SMM Core can use this as the
- // ParentImageHandle field of the Load Image Protocol for all SMM Drivers loaded
- // by the SMM Core
- //
- mSmmCorePrivateData.SmmIplImageHandle = ImageHandle;
-
- //
- // Get SMM Access Protocol
- //
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiSmmAccess2ProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **)&mSmmAccess);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Get SMM Control2 Protocol
- //
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiSmmControl2ProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **)&mSmmControl2);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- gSmmCorePrivate->SmramRanges = GetFullSmramRanges (&gSmmCorePrivate->SmramRangeCount);
-
- //
- // Open all SMRAM ranges
- //
- Status = mSmmAccess->Open (mSmmAccess);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Print debug message that the SMRAM window is now open.
- //
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "SMM IPL opened SMRAM window\n"));
-
- //
- // Find the largest SMRAM range between 1MB and 4GB that is at least 256KB - 4K in size
- //
- mCurrentSmramRange = NULL;
- for (Index = 0, MaxSize = SIZE_256KB - EFI_PAGE_SIZE; Index < gSmmCorePrivate->SmramRangeCount; Index++) {
- //
- // Skip any SMRAM region that is already allocated, needs testing, or needs ECC initialization
- //
- if ((gSmmCorePrivate->SmramRanges[Index].RegionState & (EFI_ALLOCATED | EFI_NEEDS_TESTING | EFI_NEEDS_ECC_INITIALIZATION)) != 0) {
- continue;
- }
-
- if (gSmmCorePrivate->SmramRanges[Index].CpuStart >= BASE_1MB) {
- if ((gSmmCorePrivate->SmramRanges[Index].CpuStart + gSmmCorePrivate->SmramRanges[Index].PhysicalSize - 1) <= MAX_ADDRESS) {
- if (gSmmCorePrivate->SmramRanges[Index].PhysicalSize >= MaxSize) {
- MaxSize = gSmmCorePrivate->SmramRanges[Index].PhysicalSize;
- mCurrentSmramRange = &gSmmCorePrivate->SmramRanges[Index];
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (mCurrentSmramRange != NULL) {
- //
- // Print debug message showing SMRAM window that will be used by SMM IPL and SMM Core
- //
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "SMM IPL found SMRAM window %p - %p\n",
- (VOID *)(UINTN)mCurrentSmramRange->CpuStart,
- (VOID *)(UINTN)(mCurrentSmramRange->CpuStart + mCurrentSmramRange->PhysicalSize - 1)
- ));
-
- GetSmramCacheRange (mCurrentSmramRange, &mSmramCacheBase, &mSmramCacheSize);
- //
- // If CPU AP is present, attempt to set SMRAM cacheability to WB
- // Note that it is expected that cacheability of SMRAM has been set to WB if CPU AP
- // is not available here.
- //
- CpuArch = NULL;
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiCpuArchProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **)&CpuArch);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = gDS->SetMemorySpaceAttributes(
- mSmramCacheBase,
- mSmramCacheSize,
- EFI_MEMORY_WB
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_WARN, "SMM IPL failed to set SMRAM window to EFI_MEMORY_WB\n"));
- }
- }
- //
- // if Loading module at Fixed Address feature is enabled, save the SMRAM base to Load
- // Modules At Fixed Address Configuration Table.
- //
- if (PcdGet64(PcdLoadModuleAtFixAddressEnable) != 0) {
- //
- // Build tool will calculate the smm code size and then patch the PcdLoadFixAddressSmmCodePageNumber
- //
- SmmCodeSize = LShiftU64 (PcdGet32(PcdLoadFixAddressSmmCodePageNumber), EFI_PAGE_SHIFT);
- //
- // The SMRAM available memory is assumed to be larger than SmmCodeSize
- //
- ASSERT (mCurrentSmramRange->PhysicalSize > SmmCodeSize);
- //
- // Retrieve Load modules At fixed address configuration table and save the SMRAM base.
- //
- Status = EfiGetSystemConfigurationTable (
- &gLoadFixedAddressConfigurationTableGuid,
- (VOID **) &LMFAConfigurationTable
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status) && LMFAConfigurationTable != NULL) {
- LMFAConfigurationTable->SmramBase = mCurrentSmramRange->CpuStart;
- //
- // Print the SMRAM base
- //
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "LOADING MODULE FIXED INFO: TSEG BASE is %x. \n", LMFAConfigurationTable->SmramBase));
- }
-
- //
- // Fill the Smram range for all SMM code
- //
- SmramRangeSmmDriver = &gSmmCorePrivate->SmramRanges[gSmmCorePrivate->SmramRangeCount - 2];
- SmramRangeSmmDriver->CpuStart = mCurrentSmramRange->CpuStart;
- SmramRangeSmmDriver->PhysicalStart = mCurrentSmramRange->PhysicalStart;
- SmramRangeSmmDriver->RegionState = mCurrentSmramRange->RegionState | EFI_ALLOCATED;
- SmramRangeSmmDriver->PhysicalSize = SmmCodeSize;
-
- mCurrentSmramRange->PhysicalSize -= SmmCodeSize;
- mCurrentSmramRange->CpuStart = mCurrentSmramRange->CpuStart + SmmCodeSize;
- mCurrentSmramRange->PhysicalStart = mCurrentSmramRange->PhysicalStart + SmmCodeSize;
- }
- //
- // Load SMM Core into SMRAM and execute it from SMRAM
- //
- Status = ExecuteSmmCoreFromSmram (
- mCurrentSmramRange,
- &gSmmCorePrivate->SmramRanges[gSmmCorePrivate->SmramRangeCount - 1],
- gSmmCorePrivate
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Print error message that the SMM Core failed to be loaded and executed.
- //
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SMM IPL could not load and execute SMM Core from SMRAM\n"));
-
- //
- // Attempt to reset SMRAM cacheability to UC
- //
- if (CpuArch != NULL) {
- SetAttrStatus = gDS->SetMemorySpaceAttributes(
- mSmramCacheBase,
- mSmramCacheSize,
- EFI_MEMORY_UC
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (SetAttrStatus)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_WARN, "SMM IPL failed to reset SMRAM window to EFI_MEMORY_UC\n"));
- }
- }
- }
- } else {
- //
- // Print error message that there are not enough SMRAM resources to load the SMM Core.
- //
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SMM IPL could not find a large enough SMRAM region to load SMM Core\n"));
- }
-
- //
- // If the SMM Core could not be loaded then close SMRAM window, free allocated
- // resources, and return an error so SMM IPL will be unloaded.
- //
- if (mCurrentSmramRange == NULL || EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Close all SMRAM ranges
- //
- Status = mSmmAccess->Close (mSmmAccess);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Print debug message that the SMRAM window is now closed.
- //
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "SMM IPL closed SMRAM window\n"));
-
- //
- // Free all allocated resources
- //
- FreePool (gSmmCorePrivate->SmramRanges);
-
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- //
- // Install SMM Base2 Protocol and SMM Communication Protocol
- //
- Status = gBS->InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
- &mSmmIplHandle,
- &gEfiSmmBase2ProtocolGuid, &mSmmBase2,
- &gEfiSmmCommunicationProtocolGuid, &mSmmCommunication,
- NULL
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Create the set of protocol and event notififcations that the SMM IPL requires
- //
- for (Index = 0; mSmmIplEvents[Index].NotifyFunction != NULL; Index++) {
- if (mSmmIplEvents[Index].Protocol) {
- mSmmIplEvents[Index].Event = EfiCreateProtocolNotifyEvent (
- mSmmIplEvents[Index].Guid,
- mSmmIplEvents[Index].NotifyTpl,
- mSmmIplEvents[Index].NotifyFunction,
- mSmmIplEvents[Index].NotifyContext,
- &Registration
- );
- } else {
- Status = gBS->CreateEventEx (
- EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,
- mSmmIplEvents[Index].NotifyTpl,
- mSmmIplEvents[Index].NotifyFunction,
- mSmmIplEvents[Index].NotifyContext,
- mSmmIplEvents[Index].Guid,
- &mSmmIplEvents[Index].Event
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/PiSmmIpl.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/PiSmmIpl.inf deleted file mode 100644 index 07a765b5d2..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/PiSmmIpl.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,95 +0,0 @@ -## @file
-# This module provide an SMM CIS compliant implementation of SMM IPL.
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2009 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-#
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-##
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = PiSmmIpl
- MODULE_UNI_FILE = PiSmmIpl.uni
- FILE_GUID = 2FA2A6DA-11D5-4dc3-999A-749648B03C56
- MODULE_TYPE = DXE_RUNTIME_DRIVER
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- PI_SPECIFICATION_VERSION = 0x0001000A
- ENTRY_POINT = SmmIplEntry
-
-#
-# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
-#
-# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64
-#
-
-[Sources]
- PiSmmIpl.c
- PiSmmCorePrivateData.h
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
-
-[LibraryClasses]
- UefiDriverEntryPoint
- BaseLib
- BaseMemoryLib
- PeCoffLib
- CacheMaintenanceLib
- MemoryAllocationLib
- DebugLib
- UefiBootServicesTableLib
- DxeServicesTableLib
- UefiLib
- UefiRuntimeLib
- DxeServicesLib
- PcdLib
- ReportStatusCodeLib
-
-[Protocols]
- gEfiSmmBase2ProtocolGuid ## PRODUCES
- gEfiSmmCommunicationProtocolGuid ## PRODUCES
- gEfiSmmAccess2ProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
- ## NOTIFY
- ## CONSUMES
- gEfiSmmConfigurationProtocolGuid
- gEfiSmmControl2ProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
- ## NOTIFY
- ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- ## UNDEFINED # Used to do smm communcation
- gEfiDxeSmmReadyToLockProtocolGuid
- gEfiCpuArchProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
-
-[Guids]
- ## CONSUMES ## Event
- ## PRODUCES ## UNDEFINED # Used to do smm communcation
- gEfiEventDxeDispatchGuid
- gEfiEventReadyToBootGuid ## CONSUMES ## Event
- ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## Event
- ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## UNDEFINED # Used to do smm communcation
- gEfiEventLegacyBootGuid
- ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## Event
- ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## UNDEFINED # Used to do smm communcation
- gEfiEventExitBootServicesGuid
- ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## Event
- ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## UNDEFINED # Used to do smm communcation
- gEfiEventReadyToBootGuid
- gEfiEventVirtualAddressChangeGuid ## CONSUMES ## Event
- gEfiEndOfDxeEventGroupGuid ## CONSUMES ## Event
- gLoadFixedAddressConfigurationTableGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## SystemTable
-
-[Pcd]
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdLoadFixAddressSmmCodePageNumber ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdLoadModuleAtFixAddressEnable ## CONSUMES
-
-[Depex]
- gEfiSmmAccess2ProtocolGuid AND gEfiSmmControl2ProtocolGuid
-
-[UserExtensions.TianoCore."ExtraFiles"]
- PiSmmIplExtra.uni
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/PiSmmIpl.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/PiSmmIpl.uni deleted file mode 100644 index edb3e236d9..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/PiSmmIpl.uni +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -// /** @file
-// This module provide an SMM CIS compliant implementation of SMM IPL.
-//
-// This module provide an SMM CIS compliant implementation of SMM IPL.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2009 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-//
-// This program and the accompanying materials
-// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-//
-// **/
-
-
-#string STR_MODULE_ABSTRACT #language en-US "Provides an SMM CIS compliant implementation of SMM IPL"
-
-#string STR_MODULE_DESCRIPTION #language en-US "This module provide an SMM CIS compliant implementation of SMM IPL."
-
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/PiSmmIplExtra.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/PiSmmIplExtra.uni deleted file mode 100644 index 98410d8f0f..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/PiSmmIplExtra.uni +++ /dev/null @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ -// /** @file
-// PiSmmIpl Localized Strings and Content
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2013 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-//
-// This program and the accompanying materials
-// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-//
-// **/
-
-#string STR_PROPERTIES_MODULE_NAME
-#language en-US
-"Core SMM Services Initial Program Loader"
-
-
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/Pool.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/Pool.c deleted file mode 100644 index f734b3f72d..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/Pool.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,365 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- SMM Memory pool management functions.
-
- Copyright (c) 2009 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available
- under the terms and conditions of the BSD License which accompanies this
- distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "PiSmmCore.h"
-
-LIST_ENTRY mSmmPoolLists[SmmPoolTypeMax][MAX_POOL_INDEX];
-//
-// To cache the SMRAM base since when Loading modules At fixed address feature is enabled,
-// all module is assigned an offset relative the SMRAM base in build time.
-//
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS gLoadModuleAtFixAddressSmramBase = 0;
-
-/**
- Convert a UEFI memory type to SMM pool type.
-
- @param[in] MemoryType Type of pool to allocate.
-
- @return SMM pool type
-**/
-SMM_POOL_TYPE
-UefiMemoryTypeToSmmPoolType (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType
- )
-{
- ASSERT ((MemoryType == EfiRuntimeServicesCode) || (MemoryType == EfiRuntimeServicesData));
- switch (MemoryType) {
- case EfiRuntimeServicesCode:
- return SmmPoolTypeCode;
- case EfiRuntimeServicesData:
- return SmmPoolTypeData;
- default:
- return SmmPoolTypeMax;
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- Called to initialize the memory service.
-
- @param SmramRangeCount Number of SMRAM Regions
- @param SmramRanges Pointer to SMRAM Descriptors
-
-**/
-VOID
-SmmInitializeMemoryServices (
- IN UINTN SmramRangeCount,
- IN EFI_SMRAM_DESCRIPTOR *SmramRanges
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN SmmPoolTypeIndex;
- EFI_LOAD_FIXED_ADDRESS_CONFIGURATION_TABLE *LMFAConfigurationTable;
-
- //
- // Initialize Pool list
- //
- for (SmmPoolTypeIndex = 0; SmmPoolTypeIndex < SmmPoolTypeMax; SmmPoolTypeIndex++) {
- for (Index = 0; Index < ARRAY_SIZE (mSmmPoolLists[SmmPoolTypeIndex]); Index++) {
- InitializeListHead (&mSmmPoolLists[SmmPoolTypeIndex][Index]);
- }
- }
-
- Status = EfiGetSystemConfigurationTable (
- &gLoadFixedAddressConfigurationTableGuid,
- (VOID **) &LMFAConfigurationTable
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status) && LMFAConfigurationTable != NULL) {
- gLoadModuleAtFixAddressSmramBase = LMFAConfigurationTable->SmramBase;
- }
-
- //
- // Add Free SMRAM regions
- // Need add Free memory at first, to let gSmmMemoryMap record data
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < SmramRangeCount; Index++) {
- if ((SmramRanges[Index].RegionState & (EFI_ALLOCATED | EFI_NEEDS_TESTING | EFI_NEEDS_ECC_INITIALIZATION)) != 0) {
- continue;
- }
- SmmAddMemoryRegion (
- SmramRanges[Index].CpuStart,
- SmramRanges[Index].PhysicalSize,
- EfiConventionalMemory,
- SmramRanges[Index].RegionState
- );
- }
-
- //
- // Add the allocated SMRAM regions
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < SmramRangeCount; Index++) {
- if ((SmramRanges[Index].RegionState & (EFI_ALLOCATED | EFI_NEEDS_TESTING | EFI_NEEDS_ECC_INITIALIZATION)) == 0) {
- continue;
- }
- SmmAddMemoryRegion (
- SmramRanges[Index].CpuStart,
- SmramRanges[Index].PhysicalSize,
- EfiConventionalMemory,
- SmramRanges[Index].RegionState
- );
- }
-
-}
-
-/**
- Internal Function. Allocate a pool by specified PoolIndex.
-
- @param PoolType Type of pool to allocate.
- @param PoolIndex Index which indicate the Pool size.
- @param FreePoolHdr The returned Free pool.
-
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Allocation failed.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Pool successfully allocated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-InternalAllocPoolByIndex (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
- IN UINTN PoolIndex,
- OUT FREE_POOL_HEADER **FreePoolHdr
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- FREE_POOL_HEADER *Hdr;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Address;
- SMM_POOL_TYPE SmmPoolType;
-
- SmmPoolType = UefiMemoryTypeToSmmPoolType(PoolType);
-
- ASSERT (PoolIndex <= MAX_POOL_INDEX);
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- Hdr = NULL;
- if (PoolIndex == MAX_POOL_INDEX) {
- Status = SmmInternalAllocatePages (AllocateAnyPages, PoolType, EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (MAX_POOL_SIZE << 1), &Address);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- Hdr = (FREE_POOL_HEADER *) (UINTN) Address;
- } else if (!IsListEmpty (&mSmmPoolLists[SmmPoolType][PoolIndex])) {
- Hdr = BASE_CR (GetFirstNode (&mSmmPoolLists[SmmPoolType][PoolIndex]), FREE_POOL_HEADER, Link);
- RemoveEntryList (&Hdr->Link);
- } else {
- Status = InternalAllocPoolByIndex (PoolType, PoolIndex + 1, &Hdr);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Hdr->Header.Size >>= 1;
- Hdr->Header.Available = TRUE;
- Hdr->Header.Type = PoolType;
- InsertHeadList (&mSmmPoolLists[SmmPoolType][PoolIndex], &Hdr->Link);
- Hdr = (FREE_POOL_HEADER*)((UINT8*)Hdr + Hdr->Header.Size);
- }
- }
-
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Hdr->Header.Size = MIN_POOL_SIZE << PoolIndex;
- Hdr->Header.Available = FALSE;
- Hdr->Header.Type = PoolType;
- }
-
- *FreePoolHdr = Hdr;
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Internal Function. Free a pool by specified PoolIndex.
-
- @param FreePoolHdr The pool to free.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Pool successfully freed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-InternalFreePoolByIndex (
- IN FREE_POOL_HEADER *FreePoolHdr
- )
-{
- UINTN PoolIndex;
- SMM_POOL_TYPE SmmPoolType;
-
- ASSERT ((FreePoolHdr->Header.Size & (FreePoolHdr->Header.Size - 1)) == 0);
- ASSERT (((UINTN)FreePoolHdr & (FreePoolHdr->Header.Size - 1)) == 0);
- ASSERT (FreePoolHdr->Header.Size >= MIN_POOL_SIZE);
-
- SmmPoolType = UefiMemoryTypeToSmmPoolType(FreePoolHdr->Header.Type);
-
- PoolIndex = (UINTN) (HighBitSet32 ((UINT32)FreePoolHdr->Header.Size) - MIN_POOL_SHIFT);
- FreePoolHdr->Header.Available = TRUE;
- ASSERT (PoolIndex < MAX_POOL_INDEX);
- InsertHeadList (&mSmmPoolLists[SmmPoolType][PoolIndex], &FreePoolHdr->Link);
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Allocate pool of a particular type.
-
- @param PoolType Type of pool to allocate.
- @param Size The amount of pool to allocate.
- @param Buffer The address to return a pointer to the allocated
- pool.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER PoolType not valid.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Size exceeds max pool size or allocation failed.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Pool successfully allocated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmInternalAllocatePool (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
- IN UINTN Size,
- OUT VOID **Buffer
- )
-{
- POOL_HEADER *PoolHdr;
- FREE_POOL_HEADER *FreePoolHdr;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Address;
- UINTN PoolIndex;
-
- if (PoolType != EfiRuntimeServicesCode &&
- PoolType != EfiRuntimeServicesData) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- Size += sizeof (*PoolHdr);
- if (Size > MAX_POOL_SIZE) {
- Size = EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Size);
- Status = SmmInternalAllocatePages (AllocateAnyPages, PoolType, Size, &Address);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- PoolHdr = (POOL_HEADER*)(UINTN)Address;
- PoolHdr->Size = EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (Size);
- PoolHdr->Available = FALSE;
- PoolHdr->Type = PoolType;
- *Buffer = PoolHdr + 1;
- return Status;
- }
-
- Size = (Size + MIN_POOL_SIZE - 1) >> MIN_POOL_SHIFT;
- PoolIndex = (UINTN) HighBitSet32 ((UINT32)Size);
- if ((Size & (Size - 1)) != 0) {
- PoolIndex++;
- }
-
- Status = InternalAllocPoolByIndex (PoolType, PoolIndex, &FreePoolHdr);
- if (!EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- *Buffer = &FreePoolHdr->Header + 1;
- }
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Allocate pool of a particular type.
-
- @param PoolType Type of pool to allocate.
- @param Size The amount of pool to allocate.
- @param Buffer The address to return a pointer to the allocated
- pool.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER PoolType not valid.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Size exceeds max pool size or allocation failed.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Pool successfully allocated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmAllocatePool (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
- IN UINTN Size,
- OUT VOID **Buffer
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- Status = SmmInternalAllocatePool (PoolType, Size, Buffer);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- SmmCoreUpdateProfile (
- (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) RETURN_ADDRESS (0),
- MemoryProfileActionAllocatePool,
- PoolType,
- Size,
- *Buffer,
- NULL
- );
- }
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Frees pool.
-
- @param Buffer The allocated pool entry to free.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Buffer is not a valid value.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Pool successfully freed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmInternalFreePool (
- IN VOID *Buffer
- )
-{
- FREE_POOL_HEADER *FreePoolHdr;
-
- if (Buffer == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- FreePoolHdr = (FREE_POOL_HEADER*)((POOL_HEADER*)Buffer - 1);
- ASSERT (!FreePoolHdr->Header.Available);
-
- if (FreePoolHdr->Header.Size > MAX_POOL_SIZE) {
- ASSERT (((UINTN)FreePoolHdr & EFI_PAGE_MASK) == 0);
- ASSERT ((FreePoolHdr->Header.Size & EFI_PAGE_MASK) == 0);
- return SmmInternalFreePages (
- (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)FreePoolHdr,
- EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (FreePoolHdr->Header.Size)
- );
- }
- return InternalFreePoolByIndex (FreePoolHdr);
-}
-
-/**
- Frees pool.
-
- @param Buffer The allocated pool entry to free.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Buffer is not a valid value.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Pool successfully freed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmFreePool (
- IN VOID *Buffer
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- Status = SmmInternalFreePool (Buffer);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- SmmCoreUpdateProfile (
- (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) RETURN_ADDRESS (0),
- MemoryProfileActionFreePool,
- EfiMaxMemoryType,
- 0,
- Buffer,
- NULL
- );
- }
- return Status;
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/Smi.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/Smi.c deleted file mode 100644 index ad483a1877..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/Smi.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,312 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- SMI management.
-
- Copyright (c) 2009 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available
- under the terms and conditions of the BSD License which accompanies this
- distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "PiSmmCore.h"
-
-LIST_ENTRY mSmiEntryList = INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (mSmiEntryList);
-
-SMI_ENTRY mRootSmiEntry = {
- SMI_ENTRY_SIGNATURE,
- INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (mRootSmiEntry.AllEntries),
- {0},
- INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (mRootSmiEntry.SmiHandlers),
-};
-
-/**
- Finds the SMI entry for the requested handler type.
-
- @param HandlerType The type of the interrupt
- @param Create Create a new entry if not found
-
- @return SMI entry
-
-**/
-SMI_ENTRY *
-EFIAPI
-SmmCoreFindSmiEntry (
- IN EFI_GUID *HandlerType,
- IN BOOLEAN Create
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- SMI_ENTRY *Item;
- SMI_ENTRY *SmiEntry;
-
- //
- // Search the SMI entry list for the matching GUID
- //
- SmiEntry = NULL;
- for (Link = mSmiEntryList.ForwardLink;
- Link != &mSmiEntryList;
- Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
-
- Item = CR (Link, SMI_ENTRY, AllEntries, SMI_ENTRY_SIGNATURE);
- if (CompareGuid (&Item->HandlerType, HandlerType)) {
- //
- // This is the SMI entry
- //
- SmiEntry = Item;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // If the protocol entry was not found and Create is TRUE, then
- // allocate a new entry
- //
- if ((SmiEntry == NULL) && Create) {
- SmiEntry = AllocatePool (sizeof(SMI_ENTRY));
- if (SmiEntry != NULL) {
- //
- // Initialize new SMI entry structure
- //
- SmiEntry->Signature = SMI_ENTRY_SIGNATURE;
- CopyGuid ((VOID *)&SmiEntry->HandlerType, HandlerType);
- InitializeListHead (&SmiEntry->SmiHandlers);
-
- //
- // Add it to SMI entry list
- //
- InsertTailList (&mSmiEntryList, &SmiEntry->AllEntries);
- }
- }
- return SmiEntry;
-}
-
-/**
- Manage SMI of a particular type.
-
- @param HandlerType Points to the handler type or NULL for root SMI handlers.
- @param Context Points to an optional context buffer.
- @param CommBuffer Points to the optional communication buffer.
- @param CommBufferSize Points to the size of the optional communication buffer.
-
- @retval EFI_WARN_INTERRUPT_SOURCE_PENDING Interrupt source was processed successfully but not quiesced.
- @retval EFI_INTERRUPT_PENDING One or more SMI sources could not be quiesced.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Interrupt source was not handled or quiesced.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Interrupt source was handled and quiesced.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmiManage (
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *HandlerType,
- IN CONST VOID *Context OPTIONAL,
- IN OUT VOID *CommBuffer OPTIONAL,
- IN OUT UINTN *CommBufferSize OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- LIST_ENTRY *Head;
- SMI_ENTRY *SmiEntry;
- SMI_HANDLER *SmiHandler;
- BOOLEAN SuccessReturn;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- SuccessReturn = FALSE;
- if (HandlerType == NULL) {
- //
- // Root SMI handler
- //
- SmiEntry = &mRootSmiEntry;
- } else {
- //
- // Non-root SMI handler
- //
- SmiEntry = SmmCoreFindSmiEntry ((EFI_GUID *) HandlerType, FALSE);
- if (SmiEntry == NULL) {
- //
- // There is no handler registered for this interrupt source
- //
- return Status;
- }
- }
- Head = &SmiEntry->SmiHandlers;
-
- for (Link = Head->ForwardLink; Link != Head; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- SmiHandler = CR (Link, SMI_HANDLER, Link, SMI_HANDLER_SIGNATURE);
-
- Status = SmiHandler->Handler (
- (EFI_HANDLE) SmiHandler,
- Context,
- CommBuffer,
- CommBufferSize
- );
-
- switch (Status) {
- case EFI_INTERRUPT_PENDING:
- //
- // If a handler returns EFI_INTERRUPT_PENDING and HandlerType is not NULL then
- // no additional handlers will be processed and EFI_INTERRUPT_PENDING will be returned.
- //
- if (HandlerType != NULL) {
- return EFI_INTERRUPT_PENDING;
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_SUCCESS:
- //
- // If at least one of the handlers returns EFI_SUCCESS then the function will return
- // EFI_SUCCESS. If a handler returns EFI_SUCCESS and HandlerType is not NULL then no
- // additional handlers will be processed.
- //
- if (HandlerType != NULL) {
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- SuccessReturn = TRUE;
- break;
-
- case EFI_WARN_INTERRUPT_SOURCE_QUIESCED:
- //
- // If at least one of the handlers returns EFI_WARN_INTERRUPT_SOURCE_QUIESCED
- // then the function will return EFI_SUCCESS.
- //
- SuccessReturn = TRUE;
- break;
-
- case EFI_WARN_INTERRUPT_SOURCE_PENDING:
- //
- // If all the handlers returned EFI_WARN_INTERRUPT_SOURCE_PENDING
- // then EFI_WARN_INTERRUPT_SOURCE_PENDING will be returned.
- //
- break;
-
- default:
- //
- // Unexpected status code returned.
- //
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (SuccessReturn) {
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Registers a handler to execute within SMM.
-
- @param Handler Handler service funtion pointer.
- @param HandlerType Points to the handler type or NULL for root SMI handlers.
- @param DispatchHandle On return, contains a unique handle which can be used to later unregister the handler function.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Handler register success.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Handler or DispatchHandle is NULL.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmiHandlerRegister (
- IN EFI_SMM_HANDLER_ENTRY_POINT2 Handler,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *HandlerType OPTIONAL,
- OUT EFI_HANDLE *DispatchHandle
- )
-{
- SMI_HANDLER *SmiHandler;
- SMI_ENTRY *SmiEntry;
- LIST_ENTRY *List;
-
- if (Handler == NULL || DispatchHandle == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- SmiHandler = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (SMI_HANDLER));
- if (SmiHandler == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- SmiHandler->Signature = SMI_HANDLER_SIGNATURE;
- SmiHandler->Handler = Handler;
- SmiHandler->CallerAddr = (UINTN)RETURN_ADDRESS (0);
-
- if (HandlerType == NULL) {
- //
- // This is root SMI handler
- //
- SmiEntry = &mRootSmiEntry;
- } else {
- //
- // None root SMI handler
- //
- SmiEntry = SmmCoreFindSmiEntry ((EFI_GUID *) HandlerType, TRUE);
- if (SmiEntry == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- }
- List = &SmiEntry->SmiHandlers;
-
- SmiHandler->SmiEntry = SmiEntry;
- InsertTailList (List, &SmiHandler->Link);
-
- *DispatchHandle = (EFI_HANDLE) SmiHandler;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Unregister a handler in SMM.
-
- @param DispatchHandle The handle that was specified when the handler was registered.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Handler function was successfully unregistered.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER DispatchHandle does not refer to a valid handle.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmiHandlerUnRegister (
- IN EFI_HANDLE DispatchHandle
- )
-{
- SMI_HANDLER *SmiHandler;
- SMI_ENTRY *SmiEntry;
-
- SmiHandler = (SMI_HANDLER *) DispatchHandle;
-
- if (SmiHandler == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (SmiHandler->Signature != SMI_HANDLER_SIGNATURE) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- SmiEntry = SmiHandler->SmiEntry;
-
- RemoveEntryList (&SmiHandler->Link);
- FreePool (SmiHandler);
-
- if (SmiEntry == NULL) {
- //
- // This is root SMI handler
- //
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- if (IsListEmpty (&SmiEntry->SmiHandlers)) {
- //
- // No handler registered for this interrupt now, remove the SMI_ENTRY
- //
- RemoveEntryList (&SmiEntry->AllEntries);
-
- FreePool (SmiEntry);
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/SmiHandlerProfile.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/SmiHandlerProfile.c deleted file mode 100644 index ad3b54ace4..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/SmiHandlerProfile.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1327 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- SMI handler profile support.
-
-Copyright (c) 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include <PiSmm.h>
-#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
-#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
-#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
-#include <Library/SmmServicesTableLib.h>
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Library/PrintLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiLib.h>
-#include <Library/DevicePathLib.h>
-#include <Library/PeCoffGetEntryPointLib.h>
-#include <Library/DxeServicesLib.h>
-#include <Protocol/LoadedImage.h>
-#include <Protocol/SmmAccess2.h>
-#include <Protocol/SmmReadyToLock.h>
-#include <Protocol/SmmEndOfDxe.h>
-
-#include <Guid/SmiHandlerProfile.h>
-
-#include "PiSmmCore.h"
-
-typedef struct {
- EFI_GUID FileGuid;
- UINTN ImageRef;
- UINTN EntryPoint;
- UINTN ImageBase;
- UINTN ImageSize;
- UINTN PdbStringSize;
- CHAR8 *PdbString;
-} IMAGE_STRUCT;
-
-/**
- Register SMI handler profile handler.
-**/
-VOID
-RegisterSmiHandlerProfileHandler(
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- Retrieves and returns a pointer to the entry point to a PE/COFF image that has been loaded
- into system memory with the PE/COFF Loader Library functions.
-
- Retrieves the entry point to the PE/COFF image specified by Pe32Data and returns this entry
- point in EntryPoint. If the entry point could not be retrieved from the PE/COFF image, then
- return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER. Otherwise return RETURN_SUCCESS.
- If Pe32Data is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If EntryPoint is NULL, then ASSERT().
-
- @param Pe32Data The pointer to the PE/COFF image that is loaded in system memory.
- @param EntryPoint The pointer to entry point to the PE/COFF image to return.
-
- @retval RETURN_SUCCESS EntryPoint was returned.
- @retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER The entry point could not be found in the PE/COFF image.
-
-**/
-RETURN_STATUS
-InternalPeCoffGetEntryPoint (
- IN VOID *Pe32Data,
- OUT VOID **EntryPoint
- );
-
-extern LIST_ENTRY mSmiEntryList;
-extern LIST_ENTRY mHardwareSmiEntryList;
-extern SMI_ENTRY mRootSmiEntry;
-
-extern SMI_HANDLER_PROFILE_PROTOCOL mSmiHandlerProfile;
-
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED LIST_ENTRY mHardwareSmiEntryList = INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (mHardwareSmiEntryList);
-
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED LIST_ENTRY mRootSmiEntryList = INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (mRootSmiEntryList);
-
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED LIST_ENTRY *mSmmCoreRootSmiEntryList = &mRootSmiEntryList;
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED LIST_ENTRY *mSmmCoreSmiEntryList = &mSmiEntryList;
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED LIST_ENTRY *mSmmCoreHardwareSmiEntryList = &mHardwareSmiEntryList;
-
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED IMAGE_STRUCT *mImageStruct;
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED UINTN mImageStructCountMax;
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED UINTN mImageStructCount;
-
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED VOID *mSmiHandlerProfileDatabase;
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED UINTN mSmiHandlerProfileDatabaseSize;
-
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED UINTN mSmmImageDatabaseSize;
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED UINTN mSmmRootSmiDatabaseSize;
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED UINTN mSmmSmiDatabaseSize;
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED UINTN mSmmHardwareSmiDatabaseSize;
-
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED BOOLEAN mSmiHandlerProfileRecordingStatus;
-
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED SMI_HANDLER_PROFILE_PROTOCOL mSmiHandlerProfile = {
- SmiHandlerProfileRegisterHandler,
- SmiHandlerProfileUnregisterHandler,
-};
-
-/**
- This function dump raw data.
-
- @param Data raw data
- @param Size raw data size
-**/
-VOID
-InternalDumpData (
- IN UINT8 *Data,
- IN UINTN Size
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
- for (Index = 0; Index < Size; Index++) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "%02x ", (UINTN)Data[Index]));
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Get GUID name for an image.
-
- @param[in] LoadedImage LoadedImage protocol.
- @param[out] Guid Guid of the FFS
-**/
-VOID
-GetDriverGuid (
- IN EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL *LoadedImage,
- OUT EFI_GUID *Guid
- )
-{
- EFI_GUID *FileName;
-
- FileName = NULL;
- if ((DevicePathType(LoadedImage->FilePath) == MEDIA_DEVICE_PATH) &&
- (DevicePathSubType(LoadedImage->FilePath) == MEDIA_PIWG_FW_FILE_DP)) {
- FileName = &((MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH *)LoadedImage->FilePath)->FvFileName;
- }
- if (FileName != NULL) {
- CopyGuid(Guid, FileName);
- } else {
- ZeroMem(Guid, sizeof(EFI_GUID));
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Add image structure.
-
- @param ImageBase image base
- @param ImageSize image size
- @param EntryPoint image entry point
- @param Guid FFS GUID of the image
- @param PdbString image PDB string
-**/
-VOID
-AddImageStruct(
- IN UINTN ImageBase,
- IN UINTN ImageSize,
- IN UINTN EntryPoint,
- IN EFI_GUID *Guid,
- IN CHAR8 *PdbString
- )
-{
- UINTN PdbStringSize;
-
- if (mImageStructCount >= mImageStructCountMax) {
- ASSERT(FALSE);
- return;
- }
-
- CopyGuid(&mImageStruct[mImageStructCount].FileGuid, Guid);
- mImageStruct[mImageStructCount].ImageRef = mImageStructCount;
- mImageStruct[mImageStructCount].ImageBase = ImageBase;
- mImageStruct[mImageStructCount].ImageSize = ImageSize;
- mImageStruct[mImageStructCount].EntryPoint = EntryPoint;
- if (PdbString != NULL) {
- PdbStringSize = AsciiStrSize(PdbString);
- mImageStruct[mImageStructCount].PdbString = AllocateCopyPool (PdbStringSize, PdbString);
- if (mImageStruct[mImageStructCount].PdbString != NULL) {
- mImageStruct[mImageStructCount].PdbStringSize = PdbStringSize;
- }
- }
-
- mImageStructCount++;
-}
-
-/**
- return an image structure based upon image address.
-
- @param Address image address
-
- @return image structure
-**/
-IMAGE_STRUCT *
-AddressToImageStruct(
- IN UINTN Address
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < mImageStructCount; Index++) {
- if ((Address >= mImageStruct[Index].ImageBase) &&
- (Address < mImageStruct[Index].ImageBase + mImageStruct[Index].ImageSize)) {
- return &mImageStruct[Index];
- }
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- return an image reference index based upon image address.
-
- @param Address image address
-
- @return image reference index
-**/
-UINTN
-AddressToImageRef(
- IN UINTN Address
- )
-{
- IMAGE_STRUCT *ImageStruct;
-
- ImageStruct = AddressToImageStruct(Address);
- if (ImageStruct != NULL) {
- return ImageStruct->ImageRef;
- }
- return (UINTN)-1;
-}
-
-/**
- Collect SMM image information based upon loaded image protocol.
-**/
-VOID
-GetSmmLoadedImage(
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN NoHandles;
- UINTN HandleBufferSize;
- EFI_HANDLE *HandleBuffer;
- UINTN Index;
- EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL *LoadedImage;
- CHAR16 *PathStr;
- EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY *LoadedImagePrivate;
- UINTN EntryPoint;
- VOID *EntryPointInImage;
- EFI_GUID Guid;
- CHAR8 *PdbString;
- UINTN RealImageBase;
-
- HandleBufferSize = 0;
- HandleBuffer = NULL;
- Status = gSmst->SmmLocateHandle(
- ByProtocol,
- &gEfiLoadedImageProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- &HandleBufferSize,
- HandleBuffer
- );
- if (Status != EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) {
- return;
- }
- HandleBuffer = AllocateZeroPool (HandleBufferSize);
- if (HandleBuffer == NULL) {
- return;
- }
- Status = gSmst->SmmLocateHandle(
- ByProtocol,
- &gEfiLoadedImageProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- &HandleBufferSize,
- HandleBuffer
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- return;
- }
-
- NoHandles = HandleBufferSize/sizeof(EFI_HANDLE);
- mImageStructCountMax = NoHandles;
- mImageStruct = AllocateZeroPool(mImageStructCountMax * sizeof(IMAGE_STRUCT));
- if (mImageStruct == NULL) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < NoHandles; Index++) {
- Status = gSmst->SmmHandleProtocol(
- HandleBuffer[Index],
- &gEfiLoadedImageProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **)&LoadedImage
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- continue;
- }
- PathStr = ConvertDevicePathToText(LoadedImage->FilePath, TRUE, TRUE);
- GetDriverGuid(LoadedImage, &Guid);
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "Image: %g ", &Guid));
-
- EntryPoint = 0;
- LoadedImagePrivate = BASE_CR(LoadedImage, EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY, SmmLoadedImage);
- RealImageBase = (UINTN)LoadedImage->ImageBase;
- if (LoadedImagePrivate->Signature == EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY_SIGNATURE) {
- EntryPoint = (UINTN)LoadedImagePrivate->ImageEntryPoint;
- if ((EntryPoint != 0) && ((EntryPoint < (UINTN)LoadedImage->ImageBase) || (EntryPoint >= ((UINTN)LoadedImage->ImageBase + (UINTN)LoadedImage->ImageSize)))) {
- //
- // If the EntryPoint is not in the range of image buffer, it should come from emulation environment.
- // So patch ImageBuffer here to align the EntryPoint.
- //
- Status = InternalPeCoffGetEntryPoint(LoadedImage->ImageBase, &EntryPointInImage);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR(Status);
- RealImageBase = (UINTN)LoadedImage->ImageBase + EntryPoint - (UINTN)EntryPointInImage;
- }
- }
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "(0x%x - 0x%x", RealImageBase, (UINTN)LoadedImage->ImageSize));
- if (EntryPoint != 0) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, ", EntryPoint:0x%x", EntryPoint));
- }
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, ")\n"));
-
- if (RealImageBase != 0) {
- PdbString = PeCoffLoaderGetPdbPointer ((VOID*) (UINTN) RealImageBase);
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " pdb - %a\n", PdbString));
- } else {
- PdbString = NULL;
- }
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " (%s)\n", PathStr));
-
- AddImageStruct((UINTN)RealImageBase, (UINTN)LoadedImage->ImageSize, EntryPoint, &Guid, PdbString);
- }
-
-Done:
- FreePool(HandleBuffer);
- return;
-}
-
-/**
- Dump SMI child context.
-
- @param HandlerType the handler type
- @param Context the handler context
- @param ContextSize the handler context size
-**/
-VOID
-DumpSmiChildContext (
- IN EFI_GUID *HandlerType,
- IN VOID *Context,
- IN UINTN ContextSize
- )
-{
- if (CompareGuid (HandlerType, &gEfiSmmSwDispatch2ProtocolGuid)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " SwSmi - 0x%x\n", ((EFI_SMM_SW_REGISTER_CONTEXT *)Context)->SwSmiInputValue));
- } else if (CompareGuid (HandlerType, &gEfiSmmSxDispatch2ProtocolGuid)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " SxType - 0x%x\n", ((EFI_SMM_SX_REGISTER_CONTEXT *)Context)->Type));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " SxPhase - 0x%x\n", ((EFI_SMM_SX_REGISTER_CONTEXT *)Context)->Phase));
- } else if (CompareGuid (HandlerType, &gEfiSmmPowerButtonDispatch2ProtocolGuid)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " PowerButtonPhase - 0x%x\n", ((EFI_SMM_POWER_BUTTON_REGISTER_CONTEXT *)Context)->Phase));
- } else if (CompareGuid (HandlerType, &gEfiSmmStandbyButtonDispatch2ProtocolGuid)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " StandbyButtonPhase - 0x%x\n", ((EFI_SMM_STANDBY_BUTTON_REGISTER_CONTEXT *)Context)->Phase));
- } else if (CompareGuid (HandlerType, &gEfiSmmPeriodicTimerDispatch2ProtocolGuid)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " PeriodicTimerPeriod - %ld\n", ((EFI_SMM_PERIODIC_TIMER_REGISTER_CONTEXT *)Context)->Period));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " PeriodicTimerSmiTickInterval - %ld\n", ((EFI_SMM_PERIODIC_TIMER_REGISTER_CONTEXT *)Context)->SmiTickInterval));
- } else if (CompareGuid (HandlerType, &gEfiSmmGpiDispatch2ProtocolGuid)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " GpiNum - 0x%lx\n", ((EFI_SMM_GPI_REGISTER_CONTEXT *)Context)->GpiNum));
- } else if (CompareGuid (HandlerType, &gEfiSmmIoTrapDispatch2ProtocolGuid)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " IoTrapAddress - 0x%x\n", ((EFI_SMM_IO_TRAP_REGISTER_CONTEXT *)Context)->Address));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " IoTrapLength - 0x%x\n", ((EFI_SMM_IO_TRAP_REGISTER_CONTEXT *)Context)->Length));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " IoTrapType - 0x%x\n", ((EFI_SMM_IO_TRAP_REGISTER_CONTEXT *)Context)->Type));
- } else if (CompareGuid (HandlerType, &gEfiSmmUsbDispatch2ProtocolGuid)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " UsbType - 0x%x\n", ((SMI_HANDLER_PROFILE_USB_REGISTER_CONTEXT *)Context)->Type));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " UsbDevicePath - %s\n", ConvertDevicePathToText((EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *)(((SMI_HANDLER_PROFILE_USB_REGISTER_CONTEXT *)Context) + 1), TRUE, TRUE)));
- } else {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " Context - "));
- InternalDumpData (Context, ContextSize);
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "\n"));
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Dump all SMI handlers associated with SmiEntry.
-
- @param SmiEntry SMI entry.
-**/
-VOID
-DumpSmiHandlerOnSmiEntry(
- IN SMI_ENTRY *SmiEntry
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *ListEntry;
- SMI_HANDLER *SmiHandler;
- IMAGE_STRUCT *ImageStruct;
-
- ListEntry = &SmiEntry->SmiHandlers;
- for (ListEntry = ListEntry->ForwardLink;
- ListEntry != &SmiEntry->SmiHandlers;
- ListEntry = ListEntry->ForwardLink) {
- SmiHandler = CR(ListEntry, SMI_HANDLER, Link, SMI_HANDLER_SIGNATURE);
- ImageStruct = AddressToImageStruct((UINTN)SmiHandler->Handler);
- if (ImageStruct != NULL) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " Module - %g", &ImageStruct->FileGuid));
- }
- if ((ImageStruct != NULL) && (ImageStruct->PdbString[0] != 0)) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " (Pdb - %a)", ImageStruct->PdbString));
- }
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "\n"));
- if (SmiHandler->ContextSize != 0) {
- DumpSmiChildContext (&SmiEntry->HandlerType, SmiHandler->Context, SmiHandler->ContextSize);
- }
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " Handler - 0x%x", SmiHandler->Handler));
- if (ImageStruct != NULL) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " <== RVA - 0x%x", (UINTN)SmiHandler->Handler - ImageStruct->ImageBase));
- }
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "\n"));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " CallerAddr - 0x%x", SmiHandler->CallerAddr));
- if (ImageStruct != NULL) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " <== RVA - 0x%x", SmiHandler->CallerAddr - ImageStruct->ImageBase));
- }
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "\n"));
- }
-
- return;
-}
-
-/**
- Dump all SMI entry on the list.
-
- @param SmiEntryList a list of SMI entry.
-**/
-VOID
-DumpSmiEntryList(
- IN LIST_ENTRY *SmiEntryList
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *ListEntry;
- SMI_ENTRY *SmiEntry;
-
- ListEntry = SmiEntryList;
- for (ListEntry = ListEntry->ForwardLink;
- ListEntry != SmiEntryList;
- ListEntry = ListEntry->ForwardLink) {
- SmiEntry = CR(ListEntry, SMI_ENTRY, AllEntries, SMI_ENTRY_SIGNATURE);
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "SmiEntry - %g\n", &SmiEntry->HandlerType));
- DumpSmiHandlerOnSmiEntry(SmiEntry);
- }
-
- return;
-}
-
-/**
- SMM Ready To Lock event notification handler.
-
- This function collects all SMM image information and build SmiHandleProfile database,
- and register SmiHandlerProfile SMI handler.
-
- @param[in] Protocol Points to the protocol's unique identifier.
- @param[in] Interface Points to the interface instance.
- @param[in] Handle The handle on which the interface was installed.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Notification handler runs successfully.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmReadyToLockInSmiHandlerProfile (
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *Protocol,
- IN VOID *Interface,
- IN EFI_HANDLE Handle
- )
-{
- //
- // Dump all image
- //
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "##################\n"));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "# IMAGE DATABASE #\n"));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "##################\n"));
- GetSmmLoadedImage ();
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "\n"));
-
- //
- // Dump SMI Handler
- //
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "########################\n"));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "# SMI Handler DATABASE #\n"));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "########################\n"));
-
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "# 1. ROOT SMI Handler #\n"));
- DEBUG_CODE (
- DumpSmiEntryList(mSmmCoreRootSmiEntryList);
- );
-
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "# 2. GUID SMI Handler #\n"));
- DEBUG_CODE (
- DumpSmiEntryList(mSmmCoreSmiEntryList);
- );
-
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "# 3. Hardware SMI Handler #\n"));
- DEBUG_CODE (
- DumpSmiEntryList(mSmmCoreHardwareSmiEntryList);
- );
-
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "\n"));
-
- RegisterSmiHandlerProfileHandler();
-
- if (mImageStruct != NULL) {
- FreePool(mImageStruct);
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- returns SMM image data base size.
-
- @return SMM image data base size.
-**/
-UINTN
-GetSmmImageDatabaseSize(
- VOID
- )
-{
- UINTN Size;
- UINTN Index;
-
- Size = (sizeof(SMM_CORE_IMAGE_DATABASE_STRUCTURE)) * mImageStructCount;
- for (Index = 0; Index < mImageStructCount; Index++) {
- Size += mImageStruct[Index].PdbStringSize;
- }
- return Size;
-}
-
-/**
- returns all SMI handlers' size associated with SmiEntry.
-
- @param SmiEntry SMI entry.
-
- @return all SMI handlers' size associated with SmiEntry.
-**/
-UINTN
-GetSmmSmiHandlerSizeOnSmiEntry(
- IN SMI_ENTRY *SmiEntry
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *ListEntry;
- SMI_HANDLER *SmiHandler;
- UINTN Size;
-
- Size = 0;
- ListEntry = &SmiEntry->SmiHandlers;
- for (ListEntry = ListEntry->ForwardLink;
- ListEntry != &SmiEntry->SmiHandlers;
- ListEntry = ListEntry->ForwardLink) {
- SmiHandler = CR(ListEntry, SMI_HANDLER, Link, SMI_HANDLER_SIGNATURE);
- Size += sizeof(SMM_CORE_SMI_HANDLER_STRUCTURE) + SmiHandler->ContextSize;
- }
-
- return Size;
-}
-
-/**
- return all SMI handler database size on the SMI entry list.
-
- @param SmiEntryList a list of SMI entry.
-
- @return all SMI handler database size on the SMI entry list.
-**/
-UINTN
-GetSmmSmiDatabaseSize(
- IN LIST_ENTRY *SmiEntryList
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *ListEntry;
- SMI_ENTRY *SmiEntry;
- UINTN Size;
-
- Size = 0;
- ListEntry = SmiEntryList;
- for (ListEntry = ListEntry->ForwardLink;
- ListEntry != SmiEntryList;
- ListEntry = ListEntry->ForwardLink) {
- SmiEntry = CR(ListEntry, SMI_ENTRY, AllEntries, SMI_ENTRY_SIGNATURE);
- Size += sizeof(SMM_CORE_SMI_DATABASE_STRUCTURE);
- Size += GetSmmSmiHandlerSizeOnSmiEntry(SmiEntry);
- }
- return Size;
-}
-
-/**
- return SMI handler profile database size.
-
- @return SMI handler profile database size.
-**/
-UINTN
-GetSmiHandlerProfileDatabaseSize (
- VOID
- )
-{
- mSmmImageDatabaseSize = GetSmmImageDatabaseSize();
- mSmmRootSmiDatabaseSize = GetSmmSmiDatabaseSize(mSmmCoreRootSmiEntryList);
- mSmmSmiDatabaseSize = GetSmmSmiDatabaseSize(mSmmCoreSmiEntryList);
- mSmmHardwareSmiDatabaseSize = GetSmmSmiDatabaseSize(mSmmCoreHardwareSmiEntryList);
-
- return mSmmImageDatabaseSize + mSmmSmiDatabaseSize + mSmmRootSmiDatabaseSize + mSmmHardwareSmiDatabaseSize;
-}
-
-/**
- get SMM image database.
-
- @param Data The buffer to hold SMM image database
- @param ExpectedSize The expected size of the SMM image database
-
- @return SMM image data base size.
-**/
-UINTN
-GetSmmImageDatabaseData (
- IN OUT VOID *Data,
- IN UINTN ExpectedSize
- )
-{
- SMM_CORE_IMAGE_DATABASE_STRUCTURE *ImageStruct;
- UINTN Size;
- UINTN Index;
-
- ImageStruct = Data;
- Size = 0;
- for (Index = 0; Index < mImageStructCount; Index++) {
- if (Size >= ExpectedSize) {
- return 0;
- }
- if (sizeof(SMM_CORE_IMAGE_DATABASE_STRUCTURE) + mImageStruct[Index].PdbStringSize > ExpectedSize - Size) {
- return 0;
- }
- ImageStruct->Header.Signature = SMM_CORE_IMAGE_DATABASE_SIGNATURE;
- ImageStruct->Header.Length = (UINT32)(sizeof(SMM_CORE_IMAGE_DATABASE_STRUCTURE) + mImageStruct[Index].PdbStringSize);
- ImageStruct->Header.Revision = SMM_CORE_IMAGE_DATABASE_REVISION;
- CopyGuid(&ImageStruct->FileGuid, &mImageStruct[Index].FileGuid);
- ImageStruct->ImageRef = mImageStruct[Index].ImageRef;
- ImageStruct->EntryPoint = mImageStruct[Index].EntryPoint;
- ImageStruct->ImageBase = mImageStruct[Index].ImageBase;
- ImageStruct->ImageSize = mImageStruct[Index].ImageSize;
- ImageStruct->PdbStringOffset = sizeof(SMM_CORE_IMAGE_DATABASE_STRUCTURE);
- CopyMem ((VOID *)((UINTN)ImageStruct + ImageStruct->PdbStringOffset), mImageStruct[Index].PdbString, mImageStruct[Index].PdbStringSize);
- ImageStruct = (SMM_CORE_IMAGE_DATABASE_STRUCTURE *)((UINTN)ImageStruct + ImageStruct->Header.Length);
- Size += sizeof(SMM_CORE_IMAGE_DATABASE_STRUCTURE) + mImageStruct[Index].PdbStringSize;
- }
-
- if (ExpectedSize != Size) {
- return 0;
- }
- return Size;
-}
-
-/**
- get all SMI handler data associated with SmiEntry.
-
- @param SmiEntry SMI entry.
- @param Data The buffer to hold all SMI handler data
- @param MaxSize The max size of the SMM image database
- @param Count The count of the SMI handler.
-
- @return SMM image data base size.
-**/
-UINTN
-GetSmmSmiHandlerDataOnSmiEntry(
- IN SMI_ENTRY *SmiEntry,
- IN OUT VOID *Data,
- IN UINTN MaxSize,
- OUT UINTN *Count
- )
-{
- SMM_CORE_SMI_HANDLER_STRUCTURE *SmiHandlerStruct;
- LIST_ENTRY *ListEntry;
- SMI_HANDLER *SmiHandler;
- UINTN Size;
-
- SmiHandlerStruct = Data;
- Size = 0;
- *Count = 0;
- ListEntry = &SmiEntry->SmiHandlers;
- for (ListEntry = ListEntry->ForwardLink;
- ListEntry != &SmiEntry->SmiHandlers;
- ListEntry = ListEntry->ForwardLink) {
- SmiHandler = CR(ListEntry, SMI_HANDLER, Link, SMI_HANDLER_SIGNATURE);
- if (Size >= MaxSize) {
- *Count = 0;
- return 0;
- }
- if (sizeof(SMM_CORE_SMI_HANDLER_STRUCTURE) + SmiHandler->ContextSize > MaxSize - Size) {
- *Count = 0;
- return 0;
- }
- SmiHandlerStruct->Length = (UINT32)(sizeof(SMM_CORE_SMI_HANDLER_STRUCTURE) + SmiHandler->ContextSize);
- SmiHandlerStruct->CallerAddr = (UINTN)SmiHandler->CallerAddr;
- SmiHandlerStruct->Handler = (UINTN)SmiHandler->Handler;
- SmiHandlerStruct->ImageRef = AddressToImageRef((UINTN)SmiHandler->Handler);
- SmiHandlerStruct->ContextBufferSize = (UINT32)SmiHandler->ContextSize;
- if (SmiHandler->ContextSize != 0) {
- SmiHandlerStruct->ContextBufferOffset = sizeof(SMM_CORE_SMI_HANDLER_STRUCTURE);
- CopyMem ((UINT8 *)SmiHandlerStruct + SmiHandlerStruct->ContextBufferOffset, SmiHandler->Context, SmiHandler->ContextSize);
- } else {
- SmiHandlerStruct->ContextBufferOffset = 0;
- }
- Size += sizeof(SMM_CORE_SMI_HANDLER_STRUCTURE) + SmiHandler->ContextSize;
- SmiHandlerStruct = (SMM_CORE_SMI_HANDLER_STRUCTURE *)((UINTN)SmiHandlerStruct + SmiHandlerStruct->Length);
- *Count = *Count + 1;
- }
-
- return Size;
-}
-
-/**
- get all SMI handler database on the SMI entry list.
-
- @param SmiEntryList a list of SMI entry.
- @param HandlerCategory The handler category
- @param Data The buffer to hold all SMI handler database
- @param ExpectedSize The expected size of the SMM image database
-
- @return all SMI database size on the SMI entry list.
-**/
-UINTN
-GetSmmSmiDatabaseData(
- IN LIST_ENTRY *SmiEntryList,
- IN UINT32 HandlerCategory,
- IN OUT VOID *Data,
- IN UINTN ExpectedSize
- )
-{
- SMM_CORE_SMI_DATABASE_STRUCTURE *SmiStruct;
- LIST_ENTRY *ListEntry;
- SMI_ENTRY *SmiEntry;
- UINTN Size;
- UINTN SmiHandlerSize;
- UINTN SmiHandlerCount;
-
- SmiStruct = Data;
- Size = 0;
- ListEntry = SmiEntryList;
- for (ListEntry = ListEntry->ForwardLink;
- ListEntry != SmiEntryList;
- ListEntry = ListEntry->ForwardLink) {
- SmiEntry = CR(ListEntry, SMI_ENTRY, AllEntries, SMI_ENTRY_SIGNATURE);
- if (Size >= ExpectedSize) {
- return 0;
- }
- if (sizeof(SMM_CORE_SMI_DATABASE_STRUCTURE) > ExpectedSize - Size) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- SmiStruct->Header.Signature = SMM_CORE_SMI_DATABASE_SIGNATURE;
- SmiStruct->Header.Length = sizeof(SMM_CORE_SMI_DATABASE_STRUCTURE);
- SmiStruct->Header.Revision = SMM_CORE_SMI_DATABASE_REVISION;
- SmiStruct->HandlerCategory = HandlerCategory;
- CopyGuid(&SmiStruct->HandlerType, &SmiEntry->HandlerType);
- Size += sizeof(SMM_CORE_SMI_DATABASE_STRUCTURE);
- SmiHandlerSize = GetSmmSmiHandlerDataOnSmiEntry(SmiEntry, (UINT8 *)SmiStruct + SmiStruct->Header.Length, ExpectedSize - Size, &SmiHandlerCount);
- SmiStruct->HandlerCount = SmiHandlerCount;
- Size += SmiHandlerSize;
- SmiStruct->Header.Length += (UINT32)SmiHandlerSize;
- SmiStruct = (VOID *)((UINTN)SmiStruct + SmiStruct->Header.Length);
- }
- if (ExpectedSize != Size) {
- return 0;
- }
- return Size;
-}
-
-/**
- Get SMI handler profile database.
-
- @param Data the buffer to hold SMI handler profile database
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS the database is got.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER the database size mismatch.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GetSmiHandlerProfileDatabaseData(
- IN OUT VOID *Data
- )
-{
- UINTN SmmImageDatabaseSize;
- UINTN SmmSmiDatabaseSize;
- UINTN SmmRootSmiDatabaseSize;
- UINTN SmmHardwareSmiDatabaseSize;
-
- DEBUG((DEBUG_VERBOSE, "GetSmiHandlerProfileDatabaseData\n"));
- SmmImageDatabaseSize = GetSmmImageDatabaseData(Data, mSmmImageDatabaseSize);
- if (SmmImageDatabaseSize != mSmmImageDatabaseSize) {
- DEBUG((DEBUG_ERROR, "GetSmiHandlerProfileDatabaseData - SmmImageDatabaseSize mismatch!\n"));
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- SmmRootSmiDatabaseSize = GetSmmSmiDatabaseData(mSmmCoreRootSmiEntryList, SmmCoreSmiHandlerCategoryRootHandler, (UINT8 *)Data + SmmImageDatabaseSize, mSmmRootSmiDatabaseSize);
- if (SmmRootSmiDatabaseSize != mSmmRootSmiDatabaseSize) {
- DEBUG((DEBUG_ERROR, "GetSmiHandlerProfileDatabaseData - SmmRootSmiDatabaseSize mismatch!\n"));
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- SmmSmiDatabaseSize = GetSmmSmiDatabaseData(mSmmCoreSmiEntryList, SmmCoreSmiHandlerCategoryGuidHandler, (UINT8 *)Data + SmmImageDatabaseSize + mSmmRootSmiDatabaseSize, mSmmSmiDatabaseSize);
- if (SmmSmiDatabaseSize != mSmmSmiDatabaseSize) {
- DEBUG((DEBUG_ERROR, "GetSmiHandlerProfileDatabaseData - SmmSmiDatabaseSize mismatch!\n"));
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- SmmHardwareSmiDatabaseSize = GetSmmSmiDatabaseData(mSmmCoreHardwareSmiEntryList, SmmCoreSmiHandlerCategoryHardwareHandler, (UINT8 *)Data + SmmImageDatabaseSize + SmmRootSmiDatabaseSize + SmmSmiDatabaseSize, mSmmHardwareSmiDatabaseSize);
- if (SmmHardwareSmiDatabaseSize != mSmmHardwareSmiDatabaseSize) {
- DEBUG((DEBUG_ERROR, "GetSmiHandlerProfileDatabaseData - SmmHardwareSmiDatabaseSize mismatch!\n"));
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- build SMI handler profile database.
-**/
-VOID
-BuildSmiHandlerProfileDatabase(
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- mSmiHandlerProfileDatabaseSize = GetSmiHandlerProfileDatabaseSize();
- mSmiHandlerProfileDatabase = AllocatePool(mSmiHandlerProfileDatabaseSize);
- if (mSmiHandlerProfileDatabase == NULL) {
- return;
- }
- Status = GetSmiHandlerProfileDatabaseData(mSmiHandlerProfileDatabase);
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- FreePool(mSmiHandlerProfileDatabase);
- mSmiHandlerProfileDatabase = NULL;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Copy SMI handler profile data.
-
- @param DataBuffer The buffer to hold SMI handler profile data.
- @param DataSize On input, data buffer size.
- On output, actual data buffer size copied.
- @param DataOffset On input, data buffer offset to copy.
- On output, next time data buffer offset to copy.
-
-**/
-VOID
-SmiHandlerProfileCopyData(
- OUT VOID *DataBuffer,
- IN OUT UINT64 *DataSize,
- IN OUT UINT64 *DataOffset
- )
-{
- if (*DataOffset >= mSmiHandlerProfileDatabaseSize) {
- *DataOffset = mSmiHandlerProfileDatabaseSize;
- return;
- }
- if (mSmiHandlerProfileDatabaseSize - *DataOffset < *DataSize) {
- *DataSize = mSmiHandlerProfileDatabaseSize - *DataOffset;
- }
-
- CopyMem(
- DataBuffer,
- (UINT8 *)mSmiHandlerProfileDatabase + *DataOffset,
- (UINTN)*DataSize
- );
- *DataOffset = *DataOffset + *DataSize;
-}
-
-/**
- SMI handler profile handler to get info.
-
- @param SmiHandlerProfileParameterGetInfo The parameter of SMI handler profile get info.
-
-**/
-VOID
-SmiHandlerProfileHandlerGetInfo(
- IN SMI_HANDLER_PROFILE_PARAMETER_GET_INFO *SmiHandlerProfileParameterGetInfo
- )
-{
- BOOLEAN SmiHandlerProfileRecordingStatus;
-
- SmiHandlerProfileRecordingStatus = mSmiHandlerProfileRecordingStatus;
- mSmiHandlerProfileRecordingStatus = FALSE;
-
- SmiHandlerProfileParameterGetInfo->DataSize = mSmiHandlerProfileDatabaseSize;
- SmiHandlerProfileParameterGetInfo->Header.ReturnStatus = 0;
-
- mSmiHandlerProfileRecordingStatus = SmiHandlerProfileRecordingStatus;
-}
-
-/**
- SMI handler profile handler to get data by offset.
-
- @param SmiHandlerProfileParameterGetDataByOffset The parameter of SMI handler profile get data by offset.
-
-**/
-VOID
-SmiHandlerProfileHandlerGetDataByOffset(
- IN SMI_HANDLER_PROFILE_PARAMETER_GET_DATA_BY_OFFSET *SmiHandlerProfileParameterGetDataByOffset
- )
-{
- SMI_HANDLER_PROFILE_PARAMETER_GET_DATA_BY_OFFSET SmiHandlerProfileGetDataByOffset;
- BOOLEAN SmiHandlerProfileRecordingStatus;
-
- SmiHandlerProfileRecordingStatus = mSmiHandlerProfileRecordingStatus;
- mSmiHandlerProfileRecordingStatus = FALSE;
-
- CopyMem(&SmiHandlerProfileGetDataByOffset, SmiHandlerProfileParameterGetDataByOffset, sizeof(SmiHandlerProfileGetDataByOffset));
-
- //
- // Sanity check
- //
- if (!SmmIsBufferOutsideSmmValid((UINTN)SmiHandlerProfileGetDataByOffset.DataBuffer, (UINTN)SmiHandlerProfileGetDataByOffset.DataSize)) {
- DEBUG((DEBUG_ERROR, "SmiHandlerProfileHandlerGetDataByOffset: SMI handler profile get data in SMRAM or overflow!\n"));
- SmiHandlerProfileParameterGetDataByOffset->Header.ReturnStatus = (UINT64)(INT64)(INTN)EFI_ACCESS_DENIED;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- SmiHandlerProfileCopyData((VOID *)(UINTN)SmiHandlerProfileGetDataByOffset.DataBuffer, &SmiHandlerProfileGetDataByOffset.DataSize, &SmiHandlerProfileGetDataByOffset.DataOffset);
- CopyMem(SmiHandlerProfileParameterGetDataByOffset, &SmiHandlerProfileGetDataByOffset, sizeof(SmiHandlerProfileGetDataByOffset));
- SmiHandlerProfileParameterGetDataByOffset->Header.ReturnStatus = 0;
-
-Done:
- mSmiHandlerProfileRecordingStatus = SmiHandlerProfileRecordingStatus;
-}
-
-/**
- Dispatch function for a Software SMI handler.
-
- Caution: This function may receive untrusted input.
- Communicate buffer and buffer size are external input, so this function will do basic validation.
-
- @param DispatchHandle The unique handle assigned to this handler by SmiHandlerRegister().
- @param Context Points to an optional handler context which was specified when the
- handler was registered.
- @param CommBuffer A pointer to a collection of data in memory that will
- be conveyed from a non-SMM environment into an SMM environment.
- @param CommBufferSize The size of the CommBuffer.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Command is handled successfully.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmiHandlerProfileHandler(
- IN EFI_HANDLE DispatchHandle,
- IN CONST VOID *Context OPTIONAL,
- IN OUT VOID *CommBuffer OPTIONAL,
- IN OUT UINTN *CommBufferSize OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- SMI_HANDLER_PROFILE_PARAMETER_HEADER *SmiHandlerProfileParameterHeader;
- UINTN TempCommBufferSize;
-
- DEBUG((DEBUG_ERROR, "SmiHandlerProfileHandler Enter\n"));
-
- if (mSmiHandlerProfileDatabase == NULL) {
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- //
- // If input is invalid, stop processing this SMI
- //
- if (CommBuffer == NULL || CommBufferSize == NULL) {
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- TempCommBufferSize = *CommBufferSize;
-
- if (TempCommBufferSize < sizeof(SMI_HANDLER_PROFILE_PARAMETER_HEADER)) {
- DEBUG((DEBUG_ERROR, "SmiHandlerProfileHandler: SMM communication buffer size invalid!\n"));
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- if (!SmmIsBufferOutsideSmmValid((UINTN)CommBuffer, TempCommBufferSize)) {
- DEBUG((DEBUG_ERROR, "SmiHandlerProfileHandler: SMM communication buffer in SMRAM or overflow!\n"));
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- SmiHandlerProfileParameterHeader = (SMI_HANDLER_PROFILE_PARAMETER_HEADER *)((UINTN)CommBuffer);
- SmiHandlerProfileParameterHeader->ReturnStatus = (UINT64)-1;
-
- switch (SmiHandlerProfileParameterHeader->Command) {
- case SMI_HANDLER_PROFILE_COMMAND_GET_INFO:
- DEBUG((DEBUG_ERROR, "SmiHandlerProfileHandlerGetInfo\n"));
- if (TempCommBufferSize != sizeof(SMI_HANDLER_PROFILE_PARAMETER_GET_INFO)) {
- DEBUG((DEBUG_ERROR, "SmiHandlerProfileHandler: SMM communication buffer size invalid!\n"));
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- SmiHandlerProfileHandlerGetInfo((SMI_HANDLER_PROFILE_PARAMETER_GET_INFO *)(UINTN)CommBuffer);
- break;
- case SMI_HANDLER_PROFILE_COMMAND_GET_DATA_BY_OFFSET:
- DEBUG((DEBUG_ERROR, "SmiHandlerProfileHandlerGetDataByOffset\n"));
- if (TempCommBufferSize != sizeof(SMI_HANDLER_PROFILE_PARAMETER_GET_DATA_BY_OFFSET)) {
- DEBUG((DEBUG_ERROR, "SmiHandlerProfileHandler: SMM communication buffer size invalid!\n"));
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- SmiHandlerProfileHandlerGetDataByOffset((SMI_HANDLER_PROFILE_PARAMETER_GET_DATA_BY_OFFSET *)(UINTN)CommBuffer);
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- DEBUG((DEBUG_ERROR, "SmiHandlerProfileHandler Exit\n"));
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Register SMI handler profile handler.
-**/
-VOID
-RegisterSmiHandlerProfileHandler (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_HANDLE DispatchHandle;
-
- Status = gSmst->SmiHandlerRegister (
- SmiHandlerProfileHandler,
- &gSmiHandlerProfileGuid,
- &DispatchHandle
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- BuildSmiHandlerProfileDatabase();
-}
-
-/**
- Finds the SMI entry for the requested handler type.
-
- @param HandlerType The type of the interrupt
- @param Create Create a new entry if not found
-
- @return SMI entry
-**/
-SMI_ENTRY *
-SmmCoreFindHardwareSmiEntry (
- IN EFI_GUID *HandlerType,
- IN BOOLEAN Create
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- SMI_ENTRY *Item;
- SMI_ENTRY *SmiEntry;
-
- //
- // Search the SMI entry list for the matching GUID
- //
- SmiEntry = NULL;
- for (Link = mHardwareSmiEntryList.ForwardLink;
- Link != &mHardwareSmiEntryList;
- Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
-
- Item = CR (Link, SMI_ENTRY, AllEntries, SMI_ENTRY_SIGNATURE);
- if (CompareGuid (&Item->HandlerType, HandlerType)) {
- //
- // This is the SMI entry
- //
- SmiEntry = Item;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // If the protocol entry was not found and Create is TRUE, then
- // allocate a new entry
- //
- if ((SmiEntry == NULL) && Create) {
- SmiEntry = AllocatePool (sizeof(SMI_ENTRY));
- if (SmiEntry != NULL) {
- //
- // Initialize new SMI entry structure
- //
- SmiEntry->Signature = SMI_ENTRY_SIGNATURE;
- CopyGuid ((VOID *)&SmiEntry->HandlerType, HandlerType);
- InitializeListHead (&SmiEntry->SmiHandlers);
-
- //
- // Add it to SMI entry list
- //
- InsertTailList (&mHardwareSmiEntryList, &SmiEntry->AllEntries);
- }
- }
- return SmiEntry;
-}
-
-/**
- Convert EFI_SMM_USB_REGISTER_CONTEXT to SMI_HANDLER_PROFILE_USB_REGISTER_CONTEXT.
-
- @param UsbContext A pointer to EFI_SMM_USB_REGISTER_CONTEXT
- @param UsbContextSize The size of EFI_SMM_USB_REGISTER_CONTEXT in bytes
- @param SmiHandlerUsbContextSize The size of SMI_HANDLER_PROFILE_USB_REGISTER_CONTEXT in bytes
-
- @return SmiHandlerUsbContext A pointer to SMI_HANDLER_PROFILE_USB_REGISTER_CONTEXT
-**/
-SMI_HANDLER_PROFILE_USB_REGISTER_CONTEXT *
-ConvertSmiHandlerUsbContext (
- IN EFI_SMM_USB_REGISTER_CONTEXT *UsbContext,
- IN UINTN UsbContextSize,
- OUT UINTN *SmiHandlerUsbContextSize
- )
-{
- UINTN DevicePathSize;
- SMI_HANDLER_PROFILE_USB_REGISTER_CONTEXT *SmiHandlerUsbContext;
-
- ASSERT (UsbContextSize == sizeof(EFI_SMM_USB_REGISTER_CONTEXT));
-
- DevicePathSize = GetDevicePathSize (UsbContext->Device);
- SmiHandlerUsbContext = AllocatePool (sizeof (SMI_HANDLER_PROFILE_USB_REGISTER_CONTEXT) + DevicePathSize);
- if (SmiHandlerUsbContext == NULL) {
- *SmiHandlerUsbContextSize = 0;
- return NULL;
- }
- SmiHandlerUsbContext->Type = UsbContext->Type;
- SmiHandlerUsbContext->DevicePathSize = (UINT32)DevicePathSize;
- CopyMem (SmiHandlerUsbContext + 1, UsbContext->Device, DevicePathSize);
- *SmiHandlerUsbContextSize = sizeof (SMI_HANDLER_PROFILE_USB_REGISTER_CONTEXT) + DevicePathSize;
- return SmiHandlerUsbContext;
-}
-
-/**
- This function is called by SmmChildDispatcher module to report
- a new SMI handler is registered, to SmmCore.
-
- @param This The protocol instance
- @param HandlerGuid The GUID to identify the type of the handler.
- For the SmmChildDispatch protocol, the HandlerGuid
- must be the GUID of SmmChildDispatch protocol.
- @param Handler The SMI handler.
- @param CallerAddress The address of the module who registers the SMI handler.
- @param Context The context of the SMI handler.
- For the SmmChildDispatch protocol, the Context
- must match the one defined for SmmChildDispatch protocol.
- @param ContextSize The size of the context in bytes.
- For the SmmChildDispatch protocol, the Context
- must match the one defined for SmmChildDispatch protocol.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The information is recorded.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is no enough resource to record the information.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmiHandlerProfileRegisterHandler (
- IN SMI_HANDLER_PROFILE_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_GUID *HandlerGuid,
- IN EFI_SMM_HANDLER_ENTRY_POINT2 Handler,
- IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS CallerAddress,
- IN VOID *Context, OPTIONAL
- IN UINTN ContextSize OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- SMI_HANDLER *SmiHandler;
- SMI_ENTRY *SmiEntry;
- LIST_ENTRY *List;
-
- if (((ContextSize == 0) && (Context != NULL)) ||
- ((ContextSize != 0) && (Context == NULL))) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- SmiHandler = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (SMI_HANDLER));
- if (SmiHandler == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- SmiHandler->Signature = SMI_HANDLER_SIGNATURE;
- SmiHandler->Handler = Handler;
- SmiHandler->CallerAddr = (UINTN)CallerAddress;
- SmiHandler->Context = Context;
- SmiHandler->ContextSize = ContextSize;
-
- if (Context != NULL) {
- if (CompareGuid (HandlerGuid, &gEfiSmmUsbDispatch2ProtocolGuid)) {
- SmiHandler->Context = ConvertSmiHandlerUsbContext (Context, ContextSize, &SmiHandler->ContextSize);
- } else {
- SmiHandler->Context = AllocateCopyPool (ContextSize, Context);
- }
- }
- if (SmiHandler->Context == NULL) {
- SmiHandler->ContextSize = 0;
- }
-
- SmiEntry = SmmCoreFindHardwareSmiEntry (HandlerGuid, TRUE);
- if (SmiEntry == NULL) {
- if (SmiHandler->Context != NULL) {
- FreePool (SmiHandler->Context);
- }
- FreePool (SmiHandler);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- List = &SmiEntry->SmiHandlers;
-
- SmiHandler->SmiEntry = SmiEntry;
- InsertTailList (List, &SmiHandler->Link);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- This function is called by SmmChildDispatcher module to report
- an existing SMI handler is unregistered, to SmmCore.
-
- @param This The protocol instance
- @param HandlerGuid The GUID to identify the type of the handler.
- For the SmmChildDispatch protocol, the HandlerGuid
- must be the GUID of SmmChildDispatch protocol.
- @param Handler The SMI handler.
- @param Context The context of the SMI handler.
- If it is NOT NULL, it will be used to check what is registered.
- @param ContextSize The size of the context in bytes.
- If Context is NOT NULL, it will be used to check what is registered.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The original record is removed.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND There is no record for the HandlerGuid and handler.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmiHandlerProfileUnregisterHandler (
- IN SMI_HANDLER_PROFILE_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_GUID *HandlerGuid,
- IN EFI_SMM_HANDLER_ENTRY_POINT2 Handler,
- IN VOID *Context, OPTIONAL
- IN UINTN ContextSize OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- LIST_ENTRY *Head;
- SMI_HANDLER *SmiHandler;
- SMI_ENTRY *SmiEntry;
- SMI_HANDLER *TargetSmiHandler;
- VOID *SearchContext;
- UINTN SearchContextSize;
-
- if (((ContextSize == 0) && (Context != NULL)) ||
- ((ContextSize != 0) && (Context == NULL))) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- SmiEntry = SmmCoreFindHardwareSmiEntry (HandlerGuid, FALSE);
- if (SmiEntry == NULL) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- SearchContext = Context;
- SearchContextSize = ContextSize;
- if (Context != NULL) {
- if (CompareGuid (HandlerGuid, &gEfiSmmUsbDispatch2ProtocolGuid)) {
- SearchContext = ConvertSmiHandlerUsbContext (Context, ContextSize, &SearchContextSize);
- }
- }
-
- TargetSmiHandler = NULL;
- Head = &SmiEntry->SmiHandlers;
- for (Link = Head->ForwardLink; Link != Head; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- SmiHandler = CR (Link, SMI_HANDLER, Link, SMI_HANDLER_SIGNATURE);
- if (SmiHandler->Handler == Handler) {
- if ((SearchContext == NULL) ||
- ((SearchContextSize == SmiHandler->ContextSize) && (CompareMem (SearchContext, SmiHandler->Context, SearchContextSize) == 0))) {
- TargetSmiHandler = SmiHandler;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (SearchContext != NULL) {
- if (CompareGuid (HandlerGuid, &gEfiSmmUsbDispatch2ProtocolGuid)) {
- FreePool (SearchContext);
- }
- }
-
- if (TargetSmiHandler == NULL) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- SmiHandler = TargetSmiHandler;
-
- RemoveEntryList (&SmiHandler->Link);
- if (SmiHandler->Context != NULL) {
- FreePool (SmiHandler->Context);
- }
- FreePool (SmiHandler);
-
- if (IsListEmpty (&SmiEntry->SmiHandlers)) {
- RemoveEntryList (&SmiEntry->AllEntries);
- FreePool (SmiEntry);
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Initialize SmiHandler profile feature.
-**/
-VOID
-SmmCoreInitializeSmiHandlerProfile (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- VOID *Registration;
- EFI_HANDLE Handle;
-
- if ((PcdGet8 (PcdSmiHandlerProfilePropertyMask) & 0x1) != 0) {
- InsertTailList (&mRootSmiEntryList, &mRootSmiEntry.AllEntries);
-
- Status = gSmst->SmmRegisterProtocolNotify (
- &gEfiSmmReadyToLockProtocolGuid,
- SmmReadyToLockInSmiHandlerProfile,
- &Registration
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- Handle = NULL;
- Status = gSmst->SmmInstallProtocolInterface (
- &Handle,
- &gSmiHandlerProfileGuid,
- EFI_NATIVE_INTERFACE,
- &mSmiHandlerProfile
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
-}
-
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/SmramProfileRecord.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/SmramProfileRecord.c deleted file mode 100644 index 410e0836fd..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/PiSmmCore/SmramProfileRecord.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2852 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Support routines for SMRAM profile.
-
- Copyright (c) 2014 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "PiSmmCore.h"
-
-#define IS_SMRAM_PROFILE_ENABLED ((PcdGet8 (PcdMemoryProfilePropertyMask) & BIT1) != 0)
-#define IS_UEFI_MEMORY_PROFILE_ENABLED ((PcdGet8 (PcdMemoryProfilePropertyMask) & BIT0) != 0)
-
-#define GET_OCCUPIED_SIZE(ActualSize, Alignment) \
- ((ActualSize) + (((Alignment) - ((ActualSize) & ((Alignment) - 1))) & ((Alignment) - 1)))
-
-typedef struct {
- UINT32 Signature;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT Context;
- LIST_ENTRY *DriverInfoList;
-} MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA;
-
-typedef struct {
- UINT32 Signature;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO DriverInfo;
- LIST_ENTRY *AllocInfoList;
- CHAR8 *PdbString;
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
-} MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA;
-
-typedef struct {
- UINT32 Signature;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO AllocInfo;
- CHAR8 *ActionString;
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
-} MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO_DATA;
-
-//
-// When free memory less than 4 pages, dump it.
-//
-#define SMRAM_INFO_DUMP_PAGE_THRESHOLD 4
-
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED MEMORY_PROFILE_FREE_MEMORY mSmramFreeMemory = {
- {
- MEMORY_PROFILE_FREE_MEMORY_SIGNATURE,
- sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_FREE_MEMORY),
- MEMORY_PROFILE_FREE_MEMORY_REVISION
- },
- 0,
- 0
-};
-
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED LIST_ENTRY mImageQueue = INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (mImageQueue);
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA mSmramProfileContext = {
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_SIGNATURE,
- {
- {
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_SIGNATURE,
- sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT),
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_REVISION
- },
- 0,
- 0,
- {0},
- {0},
- 0,
- 0,
- 0
- },
- &mImageQueue,
-};
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *mSmramProfileContextPtr = NULL;
-
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED BOOLEAN mSmramReadyToLock;
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED BOOLEAN mSmramProfileGettingStatus = FALSE;
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED BOOLEAN mSmramProfileRecordingEnable = MEMORY_PROFILE_RECORDING_DISABLE;
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *mSmramProfileDriverPath;
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED UINTN mSmramProfileDriverPathSize;
-
-/**
- Dump SMRAM infromation.
-
-**/
-VOID
-DumpSmramInfo (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- Get memory profile data.
-
- @param[in] This The EDKII_SMM_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param[in, out] ProfileSize On entry, points to the size in bytes of the ProfileBuffer.
- On return, points to the size of the data returned in ProfileBuffer.
- @param[out] ProfileBuffer Profile buffer.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Get the memory profile data successfully.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile is unsupported.
- @return EFI_BUFFER_TO_SMALL The ProfileSize is too small for the resulting data.
- ProfileSize is updated with the size required.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmramProfileProtocolGetData (
- IN EDKII_SMM_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN OUT UINT64 *ProfileSize,
- OUT VOID *ProfileBuffer
- );
-
-/**
- Register image to memory profile.
-
- @param[in] This The EDKII_SMM_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param[in] FilePath File path of the image.
- @param[in] ImageBase Image base address.
- @param[in] ImageSize Image size.
- @param[in] FileType File type of the image.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Register successfully.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile is unsupported,
- or memory profile for the image is not required.
- @return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCE No enough resource for this register.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmramProfileProtocolRegisterImage (
- IN EDKII_SMM_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FilePath,
- IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ImageBase,
- IN UINT64 ImageSize,
- IN EFI_FV_FILETYPE FileType
- );
-
-/**
- Unregister image from memory profile.
-
- @param[in] This The EDKII_SMM_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param[in] FilePath File path of the image.
- @param[in] ImageBase Image base address.
- @param[in] ImageSize Image size.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Unregister successfully.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile is unsupported,
- or memory profile for the image is not required.
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND The image is not found.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmramProfileProtocolUnregisterImage (
- IN EDKII_SMM_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FilePath,
- IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ImageBase,
- IN UINT64 ImageSize
- );
-
-/**
- Get memory profile recording state.
-
- @param[in] This The EDKII_SMM_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param[out] RecordingState Recording state.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Memory profile recording state is returned.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile is unsupported.
- @return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER RecordingState is NULL.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmramProfileProtocolGetRecordingState (
- IN EDKII_SMM_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL *This,
- OUT BOOLEAN *RecordingState
- );
-
-/**
- Set memory profile recording state.
-
- @param[in] This The EDKII_SMM_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param[in] RecordingState Recording state.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Set memory profile recording state successfully.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile is unsupported.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmramProfileProtocolSetRecordingState (
- IN EDKII_SMM_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN BOOLEAN RecordingState
- );
-
-/**
- Record memory profile of multilevel caller.
-
- @param[in] This The EDKII_SMM_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param[in] CallerAddress Address of caller.
- @param[in] Action Memory profile action.
- @param[in] MemoryType Memory type.
- EfiMaxMemoryType means the MemoryType is unknown.
- @param[in] Buffer Buffer address.
- @param[in] Size Buffer size.
- @param[in] ActionString String for memory profile action.
- Only needed for user defined allocate action.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Memory profile is updated.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile is unsupported,
- or memory profile for the image is not required,
- or memory profile for the memory type is not required.
- @return EFI_ACCESS_DENIED It is during memory profile data getting.
- @return EFI_ABORTED Memory profile recording is not enabled.
- @return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough resource to update memory profile for allocate action.
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND No matched allocate info found for free action.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmramProfileProtocolRecord (
- IN EDKII_SMM_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS CallerAddress,
- IN MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION Action,
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
- IN VOID *Buffer,
- IN UINTN Size,
- IN CHAR8 *ActionString OPTIONAL
- );
-
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED EDKII_SMM_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL mSmmProfileProtocol = {
- SmramProfileProtocolGetData,
- SmramProfileProtocolRegisterImage,
- SmramProfileProtocolUnregisterImage,
- SmramProfileProtocolGetRecordingState,
- SmramProfileProtocolSetRecordingState,
- SmramProfileProtocolRecord,
-};
-
-/**
- Return SMRAM profile context.
-
- @return SMRAM profile context.
-
-**/
-MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *
-GetSmramProfileContext (
- VOID
- )
-{
- return mSmramProfileContextPtr;
-}
-
-/**
- Retrieves the magic value from the PE/COFF header.
-
- @param Hdr The buffer in which to return the PE32, PE32+, or TE header.
-
- @return EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR32_MAGIC - Image is PE32
- @return EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR64_MAGIC - Image is PE32+
-
-**/
-UINT16
-InternalPeCoffGetPeHeaderMagicValue (
- IN EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_PTR_UNION Hdr
- )
-{
- //
- // NOTE: Some versions of Linux ELILO for Itanium have an incorrect magic value
- // in the PE/COFF Header. If the MachineType is Itanium(IA64) and the
- // Magic value in the OptionalHeader is EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR32_MAGIC
- // then override the returned value to EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR64_MAGIC
- //
- if (Hdr.Pe32->FileHeader.Machine == IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_IA64 && Hdr.Pe32->OptionalHeader.Magic == EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR32_MAGIC) {
- return EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR64_MAGIC;
- }
- //
- // Return the magic value from the PC/COFF Optional Header
- //
- return Hdr.Pe32->OptionalHeader.Magic;
-}
-
-/**
- Retrieves and returns the Subsystem of a PE/COFF image that has been loaded into system memory.
- If Pe32Data is NULL, then ASSERT().
-
- @param Pe32Data The pointer to the PE/COFF image that is loaded in system memory.
-
- @return The Subsystem of the PE/COFF image.
-
-**/
-UINT16
-InternalPeCoffGetSubsystem (
- IN VOID *Pe32Data
- )
-{
- EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_PTR_UNION Hdr;
- EFI_IMAGE_DOS_HEADER *DosHdr;
- UINT16 Magic;
-
- ASSERT (Pe32Data != NULL);
-
- DosHdr = (EFI_IMAGE_DOS_HEADER *) Pe32Data;
- if (DosHdr->e_magic == EFI_IMAGE_DOS_SIGNATURE) {
- //
- // DOS image header is present, so read the PE header after the DOS image header.
- //
- Hdr.Pe32 = (EFI_IMAGE_NT_HEADERS32 *) ((UINTN) Pe32Data + (UINTN) ((DosHdr->e_lfanew) & 0x0ffff));
- } else {
- //
- // DOS image header is not present, so PE header is at the image base.
- //
- Hdr.Pe32 = (EFI_IMAGE_NT_HEADERS32 *) Pe32Data;
- }
-
- if (Hdr.Te->Signature == EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER_SIGNATURE) {
- return Hdr.Te->Subsystem;
- } else if (Hdr.Pe32->Signature == EFI_IMAGE_NT_SIGNATURE) {
- Magic = InternalPeCoffGetPeHeaderMagicValue (Hdr);
- if (Magic == EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR32_MAGIC) {
- return Hdr.Pe32->OptionalHeader.Subsystem;
- } else if (Magic == EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR64_MAGIC) {
- return Hdr.Pe32Plus->OptionalHeader.Subsystem;
- }
- }
-
- return 0x0000;
-}
-
-/**
- Retrieves and returns a pointer to the entry point to a PE/COFF image that has been loaded
- into system memory with the PE/COFF Loader Library functions.
-
- Retrieves the entry point to the PE/COFF image specified by Pe32Data and returns this entry
- point in EntryPoint. If the entry point could not be retrieved from the PE/COFF image, then
- return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER. Otherwise return RETURN_SUCCESS.
- If Pe32Data is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If EntryPoint is NULL, then ASSERT().
-
- @param Pe32Data The pointer to the PE/COFF image that is loaded in system memory.
- @param EntryPoint The pointer to entry point to the PE/COFF image to return.
-
- @retval RETURN_SUCCESS EntryPoint was returned.
- @retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER The entry point could not be found in the PE/COFF image.
-
-**/
-RETURN_STATUS
-InternalPeCoffGetEntryPoint (
- IN VOID *Pe32Data,
- OUT VOID **EntryPoint
- )
-{
- EFI_IMAGE_DOS_HEADER *DosHdr;
- EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_PTR_UNION Hdr;
-
- ASSERT (Pe32Data != NULL);
- ASSERT (EntryPoint != NULL);
-
- DosHdr = (EFI_IMAGE_DOS_HEADER *) Pe32Data;
- if (DosHdr->e_magic == EFI_IMAGE_DOS_SIGNATURE) {
- //
- // DOS image header is present, so read the PE header after the DOS image header.
- //
- Hdr.Pe32 = (EFI_IMAGE_NT_HEADERS32 *) ((UINTN) Pe32Data + (UINTN) ((DosHdr->e_lfanew) & 0x0ffff));
- } else {
- //
- // DOS image header is not present, so PE header is at the image base.
- //
- Hdr.Pe32 = (EFI_IMAGE_NT_HEADERS32 *) Pe32Data;
- }
-
- //
- // Calculate the entry point relative to the start of the image.
- // AddressOfEntryPoint is common for PE32 & PE32+
- //
- if (Hdr.Te->Signature == EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER_SIGNATURE) {
- *EntryPoint = (VOID *) ((UINTN) Pe32Data + (UINTN) (Hdr.Te->AddressOfEntryPoint & 0x0ffffffff) + sizeof (EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER) - Hdr.Te->StrippedSize);
- return RETURN_SUCCESS;
- } else if (Hdr.Pe32->Signature == EFI_IMAGE_NT_SIGNATURE) {
- *EntryPoint = (VOID *) ((UINTN) Pe32Data + (UINTN) (Hdr.Pe32->OptionalHeader.AddressOfEntryPoint & 0x0ffffffff));
- return RETURN_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- return RETURN_UNSUPPORTED;
-}
-
-/**
- Build driver info.
-
- @param ContextData Memory profile context.
- @param FileName File name of the image.
- @param ImageBase Image base address.
- @param ImageSize Image size.
- @param EntryPoint Entry point of the image.
- @param ImageSubsystem Image subsystem of the image.
- @param FileType File type of the image.
-
- @return Pointer to memory profile driver info.
-
-**/
-MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA *
-BuildDriverInfo (
- IN MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *ContextData,
- IN EFI_GUID *FileName,
- IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ImageBase,
- IN UINT64 ImageSize,
- IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS EntryPoint,
- IN UINT16 ImageSubsystem,
- IN EFI_FV_FILETYPE FileType
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO *DriverInfo;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA *DriverInfoData;
- VOID *EntryPointInImage;
- CHAR8 *PdbString;
- UINTN PdbSize;
- UINTN PdbOccupiedSize;
-
- PdbSize = 0;
- PdbOccupiedSize = 0;
- PdbString = NULL;
- if (ImageBase != 0) {
- PdbString = PeCoffLoaderGetPdbPointer ((VOID*) (UINTN) ImageBase);
- if (PdbString != NULL) {
- PdbSize = AsciiStrSize (PdbString);
- PdbOccupiedSize = GET_OCCUPIED_SIZE (PdbSize, sizeof (UINT64));
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Use SmmInternalAllocatePool() that will not update profile for this AllocatePool action.
- //
- Status = SmmInternalAllocatePool (
- EfiRuntimeServicesData,
- sizeof (*DriverInfoData) + sizeof (LIST_ENTRY) + PdbSize,
- (VOID **) &DriverInfoData
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return NULL;
- }
- ASSERT (DriverInfoData != NULL);
-
- ZeroMem (DriverInfoData, sizeof (*DriverInfoData));
-
- DriverInfo = &DriverInfoData->DriverInfo;
- DriverInfoData->Signature = MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_SIGNATURE;
- DriverInfo->Header.Signature = MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_SIGNATURE;
- DriverInfo->Header.Length = (UINT16) (sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO) + PdbOccupiedSize);
- DriverInfo->Header.Revision = MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_REVISION;
- if (FileName != NULL) {
- CopyMem (&DriverInfo->FileName, FileName, sizeof (EFI_GUID));
- }
- DriverInfo->ImageBase = ImageBase;
- DriverInfo->ImageSize = ImageSize;
- DriverInfo->EntryPoint = EntryPoint;
- DriverInfo->ImageSubsystem = ImageSubsystem;
- if ((EntryPoint != 0) && ((EntryPoint < ImageBase) || (EntryPoint >= (ImageBase + ImageSize)))) {
- //
- // If the EntryPoint is not in the range of image buffer, it should come from emulation environment.
- // So patch ImageBuffer here to align the EntryPoint.
- //
- Status = InternalPeCoffGetEntryPoint ((VOID *) (UINTN) ImageBase, &EntryPointInImage);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- DriverInfo->ImageBase = ImageBase + EntryPoint - (PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) EntryPointInImage;
- }
- DriverInfo->FileType = FileType;
- DriverInfoData->AllocInfoList = (LIST_ENTRY *) (DriverInfoData + 1);
- InitializeListHead (DriverInfoData->AllocInfoList);
- DriverInfo->CurrentUsage = 0;
- DriverInfo->PeakUsage = 0;
- DriverInfo->AllocRecordCount = 0;
- if (PdbSize != 0) {
- DriverInfo->PdbStringOffset = (UINT16) sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO);
- DriverInfoData->PdbString = (CHAR8 *) (DriverInfoData->AllocInfoList + 1);
- CopyMem (DriverInfoData->PdbString, PdbString, PdbSize);
- } else {
- DriverInfo->PdbStringOffset = 0;
- DriverInfoData->PdbString = NULL;
- }
-
- InsertTailList (ContextData->DriverInfoList, &DriverInfoData->Link);
- ContextData->Context.ImageCount ++;
- ContextData->Context.TotalImageSize += DriverInfo->ImageSize;
-
- return DriverInfoData;
-}
-
-/**
- Register image to DXE.
-
- @param FileName File name of the image.
- @param ImageBase Image base address.
- @param ImageSize Image size.
- @param FileType File type of the image.
-
-**/
-VOID
-RegisterImageToDxe (
- IN EFI_GUID *FileName,
- IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ImageBase,
- IN UINT64 ImageSize,
- IN EFI_FV_FILETYPE FileType
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EDKII_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL *ProfileProtocol;
- MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH *FilePath;
- UINT8 TempBuffer[sizeof (MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH) + sizeof (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL)];
-
- if (IS_UEFI_MEMORY_PROFILE_ENABLED) {
-
- FilePath = (MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH *)TempBuffer;
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEdkiiMemoryProfileGuid, NULL, (VOID **) &ProfileProtocol);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- EfiInitializeFwVolDevicepathNode (FilePath, FileName);
- SetDevicePathEndNode (FilePath + 1);
-
- Status = ProfileProtocol->RegisterImage (
- ProfileProtocol,
- (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) FilePath,
- ImageBase,
- ImageSize,
- FileType
- );
- }
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Unregister image from DXE.
-
- @param FileName File name of the image.
- @param ImageBase Image base address.
- @param ImageSize Image size.
-
-**/
-VOID
-UnregisterImageFromDxe (
- IN EFI_GUID *FileName,
- IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ImageBase,
- IN UINT64 ImageSize
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EDKII_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL *ProfileProtocol;
- MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH *FilePath;
- UINT8 TempBuffer[sizeof (MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH) + sizeof (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL)];
-
- if (IS_UEFI_MEMORY_PROFILE_ENABLED) {
-
- FilePath = (MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH *)TempBuffer;
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEdkiiMemoryProfileGuid, NULL, (VOID *) &ProfileProtocol);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- EfiInitializeFwVolDevicepathNode (FilePath, FileName);
- SetDevicePathEndNode (FilePath + 1);
-
- Status = ProfileProtocol->UnregisterImage (
- ProfileProtocol,
- (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) FilePath,
- ImageBase,
- ImageSize
- );
- }
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Return if record for this driver is needed..
-
- @param DriverFilePath Driver file path.
-
- @retval TRUE Record for this driver is needed.
- @retval FALSE Record for this driver is not needed.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-NeedRecordThisDriver (
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DriverFilePath
- )
-{
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *TmpDevicePath;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePathInstance;
- UINTN DevicePathSize;
- UINTN FilePathSize;
-
- if (!IsDevicePathValid (mSmramProfileDriverPath, mSmramProfileDriverPathSize)) {
- //
- // Invalid Device Path means record all.
- //
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- //
- // Record FilePath without end node.
- //
- FilePathSize = GetDevicePathSize (DriverFilePath) - sizeof(EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL);
-
- DevicePathInstance = mSmramProfileDriverPath;
- do {
- //
- // Find End node (it might be END_ENTIRE or END_INSTANCE)
- //
- TmpDevicePath = DevicePathInstance;
- while (!IsDevicePathEndType (TmpDevicePath)) {
- TmpDevicePath = NextDevicePathNode (TmpDevicePath);
- }
-
- //
- // Do not compare END node
- //
- DevicePathSize = (UINTN)TmpDevicePath - (UINTN)DevicePathInstance;
- if ((FilePathSize == DevicePathSize) &&
- (CompareMem (DriverFilePath, DevicePathInstance, DevicePathSize) == 0)) {
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- //
- // Get next instance
- //
- DevicePathInstance = (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *)((UINTN)DevicePathInstance + DevicePathSize + DevicePathNodeLength(TmpDevicePath));
- } while (DevicePathSubType (TmpDevicePath) != END_ENTIRE_DEVICE_PATH_SUBTYPE);
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/**
- Register SMM Core to SMRAM profile.
-
- @param ContextData SMRAM profile context.
-
- @retval TRUE Register success.
- @retval FALSE Register fail.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-RegisterSmmCore (
- IN MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *ContextData
- )
-{
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA *DriverInfoData;
- PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ImageBase;
- UINT8 TempBuffer[sizeof(MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH) + sizeof(EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL)];
- MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH *FilePath;
-
- FilePath = (MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH *) TempBuffer;
- EfiInitializeFwVolDevicepathNode (FilePath, &gEfiCallerIdGuid);
- SetDevicePathEndNode (FilePath + 1);
-
- if (!NeedRecordThisDriver ((EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) FilePath)) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- ImageBase = gSmmCorePrivate->PiSmmCoreImageBase;
- DriverInfoData = BuildDriverInfo (
- ContextData,
- &gEfiCallerIdGuid,
- ImageBase,
- gSmmCorePrivate->PiSmmCoreImageSize,
- gSmmCorePrivate->PiSmmCoreEntryPoint,
- InternalPeCoffGetSubsystem ((VOID *) (UINTN) ImageBase),
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE_SMM_CORE
- );
- if (DriverInfoData == NULL) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- Initialize SMRAM profile.
-
-**/
-VOID
-SmramProfileInit (
- VOID
- )
-{
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *SmramProfileContext;
-
- RegisterImageToDxe (
- &gEfiCallerIdGuid,
- gSmmCorePrivate->PiSmmCoreImageBase,
- gSmmCorePrivate->PiSmmCoreImageSize,
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE_SMM_CORE
- );
-
- if (!IS_SMRAM_PROFILE_ENABLED) {
- return;
- }
-
- SmramProfileContext = GetSmramProfileContext ();
- if (SmramProfileContext != NULL) {
- return;
- }
-
- mSmramProfileGettingStatus = FALSE;
- if ((PcdGet8 (PcdMemoryProfilePropertyMask) & BIT7) != 0) {
- mSmramProfileRecordingEnable = MEMORY_PROFILE_RECORDING_DISABLE;
- } else {
- mSmramProfileRecordingEnable = MEMORY_PROFILE_RECORDING_ENABLE;
- }
- mSmramProfileDriverPathSize = PcdGetSize (PcdMemoryProfileDriverPath);
- mSmramProfileDriverPath = AllocateCopyPool (mSmramProfileDriverPathSize, PcdGetPtr (PcdMemoryProfileDriverPath));
- mSmramProfileContextPtr = &mSmramProfileContext;
-
- RegisterSmmCore (&mSmramProfileContext);
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "SmramProfileInit SmramProfileContext - 0x%x\n", &mSmramProfileContext));
-}
-
-/**
- Install SMRAM profile protocol.
-
-**/
-VOID
-SmramProfileInstallProtocol (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_HANDLE Handle;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- if (!IS_SMRAM_PROFILE_ENABLED) {
- return;
- }
-
- Handle = NULL;
- Status = SmmInstallProtocolInterface (
- &Handle,
- &gEdkiiSmmMemoryProfileGuid,
- EFI_NATIVE_INTERFACE,
- &mSmmProfileProtocol
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-}
-
-/**
- Get the GUID file name from the file path.
-
- @param FilePath File path.
-
- @return The GUID file name from the file path.
-
-**/
-EFI_GUID *
-GetFileNameFromFilePath (
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FilePath
- )
-{
- MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH *ThisFilePath;
- EFI_GUID *FileName;
-
- FileName = NULL;
- if (FilePath != NULL) {
- ThisFilePath = (MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH *) FilePath;
- while (!IsDevicePathEnd (ThisFilePath)) {
- FileName = EfiGetNameGuidFromFwVolDevicePathNode (ThisFilePath);
- if (FileName != NULL) {
- break;
- }
- ThisFilePath = (MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH *) NextDevicePathNode (ThisFilePath);
- }
- }
-
- return FileName;
-}
-
-/**
- Register SMM image to SMRAM profile.
-
- @param DriverEntry SMM image info.
- @param RegisterToDxe Register image to DXE.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Register successfully.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile is unsupported,
- or memory profile for the image is not required.
- @return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough resource for this register.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-RegisterSmramProfileImage (
- IN EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY *DriverEntry,
- IN BOOLEAN RegisterToDxe
- )
-{
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *ContextData;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA *DriverInfoData;
- UINT8 TempBuffer[sizeof(MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH) + sizeof(EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL)];
- MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH *FilePath;
-
- if (RegisterToDxe) {
- RegisterImageToDxe (
- &DriverEntry->FileName,
- DriverEntry->ImageBuffer,
- EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (DriverEntry->NumberOfPage),
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE_SMM
- );
- }
-
- if (!IS_SMRAM_PROFILE_ENABLED) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- FilePath = (MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH *) TempBuffer;
- EfiInitializeFwVolDevicepathNode (FilePath, &DriverEntry->FileName);
- SetDevicePathEndNode (FilePath + 1);
-
- if (!NeedRecordThisDriver ((EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) FilePath)) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- ContextData = GetSmramProfileContext ();
- if (ContextData == NULL) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- DriverInfoData = BuildDriverInfo (
- ContextData,
- &DriverEntry->FileName,
- DriverEntry->ImageBuffer,
- EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (DriverEntry->NumberOfPage),
- DriverEntry->ImageEntryPoint,
- InternalPeCoffGetSubsystem ((VOID *) (UINTN) DriverEntry->ImageBuffer),
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE_SMM
- );
- if (DriverInfoData == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Search image from memory profile.
-
- @param ContextData Memory profile context.
- @param FileName Image file name.
- @param Address Image Address.
-
- @return Pointer to memory profile driver info.
-
-**/
-MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA *
-GetMemoryProfileDriverInfoByFileNameAndAddress (
- IN MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *ContextData,
- IN EFI_GUID *FileName,
- IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Address
- )
-{
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO *DriverInfo;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA *DriverInfoData;
- LIST_ENTRY *DriverLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *DriverInfoList;
-
- DriverInfoList = ContextData->DriverInfoList;
-
- for (DriverLink = DriverInfoList->ForwardLink;
- DriverLink != DriverInfoList;
- DriverLink = DriverLink->ForwardLink) {
- DriverInfoData = CR (
- DriverLink,
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA,
- Link,
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_SIGNATURE
- );
- DriverInfo = &DriverInfoData->DriverInfo;
- if ((CompareGuid (&DriverInfo->FileName, FileName)) &&
- (Address >= DriverInfo->ImageBase) &&
- (Address < (DriverInfo->ImageBase + DriverInfo->ImageSize))) {
- return DriverInfoData;
- }
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- Search image from memory profile.
- It will return image, if (Address >= ImageBuffer) AND (Address < ImageBuffer + ImageSize)
-
- @param ContextData Memory profile context.
- @param Address Image or Function address.
-
- @return Pointer to memory profile driver info.
-
-**/
-MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA *
-GetMemoryProfileDriverInfoFromAddress (
- IN MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *ContextData,
- IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Address
- )
-{
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO *DriverInfo;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA *DriverInfoData;
- LIST_ENTRY *DriverLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *DriverInfoList;
-
- DriverInfoList = ContextData->DriverInfoList;
-
- for (DriverLink = DriverInfoList->ForwardLink;
- DriverLink != DriverInfoList;
- DriverLink = DriverLink->ForwardLink) {
- DriverInfoData = CR (
- DriverLink,
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA,
- Link,
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_SIGNATURE
- );
- DriverInfo = &DriverInfoData->DriverInfo;
- if ((Address >= DriverInfo->ImageBase) &&
- (Address < (DriverInfo->ImageBase + DriverInfo->ImageSize))) {
- return DriverInfoData;
- }
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- Unregister image from SMRAM profile.
-
- @param DriverEntry SMM image info.
- @param UnregisterFromDxe Unregister image from DXE.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Unregister successfully.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile is unsupported,
- or memory profile for the image is not required.
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND The image is not found.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-UnregisterSmramProfileImage (
- IN EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY *DriverEntry,
- IN BOOLEAN UnregisterFromDxe
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *ContextData;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA *DriverInfoData;
- EFI_GUID *FileName;
- PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ImageAddress;
- VOID *EntryPointInImage;
- UINT8 TempBuffer[sizeof(MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH) + sizeof(EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL)];
- MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH *FilePath;
-
- if (UnregisterFromDxe) {
- UnregisterImageFromDxe (
- &DriverEntry->FileName,
- DriverEntry->ImageBuffer,
- EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (DriverEntry->NumberOfPage)
- );
- }
-
- if (!IS_SMRAM_PROFILE_ENABLED) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- FilePath = (MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH *) TempBuffer;
- EfiInitializeFwVolDevicepathNode (FilePath, &DriverEntry->FileName);
- SetDevicePathEndNode (FilePath + 1);
-
- if (!NeedRecordThisDriver ((EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) FilePath)) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- ContextData = GetSmramProfileContext ();
- if (ContextData == NULL) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- DriverInfoData = NULL;
- FileName = &DriverEntry->FileName;
- ImageAddress = DriverEntry->ImageBuffer;
- if ((DriverEntry->ImageEntryPoint < ImageAddress) || (DriverEntry->ImageEntryPoint >= (ImageAddress + EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (DriverEntry->NumberOfPage)))) {
- //
- // If the EntryPoint is not in the range of image buffer, it should come from emulation environment.
- // So patch ImageAddress here to align the EntryPoint.
- //
- Status = InternalPeCoffGetEntryPoint ((VOID *) (UINTN) ImageAddress, &EntryPointInImage);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- ImageAddress = ImageAddress + (UINTN) DriverEntry->ImageEntryPoint - (UINTN) EntryPointInImage;
- }
- if (FileName != NULL) {
- DriverInfoData = GetMemoryProfileDriverInfoByFileNameAndAddress (ContextData, FileName, ImageAddress);
- }
- if (DriverInfoData == NULL) {
- DriverInfoData = GetMemoryProfileDriverInfoFromAddress (ContextData, ImageAddress);
- }
- if (DriverInfoData == NULL) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- ContextData->Context.TotalImageSize -= DriverInfoData->DriverInfo.ImageSize;
-
- // Keep the ImageBase for RVA calculation in Application.
- //DriverInfoData->DriverInfo.ImageBase = 0;
- DriverInfoData->DriverInfo.ImageSize = 0;
-
- if (DriverInfoData->DriverInfo.PeakUsage == 0) {
- ContextData->Context.ImageCount --;
- RemoveEntryList (&DriverInfoData->Link);
- //
- // Use SmmInternalFreePool() that will not update profile for this FreePool action.
- //
- SmmInternalFreePool (DriverInfoData);
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Return if this memory type needs to be recorded into memory profile.
- Only need to record EfiRuntimeServicesCode and EfiRuntimeServicesData for SMRAM profile.
-
- @param MemoryType Memory type.
-
- @retval TRUE This memory type need to be recorded.
- @retval FALSE This memory type need not to be recorded.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-SmmCoreNeedRecordProfile (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType
- )
-{
- UINT64 TestBit;
-
- if (MemoryType != EfiRuntimeServicesCode &&
- MemoryType != EfiRuntimeServicesData) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- TestBit = LShiftU64 (1, MemoryType);
-
- if ((PcdGet64 (PcdMemoryProfileMemoryType) & TestBit) != 0) {
- return TRUE;
- } else {
- return FALSE;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Convert EFI memory type to profile memory index. The rule is:
- If BIOS memory type (0 ~ EfiMaxMemoryType - 1), ProfileMemoryIndex = MemoryType.
- As SMRAM profile is only to record EfiRuntimeServicesCode and EfiRuntimeServicesData,
- so return input memory type directly.
-
- @param MemoryType Memory type.
-
- @return EFI memory type as profile memory index.
-
-**/
-EFI_MEMORY_TYPE
-GetProfileMemoryIndex (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType
- )
-{
- return MemoryType;
-}
-
-/**
- Update SMRAM profile FreeMemoryPages information
-
- @param ContextData Memory profile context.
-
-**/
-VOID
-SmramProfileUpdateFreePages (
- IN MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *ContextData
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Node;
- FREE_PAGE_LIST *Pages;
- LIST_ENTRY *FreePageList;
- UINTN NumberOfPages;
-
- NumberOfPages = 0;
- FreePageList = &mSmmMemoryMap;
- for (Node = FreePageList->BackLink;
- Node != FreePageList;
- Node = Node->BackLink) {
- Pages = BASE_CR (Node, FREE_PAGE_LIST, Link);
- NumberOfPages += Pages->NumberOfPages;
- }
-
- mSmramFreeMemory.TotalFreeMemoryPages = NumberOfPages;
-
- if (NumberOfPages <= SMRAM_INFO_DUMP_PAGE_THRESHOLD) {
- DumpSmramInfo ();
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Update SMRAM profile Allocate information.
-
- @param CallerAddress Address of caller who call Allocate.
- @param Action This Allocate action.
- @param MemoryType Memory type.
- @param Size Buffer size.
- @param Buffer Buffer address.
- @param ActionString String for memory profile action.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Memory profile is updated.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile is unsupported,
- or memory profile for the image is not required.
- @return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough resource to update memory profile for allocate action.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-SmmCoreUpdateProfileAllocate (
- IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS CallerAddress,
- IN MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION Action,
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
- IN UINTN Size,
- IN VOID *Buffer,
- IN CHAR8 *ActionString OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT *Context;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO *DriverInfo;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO *AllocInfo;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *ContextData;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA *DriverInfoData;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO_DATA *AllocInfoData;
- EFI_MEMORY_TYPE ProfileMemoryIndex;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION BasicAction;
- UINTN ActionStringSize;
- UINTN ActionStringOccupiedSize;
-
- BasicAction = Action & MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION_BASIC_MASK;
-
- ContextData = GetSmramProfileContext ();
- if (ContextData == NULL) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- DriverInfoData = GetMemoryProfileDriverInfoFromAddress (ContextData, CallerAddress);
- if (DriverInfoData == NULL) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- ActionStringSize = 0;
- ActionStringOccupiedSize = 0;
- if (ActionString != NULL) {
- ActionStringSize = AsciiStrSize (ActionString);
- ActionStringOccupiedSize = GET_OCCUPIED_SIZE (ActionStringSize, sizeof (UINT64));
- }
-
- //
- // Use SmmInternalAllocatePool() that will not update profile for this AllocatePool action.
- //
- AllocInfoData = NULL;
- Status = SmmInternalAllocatePool (
- EfiRuntimeServicesData,
- sizeof (*AllocInfoData) + ActionStringSize,
- (VOID **) &AllocInfoData
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- ASSERT (AllocInfoData != NULL);
-
- //
- // Only update SequenceCount if and only if it is basic action.
- //
- if (Action == BasicAction) {
- ContextData->Context.SequenceCount ++;
- }
-
- AllocInfo = &AllocInfoData->AllocInfo;
- AllocInfoData->Signature = MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO_SIGNATURE;
- AllocInfo->Header.Signature = MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO_SIGNATURE;
- AllocInfo->Header.Length = (UINT16) (sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO) + ActionStringOccupiedSize);
- AllocInfo->Header.Revision = MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO_REVISION;
- AllocInfo->CallerAddress = CallerAddress;
- AllocInfo->SequenceId = ContextData->Context.SequenceCount;
- AllocInfo->Action = Action;
- AllocInfo->MemoryType = MemoryType;
- AllocInfo->Buffer = (PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) Buffer;
- AllocInfo->Size = Size;
- if (ActionString != NULL) {
- AllocInfo->ActionStringOffset = (UINT16) sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO);
- AllocInfoData->ActionString = (CHAR8 *) (AllocInfoData + 1);
- CopyMem (AllocInfoData->ActionString, ActionString, ActionStringSize);
- } else {
- AllocInfo->ActionStringOffset = 0;
- AllocInfoData->ActionString = NULL;
- }
-
- InsertTailList (DriverInfoData->AllocInfoList, &AllocInfoData->Link);
-
- Context = &ContextData->Context;
- DriverInfo = &DriverInfoData->DriverInfo;
- DriverInfo->AllocRecordCount ++;
-
- //
- // Update summary if and only if it is basic action.
- //
- if (Action == BasicAction) {
- ProfileMemoryIndex = GetProfileMemoryIndex (MemoryType);
-
- DriverInfo->CurrentUsage += Size;
- if (DriverInfo->PeakUsage < DriverInfo->CurrentUsage) {
- DriverInfo->PeakUsage = DriverInfo->CurrentUsage;
- }
- DriverInfo->CurrentUsageByType[ProfileMemoryIndex] += Size;
- if (DriverInfo->PeakUsageByType[ProfileMemoryIndex] < DriverInfo->CurrentUsageByType[ProfileMemoryIndex]) {
- DriverInfo->PeakUsageByType[ProfileMemoryIndex] = DriverInfo->CurrentUsageByType[ProfileMemoryIndex];
- }
-
- Context->CurrentTotalUsage += Size;
- if (Context->PeakTotalUsage < Context->CurrentTotalUsage) {
- Context->PeakTotalUsage = Context->CurrentTotalUsage;
- }
- Context->CurrentTotalUsageByType[ProfileMemoryIndex] += Size;
- if (Context->PeakTotalUsageByType[ProfileMemoryIndex] < Context->CurrentTotalUsageByType[ProfileMemoryIndex]) {
- Context->PeakTotalUsageByType[ProfileMemoryIndex] = Context->CurrentTotalUsageByType[ProfileMemoryIndex];
- }
-
- SmramProfileUpdateFreePages (ContextData);
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Get memory profile alloc info from memory profile
-
- @param DriverInfoData Driver info
- @param BasicAction This Free basic action
- @param Size Buffer size
- @param Buffer Buffer address
-
- @return Pointer to memory profile alloc info.
-**/
-MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO_DATA *
-GetMemoryProfileAllocInfoFromAddress (
- IN MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA *DriverInfoData,
- IN MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION BasicAction,
- IN UINTN Size,
- IN VOID *Buffer
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *AllocInfoList;
- LIST_ENTRY *AllocLink;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO *AllocInfo;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO_DATA *AllocInfoData;
-
- AllocInfoList = DriverInfoData->AllocInfoList;
-
- for (AllocLink = AllocInfoList->ForwardLink;
- AllocLink != AllocInfoList;
- AllocLink = AllocLink->ForwardLink) {
- AllocInfoData = CR (
- AllocLink,
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO_DATA,
- Link,
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO_SIGNATURE
- );
- AllocInfo = &AllocInfoData->AllocInfo;
- if ((AllocInfo->Action & MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION_BASIC_MASK) != BasicAction) {
- continue;
- }
- switch (BasicAction) {
- case MemoryProfileActionAllocatePages:
- if ((AllocInfo->Buffer <= (PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) Buffer) &&
- ((AllocInfo->Buffer + AllocInfo->Size) >= ((PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) Buffer + Size))) {
- return AllocInfoData;
- }
- break;
- case MemoryProfileActionAllocatePool:
- if (AllocInfo->Buffer == (PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) Buffer) {
- return AllocInfoData;
- }
- break;
- default:
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- break;
- }
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- Update SMRAM profile Free information.
-
- @param CallerAddress Address of caller who call Free.
- @param Action This Free action.
- @param Size Buffer size.
- @param Buffer Buffer address.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Memory profile is updated.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile is unsupported.
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND No matched allocate info found for free action.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-SmmCoreUpdateProfileFree (
- IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS CallerAddress,
- IN MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION Action,
- IN UINTN Size,
- IN VOID *Buffer
- )
-{
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT *Context;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO *DriverInfo;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO *AllocInfo;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *ContextData;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA *DriverInfoData;
- LIST_ENTRY *DriverLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *DriverInfoList;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA *ThisDriverInfoData;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO_DATA *AllocInfoData;
- EFI_MEMORY_TYPE ProfileMemoryIndex;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION BasicAction;
- BOOLEAN Found;
-
- BasicAction = Action & MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION_BASIC_MASK;
-
- ContextData = GetSmramProfileContext ();
- if (ContextData == NULL) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- DriverInfoData = GetMemoryProfileDriverInfoFromAddress (ContextData, CallerAddress);
-
- //
- // Do not return if DriverInfoData == NULL here,
- // because driver A might free memory allocated by driver B.
- //
-
- //
- // Need use do-while loop to find all possible record,
- // because one address might be recorded multiple times.
- //
- Found = FALSE;
- AllocInfoData = NULL;
- do {
- if (DriverInfoData != NULL) {
- switch (BasicAction) {
- case MemoryProfileActionFreePages:
- AllocInfoData = GetMemoryProfileAllocInfoFromAddress (DriverInfoData, MemoryProfileActionAllocatePages, Size, Buffer);
- break;
- case MemoryProfileActionFreePool:
- AllocInfoData = GetMemoryProfileAllocInfoFromAddress (DriverInfoData, MemoryProfileActionAllocatePool, 0, Buffer);
- break;
- default:
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- AllocInfoData = NULL;
- break;
- }
- }
- if (AllocInfoData == NULL) {
- //
- // Legal case, because driver A might free memory allocated by driver B, by some protocol.
- //
- DriverInfoList = ContextData->DriverInfoList;
-
- for (DriverLink = DriverInfoList->ForwardLink;
- DriverLink != DriverInfoList;
- DriverLink = DriverLink->ForwardLink) {
- ThisDriverInfoData = CR (
- DriverLink,
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA,
- Link,
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_SIGNATURE
- );
- switch (BasicAction) {
- case MemoryProfileActionFreePages:
- AllocInfoData = GetMemoryProfileAllocInfoFromAddress (ThisDriverInfoData, MemoryProfileActionAllocatePages, Size, Buffer);
- break;
- case MemoryProfileActionFreePool:
- AllocInfoData = GetMemoryProfileAllocInfoFromAddress (ThisDriverInfoData, MemoryProfileActionAllocatePool, 0, Buffer);
- break;
- default:
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- AllocInfoData = NULL;
- break;
- }
- if (AllocInfoData != NULL) {
- DriverInfoData = ThisDriverInfoData;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (AllocInfoData == NULL) {
- //
- // If (!Found), no matched allocate info is found for this free action.
- // It is because the specified memory type allocate actions have been filtered by
- // CoreNeedRecordProfile(), but free actions have no memory type information,
- // they can not be filtered by CoreNeedRecordProfile(). Then, they will be
- // filtered here.
- //
- // If (Found), it is normal exit path.
- return (Found ? EFI_SUCCESS : EFI_NOT_FOUND);
- }
- }
-
- ASSERT (DriverInfoData != NULL);
- ASSERT (AllocInfoData != NULL);
-
- Found = TRUE;
-
- Context = &ContextData->Context;
- DriverInfo = &DriverInfoData->DriverInfo;
- AllocInfo = &AllocInfoData->AllocInfo;
-
- DriverInfo->AllocRecordCount --;
- //
- // Update summary if and only if it is basic action.
- //
- if (AllocInfo->Action == (AllocInfo->Action & MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION_BASIC_MASK)) {
- ProfileMemoryIndex = GetProfileMemoryIndex (AllocInfo->MemoryType);
-
- Context->CurrentTotalUsage -= AllocInfo->Size;
- Context->CurrentTotalUsageByType[ProfileMemoryIndex] -= AllocInfo->Size;
-
- DriverInfo->CurrentUsage -= AllocInfo->Size;
- DriverInfo->CurrentUsageByType[ProfileMemoryIndex] -= AllocInfo->Size;
- }
-
- RemoveEntryList (&AllocInfoData->Link);
-
- if (BasicAction == MemoryProfileActionFreePages) {
- if (AllocInfo->Buffer != (PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) Buffer) {
- SmmCoreUpdateProfileAllocate (
- AllocInfo->CallerAddress,
- AllocInfo->Action,
- AllocInfo->MemoryType,
- (UINTN) ((PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) Buffer - AllocInfo->Buffer),
- (VOID *) (UINTN) AllocInfo->Buffer,
- AllocInfoData->ActionString
- );
- }
- if (AllocInfo->Buffer + AllocInfo->Size != ((PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) Buffer + Size)) {
- SmmCoreUpdateProfileAllocate (
- AllocInfo->CallerAddress,
- AllocInfo->Action,
- AllocInfo->MemoryType,
- (UINTN) ((AllocInfo->Buffer + AllocInfo->Size) - ((PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) Buffer + Size)),
- (VOID *) ((UINTN) Buffer + Size),
- AllocInfoData->ActionString
- );
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Use SmmInternalFreePool() that will not update profile for this FreePool action.
- //
- SmmInternalFreePool (AllocInfoData);
- } while (TRUE);
-}
-
-/**
- Update SMRAM profile information.
-
- @param CallerAddress Address of caller who call Allocate or Free.
- @param Action This Allocate or Free action.
- @param MemoryType Memory type.
- EfiMaxMemoryType means the MemoryType is unknown.
- @param Size Buffer size.
- @param Buffer Buffer address.
- @param ActionString String for memory profile action.
- Only needed for user defined allocate action.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Memory profile is updated.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile is unsupported,
- or memory profile for the image is not required,
- or memory profile for the memory type is not required.
- @return EFI_ACCESS_DENIED It is during memory profile data getting.
- @return EFI_ABORTED Memory profile recording is not enabled.
- @return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough resource to update memory profile for allocate action.
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND No matched allocate info found for free action.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmmCoreUpdateProfile (
- IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS CallerAddress,
- IN MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION Action,
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType, // Valid for AllocatePages/AllocatePool
- IN UINTN Size, // Valid for AllocatePages/FreePages/AllocatePool
- IN VOID *Buffer,
- IN CHAR8 *ActionString OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *ContextData;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION BasicAction;
-
- if (!IS_SMRAM_PROFILE_ENABLED) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- if (mSmramProfileGettingStatus) {
- return EFI_ACCESS_DENIED;
- }
-
- if (!mSmramProfileRecordingEnable) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
-
- //
- // Get the basic action to know how to process the record
- //
- BasicAction = Action & MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION_BASIC_MASK;
-
- //
- // Free operations have no memory type information, so skip the check.
- //
- if ((BasicAction == MemoryProfileActionAllocatePages) || (BasicAction == MemoryProfileActionAllocatePool)) {
- //
- // Only record limited MemoryType.
- //
- if (!SmmCoreNeedRecordProfile (MemoryType)) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- }
-
- ContextData = GetSmramProfileContext ();
- if (ContextData == NULL) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- switch (BasicAction) {
- case MemoryProfileActionAllocatePages:
- Status = SmmCoreUpdateProfileAllocate (CallerAddress, Action, MemoryType, Size, Buffer, ActionString);
- break;
- case MemoryProfileActionFreePages:
- Status = SmmCoreUpdateProfileFree (CallerAddress, Action, Size, Buffer);
- break;
- case MemoryProfileActionAllocatePool:
- Status = SmmCoreUpdateProfileAllocate (CallerAddress, Action, MemoryType, Size, Buffer, ActionString);
- break;
- case MemoryProfileActionFreePool:
- Status = SmmCoreUpdateProfileFree (CallerAddress, Action, 0, Buffer);
- break;
- default:
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- break;
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- SMRAM profile ready to lock callback function.
-
-**/
-VOID
-SmramProfileReadyToLock (
- VOID
- )
-{
- if (!IS_SMRAM_PROFILE_ENABLED) {
- return;
- }
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "SmramProfileReadyToLock\n"));
- mSmramReadyToLock = TRUE;
-}
-
-////////////////////
-
-/**
- Get SMRAM profile data size.
-
- @return SMRAM profile data size.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-SmramProfileGetDataSize (
- VOID
- )
-{
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *ContextData;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA *DriverInfoData;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO_DATA *AllocInfoData;
- LIST_ENTRY *DriverInfoList;
- LIST_ENTRY *DriverLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *AllocInfoList;
- LIST_ENTRY *AllocLink;
- UINTN TotalSize;
- LIST_ENTRY *Node;
- LIST_ENTRY *FreePageList;
- LIST_ENTRY *FreePoolList;
- FREE_POOL_HEADER *Pool;
- UINTN PoolListIndex;
- UINTN Index;
- UINTN SmmPoolTypeIndex;
-
- ContextData = GetSmramProfileContext ();
- if (ContextData == NULL) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- TotalSize = sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT);
-
- DriverInfoList = ContextData->DriverInfoList;
- for (DriverLink = DriverInfoList->ForwardLink;
- DriverLink != DriverInfoList;
- DriverLink = DriverLink->ForwardLink) {
- DriverInfoData = CR (
- DriverLink,
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA,
- Link,
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_SIGNATURE
- );
- TotalSize += DriverInfoData->DriverInfo.Header.Length;
-
- AllocInfoList = DriverInfoData->AllocInfoList;
- for (AllocLink = AllocInfoList->ForwardLink;
- AllocLink != AllocInfoList;
- AllocLink = AllocLink->ForwardLink) {
- AllocInfoData = CR (
- AllocLink,
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO_DATA,
- Link,
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO_SIGNATURE
- );
- TotalSize += AllocInfoData->AllocInfo.Header.Length;
- }
- }
-
-
- Index = 0;
- FreePageList = &mSmmMemoryMap;
- for (Node = FreePageList->BackLink;
- Node != FreePageList;
- Node = Node->BackLink) {
- Index++;
- }
- for (SmmPoolTypeIndex = 0; SmmPoolTypeIndex < SmmPoolTypeMax; SmmPoolTypeIndex++) {
- for (PoolListIndex = 0; PoolListIndex < MAX_POOL_INDEX; PoolListIndex++) {
- FreePoolList = &mSmmPoolLists[SmmPoolTypeIndex][PoolListIndex];
- for (Node = FreePoolList->BackLink;
- Node != FreePoolList;
- Node = Node->BackLink) {
- Pool = BASE_CR (Node, FREE_POOL_HEADER, Link);
- if (Pool->Header.Available) {
- Index++;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- TotalSize += (sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_FREE_MEMORY) + Index * sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_DESCRIPTOR));
- TotalSize += (sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_MEMORY_RANGE) + mFullSmramRangeCount * sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_DESCRIPTOR));
-
- return TotalSize;
-}
-
-/**
- Copy SMRAM profile data.
-
- @param ProfileBuffer The buffer to hold SMRAM profile data.
- @param ProfileSize On input, profile buffer size.
- On output, actual profile data size copied.
- @param ProfileOffset On input, profile buffer offset to copy.
- On output, next time profile buffer offset to copy.
-
-**/
-VOID
-SmramProfileCopyData (
- OUT VOID *ProfileBuffer,
- IN OUT UINT64 *ProfileSize,
- IN OUT UINT64 *ProfileOffset
- )
-{
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT *Context;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO *DriverInfo;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO *AllocInfo;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *ContextData;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA *DriverInfoData;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO_DATA *AllocInfoData;
- LIST_ENTRY *DriverInfoList;
- LIST_ENTRY *DriverLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *AllocInfoList;
- LIST_ENTRY *AllocLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *Node;
- FREE_PAGE_LIST *Pages;
- LIST_ENTRY *FreePageList;
- LIST_ENTRY *FreePoolList;
- FREE_POOL_HEADER *Pool;
- UINTN PoolListIndex;
- UINT32 Index;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_FREE_MEMORY *FreeMemory;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_MEMORY_RANGE *MemoryRange;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DESCRIPTOR *MemoryProfileDescriptor;
- UINT64 Offset;
- UINT64 RemainingSize;
- UINTN PdbSize;
- UINTN ActionStringSize;
- UINTN SmmPoolTypeIndex;
-
- ContextData = GetSmramProfileContext ();
- if (ContextData == NULL) {
- return ;
- }
-
- RemainingSize = *ProfileSize;
- Offset = 0;
-
- if (*ProfileOffset < sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT)) {
- if (RemainingSize >= sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT)) {
- Context = ProfileBuffer;
- CopyMem (Context, &ContextData->Context, sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT));
- RemainingSize -= sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT);
- ProfileBuffer = (UINT8 *) ProfileBuffer + sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT);
- } else {
- goto Done;
- }
- }
- Offset += sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT);
-
- DriverInfoList = ContextData->DriverInfoList;
- for (DriverLink = DriverInfoList->ForwardLink;
- DriverLink != DriverInfoList;
- DriverLink = DriverLink->ForwardLink) {
- DriverInfoData = CR (
- DriverLink,
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA,
- Link,
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_SIGNATURE
- );
- if (*ProfileOffset < (Offset + DriverInfoData->DriverInfo.Header.Length)) {
- if (RemainingSize >= DriverInfoData->DriverInfo.Header.Length) {
- DriverInfo = ProfileBuffer;
- CopyMem (DriverInfo, &DriverInfoData->DriverInfo, sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO));
- if (DriverInfo->PdbStringOffset != 0) {
- PdbSize = AsciiStrSize (DriverInfoData->PdbString);
- CopyMem ((VOID *) ((UINTN) DriverInfo + DriverInfo->PdbStringOffset), DriverInfoData->PdbString, PdbSize);
- }
- RemainingSize -= DriverInfo->Header.Length;
- ProfileBuffer = (UINT8 *) ProfileBuffer + DriverInfo->Header.Length;
- } else {
- goto Done;
- }
- }
- Offset += DriverInfoData->DriverInfo.Header.Length;
-
- AllocInfoList = DriverInfoData->AllocInfoList;
- for (AllocLink = AllocInfoList->ForwardLink;
- AllocLink != AllocInfoList;
- AllocLink = AllocLink->ForwardLink) {
- AllocInfoData = CR (
- AllocLink,
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO_DATA,
- Link,
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO_SIGNATURE
- );
- if (*ProfileOffset < (Offset + AllocInfoData->AllocInfo.Header.Length)) {
- if (RemainingSize >= AllocInfoData->AllocInfo.Header.Length) {
- AllocInfo = ProfileBuffer;
- CopyMem (AllocInfo, &AllocInfoData->AllocInfo, sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO));
- if (AllocInfo->ActionStringOffset) {
- ActionStringSize = AsciiStrSize (AllocInfoData->ActionString);
- CopyMem ((VOID *) ((UINTN) AllocInfo + AllocInfo->ActionStringOffset), AllocInfoData->ActionString, ActionStringSize);
- }
- RemainingSize -= AllocInfo->Header.Length;
- ProfileBuffer = (UINT8 *) ProfileBuffer + AllocInfo->Header.Length;
- } else {
- goto Done;
- }
- }
- Offset += AllocInfoData->AllocInfo.Header.Length;
- }
- }
-
-
- if (*ProfileOffset < (Offset + sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_FREE_MEMORY))) {
- if (RemainingSize >= sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_FREE_MEMORY)) {
- FreeMemory = ProfileBuffer;
- CopyMem (FreeMemory, &mSmramFreeMemory, sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_FREE_MEMORY));
- Index = 0;
- FreePageList = &mSmmMemoryMap;
- for (Node = FreePageList->BackLink;
- Node != FreePageList;
- Node = Node->BackLink) {
- Index++;
- }
- for (SmmPoolTypeIndex = 0; SmmPoolTypeIndex < SmmPoolTypeMax; SmmPoolTypeIndex++) {
- for (PoolListIndex = 0; PoolListIndex < MAX_POOL_INDEX; PoolListIndex++) {
- FreePoolList = &mSmmPoolLists[SmmPoolTypeIndex][MAX_POOL_INDEX - PoolListIndex - 1];
- for (Node = FreePoolList->BackLink;
- Node != FreePoolList;
- Node = Node->BackLink) {
- Pool = BASE_CR (Node, FREE_POOL_HEADER, Link);
- if (Pool->Header.Available) {
- Index++;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- FreeMemory->FreeMemoryEntryCount = Index;
-
- RemainingSize -= sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_FREE_MEMORY);
- ProfileBuffer = (UINT8 *) ProfileBuffer + sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_FREE_MEMORY);
- } else {
- goto Done;
- }
- }
- Offset += sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_FREE_MEMORY);
- FreePageList = &mSmmMemoryMap;
- for (Node = FreePageList->BackLink;
- Node != FreePageList;
- Node = Node->BackLink) {
- if (*ProfileOffset < (Offset + sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_DESCRIPTOR))) {
- if (RemainingSize >= sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_DESCRIPTOR)) {
- Pages = BASE_CR (Node, FREE_PAGE_LIST, Link);
- MemoryProfileDescriptor = ProfileBuffer;
- MemoryProfileDescriptor->Header.Signature = MEMORY_PROFILE_DESCRIPTOR_SIGNATURE;
- MemoryProfileDescriptor->Header.Length = sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_DESCRIPTOR);
- MemoryProfileDescriptor->Header.Revision = MEMORY_PROFILE_DESCRIPTOR_REVISION;
- MemoryProfileDescriptor->Address = (PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) Pages;
- MemoryProfileDescriptor->Size = EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (Pages->NumberOfPages);
-
- RemainingSize -= sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_DESCRIPTOR);
- ProfileBuffer = (UINT8 *) ProfileBuffer + sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_DESCRIPTOR);
- } else {
- goto Done;
- }
- }
- Offset += sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_DESCRIPTOR);
- }
- for (SmmPoolTypeIndex = 0; SmmPoolTypeIndex < SmmPoolTypeMax; SmmPoolTypeIndex++) {
- for (PoolListIndex = 0; PoolListIndex < MAX_POOL_INDEX; PoolListIndex++) {
- FreePoolList = &mSmmPoolLists[SmmPoolTypeIndex][MAX_POOL_INDEX - PoolListIndex - 1];
- for (Node = FreePoolList->BackLink;
- Node != FreePoolList;
- Node = Node->BackLink) {
- Pool = BASE_CR (Node, FREE_POOL_HEADER, Link);
- if (Pool->Header.Available) {
- if (*ProfileOffset < (Offset + sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_DESCRIPTOR))) {
- if (RemainingSize >= sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_DESCRIPTOR)) {
- MemoryProfileDescriptor = ProfileBuffer;
- MemoryProfileDescriptor->Header.Signature = MEMORY_PROFILE_DESCRIPTOR_SIGNATURE;
- MemoryProfileDescriptor->Header.Length = sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_DESCRIPTOR);
- MemoryProfileDescriptor->Header.Revision = MEMORY_PROFILE_DESCRIPTOR_REVISION;
- MemoryProfileDescriptor->Address = (PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) Pool;
- MemoryProfileDescriptor->Size = Pool->Header.Size;
-
- RemainingSize -= sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_DESCRIPTOR);
- ProfileBuffer = (UINT8 *) ProfileBuffer + sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_DESCRIPTOR);
- } else {
- goto Done;
- }
- }
- Offset += sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_DESCRIPTOR);
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (*ProfileOffset < (Offset + sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_MEMORY_RANGE))) {
- if (RemainingSize >= sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_MEMORY_RANGE)) {
- MemoryRange = ProfileBuffer;
- MemoryRange->Header.Signature = MEMORY_PROFILE_MEMORY_RANGE_SIGNATURE;
- MemoryRange->Header.Length = sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_MEMORY_RANGE);
- MemoryRange->Header.Revision = MEMORY_PROFILE_MEMORY_RANGE_REVISION;
- MemoryRange->MemoryRangeCount = (UINT32) mFullSmramRangeCount;
-
- RemainingSize -= sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_MEMORY_RANGE);
- ProfileBuffer = (UINT8 *) ProfileBuffer + sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_MEMORY_RANGE);
- } else {
- goto Done;
- }
- }
- Offset += sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_MEMORY_RANGE);
- for (Index = 0; Index < mFullSmramRangeCount; Index++) {
- if (*ProfileOffset < (Offset + sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_DESCRIPTOR))) {
- if (RemainingSize >= sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_DESCRIPTOR)) {
- MemoryProfileDescriptor = ProfileBuffer;
- MemoryProfileDescriptor->Header.Signature = MEMORY_PROFILE_DESCRIPTOR_SIGNATURE;
- MemoryProfileDescriptor->Header.Length = sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_DESCRIPTOR);
- MemoryProfileDescriptor->Header.Revision = MEMORY_PROFILE_DESCRIPTOR_REVISION;
- MemoryProfileDescriptor->Address = mFullSmramRanges[Index].PhysicalStart;
- MemoryProfileDescriptor->Size = mFullSmramRanges[Index].PhysicalSize;
-
- RemainingSize -= sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_DESCRIPTOR);
- ProfileBuffer = (UINT8 *) ProfileBuffer + sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_DESCRIPTOR);
- } else {
- goto Done;
- }
- }
- Offset += sizeof (MEMORY_PROFILE_DESCRIPTOR);
- }
-
-Done:
- //
- // On output, actual profile data size copied.
- //
- *ProfileSize -= RemainingSize;
- //
- // On output, next time profile buffer offset to copy.
- //
- *ProfileOffset = Offset;
-}
-
-/**
- Get memory profile data.
-
- @param[in] This The EDKII_SMM_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param[in, out] ProfileSize On entry, points to the size in bytes of the ProfileBuffer.
- On return, points to the size of the data returned in ProfileBuffer.
- @param[out] ProfileBuffer Profile buffer.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Get the memory profile data successfully.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile is unsupported.
- @return EFI_BUFFER_TO_SMALL The ProfileSize is too small for the resulting data.
- ProfileSize is updated with the size required.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmramProfileProtocolGetData (
- IN EDKII_SMM_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN OUT UINT64 *ProfileSize,
- OUT VOID *ProfileBuffer
- )
-{
- UINT64 Size;
- UINT64 Offset;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *ContextData;
- BOOLEAN SmramProfileGettingStatus;
-
- ContextData = GetSmramProfileContext ();
- if (ContextData == NULL) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- SmramProfileGettingStatus = mSmramProfileGettingStatus;
- mSmramProfileGettingStatus = TRUE;
-
- Size = SmramProfileGetDataSize ();
-
- if (*ProfileSize < Size) {
- *ProfileSize = Size;
- mSmramProfileGettingStatus = SmramProfileGettingStatus;
- return EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
- }
-
- Offset = 0;
- SmramProfileCopyData (ProfileBuffer, &Size, &Offset);
- *ProfileSize = Size;
-
- mSmramProfileGettingStatus = SmramProfileGettingStatus;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Register image to memory profile.
-
- @param[in] This The EDKII_SMM_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param[in] FilePath File path of the image.
- @param[in] ImageBase Image base address.
- @param[in] ImageSize Image size.
- @param[in] FileType File type of the image.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Register successfully.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile is unsupported,
- or memory profile for the image is not required.
- @return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough resource for this register.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmramProfileProtocolRegisterImage (
- IN EDKII_SMM_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FilePath,
- IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ImageBase,
- IN UINT64 ImageSize,
- IN EFI_FV_FILETYPE FileType
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY DriverEntry;
- VOID *EntryPointInImage;
- EFI_GUID *Name;
-
- ZeroMem (&DriverEntry, sizeof (DriverEntry));
- Name = GetFileNameFromFilePath (FilePath);
- if (Name != NULL) {
- CopyMem (&DriverEntry.FileName, Name, sizeof (EFI_GUID));
- }
- DriverEntry.ImageBuffer = ImageBase;
- DriverEntry.NumberOfPage = EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES ((UINTN) ImageSize);
- Status = InternalPeCoffGetEntryPoint ((VOID *) (UINTN) DriverEntry.ImageBuffer, &EntryPointInImage);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- DriverEntry.ImageEntryPoint = (PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) EntryPointInImage;
-
- return RegisterSmramProfileImage (&DriverEntry, FALSE);
-}
-
-/**
- Unregister image from memory profile.
-
- @param[in] This The EDKII_SMM_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param[in] FilePath File path of the image.
- @param[in] ImageBase Image base address.
- @param[in] ImageSize Image size.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Unregister successfully.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile is unsupported,
- or memory profile for the image is not required.
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND The image is not found.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmramProfileProtocolUnregisterImage (
- IN EDKII_SMM_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FilePath,
- IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ImageBase,
- IN UINT64 ImageSize
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY DriverEntry;
- VOID *EntryPointInImage;
- EFI_GUID *Name;
-
- ZeroMem (&DriverEntry, sizeof (DriverEntry));
- Name = GetFileNameFromFilePath (FilePath);
- if (Name != NULL) {
- CopyMem (&DriverEntry.FileName, Name, sizeof (EFI_GUID));
- }
- DriverEntry.ImageBuffer = ImageBase;
- DriverEntry.NumberOfPage = EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES ((UINTN) ImageSize);
- Status = InternalPeCoffGetEntryPoint ((VOID *) (UINTN) DriverEntry.ImageBuffer, &EntryPointInImage);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- DriverEntry.ImageEntryPoint = (PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) EntryPointInImage;
-
- return UnregisterSmramProfileImage (&DriverEntry, FALSE);
-}
-
-/**
- Get memory profile recording state.
-
- @param[in] This The EDKII_SMM_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param[out] RecordingState Recording state.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Memory profile recording state is returned.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile is unsupported.
- @return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER RecordingState is NULL.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmramProfileProtocolGetRecordingState (
- IN EDKII_SMM_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL *This,
- OUT BOOLEAN *RecordingState
- )
-{
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *ContextData;
-
- ContextData = GetSmramProfileContext ();
- if (ContextData == NULL) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- if (RecordingState == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- *RecordingState = mSmramProfileRecordingEnable;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Set memory profile recording state.
-
- @param[in] This The EDKII_SMM_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param[in] RecordingState Recording state.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Set memory profile recording state successfully.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile is unsupported.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmramProfileProtocolSetRecordingState (
- IN EDKII_SMM_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN BOOLEAN RecordingState
- )
-{
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *ContextData;
-
- ContextData = GetSmramProfileContext ();
- if (ContextData == NULL) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- mSmramProfileRecordingEnable = RecordingState;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Record memory profile of multilevel caller.
-
- @param[in] This The EDKII_SMM_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param[in] CallerAddress Address of caller.
- @param[in] Action Memory profile action.
- @param[in] MemoryType Memory type.
- EfiMaxMemoryType means the MemoryType is unknown.
- @param[in] Buffer Buffer address.
- @param[in] Size Buffer size.
- @param[in] ActionString String for memory profile action.
- Only needed for user defined allocate action.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Memory profile is updated.
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Memory profile is unsupported,
- or memory profile for the image is not required,
- or memory profile for the memory type is not required.
- @return EFI_ACCESS_DENIED It is during memory profile data getting.
- @return EFI_ABORTED Memory profile recording is not enabled.
- @return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough resource to update memory profile for allocate action.
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND No matched allocate info found for free action.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmramProfileProtocolRecord (
- IN EDKII_SMM_MEMORY_PROFILE_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS CallerAddress,
- IN MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION Action,
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
- IN VOID *Buffer,
- IN UINTN Size,
- IN CHAR8 *ActionString OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- return SmmCoreUpdateProfile (CallerAddress, Action, MemoryType, Size, Buffer, ActionString);
-}
-
-/**
- SMRAM profile handler to get profile info.
-
- @param SmramProfileParameterGetInfo The parameter of SMM profile get size.
-
-**/
-VOID
-SmramProfileHandlerGetInfo (
- IN SMRAM_PROFILE_PARAMETER_GET_PROFILE_INFO *SmramProfileParameterGetInfo
- )
-{
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *ContextData;
- BOOLEAN SmramProfileGettingStatus;
-
- ContextData = GetSmramProfileContext ();
- if (ContextData == NULL) {
- return ;
- }
-
- SmramProfileGettingStatus = mSmramProfileGettingStatus;
- mSmramProfileGettingStatus = TRUE;
-
- SmramProfileParameterGetInfo->ProfileSize = SmramProfileGetDataSize();
- SmramProfileParameterGetInfo->Header.ReturnStatus = 0;
-
- mSmramProfileGettingStatus = SmramProfileGettingStatus;
-}
-
-/**
- SMRAM profile handler to get profile data.
-
- @param SmramProfileParameterGetData The parameter of SMM profile get data.
-
-**/
-VOID
-SmramProfileHandlerGetData (
- IN SMRAM_PROFILE_PARAMETER_GET_PROFILE_DATA *SmramProfileParameterGetData
- )
-{
- UINT64 ProfileSize;
- UINT64 ProfileOffset;
- SMRAM_PROFILE_PARAMETER_GET_PROFILE_DATA SmramProfileGetData;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *ContextData;
- BOOLEAN SmramProfileGettingStatus;
-
- ContextData = GetSmramProfileContext ();
- if (ContextData == NULL) {
- return ;
- }
-
- SmramProfileGettingStatus = mSmramProfileGettingStatus;
- mSmramProfileGettingStatus = TRUE;
-
-
- CopyMem (&SmramProfileGetData, SmramProfileParameterGetData, sizeof (SmramProfileGetData));
-
- ProfileSize = SmramProfileGetDataSize();
-
- //
- // Sanity check
- //
- if (!SmmIsBufferOutsideSmmValid ((UINTN) SmramProfileGetData.ProfileBuffer, (UINTN) ProfileSize)) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "SmramProfileHandlerGetData: SMM ProfileBuffer in SMRAM or overflow!\n"));
- SmramProfileParameterGetData->ProfileSize = ProfileSize;
- SmramProfileParameterGetData->Header.ReturnStatus = (UINT64) (INT64) (INTN) EFI_ACCESS_DENIED;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- if (SmramProfileGetData.ProfileSize < ProfileSize) {
- SmramProfileParameterGetData->ProfileSize = ProfileSize;
- SmramProfileParameterGetData->Header.ReturnStatus = (UINT64) (INT64) (INTN) EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- ProfileOffset = 0;
- SmramProfileCopyData ((VOID *) (UINTN) SmramProfileGetData.ProfileBuffer, &ProfileSize, &ProfileOffset);
- SmramProfileParameterGetData->ProfileSize = ProfileSize;
- SmramProfileParameterGetData->Header.ReturnStatus = 0;
-
-Done:
- mSmramProfileGettingStatus = SmramProfileGettingStatus;
-}
-
-/**
- SMRAM profile handler to get profile data by offset.
-
- @param SmramProfileParameterGetDataByOffset The parameter of SMM profile get data by offset.
-
-**/
-VOID
-SmramProfileHandlerGetDataByOffset (
- IN SMRAM_PROFILE_PARAMETER_GET_PROFILE_DATA_BY_OFFSET *SmramProfileParameterGetDataByOffset
- )
-{
- SMRAM_PROFILE_PARAMETER_GET_PROFILE_DATA_BY_OFFSET SmramProfileGetDataByOffset;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *ContextData;
- BOOLEAN SmramProfileGettingStatus;
-
- ContextData = GetSmramProfileContext ();
- if (ContextData == NULL) {
- return ;
- }
-
- SmramProfileGettingStatus = mSmramProfileGettingStatus;
- mSmramProfileGettingStatus = TRUE;
-
-
- CopyMem (&SmramProfileGetDataByOffset, SmramProfileParameterGetDataByOffset, sizeof (SmramProfileGetDataByOffset));
-
- //
- // Sanity check
- //
- if (!SmmIsBufferOutsideSmmValid ((UINTN) SmramProfileGetDataByOffset.ProfileBuffer, (UINTN) SmramProfileGetDataByOffset.ProfileSize)) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "SmramProfileHandlerGetDataByOffset: SMM ProfileBuffer in SMRAM or overflow!\n"));
- SmramProfileParameterGetDataByOffset->Header.ReturnStatus = (UINT64) (INT64) (INTN) EFI_ACCESS_DENIED;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- SmramProfileCopyData ((VOID *) (UINTN) SmramProfileGetDataByOffset.ProfileBuffer, &SmramProfileGetDataByOffset.ProfileSize, &SmramProfileGetDataByOffset.ProfileOffset);
- CopyMem (SmramProfileParameterGetDataByOffset, &SmramProfileGetDataByOffset, sizeof (SmramProfileGetDataByOffset));
- SmramProfileParameterGetDataByOffset->Header.ReturnStatus = 0;
-
-Done:
- mSmramProfileGettingStatus = SmramProfileGettingStatus;
-}
-
-/**
- SMRAM profile handler to register SMM image.
-
- @param SmramProfileParameterRegisterImage The parameter of SMM profile register image.
-
-**/
-VOID
-SmramProfileHandlerRegisterImage (
- IN SMRAM_PROFILE_PARAMETER_REGISTER_IMAGE *SmramProfileParameterRegisterImage
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY DriverEntry;
- VOID *EntryPointInImage;
-
- ZeroMem (&DriverEntry, sizeof (DriverEntry));
- CopyMem (&DriverEntry.FileName, &SmramProfileParameterRegisterImage->FileName, sizeof(EFI_GUID));
- DriverEntry.ImageBuffer = SmramProfileParameterRegisterImage->ImageBuffer;
- DriverEntry.NumberOfPage = (UINTN) SmramProfileParameterRegisterImage->NumberOfPage;
- Status = InternalPeCoffGetEntryPoint ((VOID *) (UINTN) DriverEntry.ImageBuffer, &EntryPointInImage);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- DriverEntry.ImageEntryPoint = (PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) EntryPointInImage;
-
- Status = RegisterSmramProfileImage (&DriverEntry, FALSE);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- SmramProfileParameterRegisterImage->Header.ReturnStatus = 0;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- SMRAM profile handler to unregister SMM image.
-
- @param SmramProfileParameterUnregisterImage The parameter of SMM profile unregister image.
-
-**/
-VOID
-SmramProfileHandlerUnregisterImage (
- IN SMRAM_PROFILE_PARAMETER_UNREGISTER_IMAGE *SmramProfileParameterUnregisterImage
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_SMM_DRIVER_ENTRY DriverEntry;
- VOID *EntryPointInImage;
-
- ZeroMem (&DriverEntry, sizeof (DriverEntry));
- CopyMem (&DriverEntry.FileName, &SmramProfileParameterUnregisterImage->FileName, sizeof (EFI_GUID));
- DriverEntry.ImageBuffer = SmramProfileParameterUnregisterImage->ImageBuffer;
- DriverEntry.NumberOfPage = (UINTN) SmramProfileParameterUnregisterImage->NumberOfPage;
- Status = InternalPeCoffGetEntryPoint ((VOID *) (UINTN) DriverEntry.ImageBuffer, &EntryPointInImage);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- DriverEntry.ImageEntryPoint = (PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) EntryPointInImage;
-
- Status = UnregisterSmramProfileImage (&DriverEntry, FALSE);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- SmramProfileParameterUnregisterImage->Header.ReturnStatus = 0;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Dispatch function for a Software SMI handler.
-
- Caution: This function may receive untrusted input.
- Communicate buffer and buffer size are external input, so this function will do basic validation.
-
- @param DispatchHandle The unique handle assigned to this handler by SmiHandlerRegister().
- @param Context Points to an optional handler context which was specified when the
- handler was registered.
- @param CommBuffer A pointer to a collection of data in memory that will
- be conveyed from a non-SMM environment into an SMM environment.
- @param CommBufferSize The size of the CommBuffer.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Command is handled successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SmramProfileHandler (
- IN EFI_HANDLE DispatchHandle,
- IN CONST VOID *Context OPTIONAL,
- IN OUT VOID *CommBuffer OPTIONAL,
- IN OUT UINTN *CommBufferSize OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- SMRAM_PROFILE_PARAMETER_HEADER *SmramProfileParameterHeader;
- UINTN TempCommBufferSize;
- SMRAM_PROFILE_PARAMETER_RECORDING_STATE *ParameterRecordingState;
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "SmramProfileHandler Enter\n"));
-
- //
- // If input is invalid, stop processing this SMI
- //
- if (CommBuffer == NULL || CommBufferSize == NULL) {
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- TempCommBufferSize = *CommBufferSize;
-
- if (TempCommBufferSize < sizeof (SMRAM_PROFILE_PARAMETER_HEADER)) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "SmramProfileHandler: SMM communication buffer size invalid!\n"));
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- if (mSmramReadyToLock && !SmmIsBufferOutsideSmmValid ((UINTN)CommBuffer, TempCommBufferSize)) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "SmramProfileHandler: SMM communication buffer in SMRAM or overflow!\n"));
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- SmramProfileParameterHeader = (SMRAM_PROFILE_PARAMETER_HEADER *) ((UINTN) CommBuffer);
-
- SmramProfileParameterHeader->ReturnStatus = (UINT64)-1;
-
- if (GetSmramProfileContext () == NULL) {
- SmramProfileParameterHeader->ReturnStatus = (UINT64) (INT64) (INTN) EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- switch (SmramProfileParameterHeader->Command) {
- case SMRAM_PROFILE_COMMAND_GET_PROFILE_INFO:
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "SmramProfileHandlerGetInfo\n"));
- if (TempCommBufferSize != sizeof (SMRAM_PROFILE_PARAMETER_GET_PROFILE_INFO)) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "SmramProfileHandler: SMM communication buffer size invalid!\n"));
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- SmramProfileHandlerGetInfo ((SMRAM_PROFILE_PARAMETER_GET_PROFILE_INFO *) (UINTN) CommBuffer);
- break;
- case SMRAM_PROFILE_COMMAND_GET_PROFILE_DATA:
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "SmramProfileHandlerGetData\n"));
- if (TempCommBufferSize != sizeof (SMRAM_PROFILE_PARAMETER_GET_PROFILE_DATA)) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "SmramProfileHandler: SMM communication buffer size invalid!\n"));
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- SmramProfileHandlerGetData ((SMRAM_PROFILE_PARAMETER_GET_PROFILE_DATA *) (UINTN) CommBuffer);
- break;
- case SMRAM_PROFILE_COMMAND_GET_PROFILE_DATA_BY_OFFSET:
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "SmramProfileHandlerGetDataByOffset\n"));
- if (TempCommBufferSize != sizeof (SMRAM_PROFILE_PARAMETER_GET_PROFILE_DATA_BY_OFFSET)) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "SmramProfileHandler: SMM communication buffer size invalid!\n"));
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- SmramProfileHandlerGetDataByOffset ((SMRAM_PROFILE_PARAMETER_GET_PROFILE_DATA_BY_OFFSET *) (UINTN) CommBuffer);
- break;
- case SMRAM_PROFILE_COMMAND_REGISTER_IMAGE:
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "SmramProfileHandlerRegisterImage\n"));
- if (TempCommBufferSize != sizeof (SMRAM_PROFILE_PARAMETER_REGISTER_IMAGE)) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "SmramProfileHandler: SMM communication buffer size invalid!\n"));
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- if (mSmramReadyToLock) {
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- SmramProfileHandlerRegisterImage ((SMRAM_PROFILE_PARAMETER_REGISTER_IMAGE *) (UINTN) CommBuffer);
- break;
- case SMRAM_PROFILE_COMMAND_UNREGISTER_IMAGE:
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "SmramProfileHandlerUnregisterImage\n"));
- if (TempCommBufferSize != sizeof (SMRAM_PROFILE_PARAMETER_UNREGISTER_IMAGE)) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "SmramProfileHandler: SMM communication buffer size invalid!\n"));
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- if (mSmramReadyToLock) {
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- SmramProfileHandlerUnregisterImage ((SMRAM_PROFILE_PARAMETER_UNREGISTER_IMAGE *) (UINTN) CommBuffer);
- break;
- case SMRAM_PROFILE_COMMAND_GET_RECORDING_STATE:
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "SmramProfileHandlerGetRecordingState\n"));
- if (TempCommBufferSize != sizeof (SMRAM_PROFILE_PARAMETER_RECORDING_STATE)) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "SmramProfileHandler: SMM communication buffer size invalid!\n"));
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- ParameterRecordingState = (SMRAM_PROFILE_PARAMETER_RECORDING_STATE *) (UINTN) CommBuffer;
- ParameterRecordingState->RecordingState = mSmramProfileRecordingEnable;
- ParameterRecordingState->Header.ReturnStatus = 0;
- break;
- case SMRAM_PROFILE_COMMAND_SET_RECORDING_STATE:
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "SmramProfileHandlerSetRecordingState\n"));
- if (TempCommBufferSize != sizeof (SMRAM_PROFILE_PARAMETER_RECORDING_STATE)) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "SmramProfileHandler: SMM communication buffer size invalid!\n"));
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- ParameterRecordingState = (SMRAM_PROFILE_PARAMETER_RECORDING_STATE *) (UINTN) CommBuffer;
- mSmramProfileRecordingEnable = ParameterRecordingState->RecordingState;
- ParameterRecordingState->Header.ReturnStatus = 0;
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "SmramProfileHandler Exit\n"));
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Register SMRAM profile handler.
-
-**/
-VOID
-RegisterSmramProfileHandler (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_HANDLE DispatchHandle;
-
- if (!IS_SMRAM_PROFILE_ENABLED) {
- return;
- }
-
- Status = SmiHandlerRegister (
- SmramProfileHandler,
- &gEdkiiMemoryProfileGuid,
- &DispatchHandle
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-}
-
-////////////////////
-
-/**
- Dump SMRAM range.
-
-**/
-VOID
-DumpSmramRange (
- VOID
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *ContextData;
- BOOLEAN SmramProfileGettingStatus;
-
- ContextData = GetSmramProfileContext ();
- if (ContextData == NULL) {
- return ;
- }
-
- SmramProfileGettingStatus = mSmramProfileGettingStatus;
- mSmramProfileGettingStatus = TRUE;
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "FullSmramRange address - 0x%08x\n", mFullSmramRanges));
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "======= SmramProfile begin =======\n"));
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "FullSmramRange:\n"));
- for (Index = 0; Index < mFullSmramRangeCount; Index++) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " FullSmramRange (0x%x)\n", Index));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " PhysicalStart - 0x%016lx\n", mFullSmramRanges[Index].PhysicalStart));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " CpuStart - 0x%016lx\n", mFullSmramRanges[Index].CpuStart));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " PhysicalSize - 0x%016lx\n", mFullSmramRanges[Index].PhysicalSize));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " RegionState - 0x%016lx\n", mFullSmramRanges[Index].RegionState));
- }
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "======= SmramProfile end =======\n"));
-
- mSmramProfileGettingStatus = SmramProfileGettingStatus;
-}
-
-/**
- Dump SMRAM free page list.
-
-**/
-VOID
-DumpFreePagesList (
- VOID
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *FreePageList;
- LIST_ENTRY *Node;
- FREE_PAGE_LIST *Pages;
- UINTN Index;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *ContextData;
- BOOLEAN SmramProfileGettingStatus;
-
- ContextData = GetSmramProfileContext ();
- if (ContextData == NULL) {
- return ;
- }
-
- SmramProfileGettingStatus = mSmramProfileGettingStatus;
- mSmramProfileGettingStatus = TRUE;
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "======= SmramProfile begin =======\n"));
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "FreePagesList:\n"));
- FreePageList = &mSmmMemoryMap;
- for (Node = FreePageList->BackLink, Index = 0;
- Node != FreePageList;
- Node = Node->BackLink, Index++) {
- Pages = BASE_CR (Node, FREE_PAGE_LIST, Link);
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " Index - 0x%x\n", Index));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " PhysicalStart - 0x%016lx\n", (PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) Pages));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " NumberOfPages - 0x%08x\n", Pages->NumberOfPages));
- }
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "======= SmramProfile end =======\n"));
-
- mSmramProfileGettingStatus = SmramProfileGettingStatus;
-}
-
-/**
- Dump SMRAM free pool list.
-
-**/
-VOID
-DumpFreePoolList (
- VOID
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *FreePoolList;
- LIST_ENTRY *Node;
- FREE_POOL_HEADER *Pool;
- UINTN Index;
- UINTN PoolListIndex;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *ContextData;
- BOOLEAN SmramProfileGettingStatus;
- UINTN SmmPoolTypeIndex;
-
- ContextData = GetSmramProfileContext ();
- if (ContextData == NULL) {
- return ;
- }
-
- SmramProfileGettingStatus = mSmramProfileGettingStatus;
- mSmramProfileGettingStatus = TRUE;
-
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "======= SmramProfile begin =======\n"));
-
- for (SmmPoolTypeIndex = 0; SmmPoolTypeIndex < SmmPoolTypeMax; SmmPoolTypeIndex++) {
- for (PoolListIndex = 0; PoolListIndex < MAX_POOL_INDEX; PoolListIndex++) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "FreePoolList(%d)(%d):\n", SmmPoolTypeIndex, PoolListIndex));
- FreePoolList = &mSmmPoolLists[SmmPoolTypeIndex][PoolListIndex];
- for (Node = FreePoolList->BackLink, Index = 0;
- Node != FreePoolList;
- Node = Node->BackLink, Index++) {
- Pool = BASE_CR (Node, FREE_POOL_HEADER, Link);
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " Index - 0x%x\n", Index));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " PhysicalStart - 0x%016lx\n", (PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) Pool));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " Size - 0x%08x\n", Pool->Header.Size));
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, " Available - 0x%02x\n", Pool->Header.Available));
- }
- }
- }
-
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "======= SmramProfile end =======\n"));
-
- mSmramProfileGettingStatus = SmramProfileGettingStatus;
-}
-
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED CHAR8 *mSmmActionString[] = {
- "SmmUnknown",
- "gSmst->SmmAllocatePages",
- "gSmst->SmmFreePages",
- "gSmst->SmmAllocatePool",
- "gSmst->SmmFreePool",
-};
-
-typedef struct {
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION Action;
- CHAR8 *String;
-} ACTION_STRING;
-
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED ACTION_STRING mExtActionString[] = {
- {MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION_LIB_ALLOCATE_PAGES, "Lib:AllocatePages"},
- {MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION_LIB_ALLOCATE_RUNTIME_PAGES, "Lib:AllocateRuntimePages"},
- {MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION_LIB_ALLOCATE_RESERVED_PAGES, "Lib:AllocateReservedPages"},
- {MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION_LIB_FREE_PAGES, "Lib:FreePages"},
- {MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION_LIB_ALLOCATE_ALIGNED_PAGES, "Lib:AllocateAlignedPages"},
- {MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION_LIB_ALLOCATE_ALIGNED_RUNTIME_PAGES, "Lib:AllocateAlignedRuntimePages"},
- {MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION_LIB_ALLOCATE_ALIGNED_RESERVED_PAGES, "Lib:AllocateAlignedReservedPages"},
- {MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION_LIB_FREE_ALIGNED_PAGES, "Lib:FreeAlignedPages"},
- {MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION_LIB_ALLOCATE_POOL, "Lib:AllocatePool"},
- {MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION_LIB_ALLOCATE_RUNTIME_POOL, "Lib:AllocateRuntimePool"},
- {MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION_LIB_ALLOCATE_RESERVED_POOL, "Lib:AllocateReservedPool"},
- {MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION_LIB_FREE_POOL, "Lib:FreePool"},
- {MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION_LIB_ALLOCATE_ZERO_POOL, "Lib:AllocateZeroPool"},
- {MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION_LIB_ALLOCATE_RUNTIME_ZERO_POOL, "Lib:AllocateRuntimeZeroPool"},
- {MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION_LIB_ALLOCATE_RESERVED_ZERO_POOL, "Lib:AllocateReservedZeroPool"},
- {MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION_LIB_ALLOCATE_COPY_POOL, "Lib:AllocateCopyPool"},
- {MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION_LIB_ALLOCATE_RUNTIME_COPY_POOL, "Lib:AllocateRuntimeCopyPool"},
- {MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION_LIB_ALLOCATE_RESERVED_COPY_POOL, "Lib:AllocateReservedCopyPool"},
- {MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION_LIB_REALLOCATE_POOL, "Lib:ReallocatePool"},
- {MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION_LIB_REALLOCATE_RUNTIME_POOL, "Lib:ReallocateRuntimePool"},
- {MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION_LIB_REALLOCATE_RESERVED_POOL, "Lib:ReallocateReservedPool"},
-};
-
-typedef struct {
- EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType;
- CHAR8 *MemoryTypeStr;
-} PROFILE_MEMORY_TYPE_STRING;
-
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED PROFILE_MEMORY_TYPE_STRING mMemoryTypeString[] = {
- {EfiRuntimeServicesCode, "EfiRuntimeServicesCode"},
- {EfiRuntimeServicesData, "EfiRuntimeServicesData"}
-};
-
-/**
- Memory type to string.
-
- @param[in] MemoryType Memory type.
-
- @return Pointer to string.
-
-**/
-CHAR8 *
-ProfileMemoryTypeToStr (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
- for (Index = 0; Index < ARRAY_SIZE (mMemoryTypeString); Index++) {
- if (mMemoryTypeString[Index].MemoryType == MemoryType) {
- return mMemoryTypeString[Index].MemoryTypeStr;
- }
- }
-
- return "UnexpectedMemoryType";
-}
-
-/**
- Action to string.
-
- @param[in] Action Profile action.
-
- @return Pointer to string.
-
-**/
-CHAR8 *
-ProfileActionToStr (
- IN MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION Action
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
- UINTN ActionStringCount;
- CHAR8 **ActionString;
-
- ActionString = mSmmActionString;
- ActionStringCount = ARRAY_SIZE (mSmmActionString);
-
- if ((UINTN) (UINT32) Action < ActionStringCount) {
- return ActionString[Action];
- }
- for (Index = 0; Index < ARRAY_SIZE (mExtActionString); Index++) {
- if (mExtActionString[Index].Action == Action) {
- return mExtActionString[Index].String;
- }
- }
-
- return ActionString[0];
-}
-
-/**
- Dump SMRAM profile.
-
-**/
-VOID
-DumpSmramProfile (
- VOID
- )
-{
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT *Context;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO *DriverInfo;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO *AllocInfo;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT_DATA *ContextData;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA *DriverInfoData;
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO_DATA *AllocInfoData;
- LIST_ENTRY *SmramDriverInfoList;
- UINTN DriverIndex;
- LIST_ENTRY *DriverLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *AllocInfoList;
- UINTN AllocIndex;
- LIST_ENTRY *AllocLink;
- BOOLEAN SmramProfileGettingStatus;
- UINTN TypeIndex;
-
- ContextData = GetSmramProfileContext ();
- if (ContextData == NULL) {
- return ;
- }
-
- SmramProfileGettingStatus = mSmramProfileGettingStatus;
- mSmramProfileGettingStatus = TRUE;
-
- Context = &ContextData->Context;
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "======= SmramProfile begin =======\n"));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "MEMORY_PROFILE_CONTEXT\n"));
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " CurrentTotalUsage - 0x%016lx\n", Context->CurrentTotalUsage));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " PeakTotalUsage - 0x%016lx\n", Context->PeakTotalUsage));
- for (TypeIndex = 0; TypeIndex < sizeof (Context->CurrentTotalUsageByType) / sizeof (Context->CurrentTotalUsageByType[0]); TypeIndex++) {
- if ((Context->CurrentTotalUsageByType[TypeIndex] != 0) ||
- (Context->PeakTotalUsageByType[TypeIndex] != 0)) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " CurrentTotalUsage[0x%02x] - 0x%016lx (%a)\n", TypeIndex, Context->CurrentTotalUsageByType[TypeIndex], ProfileMemoryTypeToStr (TypeIndex)));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " PeakTotalUsage[0x%02x] - 0x%016lx (%a)\n", TypeIndex, Context->PeakTotalUsageByType[TypeIndex], ProfileMemoryTypeToStr (TypeIndex)));
- }
- }
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " TotalImageSize - 0x%016lx\n", Context->TotalImageSize));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " ImageCount - 0x%08x\n", Context->ImageCount));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " SequenceCount - 0x%08x\n", Context->SequenceCount));
-
- SmramDriverInfoList = ContextData->DriverInfoList;
- for (DriverLink = SmramDriverInfoList->ForwardLink, DriverIndex = 0;
- DriverLink != SmramDriverInfoList;
- DriverLink = DriverLink->ForwardLink, DriverIndex++) {
- DriverInfoData = CR (
- DriverLink,
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_DATA,
- Link,
- MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO_SIGNATURE
- );
- DriverInfo = &DriverInfoData->DriverInfo;
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " MEMORY_PROFILE_DRIVER_INFO (0x%x)\n", DriverIndex));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " FileName - %g\n", &DriverInfo->FileName));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " ImageBase - 0x%016lx\n", DriverInfo->ImageBase));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " ImageSize - 0x%016lx\n", DriverInfo->ImageSize));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " EntryPoint - 0x%016lx\n", DriverInfo->EntryPoint));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " ImageSubsystem - 0x%04x\n", DriverInfo->ImageSubsystem));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " FileType - 0x%02x\n", DriverInfo->FileType));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " CurrentUsage - 0x%016lx\n", DriverInfo->CurrentUsage));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " PeakUsage - 0x%016lx\n", DriverInfo->PeakUsage));
- for (TypeIndex = 0; TypeIndex < sizeof (DriverInfo->CurrentUsageByType) / sizeof (DriverInfo->CurrentUsageByType[0]); TypeIndex++) {
- if ((DriverInfo->CurrentUsageByType[TypeIndex] != 0) ||
- (DriverInfo->PeakUsageByType[TypeIndex] != 0)) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " CurrentUsage[0x%02x] - 0x%016lx (%a)\n", TypeIndex, DriverInfo->CurrentUsageByType[TypeIndex], ProfileMemoryTypeToStr (TypeIndex)));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " PeakUsage[0x%02x] - 0x%016lx (%a)\n", TypeIndex, DriverInfo->PeakUsageByType[TypeIndex], ProfileMemoryTypeToStr (TypeIndex)));
- }
- }
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " AllocRecordCount - 0x%08x\n", DriverInfo->AllocRecordCount));
-
- AllocInfoList = DriverInfoData->AllocInfoList;
- for (AllocLink = AllocInfoList->ForwardLink, AllocIndex = 0;
- AllocLink != AllocInfoList;
- AllocLink = AllocLink->ForwardLink, AllocIndex++) {
- AllocInfoData = CR (
- AllocLink,
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO_DATA,
- Link,
- MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO_SIGNATURE
- );
- AllocInfo = &AllocInfoData->AllocInfo;
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " MEMORY_PROFILE_ALLOC_INFO (0x%x)\n", AllocIndex));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " CallerAddress - 0x%016lx (Offset: 0x%08x)\n", AllocInfo->CallerAddress, AllocInfo->CallerAddress - DriverInfo->ImageBase));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " SequenceId - 0x%08x\n", AllocInfo->SequenceId));
- if ((AllocInfo->Action & MEMORY_PROFILE_ACTION_USER_DEFINED_MASK) != 0) {
- if (AllocInfoData->ActionString != NULL) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " Action - 0x%08x (%a)\n", AllocInfo->Action, AllocInfoData->ActionString));
- } else {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " Action - 0x%08x (UserDefined-0x%08x)\n", AllocInfo->Action, AllocInfo->Action));
- }
- } else {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " Action - 0x%08x (%a)\n", AllocInfo->Action, ProfileActionToStr (AllocInfo->Action)));
- }
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " MemoryType - 0x%08x (%a)\n", AllocInfo->MemoryType, ProfileMemoryTypeToStr (AllocInfo->MemoryType)));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " Buffer - 0x%016lx\n", AllocInfo->Buffer));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, " Size - 0x%016lx\n", AllocInfo->Size));
- }
- }
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "======= SmramProfile end =======\n"));
-
- mSmramProfileGettingStatus = SmramProfileGettingStatus;
-}
-
-/**
- Dump SMRAM infromation.
-
-**/
-VOID
-DumpSmramInfo (
- VOID
- )
-{
- DEBUG_CODE (
- if (IS_SMRAM_PROFILE_ENABLED) {
- DumpSmramProfile ();
- DumpFreePagesList ();
- DumpFreePoolList ();
- DumpSmramRange ();
- }
- );
-}
-
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/RuntimeDxe/Crc32.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/RuntimeDxe/Crc32.c deleted file mode 100644 index a6fe77fa34..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/RuntimeDxe/Crc32.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,115 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- This file implements CalculateCrc32 Boot Services as defined in
- Platform Initialization specification 1.0 VOLUME 2 DXE Core Interface.
-
- This Boot Services is in the Runtime Driver because this service is
- also required by SetVirtualAddressMap() when the EFI System Table and
- EFI Runtime Services Table are converted from physical address to
- virtual addresses. This requires that the 32-bit CRC be recomputed.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-
-#include <Uefi.h>
-
-UINT32 mCrcTable[256];
-
-/**
- Calculate CRC32 for target data.
-
- @param Data The target data.
- @param DataSize The target data size.
- @param CrcOut The CRC32 for target data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The CRC32 for target data is calculated successfully.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Some parameter is not valid, so the CRC32 is not
- calculated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-RuntimeDriverCalculateCrc32 (
- IN VOID *Data,
- IN UINTN DataSize,
- OUT UINT32 *CrcOut
- )
-{
- UINT32 Crc;
- UINTN Index;
- UINT8 *Ptr;
-
- if (Data == NULL || DataSize == 0 || CrcOut == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- Crc = 0xffffffff;
- for (Index = 0, Ptr = Data; Index < DataSize; Index++, Ptr++) {
- Crc = (Crc >> 8) ^ mCrcTable[(UINT8) Crc ^ *Ptr];
- }
-
- *CrcOut = Crc ^ 0xffffffff;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- This internal function reverses bits for 32bit data.
-
- @param Value The data to be reversed.
-
- @return Data reversed.
-
-**/
-UINT32
-ReverseBits (
- UINT32 Value
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
- UINT32 NewValue;
-
- NewValue = 0;
- for (Index = 0; Index < 32; Index++) {
- if ((Value & (1 << Index)) != 0) {
- NewValue = NewValue | (1 << (31 - Index));
- }
- }
-
- return NewValue;
-}
-
-/**
- Initialize CRC32 table.
-
-**/
-VOID
-RuntimeDriverInitializeCrc32Table (
- VOID
- )
-{
- UINTN TableEntry;
- UINTN Index;
- UINT32 Value;
-
- for (TableEntry = 0; TableEntry < 256; TableEntry++) {
- Value = ReverseBits ((UINT32) TableEntry);
- for (Index = 0; Index < 8; Index++) {
- if ((Value & 0x80000000) != 0) {
- Value = (Value << 1) ^ 0x04c11db7;
- } else {
- Value = Value << 1;
- }
- }
-
- mCrcTable[TableEntry] = ReverseBits (Value);
- }
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/RuntimeDxe/Runtime.c b/MdeModulePkg/Core/RuntimeDxe/Runtime.c deleted file mode 100644 index c61301cf80..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/RuntimeDxe/Runtime.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,427 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- This file implements Runtime Architectural Protocol as defined in the
- Platform Initialization specification 1.0 VOLUME 2 DXE Core Interface.
-
- This code is used to produce the EFI runtime virtual switch over
-
- THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS CODE BE VERY CAREFUL IF YOU CHANGE IT
-
- The transition for calling EFI Runtime functions in physical mode to calling
- them in virtual mode is very very complex. Every pointer in needs to be
- converted from physical mode to virtual mode. Be very careful walking linked
- lists! Then to make it really hard the code it's self needs be relocated into
- the new virtual address space.
-
- So here is the concept. The code in this module will never ever be called in
- virtual mode. This is the code that collects the information needed to convert
- to virtual mode (DXE core registers runtime stuff with this code). Since this
- code is used to fix up all runtime images, it CAN NOT fix it's self up. So some
- code has to stay behind and that is us.
-
- Also you need to be careful about when you allocate memory, as once we are in
- runtime (including our EVT_SIGNAL_EXIT_BOOT_SERVICES event) you can no longer
- allocate memory.
-
- Any runtime driver that gets loaded before us will not be callable in virtual
- mode. This is due to the fact that the DXE core can not register the info
- needed with us. This is good, since it keeps the code in this file from
- getting registered.
-
-
-Revision History:
-
- - Move the CalculateCrc32 function from Runtime Arch Protocol to Boot Service.
- Runtime Arch Protocol definition no longer contains CalculateCrc32. Boot Service
- Table now contains an item named CalculateCrc32.
-
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "Runtime.h"
-
-//
-// Global Variables
-//
-EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *mVirtualMap = NULL;
-UINTN mVirtualMapDescriptorSize;
-UINTN mVirtualMapMaxIndex;
-VOID *mMyImageBase;
-
-//
-// The handle onto which the Runtime Architectural Protocol instance is installed
-//
-EFI_HANDLE mRuntimeHandle = NULL;
-
-//
-// The Runtime Architectural Protocol instance produced by this driver
-//
-EFI_RUNTIME_ARCH_PROTOCOL mRuntime = {
- INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (mRuntime.ImageHead),
- INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (mRuntime.EventHead),
-
- //
- // Make sure Size != sizeof (EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR). This will
- // prevent people from having pointer math bugs in their code.
- // now you have to use *DescriptorSize to make things work.
- //
- sizeof (EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR) + sizeof (UINT64) - (sizeof (EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR) % sizeof (UINT64)),
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR_VERSION,
- 0,
- NULL,
- NULL,
- FALSE,
- FALSE
-};
-
-//
-// Worker Functions
-//
-/**
-
- Calculate the 32-bit CRC in a EFI table using the Runtime Drivers
- internal function. The EFI Boot Services Table can not be used because
- the EFI Boot Services Table was destroyed at ExitBootServices().
- This is a internal function.
-
-
- @param Hdr Pointer to an EFI standard header
-
-**/
-VOID
-RuntimeDriverCalculateEfiHdrCrc (
- IN OUT EFI_TABLE_HEADER *Hdr
- )
-{
- UINT32 Crc;
-
- Hdr->CRC32 = 0;
-
- Crc = 0;
- RuntimeDriverCalculateCrc32 ((UINT8 *) Hdr, Hdr->HeaderSize, &Crc);
- Hdr->CRC32 = Crc;
-}
-
-/**
-
- Determines the new virtual address that is to be used on subsequent memory accesses.
-
-
- @param DebugDisposition Supplies type information for the pointer being converted.
- @param ConvertAddress A pointer to a pointer that is to be fixed to be the value needed
- for the new virtual address mappings being applied.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The pointer pointed to by Address was modified.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The pointer pointed to by Address was not found to be part
- of the current memory map. This is normally fatal.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One of the parameters has an invalid value.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-RuntimeDriverConvertPointer (
- IN UINTN DebugDisposition,
- IN OUT VOID **ConvertAddress
- )
-{
- UINTN Address;
- UINT64 VirtEndOfRange;
- EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *VirtEntry;
- UINTN Index;
-
- //
- // Make sure ConvertAddress is a valid pointer
- //
- if (ConvertAddress == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- //
- // Get the address to convert
- //
- Address = (UINTN) *ConvertAddress;
-
- //
- // If this is a null pointer, return if it's allowed
- //
- if (Address == 0) {
- if ((DebugDisposition & EFI_OPTIONAL_PTR) != 0) {
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- VirtEntry = mVirtualMap;
- for (Index = 0; Index < mVirtualMapMaxIndex; Index++) {
- //
- // To prevent the inclusion of 64-bit math functions a UINTN was placed in
- // front of VirtEntry->NumberOfPages to cast it to a 32-bit thing on IA-32
- // platforms. If you get this ASSERT remove the UINTN and do a 64-bit
- // multiply.
- //
- ASSERT (((UINTN) VirtEntry->NumberOfPages < 0xffffffff) || (sizeof (UINTN) > 4));
-
- if ((VirtEntry->Attribute & EFI_MEMORY_RUNTIME) == EFI_MEMORY_RUNTIME) {
- if (Address >= VirtEntry->PhysicalStart) {
- VirtEndOfRange = VirtEntry->PhysicalStart + (((UINTN) VirtEntry->NumberOfPages) * EFI_PAGE_SIZE);
- if (Address < VirtEndOfRange) {
- //
- // Compute new address
- //
- *ConvertAddress = (VOID *) (Address - (UINTN) VirtEntry->PhysicalStart + (UINTN) VirtEntry->VirtualStart);
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
- }
-
- VirtEntry = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (VirtEntry, mVirtualMapDescriptorSize);
- }
-
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-}
-
-/**
-
- Determines the new virtual address that is to be used on subsequent memory accesses
- for internal pointers.
- This is a internal function.
-
-
- @param ConvertAddress A pointer to a pointer that is to be fixed to be the value needed
- for the new virtual address mappings being applied.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The pointer pointed to by Address was modified.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The pointer pointed to by Address was not found to be part
- of the current memory map. This is normally fatal.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One of the parameters has an invalid value.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-RuntimeDriverConvertInternalPointer (
- IN OUT VOID **ConvertAddress
- )
-{
- return RuntimeDriverConvertPointer (0x0, ConvertAddress);
-}
-
-/**
-
- Changes the runtime addressing mode of EFI firmware from physical to virtual.
-
-
- @param MemoryMapSize The size in bytes of VirtualMap.
- @param DescriptorSize The size in bytes of an entry in the VirtualMap.
- @param DescriptorVersion The version of the structure entries in VirtualMap.
- @param VirtualMap An array of memory descriptors which contain new virtual
- address mapping information for all runtime ranges.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The virtual address map has been applied.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED EFI firmware is not at runtime, or the EFI firmware is already in
- virtual address mapped mode.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER DescriptorSize or DescriptorVersion is invalid.
- @retval EFI_NO_MAPPING A virtual address was not supplied for a range in the memory
- map that requires a mapping.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND A virtual address was supplied for an address that is not found
- in the memory map.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-RuntimeDriverSetVirtualAddressMap (
- IN UINTN MemoryMapSize,
- IN UINTN DescriptorSize,
- IN UINT32 DescriptorVersion,
- IN EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *VirtualMap
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_RUNTIME_EVENT_ENTRY *RuntimeEvent;
- EFI_RUNTIME_IMAGE_ENTRY *RuntimeImage;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS VirtImageBase;
-
- //
- // Can only switch to virtual addresses once the memory map is locked down,
- // and can only set it once
- //
- if (!mRuntime.AtRuntime || mRuntime.VirtualMode) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- //
- // Only understand the original descriptor format
- //
- if (DescriptorVersion != EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR_VERSION || DescriptorSize < sizeof (EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- //
- // We are now committed to go to virtual mode, so lets get to it!
- //
- mRuntime.VirtualMode = TRUE;
-
- //
- // ConvertPointer() needs this mVirtualMap to do the conversion. So set up
- // globals we need to parse the virtual address map.
- //
- mVirtualMapDescriptorSize = DescriptorSize;
- mVirtualMapMaxIndex = MemoryMapSize / DescriptorSize;
- mVirtualMap = VirtualMap;
-
- //
- // ReporstStatusCodeLib will check and make sure this service can be called in runtime mode.
- //
- REPORT_STATUS_CODE (EFI_PROGRESS_CODE, (EFI_SOFTWARE_EFI_RUNTIME_SERVICE | EFI_SW_RS_PC_SET_VIRTUAL_ADDRESS_MAP));
-
- //
- // Report Status Code here since EVT_SIGNAL_VIRTUAL_ADDRESS_CHANGE event will be signalled.
- //
- REPORT_STATUS_CODE (EFI_PROGRESS_CODE, (EFI_SOFTWARE_DXE_BS_DRIVER | EFI_SW_DXE_BS_PC_VIRTUAL_ADDRESS_CHANGE_EVENT));
-
- //
- // Signal all the EVT_SIGNAL_VIRTUAL_ADDRESS_CHANGE events.
- // All runtime events are stored in a list in Runtime AP.
- //
- for (Link = mRuntime.EventHead.ForwardLink; Link != &mRuntime.EventHead; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- RuntimeEvent = BASE_CR (Link, EFI_RUNTIME_EVENT_ENTRY, Link);
- if ((RuntimeEvent->Type & EVT_SIGNAL_VIRTUAL_ADDRESS_CHANGE) == EVT_SIGNAL_VIRTUAL_ADDRESS_CHANGE) {
- RuntimeEvent->NotifyFunction (
- RuntimeEvent->Event,
- RuntimeEvent->NotifyContext
- );
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Relocate runtime images. All runtime images are stored in a list in Runtime AP.
- //
- for (Link = mRuntime.ImageHead.ForwardLink; Link != &mRuntime.ImageHead; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- RuntimeImage = BASE_CR (Link, EFI_RUNTIME_IMAGE_ENTRY, Link);
- //
- // We don't want to relocate our selves, as we only run in physical mode.
- //
- if (mMyImageBase != RuntimeImage->ImageBase) {
-
- VirtImageBase = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) RuntimeImage->ImageBase;
- Status = RuntimeDriverConvertPointer (0, (VOID **) &VirtImageBase);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- PeCoffLoaderRelocateImageForRuntime (
- (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) RuntimeImage->ImageBase,
- VirtImageBase,
- (UINTN) RuntimeImage->ImageSize,
- RuntimeImage->RelocationData
- );
-
- InvalidateInstructionCacheRange (RuntimeImage->ImageBase, (UINTN) RuntimeImage->ImageSize);
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Convert all the Runtime Services except ConvertPointer() and SetVirtualAddressMap()
- // and recompute the CRC-32
- //
- RuntimeDriverConvertInternalPointer ((VOID **) &gRT->GetTime);
- RuntimeDriverConvertInternalPointer ((VOID **) &gRT->SetTime);
- RuntimeDriverConvertInternalPointer ((VOID **) &gRT->GetWakeupTime);
- RuntimeDriverConvertInternalPointer ((VOID **) &gRT->SetWakeupTime);
- RuntimeDriverConvertInternalPointer ((VOID **) &gRT->ResetSystem);
- RuntimeDriverConvertInternalPointer ((VOID **) &gRT->GetNextHighMonotonicCount);
- RuntimeDriverConvertInternalPointer ((VOID **) &gRT->GetVariable);
- RuntimeDriverConvertInternalPointer ((VOID **) &gRT->SetVariable);
- RuntimeDriverConvertInternalPointer ((VOID **) &gRT->GetNextVariableName);
- RuntimeDriverConvertInternalPointer ((VOID **) &gRT->QueryVariableInfo);
- RuntimeDriverConvertInternalPointer ((VOID **) &gRT->UpdateCapsule);
- RuntimeDriverConvertInternalPointer ((VOID **) &gRT->QueryCapsuleCapabilities);
- RuntimeDriverCalculateEfiHdrCrc (&gRT->Hdr);
-
- //
- // UEFI don't require System Configuration Tables Conversion.
- //
-
- //
- // Convert the runtime fields of the EFI System Table and recompute the CRC-32
- //
- RuntimeDriverConvertInternalPointer ((VOID **) &gST->FirmwareVendor);
- RuntimeDriverConvertInternalPointer ((VOID **) &gST->ConfigurationTable);
- RuntimeDriverConvertInternalPointer ((VOID **) &gST->RuntimeServices);
- RuntimeDriverCalculateEfiHdrCrc (&gST->Hdr);
-
- //
- // At this point, gRT and gST are physical pointers, but the contents of these tables
- // have been converted to runtime.
- //
- //
- // mVirtualMap is only valid during SetVirtualAddressMap() call
- //
- mVirtualMap = NULL;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Entry Point for Runtime driver.
-
- This function installs Runtime Architectural Protocol and registers CalculateCrc32 boot services table,
- SetVirtualAddressMap & ConvertPointer runtime services table.
-
- @param ImageHandle Image handle of this driver.
- @param SystemTable a Pointer to the EFI System Table.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCEESS Runtime Driver Architectural Protocol is successfully installed
- @return Others Some error occurs when installing Runtime Driver Architectural Protocol.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-RuntimeDriverInitialize (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL *MyLoadedImage;
-
- //
- // This image needs to be excluded from relocation for virtual mode, so cache
- // a copy of the Loaded Image protocol to test later.
- //
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
- ImageHandle,
- &gEfiLoadedImageProtocolGuid,
- (VOID**)&MyLoadedImage
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- mMyImageBase = MyLoadedImage->ImageBase;
-
- //
- // Initialize the table used to compute 32-bit CRCs
- //
- RuntimeDriverInitializeCrc32Table ();
-
- //
- // Fill in the entries of the EFI Boot Services and EFI Runtime Services Tables
- //
- gBS->CalculateCrc32 = RuntimeDriverCalculateCrc32;
- gRT->SetVirtualAddressMap = RuntimeDriverSetVirtualAddressMap;
- gRT->ConvertPointer = RuntimeDriverConvertPointer;
-
- //
- // Install the Runtime Architectural Protocol onto a new handle
- //
- Status = gBS->InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
- &mRuntimeHandle,
- &gEfiRuntimeArchProtocolGuid,
- &mRuntime,
- NULL
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- return Status;
-}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/RuntimeDxe/Runtime.h b/MdeModulePkg/Core/RuntimeDxe/Runtime.h deleted file mode 100644 index f2cee9c7c6..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/RuntimeDxe/Runtime.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,134 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Runtime Architectural Protocol as defined in the DXE CIS.
-
- This code is used to produce the EFI runtime architectural protocol.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _RUNTIME_H_
-#define _RUNTIME_H_
-
-#include <PiDxe.h>
-#include <Protocol/LoadedImage.h>
-#include <Protocol/Runtime.h>
-#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiDriverEntryPoint.h>
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Library/ReportStatusCodeLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiRuntimeServicesTableLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiLib.h>
-#include <Library/CacheMaintenanceLib.h>
-#include <Library/PeCoffLib.h>
-
-
-//
-// Function Prototypes
-//
-/**
- Calculate CRC32 for target data.
-
- @param Data The target data.
- @param DataSize The target data size.
- @param CrcOut The CRC32 for target data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The CRC32 for target data is calculated successfully.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Some parameter is not valid, so the CRC32 is not
- calculated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-RuntimeDriverCalculateCrc32 (
- IN VOID *Data,
- IN UINTN DataSize,
- OUT UINT32 *CrcOut
- );
-
-/**
- Determines the new virtual address that is to be used on subsequent memory accesses.
-
-
- @param DebugDisposition Supplies type information for the pointer being converted.
- @param ConvertAddress A pointer to a pointer that is to be fixed to be the value needed
- for the new virtual address mappings being applied.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The pointer pointed to by Address was modified.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The pointer pointed to by Address was not found to be part
- of the current memory map. This is normally fatal.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One of the parameters has an invalid value.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-RuntimeDriverConvertPointer (
- IN UINTN DebugDisposition,
- IN OUT VOID **ConvertAddress
- );
-
-/**
- Changes the runtime addressing mode of EFI firmware from physical to virtual.
-
- @param MemoryMapSize The size in bytes of VirtualMap.
- @param DescriptorSize The size in bytes of an entry in the VirtualMap.
- @param DescriptorVersion The version of the structure entries in VirtualMap.
- @param VirtualMap An array of memory descriptors which contain new virtual
- address mapping information for all runtime ranges.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The virtual address map has been applied.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED EFI firmware is not at runtime, or the EFI firmware is already in
- virtual address mapped mode.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER DescriptorSize or DescriptorVersion is invalid.
- @retval EFI_NO_MAPPING A virtual address was not supplied for a range in the memory
- map that requires a mapping.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND A virtual address was supplied for an address that is not found
- in the memory map.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-RuntimeDriverSetVirtualAddressMap (
- IN UINTN MemoryMapSize,
- IN UINTN DescriptorSize,
- IN UINT32 DescriptorVersion,
- IN EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR *VirtualMap
- );
-
-/**
- Initialize CRC32 table.
-
-**/
-VOID
-RuntimeDriverInitializeCrc32Table (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- Install Runtime AP. This code includes the EfiRuntimeLib, but it only
- functions at RT in physical mode.
-
- @param ImageHandle Image handle of this driver.
- @param SystemTable Pointer to the EFI System Table.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCEESS Runtime Driver Architectural Protocol Installed
- @return Other value if gBS->InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces fails. Check
- gBS->InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces for details.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-RuntimeDriverInitialize (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
- );
-
-#endif
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/RuntimeDxe/RuntimeDxe.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Core/RuntimeDxe/RuntimeDxe.inf deleted file mode 100644 index 035aa9a596..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/RuntimeDxe/RuntimeDxe.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,65 +0,0 @@ -## @file
-# Module that produces EFI runtime virtual switch over services.
-#
-# This runtime module installs Runtime Architectural Protocol and registers
-# CalculateCrc32 boot services table, SetVirtualAddressMap & ConvertPointer
-# runtime services table.
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-#
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-#
-##
-
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = RuntimeDxe
- MODULE_UNI_FILE = RuntimeDxe.uni
- FILE_GUID = B601F8C4-43B7-4784-95B1-F4226CB40CEE
- MODULE_TYPE = DXE_RUNTIME_DRIVER
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
-
- ENTRY_POINT = RuntimeDriverInitialize
-
-#
-# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
-#
-# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64 IPF EBC
-#
-
-[Sources]
- Crc32.c
- Runtime.h
- Runtime.c
-
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
-
-[LibraryClasses]
- PeCoffLib
- CacheMaintenanceLib
- UefiBootServicesTableLib
- UefiLib
- UefiRuntimeServicesTableLib
- ReportStatusCodeLib
- DebugLib
- UefiDriverEntryPoint
- BaseLib
-
-[Protocols]
- gEfiRuntimeArchProtocolGuid ## PRODUCES
- gEfiLoadedImageProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
-
-[depex]
- TRUE
-
-[UserExtensions.TianoCore."ExtraFiles"]
- RuntimeDxeExtra.uni
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/RuntimeDxe/RuntimeDxe.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Core/RuntimeDxe/RuntimeDxe.uni deleted file mode 100644 index fa5c4785e8..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/RuntimeDxe/RuntimeDxe.uni +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -// /** @file
-// Module that produces EFI runtime virtual switch over services.
-//
-// This runtime module installs Runtime Architectural Protocol and registers
-// CalculateCrc32 boot services table, SetVirtualAddressMap & ConvertPointer
-// runtime services table.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-//
-// This program and the accompanying materials
-// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-//
-// **/
-
-
-#string STR_MODULE_ABSTRACT #language en-US "Module that produces EFI runtime virtual switchover services"
-
-#string STR_MODULE_DESCRIPTION #language en-US "This runtime module installs Runtime Architectural Protocol and registers the CalculateCrc32 boot services table, and SetVirtualAddressMap and ConvertPointer runtime services table."
-
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Core/RuntimeDxe/RuntimeDxeExtra.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Core/RuntimeDxe/RuntimeDxeExtra.uni deleted file mode 100644 index 06bd6395e8..0000000000 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Core/RuntimeDxe/RuntimeDxeExtra.uni +++ /dev/null @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ -// /** @file
-// RuntimeDxe Localized Strings and Content
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2013 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-//
-// This program and the accompanying materials
-// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-//
-// **/
-
-#string STR_PROPERTIES_MODULE_NAME
-#language en-US
-"Core Runtime Services Driver"
-
-
|